Orestes


Scholia to Orestes

Or. 1.01 (1–139) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: ἡ εἴσθεσις τοῦ δράματος ἐκ μονοστροφικῆς ἐστι περιόδου. οἱ δὲ στίχοι εἰσὶν ἰαμβικοὶ τρίμετροι ἀκατάληκτοι ρληʹ [= 138]. ὧν τελευταῖος [139] ‘τόνδ’ ἐξεγεῖραι συμφορὰ γενήσεται’. ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀποθέσεσι παράγραφος, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τέλει κορωνίς.  —T

TRANSLATION:  The introduction to the drama consists of a unit formed by a single strophe. The verses are 138 acatalectic iambic trimeters, of which the last is ‘it will be a misfortune to awaken this man’. At the section-breaks a paragraphos (is written), and at the conclusion a coronis.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   ρλθʹ Dind., correcting Triklinios’ careless count   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.10.3–6; de Fav. 45

COMMENT:  Paragraphoi and coronides in T are recorded in the sequence of scholia, labeled as tri and metr. In 1–138 paragraphoi mark the end of Electra’s monologue (70), the ends of two speeches of several lines (80 and 87), the end of stichomythia (109), and the end of Helen’s final speech before she reenters the palace (125).   


Or. 1.02 (1–5) (vet exeg) 1κατασκευὴν ποιούμενος ὁ ποιητὴς τῆς ἰδίας προτάσεως τῆς ὅτι πάντα φέρει τὰ δεινὰ ἡ ἀνθρωπότης, ἐπιφέρει ὅτι καὶ αὐτοὶ οἱ μακάριοι καὶ ὄλβιοι δόξαντες ἄνθρωποι οὐκ ἄμοιροι συμφορῶν καὶ παθῶν γεγόνασιν·  2ἐξ ἑνὸς δὲ τοῦ Ταντάλου καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους παραδηλοῖ.  3τὸν Τάνταλον δὲ καὶ οὐκ ἄλλον τῇ ὑποθέσει προσείληφε διὰ τὸ ἐξ ἐκείνου τοῦ γένους καὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην κατάγεσθαι.   —VPraPrbRw

TRANSLATION:  The poet, carrying out a proof of his particular premise, that humankind endures all the terrible sufferings, adds next that even the very humans who have seemed to be blessed and prosperous have not turned out to be free of misfortunes and sufferings. From the single example of Tantalus he implies also other humans. And he has attached Tantalus and no other person to his claim because Orestes too is descended from that family.

POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v, page before start of text; in VRw follows sch. 2.12, in Pr cont. from sch. 2.12 (both places)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ prep. Rw   |    ποιούμενος om. Pra   |    φέρει πάντα transp. Prb   |    ἀνθρωπότητος (ἡ om.) Prb   |    ἄνθρωποι om. Prb, leaving blank space   |    2 ἄλλους πάντας Pra   |    3 διὰ τοῦ Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.95,5–10; Dind. II.32,9–14

KEYWORDS:   rhetorical analysis   


Or. 1.03 (1–5) (rec rhet) κατασκευή  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κατασκευ(ὴν) Mn   


Or. 1.04 (1–3) (vet exeg) οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν δεινόν: 1οὔτε ἀκοῇ οὔτε θέᾳ ἔστιν οὕτω δεινὸν ὅπερ οὐχ ὑφίσταται τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ φύσις.  2τοῦτο δέ φησι παρόσον ἔκτοπον καὶ ἀλλόκοτον ὑπέστη τιμωρίαν ὁ Τάνταλος·  3ἢ διὰ τὰς τοῦ γένους συμφοράς· ἢ δι’ ἑαυτὴν ὡς ὅτι τλημόνως συνυποφέρει τῷ ἀδελφῷ τὴν τύχην·  4ἢ διὰ τὸν Ὀρέστην.   —MBVCCrPrRbRfRwY2Ox, partial O

TRANSLATION:   Neither to hearing nor to sight is there anything so terrible that human nature does not endure it. She says this because Tantalus endured an unusual and extraordinary punishment; or because of the misfortunes of the family, or on her own account because she wretchedly bears the misfortune together with her brother; or on account of Orestes.

LEMMA: all except MOCrOx; δεινὸν om. Rb, οὐδὲν om. Rf, οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν V      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν δεινὸν prep. V (other form of lemma, incorporated)   |    ἀκοῇ Schw., ἀκοὴ all except ἀκοὴν Rb   |    θέᾳ Schw., θέα all (app. V) except θέαμα M, θράσος Rb   |    ἔστιν om. VPrRwY2   |    οὕτω] RbRf, οὔτε MBOCY2, οὔτ’ ἄλλο τι VPrRw (οὔτε Pr), εἴτε CrOx   |    ὅπερ] ὃ O   |    ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσις MRb; app. O (ἡ τῶν lost in cut margin)   |    2–4 om. O   |    2 παρόσον] καθόσον C   |    ἔκτοπον καὶ] ἐκ παντὸς CrOx   |    ἔκτοπον] ἔκτυπον Pr   |    τιμωρίαν ὑπέστη transp. Pr   |    3 ἢ διὰ τὰς] ἢ εἰς τὰς διὰ CrOx   |    τὴν τοῦ γένους τούτου συμφοράν VPrRwY2, τὸ τοῦ γένους καὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ συμφοράν Rb   |    3–4 ἢ δι’ ἑαυτὴν κτλ om. Rb   |    3 δι’ ἑαυτὴν] διὰ τοῦ υἱὸς CrOx   |    ἑαυτὴν] αὐτὴν MCRf(διαυτὴν)Y2   |    ὡς ὅτι Schw., ὡς ὅτε CRf, ὅτι VPrRw, ὥστε M, ὥς γε B, ἥ γε Y2, ὅτε CrOx   |    συμφέρει MRf, ἐπεισφέρει Rw   |    καὶ add. before τῷ ἀδ. CrYOx2   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀλόκοτον C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.94,5–8; Dind. II.30,1–5

COMMENT:   Redundant ὡς ὅτι is common in late, subliterary, and scholiastic Greek; ὥς γε is rather rare in scholiastic Greek.   


Or. 1.05 (1–3) (vet paraphr) ἄλλως· ὧδ’ εἰπεῖν ἔπος:  ἤγουν ὡς ἐν συντόμῳ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν, οὐκ ἔστι τι δεινὸν, οὔτε πάθος οὔτε συμφορὰ, ἧς οὐκ ἂν τὸ βάρος ἡ τῶν βροτῶν φύσις ὑπενέγκοιτο.  —BVPrRw

TRANSLATION:   That is, to put it in a brief phrase, there is nothing terrible, neither suffering nor experience, the weight of which the nature of mortals would not endure.

LEMMA: ἄλλως in margin, remainder in line B; ἔπος om. Rw; Pr adds ἡ σύνταξις and three-dot punctuation before ἄλλως      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. B   |    ὡς om. Pr   |    λόγῳ om. B   |   ὑπενέγκοιτο Schw. (after Matt.), ἀπενέγκοιτο all   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.94,10–12; Dind. II.30,5–8


Or. 1.06 (1–3) (thom exeg) 1ἐπειδὴ ἡ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῆς δυστυχία ὑπερῆρεν ἁπάσας, διὰ τοῦτο αὕτη γνωματευομένη ταῦτα φησὶ καθ’ αὑτήν.  2δείξει δὲ ὡς ἐξ ἀρχῆς τὸ γένος αὐτῆς συμφοραῖς ὑπέκειτο.   —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Since the misfortune of her father surpassed all others, for this reason she says this to herself, speaking in terms of a maxim. And she will demonstrate that her family was subject to untoward events from the beginning.

POSITION: follows sch. 1.06 in Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐπειδήπερ Zb, ἐπεὶ T after erasure or damage (ἐπειδὴ Ta)   |   μαντευομένη Za   |    καθ’ αὑτήν om. ZZa   |    2 ἐπέκειτο Gu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   καθ’ αὐτὴν Zb   |   ἐξαρχῆς Z   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.29,3–5

COMMENT:   The middle γνωματεύομαι is common in this sense in Eustathius.   


Or. 1.07 (1–3) (thom exeg) 1ἵνα μὴ καθέκαστον ἀπαριθμῆται τὰ συμβαίνοντα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις κακά, περιλαμβάνει διὰ τοῦ γενικοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ δεινοῦ, διαιρουμένου εἰς πάθη καὶ συμφοράς, καὶ πάθη μέν ἐστι τὰ συμπίπτοντα τοῖς σώμασι νοσήματα, συμφοραὶ δὲ αἱ ἐπερχόμεναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις θλίψεις.  2καὶ τὸ ὧδ’ εἰπεῖν ἔπος διὰ τοῦτο ἔφη διότι καθολικῶς ἐξήνεγκεν.  3ἐπεὶ δὲ πάθος καὶ συμφορὰν εἴρηκε, προτιμᾷ τὸ θηλυκὸν τοῦ οὐδετέρου, ἀποδιδοὺς τὸ ἧς πρὸς τὸ συμφορά.  4γίνωσκε δὲ ὅτι ὅταν εὑρεθῶσι δύο ὀνόματα, ἀρσενικὸν καὶ θηλυκόν, μάλιστα μὲν τὸ ἀρσενικὸν προτιμᾶται τοῦ θηλυκοῦ, συμβαίνει δὲ ἔστιν ὅτε καὶ τὸ ἀνάπαλιν.  5ὁ αὐτὸς δὲ λόγος ἐστὶ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν θηλυκῶν καὶ οὐδετέρων.  6ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τοῦτο πολλάκις γίνεται· κειμένου γὰρ ἀρσενικοῦ καὶ θηλυκοῦ καὶ οὐδετέρου ὀνόματος, ἀποδίδοται ἡ σύνταξις πρὸς τὸ οὐδέτερον, ὡς εἰς πρᾶγμα.   —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   In order to avoid enumerating one by one the evils that befall humans, he (the poet) encompasses (the notion) through use of the generic term ‘the terrible’, which is divided into sufferings (‘pathē’) and untoward events (‘sumphorai’); and sufferings are the diseases that affect their bodies, while untoward events are the afflictions that come upon humans (from outside). And he used the expression ‘so to speak’ for this reason, because he made the utterance in general terms. And after he has said ‘suffering’ (neuter noun ‘pathos’) and ‘occurrence’ (feminine noun ‘sumphora’), he favors the feminine over the neuter, making the relative pronoun agree (in gender) with the former (‘sumphora’). Understand that whenever two nouns are found, a masculine and a feminine, for the most part the masculine is favored over the feminine (for agreement), but sometimes the opposite occurs instead. The same rule applies also to feminines and neuters. More than that, often the following too occurs: when a masculine and a feminine and a neuter noun are present, the agreement is made with respect to the neuter, as if for a thing.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm (to δεινὸν)      POSITION: continued from previous, adding δὲ, T; precedes sch. 1.06 in Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διαιρουμένη Zb   |    μέν ἐστι] μέν εἰσι Zb   |    3 πάθος] πάθη ZZaZbT   |    συμφορὰν] uncertain whether ‑ὰν or ‑ὰς Za; Z perhaps ‑ὰς corrected to ‑ὰν   |    4 μὲν om. Zm   |    τοῦ θηλυκοῦ] τὸ θυλικὸν Z   |    5 δὲ om. Zb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 συμβάντα a.c. Za   |   ὑπαρχόμεναι Zb   |   1 καὶ τοῦ ὧδ’ Zm   |   ἐξήνεγκε Zb   |   4 μάλλιστα Z   |   συμβαίνειν Z   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.29,6–18

COMMENT:  This note appears to be an expansion of what is found in sch. 1.11 and 2.01.   

KEYWORDS:   rhetorical analysis   |    grammar, agreement of gender   |   vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   


Or. 1.08 (1–3) (rec exeg) καὶ Ὅμηρός φησι [Hom. Il. 24.49] ‘τλητὸν γὰρ μοῖραι θυμὸν θέσαν ἀνθρώποισιν’.  —RbY2ZmGu

POSITION: continued from sch. 1.04 RbY2; marg. Zm      

APP. CRIT.:   φησι om. RbY2   |    θυμὸν om. Rb   |    ἔθεσαν Y2    

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.31,19–20


Or. 1.09 (1–3) (pllgn paraphr) οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν δεινὸν καὶ χαλεπὸν πρᾶγμα οὐδὲ πάθος οὐδὲ συμφορὰ θεήλατος καὶ ἐκ θεοῦ ἐλθοῦσα ὅπερ οὐχ ὑφίσταται ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσις.  —Y2Yf2

POSITION: in marg. Yf2      

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross; check original Y for marginal word beside note.   |   


Or. 1.10 (1–3) (pllgn paraphr) οὐδὲν ἀπὸ τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ὅπερ οὐ πάσχουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι.  —Y2


Or. 1.11 (1–2) (rec gram) οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν δεινόν: 1τὸ δεινὸν ὄνομα γενικόν ἐστι, διαιρεῖται δὲ εἰς πάθος καὶ συμφοράν.  2καὶ πάθος μὲν λέγεται τὰ νοσήματα, συμφορὰ δὲ αἱ τοῦ βίου δυστυχίαι καὶ περιπέτειαι.   —VPrRwSaY2

LEMMA: V (om. οὐδὲν)      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v, page before start of text; between sch. 2.01 and 2.09 Rw; between sch. 12.01 and sch. 13.01 Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐστὶ γενικὸν transp. PrSaY2   |    2 πάθη PrSaY2   |    λέγονται Pr   |    τὰ νοσήματα om. Sa   |    συμφοραὶ PrSaY2    |    περιπαθείαι Pr (sic)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.94.1–3; Dind. II.29,19–21

COLLATION NOTES:   Pr cross in front.   |   

KEYWORDS:   vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   


Or. 1.12 (pllgn rhet) ἐξ ὑπολήψεως τὸ προοίμιον καὶ ἔστιν ἐπιτήδειον εἰς προοιμίου τύπον.  —Yr

TRANSLATION:   The proem (is drawn) from assumption/presupposition/prejudice, and it is suitable as a model of a proem.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐξυπολ(ήψ)εως Yr   

COMMENT:  Rhetorical manuals and their scholia claim that a proem ἐξ ὑπολήψεως is the best type.   

KEYWORDS:  ὑπόληψις   


Or. 1.17 (rec rhet) πρότασις  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   run together without punct. following sch. 1.18 and 1.28 Sa   

KEYWORDS:   rhetorical analysis   |   πρότασις   


Or. 1.25 (rec exeg) ⟨ὧδ’ εἰπεῖν ἔπος⟩: ὡς ἐν συντόμω εἰπεῖν, ὡς ἡ παροιμία λέγει.  —VFL2Rwr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. L2   |    after συντόμω add. λόγω FRwr   |    ὡς ἡ κτλ om. FL2   |    καὶ add. before ἡ Rwr   |    λέγει om. Rwr   


Or. 1.28 (recThom paraphr) ⟨ὧδ’ εἰπεῖν ἔπος⟩: ἤγουν ἐν συντόμῳ εἰπεῖν λόγον  —AaAb1MnPcPrRSSaZbZmGuY2

POSITION: s.l.; run together without punct. between sch. 1.18 and 1.17 in Sa; on fol. 8v Mn (second instance of Or. 1–3; cf. sch. 1.29)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν] ἀντὶ τοῦ Sa, καὶ οὗτος ἄρχομαι S, καὶ οὕτως Mn, καὶ Aa, ὡς Y2, om. AbPcPrbR   |    ἐν om. Ab   |    εἰπεῖν om. Mnb   |    λόγον ZmGu, καὶ λόγον app. S, λόγῳ AaMn, om. SaZbY2    |    at the end Pc adds ὡς λέγει ἡ παροιμία (cf. sch. 1.25)   |   


Or. 1.29 (rec exeg) ⟨ὧδ’ εἰπεῖν ἔπος⟩: ἤγουν ἐν συντόμῳ εἰπεῖν λόγῳ ἀξίωσιν ⟨ἢ⟩ συγκατάβασιν· ἐνταῦθα δὲ εὑρίσκονται τὰ δύο.  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   That is, to express in a brief phrase positive assessment(?) or agreement (concession?). And here the two are (both) found.

POSITION: s.l. on f. 7v (first instance of Or. 1–3, which are repeated on f. 8v; cf. sch. 1.28)      

APP. CRIT.:   λόγ() Mn   

COMMENT:   The sense is very uncertain. The translation offered assumes this is one note and that truncated λόγ() conveys the dative. If instead it indicates the accusative, one may add ἤγουν before the two following accusatives, or assume a lacuna, e.g. ⟨ἡ παροιμία σημαίνει⟩, before ἀξίωσιν ⟨ἢ⟩ συγκατάβασιν. In either case, it is not clear how exactly these two terms differ. Joshua Benjamins (private communication) wonders whether ἀξίωσις could mean ‘general principle, maxin’.   


Or. 1.36 (rec exeg) ⟨ὧδ’⟩: τὸ ὧδε ἀντὶ τοῦ ὡς  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 1.38 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰπεῖν ἔπος⟩: ἢ νὰ εἴπωμεν τὸ, Ἀττικόν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Presumably ἔπος is to be understood with τὸ.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Cramped and tiny writing is ambiguous; probably τϊ corrected to τὸ.    |   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 1.40 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἔπος⟩: λόγον. περισσὸν, Ἀττικῶς  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrOx

POSITION: s.l.; T as two separate items, cross at περισσὸν      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ox   |    λόγον om. G   |    περ. ἀττ. om. Ox, ἀττ. om. Yf   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   περιττὸν G   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.30,13

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   |   περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 2.01 (2–3) (vet gram) οὐδὲ πάθος οὐδὲ συμφοράν: 1διὰ τί εἰρηκὼς ἔπος καὶ πάθος πρὸς τὸ θηλυκὸν τὰ ἑξῆς συνέταξε φάσκων ἧς οὐκ ἂν ἄραιτ’ ἄχθος;  2φαμὲν οὖν ὅτι προτιμᾶται τοῦ οὐδετέρου τὸ θηλυκὸν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πρὸς αὐτὸ ἐποίησε τὴν σύνταξιν.   —MVCCrPrRbRfRwOx, partial OMnaMnbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Why, having said ‘epos’ and ‘pathos’ (neuter nouns), did he (the poet) make the following phrase agree with the feminine in saying ‘of which (fem.) it would not take upon itself the burden’? We say, then, that the feminine is given preference over the neuter and therefore he made the agreement with it.

LEMMA: M, οὐδὲ πάθος R, ἧς οὐκ ἂν ἄραιτ’ ἄχθος C; labels ἀπορία and λύσις in marg. VPr, applied to the two sentences      REF. SYMBOL: MRSa (Sa to line 1)       POSITION: twice in Mn (which has Or. 1–3 on both 7v and 8v)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διὰ τί εἰρηκὼς] ]εἴρηκεν O (margin trimmed, perhaps room for τί before it), διὰ τί εἶπεν CrOx, διήρηξ() app. R, εἰπὼν, with διὰ τί transp. after πάθος MnaMnbS   |    τί] τὸ C   |    ἔπος om. S   |    καὶ om., s.l. add. Rw   |    πρὸς] πρὸς δὲ O   |    τὸ om. MnaMnb   |    τὰ ἑξῆς transp. after συνέταξε ORf, om. CrMnaMnbSOx, τὸ ἑξῆς C, τοὺς ἑξῆς Pr   |    συνέταξας M, συντάξας R   |    φάσκων om. M, φάσκων … ἄχθος om. OMnaMnbS   |    ἂν ἄραιτ’ ἂν M, ἄραιτ’ ἂν Rw, ἂν ἄραιτ’ ἀνθρώπου φύσις CrOx   |    2 καὶ add. before φαμὲν PrRw   |    2 φαμὲν οὖν om. OMnaMnbS   |    οὖν om. VRRfRw   |    ὅτι] ὡς O, διότι MnaMnbS   |    προτιμᾶται τοῦ οὐδετέρου] προτιμοτέρου ὄντος τοῦ οὐδετέρου O   |    τὸ θηλυκὸν om. O, transp. before προτιμᾶται all except M(τὸ om. Pr), after τὸ θηλυκὸν add. γένος M   |    καὶ διὰ κτλ om. OSa   |    καὶ om. CrOx   |    αὐτὸ] ταῦτα R   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1–2 θηλυκὸν] θετικὸν Ox (both places)   |    2 προτιμεῖται Rw™   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.94,13–16; Dind. II.31,14–17

COLLATION NOTES:   Same sch. Ra, but margin cut leaves only last three words extant.   

KEYWORDS:   grammar, agreement of gender   


Or. 2.02 (2–3) (vet gram) ⟨οὐδὲ πάθος οὐδὲ συμφοράν⟩: εἰς θηλυκὸν δὲ ἐξ οὐδετέρου τὸν λόγον ἀπέδωκεν ἐπειδὴ προτιμᾶται τοῦ οὐδετέρου τὸ θηλυκὸν.  —B

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) made the phrase agree with the feminine, (transitioning) from the neuter, since the feminine is given preference over the neuter.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 1.04      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.94 app.; Dind. II.30,8–9

KEYWORDS:   grammar, agreement of gender   


Or. 2.03 (2–3) (rec gram) ⟨οὐδὲ πάθος οὐδὲ συμφοράν⟩: εἰπὼν ἔπος καὶ πάθος διὰ τί πρὸς τὸ θηλυκὸν συνέταξεν· διότι τὸ θηλυκόν προτιμᾶται τοῦ οὐδετέρου. διὰ τοῦτο(?)[ —Pc

POSITION: in right margin running vertically, partly obscured in binding, with final words lost to damage      

KEYWORDS:   grammar, agreement of gender   


Or. 2.04 (2–3d) (pllgn gram) ⟨οὐδὲ πάθος οὐδὲ συμφοράν⟩: ἔπος καὶ πάθος εἰπὼν πρὸς τὴν συμφορὰν συνέταξεν· προτιμᾶται γὰρ τοῦ οὐδετέρου τὸ θηλυκόν.  —Yr

APP. CRIT.:   πάθος Mastr., πλῆθος Y   |   

KEYWORDS:   grammar, agreement of gender   


Or. 2.05 (mosch gram) οὐδὲ πάθος: 1πάθος ἐπὶ σώματος τὸ τραῦμα καὶ ἡ πληγή, ἣν ξίφει τις ἐπλήγη ἢ τοιούτῳ τινί, ὃ ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ ποιοῦντος λέγεται πρᾶγμα καὶ πρᾶξις, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ πάσχοντος πάθος, ὥσπερ τὸ λῆμμα ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ λαμβάνοντος λέγεται λῆμμα, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ διδόντος δῶρον.  2ἀπὸ τούτου πάθος καὶ ἐπὶ ψυχῆς ἡ ἧττα, ἣν ἡττήθη τις ὑπὸ ἀδικίας, ἢ ἀκολασίας, ἢ τοιούτου τινός.  3λέγεται πάθος καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ ἀδικία καὶ ἡ ἀκολασία καὶ ἡ δειλία καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα προσβάλλει ἡμῖν, ὥσπερ λέγεται βέλος καὶ τὸ πεμπόμενον καὶ τὸ τραῦμα τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς βολῆς τοῦ βέλους.  4τούτων δὴ τῶν παθῶν τῶν προσβαλλόντων, ἤγουν τῆς ἀδικίας, τῆς ἀκολασίας, καὶ τῶν τοιούτων, ἐπικρατεῖν ὁ λογισμὸς δύναται, οὐ καταλύων αὐτά, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὑπείκων αὐτοῖς.  5τὰ δὲ ἕτερα, ἤγουν αἱ πληγαὶ καὶ αἱ ἧτται αἱ ὑπὸ τούτων, ἀφανίζεται ἰατρευόμενα, ὡς μηδὲ οὐλὴν καὶ ἴχνος τι αὐτῶν καταλείπεσθαι.  6ἐνταῦθα δὲ πάθος λέγει σώματος ἤγουν πληγὴν καὶ κάκωσιν.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   ‘Pathos’ when applied to the body is the wound or blow that someone has received with a sword or some such thing, a thing which, by the agent doing it, is called a deed or action, while, by the person suffering it, it is called a ‘pathos’ (‘suffering’), exactly as the term ‘lēmma’ is said to be an ‘income, gain’ by the person receiving it, but a ‘gift’ by the person giving it. By derivation from this, ‘pathos’ also is used in reference to the soul, meaning the damage (loss) which one has suffered from injustice or licentiousness or the like. And injustice itself and licentiousness and cowardice and all such things that attack us are also called ‘pathos’, just as ‘belos’ is used of both the thing thrown and the wound that results from the throwing of the missile. Now these ‘pathē’ that attack us, that is, injustice, licentiousness, and such things, can be mastered by reason, which does not disable and remove them, but does not yield to them. But things of the other sort, that is, blows and the damages that come from them, are removed when they are treated and cured, so that not even a scar or any trace of them is left behind. In this passage he speaks of a ‘pathos’ of the body, that is, a blow or inflicted harm.

LEMMA: G       REF. SYMBOL: T      POSITION: in vacant space after arg. on previous page (fol. 47v) T      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ add. before first πάθος G   |    ἣν … ἐπλήγη om. Yf, add. s.l.   |    (second) μὲν om. Gr   |    2 πάθους Y   |    ὑπὸ] ἀπὸ Y   |    3 πάθη TYfGGr   |    ἡ ἀκολ. καὶ ἡ ἀδικία transp. Yf   |    ἡ δειλία] ὁ δόλος G   |    προβάλλει G   |    4 δὴ] δὲ G   |    προβαλλ‑ G   |    οὐχ om. Yf   |    5 (second) αἱ om. Gr, add. s.l.   |    ἀφανίζονται G   |    οὐλὴ TY   |    6 ἤγουν] ἢ Y   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.30,15–31,3

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   

KEYWORDS:   vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   


Or. 2.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨πάθος⟩: πάθος λέγεται τὸ σωματικὸν νόσημα, οἷον λώβη καὶ ἕτερα ὅσα ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος ἀναδίδονται. συμφορὰ δὲ θεήλατος ἡ ἀπὸ θεοῦ πεμπομένη, οἷον λοιμικὸν νόσημα λιμὸς καὶ ἐπιδρομὴ ὑετοῦ.  —Y2Yf2

APP. CRIT.:   οἷον λοιμικὸν νόσημα] λοιμὸς Y2   |   καὶ om. Y2   |   υἱετοῦ Yf2, ἐθνῶν Y2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.31,4–6

COMMENT:   Turyn 57 believed this to be Planudean.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   

KEYWORDS:   vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   |   Planudes   


Or. 2.09 (vet exeg) οὐδὲ συμφορὰν θεήλατον: 1γράφουσί τινες οὐδὲ συμφορὰ θεήλατος, ἀγνοοῦντες δέ·  2ἀπὸ κοινοῦ γὰρ ληπτέον τὸ οὐκ ἔστιν ⟨εἰπεῖν⟩.   —MBVCCrPrRfRw

TRANSLATION:   Some write ‘nor god-driven misfortune’ (in the nominative case), but because they fail to understand. For the expression ‘it is not possible to speak of’ is to be taken in common (so that the accusative ‘misfortune’ is governed by it).

LEMMA: M      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: marg. B; C follows sch. 5.01 C; cont. from sch. 1.03 Rf      

APP. CRIT.:   1 γράφουσί τινες] γρ(άφεται) καὶ B; γράφουσιν ἔνιοι CrRf, φύσιν ἔνιοι C, γρ(άφετ)αι in marg. C   |    οὐδὲ om. Rf   |    συμφορὰν θεήλατον Cr   |    ἀγνοοῦντες δέ om. B   |    δέ om. VCrPrRw   |    2 γὰρ] δὲ B   |    ἔστιν ⟨εἰπεῖν⟩] suppl. Dind., ἔστι B, ἔστι δεινόν M, ἔστιν οὐδὲν δεινόν VCCrPrRfRw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.95,1–3; Dind. II.31,12–13

COLLATION NOTES:  In Rf the letters from μφορὰ to the end are written (in line) in red ink.   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: τινες   |   variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 2.10 (rec exeg) ⟨συμφορὰ θεήλατος⟩: 1γρ. (συμφορ)ὰν (θεήλα)τον·  2ἀπὸ κοινοῦ γὰρ ληπτέον τὸ οὐκ ἔστιν ⟨εἰπεῖν⟩.   —O

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 2.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨συμφορὰ θεήλατος⟩: δυστυχία ἡ ἐπελθοῦσα  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.; twice, on fol. 7v and 8v      


Or. 2.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨συμφορὰ θεήλατος⟩: ἤγουν λοιμικὸν νόσημα καὶ λιμὸς καὶ ἐπιδρομὴ ἐθνῶν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 3.02 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἧς⟩: προεκρίθη τὸ θηλυκὸν τοῦ οὐδετέρου  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   θυλικὸν Gu   


Or. 3.14 (tri metr) ⟨ἄραιτ’⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 3.16 (mosch gram) ⟨ἄχθος⟩: ἄχθος ἐπὶ σώματος, ἄχος ἐπὶ ψυχῆς  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.31,18

KEYWORDS:  vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   


Or. 4.01 (4–10) (pllgn exeg) θέλουσα ἡ Ἠλέκτρα ἵνα παραστήσῃ τὸν γνωματευτικόν λόγον ὅνπερ εἶπεν ἄρχεται ἀπὸ τοῦ μείζονος κεφαλαίου, ἤγουν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ταντάλου, λέγουσα ‘ὁ γὰρ μακάριος’ Τάνταλος εἶτα διὰ μέσου ‘καὶ οὐκ ὀνειδίζω τὰς τύχας’· οὐ γὰρ ὀνειδίζουσα τὸν Τάνταλον ἡ Ἠλέκτρα διηγεῖται τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλ’ ἵνα παραστήσῃ τὸν λόγον ὃν εἶπεν ἀληθῆ, φέρει τὴν τοῦ Ταντάλου διήγησιν, λέγουσα ὅτι οὗτος ὁ Τάνταλος ἔχων παρὰ τῶν θεῶν ἀξίωμα κοινὸν τραπέζης, ἤτοι συνδιαιτώμενος μετὰ τῶν θεῶν συναναστρεφόμενος καὶ τὰ ἑαυτῶν γινώσκων μυστήρια, οὐκ ἐφύλαττε ταῦτα, ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν κατερχόμενος ἔλεγε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὴν τῶν θεῶν βούλησιν, ὅτι τάδε βούλεται ποιῆσαι ὁ Ζεὺς. ἔσχε τοίνυν ἐκεῖνος ὁ Τάνταλος γλῶσσαν ἀκόλαστον. οὐκ ἐφύλαττε τὰ τῶν θεῶν μυστήρια.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Electra, wishing to prove the gnomic statement she has spoken, begins from the stronger point of argument, that is, from Tantalus, saying ‘for the exceedingly happy’ Tantalus, and then parenthetically ‘and I do not reproach his fortunes’. For Electra tells his story not reproaching Tantalus; but in order to establish as true the claim she made, she brings in the story of Tantalus, saying that this Tantalus, when he had from the gods the special privilege of sharing their table, that is, passing his life and spending his time in association with the gods and getting to know their secrets, did not keep these to himself, but going back down to earth he told humans the will of the gods, that Zeus intends to do such and such. Thus, that famous Tantalus did have an unbridled tongue; he did not keep the secrets of the gods.

KEYWORDS:  διὰ μέσου   


Or. 4.02 (vet exeg) ὁ γὰρ μακάριος: μακάριον γὰρ αὐτὸν καλῶ καὶ οὐ δυστυχῆ, ἵνα μὴ ὀνειδίσω αὐτῷ.  —MBVCMnaMnbPcPrRbRfRwS

TRANSLATION:   I call him ‘blessed’ and not ‘unfortunate’ in order that I not reproach him.

REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: Mna on 7v, Mnb on 8v; cont. from sch. 2.09 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   γὰρ om. BVPrRw   |    καλῶ αὐτὸν transp. Rf   |    καλῶ] καλῶ φησιν V, καλεῖ Rw, καλεῖ φησιν Pr   |    οὐ om. Rf   |    δυστυχεῖ S   |    μὴ om. MnaMnbPcRbS   |    ὀνειδίση Pr   |    αὐτῷ M, αὐτόν others, ἄλλως Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.95,11–12; Dind. II.32,15–16


Or. 4.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ὁ ποτὲ μακάριος. οὐ γὰρ ὀνειδίσουσά φησιν, ἀλλὰ βουλομένη παραστῆσαι ὅτι πάντα τὰ δεινὰ ὑφίστανται οἱ ἄνθρωποι.  2καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 24.49]· ‘τλητὸν γὰρ Μοῖραι θυμὸν θέσαν ἀνθρώποισι’.   —MBVCPrRfRw

TRANSLATION:   The man who once was very happy. She does not say this intending to reproach, but wishing to prove that human beings endure all terrible things. And Homer (attests this view): ‘for the Fates have placed an enduring spirit in humans’.

LEMMA: MVRfRw, in marg. B      REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὀνειδίζουσα BVCPrRfRw   |    τὰ πάντα τὰ Rw   |    οἱ om. MC   |    2 καὶ ὅμηρος κτλ om. Rf   |    καὶ] ὡς BC, ὡς καὶ VPrRw   |    ὅμηρος φησὶ VPrRw   |    θέασαν ἀνθρώποισιν C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.95,13–15; Dind. II.32.16–18


Or. 4.04 (rec exeg) [ἐκ τοῦ] Ταντάλου παραστῆσαι θέλει ὅτι πάντα τὰ δεινὰ ὑφίστανται οἱ ἄνθρωποι.  —O

LEMMA: lost in cut margin or never present      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκ τοῦ Mastr. (cut margin)   |   


Or. 4.05 (rec exeg) οὐκ εἰρωνικῶς λέγων· νῦν οὐκ ἔστι· ⟨λείπει⟩ γὰρ ποτε.  —Sa

TRANSLATION:   Not speaking ironically (in using ‘makarios’): now he is not (fortunate). For the word ‘once’ is to be understood.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps read λέγω{ν} or λέγει (but λέγων could refer to the poet)   |   punctuation and λείπει suppl. Mastr. (cf. sch. 4.03, 4.09, 4.10)   |   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   |   εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς   


Or. 4.06 (pllgn exeg) οὕτως δὲ διηγούμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων, οὐχ ὡς ὀνειδίζοντες ἐκείνους ἀλλ’ ἵνα παραστήσωμεν τὸν λόγον ἡμῶν ἀληθῆ.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   And thus we too tell the story of Adam and the others, not as reproaching those figures but in order to establish our claim as true.


Or. 4.07 (mosch exeg) ὁ γὰρ μακάριος: 1ἐπαινεῖταί τις ἐφ’ οἷς ποιεῖ καλοῖς καὶ ψέγεται ἐφ’ οἷς ποιεῖ κακοῖς· μακαρίζεται δὲ ἐφ’ οἷς ἔχει καλοῖς, ἢ ἀπολαύει.  2ἀφ’ οὗ μακάριος ὁ μακαρισμοῦ ἄξιος ἐφ’ οἷς ἔχει καλοῖς, ἢ ἀπολαύει.  3καὶ μακάριον τέλος οὗ ὁ τυχὼν μακαρίζεται.  4καὶ μακάριον ἔργον ἐφ’ ᾧ ὁ ἐργασάμενος μακαρίζεται.  5ἐνταῦθα δὲ τὸ μακάριος κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν λέγεται· οὐ γὰρ ἀπέλαυσεν ὁ Τάνταλος καλῶν ἵνα διὰ ταῦτα μακαρίζηται, ἀλλὰ κακώσεων μᾶλλον καὶ κολάσεων.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   Someone is praised for the fine things he does and is reproached for the bad things he does. And he is considered very fortunate for the fine things he has or enjoys. As a result, ‘makarios’ (very fortunate) is applied to the one who deserves to be strongly congratulated for the fine things he has or enjoys. And a fortunate end is one for which the person attaining it is strongly congratulated. And a fortunate deed is one for which the agent is strongly congratulated. But in this passage the word ‘makarios’ is spoken euphemistically: for Tantalus did not enjoy fine things, so that he would be congratulated because of them, but rather (he experienced) harms and punishments.

REF. SYMBOL: T       POSITION: in vacant space after arg. on previous page (fol. 47v) T      

APP. CRIT.:   1 sch. 4.20 prep. T   |    first καλοῖς] κακοῖς Yf   |    2 ἐφ’ οἷς … ἀπολαύει om. G   |    4 ἐργαζόμενος X   |    5 καλῶν transp. before ἀπέλαυσεν XT   

APP. CRIT. 2:   5 εὐφημησμὸν XXbYf   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.32,21–33,2

KEYWORDS:  vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   |   εὐφημισμός   


Or. 4.08 (pllgn exeg) ὁ γὰρ μακάριος: κατ’ εὐφημισμόν  —GY

LEMMA: G       POSITION: s.l. G, marg. Y      

KEYWORDS:  εὐφημισμός   


Or. 4.11 (thom exeg) ⟨μακάριος⟩: εὐδαίμων διὰ τὴν τῶν θεῶν συνήθειαν  —ZZaZbTGu

TRANSLATION:   Bleesed with good fortune because of his intimacy with the gods.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.33,3

COLLATION NOTES:   This note omitted in Ta.   


Or. 4.17 (rec exeg) ⟨μακάριος⟩: διστακτικῶς  —V3

TRANSLATION:   Said in a doubtful tone.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 4.18 (rec exeg) ⟨κοὐκ ὀνειδίζω τύχας⟩: ‘οὐκ ὀνειδίζω τύχας’ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα προσέθετο, ἵνα δείξῃ ὅτι οὐχὶ ὀνείδη τῷ πάππῳ προφέρουσα ταῦτα λέγει, ἀλλ’ ἵνα τῆς ἀνθρωπείας φύσεως ἐκ τῆς ἐνδοξότητος τούτου ἀποδείξῃ τὸ εὐτελὲς καὶ ὅτι πᾶς ἄνθρωπος πάθεσι καὶ συμφοραῖς ὑπόκειται.  —VPr

TRANSLATION:   Electra added ‘I do not reproach his fortunes’ in order to show that she says these things not bringing forward reproaches against her grandfather, but in order to demonstrate from this man’s high repute the insignificance of human nature and the fact that every human is subject to sufferings and misfortunes.

POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v, page before start of text; Pr after second version of sch. 1.02      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.95,16–19; Dind. II.33,4–7


Or. 4.19 (rec exeg) ⟨κοὐκ ὀνειδίζω τύχας⟩: αὐτὸν. καλοῦσα αὐτὸν δυστυχῆ καὶ μὴ μακάριον  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 4.20 (mosch exeg) ⟨κοὐκ ὀνειδίζω τύχας⟩: 1καὶ οὐ λέγω ἄθλιος καὶ ταλάντατος εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν προφέρουσα τὰς τύχας·  2ἀπὸ γὰρ τῶν συμβεβηκότων αὐτῷ ἄθλιος μᾶλλον ἦν καὶ ταλάντατος.   —XXaXbT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:   And I do not say (Tantalus is) wretched and most miserable (‘talantatos’) as one bringing forward his misfortunes to reproach him. For as a result of what befell him he was, instead, wretched and most miserable.

POSITION: s.l. except XT; between lemma and content of sch. 4.07 T      

APP. CRIT.:   1 (second) καὶ om. T   |    εἰς] ὡς G   |    ταλάντατος] τάνταλος X   |    προσφέρ‑ Y   |    2 ἄθλιος om. XaY   |    ταλάντατος] τάνταλος X   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.33,7–9


Or. 4.21 (recThom rhet) ⟨κοὐκ ὀνειδίζω τύχας⟩: προδιόρθωσις  —MnZmGu

POSITION: s.l. Zm, between columns in Gu; above μακάριος in Mn      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.31,21

KEYWORDS:  rhetorical analysis   |   προδιόρθωσις   


Or. 4.22 (rec rhet) ⟨κοὐκ ὀνειδίζω τύχας⟩: μεσεμβόλημα  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This is a late rhetorical term for a parenthetic phrase, often used in the scholia to Oppian.   

KEYWORDS:  rhetorical analysis   |   μεσεμβόλημα   


Or. 4.23 (pllgn rhet) ⟨κοὐκ ὀνειδιζω τύχας⟩:   —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 5.01 (vet exeg) Διὸς πεφυκώς: 1Τμώλου καὶ Πλουτοῦς υἱὸς ὁ Τάνταλος, Ταντάλου δὲ καὶ Εὐρυανάσσης Πέλοψ, Βροτέας, Νιόβη.  2Πέλοπος δὲ καὶ Ἱπποδαμείας Ἀτρεὺς, Θυέστης, Δίας, Κυνόσουρος, Κόρινθος, Ἵππαλκμος, Ἵππασος, Κλεωνὸς, Ἀργεῖος, Ἀλκάθους, Ἕλειος, Πιτθεὺς, Τροιζὴν, Νικίππη, Λυσιδίκη καὶ ἔκ τινος Ἀξιόχης νόθος Χρύσιππος.  3τούτῳ φθονοῦντες οἱ Πελοπίδαι ὡς προκρινομένῳ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀναπείθουσιν ἅμα τῇ μητρὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτάτους Ἀτρέα καὶ Θυέστην ἀνελεῖν τὸν παῖδα.  4οἱ δὲ ἀποκτείναντες εἰς φρέαρ ἐνέβαλον.  5ὁ δὲ Πέλοψ ὑπόπτους ἔχων τοὺς παῖδας ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος ἐπαρασάμενος.  6τούτων ἄλλοι μὲν ἄλλῃ ᾤκησαν, Ἀτρεὺς δὲ καὶ Θυέστης ἐν τῇ Τριφυλίᾳ κατῴκησαν ἐν Μακέστῳ.  7καὶ Ἀτρεὺς μὲν Κλεόλαν τὴν Δίαντος ἀγαγόμενος ἔσχε Πλεισθένη τὸ σῶμα ἀσθενῆ, ὃς Ἐριφύλην γήμας ἔσχεν Ἀγαμέμνονα καὶ Μενέλαον καὶ Ἀναξιβίαν.  8νέος δὲ τελευτῶν ὁ Πλεισθένης καταλείπει τῷ πατρὶ τοὺς παῖδας.  9Θυέστης δὲ λαβὼν Λαοδάμειαν ἔσχεν Ὀρχομενὸν, Ἀγλαὸν, Καλαόν.  10τῶν δὲ Ἡρακλειδῶν κατασχόντων Πελοπόννησον ἔχρησεν ὁ θεὸς αὐτοὺς μὲν ἀποστῆναι Λακεδαίμονος, τοὺς δὲ Πελοπίδας βασιλεῦσαι.   —MBVCAaMnPcPrRaRbRwS, partial CrOx

TRANSLATION:   Tantalus was the son of Tmolus and Plouto, and the children of Tantalus and Euryanassa were Pelops, Broteas, and Niobe. Born of Pelops and Hippodameia were Atreus, Thyestes, Dias, Cynosourus, Corinthus, Hippalcmus, Hippasus, Cleonus, Argeius, Alcathous, Heleius, Pittheus, Troizen, Nicippe, Lysidice, and from a certain Axioche the illegitimate son Chrysippus. The sons of Pelops, jealous of him because he was favored by their father, along with their mother persuade the eldest, Atreus and Thyestes, to kill the boy. They killed him and threw him in a well. Pelops, suspecting his sons, cursed them and expelled them from their fatherland. Of these, different ones dwelt in different places; Atreus and Thyestes settled in Macestus in Triphylia. And Atreus, having married Cleola the daughter of Dias, fathered Pleisthenes, who was weak in body and who married Eriphyle and fathered Agamemnon and Menelaus and Anaxibia. Dying at a young age Pleisthenes left his children to his father’s care. Thyestes married Laodameia and fathered Orchomenus, Aglaus, and Calaus. And when the sons of Heracles captured the Peloponnese, the god gave them an oracle instructing that they should withdraw from Lacedaemon and that the sons of Pelops should become kings.

LEMMA: all except Pr; ἱστορία in marg. B3cS; marginal labels πλησθένης and ταντάλου γενεαλογία add. B4, with label περὶ ἀτρέως καὶ θυέστου in margin at 6       REF. SYMBOL: MBVRaRbOx      POSITION: follows sch. 5.20 in BVCRw, follows sch. 5.09 in Aa (in block before play, fol. 38r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 υἱὸς transp. before τμώλου AaMnPcRaS   |    πλουτοῦς … ταντάλου δὲ καὶ om. S   |    ταντάλου … νιόβη om. C   |    (second) καὶ om. Mn   |    βροντέας Tzetzes, variant in Paus. 2.22.3 (but not in 3.22.4), βροτέος Pr, βροτόας Aa   |    2 κυνόσουρος καὶ ἕτεροι (om. κορίνθιος … λυσιδίκη) Rw   |    Κόρινθος] Tzetzes and Et. Magn. 529,48; κορίνθιος all   |    Ἵππαλκμος] Tzetzes, Sch. Pind. Ol. 1.144d–e; ἱππάλακμος AaPcRa(ἱπα‑ AaRa), ἵππαλμος others (ἵπτ‑ MnOx) [Rw]   |    Κλεωνὸς] Tzetzes, κλέωνος CRa, κλέων others (κλεών S) [Rw]   |    ἀργείων AaMnS   |    Ἕλειος] Dind. (cf. Sch. Hom. Il. 19.116b2 Erbse, Suda ε 824), ἔλειος M, ἑλεῖος AaRb (Mant. Prov.), ἐλεῖος CMnPcRaS, αἴλιος B, ἔλιος Cr, ἕλιος Ox, ἐλεῖος αἴλιος V, ἔλειος αἴλιος Pr   |    3 τούτῳ] τοῦτον AaMnRaRbS, τούτον δὲ app. Ox, τούτου δὲ Cr, τοῦτο Pr   |    φθονήσαντες BVPrRw   |    οἱ λοιποὶ πελ. AaMnPcRaRbS   |    ὡς] om. CrOx (Ox before erasure app. ϊ)   |    προκεκριμένω PcRaRb, προκριμένω Aa, προκεκριμένον MnS, προκρινομένου CrOx   |    3–10 παρὰ τοῦ κτλ om. CrOx (both run on with sch. 37,08)   |    3 παρὰ] περὶ MnS   |    ἀλλὰ πείθουσιν Pr, ἀπείθουσι Rw   |    τῇ μητρὶ τοὺς] τῆς μητρὸς τοὺς Aa, τῆς μητρὸς τῆς s.l. Ra, τῇ μητρὶ τοὺς with (τ)ῆς added above τοὺς Rb   |    τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους VPr (Pc ambig. abbrev.), τῆ πρεσβυτάτη MnS   |    ἀτρέως καὶ θυέστου Pr   |    4 οἱ δὲ] οἷον Pr   |    ἀνέβαλον MnRaRb, ἐνέβαλεν S   |    5 ἐκ om. BVAaMnPcPrRaRw   |    ἐπαρώμενος Rb, s.l. Mn   |    6 τούτων] τούτους AaMnPcRaRbS, with punct. after this word, not before   |    ἄλλοι] ἄλλος Rb   |    μὲν transp. before ἄλλοι Pr, μὲν οὖν MnRaS   |    ἄλλῃ] ἄλλοι S, ἄλλο Pr   |    ἀτρεὺς … κατῴκησεν om. Rw   |    after θυέστης add. ἐλθόντες AaMnPcRaRbS   |    κατῴκησαν] BC, om. M, ὤκησαν others (ὤκισαν Mn) [Rw]   |    μακέστοις (or ‑ους?) M   |    7 τὴν κλεόλαν Rw   |    τὴν om., add. s.l. Rw   |    δίαντος] τοῦ δίαντος C, δίακτος M   |    ἀγόμενος AaPr   |    ἔσχεν υἱὸν VPrRw   |    πλεισθένη om. Rw   |    τῶ σώματι M, τῶ σῶμα S, καὶ σῶμα Rb   |    7–8 γήμας … τελευτῶν om. Aa   |    9 λαβὼν] λιπὼν Ra   |    δὲ om. Pr   |    Λαοδάμειαν] RaRbMn (and Mant. Prov.), λαιδάμειαν p.c. S(a.c. δάμειαν), ‑δάμην BVCPr, ‑δάμ M, λαομάδην app. Rw   |    Ἀγλαὸν] Tzetzes, ἀγαυὴν MBV, ἀγάβην Rw, ἀγανήν CAaMnPcRbS, ἀγανὰν Pr, om. Ra   |    Καλαόν] Schw. (cf. Pausan. 7.17.9, Sch. Soph. OC 1320–2a Xenis), κάλλαιον BVPrRw, κάλλεον MCPc, κάλλεων Rb, κάλλεα Mn(κάλεα a.c.)S, καλεήν Aa, om. Ra   |    10 κατεχόντων Pr   |    τὴν πελοπ. MnPcPrRa, τὸν πελοπ. RbS   |    αὐτοὺς] τούτους MnS, app. Pc   |    μὲν οὖν Rb   |    λακεδ. om. Mn, λακεδαίμονας Aa   |    -δαίμονος … βασιλεῦσαι no longer extant in Pc (margin trimmed or damaged)   |    (second) δὲ om. Rb   |    βασιλεῦσαι om. S (cont. without punct. into lemma sch. 5.19)   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 εὐρυανάσης C, ἀνυάσσης R   |    2 ἱπποδομείας S, ἱπποδαμνείας Mn, ὑποδαμείης Pr, ὑποδαμείας Aa   |    Δίας] δια M   |    κονίσουρος CrOx   |    ἵππασσος Mn, ἵππουσος Pr, ἵπτεισος Ox, ἴππομος S   |    Ἀλκάθους] ἀλήσθους C, ἀρκοθεύς Ra, ἀλμαθοῦς Aa, ἀλκαθοῦς MnPc, οἰκαθοῦς app. S, ἀλκάθη app. CrOx   |    πιτεθεύς Pc   |    νικίπη AaRaRb, νικήπη S, νικιπήλη Mn, νικηπ() Pc, νικίπτη Ox   |    λυσιδούκη Ox   |    ἀξιοχῆς Ra, ἀξιόχνης Ox, ἀξιώχης S (perhaps corrected to ἀξιό‑), ἀξιόθης AaPc, ἀξιώθης Rb   |    3 πελωπίδαι a.c. Mn   |    ἀναπειθοῦσιν Aa   |    ἅμα] ἄννα Pr   |    4 ἐνέβαλλον V   |    5 ἐκβάλει VRa, ἐβάλλει Mn   |    τῆς] τῆ Mn   |    6 ἄλλοι] ἀλλ’ οἱ S   |    ἄλη Mn   |    Τριφυλ-] AaMnPcRa, τρεφυλ‑ B, τρυφιλ- VPr, τρυφηλ‑ Rb, τρυφυλ‑ CS, τοιφιλ‑ M [Rw]   |    μοκεστῶ Pc, perhaps Ra, μηκεστῶ MnS, μηκεσῶ Aa   |    7 κλαιόναν Rb, κλαιόλαν Pc (αι app. erased)   |    διάντος Mn   |    (first) ἔσχεν Mn   |    πλεισθένην VCAaPcPrRbS, πλησθένην CRb, πλειστένην Mn   |    ἐριφύλη M, ἐριφύλον Pr, ἐριφύην Rb, ἐριφύλαν Rw   |    (second) ἔσχε Mn   |    ἀναξιζοΐαν S   |    8 πλησθένης CR   |    τελευτὼν S   |    9 ὀρχενὸν S, ἐρχόμενον Rb, ἀρχομενὸν Pr   |    10 πελοπόννησον B, πελοπόνησον others   |    ἔχρησε Mn   |    ἀποσθῆναι MnRa, app. Pc, ἀπωσθῆναι S, ἀντιστῆναι Aa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.95,20–96,11; Dind. II.33,11–34,3

COMMENT:   Cf. Tzetzes, Exeg. in Il. 1.7 (source of readings referred to in app. above); Mantissa proverbiorum 2.94 [Paroem. Gr. II.772–773 Leutsch]; also Tzetzes, Chil. 5.444 (Plouto) and 4.419 (Euryanassa), Chil. 1.4.418–427 (killing Chrysippus, exile and settlement in Triphylia).   |   On the dispute whether or not to see Hellanicus as the source of this scholion, see Fowler, EGM II.432–434. On the sons of Pelops see Fowler, EGM II.436–439. (Note that Fowler refers to this as ‘scholion on Or. 4’ because Schwartz accidentally omitted the numeral that should have been placed before the lemma at I.95,20.)   

KEYWORDS:  mythography, genealogical   |   Tzetzes   |   Hellanicus   


Or. 5.02 (pllgn exeg) τὴν δὲ ἱστορίαν τοῦ Ταντάλου ζήτει ἔμπροσθεν εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ Σοφοκλέους.  —Yf2

POSITION: left margin      

COMMENT:   A note at the foot of 42v runs: τοῦτο τὸ βιβλίον ἔχει τρεῖς ποιητὰς· εὐριπίδ()· αἴσχυλον· σοφοκλῆ. The reference in the present scholion (on 43r) is to a narrative about Tantalus trying to feed Pelops to the gods and Pelops’ revival and ivory shoulderblade. It is found on fol. 211r of Yf, the Soph. portion of which begins on fol. 207r with the Life of Sophocles, followed by arg. to Ajax and miscellaneous short texts. The Tantalus narrative is followed by a narrative of Atreus and Thyestes, including the murder of Chrysippus, the adultery of Thyestes and Aerope, and Atreus’ revenge.   |   

KEYWORDS:  mythography; ἱστορία   


Or. 5.03 (rec exeg) ⟨Διὸς πεφυκὼς⟩: νόησον μοι τὸν Δία ἀρχὴν εἶναι τῶν Τανταλιδῶν καὶ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ κατάγεσθαι Τάνταλον, ἀπὸ Ταντάλου Πέλοπα, ἀπὸ Πέλοπος Ἀτρέα, ἀπὸ Ἀτρέως Ἀγαμέμνονα, ἀφ’ οὗ ὁ Ὁρέστης.  —Sa

REF. SYMBOL: Sa      

KEYWORDS:  genealogy   


Or. 5.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Διὸς πεφυκὼς⟩: ⟨Ζ⟩εὺς Τάνταλος Πέλοψ, οὗ Ἀτρεὺς καὶ Θυέστης. ἐκ τοῦ Ἀτρέως Ἀγαμέμνων καὶ Μενέλαος. ἐκ τοῦ Θυέστου Ἀγλαὸς Ὀρχομενὸς Καλαός. ἐκ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος Ἠλέκτρα Χρυσόθεμις Ἰφιγένεια Ὀρέστης. ἐκ τοῦ Μενελάου μόνη ἡ Ἑρμιόνη.  —Gu

APP. CRIT.:   enlarged initial for ζεὺς not added   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κάλαός (two accents) Gu (cf. sch. 5.01)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.34,5–9

KEYWORDS:  genealogy   


Or. 5.05 (rec exeg) ⟨Διὸς πεφυκὼς⟩: Τμώλου καὶ Πλουτοῦς υἱὸς ὁ Τάνταλος· τούτου Πέλοψ· Πέλοπος Ἀτρεὺς καὶ Θυέστης.  —Pr

APP. CRIT.:   πέλοψ· πέλοπος· πέλοπος Pr   

KEYWORDS:  genealogy   


Or. 5.09 (rec exeg) ὁ Ζεὺς ἐγέννησε τὸν Τάνταλον· ὁ Τάνταλος τὸν Πέλοπα· ὁ δὲ Πέλοψ Ἀτρέα καὶ τὸν Θυέστην· ὁ Ἀτρεὺς τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα καὶ Μενέλαον. —AaPc

POSITION: in scholia block before play (38v) Aa, between sch. 25.09 and 5.01      

KEYWORDS:  genealogy   


Or. 5.17 (tri metr) ⟨πεφυκὼς⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 5.19 (vet exeg) ὡς λέγουσι: καλῶς τὸ ὡς λέγουσι· οὐ γὰρ πείθομαι τὸν Δία τοὺς ἰδίους παῖδας οὕτως αἰκίζεσθαι.  —MBOVaVbCAaMnPcPraPrbRaRbRfRwSSaaSab

TRANSLATION:   Well-put the phrase ‘as they say’: for (Electra is thinking) I do not believe that Zeus mistreats his own children in this way.

LEMMA: MCAaMnPcRfS, ὡς μὲν λέγουσιν Vb, ὡς λέγ. καλῶς Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MRaRbRfSaa; at ὡς (8) Pc      POSITION: cont. from sch. 4.03, add. δὲ, BPraRw; follows sch. 4.03 C; follows sch. 5.05 Prb; Vb at end of sch. block on same fol.; Sab cont. from Saa, which follows sch. 15.01; follows sch. 7.01 in Pc; in sch. block before play (38r) Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   καλῶς …λέγουσι app. om. O (cut margin)   |    καλῶς εἶπε Saa   |    λέγουσι προσέθηκεν BVaPraRw; λέγων Saa [O]   |    οὐ πείθει γὰρ Prb   |    πειθομαι φησὶν VaPraRw, πειθητικὸν ὡς Saa    |    τὸν δία τοὺς] ὡς δίαν οὺς Saa, τὸν δία διὰ τοὺς Sab, τὸν δία τῆ Mn   |    ἰδίους] ἰδία Mn, οἰκείους VaRwSaa   |    οὕτως om. PrbSaa   |    αἰκίζεσθαι] αἰωνίζεσθαι Sab    |    at the end add. ἢ ὀνειδίζει αὐτῷ τοσοῦτον τοὺς ἰδίους ἐγγόνους κολάζοντι Prb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   λέγουσιν MPcPrbRbSabRf   |    οὕτω O   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.96,12–13; Dind. II.32,19–20 and app.

KEYWORDS:  theological amelioration   


Or. 5.20 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: τὸ ὡς λέγουσι οὐκ ἐνδοιάζουσά φησιν εἰ παῖς ἦν τοῦ Διὸς ὁ Τάνταλος, ἀλλ’ ὀνειδίζουσα τῷ δαίμονι ὅτι τοὺς ἰδίους ἐκγόνους τοσοῦτον ἐν ταῖς δυσδαιμονίαις παρορᾷ.  —MBVaVbCAaMnPcPrRaRbRfRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   She does not say ‘as they say’ because she is in doubt whether Tantalus was the son of Zeus, but reproaching the god because he neglects his own descendants in their misfortunes.

LEMMA: MB(in marg.)VaVbPrRw, ἀλλὰ CAaMnPcRaRbRfSSa       POSITION: Vb at end of sch. block on same fol.; in sch. block before play (38r) Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ὡς λέγουσι om. M; after this Va has προσέθηκεν οὐ γὰρ πείθομαι, but phrase deleted with dots   |    λέγουσι] λαβοῦσα RaRb   |    ἐκδοιάζουσα Aa   |    εἰ] ὅτι εἰ RfSa, ὅτι MnPcRaS, ὅτι εἴτε Aa   |    παῖς ἦν] παῖς εἴη Rb, πως εἴη Vb, οὐκ ἔστι MnPcRaS, παῖς ἐστὶ RfSa, ἔστι Aa   |    ὅτι] om. Pr, παρόσον VbRb, ὃς Rf, in marg. Aa, ὡς AaMnS   |    δυσειδαιμονίαις C, δυσμενίαις RbSa   |    παρορᾶν AaMnPcS   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   λέγουσιν BAaRfSa   |    ενδυάζουσα M, ἐνδιάζουσα Vb   |    φησὶ Aa   |    ἐγγόνους PrRb, ἐκγγόνους Mn, ἐγκόνους AaS   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.96,14–16; Dind. II.34,9–11 and app.


Or. 5.21 (pllgn exeg) οὐ πείθεται γὰρ τὸν Δία τοὺς ἰδίους παῖδας αἰκίζεσθαι ἢ ὀνειδίζει αὐτῷ τοσοῦτον τοὺς ἰδίους ἐκγόνους κολάζοντι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 5.26 (rec gram) ⟨Τάνταλος⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ τλῶ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 5.27 (pllgn gram) ⟨Τάνταλος⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ τάλας Τάνταλος ὠνόμασται, οἱονεὶ ταλάντατος· ἀθλιώτατα γὰρ πέπονθεν.  —Lp

TRANSLATION:  Tantalus has been named from the word ‘talas’ (‘wretched’) for being, as it were, most wretched. For his sufferings were extremely miserable.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὠνομάσθαι Lp, corr. Matt.   |    γὰρ ἀθλιώτατα transp. Lp, corr. Matt.   

APP. CRIT. 2:   οἷονει Lp   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.34,12–13

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 6.01 (thom exeg) ἐκ τούτου καὶ παροιμία Ταντάλου φόβον φοβοῦμαι, ἔτι τε πρὸς τὴν ἑτέραν ἱστορίαν, Ταντάλου δίψαν διψῶ, Ταντάλου κῆπον τρυγῶμαι.  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:   Because of this (impending rock) there is in fact a proverb ‘I experience the fear of Tantalus’, and also in relation to the other version of the story, ‘I have the thirst of Tantalus’, ‘I harvest the garden of Tantalus’.

POSITION: marg. Zm      

APP. CRIT.:   ταντ. κ. τρυγῶμαι om. Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.34,17–18

COMMENT:   Cf. Michael Apostolius 16.1 [Paroem. Gr. II.656 Leutsch], Ταντάλου κῆπον τρυγᾷς: ἐπὶ τῶν μάταια ποιούντων; [Plato], Axiochus 371e Ταντάλου δίψος; Sch. rec. Pind. Ol. 1.91 Abel καὶ μαρτυρεῖ ἡ παροιμία· Ταντάλου δίψα. The expression Ταντ. φόβον φοβοῦμαι is not found in TLG.   


Or. 6.02 (rec exeg) 1Ταντάλου δίψαν διψῶμεν· φόβον φοβούμεθα Ταντά(λου). ⟨Ταντάλου λει⟩μῶνα τρυγῶμεν·  2[Hom. Il. 24.49] ‘τλητὸν γὰρ μοῖραι θυμὸν θέσαν ἀνθρώποισι’.   —Mn

POSITION: Mn has this twice, with the same readings and corruption, on 7v and 8v (both in bottom margin, sep. from short bottom block on 8v).      

APP. CRIT.:   1 suppl. Mastr., ἀμπελῶνα Dind. (based on misreading μῶνα as λῶνα)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 διψώμεν Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.32,18 app.

COMMENT:   The second sentence is a displaced fragment of sch. 4.03.   |   


Or. 6.03 (mosch paraphr) κορυφῆς ὑπερτέλλοντα: τὸν ὑπεράνω τῆς κορυφῆς δεδοικὼς πέτρον  —XXaXbTYfYGGr

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X; G separates δεδ. πετ. over end of line      

APP. CRIT.:   κορυφῆς] κεφαλῆς G   |    δεδιὼς Gr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.34,14–15


Or. 6.04 (rec gram) ⟨κορυφῆς⟩: κερατοφυής τις οὖσα  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -φυὴς τίς Pr   |   

COMMENT:   An etymological note, but elsewhere κορυφή is connected to κρύπτω or to κάρα and ὀροφή (Et. Magn., Et. Gud. (Sturz) s.v. κορυφή).   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 6.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὑπερτέλλοντα⟩: ὑπὲρ ἄνω τῆς κε(φαλῆς) κείμενον  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 6.22 (rec exeg) ⟨πέτρον⟩: ἀρσεν(ικῶς) εἴρηται  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 6.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέτρον⟩: Ἰωνικὸν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 7.01 (vet exeg) ἀέρι ποτᾶται: 1ἐπεὶ διὰ γλωσσαλγίας ἥμαρτεν ὁ Τάνταλος, σιωπῇ αὐτὸν κολάζει ὁ Ζεύς.  2οὔτε γὰρ ἐν οὐρανῷ αὐτὸν τιμωρεῖται, ἵνα μὴ συνδιαλέγηται θεοῖς ἢ λαλούντων ἀκούῃ,  3οὔτε ἐπὶ γῆς, ὅπως μὴ ἐξείποι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἅτινα εἶδεν ἐν οὐρανῷ,  4οὔτε καθ’ Ἅιδου, ὡς μὴ καὶ ἄλλους ὁρῶν κολαζομένους ἁμαρτωλοὺς παραμυθοῖτο,  5ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀέρι μετέωρον, ὅπως μηδενὶ προσφθεγγόμενος μᾶλλον ἀνιῷτο.   —MBOVCMnPcPrRaRbRfRwSSaY2

TRANSLATION:   Since Tantalus sinned through his unbridled tongue, Zeus punishes him with silence. For he punishes him neither in heaven, so that he may not converse with gods or hear them speaking, nor on earth, so that he may not reveal to humans what he saw in heaven, nor in Hades, so that he may not be comforted by seeing other sinners being punished as well, but aloft in the air, so that, not speaking to anyone, he may be more afflicted.

LEMMA: MBVCMnRaRbRwS      REF. SYMBOL: BVPcRb       POSITION: follows sch. 5.01 BVRw; follows sch. 2.09 C; follows sch. 10.11 RaSY2; cont. from sch. 5.19 Sa; follows sch. 12.01 Pc      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐπεὶ διὰ] ἐπειδὴ Rf, ἐπειδὴ διὰ CMnPcS   |    1–2 ἥμαρτεν … ἢ lost to cut margin in O   |    1 σιωπᾶν PcRw   |    ἐκόλασεν BCMnPrRfSY2, ἐκώλυσεν VPcRw   |    ὁ ζεύς] ὁ θεός B, om. VMnPcPrRaRwS   |    2 οὔτε] οὕτω Rf   |    αὐτὸν ἐν οὐρ. transp. Y2   |    ἐν τῶ οὐρ. PcRaRbS   |    αὐτὸν τιμωρεῖται] οὔτε Pr   |    αὐτὸν] αὐτὸς Sa   |    τιμωρεῖται] τιμωρεῖ οὔτε ἐν τῇ γῇ οὔτε καθ’ ἅδου, ἐν μὲν τῶ οὐρανῷ Y2   |    συνδιαλέγεται Rf, a.c. M, corr. s.l. M   |    θεοῖς] πάλιν θεοῖς VRw, τοῖς θεοῖς Sa   |    ἢ λαλ. ἀκούῃ om. Pr   |    ἀκούῃ] τούτων ἀκούη VRw, θεῶν ἀκούει Y2, ἀκούειν PcRbSa, ἀκούοι M, s.l. Rf, perhaps a.c. S [O]   |    3 οὔτε ἐπὶ γῆς] οὔτε ἐν τῆ γῆ MnPcRaRbS, οὔτε ἐν γῆ Pr, ἐν δὲ τῆ γῇ Y2   |    ὅπως] ἵνα VRwY2   |    ἐξείπη OVMnPcRaRbRwSaSY2, εἴπη Pr   |    ἅτινα] ἅπερ MnPcRbRaS, ἃ OPr   |    εἶδεν ἐν οὐρανῷ] ἀκούει changed to ἀκούῃ Y2   |    οἶδεν Pr   |    ἐν τῶ οὐρ. MnPcRaRbSSa   |    4 οὔτε καθ’] μήτε καθ’ Y2   |    καθ’] ἐν VMnPcPrRaRbRwS   |    ᾅδηον corr. to ᾅδον app. Mn   |    ὡς] ἵνα BOVCPrRfRwSaY2, εἰ Mn   |    μὴ καὶ om. O   |    καὶ om. RfRwY2   |    ἄλλους] ἑτέρους Pr   |    κολαζομένους] τιμωρούμεθα Pr   |    ἁμαρτωλοὺς om. PrRfSaY2, transp. before κολαζομένους MnPcRaRbS   |    παραμυθεῖται Sa   |    5 ἀλλ’ ἐν κτλ] ὑπεράνω δὲ τῆς κεφαλῆς τούτου ἐκρέμασαν καὶ λίθον ἵνα εἰ πολλάκις μέλλ() ἐνατενίσαι ἐπάνωθεν, φοβούμενος τὸν λίθον κύπτει κάτωθεν πάντοτε καὶ οὕτω πειράζεται Y2   |    μετέωρον om. Sa   |    μηδενὶ προσφθεγγόμενος] μηδένα βλέπων MnPcPrRaRbS   |    φθεγγόμενος BVC   |    ἀνιοῖτο M [O], ἀνιᾶται Rw, ἀνιᾶτο Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἤμαρτεν Rf   |    σιωπὴ Y2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.96,18–97,2; Dind. II.35,6–12

COLLATION NOTES:   2 ἀκούοι app. M, but recheck original M.   

KEYWORDS:  theology, divine punishment   


Or. 7.02 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀέρι ποτᾶται⟩: 1τινὲς μέν φασιν, ὧν ἐστι καὶ Εὐριπίδης, ἐν ἀέρι τὸν Τάνταλον κρέμασθαι κἀνταῦθα τὴν δίκην ὑπέχειν ὧν ἐξήμαρτεν ἐξειπὼν τοῖς βροτοῖς τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἀπόρρητα (τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ ‘ἀκόλαστον ἔσχε γλῶτταν’) καὶ τῆς ἀμβροσίας μεταδούς.  2ἕτεροι δὲ λέγουσιν ἐν ᾍδου τοῦτον κολάζεσθαι, ἱστάμενον μέσον ὕδατος ἄχρι τοῦ πώγωνος καὶ διψῶντα.  3ἡνίκα δὲ ἐπιχειρήσῃ πιεῖν, ἀθρόον τό τε ὕδωρ ἀφίσταται καὶ ὁ ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ πέτρος κάτεισιν, ὡς δῆθεν τοῦτον πατάξων.  4οὐ μόνον δὲ οὗτος ἐν ᾍδου κολάζεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ Σίσυφος καὶ Τιτυὸς καὶ Ἰξίων καὶ αἱ Δαναοῦ παῖδες.   —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Some say—and Euripides is one of these—that Tantalus is suspended in the sky and there he undergoes the punishment for the wrong he did in revealing to mortals the secrets of the gods—for that is the meaning of ‘he had an undisciplined tongue’—and in sharing (with mortals) their ambrosia. Others say this figure is punished in Hades, standing in the middle of water up to his chin and being thirsty. And whenever he tries to drink, all at once the water withdraws and the rock at his head comes downward, as if it is going to strike him hard. Not only is this figure punished in Hades, but also Sisyphus and Tityos and Ixion and the daughters of Danaus.

REF. SYMBOL: ZaZm, perhaps Zb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ ἐξειπὼν Zb   |    τῶν om. Za   |    τὴν γλῶτταν T, γλῶττα Z   |    2 μέχρι Zb   |    3 πέτρος] πρότερος Zm   |    τοῦτον πατάξων] πατ. αὐτὸν Gu   |    αἱ om. Zb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κρέμεσθαι Z   |    1 γλῶσσαν Gu   |    2 ἄδου T (ἅδου Ta)   |    3 ἐπιχειρήσει ZmZbGu   |    4 τιτυὸς] πιτιὸς Gu   |    ἰξὼν Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.34,19–35,5

KEYWORDS:  mythography   


Or. 7.13 (pllgn gram) ⟨ποτᾶται⟩:  1διὰ τί γρ(άφεται) στρωφάω στρωφῶ καὶ νωμῶ καὶ τρωπῶ μέγα, ποτάω δὲ ποτῶ μικρόν;  2φαμὲν γοῦν ὅσα ῥήματα βαρύτονα δισύλλαβα εὑρίσκονται ἀναλυόμενα εἰς δευτέραν συζυγίαν τῶν περισπωμένων, ἔχουσι δὲ καὶ ἀντιπαρακείμενον ὄνομα, γράφεται διὰ τοῦ ω μεγάλου, οἷον ἀπὸ τοῦ στρέφω βαρυτόνου ῥήματος γίνεται δευτέρᾳ συζυγίᾳ τὸ στρωφάω στρωφῶ, καὶ ἀντιπαρακείμενον ὄνομα ἡ στροφή.  3ἀπὸ τοῦ τρέπω τρωπάω τρωπῶ.  4τὸ δὲ πέτω ἀναλύσαιμεν εἰς δευτέραν συζυγίαν τὸ ποτάω ποτῶ.  5οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ἀντιπαρακείμενον ὄνομα.  6πότος μὲν ἐστὶν ἀλλὰ τὸ συμπόσιον λέγεται, οὐ μὴν δὲ τὸ πέτασμα, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο γράφεται μικρόν.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Why are ‘strōphaō/strōphō’ and ‘nōmō’ and ‘trōpō’ written with omega (in the first syllable), but ‘potaō/potō’ with omicron? We explain, at any rate, that all the disyllabic verbs not accented on the last syllable (scil. verbs without contraction) that are found modified into a derivative belonging to the second conjugation of the contract verbs, but have also a corresponding noun, are written with omega: for instance, from ‘strephō’, a verb not accented on the last syllable, there is formed in the second conjugation ‘strōphaō/strōphō’ and ‘strophē’ as a corresponding noun; from ‘trepō’ there is formed ‘trōpaō/trōpō’. Let us modify ‘petō’ into a derivative belonging to the second-conjugation, ‘potaō/potō’; but it does not have a corresponding noun. To be sure, ‘potos’ exists, but it means ‘drinking-party’, not ‘flight’, and for this reason it (‘potaō/potō’) is written with omicron.

POSITION: placed between sch. 14.09 and sch. 17.09 in block written by Y 2 at top of fol. 105r      

APP. CRIT.:   2 σύλλαβα in lin., δι add. s.l.   

COMMENT:   Eustathius and others mention patterns like στρέφω, στρωφάω, and Et. Gud. (Sturz) s.v. πωλῶ notes that πέτω, ποτάω is an exception. But I find no parallel for this exact explanation, although Georg. Choerobosc. Gram.Gr. 4:1.240,25–37 illustrates this type of argument for an exception.   


Or. 8.02 (vet exeg) ⟨μὲν⟩: οὐκ ἀπέδωκε τῷ μέν τὸν δέ.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   He did not provide a (particle) ‘de’ to answer to the (particle) ‘men’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ μὲν τὸ δέ C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -δωκεν M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.97,3; Dind. II.35,16


Or. 9.06 (vet exeg) ἀξίωμ’ ἔχων ἴσον: παρὰ τὸ ‘δαιτὸς ἐίσης’ [Hom. Il. 1.468, etc.].  —M

TRANSLATION:   Modelled on (the Homeric phrase) ‘of the equal feast’.

REF. SYMBOL: M      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.97,4; Dind. II.35,19


Or. 9.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀξίωμ’ ἔχων ἴσον⟩: 1κοινῆς τραπέζης ἀξιούμενος ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν.  2ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡ κοινὴ τράπεζα τὴν αὐτὴν τιμὴν τοῖς μεταλαμβάνουσιν αὐτῆς δίδωσιν, λέγει ‘ἀξίωμ’ ἔχων ἴσον’.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   He should have said ‘being deemed worthy of a shared table’. But since the shared table gives the same (degree of) honor to those partaking of it, he says ‘having an equal (portion of) esteem’.

POSITION: s.l. except X and in marg. T      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἡ] καὶ G   |    αὐτῆς] αὐτῆ Y   |    ἀξίωμ’] ἀξίως μ’ XXa   |    ἔχει X   |    ἴσον om. G   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ‑λαμβάνουσι Yf   |   δίδωσι YYfGr   |    ἶσον Χ   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.35,20–22


Or. 9.12 (pllgn metr) ⟨ἴσον⟩: ὅρα ἐνταῦθα ὅπως χρῆται ὁ ποιητὴς τὸ ἴσον τὸ ι̅ ὡς βραχύ· οὐ γάρ ποτ’ ἐν τέλει στίχου ποὺς εὑρίσκεται συγκείμενος ἐκ μακροῦ καὶ βραχέος, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον.  —Gu

TRANSLATION:   Note here how the poet uses the word ‘ison’ with the iota as short. For never at the end of an (iambic trimeter) verse is there found a foot consisting of long and short, but rather the reverse.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.35,22–25


Or. 10.01 (vet exeg) ἀκόλαστον: 1ἐπὶ ἀκολάστῳ τινὶ λόγῳ φασὶν αὐτὸν κολάζεσθαι.  2εἰ γὰρ μετέδωκε τῆς ἀμβροσίας κατὰ τὸν Πίνδαρον [Pind. Ol. 1.60–63] τοῖς βροτοῖς, μᾶλλον ἂν τῆς φιλανθρωπίας παρὰ θεῶν ἐθαυμάζετο.   —MBVC

TRANSLATION:   They say he was punished for some unbridled speech. For if he had shared ambrosia with mortals as in Pindar’s version, he would instead have been admired by the gods for his benevolence to his fellow men.

LEMMA: MB, ἀκόλαστον ἔσχε γλῶσσαν C, ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: follows sch. 10.11 V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐπὶ] ἐπεὶ MBV   |    ἀκολάστως M   |    2 τοῖς om. V   |    (second) τῆς om. BVC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.97,5–7; Dind. II.35,26–36,2

KEYWORDS:  theological amelioration   |   citation of literature other than Homer   |   Pindar   


Or. 10.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀκόλαστον⟩: ὑβριστικὸν ἄτιμον ἀνουθέτητον. κολάζω κατὰ Ἀττικοὺς τὸ νουθετῶ.  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.36,7–8

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικοί   


Or. 10.11 (vet exeg) αἰσχίστην νόσον: 1τὴν γλωσσαλγίαν φησὶν αἰσχίστην νόσον,  2ὅτι πορνεία μὲν καὶ γαστριμαργία καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ πάθη σὺν τῇ βλάβῃ ἔχουσί τι καὶ τερπνὸν, ἡ δὲ γλωσσαλγία καὶ τούτου ἐστέρηται,  3καὶ ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἄλλα πάθη τὸν χρώμενον βλάπτει, αὕτη δὲ καὶ κατὰ τοῦ θείου ὁπλίζεται.   —MBVCAaMnPcPrSaRaRbRfRwSY2, O partial

TRANSLATION:   He calls an unbridled talkativeness a most shameful sickness because fornication and gluttony and the rest of the sinful dispositions involve together with their harmfulness also something pleasant, but talkativeness is lacking even in this, and because the other bad dispositions harm the one who experiences them, whereas this one arms itself even against the divine.

LEMMA: C; ἀκόλαστον ἔσχε γλῶσσαν Rw, ἀκόλαστον γλῶσσαν V, ἀκόλαστον AaMnPcRaRbS      REF. SYMBOL: M to αἴσχιστον, V to ἀκόλαστον, Sa to γλῶσσαν      POSITION: cont. from sch. 10.01 in B, add. δὲ; precedes 10.01 V; follows sch. 5.14 AaPcRaRbS; in Aa in block before play (fol. 38r)      

APP. CRIT.:   M mostly washed out here, much unreadable.   |    1–2 τὴν γλωσσαλγίαν … γαστριμαργία καὶ om. O   |    1 τὴν γλωσσαλγίαν φησὶν αἰσχίστην νόσον] Schw. (implying that M carries this; but M om. αἰσχ. νόσον), τὴν γλ. φ. νόσον αἰσχ. VRw, τὴν γλ. μὲν αἰσχ. νόσον φησίν C, τὴν γλ. αἰσχ. νόσον φ. AaMnRfS(τὴν om. MnS), τῆς γλωσσαλγίας αἰσχ. νόσον φησὶν Sa, τὴν γλ. γὰρ αἰσχ. νόσον φ. PcRa, τὴν γλῶσσαν γὰρ αἰσχύνην νόσον φασὶν Rb (later corr. to αἰσχίστην s.l.), αἰσχίστην (δὲ add. B) νόσον τὴν γλωσσαλγίαν φησὶ BY2, αἴσχ. νόσον φησὶ τὴν γλ. Pr   |    2 ὅτι πορνεία … πάθη] τὰ γὰρ λοιπὰ πάθη Pr   |    ὅτι πορνεία] πορνεία γὰρ Y2   |    ἡ πορνεία AaPcRaS, ὑπορνεία Mn, πορρίμενον app. Rb   |    μὲν καὶ γαστρ. om. Rw   |    μὲν om. VAaMnPcRaRbSY2   |    ἡ γαστριμ. AaPcRaS, γαστριμαργίαν Rb   |    καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ … βλάβῃ] μὴ Rb   |    τὰ λοιπὰ] τἄλλα CSa, τὰ γὰρ ἄλλα O   |    ἔχει MnS   |    τι καὶ] τι OAaPcRaS, καὶ PrSa, τὸ Mn   |    τερπνά Sa, τέρπον app. O   |    ἡ δὲ γλωσσαλγία] αὕτη δὲ AaMnPcPrRaS, ἡ δὲ γλῶσσα O, ἡ δὲ γλῶσσα ὑγειῆ Rb   |    δὲ om. Y2   |    2–3 καὶ τούτου … αὕτη δὲ om. O   |    2 καὶ τούτου ἐστέρηται] καὶ βλαβὴν φέρει καὶ τοῦ τερπνοῦ ἀπεστέρηται VRw, σιέλην μόνην εἰσφέρει Aa   |    καὶ (before τούτου) om. Rb   |    τούτων Sa, τοῦτο Mn   |    after ἐστέρηται add. μαθόντες τοῦτο οἱ θεοὶ ἐκρέμασαν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν ἀέρα Y2, then cont. with sch. 7.01   |    3 καὶ ὅτι τὰ κτλ om. Y2   |    ὅτι τὰ … καὶ om. AaMnPcPrRaS   |    τὸν χρώμενον] om. Sa, τὸν χέρονον μὲν Rb   |    αὐτὴν Sa   |    δὲ καὶ] δὲ BVRf [M], καὶ Sa   |    καὶ κατὰ … ὁπλίζεται om. here Rb (αὕτη δὲ treated as start of next sch.), but κατὰ … ὁπλίζεται present later as intrusion within sch. 12.01)   |    τοῦ θείου] θεοῦ πολλάκις AaMnPcRaS, τὸ θεῖον Rf   |    at end add. καὶ ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἄλλα πάθη τὸ χρόνομεν (or χρώ‑) βλάπτει, αὕτη δὲ καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν Aa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τοῦτου M   |    τρε*πνόν S (perhaps τρερπνόν a.c.)   |    3 ὀπλίζεται CS   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.97,8–11; Dind. II.36,2–6

COMMENT:   The fact that M omits αἰσχίστην νόσον fits with the different positions that the phrase takes in different witnesses.   


Or. 10.18 (thom exeg) ⟨αἰσχίστην⟩: κακίστην· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀθυρογλώσσου φαυλότερον.  —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Worst. For there is nothing more contemptible than a person with unbridled tongue.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Z   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.36,9–10

COLLATION NOTES:   γὰρ om. Ta   


Or. 11.01 (vet exeg) οὗτος φυτεύει Πέλοπα: 1ἐξ Εὐρυθεμίστης τῆς Ξάνθου·  2ἢ Κλυτίας τῆς Ἀμφιδάμαντος, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Φερεκύδης [Pherecydes FGrHist 3 F 40 = EGM fr. 40] ἐν ι̅·  3ὡς δὲ ἱστορεῖ ⟨      ⟩ ἐξ Εὐρυανάσσης τῆς Πακτωλοῦ.   —MBC

TRANSLATION:   From Eurythemiste the daughter of Xanthus. Or from Clytia the daughter of Amphidamas, as Pherecydes records in Book 10. But as ⟨lacuna: some other source⟩ records, from Euryanassa the daughter of Pactolus.

LEMMA: BC (and perhaps M, washed out here)      REF. SYMBOL: MB; marginal label ἡ τοῦ πέλοπος μήτηρ add. B3a       

APP. CRIT.:   2 τῆς om. C   |    ἐν ι̅· ὡς Schw. (after Dind.), ἐνί(ως) MC, blank space of ca. 4 letters B; alternatively, Φερεκύδης· ἔνιοι δὲ ἱστοροῦσιν tentatively conj. Fowler   |    3 Schw. reports ἱστορεῖσθαι M, but this cannot be seen now.   |    Ἑλλάνικος suppl. Robert, Heldensage 289 n. 2; cf. Fowler, EGM I.215, II.432–434.   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.97,12–14; Dind. II.36,11–13

COMMENT:   There is no other trace of Eurythemiste daughter of Xanthus or Clytia daugher of Amphidamas in extant texts. Euryanassa is also recorded as mother of Pelops in sch. 5.01 above as well as in Plutarch, Parallela minora 313D, and in Tzetzes (Sch. Lyc. Alex. 52 Scheer; Exeg. in Il. 1.7).   

KEYWORDS:  mythography, genealogical   |   citation of historian or scholar   |   Pherecydes   |   Hellanicus   


Or. 11.03 (vet exeg) ⟨φυτεύει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ γεννᾷ, μεταφορικῶς ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   In the sense of ‘begets’, metaphorically from (planting) trees.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. C   |    δένδρων Schw., ἀνύδρων MC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.97,15; Dind. II.36,15–16

KEYWORDS:  mythography, genealogical   


Or. 11.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φυτεύει⟩: μεταφορικῶς  —GuYr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς   


Or. 11.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨φυτεύει⟩: γεννᾷ· ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐγέννησεν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   (‘Plants’ means) ‘begets’, (with the present tense here) used for the (past) ‘he begat’.

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐγέννησε GYf   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   This note omitted in Ta.   |   


Or. 12.01 (vet exeg) ᾧ στέμματα ξήνασα:  1τὸν τῆς ἀρχῆς στέφανον.  2Αἰσχίνης γὰρ στέμματα τὰ ἔριά φησιν ἀπὸ τοῦ στέφειν τὰς ἠλακάτας·  3ἐξ ὧν γίνονται οἱ στέφανοι τῶν βασιλέων. ||  4ξήνασα δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ προξενήσασα καὶ παρασχομένη.  5ὁ δὲ νοῦς· ἡ τῷ Ἀτρεῖ τὴν βασιλείαν περιποιησαμένη θεὰ πόλεμον καὶ ἔριν πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἐπέκλωσε. ||  6γράφεται δὲ καὶ Ἔρις, ἵν’ ᾖ ἡ θεὰ Ἔρις τὸν πόλεμον ἐπέκλωσε Θυέστῃ καὶ Ἀτρεῖ.  7οὐ παράλογον δὲ καὶ ἄλλον θεὸν ἐπικλώθειν ὡς καὶ τὰς Μοίρας.  8Ὅμηρος γοῦν φησι [Hom. Od. 1.17]· ‘τῷ οἱ ἐπεκλώσαντο θεοὶ οἶκόνδε νέεσθαι’.   —MBVC, (partial) MnPcRaRb1Rb2Rb3RfSaSbSa

TRANSLATION:   The crown of rule. For Aeschines says that ‘stemmata’ refers to the wool threads, by derivation from their wreathing (‘stephein’) the distaff. Out of these (wool threads) the crowns of kings are made. || ‘Having carded’ is here used in the sense ‘having procured’, ‘having provided’. And the sense is: ‘The goddess who secured the kingship for Atreus ordained warfare and strife with his brother’. || The reading ‘Strife’ (in the nominative) is also found, so that the sense would be: ‘The goddess Strife ordained warfare for Thyestes and Atreus’. And it is not unreasonable that another god too (is said to) weave (a man’s fate) just like the Fates (Moirai). At any rate, Homer says: ‘in which (year) the gods ordained (wove the fate) for him that he return home’.

LEMMA: BCRb3(ξείν‑ R, a.c. B; ‑ας CR); ᾧ στέμματα MV (but unclear whether M had ᾧ or not)      REF. SYMBOL: MBVSaRaRb2; Pc has ref. symbol for separated sentence 6 to line 13; marginal label τὸ στέμμα add. B4, with another label ξήνασα in margin at 4       POSITION: Sa punctuates as if new sch. begins at 4 ξήνασα; three partial versions in Rb: first two conflated with parts of sch. 10.11, third as separate note; Sa has 4–5 below the line (other glosses occupy space above line), Sb part of 6 separately in block on next page; in Pc beginning of note (1–3) omitted or possibly lost to trimming of bottom margin of facing verso (where sch. 5.01 was cut off near end), the portion 4–5 precedes sch. 7.01, while 6 occurs later in block, between sch. 14.02 and 13.01      

APP. CRIT.:   1–5 τὸν τῆς … ἀδελφὸν ἐπέκλωσε om. Sb   |    1–3 τὸν τῆς … βασιλέων om. MnPcRaSa   |    1–4 τὸν τῆς … ξήνασα δὲ] αὕτη τὴν βασίλειαν ξήνασα Rb1   |    1 prep. ἔρια φησὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ στέφειν τὰς ἠλακάτας· ἐξ ὧν γὰρ οἱ στέφανοι τῶν βασιλέων: κατὰ τοῦ θείου ὁπλίζεται [from sch. 10.11] στέφανον Rb2   |    τὸν] στέμματα τὸν CSa, τὰ στέμματα τὸν Rb3Rf   |    στέφανον] θρόνον λέγει Rf   |    2 γάρ] δὲ C   |    2–8 τὰ ἔριά φησιν κτλ om. Rb3   |    τὰ om. Rf   |    2 ἀπὸ τοῦ] παρὰ(?) τοῦ Rb2   |    3–8 τῶν βασιλέων κτλ om. Rb2   |    δὲ om. Mn   |    4 προξενήσασα] ξενήσασα MMn, ἐριουργήσασα καὶ κατασκευάσασα ἢ ἀντί τοῦ προξενήσασα V   |    καὶ om. M, καὶ παρασχ. om. Rb1   |    after παρασχομένη add. ὡς εἶναι διὰ διφθό(γγου) τὸ ξεῖ V, add. ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐριουργήσασα κατασκευάσασα B   |    5 ὁ δὲ νοῦς] ὁ νοῦς CRb1, ὁ δὲ νοῦς τοῦ ὅλου τοιοῦτος V, ἢ Sa   |    ἡ … θεὰ] ὅτι τῷ ἀτρεῖ προξενήσασα ἡ θεὰ τὴν βασιλείαν Rf   |    ἡ τῷ] ᾧ τῷ MnPcRaSa   |    περιποιησαμένη τὴν βασιλείαν transp. BVC   |    περιποιησαμένη] ποιησαμένη MnPcRaSa   |    ἡ θεὰ MnPcSa   |    πόλεμον] ὁμοῦ MnPcRaRfSa, in marg. add. Mn κλωθὼ ὁμοῦ ἔθηκεν ἔριν καὶ πόλεμον   |    after ἀδελφὸν add. θυέστην V   |    6–8 γράφεται κτλ om. MnRb1SaSa   |    6 γράφεται δὲ καὶ ἔρις om. Ra   |    γράφεται] γράψον V   |    δὲ καὶ] καὶ M, om. Sb   |    ἡ om. RfSb   |    θεὰ om. V   |    τὸν] τε PcSb   |    6–8 θυέστῃ καὶ … νέεσθαι om. PcRaSb   |    6 θυέστῃ καὶ ἀτρεῖ om. Rf, τῶ θυέστη καὶ τῶ ἀτρεῖ V   |    7 ἄλλον τινὰ θεὸν Rf   |    ὡς καὶ] ἢ Schw.   |    8 some words om. M (washed out), perhaps γοῦν/γὰρ … οἱ   |    γοῦν] CRf, γὰρ BV [M]   |    ἐπεστήσαντο θεοὶ οἶκον δὲ νέσται Rf   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 αἰσχίνης] αἰσχύνου Rb2, αἰσχύνης Rb3   |    ἔριά] ἀέρι Sa   |    τὰς] τοὺς Rb2   |    ἡλακάτας MSa, ἡλακάτους Rf (breathing perhaps changed from smooth to rough)   |    4 ξείνασα Mn   |    5 ἡ] εἰ Rb1   |    ἐπέκλωσεν MnPcRb1S   |    6 ἐπέκλωσεν Rf   |    8 ὑπεκλώσαντο V   |    θεοὶ] θοὸν C   |    ναίεσθαι C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.97,16–23; Dind. II.37,8–16

COMMENT:   No one has identified Aeschines here (the name also appears in sch. Or. 1371). Aeschines may be the name of an obscure scholar/teacher of late antiquity or the ninth century (as Dindorf assumed in his Index Scriptorum), or the name may derive from some corruption. See also Prelim. Stud. 23. Cf. Suda κ 792 κατάστεψον πέδον: ἀντὶ τοῦ μεθ’ ἱκετηριῶν ἀφηγοῦ. [Soph. OC 467] ‘τὸ πρῶτον ἵκου καὶ κατεστέψας πέδον’. στέμματα ἔλεγον καὶ τὰ ἔρια. ‘ᾧ στέμματα ξήνασ’ ἐπέκλωσεν θεά’; Et. Magn. s.v. εἰρεσιώνη: … ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν στεμμάτων. στέμματα γὰρ τὰ ἔρια λέγουσιν οἱ Ἀττικοί; Sch. Soph. OC 474a2 Xenis ὅτι στέμματα ἔλεγον καὶ τὰ ἔρια. καὶ παρ’ Εὐριπίδῃ ‘ᾧ στέμματα ξήνασ’ ἐπέκλωσεν’.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Mn marginal note on 5 partly obscured in image, check original Mn; in B a faint marginal note at end of this note, check original B   |   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 12.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ᾧ στέμματα ξήνασα⟩: ἡ θεὰ ἡ τῷ Ἀτρεῖ τὴν βασιλείαν παρασχομένη πόλεμον καὶ ἔριν πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἀπέκλωσεν.  —O


Or. 12.03 (vet exeg) ᾧ στέμματα ξήνασα: 1τοῦτό φησιν ὅτι ἡ Μοῖρα βασιλείαν μελετήσασα τῷ Ἀτρεῖ οὐ καθαρὰν ταύτην αὐτῷ ἐχαρίσατο, ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς ἀδελφικῆς συμφορᾶς.  2δύο γὰρ ὄντοιν ἀδελφοῖν Πελοπίδαιν Θυέστου καὶ Ἀτρέως, τῆς βασιλείας ὀφειλομένης τῷ Θυέστῃ ὡς πρωτοτόκῳ, ταύτην ἡ Μοῖρα τῷ δευτέρῳ, Ἀτρεῖ, περιεποιήσατο.  3ἐκεῖνον μὲν γὰρ ἡ φύσις ἐκάλει πρὸς τὴν ἀρχήν, τοῦτον δὲ ἡ πονηρία καὶ ἐπιτέχνησις εἰς τὸ κράτος ἀνήγαγε.  4ταύτην γὰρ τὴν πονηρίαν καὶ ἐπιτέχνησιν Μοῖραν ἐμυθεύσαντο οἱ σοφοί·  5μόρος γὰρ λέγεται ἡ κακοπάθεια καὶ μορεῖν τὸ κακοπαθεῖν·  6ὅθεν προσλήψει τοῦ ἰῶτα μοῖρα·  7ἡ γὰρ πονηρία μετὰ πλείστης κακοπαθείας καὶ μόχθου νικᾷ τὴν εὐθύτητα.  8διὰ τοῦτο καὶ λέγεται ἡ Μοῖρα κλώθουσα καὶ ξαίνουσα.   —VPr

TRANSLATION:   He says this because Moira, having carefully arranged a kingship for Atreus, did not gift this to him in an unalloyed form, but by means of the misfortune of his brother. For there being two brothers, sons of Pelops, Thyestes and Atreus, and the kingship being owed to Thyestes as the first-born, Moira provided this kingship to the second-born, Atreus. For the natural right of birth was calling the former to the office of ruler, but knavery and machination raised the latter to power. For clever men have interpreted this knavery and machination in mythological terms as Moira. For suffering is called ‘moros’ and (the corresponding verb) to suffer is ‘morein’. And from this (‘moros’) by the addition of iota comes ‘moira’. For knavery, with a very great deal of suffering and toil, overcomes honesty. And for this reason Moira is spoken of as spinning and carding (wool).

LEMMA: V(ὦ)Pr      POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v, before start of text; between two instances of sch. 5.19 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   2 περιεποιήσατο Dind., προσεποιήσατο VPr   |    4 γὰρ] δὲ Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 δύω Pr   |    ὠφειλομένης V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.98,1–11; Dind. II.36,17–37,7

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   allegory   


Or. 12.04 (pllgn paraphr) ᾧ καὶ ᾧτινι τῷ Ἀτρεῖ ἡ θεὰ ἡ Κλωθὼ ξήνασα καὶ παρασχοῦσα ἢ ἐριουργήσασα τὰ στέμματα καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἐπέκλωσε καὶ ἐπέδωκεν ὤστε θέσθαι καὶ ποιήσασθαι ἔριν καὶ πόλεμον τῷ Θυέστῃ ὄντι συγγόνῳ καὶ ἀδελφῷ.  —Y2

LEMMA: abbrev. for σύνταξις in marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἱερουργήσασα Y2, corr. Mastr.   


Or. 12.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ᾧ στέμματα ξήνασ’⟩: ἤγουν τῷ Ἀτρεῖ τὰ τῆς βασιλείας κατασκευάσασα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 12.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨στέμματα ξήνασ’⟩: τὸν τῆς ἀρχῆς στέφανον περιποιησαμένη  —V3PrYr

POSITION: s.l. V3, marg. Y, appended to sch. 10.11 Pr      


Or. 12.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στέμματα⟩: βασιλεία· ἀπὸ συμβόλου τὸ κύριον.  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.37,22


Or. 12.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ξήνασ’⟩: γρ. ξείνασα ἤγουν προξενήσασα  —F

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 12.27 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ξήνασ’⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ξαίνω τὸ διαλύω. ἐπεὶ γὰρ εἶπεν ἐπέκλωσεν, ἀναγκαῖον ὅτι τὰ κλώσματα πρῶτον ξαίνονται, εἶτα κλώθονται.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:  (The form ‘xēnasa’ is) from ‘xainō’ meaning ‘card, unravel’. For since he (or she) said ‘she spun the thread (of fate)’, it is necessarily the case that the threads are first carded, and then are spun.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 12.28 (tri metr) ⟨ξήνασ’⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 12.29 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐπέκλωσε θεὰ⟩:  1τρεῖς εἰσὶ Μοῖραι, Κλωθώ, Λάχεσις καὶ Ἄτροπος.  2τούτων ἡ μὲν Κλωθὼ τὰ ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ μέλλοντα συμβήσεσθαι κλώθει καὶ κατασκευάζει, ἡ δὲ Λάχεσις λαγχάνει καὶ κληροῖ καὶ ἐπικυροῖ ταῦτα καὶ οἷον ἐπισφαγίζει, ἡ δὲ Ἄτροπος ἄτρεπτα καὶ ἀμετακίνητα καὶ ὡς οὐκ ἂν ἄλλως γενησόμενα τίθησι.  3τὸ δὲ ξήνασα διὰ τοῦτο προσέθηκε, διότι ἐπέκλωσεν εἶπε.  4ξαίνουσι γὰρ πρῶτον τὸ ἔριον αἱ βουλόμεναι νῆμα κατασκευάσαι γυναῖκες.   —ZZaZbZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   There are three Moirai, Clotho, Lachesis, and Atropos. Among these, Clotho spins and arranges what is destined to befall each single person; Lachesis casts the lots and assigns by lot and confirms these things and as it were puts the seal on them; Atropos makes them incapable of being turned aside or changed and such that they could not turn out otherwise. And he (the poet) added ‘having carded (the wool)’ for this reason, because he said ‘spun (the thread) for’. For women who want to create thread first card the wool.

REF. SYMBOL: Z to ἐπέκλωσε, ZaZm to θεά      

APP. CRIT.:   2 κλωθὼ om. Ox   |    ἑκάστου Zb   |    συμβήσεσθαι μέλλοντα transp. ZZa   |    οὐκ ἂν] κἂν Zb, οὐκ Ox   |    γενησόμενα] γενήσονται Zb   |    τίθησι transp. before καὶ ὡς Ox   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 λαχάνει Zb   |    κατασκεβάζει Ox   |    ἐπέκλοσεν εἶπεν Ox   |    4 κατασκευᾶσαι Z, with both acute and circumflex (app.) Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.37,17–21, 23–25


Or. 12.47 (tri metr) ⟨θεά⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 13.01 (rec exeg) ἔριν Θυέστῃ: 1ἔριν πόλεμον ἀρσενικὸν, τὸν ἐριστικὸν.  2ὡς τὸ Ἡσιόδειον [Hes. Op. 191–192] ‘μᾶλλον δὲ κακῶν ῥεκτῆρα καὶ ὕβριν / ἀνέρα τιμήσουσιν’.   —MnPcRaRbS

TRANSLATION:   ‘Strife war’ (with feminine noun to be taken as adjectival modifying the following noun as if) masculine, ‘the strife-filled’. Just as the Hesiodic example (Op. 191–192, with feminine noun ‘hubrin’ used adjectivally) ‘they will honor more the doer of evils and the arrogant man’.

LEMMA: Rb      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: Ra cont. from sch. 12.01      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔριν πόλεμον om. Mn   |    τὸν Dindorf (cf. sch. 13.02, 13.03, 13.06), τ’ all   |    ὡς] εἰ Rb   |    κακὸν Mn   |    ὑβριστὴν Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ῥεχθῆρα Rb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.38,1–3

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Hesiod   


Or. 13.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔριν⟩: ἀρσενικὸν ἤγουν τὸν ἐριστικὸν πόλεμον  —VYr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν κατὰ τὸν Yr   


Or. 13.08 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔριν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς φιλονεικίας αὐτῶν  —MC

TRANSLATION:   (‘Strife’) in the sense ‘the cause of their quarrel’.

POSITION: M s.l. (above θέσθαι 14)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.98,12; Dind. II.38,5


Or. 13.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔριν⟩: καὶ ἔρια πλέξασα ἡ Ἥρα  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν ἥραν Sa, corr. Mastr.   

COMMENT:   Does the mention of Hera here and in sch. 12.26, 12.27 have something to do with an etymologizing connection with ἔρια and/or ἔρις? The Iliadic strife of Zeus and Hera and the strife of the three goddesses occasioning the judgment of Paris are often alluded to, but no commentator seems to make an etymological connection.   


Or. 13.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔριν⟩: γρ. ἔρις  —Pc

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 13.18 (tri exeg) ⟨πόλεμον⟩: ἀσυνδέτως τοῦτο λέγει.  —T

TRANSLATION:   He utters this word (‘polemon’, ‘war’) in asyndeton (i.e., with ‘erin’, ‘strife’).

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Cf. sch. 13.11 above.   

COLLATION NOTES:   brownish ink, written at latest stage   |   


Or. 13.20 (vet paraphr) ⟨ὄντι συγγόνῳ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πρὸς Θυέστην ὄντα σύγγονον θέσθαι  —MVCYr

TRANSLATION:   (The dative phrase is used) in the sense of ‘create against Thyestes, who is a brother’.

POSITION: s.l. (above θυέστῃ MYr)      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ πρὸς om. MC   |    τὸν θυ. Yr   |    ὄντα … θέσθαι om. Yr   |    σύγγονον θέσθαι] συνθέσθαι V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.98,13; Dind. II.38,3–4


Or. 13.24 (rec exeg) ⟨συγγόνῳ⟩: ὁ Θυέστης καὶ Ἀτρεὺς ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν ἄμφω, υἱοὶ δὲ Πέλοπος.  —Pc

POSITION: between sch. 13.01 and sch. 15.02      


Or. 14.07 (vet exeg) τί τἄρρητα ἀναμετρήσασθαι:  1διὰ τοῦ ἀναμετρήσασθαι τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κακῶν ἐσήμηνεν.  2ἢ οὖν ὡς πολλὰ, ἢ ὡς ἄτοπα παραπέμπεται.  3ἢ ὡς παρθένος παραιτεῖται λέγειν διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν Θυέστου, ἢ τὴν ἄθεσμον Αἰγίσθου γονήν.  4ἐκ γὰρ Πελοπείας τῆς θυγατρὸς {ἢ Στερόπιδος} ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν Θυέστης.   —MBVCMnPcRaRbRfSSa

TRANSLATION:   By using ‘to measure out’ she indicated the great quantity of the ills. They are, then, dismissed (or: she dismisses them) either because they are numerous or because they are extraordinary; or as a virgin she excuses herself from speaking (them) because of the adultery of Thyestes, or the unlawful birth of Aegisthus. For from his daughter Pelopeia Thyestes sired him.

LEMMA: B, τί τἄρρ. ἀναμετρ. με δεῖ MnS(ἄρρητ’ἄρρητ); τί τἄρρ. VRb, ἀναμετρ. CPc      REF. SYMBOL: MBVPcRbSa; marginal label αἴγιστος (app.) add. B4      POSITION: follows sch. 10.11 in Pc      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διὰ τοῦ ἀναμ.] διαμετρήσασθαι C, διὰ τὸ ἀναμ. PcRbRfSSa, διὰ τὶ ἀναμ. Mn   |    2 οὖν om. Sa, ἂν Rf   |    second ὡς om. Rb   |    ἄνομα καὶ add. before ἄτοπα M   |    παραμέμπεσθαι a.c. Mn   |    3 διὰ om. M   |    τοῦ θυέστου M   |    second ἢ om. Ra   |    τὴν … γονήν Sa, τὴν … γονὴν σιωπᾶ PcMnS, τὴν … γονὴν σιωπῆ RaRb, τὴν … γυνὴν σιωπὴν Rf, τὸν… γάμον MBVC   |    4 ἐκ γὰρ Πελοπίας PcRfRaRb, ἐκ γὰρ τῆς πελοπίας Mn(ἐπελοπίας)S; ἐκ γὰρ πέλοπος Sa; οὗτος γὰρ ἦν παῖς πελοπίας M(πελοπείας)BVC   |    τῆς θυγατρὸς ἢ στερόπιδος] MBV(add. ἀπὸ after ἢ)CRf(ἀστερόπιδος), τῆς θυγατρὸς στεροπίδος MnPcRaRbS, τῆς πελοπίδος θυγατρὸς Sa; ἢ στερόπιδος del. Schw.   |    αὐτὴν Ra, perhaps Sa   |    θυέστης om. S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐσήμανεν BCPcRbRfS, ἐσήμενε Mn, ἐσήμινεν M, ἐδάμηνεν Sa [Ra]   |    παραιτῆται Mn   |    3 αἰγίστου MnRaRf   |   ἠστεροπιδος M, ἠστερόπ(ι)δος C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.98,23–26; Dind. II.38,25–39,1

COMMENT:   This Pelopeia is also named in Lucian, de saltatione 43. M’s spelling Πελοπείας matches that attested for a daughter of Pelias (sister of Acastus) in Apoll. Rh. 1.326 and ps.-Apollodorus, Bibl. 1.95 (Πελοπείαν changed to Πελόπειαν by Wagner), whereas Sch. Tzetz. Lycophr. 175 has Πελόπιαν (thus accented in Scheer), and forms of Πελοπία are found elsewhere for Thyestes’ daughter, for a daughter of Niobe, and for the mother of Cycnus.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Ra cut off at beginning (trimming).   


Or. 14.08 (vet exeg) τί τἄρρητα:  1ἐπειδὴ ἡ ἔρις τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς γέγονε διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν τῆς Ἀερόπης, ἣν γυναῖκα οὖσαν Ἀτρέως ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ Θυέστης ἐμοίχευσε καὶ ὤφειλεν ἐνταῦθα λαληθῆναι τὸ τῆς ἔριδος αἴτιον,  2διὰ τὸ ἄρρητον καὶ ἄφραστον τῆς ὑποθέσεως καὶ μηδὲ πρέπον διὰ κόρης τῆς Ἠλέκτρας ἐκλαληθῆναί φησιν ὁ ποιητὴς δι’ αὐτῆς τί τἄρρητ’ ἀναμετρήσασθαί με δεῖ,  3ἤγουν τί με δεῖ τὰ μὴ ἐνδεχόμενα λαλεῖσθαί τινι καὶ μάλιστα ἐμοὶ ὡς παρθένῳ ἀναμετρήσασθαι καὶ ἀπαριθμῆσαι {χρεών}.  4ἤτοι ἀπαριθμήσασθαι, ἐν τῷ ἀριθμῷ τῶν λεγομένων ἐκθεῖναι.   —VPr

TRANSLATION:   Because the strife arose among the brothers because of the adultery of Aerope, whom his brother Thyestes seduced even though she was the wife of Atreus, and because the cause of the strife ought to have been spoken here, on account of the unspeakable and unsayable quality of the story and its being not even suitable to be spoken openly by the maiden Electra, the poet declares through her ‘why must I measure out the unspeakable deeds’, that is, why must I measure out and enumerate things which it is not acceptable for anyone to speak, and especially not for me as a virgin. That is, (the verb used) means count off, put forth in the series of things spoken.

POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v, before start of text; follows sch. 5.20 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 λαληθῆ Pr   |    2 διὰ δὲ τὸ Pr   |    πρέπη Pr   |    3 χρεών del. Schw.   |    4 ἤτοι Schw., ἢ τὸ V, ἢ τῶ Pr   |    ἀριθμήσασθαι Prὁ μὲν βραδυσμὸς ἐστρόβει τὴν καρδίαν   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 μὴ δὲ Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.98,14–22; Dind. II.38,7–15


Or. 14.09 (pllgn exeg) τί τἄρρητα ἀναμετρήσασθαι με δεῖ:  1ἢ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κακῶν παρῃτήσατο λέγειν αὐτὰ ἢ διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν τοῦ Ἀτρέως τὴν μετὰ τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ Θυέστου ὡς παρθένος ἡ Ἠλέκτρα οὐκ ἠνέσχετο ἐξειπεῖν ταῦτα.  2λέγουσι γὰρ ὡς ὁ Ἀτρεὺς μοιχεύσας τὴν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ Θυέστου γυναῖκα εἶχον πολέμους καὶ ἔριδας εἰς τὸ ἑξῆς,  3ὥστε σφάξαι τὸν Ἀτρέα τὰ τοῦ Θυέστου τέκνα καὶ παραθεῖναι αὐτῶ ταῦτα εἰς τροφήν.  4ἀπελθὼν γοῦν ὁ Θυέστης εἰς τὸ μαντεῖον τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐζήτει χρησμὸν πῶς ἂν ⟨      ⟩ λάβῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀτρέως εἰς τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ ἣν ἐμοίχευσε καὶ εἰς τὸν φόνον ὃν εἰργάσατο τῶν παίδων αὐτοῦ.  5ἐχρησμοδοτήθη τοίνυν ὡς ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ Αἴγισθος μοιχεύσει τὴν τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀτρέως τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος γυναῖκα, εἶτα συμβῆναι μέσον αὐτῶν μάχας καὶ πολέμους, ὅπερ καὶ ἐγένετο.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Either because of the large number of the ills she excused herself from speaking them, or because of the adultery of Atreus with the wife of Thyestes Electra, as a virgin, could not bear to say this openly. For they say that when Atreus had seduced the wife of his brother, they had episodes of warfare and strife thereafter, such that Atreus killed the children of Thyestes and set them before him as food. In any case, Thyestes went off to the oracle of Apollo and sought an oracle as to how he might exact ⟨vengeance⟩ from Atreus in regards to his wife, whom Atreus had seduced, and the murder of his sons which he had committed. So then, the oracular response was that his son Aegisthus would commit adultery with the wife of Atreus’ son Agamemnon, and then battles and warfare would take place between them, which in fact came about.

APP. CRIT.:   1 εἰπεῖν a.c.   |    4 e.g. ⟨τιμωρίαν⟩ λάβῃ   

APP. CRIT. 2:   5 ἐχρησμωδοτήθη Y2   


Or. 14.10 (pllgn exeg) τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κακῶν δηλοῖ διὰ τοῦ ἀνα[μ]ετρ[ήσασθαι]  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.11 (pllgn rhet) κατὰ παράλειψιν  —B3a

TRANSLATION:   Using deliberate omission.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  παράλειψις   


Or. 14.12 (pllgn rhet) τὸ σχῆμα ἐπιτρέχον  —B3a

TRANSLATION:   The schema is ‘epitrechon’ (treating quickly and cursorily, with rapid shift to next topic).

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   The schema is referred to in Hermogenes, περὶ ἰδεῶν 1.11, 2.1 along with various commentators on Hermogenes. Cf. percursio, ἐπιτροχασμός, Lausberg §§881–882 (related to praeteritio, thus to the alternative terms in 14.11 and 14.13).   

KEYWORDS:  ἐπιτρέχον   


Or. 14.13 (pllgn rhet) παρασιώπησις τὸ σχῆμα  —Zu

TRANSLATION:   The schema is ‘parasiōpēsis’ (refraining from stating).

REF. SYMBOL: Zu      POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   The term is usually applied to any omission made by refraining to state something, but Tryphon, περὶ τρόπων, Rhet.Gr. III:199,261 Spengel, gives a narrower definition as stating one of two related facts and omitting the other.   

KEYWORDS:  παρασιώπησις   


Or. 14.15 (rec exeg) ⟨τἄρρητ’⟩: ἢ ὡς πόλλα ἢ ἄτοπα παραπέμπεται.  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.16 (mosch exeg) ⟨τἄρρητ’⟩: τὰ μὴ πρέποντα λέγεσθαι ὡς αἰσχρὰ. λέγει δὲ τὰ τῆς μοιχείας τοῦ Θυέστου.  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:   The things that should not be said because (they are) shameful. And she means the business of Thyestes’ adultery.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ὡς αἰσχρὰ κτλ om. Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.39,3–4


Or. 14.18 (thom exeg) τἄρρητ’: τὰ μὴ δυνάμενα ῥηθῆναι διὰ τὸ πλῆθος ἢ διὰ τὸ εἶναι δύσφημα  —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Things that cannot be spoken because of their great quantity or because they are scandalous.

LEMMA: T      REF. SYMBOL: T       POSITION: s.l. except T      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ om. Gu   |    διὰ … δύσφημα om. Zb   |    ἢ ὡς ἄπειρα add. at end Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.39,4–5


Or. 14.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τἄρρητ’⟩: ⟨ὡς⟩ δύσφημα ἢ ὡς πολλὰ ἢ ὡς ἄτοπα παραπέμπεται, ἢ ὡς παρθένος παραιτεῖται λέγειν διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν Θυέστου.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 14.25 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀναμετρήσασθαι⟩:  1‘ἀνεμέτρει τὸ χωρίον’ παρ’ Ἀριστοφάνει [Arist. Nub. 152] ἀντὶ τοῦ διεμέτρει·  2ἀναμετρήσασθαι δὲ ἐνταῦθα ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀναλαβεῖν καὶ διηγήσασθαι, ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν τὰ μετρηθέντα ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀναλαμβανόντων καὶ μετρούντων.  3καθὸ λέγεται καὶ τὸ ‘ἀνακοινωσώμεθα τὸν λόγον’ παρὰ Πλάτωνι [Plato, Cratyl. 383a] ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀναλαβόντες κοινωσώμεθα.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   (The verb ‘anametreō’ is also used in) ‘he measured the distance’ in Aristophanes, in the sense ‘he measured across (from one end to the other)’. But here the word ‘anametreisthai’ is used in the sense ‘take up from the beginning and narrate’, by a metaphor from those taking up the measured items from the beginning and measuring them. In a similar fashion ‘let us share anew (‘anakoinōsōmetha’) the argument’ is used in Plato to mean ‘having taken it up from the beginning, let us share it’.

LEMMA: ἀναμετρήσασθαι με δεῖ G       REF. SYMBOL: Gr      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἀναλαβεῖν] ἀναμετρεῖν G   |    3 ἀνακοινωσόμεθα XaY, ἀνακοινώσασθαι X   |    κοινωσόμεθα Y   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 παρὰ ἀριστ. TYG   |    2 μεταφοροῦς app. Y   |    3 ἀναλαμβόντες Y   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.38,17–21

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aristophanes; Plato   


Or. 14.26 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀναμετρήσασθαι⟩: ἀναψηφίσασθαι τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κακῶν  —MnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep., τὸ … κακῶν om. S   


Or. 14.27 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀναμετρήσασθαι⟩: τὸ ἀναμετρήσασθαι ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξαριθμῆσαι καὶ καταλέξαι καὶ εἰπεῖν.  —ZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  ‘Measure out’ used in the sense ‘count out and enumerate and say’.

POSITION: marg. Zm; cont. from sch. 14.25, add. δὲ, T      

APP. CRIT.:   only ἐξαριθμῆσαι καταλέξαι εἰπεῖν Gu   |    second καὶ om. or lost to damage Zm   


Or. 15.01 (vet exeg) ἔδαισε δ’ οὖν νιν: 1μετὰ τὸ ψωμισθῆναι τὰ τέκνα τὸν Θυέστην ἐχρήσθη ἐν τῇ Πυθοῖ ἐρωτῶντι πῶς τιμωρήσαιτο τὸν ἀδελφόν,  2μιγῆναι τῇ θυγατρὶ Πελοπείᾳ καὶ τὸν ἐκ ταύτης γενόμενον δεινὰ κατεργάσεσθαι τοὺς Ἀτρείδας {Αἴγισθον}.   —MBOVCMnPcRbRfSSa

TRANSLATION:   After Thyestes had been fed his children in little pieces, an oracle was given to him in Delphi when he inquired how he was to get vengeance on his brother, that he should have intercourse with his daughter Pelopeia and the child born from her would do terrible things to the sons of Atreus.

LEMMA: BVC(οὔ νιν)MnPc(prep. ἄλλως)Rb(prep. καὶ ἄλλως)Rf(add. in marg.)      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRbRf      POSITION: cont. from sch. 14.07 Sa, follows sch. 15.02 Pc      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐπειδὴ prep. B, ἐπεὶ prep. C   |    μετὰ … τέκνα om. Rf in block, but added in outer margin   |    τὸ om. MnSa   |    ψωασθῆναι Mn   |    τὸν om. V   |    ἐχρήσθην Sa, after ἐχρήσθη add. ὁ θυέστης MnPcRb, add. ὅτι ὁ θυέστης S   |    τῇ Πυθοῖ Schw., τῇ πυθ() M, τῇ πυθίᾳ BOVCRf, τῶ πύθω others (πύθ() Pc, πίθω Mn, πειθ() Rb)   |    ἐρωτῶντι Sa, ἐρωτῶν others   |    πῶς om. M, ὅτι Sa   |    τιμωρήσεται Sa (app. τιμωρήσετο a.c., ‑αιτο p.c. Mn)   |    τὸν ἀδελφόν ἤτοι τὸν ἀτρέα MnPcRbS   |    2 πελοπείᾳ O (see on 14.07), πελοπίᾳ others except πελοπι** M(partly washed out), πελοπίδι Sa   |    ἐξ αὐτῆς MC   |    γενόμενον RfSa, either γιν‑ or γεν‑ M, γεννώμενον B, γινόμενον OCMnPcRbS, τεχθησόμενον V   |    δεινὸν MnPcS, τὰ δεινά Sa   |    κατεργ. κτλ om. Sa   |    κατεργάσεσθαι Schw., ‑σασθαι all   |    τοὺς ἀτρέας Rf, τοῖς ἀτρείδαις V   |    Αἴγισθον] om. Rf (del. Schw.), οὗτος δ’ ἦν αἴγισθος V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀτρεῖδας S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99,1–3; Dind. II.39,23–26.

COMMENT:   Schw. emends to τῷ Θυέστῃ, but ψωμίζω is used with two accusatives from the Septuagint onward, and there are several instances of retained accusative of the food eaten with the aorist and perfect passive of the verb: so here, ‘after Thyestes had been fed his children in little pieces’.   


Or. 15.02 (rec exeg) ἔδαισε δ’ οὖν νιν: ὁ μὲν Ἀτρεὺς ἔσφαξε τοὺς παῖδας τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ τουτέστι τοῦ Θυέστου, καὶ εἶθ’ οὕτως παρέβαλε τῷ Θυέστη καὶ ἔφαγεν αὐτοὺς.  —MnaMnbPcaPcbRbSaSb

TRANSLATION:  Atreus, for his part, slaughtered the sons of his brother, that is, of Thyestes, and then in this way set them before Thyestes (to eat) and he (Thyestes) ate them.

LEMMA: MnaSa      REF. SYMBOL: Pca       POSITION: RbSb cont. from sch. 15.27 (Rb2 version); MnaSa separately preceding sch. 15.01; Mnb after sch. 16.05; Pca preceding sch. 15.01, Pcb in inner margin perpendicular to text      

APP. CRIT.:   ἔσφαξε] ἐφόνευσε Mnb(‑εν)PcbSb   |    τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ …τουτέστι om. MnbSb, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ … τουτέστι τοῦ om. Pcb, αὐτοῦ τουτέστι om. MnaSa, τουτέστι τοῦ om. Pca   |    καὶ om. MnbPcbSb   |    ἔφαγεν] ἔσφαγξεν Mna   |    αὐτὰ MnaSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἰθ’ MnaRb   |   


Or. 15.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔδαισε δ’ οὖν νιν⟩: καὶ ἔθρεψεν αὐτὸν τὰ τέκνα αὐτοῦ  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.40,1


Or. 15.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔδαισε δ’ οὖν νιν⟩: ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ἑστιᾶσαι τὰ ἑαυτοῦ τέκνα ἃ καὶ ἠσθίασεν.  —Lp

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔδοκε Lp   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.40,2–3

COMMENT:   In TLG there are a few forms ascribed ἑστιάομαι (see LBG s.v.), and the single similar active form ἠσθίαμεν (τοὺς ἰχθύας οὓς ἠσθίαμεν) is tentatively analyzed as a Byzantine form of ἐσθίω. The form in Lp provides the first evidence of a similar aorist.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   |   Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 15.05 (rec exeg) ἔδαισε δ’ οὖν νιν:  ὁ μὲν Ἀτρεὺς ἐφόνευσε τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θύεστου, ὁ δὲ Θυέστης ἔγημε τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ Ἀτρέως, ἥτις ἦν Ἀερόπη.  —Rb, partial MnPcS

LEMMA: cont. from prev. (MnPcS each from b-version)      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ μὲν … θυέστου om. MnPcS   |    ἐφόνησε Rb   |    γυναῖκα τοῦ om. S   |    ἦν Ἀερόπη] ἀερό[ Rb (end of note lost in binding, ἦν transp. or om.), ἦν[ Pc (last word lost to damage)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔγημεν Mnb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.40,18–21


Or. 15.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἔδαισε⟩: ἔδωκε αὐτὰ φαγεῖν αὐτῶ  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 15.26 (rec rhet) ⟨ἀποκτείνας⟩: πρωθύστερον  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  πρωθύστερον   


Or. 15.27 (vet exeg) Ἀτρεύς: ἐπειδὴ κακῆς πράξεως ὑπεμνήσθη, διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ εἶπεν ὁ πάππος ὁ ἐμός, ἀλλ’ ὁ Ἀτρεύς.  —MVCAaMnPcPrRaRb1Rb2RfS

TRANSLATION:   Since Electra has called to mind an evil action, for this reason she did not say ‘my grandfather’, but ‘Atreus’.

LEMMA: Rb2; ἀτρεὺς δὲ Rf; τέκν’ ἀποκτείνας ἀτρεύς C, ἀποκτείνας ἀτρεὺς Pr      REF. SYMBOL: Ra(to ἔδαισε)Rb2      POSITION: MV s.l.; cont. from sch. 15.02 in AaMnPcRaRb1S; Rb2 version follows sch. 15.01; cont. from sch. 15.01 Rf; between displaced sch. 4.18 and sch. 7.01 Pr; in block before play Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπειδὴ … οὐκ om. Rf   |    ἐπεὶ PcRaRb1, ἐπὶ AaMnS(ἐπι)   |    κακῆς πράξεων Rb1, πράξεως κακῆς Pr   |    ἐπεμνήσθη MC, ἐμνήσθη AaMnPcRaRb1S   |    ὁ πάππος] ὅτι πάππος Pr   |    ἀλλ’ ἀτρεύς MnPcRaRb1Rb2RfS   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἁτρ‑ Rb2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99,4–5; Dind. II.40,4–5


Or. 16.05 (vet exeg) ⟨τὰς γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ σιγῶ τύχας⟩: πάλιν τὴν μοιχείαν Ἀερόπης αἰνίττεται ἢ τὴν γονὴν ⟨ … ⟩ Πλεισθένους, ὃν ἀνείλε⟨το⟩ Θυέστης.  —MOCAaMnPcRaRbS, partial Pr

TRANSLATION:   Again she hints at the adultery of Aerope or the birth ⟨lacuna: e.g., of Aegisthus, and the murder (by Atreus)⟩ of Pleisthenes, whom Thyestes took up as his own.

LEMMA: 18 ἀερόπης ἄπο MC; 17 ὁ κλεινὸς Rb, 17 ὁ κλεινὸς εἰ δὴ κλεινός AaMnPcRaS      REF. SYMBOL: M to 18 ἀερόπης; Rb to 17      POSITION:  s.l. O at 16 τύχας; intermarg. M; cont. from sch. 17.10 Pr; between 18.01 and 21.02 C; in block before play Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   πάλιν om. OPr   |    ἢ τὴν κτλ om. Pr   |    lacuna Schw. (proposing Αἰγίσθου ἢ τὸν φόνον)   |    ἀνείλετο Schw., ἀνεῖλε all (‑εν MRb)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   αἰνίπτεται Aa   |    πλησθ‑ all except Pc (p.c. πλειστ‑ Mn)    |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99,6–7; Dind. II.40,17–18

COMMENT:   Schwartz’s proposed restoration here is based on Hyg. Fab. 86 ‘at is [scil. Thyestes] Atrei filium Plisthenem, quem pro suo educauerat, ad Atreum interficiendum misit, quem Atreus credens fratris filium esse imprudens filium suum occidit’. If the scholion did originally give three different events, the second and third are out of chronological sequence. Without a lacuna, γονὴν Πλεισθένους would have to refer to Pleisthenes’ birth as really illegitimate (not just in Atreus’ supposition).   

COLLATION NOTES:   O partly lost in binding: end of αἰνίττεται and any intervening words before πλησθένους no longer extant; Dindorf repeats Matthiae’s version, which reports τὴν γυναῖκα in place of τὴν γονὴν.   |   final four words of Pc survive only in tops of taller letters (trimming or damage to lower margin), but spelling of πλεισθένους is secure and space suggests that Pc too had ἀνεῖλε.   


Or. 16.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ σιγῶ τύχας⟩: ἐν μέσῳ τύχην λέγει τὴν μίξιν τοῦ Θυέστου τὴν μετὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ θυγατρὸς Πελοπείας, ἀφ’ ἧς ἔτεκε τόν Αἴγισθον τὸν μοιχὸν τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας.  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   Πελοπείας] πελίπας (or πηλ-?) Yf2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.40,8–10


Or. 16.07 (thom rhet) ⟨τὰς γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ σιγῶ τύχας⟩: παρασιώπησις  —ZmGu

POSITION: marg. Zm, s.l. Gu      

KEYWORDS:  παρασιώπησις   


Or. 16.08 (rec rhet) ⟨τὰς γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ σιγῶ τύχας⟩: μεσεμβόλημα  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  μεσεμβόλημα   


Or. 16.09 (thom exeg) τὰς ἐν μέσῳ τύχας: τὰ συμβάντα πρὸς ἀλλήλους κακὰ καὶ τὴν τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ πρὸς Θυέστην μοιχείαν, καὶ ὅτι διὰ τοῦτο κατὰ θαλάσσης ταύτην ἀφῆκεν.  —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   The evil deeds against each other that came about and the adultery of his wife with Thyestes, and the fact that on account of this he cast her into the sea.

LEMMA: thus T      POSITION: s.l. except T      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.40,5–7

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu has cross prefixed.   |   


Or. 16.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς ἐν μέσῳ … τύχας⟩: ἤγουν τὰς συμφορὰς τὰς γεγονυίας μέσον τῶν δύο  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 17.01 (17–18) (rec exeg) ἀπὸ τῆς Χρυσίππης ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων, ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀερόπης ὁ Μενέλαος  —MnSa

POSITION: Sa s.l., Mn in lower marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   χρισίππης Mn   |   

KEYWORDS:  genealogy   


Or. 17.02 (pllgn rhet) ἐπίκρισις ἐστὶ τὸ σχῆμα, ἡ καὶ ἐπιδιόρθωσις καλουμένη  —Zu

TRANSLATION:   The schema is ‘epikrisis’, which is also called ‘epidiorthōsis’ (correction added immediately after).

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Epikrisis is the insertion after a phrase of a judgment of the speaker: most examples illustrate the speaker endorsing the previous idea, but here it applies to qualifying it. For the second term see Lausberg §§ 785–786.   

KEYWORDS:  ἐπίκρισις   |   ἐπιδιόρθωσις   


Or. 17.03 (pllgn exeg) ἐὰν δέχηται καλέσαι αὐτὸν κλεινὸν διὰ τὴν τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ μοιχείαν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 17.06 (thom exeg) ⟨ὁ κλεινὸς⟩: ὡς ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἑλλάδος εἰς Τροίαν στρατεύσας  —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘The famous one’ is said) insofar as he campaigned against Troy on behalf of Greece.

POSITION: T marg., rest s.l.      


Or. 17.08 (pllgn exeg) εἰ δὴ κλεινὸς:  1τινὲς ὡς ἐνδοιάζουσαν τὴν Ἠλέκτραν φάναι τοῦτο.  2πρότερον μὲν γὰρ κλεινὸς ἦν ἀρχηγὸς πάντων Ἑλλήνων γενόμενος.  3εἶτα μοιχευθείσης τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι τοῦτο εἰς ἀτιμίαν.  4ἕτεροι δὲ ἀνενδοιάστως λέγουσιν εἰπεῖν τοῦτο τὴν Ἠλέκτραν.  5πῶς γὰρ ἔμελλεν ἐνδοιάζεσθαι εἰς τὸν πατέρα αὐτῆς, λέγουσα οὑτωσὶ ‘ὁ κλεινὸς Ἀγαμέμνων’ †εἲ† ἐπειδὴ κλεινὸς ὑπῆρχεν.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Some (say that) Electra says this as if expressing doubt. For previously he was glorious, having become commander-in-chief of all the Greeks, and then (they argue) when his wife was seduced that occurrence caused dishonor. Others say that Electra uttered this without any expression of doubt. For how was she going to be doubtful in regard to her father, when she says baldly ‘the glorious Agamemnon’, since he was in fact glorious?

POSITION: on following page (prev. page crowded)      

APP. CRIT. 2:   1–4 ‑δοιά-] ‑δυά‑ (thrice) Y2   |    1 φᾶναι Y2   |   


Or. 17.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰ δὴ κλεῖνος⟩: εἰ δεῖ κλεινὸς ὀνομάζεσθαι ὁ ἀθλίως φονευθεὶς  —V3Yr

LEMMA: δὴ in text VY, but note assumes reading δεῖ       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰ δεῖ κλεινὸς om. V3, expressed by Yr with εῖ above δὴ, letting εἰ and δ of δεῖ and κλεινὸς be understood from words in verse   |    ὁ] οὕτως V3, perhaps read ὁ οὕτως   

COMMENT:   The nominative is Byzantine syntax.   


Or. 17.10 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰ δὴ κλεῖνος⟩: ἐπειδὴ ἀπὸ τῆς γυναικὸς ἀπώλετο.  —V3Ab2MnPrRRbS

LEMMA: ἄλλως Rb       POSITION: s.l. V3Pr, marg. (beside 18) Ab, s.l. above 16 MnRS, follows 16.05 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑπὸ V3Rb   |   τῆς om. Ab2   |   γυναικὸς] γαμετῆς Pr, γυναικὸς ἀτυχίας R (conflation of gloss 16.15)   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπόλετο R   |   


Or. 17.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰ δὴ κλεῖνος⟩: ἐπεὶ ἀπὸ τῆς γυναικὸς ἐφονεύθη  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 17.12 (thom exeg) εἰ δὴ κλεινὸς: ὡς ἀθλίως ἀποθανών  —ZZaZbZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὡς om. Zb   |    καὶ τὴν τῆς γυναικὸς ὑποστὰς μοιχείαν add. Gu   

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross prefixed in Gu.   |   


Or. 17.23 (tri metr) ⟨ἔφυ⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 18.01 (vet exeg) Μενέλεως τε Κρήσσης:  1οὐ γὰρ ἂν Ἑλληνὶς γυνὴ τοιαῦτα ἔπραξε.  2τοῦτο οὖν προσέθηκεν ἐλευθερῶν μὲν τὰς Ἑλληνίδας, κωμῳδῶν δὲ τὰς Κρήσσας.   —MaMbVCAaMnRaRbRfSSa

TRANSLATION:   For a Greek woman would not have done such deeds. So he (the poet) added this (the epithet Cretan), freeing Greek women from blame, but mocking Cretan women.

LEMMA: MbVAaMnRbSSa; κρήσσης ἄπο Rf      REF. SYMBOL: MbCRaRbSa      POSITION: cont. from to sch. 9.06 Ma; intermarg. Mb; follows sch. 46.02 Sa; in block before play Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 οὐ … προσέθηκεν] κρήσσης μὲν Rf   |    1 ἂν om. MbCRb   |    ἑλληνικὴ MnSSa   |    ἦν add. before γυνὴ V   |    2 οὖν] om. Mn, γοῦν Sa   |    δὲ] καὶ RbRf, om. Sa    |    τὰς Κρήσσας] κρήσσας Rb, κρήτας AaMnS, τοὺς κρήτας Sa    

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τοιαῦτ’ Rb   |    προσἔθηκεν Mn   |    2 τοὺς ἑλληνίδας Rb    |    κωλλωδῶν Aa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99,8–10; Dind. II.40,12–14

KEYWORDS:  amelioration, protecting sense of Greek superiority   


Or. 18.02 (rec exeg) ⟨Μενέλεως τε Κρήσσης⟩: καὶ κωμῳδῶν τὰς Κρήσσας· οὐ γὰρ ἂν Ἑλληνὶς τοῦτο ἐπέπραχειν. —Pr

POSITION: cont. from 16.05      

APP. CRIT.:   (ἐπέπραχ)εν s.l. Pr   

KEYWORDS:  amelioration, protecting sense of Greek superiority   


Or. 18.03 (mosch metr) ⟨Μενέλεως⟩: συνίζησις  —XXaXbYfTYGGr

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45

COLLATION NOTES:   T omits cross.   |   


Or. 18.05 (rec exeg) ⟨Κρήσσης⟩: διατί ὀνομάζεται; αἱ Κρητικαὶ γυναῖκες ἀσελγεῖς καὶ ἀβέβηλοι  —MnSa

TRANSLATION:   Why is she (so) named? Cretan women are wanton and profane.

REF. SYMBOL: Sa      POSITION: marg. Sa, Mn in lower margin      

APP. CRIT.:   διατί] δίκαιον Sa   |    ὀνομάζεται p.c. Mn, ‑εσθαι Sa, a.c. Mn   

COMMENT:   The reading of Sa after correction would be translated instead ‘It is proper (for her) to be named (thus): Cretan woman are wanton and profane’. The ‘why’ question is more usual in scholiastic idiom, whereas δίκαιον is unusual (one would expect καλῶς τὸ Κρήσσης or the like).   

COLLATION NOTES:   Sa readable to ἀσελ[, rest of note lost to damage at corner of page.   |   


Or. 18.08 (rec exeg) ⟨Κρήσσης⟩: διὰ τὸ φιλόπορνον  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 18.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨Κρήσσης⟩: τὸ ἀρσενικὸν Κρής, καὶ κλίνεται Κρητός· τὰ γὰρ εἰς η̅ς̅ ὀξύτονα μονοσύλλαβα περιττοσυλλάβως κλινόμενα διὰ τοῦ τ̅ο̅ς̅, οἷον Κρής Κρητός, βλής βλητός, σής σητός.  —Lp

TRANSLATION:  The masculine form (corresponding to the feminine ‘Krēssēs’, ‘Cretan woman’) is ‘Krēs’ (‘Cretan man’), and it is inflected (based on the stem seen in the genitive) ‘Krētos’. For oxytone monosyllabic words ending in ‘-ēs’ when declined with an additional syllable (are inflected) with ‘tos’: for instance, ‘Krēs, Krētos’, ‘blēs, blētos’ (‘thrown’), ‘sēs, sētos’ (‘moth’).

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.40,14–16


Or. 18.13 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἀερόπης ἄπο⟩: ἀντιστροφὴ ἀπὸ Ἀερόπης  —V

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  antistrophe (of word order)   


Or. 18.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄπο⟩: ἀναστροφή  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe (inversion of word order)   


Or. 19.02 (mosch exeg) γαμεῖ: εἰς γυναῖκα λαμβάνει, ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα ἔλαβεν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcC2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Gamei’, ‘marries’ here means) ‘he takes to wife’ (with the present used) in the sense of (the past) ‘he took to wife’.

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. C2   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ κτλ om. ZcC2   |    ἀντὶ … γυναῖκα] ἢ G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔλαβε Gr   |   


Or. 19.06 (rec exeg) ⟨δ’⟩: τὸ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ  —Pr

POSITION: between sch. 18.02 and 21.07      

COMMENT:   This probably applies to verse 19 because of its position, but Pr features a lot of displacement in the order of its scholia, so the assignment is uncertain. If the note belongs here, the marriages and their consequences are taken to explain 17 εἰ δὴ κλεινός.   


Or. 19.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὴν θεοῖς στυγουμένην⟩: ἣν στυγήσειαν καὶ ἣν μισήσειαν οἱ θεοί  —FSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἣν στυγ. καὶ om. F   


Or. 19.11 (vet exeg) στυγουμένην: οὐχ ὡς μισουμένην παρὰ θεῶν προφανῶς ἡ Ἠλέκτρα εἶπεν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐν εὐχῆς τρόπῳ καὶ ὡς ἐὰν οὕτως εἶπεν· ἣν μισήσειαν οἱ θεοί.  —VZu

TRANSLATION:   Electra did not say this (of Helen) as being hated by the gods openly, but rather in the figure of a curse and as if she had said as follows: ‘whom may the gods detest’.

LEMMA: V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: V in block on fol. 24v, before play; marg. Zu      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν θεῶν Zu   |    καὶ ὡς] εἶπε καὶ Zu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99,11–13; Dind. II.40,22–24


Or. 19.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στυγουμένην⟩: οὐχ ὡς μισουμένην παρὰ τῶν θεῶν φανερῶς ἡ Ἠλέκτρα ἔφη τὴν Ἑλένην· ἐκείνη γὰρ μᾶλλον ἠγαπᾶτο παρ’ αὐτῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐν ἀρᾶς τρόπῳ οἷονπερ εἴθε μισήσειαν οἱ θεοί, ὡς ἔμπροσθεν [120] φησί.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Electra did not speak of Helen as being openly hated by the gods, for she was instead loved by them, but (she said this) rather as in the figure of a curse, as if to say ‘may the gods detest her’, as she says further along.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 19.13 (rec exeg) ⟨στυγουμένην⟩: τὸ στυγουμένην ἀντὶ τοῦ εἴθε στυγηθεῖσαν ὑπὸ τῶν θεῶν  —Pr

POSITION: between sch. 30.06 (Pra version) and sch. 32.10 Pr      


Or. 19.17 (thom exeg) ⟨στυγουμένην⟩: διὰ τὸ πολλῶν κακῶν αἰτίαν γενέσθαι  —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Detested’) because she became the cause of many ills.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   διὰ τῶν Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.40,24–25


Or. 19.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στυγουμένην⟩: ἥντινα οἰ θεοὶ ἂν μισήσειαν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 19.19 (rec gram) ⟨στυγουμένην⟩: παρὰ τὸ Στὺξ πηγὴ ἐν τῷ ᾍδῃ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 20.02 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλεως⟩: συνίζησις  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 20.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ὁ δὲ⟩: γαμεῖ ἔξωθεν  —ZcZa

TRANSLATION:  ‘Gamei’ (‘he marries’, is to be supplied) from outside (i.e., from the previous clause).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 20.08 (rec exeg) ὁ δὲ: πάλιν εἰς γάμον ἄγει  —B3a

POSITION: s.l. at end of line      


Or. 20.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁ δὲ⟩: γαμεῖ καὶ εἰς γάμον ἤγαγε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 20.11 (mosch exeg) ⟨Κλυταιμνήστρας λέχος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν περιφραστικῶς  —XXaT+YYfGGrF2ZcZlC2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Bed of Clytemnestra’ is used) in the sense of ‘Clytemnestra’, by periphrasis.

LEMMA: ὁ δὲ κλυταιμνήστρας X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. F2GZlZu   |    τὴν om. C2   |    περιφρ. τὴν κλυτ. transp. G, περιφρ. om. F2ZlZu, perhaps C2 (faded and uncertain)    

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 20.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λέχος⟩: κοίτην· ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 20.17 (pllgn gram) ⟨λέχος⟩: ἐτυμολογεῖται ἀπὸ τοῦ λύειν τὰ ἄχη  —X

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Multiple sources offer ἄχος λύειν as an etymology of the names Achilles and Achelous. This etymology is paralleled only in Tzetzes, Exeg. in Il. 1.121: λέχος δὲ καὶ εὐνὴ διαφέρουσιν· λέχος μὲν γὰρ ἡ κοίτη, παρὰ τὸ λύειν τὰ ἄχη, λύαχος, λύχος καὶ λέχος, ὡς πέλυκυς πέλεκυς.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   Tzetzes   


Or. 20.19 (rec gram) ⟨λέχος⟩: γυνὴ οἱονεὶ γονὴ  —Pr

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 21.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐπίσημον εἰς Ἕλληνας⟩: περίφημον ὂν εἰς τοὺς  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 21.02 (vet exeg) ἐπίσημον: 1τὸ ἐπίσημον ἐπὶ σωφροσύνῃ ἔφη, ὡς Ὅμηρος [Hom. Od. 2.265]·  2‘ἡ δή τοι τὸ πρὶν μὲν ἀναίνετο ἔργον ἀεικὲς δῖα Κλυταιμνήστρη· φρεσὶ γὰρ κέχρητ’ ἀγαθῇσιν’.  3ἢ οὖν πρὸ τούτου ἐπίσημον ἢ νῦν ἐπὶ μοιχείᾳ ἐπίσημον.   —MBVCAaPrRbRf

TRANSLATION:   She said ‘notable’ (of Clytemnestra’s marriage-bed) in reference to chastity, as Homer says: ‘At first she refused the unseemly deed, brilliant Clytemnestra; for she employed wits that were good’. So then, (the sense is) either ‘notable before this’ or ‘notable now for adultery’.

LEMMA: MBCRb, ἐπίσημος Aa, ἐπ. εἰς ἕλληνας VPr      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: Rf cont. from sch. 18.01; Pr between sch. 36.10 and sch. 30.06 (Prbversion); in block before play Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἐπίσημον om. BAa, transp. after ἔφη(σεν) V(τὸ om.)Pr(τὸ om.)Rb   |    τὸ om. Rf   |    ἔφη] ἔφησεν VPr, om. AaRf   |    ὡς] om. AaRf, ὡς καὶ BRb   |    2 τοι om. Rf, τι Aa   |    μὲν and δῖα Κλυτ. om. RbRf   |    ἀναίνετο] ἀνέθετο Aa   |    ἀγαθαῖσι Rf   |    πρὸ τούτου] τὸ πρὸ τοῦ AaRf   |    3 τούτου] τούτου νοητέον ἐπὶ σωφροσύνη VPr(‑σύνης Pr), τὰς τὸν Rb   |    ἐπὶ … ἐπίσημον] διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν φανερὸν Rf, διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν Aa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἤδή C, ἢ δὴ Rf, ἡδύ Aa   |    αἰνάνετο app. a.c. Rb, ἀναίνετον Rf   |    ἔργονα ἀεικεὺς Aa   |    διὰ λυταιμνήστραν (sic) Aa   |    δία M   |    κλυταιμνήστρα V, κλυτεμνήστρη M   |    κ’ ἐχρῆτ’ Aa   |    ἀγαθῇσι Rb, ἀδαγαθῆσιν Aa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99,14–17; Dind. II.40,36–41,3

COMMENT:   This note illustrates two characteristic tendencies of the ancient and medieval commentators. First, the citation of Homer leads to an overprecise claim about why the marriage was notable, since any elite marriage may be notable (whether or not there is any allusion to a competition for Clytemnestra’s hand, as West suggests). Second, the critics cannot resist applying their knowledge of the most famous features of a myth (here, adultery and husband-murder) or of what is said later in the play. The same adjective is indeed used ironically by Electra in Or. 249, but we have no way of knowing whether the actor as directed by Euripides pronounced the word here with a sarcastic tone (Willink believes it was meant to be so performed, agreeing with the view seen here and in some of the following notes, esp. 21.15).    

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 21.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: ἤτοι φανερὸν καὶ διάδηλον καὶ περίφημον ἐπὶ μοιχείᾳ  —VPr

POSITION: cont. from prev. VPr      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99 app.; Dind. II.40 app.


Or. 21.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: διάδηλον φημιζόμενον ἢ ἐπὶ σωφροσύνῃ ἣν πρότερον εἶχεν ἡ Κλυταιμνήστρα ἢ ἐπ’ αἰσχρουργίᾳ ἣν ἐπ[ει]σήξατο ὕστερον —V

TRANSLATION:   Conspicuous or much talked about either for the chastity which Clytemnestra had before or for the shameful behavior which she brought in later.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπ[ει]σείξατο V   

COMMENT:   ἐπεισήξατο from ἐπεισάγω gives good sense, although the late aorist ἦξα is rarely attested in middle forms: see, however, μετάξασθαι in Photius, De spiritus sancti mystagogia 2,19; ἀπαξάσθωσαν in Sch. rec. anon. Arist. Nub. 1142a beta Koster; προσῆξο in Gennadius Scholarius, orat. 10.8, 32. Emending to ἐπεδείξατο could also be considered, but is unnecessary.   


Or. 21.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: ἢ διὰ τὴν προτέραν σωφροσύνην ἢ διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν ἣν ἐποίησεν ὕστερον  —Sa

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 21.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: τὸ ἐπίσημον ἐπὶ σωφροσύνῃ ἢ διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν  —RMnS

POSITION: marg. R, s.l. MnS      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ om. Mn   |    τὸ … σωφροσύνῃ] ἐπίσημος S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   σοφροσ‑ Mn   |   


Or. 21.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: ἢ ἐπὶ σωφροσύνην ἢ ἐπὶ μοιχ() ἐπίσημον  —Pr

POSITION: cont. from sch. 19.06      


Or. 21.09 (mosch exeg) ἐπίσημον: διάδηλον διὰ τὸν φόνον  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (‘Notable’ here mean) ‘conspicuos because of the murder’ (that Clytemnestra later committed).

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X   |    ἐπίδηλον G   |    διὰ τὸν φόνον om. Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.41,4


Or. 21.10 (thom exeg) ἐπίσημον: τὸ διάδηλον περιβόητον διὰ τὴν ἀνυπέρβλητον ὕστερον αὐτῆς κακίαν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Notable’ here means) ‘conspicuous, notorious because of her unsurpassed evil behavior later’.

LEMMA: T      POSITION: s.l. except T      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ διάδηλον om. Gu   |    add. καὶ before περιβ. T   |    ὕστερον] om. ZlZm, ὑπὲρ Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.41,4–6


Or. 21.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: ἐπίσημον καὶ ἐπὶ καλοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ κακοῦ, ἐνταῦθα ἐπὶ κακοῦ  —Gu

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.41,5–6

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross prefixed Gu.   |   


Or. 21.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: καὶ τὸ λαμπρὸν διὰ τὴν σωφροσύνην ἣν εἶχε πρότερον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 21.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: κατ’ εἰρωνεία⟨ν⟩  —Rw

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κατειρωνεία Rw   

COMMENT:   A noun κατειρωνεία is not attested in TLG and the force of the prefix would be uncertain (κατειρωνεύομαι exists, but there the prefix is normal).   

KEYWORDS:  εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς   


Or. 22.01 (22–24) (mosch paraphr) τὸ ἑξῆς ᾧ παρθένοι μὲν τρεῖς ἔφυμεν ἐκ μιᾶς μητρὸς ἀνοσιωτάτης, ἡ Χρυσόθεμις καὶ ἡ Ἰφιγένεια καὶ ἐγὼ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα καὶ ἄρσην ὁ Ὀρέστης.  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr, partial Aa

LEMMA: G writes ᾧ παρθ. … τρεῖς as lemma; Aa has lemma ᾧ] παρθένοι μὲν (margin damaged)       POSITION: Gr s.l.; in Aa part of block before play on fol. 37v–38r      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ἑξῆς om. G   |    ἡ χρυσόθ. κτλ om. Aa   |    ὁ om. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   παρθέναι Y   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.38,22–24

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   


Or. 22.02 (vet exeg) ᾧ παρθένοι μὲν τρεῖς:  1Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 10.145]· ‘Χρυσόθεμις καὶ Λαοδίκη καὶ Ἰφιάνασσα’.  2οὗτος Ἰφιγένειαν τὴν Ἰφιάνασσαν καλεῖ, Ἠλέκτραν δὲ τὴν Λαοδίκην διὰ τὸ πολυχρόνιον ἴσως τῆς παρθενίας οἷον ἄλεκτρός τις οὖσα,  3ὡς αὐτός φησιν [71–72]· ‘ὦ … / παρθένε μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος Ἠλέκτρα χρόνου’.   —MBVCRfYf2

TRANSLATION:  Homer (writes): ‘Chrysothemis and Laodice and Iphianassa’. This poet (Euripides) calls Iphianassa Iphigenia and calls Laodice Electra because of the long period, perhaps, of her virginity, as if she were an unbedded (a-lectr‑) one; as he (Euripides) himself says: ‘O … Electra maiden for a great length of time’.

LEMMA: MVC, χρυσόθεμις BRf      REF. SYMBOL: MBV; marginal label αἱ θυγατέρες τοῦ ἀγαμέμνονος add. B4      POSITION: intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ὅμηρος … τὴν λαοδίκην] ὅμηρος τὴν ἠλέκτραν λαοδίκην καλεῖ. οὗτος δὲ ἠλέκτραν καλεῖ Yf 2   |    1 ὅμηρος] καὶ ὅμηρος BRf, ἃς καὶ ὅμηρος λέγει V   |    first καὶ om. MC   |    2 οὗτος] καὶ οὗτος B, καὶ οὕτως Rf   |    ἰφιάνασσαν τὴν ἰφιγένειαν καλεῖ transp. Rf   |    ἰφιγένειαν] τὸ ἰφ. C, ἰφ. μὲν B   |    ἠλέκτρα Rf   |    ἴσως transp. before διὰ Yf2   |    οἱονεὶ Rf   |    3 αὐτὸς] Yf2 (cf. next sch.), αὐτὸς οὗτος B, καὶ αὐτὸς V, οὕτως C, εἶναι οὕτως M, αὐτὸς καὶ οὕτως Rf   |    ὦ παρθένε om. CYf2, ὦ del. Schw.   |    μακρὰν V   |    δὴ] δὲ Rf   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἰφιάνασα C   |    2 ἰφιάνασαν C   |    ὂιον M   |    3 ἠλέκτραν app. M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.99,18–100,2; Dind. II.41,7–11

COMMENT:   Schwartz’s deletion of ὦ is not mandatory, since the quotation may be a reduced form of 71–72 with internal omission. The same quotation with the ὦ is in Et. Magn. 426,5–9 s.v. Ἐλέκτρα: ἡ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ Λαοδίκη, διὰ τὸ πολυχρόνιον τῆς παρθενίας, οἷον ἄλεκτρός τις, ὡς Εὐριπίδης, ‘ὦ … παρθένε μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος Ἠλέκτρα χρόνου’.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 22.03 (rec exeg) ᾧ παρθένοι μὲν τρεῖς:  1Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 10.145]· ‘Χρυσόθεμις καὶ Λαοδίκη καὶ Ἰφιάνασσα’.  2Ἰφιγένειαν μὲν οὖν φησὶν τὴν Ἰφιάνασσαν παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ λεγομένην, Ἠλέκτραν δὲ τὴν Λαοδίκην ὑπὸ Ὁμήρου λεχθεῖσαν διὰ τὸ πολυχρόνιον ἴσως τῆς παρθενίας οἷον ἄλεκτρός τις οὖσα,  3ὡς αὐτός φησιν [72]· ‘{ὦ} παρθένε μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος Ἠλέκτρα χρόνου’.   —AaMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:  Homer (writes): ‘Chrysothemis and Laodice and Iphianassa’. He calls Iphigenia the Iphianassa spoken of in Homer, and Electra the Laodice who was mentioned by Homer, because of the long period, perhaps, of her virginity, as if she were an unbedded (a-lectr‑) one; as he himself says (72): ‘Electra maiden for a great length of time’.

LEMMA: all (with ὦ Sa) except lemma ᾧ παρθένοι Rb      REF. SYMBOL: RbSa      POSITION: in block before play Aa, between sch. 25.09 and 25.10      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὅμηρος] καὶ ὅμηρος AaMnSa, perhaps Ra, ἃς καὶ ὅμηρος λέγει Rb; om. S    |    first καὶ om. AaSa   |    2 μὲν om. Sa, οὖν perhaps om. Ra   |    φασὶ Aa   |    τὴν add. before παρ’ S   |    λεχθεῖσι Rb   |    ἴσως] ἤδη Sa   |    οἷον om. MnSSa   |    ἄλεκτρα or ἀλέκτρα ambig. Mn   |    3 ὡς αὐτὸς κτλ om. AaRaSSa   |    ὡς αὐτὸς] καὶ οὗτος Rb   |    ὦ del. Schw.   |    δὴ] ἂν Rb   |    χρόνον Rb    

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἰφιάνασα Ra, φιάνασσα Mn   |    2 ἰγένειαν Aa   |    φησι Sa   |    λεγομένη Mn   |    ἡλέκτραν AaMn   |    3 φησὶν Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.41,7–11 app.

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 22.09 (tri metr) ⟨ἔφυμεν⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 23.01 (pllgn exeg) οὗτος ὁ ποιητὴς τρεῖς λέγει θυγατέρας γεννηθῆναι τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι, ὁ δὲ Σοφοκλῆς ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ δράματι [Soph. El. 157] τέσσαρας μετὰ τῆς Ἰφιανάσσης.  —Gu

TRANSLATION:  This poet says that three daughters were born to Agamemnon, but Sophocles in the second play (of the triad, Electra) says four, including Iphianassa (along with the three named in Euripides).

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.41,12–14

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer   |   Sophocles   


Or. 23.02 (rec exeg) ⟨Χρυσόθεμις⟩: τὴν μὲν Χρυσόθεμιν ἥρπασεν ὁ Ἀπόλλων, τὴν δὲ Ἰφιγένειαν ἔθυσαν τῇ Ἀρτέμιδι κατὰ τὸν χρησμὸν τὸν δοθέντα τοῖς Ἕλλησιν.  —AaPcPrRb

REF. SYMBOL: AaRb      POSITION: preposed to this in R is Rb1 version of sch. 25.04; s.l. Pr; between sch. 4.02 and 5.01 Pc      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤρπαζεν Rb   |    ὁ om. AaPr   |    τῆ δὲ ἰφιγένεα Aa   |    ἔθυσαν om. Pr   |    first τὸν om. PcRb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔθησαν Rb, ἔθησ() Aa   |   

KEYWORDS:  mythography   


Or. 23.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Χρυσόθεμις⟩: καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 10.145]· ‘Χρυσόθεμις καὶ Λαοδίκη καὶ Ἰφιάνασσα’  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 23.04 (pllgn metr) ⟨Χρυσόθεμις⟩: δάκτυλος  —Gu

TRANSLATION:   A dactyl (that is, in the three-syllable first foot of the verse).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 23.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἰφιγένεαί τε Ἠλέκτρα τ’⟩: Ἰφιάνασσα καὶ ἡ Λαοδίκη  —Yr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 23.07 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἰφιγένειά⟩: τὴν Ἰφιάνασσαν  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The accusative here because the name is extracted without adjustment from a sentence like that in sch. 22.02 Ἰφιγένειαν τὴν Ἰφιάνασσαν καλεῖ.   


Or. 23.08 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἰφιγένειά⟩: ἡ πρὶν Ἰφιάνασσα  —VZu

POSITION: s.l. (misplaced over ἠλέκτρα V)      


Or. 23.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἰφιγένειά⟩: αὕτη ἐν τῇ Αὐλίδι τῇ Ἀρτέμιδι τέθυται τὰς πνοὰς ἐπισχούσῃ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὅτε κατὰ τῶν Τρώων ἀνάγεσθαι ἔμελλον εἰς ἄμυναν τῆς ἁρπαγῆς τῆς Ἑλένης.  —Zm

TRANSLATION:  This figure (Iphigeneia) was sacrified in Aulis to Artemis because she held back the winds for the Greeks when they were about to sail against the Trojans to avenge the kidnapping of Helen.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm       POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  mythography   


Or. 23.12 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: παρὰ τὸ ἄλεκτρον αὐτὴν εἶναι διὰ τὸ πολυχρόνιον τῆς παρθενίας  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   πολυχρ[όνιον], with final letters lost in margin.   |   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 23.13 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: τὴν ἀλλαχοῦ Λαοδίκην  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   For the accusative, see comment on sch. 23.07.   


Or. 23.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: ἡ πρὶν Λαοδίκη  —V3ZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ πρὶν] ἡ B3a, ἢ V3 (adding to misplaced 23.08)   


Or. 23.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: 1ἱστοροῦσι τινὲς ὡς Ἠλέκτρα πρῶτον μὲν ἐκαλεῖτο Ἰφιάνασσα, διὰ δὲ τὸ παραταθῆναι εἰς μακρὸν τὸν τῆς παρθενίας αὐτῆς καιρὸν καὶ ἄνανδρον μεῖναι μέχρι πολλοῦ, οὕτως ἐκλήθη,  2ὡς ἔστι συμβαλεῖν τοῦτο ἀπὸ τῆς ἐτυμολογίας τοῦ ὀνόματος·  3ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ α̅ στερητικοῦ μορίου [καὶ] τοῦ λέκτρον ἡ κοίτη.   —Gu

TRANSLATION:  Some report that Electra was at first called Iphianassa, but because the period of her maidenhood was long drawn out and she remained without a husband for a long time she was called thus, as this can be inferred from the etymology of the name. For (it is formed) from the alpha-privative particle and ‘lektron’ meaning ‘marriage-bed’.

APP. CRIT.:   3 καὶ lost to cut margin   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.41,14–19

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 24.01 (vet exeg) ἄρσην τ’ Ὀρέστης: τὸ ἄρσην Ὁμηρικῶς, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Od. 1.1] ‘ἄνδρα μοι ἔννεπε Μοῦσα’.  —MOVCAaMnRS

TRANSLATION:   The word ‘arsēn’ (‘male’) is used in Homeric fashion, as (seen in) the phrase ‘Muse, speak of the man’.

LEMMA: C(ὀρέστην), Aa ([ἀρ(?)]ση τ’ ὀρέστην)      POSITION:  marg. MR, intermarg. C, s.l. VS; in block before play Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ἄρσην om. V   |    ἄρσην τ’ M   |    τὸ] τὸν C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔνεπε MVMn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.100,3–4

COMMENT:   This note seems to allude to the discussions of the sense of ἄνδρα in Od. 1.1 (whether it should be taken as ‘brave’ or ‘man (= male rather than female)’).   


Or. 24.03 (rec gram) ⟨ἄρσην⟩: Αἰολικῶς  —Rfr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αἰολικ() Rfr, which could alternatively be αἰολικόν (but see next)   |   


Or. 24.04 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἄρσην⟩: ἄρρην μὲν κοινὸν ἄρσην δὲ Αἰολικῶς τροπῇ τοῦ ρ εἰς σ ὡς τὸ πυρρὸς πυρσὸς καὶ θαρρῶ θαρσὸς.  —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu      

COMMENT:   This and the previous note reflect a strange view (or confusion). The standard doctrine is that ‑ρρ‑ forms are Attic vs. the common ‑ρσ‑ forms (e.g. Etym. Gud. s.v. θαρσῆσαι, Thom. Mag., Ecl. vocum att. s.v. θαρρῶ). The shift of rho to sigma is nowhere else (to my current knowledge) described as Aeolic.   


Or. 24.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀνοσιωτάτης⟩: διὰ τὴν μοιχείαν καὶ τὸν φόνον  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 25.01 (25–26) (pllgn paraphr) ἥτις ἀπέκτεινεν τὸν πόσιν καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα τὸν ἑαυτῆς δηλόνοτι τῷ ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσα ὑφάσματι. —C2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐαυτῆς C2   |   


Or. 25.09 (vet exeg) ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσ’ ὑφάσματι: 1ἡ γὰρ Κλυταιμνήστρα χιτῶνα ὕφανεν οὔτε ταῖς χερσὶν οὔτε τῇ κεφαλῇ ἔκδυσιν ἔχοντα,  2ὅπως μὴ Ἀγαμέμνων ἀμύνασθαι δύναιτο τοὺς φονεύοντας.   —MBVCAaRb1Rb2RfRwS

TRANSLATION:   For Clytemnestra wove a chiton that had no opening either for the hands or for the head, so that Agamemnon would be unable to ward off his killers.

LEMMA: MC, ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσα Rb2, ἣ πόσιν ἀπείρω BVAaRf(ἢ VAaRf), ἣ δὲ πόσιν ἀπείρω S, ω πόσιν ἀπείρω Rw (ω sic Rwr      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb2Rf      POSITION: marg. M; Rb1 preposed to sch. 23.02, with a ref. to 23; Rb2 in the normal sequence; follows 25.10 S; follows sch. 28.13 Rw; follows 22.03 Aa, in block before play      

APP. CRIT.:   1 γὰρ] δὲ AaRb1S   |    ὕφανεν] τὸν ἀγαμέμνονα ἐνέδυσεν V   |    ταῖς χερσὶν] τὴν σχέσιν Rb1   |    οὔτε τῇ] ἢ Rb2   |    ἔχοντα ἔκδυσιν transp. Rb2   |    2 μὴ ἀγαμ. ἀμύν.] ὁ ἀγαμέμνων ἐνδυσάμενος τοῦτον μὴ ὁρᾶν μήτ’ ἀμύν. AaRb1S (ὁ om. R, ἐκδυσ‑ R)   |    ἀγαμ. μὴ transp. V   |    δύναιτο] Schw., δύναται MCAaRb1Rb2S, δύνητο V, δύνηται BRfRw   |    φονευτάς AaRb1S    

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κλυτεμν‑ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.100,5–7; Dind. II.42,1–3


Or. 25.10 (vet exeg) καὶ ἄλλως:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ χιτῶνι.  2ἄπειρον ὃ οὐκ ἦν περᾶσαι χερσὶν ἢ κεφαλῇ, ὥσπερ ἄπειρον δίκτυόν φασιν.  3καὶ Αἰσχύλος δέ φησιν [Aesch. fr. 365 Radt]· ‘ἀμήχανον τέχνημα καὶ δυσέκδυτον’.  4καλῶς δὲ τὸ πόσιν· εἰ γὰρ εἶπε τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα, δι’ ἑαυτὴν ἐδόκει ἂν κατηγορεῖν τῆς μητρός.   —MCAaRaRbRfbRwS, partial BVRfa

TRANSLATION:   (Woven garment) meaning chiton. ‘Apeiros’ meaning that which it was impossible to pass through with hands or head, as people speak of a (fishing or hunting) net as ‘apeiros’. And Aeschylus too says ‘an artful device impossible to deal with and hard to get out of’. Well-chosen here the word husband (‘posin’): for if she had said ‘my father’ she would have seemed to accuse her mother on her own behalf.

LEMMA: MC(om. καὶ)Rb(add. ἢ πόσιν ἀπείρῳ), ἢ πόσιν ἀπείρω AaS      POSITION: marg. M; cont. from prev. BRfaRw(add. δὲ); Rfb later in block, in disordered series, between sch. 21.02 and 28.02; between 24.01 and 22.03 Aa, in block before play      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ἀντὶ … φασιν om. BVRfa   |    1 ἀντὶ τοῦ χιτῶνι om. AaRaRbRfbRwS; ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Rw   |    τοῦ om. C   |    2 ἄπειρος S, ἀπείρω Rw (ἀπείρῳ conj. Schw.)   |    ὃ] ᾧ CRw, ὡς M   |    ἦν] ἔστι Rw   |    διαπερᾶσαι] πέρας MCRw   |    ἢ add. before χερσὶν RaRbRfbS   |    ὥσπερ … φασιν om. Rfb   |    3 καὶ αἰσχύλος … δυσέκλυτον here V, transp. to end others except om. Rfb   |    first καὶ om. MCRfa   |    δὲ om. AaRbS   |    τέχνημα Rw (conj. Nauck TGF ed. 1, p. 87 on Aesch. fr. 365), τεύχημα MBVCRfa, εὐτύχημα AaRaRbS   |    second καὶ om. AaRaRbS   |    δυσέκδυτον Nauck (TGF ed. 1, Addenda, p. XIV) and Dind. (cf. ἔκδυσιν in prev.), δυσέκλυτον all except δυσέκβλητον Rw   |    4 τὸ] εἷπεν ἣ BV, εἶπεν ἢ Rfa, om. Rfb   |    πόσιν] ποίησιν C   |    εἰ] οὐ Aa   |    γὰρ] δὲ Rb   |    τὸν om. Rfb   |    δι’ ἑαυτὴν transp. after ἂν V, om. Rfb   |    ἔδοξεν V   |    ἂν V, om. others   |    τῆς μητρὸς] τοῦ πατρὸς S   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 διαπεράσαι RfbS   |    κεφαλὴ Aa   |    3 εὐτύχοιμα Rb   |    4 καλαλῶς S   |    εἶπεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.100,8–12; Dind. II.42,3–7

COMMENT:   Compare Joannes Philoponus, in Aristot. Physic., CAG 16:390,19–21 ὥσπερ καὶ τὸν κύκλον ἄπειρόν φαμεν τῷ μὴ ἔχειν πέρατα, καὶ ‘χιτῶνα ἄπειρόν’ φασι τὸν μὴ ἔχοντα διαίρεσιν, ‘ἣ πόσιν ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσ’ ὑφάσματι’; Et. Magn. 120,445–50 s.v. ἄπειρος: ὁ μὲν ἀμαθὴς, παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν πεῖραν· ὁ δὲ μέγας, παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν πέρας, ἄπερος καὶ ἄπειρος. λέγει δὲ Ὦρος, ὅτι σημαίνει χιτῶνα διέξοδον μὴ ἔχοντα, ὡς παρὰ Σοφοκλεῖ ἐν Πολυξένῃ, ‘χιτών σ’ ἄπειρος ἐνδυτήριος κακῶν’, καὶ παρ’ Εὐριπίδῃ ἐν Ὀρέστῃ, ‘ἣ πόσιν ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσ’ ὑφάσματι’.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aeschylus   


Or. 25.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπείρῳ⟩: διὰ τὸ μήτε ταῖς χερσὶ μήτε τῇ κεφαλῇ ἔκδυσιν ἔχειν, ᾧ πέρας οὐκ ἦν  —Pr

APP. CRIT.:   ταῖς] τοῖς Pr   


Or. 25.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπείρῳ⟩: διὰ τὸ μήτε ταῖς χερσὶ μήτε τῇ κεφαλῇ ἔκδυσιν ἔχειν ὡς παρ’ Αἰσχύλῳ  —Yr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 25.13 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀπείρῳ⟩: μὴ ἔχοντι διεξόδους κεφαλῆς καὶ χειρῶν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Apeirōi’, ‘limitless’, here means) ‘not having openings for the head and arms’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   διεξ. ἔχοντι transp. Gu   |    διέξοδον T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.41,22–23


Or. 25.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπείρῳ⟩: ἀπεράστῳ, πέρας καὶ διέξοδον μὴ ἔχοντι  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 25.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπείρῳ⟩: τροπικὴ λ(έξις)· ἀπεράντῳ, ἀπλέτῳ  —Pr

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   very faint, abbrev. obscure; cannot rule out τροπικὴ (or ‑ὼς with incorrect accent?) λ(έγεται)   


Or. 25.27 (pllgn gram) ⟨περιβαλοῦσ’⟩: ὡς τὸ περίβαλε τὸν ἅγιον τοῖς δεσμοῖς  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   No parallel for this phrase in TLG texts.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross prefixed Gu.   |   


Or. 25.32 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑφάσματι⟩: περιβολ(ῇ)· τὸ ἱμάτιον καὶ περιβολή  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   περιβολ() Pr   


Or. 25.33 (pllgn gram) ⟨ὑφάσματι⟩: ὕφασμα τὸ ὑφανθέν  —Zm

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 26.01 (26–27) (rec rhet) τὸ παρὰ τοῖς ῥήτορσιν λεγόμενον παράλειψις καὶ παρασιώπησις  —Sa

TRANSLATION:   The (schema) called among the rhetors ‘paraleipsis’ (leaving out, omission) or ‘parasiōpēsis’ (refraining from stating).

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   παράληψις Sa   

KEYWORDS:  παράλειψις   |   παρασιώπησις   


Or. 26.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔκτεινεν⟩: ἐφονεύθη ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων ὡς [3–4 letters] βοῦς ἐπὶ φάτνης  —Mn

POSITION: in lower margin of fol. 10 (Or. 30–41)      

APP. CRIT.:   damage, perhaps either ἤγετ() or ὅμηρ(ος), but neither seems fully compatible with the traces   

COMMENT:   Cf. Od. 4.535, 11.411, ὥς τίς τε κατέκτανε βοῦν ἐπὶ φάτνῃ. In later Greek the genitive is common in the phrase βοῦς ἐπὶ φάτνης.    


Or. 26.04 (mosch paraphr) ὧν δ’ ἕκατι: ἤγουν ὧν χάριν ἔκτεινε δηλονότι, οὐ καλὸν ἐστὶν ἐμοὶ λέγειν παρθένῳ οὔσῃ  —XaXbT+YYfGGr

LEMMA: T       POSITION: s.l., except T      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν and δηλονότι and ἐστὶν om. G   


Or. 26.05 (pllgn exeg) 1ὧν δὲ τρόπων χάριν ἐφόνευσε τοῦτον οὐ καλὸν καὶ οὐ σεμνὸν πρᾶγμα ὑπάρχει λέγειν ἐμοὶ τῇ παρθένῳ.  2ἐῶ τοῦτο ἄλεκτον ἐν τῷ κοινῷ ὥστε σκοπεῖν καὶ νοεῖν τοῦτο.  3πάντες γὰρ ἐγίνωσκον τὴν μοιχείαν.   —Y2Yf

TRANSLATION:  ‘And to say because of what traits (of her behavior) she murdered this man is a thing not decent and not dignified for me, a virgin. I leave this detail unspoken in public, for people to consider and identify this.’ (She says this) because everyone knew of the adultery.

POSITION: marg. Y2      

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   


Or. 26.22 (thom exeg) ⟨παρθένον⟩: οὐ γὰρ προσήκει παρθένοις μοιχείας καὶ μιασμάτων ἀνόμων μεμνῆσθαι. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   For it is not proper for maidens to mention adultery and unlawful acts of impurity.

POSITION: s.l., except T      

APP. CRIT. 2:   παρθένοις] θένοις Za   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.42,8–9

COLLATION NOTES:   Zm does not omit ἀνόμων (contra Günther).   |   


Or. 27.09 (rec rhet) ἀσαφὲς: κατὰ παράλειψιν ἀγνώριστον καὶ κατὰ παρασιώπησιν —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   παράληψιν Mn   

KEYWORDS:  παράλειψις   |   παρασιώπησις   


Or. 27.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐν κοινῷ σκοπεῖν⟩: παρὰ τοῖς κοινοῖς ὥστε καὶ σκοπεῖσθαι —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 28.01 (pllgn rhet) προδιόρθωσις  —ZmGu

POSITION: marg. Zm; above 29 πείθει Gu      

KEYWORDS:  προδιόρθωσις   


Or. 28.02 (vet exeg) Φοίβου δ’ ἀδικίαν μέν:  1ἐν ἤθει ταῦτα·  2φησὶ μὲν γὰρ οὐ κατηγορήσειν τοῦ θεοῦ,  3ὅμως γε μὴν ὕστερον ὑπερπαθήσασα καταβοᾷ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος  4καὶ δι’ ὧν ἐδόκει μὴ κατὰ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος λέγειν, διὰ τούτων ἐλέγχεται αὐτοῦ κατηγοροῦσα.   —MBVCRaRbRfaRfbS

TRANSLATION:  These words she says ironically. For she says she will not accuse the god, but nevertheless later on becoming very distressed she decries Apollo, and through the very words in which she seemed not to speak against Apollo she is proven to be accusing him.

LEMMA: MBCRa(μὲν om.)Rb, φοίβου δ’ ἀδικίαν V(φοίφου)RaRfa(τ’)Rw, ἀδικίαν Rfb, ἀδικίαν τί δεῖ λέγειν S      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRaRb      POSITION: follows sch. 10.11 RwSa, follows sch. 25.10 (Rfa version) Rfa, (Rfb version) Rfb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐν ἤθει ταῦτα om. RaS   |    ταῦτα νοητέον VRw   |    2 φασὶ MC, φαμὲν Sa   |    μέν γὰρ] μὲν Rfa (and punctuates after this, not before φησὶ), γε μὴν RaRbS, γοῦν Rfb   |    γὰρ οὐ] γὰρ ὡς οὐ δεῖ VRw   |    κατηγορήσας M, κατηγορῆσαι Rw   |    3 μὴν] μὲν CS et perhaps M (washed out)   |    ὑπερμαθ‑ (sic) M   |    -ήσασα βοᾶ corr. to –ησα καταβοᾶ M, acc. to Schw. (washed out)   |    καταβῶ app. Rfa, καταβᾶ app. Rfb   |    3–4 τοῦ ἀπόλλ. … κατηγοροῦσα] αὐτοῦ Rfb   |    4 καὶ δι’ … ἀπόλλωνος om. M, καὶ δι’ … λέγειν om. Ra   |    καὶ δι’ ὧν] δι’ ὧν δὲ CSSa   |    δοκεῖ Sa   |    κατὰ τοῦ ἀπόλλωνος] κατὰ ἀπόλλωνος Sa, κατ’ αὐτοῦ BVRfaRw   |    λέγειν om. S   |    διὰ τοῦτον CRw   |    κατηγοροῦσα αὐτοῦ transp. VRw   |    αὐτοῦ] αὐτῶν Sa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἀπόλλωνος] ἀπώλλωνος a.c. Rb, ἀπόλλονος S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.100,13–16; Dind. II.42,18–21


Or. 28.03 (rec exeg) 1ἐν ἤθει ταῦτα·  2ὅμως δι’ ὧν δοκεῖ μὴ κατηγορεῖν ἐλέγχεται κατηγοροῦσα τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος.   —Pr


Or. 28.04 (pllgn exeg) 1τὴν δὲ ἀδικίαν τοῦ Φοίβου τί δεῖ κατηγορεῖν;  2ὁ γὰρ Φοῖβος προσέταξε φονεῦσαι τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν, ἔκτοτε δὲ οὐκ ἐβοήθησέ τι τὸν Ὀρέστην.  3ὅμως δὲ οὐ πρέπον ἐστὶ κατηγορεῖν τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα εἰς ὅπερ ἔπραξεν.   —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   What need is there to condemn the injustice of Phoebus? For Phoebus ordered the killing of Clytemnestra, but thereafter he did not give any aid to Orestes. But nevertheless it is not proper to condemn Apollo for what he did.

POSITION: s.l. Y2      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὴν δὲ … κατηγορεῖν om. Y2   |    τι om. Y2   |    3 πρέπον ἐστὶ Y2, πρέπει Yf2   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἔπραξε Yf2   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   


Or. 28.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Φοίβου δ’ ἀδικίαν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ Φοῖβον ὑπολαμβάνειν ἄδικον  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 28.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨Φοίβου δ’ ἀδικίαν⟩: ὡς τὸ κατηγορῶ σου ἀμαθίαν —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 28.07 (pllgn rhet) ⟨Φοίβου δ’ ἀδικίαν⟩: κατὰ παράλειψιν  —V2

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  παράλειψις   


Or. 28.09 (rec gram) ⟨Φοίβου⟩: φα⟨ο⟩βίου —Pr

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   φοιβίου s.l. Pr   

COMMENT:   Cf. Et. Gud. (Sturz) s.v. Φοῖβος, παρὰ τὸ φάος ὃ δηλοῖ τὴν λαμπρότητα, φαόβιος, φοίβιος, καὶ συγκοπῇ φοῖβος, ὁ λαμπρότοξος.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 28.13 (vet paraphr) τί δεῖ κατηγορεῖν:  1τὸ ἀκόλουθον ἦν·  2ὁ δὲ Ἀπόλλων οὐκ ἄδικος μέν, ὅμως πείθει Ὀρέστην ἀποκτεῖναι τὴν μητέρα·   —MBVCRaRbRfRwS

TRANSLATION:   The (simple) word order was: Apollo is not unjust, to be sure; nevertheless he persuades Orestes to kill his mother.

LEMMA:  MC      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: intermarg. M; cont. from 28.03 BVRbRfRwS (add. δὲ all except S)      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ἀκόλουθον ἦν· ὁ δὲ om. Rb   |    1 ἀκολουθοῦν MC   |    ἦν] μὲν ἦν VRw, οὕτως RaS   |    2 ἄδικα Rf, ἀδίκως RaRb   |    ὅμως κτλ om. RaS, cont. instead with sch. 31 ὅμως δὲ ἀπέκτεινεν (δ’ ἀπ‑ S)   |    ὅμως] οὐδὲ Rb   |    μητέρα αὐτοῦ VRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.100,17–18; Dind. II.42,21–43,1


Or. 28.14 (thom exeg) ⟨τί δεῖ κατηγορεῖν⟩:  1οὐ γὰρ παρὰ θεοῖς ἀδικία.  2ἀγαθῶν γὰρ δωτῆρές εἰσι.  3τοῦτο δὲ λέγει ὥσπερ δυσχεραίνουσα διὰ τὴν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μανίαν·  4δοκεῖ γὰρ τοῦτο λογιζομένη, ὡς εἰ δικαίως παρὰ τοῦ Φοίβου ὁ τῆς μητρός φόνος ἐθεσπίσθη Ὀρέστῃ, οὐκ ἔδει τοῦτον μανῆναι θεῷ ὑπακούσαντα.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   For there is no injustice in the gods. For they are givers of good things. But she says this as if disgruntled because of the madness of her brother. For she seems to be reasoning thus, that if the murder of his mother was justly proclaimed in an oracle to Orestes by Phoebus, then he should not have gone mad after obeying a god.

REF. SYMBOL: Zb(to ἀδικίαν)ZlZmT      POSITION: s.l. ZZa; 1–2 s.l., 3–4 in marg. T      

APP. CRIT.:   1 παρὰ] om. Zb, πρέπει Matt.   |    θεῶν T   |    3 δὲ om. T   |    ὥσπερ] ὡς a.c. Z, om. Zb   |    4 εἰ* (erasure) Za   |    θεῷ] θεῶν Zm   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἰσίν T   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.43,4–8

COLLATION NOTES:   Zl barely legible in parts.   |   


Or. 28.15 (mosch exeg) ⟨τί⟩: κατὰ τί, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδέν  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc

TRANSLATION:  ‘In what respect?’, equivalent to ‘not at all’.

POSITION: s.l. except X, which also has κατὰ alone s.l      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδέν om. Zc   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ om. T   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.43,8


Or. 28.19 (mosch gram) ⟨κατηγορεῖν⟩:  1κατηγορεῖ τὸ σκυλάκιον τὸ προελθὸν πρῶτον τῆς μητρὸς τὸν πατέρα, ἀντὶ τοῦ δεικνύει ἐν ἑαυτῷ.  2κατηγορεῖν καὶ τὸ κατά τινος ἀγορεύειν.  3καὶ ἔχει τὴν σύνταξιν ἀπὸ γενικῆς εἰς αἰτιατικὴν, οἷον κατηγορῶ σου φόνον, κατηγορῶ σου ἀδικίαν.  4καὶ ἔστι μὲν ἡ τετελεσμένη σύνταξις αὐτοῦ αὕτη.  5ἔστι δ’ ὅτε καὶ μετὰ γενικῆς μόνης λέγεται.  6τὸ τοιοῦτο δὲ καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις συμβαίνει πλείστοις.  7οἷον τὸ προσέχω ἐντελῶς λεγόμενον ἐν τῷ λόγῳ ἔχει καὶ τὸν νοῦν, οἷον προσέχω τὸν νοῦν τοῖς λεγομένοις.  8λέγεται δὲ καὶ προσέχω τοῖς λεγομένοις χωρὶς ἐκείνου.  9καὶ τὸ φθονῶ ἐντελῶς μὲν ἔχον τῆς συντάξεως ἀπὸ δοτικῆς εἰς γενικὴν συντάσσεται οἷον φθονῶ σοι τοῦδε.  10λέγεται δὲ καὶ φθονῶ σοι μόνον καὶ ἔτι φθονῶ τῆς σῆς ἀρετῆς.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  The first pup that emerges from his mother accuses (‘katēgorei’) the father, in the sense ‘makes obvious in itself’. ‘Katēgorein’ also means to speak against someone. And it governs syntax with the genitive shifting to the accusative, for example, ‘I accuse you (genitive) of murder (accusative)’, ‘I accuse you (genitive) of injustice (accusative)’. And this is the complete form of the syntax of it. But sometimes it is used with the genitive alone. This sort of usage occurs also in very many other instances. For example, ‘prosechō’ (‘I apply’) when it is spoken in its complete form of syntax has also ‘the mind’ (‘ton noun’) in the phrase, as in ‘I apply my mind to (pay attention to) what is being said’. But there is also the expression ‘I attend to (‘prosechō) what is being said’ without that (‘ton noun’). Also, ‘phthonō’ (‘I envy, begrudge’) when in its full syntax is construed with the dative shifting to the genitive, as in ‘I begrudge you (dative) this thing (genitive)’. But there is also the expression ‘I begrudge you (dative)’ alone and furthermore ‘I am envious of your virtue (genitive)’.

LEMMA: τί δεῖ κατηγορεῖν G      POSITION: test      

APP. CRIT.:   2 καὶ] δέ ἐστι G   |    3 σου φόνου Y   |    4 ἡ μὲν transp. Y   |    αὐτοῦ σύνταξις transp. GTa (not T)   |    6 πλείστοις] παρίσοις G   |    7 οἷον τὸ … τὸν νοῦν om. T   |    after ἐντελῶς add. μὲν YYfGGr   |    ἔχει δὲ καὶ Y   |    8 λέγεται δὲ … λεγομένοις om. G   |    ἄνευ ἐκείνου Xa   |    9 ἔχον τὴν σύνταξιν XaY   |    10 ἔτι] ἔστι X   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 κατηγορῶ] κατηγοροῦ Yf   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.43, 9–20

COMMENT:   For the first point, κατηγορεῖν as proving paternity by similarity, cf. Arist. Byz., historiae animalium epitome 2.182 [CAG suppl. 1.1] ὁ κύων πολλὰ μὲν τίκτει σκυλάκια, τὸ δὲ πρῶτον προελθὸν τῆς ὠδῖνος ὁμοιότατόν ἐστι τοῦ πατρός. ἔοικε γὰρ ἡ φύσις προτιμᾶν τὰ κρείττονα; Aelian, de natura animalium 9.5 ἡ κύων εἰ καὶ πολλὰ τίκτει σκυλάκια, ἀλλὰ γοῦν τὸ πρῶτον τῆς μητρὸς προελθὸν καὶ τῆς ὠδῖνος πρεσβύτατον ὂν κατηγορεῖ τὸν πατέρα ἐκείνῳ γοῦν ὁμοιότατον τίκτεται πάντως, τὰ δὲ ἄλλα ὡς ἂν τύχῃ. ἔοικε δὲ φιλοσοφεῖν ἐν τῷδε ἡ φύσις, προτιμῶσα τοῦ ὑποδεχομένου τὸ σπεῖρον; Sch. Ael. ad loc. (Meliadò) κατηγορῶ σοῦ τόδε καὶ κατηγορεῖ τὸ σκυλάκιον τὸ προελθὸν πρῶτον τῆς μητρὸς τὸν πατέρα, ἤγουν δεικνύει ἐν ἑαυτῷ.    |   


Or. 29.13 (pllgn gram) ⟨σφ’⟩: σφίν καὶ νίν καὶ μίν ἐπὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις πτώσεσιν οὐχ εὑρίσκονται.  —Lp

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πτώσαισιν Lp   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.43,22–23


Or. 30.04 (rec exeg) ⟨πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας … φέρον⟩:  ⟨κατὰ⟩ μετάληψιν, ποιῆσαι πρᾶγμα  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κατὰ add. Mastr.   

COMMENT:   κατὰ μετάληψιν is apparently ‘by change of construction’, referring to the inferring of the different infinitive ποιῆσαι to explain how the neuter ἔχον can follow κτεῖναι. What we would call an internal accusative in apposition to the sentence had to be explained in different terms by ancient and medieval teachers.   

KEYWORDS:  μετάληψις/μεταλαμβάνειν   


Or. 30.05 (rec exeg) ⟨πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας … φέρον⟩: τὸ δὲ κτεῖναι τὴν μητέρα, οὐκ ἄλλο τι, ἀλλὰ ἔργον τοιοῦτον  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 30.06 (vet exeg) πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας:  1οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐπῄνουν αὐτόν, οἱ δὲ οὔ.  2διὸ τὸ πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας εἶπεν.   —MVCPrbRb, partial OAbPraRaSSa

TRANSLATION:   For some people were praising him and others were not. Therefore he said ‘in the eyes of not all’.

LEMMA: CRaRbS, πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας εὔκλειαν φέρον Prb;      REF. SYMBOL: ref. MRb      POSITION: s.l. VAbSa, marg. MRaS; cont. from sch. 28.03 Pra, follows displaced sch. 21.02 Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 γὰρ om. AbSa   |    ἐπῄνουν αὐτόν] ἐπηνετὸν Sa   |    οἱ δὲ οὔ om. M   |    οὐχὶ Ab   |    2 διὸ κτλ. om. OAbPraRaSSa   |    διὸ τὸ] διὰ τοῦτο VRb(τὸ add. s.l. Rb)   |    εἶπεν om. VRb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐπῄουν app. Ra   |   2 εἶπε Prb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.100,19–20; Dind. II.43,24–25


Or. 30.07 (vet exeg) ⟨πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας⟩: πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας δὲ εὔκλειαν φέρων εἴρηκεν ἐπειδὴ οἱ μὲν ἐπῄνουν αὐτὸν, οἱ δὲ οὔ.  —BVRf

TRANSLATION:   And he said ‘bearing good repute not in the eyes of all’ since some people were praising him and others were not.

POSITION: cont. from 28.03 all      

APP. CRIT.:   φέρων V, φε() B, φέρειν Rf   |    ὁ μὲν Rf   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.42,1–3


Or. 30.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας⟩: οὐχ ὑπὸ πάντων ἐπαινούμενον  —AaPcPrMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   -μενος Pr   |   


Or. 30.09 (thom exeg) ⟨πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας⟩: οὐ γὰρ ἅπαντες ἀποδέχονται τοῦτο, ἀλλ’ οἱ μέν, οἱ δ’ οὔ.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  For not everyone approves this, but some do and some do not.

REF. SYMBOL: T       POSITION: s.l., except marg. T      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπιδέχ. ZbZl, ἀπεδέχοντο T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.43,26


Or. 30.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρὸς οὐχ ἅπαντας⟩: οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐπῄνουν ⟨αὐ⟩τὸν ὡς καλῶς πράξαντα, οἱ δὲ οὐδαμῶς  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 30.14 (vet exeg) εὐκλείαν φέρον:  1ἐκτατέον τὸ α̅ τοῦ εὐκλεία.  2Ἀττικῶς, ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐκλείαν φέροντος, τοῦ κτεῖναι δηλονότι.   —MVCAbPrRb

TRANSLATION:   The alpha of ‘eukleia’ is to be scanned as long. In the Attic manner, (the accusative ‘bringing’ is used) instead of ‘bringing (genitive) good repute’—the act of killing, that is.

LEMMA: M(φέρων app., ambig. abbrev.)C       REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: s.l. V, marg. MAb; cont. from 30.06 VPrRb (Pr from Prb version of 30.06)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐκτατέον … εὐκλεία om. AbPr   |    ἐκτακτέον VC, ἐκτάσσεον Rb   |    τὸ] τῶ Rb   |    τοῦ] τὴν Rb   |    no punct. after εὐκλεία V   |    2 ἀττικὸν C, τὸ δὲ φέρον ἀττικὸν Pr   |    τοῦ om. C   |    εὐκλείαν om. Pr   |    φέροντος] φέροντος ἀττικὸν C, φέροντος ἀττικῶς M, ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐκλείαν (repeated) Ab   |    τοῦ κτεῖναι δηλ.] τὸ κτεῖναι Ab   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 εὔκλεια MC   |    2 εὔκλειαν MCRb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.100,21–22; Dind. II.43,26–28

COMMENT:   Lacking the concept of internal accusative, the grammarian tries to explain the acc. participle as absolute, an ‘Attic’ variation on the gen. absolute.   |    On the long alpha, see Eratosthenes apud Photius s.v. Εὐκλεία, 43 F 11 Bagordo.   |   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 30.15 (rec exeg) ⟨εὐκλείαν φέρον⟩: Ἀττικῶς εὐκλείαν, ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐκλείαν φέρον τὸ κτεῖναι τὴν μητέρα  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   In the Attic manner, ‘eukleian’ (with long alpha); equivalent to ‘the killing of his mother bringing good repute’.

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 30.22 (rec exeg) ⟨φέρον⟩: τὸ πρᾶγμα· ἢ Ὀρέστης  —MnPcRS

LEMMA: φέρον in text MnPc, φέρων in text RS, s.l. Pc      POSITION: s.l., except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ] ἤγουν ὁ Pc   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πράγμα S   |   

COMMENT:   The nominative interpretation implies punctuation after κτεῖναι (R has a comma; PcZu have a dot, but also the same at the end of 30); compare perhaps the paraphrase in O, sch. 31.01.   


Or. 30.29 (rec gram) ⟨φέρον⟩: τί ἐστι μεταπλασμός; λῆξις λέξεως εἴς τι συγγενὲς τελικόν.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   What is ‘metaplasmos’? It is the termination of a word in some kindred ending.

COMMENT:   The term is often applied to gender variation like μῆρα/μηροί, λύχνα/λύχνοι. Here it must refer to the interpretation of φέρον as used for φέρων (or φέρων for φέρον if the author of the comment had φέρων in his text). The definition is close to Eust. in Il. 1.104 (I.94, 2–4) ἔστι γὰρ μεταπλασμὸς μετάθεσις καὶ μετασχηματισμὸς λήξεως λέξεως εἰς ἕτερον συγγενὲς τελικόν (cf. Et. Symeonis ε 136 Baldi).   |   

KEYWORDS:  μεταπλασμός   


Or. 31.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅμως δὲ ἀπέκτειν’⟩: καίπερ οὐκ ἐπαινούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὄμως  —O


Or. 31.02 (rec exeg) ὅμως δὲ ἀπέκτειν’: καίπερ οὐχ ὑπὸ πάντων ἐπαινούμενος  —CRaRbS

LEMMA: Ra(‑κτεινεν)Rb       POSITION: intermarg. C; run on from sch. 28.13 Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅμως prep. RaRbS   |    οὐχ ὑπὸ] οὐχὶ Rb   


Or. 31.03 (rec gram) ⟨ὅμως δὲ ἀπέκτειν’⟩: μονόσχημον· ἀπὸ γὰρ αἰτιατικῆς μετέπεσεν εἰς εὐθεῖαν —S

TRANSLATION:   Monoschemic; for he shifted from the accusative to the nominative.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   μονόσχημον is of uncertain meaning, and there is another uncertain use in sch. 314.06 (see comment there). The word appears in rhetorical texts with the meaning ‘uniform’ (usually implying ‘monotonous’) or, with reference to the hexameter, indicating a line in which the first five feet are all dactyls or all spondees. Apollonius Dyscolus uses μονοσχημάτιστος of the uninflected impersonal δεῖ or λείπει and his commentators use it of other uninflected words. Therefore, here it may indicate ‘indeclinable’ on the theory that φέρον in 30 is an indeclinable form agreeing with Ὀρέστης. Compare sch. 30.22, perhaps sch. 30.28, 30.30 (also sch. 30.08 with the variant ἐπαινούμενος in Pr). Or it may mean ‘unusual, unique in construction’ as perhaps in 314.06.    |   

KEYWORDS:  μονόσχημον   


Or. 32.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μετέσχον⟩: συνεκοινώνησα διὰ λόγων δηλονότι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 32.07 (vet exeg) οἷα δὴ γυνὴ φόνου:  1ὥσπερ ἀδύνατος ἡ γυναικεία φύσις μεταλαβεῖν φόνου·  2οὐ γὰρ κεκοινώνηκε τοῦ φόνου Ἠλέκτρα,  3ὡς Ὀρέστης φησί [284]· ‘σὺ μὲν γὰρ ἐπένευσας τάδ’, εἴργασται δ’ ἐμοί’.   —MBVCRf

TRANSLATION:   As woman’s nature is unable to participate in murder. For Electra did not have a share in the killing, as Orestes says: ‘You encouraged this, but it was carried out by me’.

LEMMA: MC(φησὶ for φόνου)V, κἀγὼ μετέσχον οἷα δὴ γυνή B, (conflated with lemma of 52) ἐλπίδα δὲ δή τιν’ ἔσχομεν κἀγὼ μετέσχον Rf      REF. SYMBOL: MBV; to 52 ἐλπίδα δὲ Rf      POSITION: follows combined sch. 51.01 + 48.08 Rf      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὥσπερ] ταῦτα φησὶν ὅτι V   |    ἀδύνατον MC   |    γυναικῶν s.l. Rf   |    μεταβαλεῖν M   |    2 ἐκοινώνησε V   |    φόνου τῶ ἀδελφῶ V   |    ἡ ἠλέκτρα BV   |    3 ὡς καὶ BVRf   |    σὺ μὲν] σύ με Rf   |    γὰρ om. V   |    δ’ om. Rf   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.101.1–3; Dind. II.44,1–3

KEYWORDS:  women, nature or proper behavior of   


Or. 32.08 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1ζητεῖται, τί δήποτε ἀνωτέρω παρθένον ἑαυτὴν εἰρηκυῖα, ὅπου φησὶν [26]  2‘ὧν δ’ ἕκατι, παρθένῳ λέγειν οὐ καλόν’, ἐνταῦθα γυναῖκα ἑαυτὴν λέγει.  3λεκτέον δὲ ὅτι οἷα δὴ γυνή πρὸς τὸ θηλυκὸν γένος σκοπουμένη,  4ὡς οὐδὲν μὲν ἔπραξεν, ἀλλὰ τοσοῦτον ὅσον ἂν γυνή τις ἐργάσαιτο.   —MBVCRfaRfbRw

TRANSLATION:   The question is posed, why, having spoken of herself as a maiden above, where she says ‘and the reason why, it is not proper for a maiden to say’, does she here term herself a woman. One must say that (she here says) ‘like a woman’ with a view to the female sex in general, because she did not carry out any action, but did just so much as any woman might do.

LEMMA: M, οἷα δὴ γυνὴ φησὶ C (ἄλλως in marg.)      POSITION: cont. from prev., add. δὲ, BVRfb; Rfa in normal sequence, Rfb in out-of-sequence series on following page      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ζητεῖται …καλὸν] ἧ δ’ ἕκατι Rw   |    1 ζητεῖται om., in marg. add. Rfa   |    ἀνωτέρω …φησὶν] ἀνωτέρω εἰρηκυῖα παρθένω MC (εἰρήκυι M)   |    ἀνωτέρω … εἰρηκυῖα] εἰποῦσα ἀνωτέρω παρθένον Rfa   |    ἀνωτέρω] ἀνωτερον app. Rfb   |    αὐτὴν εἴρηκεν Rfb   |    1–2 ὅπου … καλόν om. Rfa   |    1 ὅπου] ἔνθα V   |    2 παρθένον Rfb   |    λέγειν οὐ καλόν om. MC   |    αὐτὴν Rfb   |    3 λεκτέον δὲ] ῥητέον οὖν Rfa   |    δὲ] δὴ M   |    ὅτι] ὅτι τὸ VRfa, om. Rw   |    οἷα δὴ om. Rfa, οἷα δὲ Rfb   |    γένος om. MC   |    σκοπουμένη] σκοπῶμεν καὶ φαμὲν V, σκοποῦμεν Rfa, σκοπουμένης Rw   |    4 οὐδὲν μὲν] οὐδὲ μιᾶς Rfb   |    ἔπραξε πλέον V   |    τοσοῦτον] τὸ τοῦτον M, perhaps corrected to τοσοῦτον   |    ἐργάσοιτο BVRfb, εἰργάσατο Rfa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.101,4–8; Dind. II.44,4–8

KEYWORDS:  ζητεῖται   


Or. 32.09 (vet exeg) οἷα δὴ γυνὴ:  1ὡς γυνὴ, συμβουλεύσασα, παραθαρρύνασα, ὑπομνήσασα τοῦ πατρός.  1οὐ γὰρ αὐτόχειρ γέγονε τῆς μητρὸς, ἀλλὰ λόγοις παρώρμησε κατ’ αὐτῆς τὸν ἀδελφόν.  1τάχα δὲ διὰ τοῦ οἷα δὴ γυνή παρονειδίζει τῇ μητρί·  1ἐκείνη γὰρ αὐτόχειρ γέγονε τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος οὐ κατὰ γυναῖκα.   —MBVCRaRbRfbS, partial Rfa

TRANSLATION:   As a woman, having counseled him, emboldened him, reminded him of his father. For she did not become the murderer of her mother by her own hand, but used words to arouse her brother against her. Perhaps by saying ‘as a woman’ she is indirectly reproaching her mother, for she did become the murderer of Agamemnon by her own hand, not (behaving) in the manner natural for a woman.

LEMMA: BCRfb, ἰστέον αὐτὸ ἄλλως· οἷα δὴ γυνὴ V, ἄλλως M, in marg. B; κἀγὼ μετέσχον RaRbRfaS      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: Rfa in normal sequence, Rfb follows Rfb version of 32.08 on following page      

APP. CRIT.:   1 συμβουλεύουσα S   |    παραθαρσύνουσα MC, παραθαρρύνουσα Rfb   |    1–4 ὑπομν. τοῦ πατρὸς κτλ] οὐ γὰρ κεκοινώνηκα τοῦ φόνου, ὡς Ὀρέστης Rfa (cf. 32.07)   |    1 τοῦ πατρός] τῶν τοῦ πατρὸς ἀγαθῶν V   |    2 αὐτόχειρ αὕτη V   |    λόγος MRb   |    κατ’ αὐτῶν S   |    3 διὰ τοῦ] om. Rb, τὸ RaS   |    γυνὴ δὴ transp. S   |    4 τοῦ om. V   |    καὶ add. before οὐ RaS   |    οὐ κατὰ γυναῖκα om. Rfb   |    κατὰ γυναῖκας MCRaRb, κατὰ τὰς γυναῖκας S   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 γέγονεν M   |    παρώρμισε B, παρώρμησεν M   |    4 γέγονεν M, also V(om. τοῦ)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.101,9–13; Dind. II.44,8–12


Or. 32.10 (rec exeg) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩:  1τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ θηλέως σκοπουμένη τοῦτο εἶπε·  2τοσοῦτον γάρ φησι κεκοινώνηκα, λόγῳ μόνῳ προσορμήσασα, ὅσον ἂν γυνὴ ἐργάσαιτο.   —Pr

TRANSLATION:   She said this with a view to the inability of the female, for, she says, having stirred him to action with speech only, I shared in the deed only to the extent that a woman might act.


Or. 32.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩:  1ὅσον δὴ δύνανται αἱ γυναῖκες εἰς φόνον πρᾶξαι, ὥσπερ ἀδύνατος ἡ γυναικεία φύσις μεταλαβεῖν φόνου.  2τοσοῦτον ἔπραξα ὅσον ἂν γυνή τις ἐργάσηται, συμβουλεύσασα, παραθαρρύνασα, ὑπομνήσασα τοῦ πατρός.  3οὐ γὰρ αὐτόχειρ γέγονε κἀκείνη εἰς τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς, ἀλλὰ λόγοις παρώρμησε ἱσταμένη ἔξωθεν καὶ περισκοποῦσα.   —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   As much as women are able to accomplish in regard to murder, since woman’s nature is unable to participate in murder. I did so much as a woman may do, having counseled him, emboldened him, reminded him of his father. For she did not also become the murderer of her mother by her own hand, but she stirred him to actionn with words, standing outside the house and looking around (as if on watch).

REF. SYMBOL: Y2      POSITION: bottom marg. Y2      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὅσον δὲ Yf2   |    3 κἀκείνω Yf2   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 γυνὴ τίς Y2Yf2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.44,13–18

COMMENT:   The author of this note is recalling Sophocles’ Electra.   


Or. 32.12 (rec exeg) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩: συμβουλεύσασα· οὐ γὰρ αὐτόχειρ γέγονα τῆς μητρός. —O


Or. 32.13 (rec exeg) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩: μετὰ αἰδοῦς ἑστῶσα καὶ πεφρικυῖα  —AaAb2PrMnS

TRANSLATION:   Standing in diffident hesitation and terrified.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Ab2   |    μεταδοὺς Aa, μ(ε)τ(α) αἰδῶ Ab2, μεταδοῦσα Pr   |    καὶ om. Pr, καὶ πεφρ. om. Aa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐστῶσα AaAb2   |   

KEYWORDS:  women, nature or proper behavior of   


Or. 32.14 (rec exeg) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩: ἤγουν οὐκ αὐτοχείρως ἀλλὰ μετὰ συμβουλῆς  —MnSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Mn   


Or. 32.15 (mosch exeg) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩: καθὰ ἂν μετάσχοι γυνή  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  In the way that a woman might participate.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἂν] δὴ G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.44,18


Or. 32.16 (thom exeg) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩: ἤγουν οὐκ ἀπέκτεινα ὥσπερ ἐκεῖνοι, ἀλλὰ συνεβούλευσα. —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  That is, I did not kill her, as they (Orestes and Pylades) did, but I counseled (them to do so).

POSITION: s.l.; misplaced over 31 Zl      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκεῖνος ZZl   


Or. 32.17 (pllgn rhet) ⟨οἷα δὴ γυνὴ⟩: ἐμφαντικὸν  —Gu

TRANSLATION:   Suggestive (expression).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐμφαντικὸν   


Or. 32.21 (pllgn gram) ⟨φόνου⟩: μετέχω γενικῇ· μετέχω τοῦ πλόυτου  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 33.01 (vet exeg) Πυλάδης:  1Φώκου παῖδες Κρῖσος καὶ Πανοπεύς.  2τούτων ὁ Κρῖσος ἔκτισε τὴν νῦν Κίρραν, τότε Κρῖσαν καλουμένην,  3καὶ παῖς αὐτῷ ἐξ Ἀντιφατείας τῆς Ναυβόλου Στρόφιος ἐγένετο,  4οὗ Ἀστυδάμεια καὶ Πυλάδης ἐκ Κυδραγόρας τῆς ἀδελφῆς Ἀγαμέμνονος.   —MBVCRbRf

TRANSLATION:   The children of Phocus were Crisus and Panopeus. Of these, Crisus founded the place now called Cirra, but then called Crisa, and a son Strophius was born to him by Antiphateia daugher of Naubolus, and from Strophius (were born) Astydameia and Pylades by Kydragora the sister of Agamemnon.

LEMMA:  BRf, Πυλάδης θ’M, Πυλάδης θ’ ὃς ἡμῖν CRb, lemma Πυλάδης θ’ ὃς ἡμῖν συγκατείργασται τάδε V; marg. labels φῶκος and πυλάδης B4, label ἰστορία (sic) B3b       REF. SYMBOL: MBRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 φύκου Rb   |    παυροπεὺς Rb   |    2–3 τούτων … ναυβόλου] παῖς δὲ τῶ κρίσω Rb   |    2 τούτων] τούτοις MBC, ἱστορ() τούτων Rf   |    ἔκτισε] ἔκτεινεν Rf   |    3 ἀντιφάης V, ἀφαντείας MC, ἀντιφαντείας Rf   |    ναυβούλου B, ναβούλου Rf   |    στρόφος V   |    ἐγένετο om. Rb   |    4 κυδαγόρας V, κυδραγόνας Rf   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κρῖσος p.c. M, κρίσος Rb, κρίσσος BVCRf, app. κρῖσσος a.c. M   |    2 κρῖσος M (accent corr. from acute), κρίσσος BVCRf [Rb]   |    ἔκτισεν M   |    Κρῖσαν] Dindorf, κρίσσαν all [Rb]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.101,14–17; Dind. II.44,20–45,3

COMMENT:   The name Antiphateia is not extant other than in this scholion; the name Astydameia occurs elsewhere for various other figures: daughter of Amyntor and wife of Acastus (Peleus story), or daughter of Pelops, or of Phorbas, etc. Part of this genealogy appears in Hes. fr. 58 M–W (Phocus and Asterodeia parents of Crisus and Panopeus). For Crisa and Cirra, see Steph. Byz. s.v. Κρῖσα· πόλις Φωκίδος. Ἑκαταῖος Εὐρώπηι. ἀπὸ Κρίσου Φώκ⟨ου ὑ⟩ιοῦ. τὸ ἐθνικὸν Κρισαῖος καὶ Κρισαῖον πεδίον … τινὲς δὲ ⟨τὴν⟩ αὐτὴν τῆι Κίρραι φασί. Naubolus is elsewhere named as son of Ornytion and father of Iphitus. This and other Or. sch. are the only sources for Kydragora (instead of Anaxibia) as mother of Pylades. Anaxibia, in contrast, is the name of several mythological figures; as sister of Ag. and Men. she is mentioned several times in sch. on Or. (and Mantissa proverbiorum 2.94 [Paroem. Gr. II.772–773 Leutsch], closely related to sch. 5.01) and Eust. in Il. 2.591–602 (I.458,2). See also Paus. 2.29.4 Κρίσου δὲ ἦν ἀπόγονος τρίτος Πυλάδης, Στροφίου τε ὢν τοῦ Κρίσου καὶ Ἀναξιβίας ἀδελφῆς Ἀγαμέμνονος. Cf. sch. Or. 765 Ἀναξιβίαν τὴν Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀδελφὴν Στρόφιος ἔγημεν, ἐξ ἧς ἔφυσε τὸν Πυλάδην, ὅθεν ἀνεψιοὶ Ὀρέστης καὶ Πυλάδης, sch. Or. 1233 παρόσον ὁ Στρόφιος Ἀναξιβίαν {Κυδραγόρας} ἔγημε τὴν Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀδελφὴν, ἐξ ἧς ἐγένετο Πυλάδης, ὡς φησὶ Κράτης [the name may be corrupt]. ἢ ἐπεὶ ὁ Στροφίου πατὴρ Κρῖσος (M, κρίσος BRw, κρίσσος Mn, κρῖσσος changed to κρίσσος Rf) Ἀτρέως θυγατέρα ἐγάμει {αὐτὴν} τὴν Κυδραγόραν. Cf. sch. Thom. Or. 1552 τὸ Ἀτρεῖδαι ἢ διὰ μόνον τὸν Ὀρέστην λέγει, ἢ καὶ δι’ ἀμφοτέρους· φασὶ γὰρ ὡς ἡ τοῦ Πυλάδου μήτηρ Κυδραγόρα ἀδελφὴ ἦν Ἀγαμέμνονος. διὸ καὶ πρόσθεν φησὶν, ὦ συγγένεια πατρός.   |   


Or. 33.03 (rec exeg) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: Πυλάδης υἱὸς Ἀναξιβίας. ἡ Ἀναξιβία ἀδελφὴ Ἀγαμέμνονος —R

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 33.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: ὁ Πυλάδης ἐκ Κυδραγόρας τῆς ἀδελφῆς μὲν Ἀγαμέμνονος, Στροφίου δὲ γυναικός  —Pr

APP. CRIT.:   γυναικός] θυγατρός Pr   |   


Or. 33.07 (rec exeg) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: Ἀναξιβία καὶ ὁ Ἀγαμέμνον καὶ ὁ Μενέλαος ἦσαν ἀδελφοί, ἐξ ἧς ὁ Πυλάδης.  —Sa

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 34.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐντεῦθεν⟩: ἐκ τούτου, μετὰ τὸ γενέσθαι τὸν φόνον  —ZuGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.45,18


Or. 34.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀγρίᾳ … νόσῳ⟩: ἀγρίαν νόσον τὴν μανίαν λέγει  —Yf2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 34.20 (rec gram) ⟨ἀγρίᾳ⟩: οἱονεὶ μὴ ἐγειρομένῃ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Apparently an etymology, as if ἄγριος were from ἀ‑ + ἐγειρω.   |   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 34.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨συντακεὶς⟩: τήκω, ὁ μέλλων τήξω, ὁ ἀόριστος ἔτηξα, ὁ δεύτερος ἔτακο[ν], ὁ παθητικὸς ἐτάκην, ἡ μετοχὴ ὁ τακεὶς καὶ μετὰ τῆς σὺν προθέσεως συντακείς. λέγεται δὲ κυρίως ἐπὶ πίσσης κηροῦ καὶ χιόνος, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐρώντων. ἀ[πὸ] τούτου κατὰ μεταφορὰν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν νοσούντων καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅταν κατὰ μικρὸν ἀναλίσκωνται.  —Pr2

TRANSLATION:   ‘tēkō’, future ‘tēxō’, aorist ‘etēxa’, second aorist ‘etakon’, aorist passive ‘etakēn’, the participle ‘takeis’, and ‘suntakeis’ with the prefix ‘sun’. It is used properly of pitch, wax, and snow, and in application to those in love. From this use, metaphorically, it is also applied to those who are sick and to other things whenever they are expended/exhausted little by little.

POSITION: added at bottom of scholia column in space left blank by main scribe      

COMMENT:   Cf. Et. Gud. (Sturz) s.v. τακεὶς: ἐκ τοῦ τήκω, ὁ β ἀόριστος ἔτακον, ὁ παθητικὸς ἐτάκην, ἡ μετοχὴ ὁ τακείς. (The second aorist was app. invented by grammarians to etymologize the aorist passive form; ἔτακον not found outside of grammarians.)   |    For τήκεσθαι κυρίως ἐπὶ χίονος cf. Porphyrius, quaest. Hom. 1.125 Sodano; for addition of pitch and wax, cf. Eust. in Od. 8.522 (I.314,12), Sch. Aesch. Prom. 526b Herington, sch. Mosch. Hec. 433 τὸ τήκεσθαι κυρίως ἐπὶ χιόνος λέγεται καὶ κηροῦ καὶ τῶν κατ’ ὀλίγον ἀναλισκομένων, καὶ ἀπὸ τούτου ἐπὶ τῶν καταπιπτόντων ὑπὸ λύπης καὶ διαρρεομένων.   


Or. 34.29 (pllgn gram) ⟨συντακεὶς⟩:  1τὸ συντήκεσθαι κυρίως ἐπὶ δύο λέγεται πρὸς ἄλληλα μιγνύμενα, οἷον ἐπὶ χαλκοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου·  2τούτων γὰρ τῶν δύο λυομένων εἰς ἓν συνέρχονται.  3ἀπὸ τούτου λέγεται καὶ ἐπὶ φιλίας ὅταν συγκραθῶσι τὰ ἤθη καὶ εἰς ἓν συναφθῶσι.   —Zb2

TRANSLATION:   ‘To be melted together’ is properly applied to two things mixed with each other, such as bronze and silver; for when these two are softened they come together into one substance. From this it is also used in connection with friendship whenever the character traits (of friends) are blended together and joined together into one.

REF. SYMBOL: Zb2       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 34.31 (rec rhet) ⟨νόσῳ νοσεῖ⟩: παρήχησις τὸ σχῆμα  —AaMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ σχῆμα om. MnS   

KEYWORDS:  παρήχησις   


Or. 34.32 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νόσῳ νοσεῖ⟩: οὐκ ἐνόσει σωφρονῶν ἀλλὰ μαινόμενος  —Y2Yf2

POSITION: s.l. Y, marg. Yf      

APP. CRIT.:   συμφρονῶν Yf   


Or. 35.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τλήμων⟩: παρὰ μὲν τῷ ποιητῇ τλήμων ὁ ὑπομονητικός, παρὰ δὲ τοῖς τραγικοῖς τλήμων ὁ δυστυχής. —MVCPrRaRb

TRANSLATION:   In the poet (Homer) ‘tlēmōn’ is used of one who is capable of enduring (difficulties, pain), whereas in the tragedians ‘tlēmōn’ is used of one who is unfortunate.

LEMMA: ὀρέστης VCRa      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: s.l. Pr; marg. M; after sch. 41.18 V      

APP. CRIT.:   μὲν om. MCPrRa   |    δὲ om. Ra   |    second τλήμων om. CPrRa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.101,19–20; Dind. II.45,22–23

COLLATION NOTES:   In V the note is in lighter ink, probably because pen was not re-inked rather than because it was added later than the previous note (the last word of 41.18 is equally light in appearance).   |   


Or. 35.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τλήμων⟩: ὁ δυστυχὴς παρὰ τοῖς τραγικοῖς, παρὰ δὲ τῷ ποιητῇ ὁ ὑπομονητικός.  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 35.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τλήμων⟩: ὁ καρτερικὸς ἢ ὁ δυστυχὴς  —Pr

POSITION: between sch. 38.12 and 36.10 Pr      

APP. CRIT. 2:   καρτερηκὸς Pr   


Or. 35.20 (rec gram) ⟨δεμνίοις⟩: ἀπὸ τοὺ μένειν τὸ δέμας ἐκεῖ ἐν τοῖς στρώμασι  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 36.05 (rec exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: φόνου σταλαγμοὶ ἤτοι αἵματος  —K

POSITION: in upper margin above column of which line 36 is first line      


Or. 36.10 (vet exeg) τροχηλατεῖ:  1κατεπείγει·  2οἷον μετὰ τροχοῦ καὶ ἁρμάτων ἐλαύνει.  3τρόχος γὰρ ὁ δρόμος.   —MBOVaVbCPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   Causes to hurry. As if to say drives with a wheel and chariot. For a race course is (called) a ‘trochos’.

LEMMA: MVaCRw, αἷμα νιν τροχηλατεῖ Vb(νῦν)Rb      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: marg. Sa; cont. from sch. 37.08 BVa, prep. τροχηλατεῖ δὲ; Vb is a second version in lighter ink at end of sch. block on same page      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Va   |    1–2 κατεπείγει … ἐλαύνει] ἤγουν μετὰ τροχῶν καὶ ἁμμάτων (sic) κατεπείγει ἐλαύνειν Sa   |    κατεπείγει om. VbRb, κατεπάγει app. O   |    2 οἷον … ἐλαύνει om. O; transp. after δρόμος Schw.   |    οἷον] om. Pr, οἱονεὶ Va   |    μετὰ τροχῶν Pr   |    ἐλαύνεται C   |    3 τρόχος κτλ om. Pr   |    δρόμος λέγεται Va   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   perhaps τρόχὸς Va, τροχὸς VbRwSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.101,21–22; Dind. II.45,25–26

COMMENT:   Hesych. τ 1526 τροχηλατεῖ· ἐλαύνει; cf. Photius τ 607, Suda τ 1068, etc. τροχηλατεῖν: ἐλαύνειν    |   


Or. 36.14 (rec paraphr) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: περικυκλεῖ δίκην τροχοῦ καὶ δρόμου καὶ ταχὺ κινεῖσθαι ποιεῖ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 36.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: ταχ(έως) κινεῖσθαι ποιεῖ ὧδε κἀκεῖσε δίκην τροχοῦ  —B3aLp

POSITION: marg. B3a      

APP. CRIT.:   τάχ. κιν. ποιεῖ] ἤγουν ποιεῖ κινεῖσθαι Lp   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.45,26–46,1


Or. 36.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: συστρέφει δίκην τροχοῦ  —MnRS

POSITION: s.l. MnS, marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Mn   |    συστρέφει transp. after τροχοῦ MnS   


Or. 36.18 (rec paraphr) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: ταράσσει μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ δίκην τροχοῦ  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ταράσσει] δράσσει Sa   |    ποιεῖν Sa   


Or. 36.21 (thom paraphr) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: ἐλαύνει κινεῖ δίκην τροχοῦ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuF

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐλαύνει om. Gu (already written by Gr)   |    κινεῖ om. ZaF   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.46,2


Or. 36.22 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: ἤγουν δίκην τροχοῦ ἐλαύνει  —L2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   app. τροχῆς L2   


Or. 36.26 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: ἤγουν ταράσσει καὶ παρακινεῖ δίκην τροχοῦ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 36.27 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τροχηλατεῖ⟩: καὶ δίκην τροχοῦ περιστρέφεται  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 37.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μανίαισιν⟩: τὰς Ἐριννύας λέγει  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 37.08 (vet exeg) ὀνομάζειν γὰρ αἰδοῦμαι θεὰς:  1τὰς Ἐρινῦς.  2οὐκ ὀνομάζουσι δὲ, ἀλλ’ εὐφημιζόμενοι σεμνὰς θεὰς ἢ Εὐμενίδας καλοῦσιν.  3ὀνόματα δὲ τῶν Ἐρινύων Τισιφόνη Μέγαιρα Ἀληκτώ.   —MBVCCrRbRfRwOx, partial Ab2PraPrbMnRaSaSb

TRANSLATION:   (Namely,) the Erinyes. And people do not refer to them by (their actual) name, but euphemistically they call them revered goddesses or Eumenides. And the names of the Erinyes are Tisiphone, Megaera, Alecto.

LEMMA:  MBCPraRf, ὀνομάζειν δ’ αἰδοῦμαι θεὰς V, ὀνομάζειν γὰρ αἰδοῦμαι Rb, 38 εὐμενίδας RwSa      REF. SYMBOL: MBV      POSITION: marg. Ab2Ra, s.l. Sb; follows sch. 39.09 C, sch. 38.12 Sa, follows sch. 33.01 BRf; run on after truncated sch. 5.01 CrOx; Pra on prev. page, Prb first on page that begins with 37      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὀνομάζειν γὰρ αἰδοῦμαι θεὰς (repeated lemma) prep. BVC; τὰς θεὰς prep. Ra; καὶ εὐμένιδας prep. Pra   |    1–2 τὰς … καλοῦσιν om. MnSb   |    1 τὰς ἐρινῦς om. PrbRw   |    after ἐριν. add. φησὶν Rf   |    2–3 οὐκ … ἐρινύων om. Pra   |    2 οὐκοῦν Rb. perhaps Ra   |    δὲ] γὰρ ταύτας V, οὕτως Ab2PrbRaRbS   |    ἀλλὰ φημιζόμενοι Rf, app. Ab2   |    εὐφημοῦντες V, ἐκφημιζομένη Rw, ἐκφημιζόμενος CrOx   |    σεμνὰς and ἢ om. CrOx   |    2–3 ἢ εὐμ. κτλ om. Ab2   |    2 ἢ] λέγει ὡς Rw   |    καλοῦσιν om. (with sch.-ending punct. after εὐμένιδας) Prb (but καλοῦσι present after intervening sch. 38.22 + 38.18)   |    3 ὀνόματα κτλ om. PrbRaSa   |    ὀνόματα] ὄνομα Sb   |    δὲ om. MnSb   |    τῶν ἐρινύων] αὐταῖς Rf   |    after μέγαιρα add. καὶ MnPrRb(μέγαιρα added in blank space p.c. by Rb)RwSb   |    at end add. ἀλλ’ ὅμηρος ἄλλα φησὶν Mn   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐριννῦς CrOx, ἐριννὺς Rf, ἐρινύας Rb, s.l. Ra, ἐριννύας Ab2, ἐρρινύας Sa   |    3 ἐριννύων VCrMnRwSbOx   |    τισηφόνη Rw, τησιφόνη Sb, τάς τε σιφώνη Pra   |    μέγαιρρα M, μέγαιραι Mn, μέγαρε or μέγαιρε S, with α above final ε   |    ἀλλήκτω M, ἀλληκτῶ B, ἀλητῶ Mn, λητώ Pra   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102.1–3; Dind. II.46,4–6

COMMENT:   In a couple of verse passages (trimeters in Lucian, Podagra 6; hexameters in a couple of late hymns) Ἀλληκτώ is guaranteed by the meter, and ἀλλ‑ is in MB here. Prose attestations, however, including in many scholia, use the spelling Ἀληκτώ, which I have preferred here, despite MB. See also sch. 27.09, 27.22, 38.01, 38.07, 238.07, 256.04, 323.15.   |   Cf. garbled addition to sch. 46.02 in Rf.   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Schw. wrongly records V as having καὶ after μέγαιρα.   |   

KEYWORDS:  εὐφημισμός   


Or. 37.09 (rec exeg) 1τρεῖς εἰσὶ θεαὶ τιμωρητικαὶ·  2Τισιφόνη Μέγαιρα Ἀληκτώ, αἵτινες Ἐριννύες λέγονται.   —PcR

POSITION: at bottom of fol. 44r (after arg. 2d) R, in bottom margin of 49r (under arg. 2c) Pc      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τιμωρικαὶ R   |    2 μάχαιρα καὶ ἀλεκτώ Pc   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἐρυννυ(ες), αι above ες abbrev. Pc   |   

COMMENT:   τιμωρητικαί (sometimes with δαίμονες or θεαί or δυνάμεις) is applied to the Erinyes in several lexica and scholia, but not earlier. The juncture may have arisen in a Christian context.   


Or. 37.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀνομάζειν γὰρ αἰδοῦμαι θεὰς⟩:  1τουτέστιν εὐλαβοῦμαι λέγειν ὅτι αἱ Εὐμενίδες ἤγουν αἱ Ἐριννύες ποιοῦσιν αὐτὸν μαίνεσθαι,  2αἳ τοῦτον ἐξαμιλλῶνται καὶ ἐλαύνουσιν ἐν φόβῳ.  3ἔστι δὲ σχῆμα τὸ κατὰ παράλειψιν.  4ὃ γὰρ ηὐλαβεῖτο λέγειν εἴρηκεν.  5οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ οὕτω νοοῦσιν·  6αἰδοῦμαι τὰς Εὐμενίδας λέγειν θεάς, ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐλαβοῦμαι λέγειν αὐτὰς εἶναι τοῦ θείου γένους ὡς κακῶν παρεκτικάς.  7οὓς αὐτὸς χαίρειν ἔα ὡς ὑπερβάλλοντας ἀναισθησίᾳ.  8εἶπε δὲ τὸ ἐξαμιλλῶνται ἐπειδὴ οἱ ἀγωνιζόμενοι πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐν γυμνασίοις ἄνω καὶ κάτω στρέφονται τοῖς ἀγωνίσμασιν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu, partial Ox2

TRANSLATION:   That is, I hesitate to say that the Eumenides, that is, the Erinyes, who make him race and drive him in terror, cause him to be insane. This is the schema of ‘paraleipsis’ (leaving out, omission). For that which she was hesitating to say she has said. Most understand this line as follows: I shrink from calling the Eumenides goddesses, meaning I shrink from saying that they are of the divine race because they produce bad things. As for yourself, dismiss these interpreters as being surpassingly tasteless. And she (or he, the poet) said ‘make him race’ because those competing with each other in athletic exercises turn themselves upwards and downwards in their contests.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZa to 38 εὐμενίδας; ZmT to ὀνομάζειν, Zb to αἰδοῦμαι]      

APP. CRIT.:   3 δὲ τὸ σχῆμα κατὰ Z   |    παράληψιν ZbZlT, a.c. Zm   |    5–8 οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ κτλ om. Ox2   |    7–8 οὓς … ἐξαμιλλῶνται] τὸ δὲ ἐξαμιλλῶνται εἶπεν Gu   |    7 χαίρειν om. T   |    ἀναισθησίᾳ] ἀμαθία T   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ποιοῦσι Ox2   |    4 ἤρηκεν Za   |    4 εὐλαβεῖτο ZZa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.46.8–15

COMMENT:   For the rejected interpretation, cf. gloss εἶναι in R, sch. 37.25.   |   

COLLATION NOTES:  Some words lost in Zl because margin trimmed. Günther misreports Zm as having ἀναισθησίας: above iota is a small alpha and the acute accent.   

KEYWORDS:  παράλειψις   


Or. 37.11 (rec rhet) ⟨ὀνομάζειν γὰρ αἰδοῦμαι θεὰς⟩: κατὰ παράλειψιν σχῆμα  —V

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  παράλειψις   


Or. 37.13 (thom paraphr) ⟨ὀνομάζειν⟩: λέγειν τροχηλατεῖν τοῦτον  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 37.15 (thom gram) ⟨ὀνομάζειν⟩: ὄνομα ἡ λέξις καὶ ὀνομάζειν τὸ λέγειν  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l. Gu; marg. Zm      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.46,7


Or. 37.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεὰς⟩: τὴν Τισιφόνην τὴν Μεγαίραν καί τὴν Ἀληκτὼ  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 38.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδας⟩: Ἀληκτὼ Μέγαιραν καὶ Τισιφόνην  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀλητὼ Zm   |   


Or. 38.02 (rec exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδας⟩: κατ’ εὐφημισμόν  —FMnPrRfSaZmGGu

POSITION: s.l., except marg. MnZm; misplaced over 37 αἰδοῦμαι Sa      

COLLATION NOTES:   Mn partially damaged (κατευφη with kappa faint and only traces of rest of word).   |   

KEYWORDS:  εὐφημισμός   


Or. 38.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδας⟩: κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν ὡς καὶ τὸν Χάρωνα ἀπὸ τοῦ χαίρω  —Y

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   For Charon’s name as from χαίρω by euphemism or antiphrasis, see Sophronios, Gram.Gr. 4:2.398,18–19, Eust. in Il. 1.3 (I.27,13–14), Tzetzes Sch. Arist. Plut. 1187 Massa Positano.   |   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   |   εὐφημισμός   


Or. 38.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδας⟩: κατ’ ἀντίφρασιν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίφρασις   


Or. 38.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδας⟩: Εὐμενίδας φησὶν αὐτὰς κατ’ ἀντίφρασιν. μᾶλλον γάρ εἰσι δυσμενίδες ἢ εὐμενίδες· τὴν γὰρ τῆς μανίας νόσον αὗται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις προσάγουσιν ἐπεκδικοῦσαι.  —Lp

TRANSLATION:  She calls them Eumenides (‘kindly-minded’) using the opposite term. For they are (actually) ‘hostile-minded’ rather than ‘kindly-minded’. For these are the ones who bring upon humans the sickness of madness, punishing them.

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν] τὸν Lp, corr. Matt.   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπικδικοῦσαι Lp   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.46,16–18

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίφρασις   


Or. 38.07 (pllgn gram) ⟨Εὐμενίδας⟩: 1τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν Εὐμενίδων ἤγουν τῶν Ἐριννύων Τισιφόνη Μέγαιρα καὶ Ἀληκτώ.  2καὶ Τισιφόνη μὲν ἐτυμολογεῖται ἀπὸ τοῦ τίω τὸ ἀνταποδίδωμι και τοῦ φόνος, ἡ τίουσα καὶ ἀνταποδιδοῦσα τοὺς φόνους,  3Μέγαιρα ἀπὸ τοῦ μεγαίρω τὸ φθονῶ,  4Ἀληκτὼ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ στερητικοῦ μορίου καὶ τοῦ λήγω τὸ παύω, ἡ μὴ λήγουσα καὶ παύουσα τιμωρεῖν τοὺς φονεῖς.   —Aa

TRANSLATION:  The names of the Eumenides, or Erinyes, are Tisiphone, Megaera, and Alecto. And Tisiphone is etymologized from ‘tiō’ meaning ‘pay back, give back in return’ and ‘phonos’ (‘killing’), the one who pays back and gives back in return killings. Megaera is from ‘megairō’ meaning ‘begrudge’, and Alecto from the alpha-privative particle and ‘lēgō’ meaning ‘cease’, the one who does not cease and stop avenging killers.

REF. SYMBOL: Aa      

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀληκτῶ a.c. Aa   |    2 ἀνταποδίδουσα Aa   |   4 ἀληκτῶ Aa   |   

COMMENT:   Compare sch. 238.07 in G. For the content cf. esp. Sch. Tzetz. Lycophr. 406 (II.151,22–28 Scheer): … ἀλληγορικῶς δὲ Ἐριννύες *αἱ* τιμωρητικαὶ δυνάμεις παρὰ τὸ ἐν τῇ ἔρᾳ καὶ τῇ γῇ ναίειν ἢ παρὰ τὸ τὰς ἀρὰς ἀνύειν. Τισιφόνη παρὰ τὸ τίνειν τοὺς φονέας, Μέγαιρα παρὰ τὸ μεγαίρειν καὶ φθονεῖν τοῖς κακοῖς, Ἀληκτὼ παρὰ τὸ μὴ λήγειν τιμωρεῖν τοὺς τοιούτους, Κρόνου δὲ καὶ Νυκτὸς παῖδες διὰ τὸ ἀφανῶς καὶ ἀοράτως τὰς ἐκδικητικὰς ταύτας δυνάμεις ἐπέρχεσθαι.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 38.13 (rec paraphr) ἐξαμιλλῶνται φόβῳ: συνεχῶς καὶ ἀδιαλείπτως φοβοῦσι τῷ φόβῳ  —CPrRaS

POSITION: marg. C      

APP. CRIT.:   αἳ prep. Pr   |    after συνεχῶς add. αὐτοὶ (sic) Pr   |    ἐκφοβοῦσιν Pr, φοβοῦσαι RaS   |    τῷ φόβῳ om. Pr   

COLLATION NOTES:   C’s margin here damaged by fire: [συν]εχῶς, [ἀδ]ιαλείπτως.   |   


Or. 38.20 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: καὶ ἔξω τοῦ ἀγῶνος ἐκβάλλουσι ἢ ἐκφοβοῦσι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 38.21 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: καταγωνίζονται μάχονται πολεμοῦσιν. τὸ γὰρ ὅλον ἐκφοβοῦσιν καὶ κατατρύχουσιν  —Sa

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 38.22 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: δίκην τῶν ἁμιλλωμένων κινεῖσθαι ποιοῦσιν  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.46,20–21


Or. 38.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: ἐν διαδοχαῖς ἐλαύνουσι βάλλουσι  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 38.26 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: ἐκ τοῦ καθεστηκότος ἐλαύνουσι  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.46,18–19


Or. 38.28 (rec rhet) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: τροπικὴ ἡ λέξις  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 39.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νιν⟩: γρ. δὴ  —Z

LEMMA: νιν for δὲ δὴ in text Z       POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Cf. Za which has traces of erased νιν in the line, δὲ s.l.   |   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 39.09 (vet exeg) ἐξ ὅτου σφαγαῖς:  1φησὶν Ὅμηρος [Hom. Od. 3.309]·  2‘ἤτοι ὁ τὸν κτείνας δαίνυ τάφον Ἀργείοισιν· 3αὐτῆμαρ δέ οἱ ἦλθε’.   —MBVCPrRbRf

TRANSLATION:   Homer says: ‘Indeed he (Orestes), after slaying him (Aegisthus), was hosting a funeral banquet for the Argives; and on the same day (Menelaus) came to him (Orestes)’.

LEMMA: BPrRf, ἐξ ὅτου σφαγαῖς θανοῦσα μήτηρ V, ἄλλως C, ἄλλως δὲ Rb       REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb       POSITION: follows sch. 36.10 C, sch. 37.08 RbRf      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὅμηρος φασὶν V, καὶ ὅμηρος (φησιν om.) BPrRf   |    2 ἤτοι … ἀργείοισιν om. Rb   |    ἤτοι om. VRf   |    κτάνας a.c. B   |    δαίννυται Rf, δαίνυται Pr   |    3 ἦλθε om. PrRf   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἥτοι M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,4–5; Dind. II.46,22–23

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 39.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξότου⟩: αἵματος· Ἀττικὸν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   αἵματος probably originated as a mistake for ἥματος. If ‘Attic’ applied to ἧμαρ, it is used in the late meaning ‘in classical literary language’.   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 39.14 (rec gram) ⟨ἐξότου⟩: τὰ συγκοπέντα ψιλοῦνται  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This grammarian’s principle derives from doctrine about ‘Aeolic’ psilosis found in Homer scholia, Etymologica, Eustathius and Tzetzes (on Hesiod, Homer, Aristophanes), explaining words like ἐπάλμενος vs. ἅλλομαι. Here apparently applied sophomorically to ἐξ ὅτου > ἐξότου. (Unless the comment was intended for ἦμαρ, but grammarians and scholia explain its smooth breathing as the result of μετασχηματίζεσθαι, not syncope.)   |   


Or. 40.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πυρὶ καθήγνισται⟩: ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς ἐκαθάρθη  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T   |    ὑπὸ] διὰ Xa   |    τοῦ om. XTGr   |    ἐκαθ. om. TZc (but T already had separate Thoman gloss 40.19)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.47,2


Or. 40.03 (rec gram) ⟨πυρὶ⟩: πῦρ ὑπεράνω πάντων τῶν στοιχείων κατὰ ἀναγραμματισμὸν ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ φύρω τὸ μολύνω.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Et. Gud. (Sturz) s.v. πυρὰ: παρὰ τὸ πῦρ, τοῦτο παρὰ τὸ φύρω ἢ φύω.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 40.05 (vet exeg) καθήγνισται δέμας:  1καθωσίωται, κέκαυται.  2ἁγνείαν γὰρ ἐκάλεσε τὴν διὰ πυρὸς φθορὰν τοῦ σώματος.   —MBVCPrRbRfSa

TRANSLATION:   ‘Has been purified (sanctified)’, ‘has been burned up’. For he (the poet) has called the destruction of the body by fire purity.

LEMMA: MC, καθήγνισται RwSa, ἐξότου καθήγνισται PrRf; marg. label ἁγνεία B4      REF. SYMBOL: MSaRb      POSITION: cont. from 39.09 prep. καθήγνισται δὲ BV(καθήγγιται); follows sch. 40.06 + 40.07 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πυρὶ prep. Rb, ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. V   |    καθωσίωται], καθοσιο(τατον) Sa, καθωσίωνται PrRf   |    καὶ add. before κέκαυται V   |    κέκαυνται PrRf   |    ἄνοιαν PrRf   |    γὰρ] om. Sa, καὶ Rf   |    τὴν om. Rf   |    διὰ τοῦ πυρὸς CRw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 καθοσίωται MC   |    2 ἀγνείαν M   |    ἐκάλεσεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,6–7; Dind. II.46,24–25


Or. 40.06 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: κεκάθαρται· πάντα γὰρ καθαίρει τὸ πῦρ. —MBVCPrRaRbRfaRfbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   ‘Has been purified’. For fire cleanses all things.

LEMMA: ἄλλως MCPrSaRfb, καὶ ἄλλως Rw, ἰστέον αὐτὸ ἄλλως V; καθίγνησται Rb(changed from καθήγνησται)S, καθήγνισται RaRfa       POSITION: separated by mark and space in B, κεκάθαρται treated as lemma; Rfa at top of 115v, Rfb at bottom of same page      

APP. CRIT.:   κεκάθαρται written as if a lemma B   |    τὸ πῦρ om. Rfb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κεκάραρται Sa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,8; Dind. II.46,25–47,1


Or. 40.07 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἁγνὰ γὰρ δοκεῖ εἶναι τὰ καιόμενα, τὰ δὲ ἄταφα μεμιασμένα.  —MBOVCPrRaRbRfaRfbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   For things that are burned seem pure, but things unburied/lacking funeral rites seem polluted.

LEMMA: ἀλλ’ MC, ἀλλὰ Rw      POSITION: cont. from prev. BVPrRaRbRfaRfbSSa (prep. καὶ BVPrRfb); Rfa at top of 115v, Rfb at bottom of same page      

APP. CRIT.:   κέκαυται prep. O   |    ἁγνὰ γὰρ δοκεῖ] ἀναδοκεῖ Rfb   |    ἁγναὶ Rfa   |    γὰρ] om. BOVPr(Rfb)Rw, καὶ Rfa (with high stop before it)   |    εἶναι δοκεῖ transp. VRw   |    εἶναι τὰ καιόμενα] γίνεσθαι τὰ καιόμενα Rfa, τὰ καιόμενα γίνεσθαι RbS, τὰ καιόμενα γενέσθαι Ra   |    τὰ δὲ κτλ om. Rfa   |    μεμιαμένα MOC, μιασμένα Ra   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀγνὰ app. M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,9–10; Dind. II.47,1–2


Or. 40.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καθήγνισται⟩: τὰ γὰρ καιόμενα ἁγνὰ, τὰ δὲ ἄταφα μεμιασμένα  —V3

POSITION: intermarg.      


Or. 40.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καθήγνισται⟩: τὰ γὰρ ὑπὸ πυρὸς καιόμενα εἰσὶν ἁγνά  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 40.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καθήγνισται⟩:  1κάθαρσιν ἔλεγον οἱ Ἕλληνες τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τοῦ σώματος τὴν διὰ πυρὸς καῦσιν καὶ φθορὰν τούτου.  2πάντα γὰρ καθαίρει τὸ πῦρ καὶ ἁγνὰ εἶναι δοκεῖ τὰ καιόμενα, τὰ δὲ ἄκαυστα μεμιασμένα.   —Y2Yf2

APP. CRIT.:   1 κάθαρσιν ἄγνοιαν ἔλεγον Yf2   |    2 δοκεῖ εἶναι transp. Yf2   


Or. 40.26 (rec gram) ⟨δέμας⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ δέεσθαι καὶ ἐλλ⟨ε⟩ίπεσθ⟨αι⟩ αἵματος, ⟨σῶμα⟩ ἀπὸ τοῦ σῶον αἵματος  —S

POSITION: s.l., above 39–40 ἧμαρ … μήτηρ (layout in S does not always respect the verse structure)      

COMMENT:   A less farfetched etymology of the two words is offered in sch. Hec. 368 (VSa) … τὸ δὲ σῶμα ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀψύχου οἱονεὶ σῆμά τι ὂν τοῦ ποτε ζῶντος.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 41.01 (vet exeg) ὧν οὔτε σῖτα:  1ἀφ’ ὧν ἢ δι’ ὧν, ἓξ ἡμερῶν, οὐκ ἔφαγεν.  2ἐμφαίνει δὲ ὡς προσηνέχθη μὲν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ τροφὴ, ἀλλὰ καταπιεῖν οὐκ ἠδύνατο.   —MBVCPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   From which, or during which, six days, he has not eaten. He (the poet, or the speaker) suggests that food was brought up to his mouth but he was not able to swallow it.

LEMMA: MBCPr(σίτα)Rf, ὧν οὔτε σῖτα διὰ δέρης ἐδέξατο V, ὧν οὔττ (sic) Rb, σῖτα διὰ δέρης Rw      REF. SYMBOL: BVRbRf      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἢ δι’ ὧν] ἡδιων or ἱδιων app. M, ἰδίων CSa, ἡμῶν RB, om. Rw   |    ἓξ om. Pr, ἐξ M   |    οὐκ ἔφαγεν] οὐ κατέφαγεν Rb   |    2 προσήχθη V, προσηνέχθαι Sa   |    μέν om. Sa   |    ἀλλὰ καταπιεῖν οὐκ] οὐ μὴν καταπιεῖν Rb, οὐ μὴν δὲ καταπιεῖν Rf   |    ἠδυνήθη BPrRbRwSa, ἐδυνήθη Rf   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κατιπιεῖν Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,11–13; Dind. II.47,3–5


Or. 41.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὧν οὔτε σῖτα⟩: δι’ ὧν οὔτε τροφὴν διὰ τοῦ λαιμοῦ  —X


Or. 41.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὧν⟩: δι’ ὧν ἡμερῶν ἢ ἀφ᾽ ὦν  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 41.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ὧν⟩: δι’ ὧν πρὸς τὸ σημαινόμενον  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 41.18 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ δέρης⟩: τουτέστι διὰ τοῦ λάρυγγος· δέρην ὠνόμα(σεν) ἀπὸ τοῦ περιέχοντος δηλῶν τὸ περιεχόμενον.  —V

TRANSLATION:   That is, through the throat: he used the word ‘neck’, indicating the thing contained by that which contains.

REF. SYMBOL: perhaps V (or V3)       POSITION: in lighter ink at end of sch. block, after sch. 47.01 and followed by displaced sch. 36.10 (Vb version)      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,14–15 (incomplete)

KEYWORDS:  περιέχον/περιεχόμενον   


Or. 41.19 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ δέρης⟩: διὰ λαιμοῦ, ἀντὶ τοῦ μέρους  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἀπὸ Pr   


Or. 41.20 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ δέρης⟩: λαιμοῦ, ἀπὸ τοῦ καθόλου τὸ μερικὸν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 41.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ δέρης⟩: τὸ πᾶν ἀντὶ τοῦ μέρους  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 41.27 (mosch gram) δέρης: τράχηλος καὶ αὐχὴν τὸ ὄπισθεν, δέρη καὶ δειρὴ τὸ ἔμπροσθεν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   ‘Trachēlos’ and ‘auchēn’ refer to the back part (of the neck), ‘derē’ and ‘deirē’ to the front part.

LEMMA: διὰ δέρης ἐδέξατο G       POSITION: marg. TGr      

APP. CRIT.:   δέρη δὲ καὶ T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.47.6–7


Or. 42.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὐ λούτρ’ ἔδωκε χρωτί⟩: ἤγουν οὐκ ἐνίψατο  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. GZc   


Or. 42.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ λούτρ’ ἔδωκε χρωτί⟩:  1οὐ κεκαθάρισται τῷ προσώπῳ καὶ οὐκ ἐνίψατο, ἢ οὐκ ἐλούσατο.  2οἱ γὰρ Ἕλληνες συνεχῶς καὶ σχεδὸν καθ’ ἡμέραν ἐλούοντο.   —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   He has not been cleansed on his face and he has not washed his hands, or he has not bathed. For the Greeks used to bathe continuously and almost every day.

POSITION: s.l. Y      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐ … ἐλούσατο om. Y2   |    2 γὰρ om. Y2   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 καθημέραν Y2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.47.8–10


Or. 42.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λούτρ’⟩: καθάρματα χάριν τοῦ φόνου  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 42.08 (pllgn gram) ⟨λούτρ’⟩: λουτρὸν τὸ καθαρτικὸν· λοῦτρον τὰ ἀπόλουσμα.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Loutron’ (with final syllable accented) means that which cleanses. ‘Loutron’ (with first syllable accented) means the offscouring.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:  Cf. Photius λ 409 λούτριον· ἀπόλουμα καὶ ἀπόνιμμα; Suda λ 693 λοῦτρον: τὸ ἀπόλουμα, τὸ ῥυπαρόν, τὸ ἀπόλουτρον; esp. Eust. in Il. 15.676 (III.784,8–11) τὰ εἰς τρον λήγοντα μονογενῆ οὐδέτερα βαρύνεται· σεσημείωται τὸ λουτρὸν πρὸς διάφορον σημασίαν. ἔστι γὰρ καὶ λοῦτρον Ἀττικῶς παρὰ τῷ Κωμικῷ τὸ ἀπόλουμα, οἷον ‘κἀκ τοῦ βαλανείου πίεται τὸ λοῦτρον’; and Eust. in Od. 6.216 (I.250,31–2) ὅτι δὲ καθὰ λόεσθαι λοῦσθαι οὕτω καὶ λοετρὸν καὶ λουτρὸν, δῆλόν ἐστι. λοῦτρον μέντοι μοναχῶς, τὸ ἀπόλουμα βαρυτόνως. For the existence of both accentuations in manuscripts, see GLRBP s.v. λουτρόν (‘sometimes λοῦτρον’), LBG s.v. In the passage quoted by Eust., Arist. Eq. 1401, the mss attest both forms, but for metrical reasons the two-syllable word cannot be right, and Elmsley’s λούτριον is now accepted in our texts (the reading is reflected in the entry for λούτριον in Hesych., Photius, etc.). If the variation in accent really existed at some stage in the language, it cannot be established that there was a semantic distinction such as Eust. proposed.    


Or. 42.13 (rec exeg) ⟨χλανιδίων⟩: τῶν ἁπαλῶν σκεπασμάτων τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης  —VGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.47.10–11


Or. 42.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χλανιδίων⟩: ἤγουν τῶν ἁπαλῶν ἱματίων ἢ σκεπασμάτων τῶν ἐπὶ κοίτης  —Zu

LEMMA: χλανίδων a.c. in text Zu       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 43.03 (43–45) (thom exeg) ⟨ὅταν μὲν σῶμα κουφισθῇ νόσου⟩:  1ὅταν μὲν κουφισθῇ τῆς μανίας, εἴσω τῶν στρωμάτων κρυβεὶς λυπεῖται ἐξ οἵων ἄρα εἰς οἷα ἐμπέπτωκε λογιζόμενος.  2ὅταν δὲ τῇ μανίᾳ κάτοχος ᾖ, ἄνω καὶ κάτω φέρεται ἁλώμενος καὶ οὐκ ἐν δεμνίοις κεῖται,  3ἀλλ’ ἀποπηδᾷ δρομαῖος ὥσπερ πῶλος ἀπαλλαγεὶς τοῦ ζυγοῦ.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   When he is relieved from his madness, he conceals himself inside his bedclothes and is anguished when he reckons from what beginnings he has fallen into what (a wretched) state. But when he is possessed by the madness, he is borne aimlessly this way and that and does not lie in his bedding, but he jumps away at a run just like a colt released from its yoke.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZb(to κουφισθῇ) ZmT(to ὅταν μὲν), Zl(to σῶμα)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὅταν μὲν] ἵνα Zb   |    καὶ add. before εἰς ZZa   |    3 ἀλλὰ πηδᾶ ZbZl   |    ἀποπηδᾶ μὲν Gu   |    Zl app. has an illegible add. word before τοῦ ζυγοῦ   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κριβεὶς Zb   |    2 ἁλλόμενος Zm, ἀλλώμενος Gu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.47.13–17


Or. 43.07 (vet exeg) κουφισθῇ νόσου: ἀκόλουθον τῷ [3] ‘ἄραιτ’ ἄχθος’ τὸ ‘κουφισθῇ νόσου’.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   ‘Be lightened from (the weight of) his madness’ is consonant with (the metaphor used in) ‘would bear up the weight’.

LEMMA: MC       REF. SYMBOL: M      

APP. CRIT.:   τῷ] Dindorf (without note), τὸ MC   |    τὸ] τῶ C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,16–17; Dind. II.47,12–13


Or. 44.01 (vet exeg) ἔμφρων δακρύει:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔμφρων γενόμενος.  2ἄμεινον δὲ ὑφ’ ἕν ἔμφρων δακρύει.   —MCRbRf

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘having become sound of mind’. But better taken together in one phrase, ‘(when) in his right mind he weeps’.

LEMMA: MCRbRf       REF. SYMBOL: MRb       POSITION: follows sch. 57.06 Rf      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ om. C   |    2 δὲ] δὲ νῦν Rb   |    ἓν] οὗ Rf   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,18–19; Dind. II.47,20–21

COMMENT:   The ὑφ’ ἕν recommendation seems to imply that some took ἔμφρων with the preceding subordinate clause instead of with the following δακρύει; mss generally have comma at end of 43, but B3d has apparently added a comma after ἔμφρων in B.   |   


Or. 44.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔμφρων⟩: λείπει γεγονὼς  —VRf

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λείπει om. Rf   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 44.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔμφρων⟩: ἐμφρόνως ἔμελλεν εἰπεῖν, πρὸς δὲ τὸ Ὀρέστης εὐθεῖαν ἐξήνεγκε.  —Zm

TRANSLATION:  She was about to use the adverb ‘sensibly, rationally’, but expressed it (the word ‘emphrōn’) in the nominative in agreement with (the subject) ‘Orestes’.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 44.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔμφρων⟩: δέον ἐμφρόνως εἰπεῖν πρὸς τὸ Ὀρέστης ἔμφρων εἷπεν.  —Gu

TRANSLATION:  Although she should have said ‘emphronōs’ (adverb), she said ‘emphrōn’ (nominative adjective) in agreement with (the subject) ‘Orestes’.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.47.21–22


Or. 44.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔμφρων⟩: σῶας ἔχων τὰς φρένας  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.47.22–23


Or. 44.17 (pllgn gram) δεμνίων: δέμνια λέγονται τὰ †ἅπερ† οἷα εἰσὶ οὖλα τὰ [τὸ] δέμας ἤγουν τὸ σῶμα καλύπτοντα [ἐν] τοῖς στρώμασιν ἤγουν ἐν οἷς τὸ σῶ[μ]α μένει καὶ ἀναπαύεται —Zl

APP. CRIT. 2:   οὗλα Zl   |   

COMMENT:   The word marked as corrupt is damaged and uncertain. For the content cf. ps.-Zonaras 483,6–9 δέμνια· τὰ ἐγκοίτια στρώματα, ἀπὸ τοῦ σῶμα ἐν αὐτοῖς μένειν. [ἢ παρὰ τὸ δέμω ῥῆμα. ὡς παίζω παίγνιον, οὕτως δέμω δέμνιον, τὸ εἰς σώματος ἀνάπαυσιν οἰκοδομηθὲν ἢ συνδεθέν.]; Et. Magn. 255,45–50 δέμνια: ἐγκοίτια στρώματα· ἀπὸ τοῦ τὸ δέμας ἐπ’ αὐτὰ μένειν. ἢ ὡς παίζω παίγνιον, ἀράσσω ἀράχνιον, οὕτως δέμω δέμνιον, τὸ εἰς σώματος ἀνάπαυσιν οἰκοδομηθὲν, ἢ συνδεθέν. ἔνθεν Ὅμηρος, μαλακῷ δεδμημένοι ὕπνῳ. καὶ τὴν τοῦ κοιμᾶσθαι παραιτίαν νύκτα, δμήτειραν; Et. Gud. (di Stefani) s.v. δέμνια· ἐγκοίτια στρώματα. ἀπὸ τοῦ δέμας εἰς αὐτὰ μένειν δέμνιον· ἢ παρὰ τὸ δέμω δέμνιον ὡς παίζω παίγνιον, τὸ εἰς σώματος ἀνάπαυσιν ᾠκοδομημένον· ἢ συνδεθέν· ἢ παρὰ τὸ δεδεσμῆσθαι ἡμᾶς κοιμωμένους μηδὲν πράττοντας.   |   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 44.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄπο⟩: ἀναστροφὴ, ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ μακράν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe (inversion of word order)   


Or. 45.07 (rec exeg) ⟨πῶλος ὣς⟩: ὡς πῶλος· ἀναστροφὴ ὁ τρόπος.  —V

TRANSLATION:   Like a colt: the schema is anastrophe.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe (inversion of word order)   


Or. 45.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῶλος ὡς⟩: ἀναστροφὴ τὸ σχῆμα, τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ ζυγοῦ †ἐκυρώθη† ὡς ⟨πῶλος⟩ ἀδάμαστος  —Aa

REF. SYMBOL: Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   χῆσμα Aa   

COMMENT:   ἐκυρώθη has intruded from gloss on 46 ἔδοξε; one expects ἐπήδησε or the like.   |   

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe (inversion of word order)   


Or. 45.13 (vet exeg) ὣς ἀπὸ ζυγοῦ: ὁ ἄπωθεν τοῦ ζυγοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἀδάμαστος —MVCMnRaRbS

TRANSLATION:   The one that is distant from the yoke, that is, unbroken.

LEMMA: RaRb(ὡς in both)      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: s.l. VMnS; marg. M, intermarg. C      

APP. CRIT.:   ἄπωθεν C, ἄποθεν MMnRaRbS, ἄπο V   |    ὅ ἐστιν] τουτέστιν V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,20; Dind. II.47,24

COMMENT:   This note and the derivative uses of ἀδάμαστος in nearby items reflect an incorrect interpretation, whereas 45.16 λυθείς recognizes the meaning correctly.   


Or. 45.18 (rec rhet) ⟨ὡς ἀπὸ ζυγοῦ⟩: σύντομος εἰκών  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   Concise (elliptical) simile.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  σύντομος εἰκών/παραβολή   


Or. 45.19 (rec rhet) ⟨ὡς ἀπὸ ζυγοῦ⟩: σύντομος παραβολὴ  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Concise (elliptical) simile.

POSITION: marg., in intercolumnar space between 45 and 46      

APP. CRIT.:   σύνις Pr   

KEYWORDS:  σύντομος εἰκών/παραβολή   


Or. 46.01 (46–47) (pllgn paraphr) ἔδοξε δὲ τῷ Ἄργει ἤγουν τῷ λαῷ μήτε δέχεσθαι ἡμᾶς ἐν ταῖς στέγαις καὶ ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις μητροκτονοῦντας καὶ φονεύσαντας τὴν μητέρα, μήτε δέχεσθαι ἐν πυρί, ἤγουν ἐν ταῖς θυσίαις, μήτε προσλαλεῖν ἡμᾶς τινά.  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.48.28–49,3

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   


Or. 46.02 (vet exeg) ἔδοξε δ’ Ἄργει τῷδε:  1φανερὸν ὅτι ἐν Ἄργει ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ δράματος ὑπόκειται.  2Ὅμηρος δὲ ἐν Μυκήναις φησὶ τὰ βασίλεια Ἀγαμέμνονος, Στησίχορος [216 PMG] δὲ καὶ Σιμωνίδης [549 PMG] ἐν Λακεδαίμονι.   —BVCPrRaRbRfRwS, partial MSa

TRANSLATION:   It is manifest that the scene of the drama is in Argos. But Homer says that the palace of Agamemnon is in Mycenae, and Stesichorus and Simonides say it is in Lacedaemon.

LEMMA: BVRb, ἔδοξε δ’ Ἄργει MCPrRf, 49 ἀργείων πόλις S, lemma in Ra lost to trimming       REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: follows sch. 47.01 SSa, first instance of 47.01 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 φανερὸν … ἀγαμέμνονος om. Sa   |    1–2 φανερὸν … φησὶ now missing in Ra, lost to trimming   |    1 φανερὸν ὅτι] φανερῶς Rf, ἰστέον ὅτι Rw   |    ἡ] ἐστι (compend.) M   |    1–2 ὑπόκειται κτλ om. M   |    1 ἀπόκειται S   |    2 ἐν μυκ. φησὶν εἶναι VRaRw, ἐν μυκ. εἶναι φησὶ Rf, φησὶν ἐν μυκ. transp. Rb, φησὶν ἐν μυκ. εἶναι S   |    μυκήνῃ BVPr, κυκήνη Rw   |    ἀγαμέμνονος κτλ om. Rf, adding at end (cf. sch. 37.08) οὐκ ὀνομάζουσι δὲ τὸ καὶ ἐριννύας οὕτως· ἀλλ’ εὐφημιζόμενοι σεμνὰς θεάς   |    τοῦ ἀγαμ. VRw   |    ὁ δὲ στησ. καὶ Sa   |    λακεδαίμονι] Rb, perhaps Ra, λακεδαιμονίᾳ BVCPrRwS, λακεδαιμονίω Sa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 στησείχορος a.c. Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,21–24; Dind. II.48,19–22

COLLATION NOTES:   In Ra the trimming at the top of the page means that the position of the accent on λακεδαιμονι cannot be determined; ‑νι is followed by :~, but it is impossible to exclude the possibility that alpha was written in suspension above iota on the part of the sheet that is now missing.    |   


Or. 46.03 (mosch paraphr) ἔδοξε δ’ Ἄργει: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκυρώθη τοῖς Ἀργείοις ἡμᾶς μήτε ἐν οἴκοις μὴ πυρὶ ἤγουν θυσίαις δέχεσθαι  —X


Or. 46.11 (recMosch exeg) ⟨Ἄργει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τοῖς Ἀργείοις  —AaAb2PrRfXaXbT+YYfGGrZcZlB2/3a

TRANSLATION:  (‘To Argos’ is used) in the sense ‘to the Argives’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν AaAb2PrRfB2/3aZl, om. GZc   |    τοὺς ἀργείους Zl   


Or. 46.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἄργει⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ περιέχοντος τὸ περιεχόμενον  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.48.28

KEYWORDS:  περιέχον/περιεχόμενον   


Or. 46.15 (mosch paraphr) ⟨μήθ’ ἡμᾶς⟩: ἡμᾶς μήτε ἐν οἴκοις μὴ πυρὶ ἤγουν θυσίαις δέχεσθαι  —XaXbT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μήτε ἐν πυρὶ T   |    πυρὶ om. Y   


Or. 47.01 (vet exeg) μὴ πυρὶ δέχεσθαι:  1τὸ ἑξῆς μήθ’ ἡμᾶς στέγαις δέχεσθαι.  2πρὸς δὲ τὸ πῦρ οὐδὲν ἀνταπέδωκεν.  3ἔξωθεν οὖν ἀκουστέον τὸ ἐναύειν, καί ἐστι σχῆμα Ἀττικὸν, μὴ πυρὶ ἐναύειν, ἀντὶ τοῦ μήτε πυρὸς ἐναύειν.  4οὐ γὰρ τὸ δέχεσθαι πρὸς τὸ πῦρ ληπτέον.   —MBVCPrRaRb1Rb2RfRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The construction is ‘nor receive us under their roofs’, but he did not give any corresponding verb to govern ‘fire’. Therefore one must understand from outside the verb ‘kindle’ (‘enauein’), and this is an Attic schema, ‘not to kindle with fire’ (dative), instead of ‘nor to kindle some fire/from fire’ (genitive). For the verb ‘receive’ should not be taken as governing ‘fire’.

LEMMA: MC, μήθ’ ἡμᾶς στέγαις μὴ πυρὶ δέχεσθα Rb2, μήθ’ ἡμᾶς Rf, μήτε πυρὶ Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MSa      POSITION: cont. from 46.02 BVPr, add. δὲ (δ’ V); cont. from sch. 45.13 Rb1      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἑξῆς om. RaRb1RwSSa   |    after ἑξῆς add. ἔδοξε δ’ ἄργει BPr, ἔδοξε δ’ ἄργει τῶδε V   |    στέγας M, στέγη Pr   |    ἐγδέχεσθαι Rw   |    2 δὲ om. Rb1   |    οὐδὲν] οὐδ’ M, οὐδὲ Pr, om. Rw   |    3 οὖν] γὰρ V, om. RaRb1S   |    προσυπακουστέον V, ὑπακουστέον RaRb1Rf   |    after (first) ἐναύειν add. ὅ ἐστι φωνεῖν S (compare Mn, sch. 47.10)   |    καὶ ἔσται Rf, καὶ ὅτι Rw   |    καὶ … (third) ἐναύειν om. Rb2   |    σχῆμα om. V   |    μὴ] τὸ μὴ Rf   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ … ἐναύειν om. V   |    μήτι πυρὸς ἐναύειν] προσάπτειν Rf   |    μήτε] μὴ τοῦ S, μήτ() Rb1, μηδὲ Sa, μὴ Pr, μήτι Schw.    

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μῆθ’ app. M, μήτε Rf   |    3 first ἐναύειν] ἐναύνειν SaRb2, ναύνειν Rb1   |    second and third ἐναύειν] ἐναύνειν Rb1   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.102,25–103,2; Dind. II.48,23–27

COMMENT:   Schw. emends μήτε πυρὸς to μήτι πυρὸς, perhaps to give governance to πυρός. Acc. πῦρ with ἐναύειν is extant dozens of times, but there is a single instance of gen. (either partitive or of source) in fragment 245 of Claudius Aelianus quoted in Suda ε 1136 s.v. ἐναύειν: … ἐπεὶ μήτε ὕδατος ἐκοινώνουν αὐτῷ, μήτε πυρὸς ἐναύειν ἐβούλοντο. This supports πυρός without τι, and μήτε is in fact to be expected in a clarifying paraphrase.   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 47.04 (rec exeg) ⟨πυρὶ δέχεσθαι⟩: λ(είπει) τὸ προσαύειν.  —M

POSITION: intermarg.      


Or. 47.05 (rec exeg) ⟨πυρὶ δέχεσθαι⟩: Ἀττικὸν τὸ σχῆμα· λείπει τὸ ἐναύειν.  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   |   λείπει   


Or. 47.06 (rec exeg) ⟨πυρὶ δέχεσθαι⟩: [λείπει ἐ]ναύειν Ἀττικῶς. —V

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   |   λείπει   


Or. 47.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πυρὶ δέχεσθαι⟩: λείπει τὸ ἐναύειν.  —B2/3a

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐνναύειν B2/3a   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 47.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πυρὶ δέχεσθαι⟩: μὴ θυσίαις προσεγγίζειν, μὴ πυρὶ ἐναύειν καὶ φωτίζειν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 47.10 (rec exeg) ⟨πυρὶ δέχεσθαι⟩: μήτε πυρὸς ἐναύειν †φωνεῖν†. θυσίᾳ ἐναύειν —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   For φωνεῖν compare the added ὅ ἐστι φωνεῖν in S in sch. 47.01 above. Since it probably arose as a paraphrase of προσφωνεῖν, perhaps the word is to be transposed to the end and supplemented as ⟨μήτε⟩ φωνεῖν.   


Or. 47.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πυρὶ⟩: λείπει τὸ θυσιάζει⟨ν⟩  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 48.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μητροκτονοῦντας⟩: τὴν μητέρα φονεύσαντας, κατ’ ἀντιχρονισμὸν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.7–8

KEYWORDS:  ἀντιχρονισμός/ἀντιχρονία   


Or. 48.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μητροκτονοῦντας⟩: ὁ ἐνεστὼς ἀντὶ παρῳχημένου εἴληπται  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 48.08 (48–51) (vet paraphr) κυρία δ’ ἥδ’ ἡμέρα: κέκριται, φησὶν, ἡμᾶς τελευτῆσαι· πότερον δὲ λίθοις βληθέντας ἢ ξίφει, σήμερον κρινοῦσιν —MBOVCPrRaRbRfS

TRANSLATION:   It has been decided, she says, that we die, but whether (we die) stricken by stones or by the sword, today they will decide.

LEMMA: V, ἢ φάσγανον θήξαντας BPr, ἢ φάσγανα θήξαντε S      REF. SYMBOL: B(to 51)V(to 47);      POSITION: cont. from sch. 51.01 MCRaRbRf (add. δὲ MC)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 κέκριται om. C (i.e. cont. from sch. 51.01 with δὲ φησὶν)   |    φησὶν om. O   |    2 πρότερον Ra   |    δὲ ἢ λίθοις V   |    λίθῳ (βληθέντας om.) O   |    τήμερον M   |    κρινοῦμαι M   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 κρινοῦσι BOPr, κρίνουσιν RaRbS   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  (assigned to 51) Schw. I.103,5–6; Dind. II.49,22–24

COMMENT:   The misleading explication of the passage (that they have already been condemned to death) is conditioned by the presence of the interpolated line 51.   


Or. 48.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨κυρία⟩: ἐν ταύτῃ ἐστὶ τὸ κῦρος  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐστὶ om. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐστὶν Xb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.9


Or. 48.18 (tri metr) ⟨κυρία⟩: long mark over upsilon and over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 48.23 (tri metr) ⟨ἡμέρα⟩:  long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 49.01 (49–51) (pllgn exeg) τῆς ψήφου γὰρ ἀποφηναμένης θανεῖν αὐτοὺς διὰ ξίφους, οἱ δὲ αὐτόχειρα μᾶλλον τὸν φόνον αὐτῶν ποιήσασθαι εἵλοντο.  —Gu

TRANSLATION:  The vote having declared that they should die by the sword, they (the citizens?) chose rather to make their killing self-inflicted.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.14–16

COMMENT:   The translation of this clumsy remark is uncertain. It is possible that τὸν φόνον αὐτῶν is reflexive (usually τὸν αὐτῶν φόνον or in more carefully ‘Attic’ writers τῶν ἑαυτῶν φόνον) and that οἱ δὲ refers to Orestes and Electra.   


Or. 49.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διοίσει⟩: ἡ διὰ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξ, ὡς τὸ ‘διεγράψατέ με τῆς πολιτείας’, ἤγουν ἔξω ἐβάλετε. —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.13–14

COMMENT:   The juncture διαγράφω τῆς πολιτείας is not found elsewhere, but for relevant uses cf. Libanius, epist. 221.4, μὴ διάγραφε τὰς Χάριτας τοῦ καταλόγου τῶν θεῶν, Declam. 43.2.31 ὅρα μὴ πολλοὺς διαγράφειν ἐπιχειρῇς τοῦ καλλίστου τῶν τυραννοκτόνων κύκλου, DGE s.v. διαγράφω II.1.   


Or. 49.22 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἀργείων πόλις⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ περιέχοντος τὸ περιεχόμενον  —S

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  περιέχον/περιεχόμενον   


Or. 50.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰ χρὴ⟩: [εἰ τ]οῦτο εἴπῃ ἡ ψῆφος  —R

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 50.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θανεῖν νῶ⟩: καὶ λιθολεύστους γενέσθαι ἡμᾶς —Cr3Ox

LEMMA: νῶϊ in text CrOx       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡμᾶς transp. before λιθ. Ox   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   λιθωλεύσθους Cr3Ox   |    γενῆσθαι Ox   


Or. 50.10 (vet exeg) ⟨νὼ⟩: τὸ νώ δυικῶς, ὅ ἐστιν· ἡμεῖς οἱ δύο.  —M

TRANSLATION:   The (pronoun) ‘nō’ is used in the dual, that is: we, the two (of us).

REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,3; Dind. II.49,18


Or. 50.21 (rec gram) ⟨λευσίμῳ⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ λεύω τὸ λιθάζω  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 51.01 (vet exeg) ἢ φάσγανον θήξαντ’: δυικῶς τὸ θήξαντε —MCRaRbRf

TRANSLATION:   (The elided form ‘thēxant’’ is to be taken) in the dual number, ‘thēxante’.

LEMMA: Ra(θήξαντε app.), ἢ φάσγανον θήξαντας M(θήξαντος)CRb      REF. SYMBOL: MRbRf      

APP. CRIT.:   δυ. transp. after θήξ. Rf   |    τὼ C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,4; Dind. II.49,22


Or. 51.02 (rec gram) ⟨ἢ φάσγανον θήξαντας⟩: σχῆμα Ἀττικὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 51.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨θήξαντ’ ἐπ’ αὐχένος⟩: ἀκονήσαντ() ἡμεῖς τὰ ξίφη ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐχένος ἡμῶν  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 51.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨θήξαντ’ ἐπ’ αὐχένος⟩: ἀκονήσαντα τινὰ ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐχένος ἡμῶν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐχ. om. G, with ἡμῶν as sep. gloss   |    βαλεῖν add. at end T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.49.24


Or. 51.08 (rec exeg) ⟨θήξαντε⟩: δυϊκὸν  —KMnSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   θήξαντε prep. K   


Or. 51.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨βαλεῖν⟩: ἢ βαλεῖν φάσγανα θήξαντε ἡμᾶς τὰ φάσγανα ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐχένος ἡμῶν  —PRaS

LEMMA: λαβεῖν in text R       POSITION: s.l. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   βαλεῖν] λαβεῖν all (λαβεῖν in text R)   |    θήξαντε κτλ om. Pr   |    ἡμεῖς RaS   |   


Or. 53.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἥκει γὰρ εἰς γῆν⟩: προφοιβάζει  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   προφοιβάζω (‘foretell, prophesy’) is attested from the 11th century on; of 46 instances in TLG, only one is from scholia, Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Plut. 431 Massa Positano.   


Or. 53.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἥκει γὰρ εἰς γῆν⟩: ἔρχεται εἰς τὸ Ἄργος  —Ab2Sa

POSITION: s.l.; as two sep. glosses Ab2      


Or. 53.04 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς γῆν⟩: τὴν ἡμετέραν δηλονότι, εἰς τὸ Ἄργος  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τὴν ἡμετέραν] ἡ μητέρα Mn   |    ἄλγος Mn   


Or. 53.05 (mosch exeg) εἰς γῆν: τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δηλονότι, ἤγουν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcAa2

TRANSLATION:  (‘To the land’ means) ‘to his own’ (land), obviously, that is, ‘to his fatherland’.

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν … ἤγουν om. G   |    ἤγουν κτλ om. Aa2Zc   |   


Or. 53.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄπο⟩: ἀναστροφή  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe (inversion of word order)   


Or. 54.01 (vet exeg) λιμένα δὲ Ναυπλίειον:  1Ναύπλιος Ἀργεῖος ἀνὴρ ναυτικῆς ἔμπειρος λιμένα κατασκευάσας ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἐκάλεσε Ναυπλίειον.  2ἦν δὲ υἱὸς Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Ἀμυμώνης.  3ἢ ὅτι περὶ τὸν λιμένα διέτριβεν, ἐκ τούτου ὁμώνυμος αὐτῷ ὁ λιμήν.   —MBVCAaCrPrRaRbRfRwSaOx, partial Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   Nauplius, an Argive man skilled in seamanship, built a harbor and named it Nauplieion after himself. He was the son of Poseidon and Amymone. Or because he spent his time around the harbor, for this reason the harbor shared his name.

LEMMA: MBVCPr(ναύπλιον MBPr), ναύπλιον Rb; marg. label ναύπλιος B4      REF. SYMBOL: MBVAaRb      POSITION: cont. from sch. 54.20 SSa(ἱστορία in marg. S), follows sch. 54.20 Rf      

APP. CRIT.:   much of note washed out in M   |    1 γὰρ add. after ναύπλιος M   |    ἦν add. after ναύπλιος AaRaRbSSa, after ἀνὴρ Rf   |    ἀργεῖος om. Rf   |    ναυτ. ἔμπ.] ἔμπειρος τῆς ναυτικῆς ὃς Rf   |    ναυτικὸς Sa, μαντικῆς Y2, ναυτί* a.c. Yf2 (began writing ναυτίλος or ναυτίας?)   |    λιμένα δὲ AaRaRbSSa, λιμένας CrOx   |    παρασκευάσας Aa   |    ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῦ Rw   |    ἐκάλεσε] ἐκάλεσεν αὐτὸν CAaRaRbSSa, καὶ ἐκάλεσε CrOx, ἐκέλευσε Pr, ὠνόμασε Y2Yf2   |    ναύπλιον BAaCrRfRwSY2YfOx2, app. M; ναύτιλον Rb   |    2–3 ἦν δὲ κτλ om. Y2Yf2   |    2 ἦν δὲ … ἀμύμωνης om. Rf   |    οὗτος add. before υἱὸς V   |    καὶ ἀμ. om. CrOx   |    3 περὶ τὸν λιμένα] Rf, τὸν λιμένα RbRw, λιμένα MC, εἰς τὸν λιμένα AaRaSSa, κατὰ τὸν λιμένα Cr, κατὰ τὴν λίμναν Ox, ἐν λιμένι BVSa   |    διέτριβε καὶ C   |    ἐκ τούτου om. Rf   |    after ὁμών. add. ἦν Rf   |    αὐτοῦ Aa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ναύπλειος S   |    2 ἀμυμόνης Ra, ἀμώνης Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,7–10; Dind. II.49,26–29


Or. 54.06 (rec exeg) ⟨λιμένα⟩: τὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ναυπλίου οὕτως λεγόμενον  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.08 (pllgn gram) ⟨λιμένα⟩: λιμὴν περιεκτικὸν καὶ καθολικὸν  —Gu

TRANSLATION:   Harbor (‘limēn’) is a noun denoting a place containing multiple things and a general term.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.10 (thom exeg) ⟨Ναύπλιον⟩:  1Ναύπλιος λιμὴν ἐκλήθη ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς Ναυπλίου, ἀνδρὸς Ἀργείου υἱοῦ Ποσειδῶνος καὶ Ἀμυμώνης εὑρόντος πρώτου τὰ ναυτικά.  2ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἕτερος ἀνὴρ Ναύπλιος πατὴρ Παλαμήδους,  3ὃς ἀμυνόμενος τοὺς Ἕλληνας διὰ τὸν ἐν Τροίᾳ τοῦ παιδὸς φόνον, ἐπιτηρήσας ὅτε ἀνέστρεφον ἐκεῖθεν, οὓς ἂν αὐτῶν εὗρε χειμαζομένους τῷ θαλάσσης βυθῷ παρεδίδου.  4ἔστι δὲ οὗτος ὁ λιμὴν ἐν Ἄργει.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu, partial Ox2

TRANSLATION:   A harbor Nauplius was named after a man Nauplius, an Argive man, son of Poseidon and Amymone, who was first to invent seamanship. There is another man Nauplius, father of Palamedes, who, taking vengeance on the Greeks because of the murder of his son at Troy, having watched for when they were returning from there, gave over to the deep of the sea any of them that he found tossed by storms. This harbor is in Argos.

LEMMA: ναύπλιον in text all except T      REF. SYMBOL: all except Ox2 (Zl faint, uncertain)      

APP. CRIT.:   Zl partly illegible   |    1–3 ναύπλιος … παρεδίδου om. Ox2   |    1 ναύπλον λιμὴν Zb   |    first ἀνδρὸς om. T   |    ἀνδρὸς ἀργείου om. Zl   |    πρῶτον Zl   |    3 ἐν τῇ τροίᾳ Gu   |    ἀνέτρεφον Zb   |    ἐκεῖθεν γὰρ Zb   |    οὓς ἂν εὗρε χειμ. ἀπ’ αὐτῶν Gu   |    τὸ τῆς θαλ. Zm   |    περιεδίδου Zb   |    4 δὲ καὶ οὗτος ZbZl   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀμυμόνης ZZa, ἀμυμάνης Gu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50,1–7


Or. 54.11 (rec exeg) ⟨Ναύπλειον⟩: ὁ Ναύπλιος γὰρ υἱὸς Ποσειδῶνος αὐτὸν κατεσκεύασεν  —O

LEMMA: thus in text O       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.12 (pllgn exeg) Ναύπλιον: ἀπό τινος Ἀργ(είου) υἱοῦ Ποσειδῶ[νος] / ὁ τόπος τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν ἔ[σχεν]  —B3d

REF. SYMBOL: B3d       POSITION: marg.      


Or. 54.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ναυπλίειον⟩: ἀπό τινος Ναυπλίου οὕτω καλούμενον  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 54.16 (pllgn exeg) Ναυπλίειον: ὃν ἔκτισεν ὁ Ναύπλιος  —Yf2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 54.18 (thom exeg) ⟨Ναύπλιον⟩: γρ. Ναυπλίειον  —ZZaZbZm

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 54.20 (vet exeg) ἐκπληρῶν πλάτῃ:  1τὴν ὁδὸν. διαπεπερακὼς ταῖς κώπαις τὸν λιμένα προσορμίζεται ταῖς ἀκταῖς.  2ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν πλατῶν τὰς ναῦς σημαίνει.  3πλάτη δὲ τὸ πλατὺ τῆς κώπης, ὃ καθίεται εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν.   —MBVCAaCrPrRwSSaOx, partial Rf

TRANSLATION:   (Having completed(?)) the journey. Having crossed the harbor with oars he moors at the shore. With ‘oars’ (‘platai’) he indicates the ships. ‘Platē’ is the flat part of the oar, which is dipped into the sea.

LEMMA: SSa, πλάτῃ MCRw      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: cont. from sch. 54.01 BVPr, adding ἐκπληρῶν δὲ πλάτῃ; follows sch. 22.03 Sa; precedes sch. 54.01 Rf; cont. from sch. 54.01 Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 τὴν … σημαίνει om. Rf   |    1 τὴν ὁδὸν om. Aa   |    ἤτοι τὴν BVPr   |    punct. after ὁδὸν add. Schw., forming two separate notes.   |    ὁδὸν τῆς θαλάσσης VPr   |    διαπεπερακότ(ες) M, διαπεπρακὼς S   |    τὸν λιμένα om. BVPr   |    προσορμίζει Aa   |    ταῖς om. M   |    2 τῶν πλατῶν] τῆς πλάτης Aa   |    ἐσήμαινε V, ἐσήμανε Pr   |    3 πλάτη δὲ κτλ om. CrSaOx, transp. before the lemma in S   |    πλάτην V   |    δὲ] γὰρ Rf   |    πλατὺ] πλάτος RfS   |    ὃ καθ. κτλ om. Aa   |    καθίεται] καθέζεται Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ὀδὸν S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,11–13; Dind. II.50,8–11

COMMENT:   The text was adjusted in the version of BVPr to make sense of the two accusatives ὁδὸν and λιμένα, and this version is thus secondary. The most likely solution is that of Schwartz, who treats the first accusative as a separate explanation (compare O’s gloss, 54.22), apparently meant to supply a clearer object (clearer than λιμένα) of ἐκπληρῶν taken in the postclassical sense ‘accomplish’ or ‘complete’; but perhaps the text is lacunose, because for greater clarity one would except something like (ἐκπληρῶν) τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν διὰ τοῦ λιμένος or τὴν διὰ τῆς θαλάσσης (note the addition of θάλασσης, a further adjustment found in VPr). Without the added punctuation, one could change to ⟨εἰς⟩ λιμένα (cf. sch. 54.03, 54.04), but the result is less satisfactory: ‘having traveled across the path/journey with oars into the harbor, he moors at the shore’. For the assumption that ἐκπληρῶν means ‘complete’ here, compare Eust. in Il. 1.43 (I.199,33–200,3) ὅτι δὲ ὅρμος κυρίως ἐστὶ τὸ τοῦ λιμένος πρὸς τῇ γῇ πέρας, δηλοῦται σαφῶς καὶ ἐν τῷ ‘λιμένα Ναύπλιον ἐκπληρῶν πλάτῃ ὁρμεῖ’, ὡς μὴ ἂν ἄλλως ἐξὸν ὂν ὁρμισθῆναι νῆα τοιαύτην, εἰ μὴ κώπαις ἐκπληρώσασα τὸν ὅλον λιμένα πρὸς τῇ γῇ γένηται.   


Or. 54.21 (rec exeg) ἐκπληρῶν πλάτῃ: διαπεπερακὼς δὲ ταῖς κώπαις τὸν λιμένα προσορμίζεται ταῖς ἀκταῖς. ἢ τὸ πληρῶν πλάτῃ ἀντὶ τοῦ τὸν λιμένα πληρώσας ἤγουν γεμίσας τὰς ναῦς ἀπὸ τῆς κώπης περιφραστικῶς.  —Rf

TRANSLATION:   And having crossed the harbor with oars he moors at the shore. Or ‘filling with oar’ in the sense ‘having filled the harbor’, that is, filling it with ships, (ships being understood) from the oar by periphrasis.

LEMMA: λιμένα δὲ ναύπλιον λιμένα ἐκπληρῶν Rf (first three words in red, last two in black)       POSITION: follows sch. 40.07 (Rfb version)      

COMMENT:   γεμίζω, a standard gloss on πληρόω, is found with the accusative instead of the genitive to express what fills something else in Paus. 3.13.3 γεμιζούσῃ τῇ θυγατρὶ ὕδωρ συντυχόντες (the juncture γεμίζειν ὕδωρ is found elsewhere later, and Paus. has probably slipped into a colloquialism here), and the acc. is attested in vernacular postclassical and medieval texts, and found occasionally in scholiastic language, as in Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Nub. 669a Holwerda διαλφιτώσω] ἄλευρα γεμίσω, Sch. Hec. 658, where γεμίσαι τὸ ὕδωρ is in MBOVPrSa but Schwartz printed Arsenius classicizing correction κομίσαι.   

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   |   Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 54.38 (rec exeg) ⟨πλάτῃ⟩: κώπαις· τὸ πλάτος τῆς κώπης, ὃ καθίεται εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, δηλοῖ δὲ τὴν ναῦν.  —O


Or. 55.01 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀκταῖσιν ὁρμεῖ⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι ἡ λέξις παρ’ Ἀριστείδῃ.  —Gu

TRANSLATION:   The expression is found in Aristides.

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.13

COMMENT:   This is a confused reflection of an observation of Thomas Magister in ecl. voc. attic. 264,12–17 Ritschl: ὁρμίζω τὸ ἐλλιμενίζω καὶ ὁρμέω ὁρμῶ· Θουκυδίδης πολλάκις. Εὐριπίδης ἐν Ἑκάβῃ [‘immo Ὀρέστῃ’ Ritschl]· ἀκταῖσιν ὁρμεῖ. Ἀριστείδης ἐν τῷ Παναθηναϊκῷ [100,26 Jebb]· ‘τοῖς αἰγιαλοῖς ἐφορμούντων’. καὶ πάλιν ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ [110,17 Jebb]· ‘ἐπὶ δυοῖν ὁρμεῖν ἔδοξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες’.   


Or. 55.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀκταῖσιν ὁρμεῖ⟩: ](?)λιμένι(?) ἐπαμβαίνει  —R

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   repair covers part of lambda, uncertain whether τῷ preceded   |    ἐπαμβάνει R   


Or. 55.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀκταῖσιν ὁρμεῖ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τῷ αἰγιαλῷ ἐνελιμένισεν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G   |    τῷ om. Y   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐνελλίμενισεν p.c. Y   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.14–15


Or. 56.01 (56–60) (mosch paraphr) τὸ ἑξῆς οὕτως· τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον Ἑλένην προύπεμψεν εἰς τὸ δῶμα τὸ ἡμέτερον νύκτα ἐπιτηρήσας ἵνα μή τις ἰδὼν καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  The (sense with the straightforward) word order is as follows: ‘and Helen, the cause of many lamentations, he sent ahead to our house, waiting for nighttime so that no one, having seen—and so forth’.

APP. CRIT.:   ὑμέτερον app. p.c. Y   |    καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς om. Gr   


Or. 56.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: τὴν πολλῶν στεναγμῶν αἰτίαν γενομένην  —M2V

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   γεν. om. V   


Or. 56.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν στεναγμῶν πολλῶν  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   στεναγμῶν πολλῶν] στελλ() πολλοῖς Sa   


Or. 56.12 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: τὴν πολλῶν στεναγμῶν αἰτίαν —XXaXbT*YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   at end add. ἀξίαν T a.c., ἢ ἀξίαν T p.c., add. ἢ τὴν ἀξίαν Gu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.18–19

COLLATION NOTES:   T’s position for the cross indicates that he recognized the strong similarity to 56.13, even though he here adopted the Moschopulean word order.   


Or. 56.13 (thom paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: τὴν αἰτίαν πολλῶν στεναγμάτων, ἢ τὴν ἀξίαν  —ZZaZbZlZmGu(T)

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   Gu adds ἢ τὴν ἀξίαν to Gr’s gloss 56.12, leaving Gr’s word order πολ. στεν. αἰτίαν; cf. T at 56.12.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.19


Or. 56.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: τὴν αἰτίαν πολλοῦ στόνου  —B3d, app. F

POSITION: s.l. B3d, marg. F      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. F   |    στόνου πολλοῦ transp. F   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.18


Or. 56.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: τὴν αἰτίαν πολλῶν θρήνων —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 56.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: τὴν γεγονυῖαν πολλῶν στεναγμάτων αἰτίαν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 56.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: δι’ ἣν πολλοὶ ἐστέναξαν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 56.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὴν δὲ δὴ πολύστονον⟩: τὴν πολλοὺς στεναγμοὺς ποιήσασαν  —L2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 57.02 (vet exeg) φυλάξας νύκτα:  1ἐδεδίει γὰρ ἡ Ἑλένη ἡμέρας ἐπιπολούσης εἰσελθεῖν, ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ τῶν πατέρων, ὧν κατὰ Ἴλιον οἱ παῖδες ἔπεσον, ἀναιρεθῇ.  2αὕτη γὰρ τούτου αἰτία καὶ ἑτέρων πολλῶν.  3διὰ τοῦτο νυκτὸς ἐπικαταλαβούσης εἰσῄει μή †τινα ἔχουσα κατ’ ὄψιν†   —VRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   For Helen was afraid to enter the city when daylight approached (or prevailed?), lest she be slain by the fathers whose sons fell at Ilion. For this woman was to blame for this and for many other things. For this reason she entered after night overtook (day), lest †having someone in sight† …

POSITION: cont. from sch. 63.09 all      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐπτολούσης app. Rb, ἑπιπολοῦσα Sa   |    κατὰ τὴν ἴλ. Sa   |    ἔπεσον] ἔπλεον RbSSa   |    ἀναιρεῖν Rb, ἀναιρεθείη SSa   |    2 τούτου] τούτων RbSSa   |    ἑτέρων] τούτων SSa   |    3 καταβούσης Rb, λαβούσης Sa   |    e.g. μή τις εἴσω στείχουσαν κατ’ ὄψιν ἴδῃ or μή τινι εἴσω στείχουσα κατ’ ὄψιν ἐντύχῃ/ἀπαντήσῃ/φανῇ; μή τινι ἔλθῂ κατ’ ὄψιν Schw.   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 τιν’ ἔχουσα Sa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,18–21; Dind. II.51,10–13

COMMENT:   The active ἐπιπολέω is very rare (and late); LSJ Rev. Suppl. takes the meaning in Sch. Hes. Theog. 2 to be ‘go up to or upon’ (BDAG gives ‘climb’), but it is possible that the verb was used as an alternative form of ἐπιπολεύω, for which see LBG (‘an die Oberfläche treten, überfluten; beherrschen, regieren’).   


Or. 57.06 (vet exeg) νύκτα μή τις εἰσιδών:  1οὐκ ὀρθῶς νῦν ποιοῦσί τινες τῶν ὑποκριτῶν πρῲ εἰσπορευομένην τὴν Ἑλένην καὶ τὰ λάφυρα.  2ῥητῶς γὰρ αὐτὴν φησὶ νυκτὸς ἀπεστάλθαι, τὰ δὲ κατὰ τὸ δρᾶμα ἡμέρᾳ συντελεῖται.   —MBVCPrRbRfRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Certain of the actors nowadays incorrectly have Helen entering early in the day, and the spoils too. (They are wrong to do so) because he (the poet, or she, the character) says explicitly that she was sent away (from the ship) at night, whereas the events of the play are carried out by day.

LEMMA: M(ἰδὼν)C, μή τις εἰσιδών BVPr, ἑλένην φυλάξας RbSSa, μή τι εἰσιδὼν Rw, 58 μεθ’ ἡμέραν στείχουσαν Rf      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRbSa, ref. to 58 μεθ’ ἡμ. στ. Rf      POSITION: follows sch. 72.01 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 νῦν om. Pr   |    τινες] τὴν MC, αὐτὴν BVPrRw   |    πρῲ εἰσπορευομένην] Schw., πρὸ εἰσπορευομένην Rb, προ εἰσπορ. S, προεισπορ. MBVCRw, προπορ. Sa, προσεισπορ. PrRf   |    τὴν ἐλένην RbRfSSa, om. others   |    καὶ om. Sa   |    τὰ λάφυρα om. Rw (punct. before καὶ, i.e., καὶ ῥητῶς γὰρ)   |    λάφυρα] RbSSa, λαφ. προεισπορευόμενα MBVCPr, λάφυρα μεθ’ ἡμέραν Rf   |    2 ῥητῶς] RbRfRwSSa, ἀρρήτως BVPr, ἀρρήτω MC   |    φησὶ νυκτὸς ἀπ.] RbSSa, νυκτὸς ἀπ. φησὶ others   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ποιοῦσιν BVPr   |    2 ἀπεστᾶλθαι M   |    δράμα MVCPrRfS   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,14–17; Dind. II.50,21–24

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   |   actors   


Or. 57.09 (57–59) (pllgn exeg) ⟨μή τις εἰσιδών⟩:  1ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος ὅστις μέλλει ἰδεῖν ταύτην εἰς πετρῶν βολὰς ⟨ἔλθῃ⟩ ἤγουν λιθοβολήσῃ αὐτὴν.  2ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου δηλοῖ καὶ τοὺς πάντας.   —Yf

TRANSLATION:   That man, whoever is going to spot this woman, may come to casting of stones, that is, may stone her. From the single man she indicates all men.


Or. 57.12 (mosch exeg) ⟨εἰσιδών⟩: περισσὴ ἡ εἰς  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ εἰς om. Yf   

APP. CRIT. 2:   περιττὴ G   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.20

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 58.01 (pllgn gram) μεθ’ ἡμέραν: μεθ’ ἡμέραν Ἀττικῶς, καθ’ ἡμέραν καὶ εἰς ἡμέραν κοινῶς —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.24–25

COMMENT:   μεθ’ ἡμέραν is in fact common in all sorts of formal prose authors into the Byzantine period, even those not noted for Atticism (Atticism is sometimes just a term for ‘learned style’ or non-vernacular); the claim is taken from Suda μ 421 μεθ’ ἡμέραν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ· Ἀττικῶς. Ἀριστοφάνης Πλούτῳ· οἴμοι τάλας, ἀποδύομαι μεθ’ ἡμέραν. οὕτως Ἀττικῶς φασιν, οὐκ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ; see also Lex. Vindob. μ 2 (Guida/Nauck) μεθ’ ἡμέραν ἀντὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν. Μάξιμος; Sch. in Aeschin. 3.133 μεθ’ ἡμέραν μίαν] ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ; Sch. rec. Arist. Plut. 930 Chantry μεθ’ ἡμέραν: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ. Ἀττικὸν δὲ τὸ σχῆμα· (μεθ’ ἡμέραν γάρ φασιν, οὐκ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ.); Sch. Demosth. 24.228a ‘μεθ’ ἡμέραν’ λέγει ἀντὶ τοῦ ‘ἐν ἡμέρᾳ’; Sch. Lucian. 19.27 τὰ μεθ’ ἡμέραν] τὰ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ.    

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross prefixed in Gu.   |   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 58.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὧν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ⟩: ὧντινων οἱ παῖδες τεθνήκασιν εἰς Ἴλιον  —Ab2PrR

POSITION: s.l. Ab2Pr, marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   τεθν. εἰς ἴλ. om. Ab2   


Or. 58.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὧν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ⟩: ἀπ’ ἐκείνων ὧν οἱ παῖδες ἀπέθανον ὑπὸ τῷ Ἰλίῳ  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπ’ om. T   |    οἱ om. X   |    ὑπὸ] ἐν Y   


Or. 58.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὧν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ⟩: ἀφ’ ὧν παῖδες ἀπέθανον ἐν τῇ Ἰλίῳ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 58.13 (pllgn gram) ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ: ἡ ὑπὸ ὅταν σημαίνει τὴν ὑποκάτω κατὰ κοινοὺς γενικῇ, κατὰ δὲ Ἀττικοὺς δοτικῇ.  —Gu

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.50.26–27

COMMENT:   Sch. Gu Hec. 764 (ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ) ὑπὸ μετὰ δοτικῆς κατὰ Ἀττικούς· κατὰ δὲ κοινοὺς γενικῇ καὶ αἰτιατικῇ; Sch. (Mosch.?) Hes. Erga 147quater, 13–14 ἡ δοτικὴ δὲ μετὰ τῆς ὑπὸ, τὴν ὑποταγὴν δηλοῖ καὶ ἧτταν Ἀττικῶς; Timaeus Lex. Platon. p. 1006a, 20–25 ὑπό. τὴν ὑπέρ πρόθεσιν τὴν ἐπάνω σχέσιν δηλοῦσαν πρὸς γενικὴν ἐκφέρουσιν Ἀττικοί, Ἕλληνες δὲ πρὸς αἰτιατικήν. ὡσαύτως καὶ τὴν ὑπό. Πλάτων ἐν τῇ τοῦ Σωκράτους Ἀπολογίᾳ [18b7–8]· ‘τά τε μετέωρα φροντιστὴς καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ γῆς πάντα ἀνεζητηκώς’. καὶ αὖθις ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ [19b5]· ‘ζητῶν τά τε ὑπὸ γῆς καὶ τὰ ἐπουράνια’.   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικοί   


Or. 59.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨πέτρων⟩: ἡ εὐθεῖα ὁ πέτρος.  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  The nominative case is ‘ho petros’ (‘stone’; that is, not ‘hē petra’, ‘stone’).

LEMMA: πέτρων in text all except πετρῶν G, πέτρον a.c. Y       POSITION: s.l., except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.51.1


Or. 59.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄξει⟩: γρ. ἔλθῃ —Zcr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 61.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨συμφοράν τε δωμάτων⟩: τὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς δωματίοις ἀτυχίαν  —Pr

LEMMA: συμφοράν in text Pr       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 61.06 (thom exeg) ⟨συμφοράν⟩:  1συμφορὰ οὐ μόνον ἡ δυστυχία ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ συνέλευσις.  2ὡς ἔχει καὶ τὸ τοῦ Σοφοκλέους [Soph. El. 1230–1231] ‘κἀπὶ συμφορᾶ⟨ισί μοι⟩ / γεγηθὸς ἕρπει δάκρυον ὀμμάτων ἄπο’.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   ‘Sumphora’ is not only ‘misfortune’, but also ‘coming together’. As illustrated also by the Sophoclean passage ‘and at this coming together a joyful tear flows from my eyes’.

LEMMA: συμφοράν in text all except Gr(Gu)       REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlT      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἔχεις καὶ τοῦτο τοῦ Zb   |    κἀπεὶ συμφορὰ γεγηθὼς Zb   |    συμφοραῖσί μοι Soph. mss, συμφορᾶ ZmTGu, συμφορὰ Zb, συμφορᾶς ZZa [Zl lost to damage]   |    γεγηθὼς ZaZb, a.c. Z   |    ὀνομάτων ἄπο Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.51.5–7

COMMENT:   Andrea Cuomo has kindly informed me that Ven. Marc. gr. 470 (Mt of Sophocles) has as sch. El. 1230 συμφορὰ οὐ μόνον ἡ δυστυχία ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ συνέλευσις· ἁπλῶς λαμβάνεται ὡς κἀνταῦθα (since this is unmarked in Mt, it is assumed to be Thoman); also, in the same manuscript and one other the supralinear gloss συνελεύσεσι(ν) is found.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Sophocles   


Or. 62.01 (62–66) (pllgn paraphr) ὁ Μενέλαος ἐξελθὼν ἀπὸ τῆς Σπάρτης καὶ εἰς τὴν Ἴλιον ἀποπλεύσας, ἐπεὶ ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτοῦ ἡ Ἑρμιόνη οὐχ εἶχε τὸν μέλλοντα ἀναθρέψαι ταύτην, ἐξερχόμενος παρέδωκεν αὐτὴν τῇ Κλυταιμνήστρᾳ. ἐλθοῦσα δὲ ἡ Ἑλένη εὗρε ταύτην ἤγουν τὴν θυγατέρα ταύτης τὴν Ἑρμιόνην ὡς παραμυθίαν.  —Yf2

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   


Or. 62.08 (pllgn gram) ⟨παραψυχήν⟩: ἀόριστον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   ἀόριστον indicates that so far the source of comfort is undefined, unspecified to the hearer; compare sch. 63.05 ἣν γὰρ, where Zu notes that the uncertainty is resolved by labeling it ὡρισμένον.   


Or. 63.01 (63–66) (mosch paraphr) ἣν γὰρ κατ’ οἴκους ἔλιπεν:  ἣν γὰρ ὁ Μενέλαος ἀπὸ τῆς Σπάρτης ἀγαγὼν ἔλιπε κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους ὅτε ἔπλει εἰς Τροίαν καὶ τῇ ἐμῇ μητρὶ παρέδωκεν ἀνατρέφειν, τὴν παρθένον λέγω τὴν Ἑρμιόνην, ταύτῃ γέγηθε, καὶ ἐπιλήθεται τῶν κακῶν. —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (With simpler word order:) ‘For the one whom Menelaus brought from Sparta and left in the house when he sailed to Troy, and entrusted to my mother to raise, I mean the maiden Hermione, in this one she rejoices and forgets her troubles.’

LEMMA: G      


Or. 63.05 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἣν γὰρ⟩: ὡρισμένον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὠρισμένον Zu   |   

COMMENT:   Cf. sch. 62.08.   


Or. 63.09 (vet exeg) ἔλιφ’:  1τίς ἔλιπεν; 2δηλονότι ὁ Μενέλαος, ὅνπερ ἑξῆς ἐπάγει.  —MCVRbRwSSaaSab

TRANSLATION:   Who left her? Clearly, Menelaus, whom he (the poet, or she, the speaker) mentions subsequently.

LEMMA: Rb, ἔλιφ’ ὅτ’ ἐς Τροίαν VRwSSa      REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      POSITION: intermarg. C; Saain scholia block, Sab s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τίς ἔλιπεν om. all except MC   |    2 ὁ Μενέλαος δηλονότι transp. VRbSSaa   |    ὅνπερ κτλ om. Sab   |    ὅνπερ] Dindorf, ὅπερ MCRwSaa, ὧπερ VRbS   |    τὸ ἑξῆς M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,22; Dind. II.51.9–10


Or. 65.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἑρμιόνην⟩:  1ἡ Ἑρμιόνη θυγάτηρ ἦν τοῦ Μενελάου καὶ τῆς Ἑλένης.  2ἡ δὲ Ἑλένη εἶχεν ἀδελφὴν τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν.  3ἰστέον δὲ ὅτι ὁ μὲν Μενέλαος βασιλεὺς ἦν Σπάρτης τῆς Λακεδαίμονος, ὁ δὲ Ἀγαμέμνων κατά τινας μὲν Ἄργους, κατά τινας δὲ Μυκήνης.   —RbSSa

TRANSLATION:  Hermione was the daughter of Menelaus and Helen. Helen had Clytemnestra as a sister. One should know that Menelaus was king of Sparta (a city) of Lacedaemon, whereas Agamemnon (was king) of Argos according to some, but of Mycene according to others.

REF. SYMBOL: Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἣν add. before εἶχεν S   |    3 δὲ om. Sa   |    τῆς (after σπάρτης)] καὶ SSa   |    λακεδαιμονίας Sa   |    κατά … ἄργους om. S   


Or. 65.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄπο⟩: ἀναστροφή —GZu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe   


Or. 66.10 (tri metr) ⟨κἀπιλήθεται⟩: long mark over first alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 67.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἴσοδον⟩: τὴν διέλευσιν τὴν φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 68.03 (68–70) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὡς τά γ’ ἄλλ’⟩:  κατὰ τὰ ἄλλα γὰρ ἐπ’ ἀσθενοῦς ῥώμης κρεμμάμεθα, ἤγουν οὐδεὶς ἕτερός ἐστιν ὁ βοηθήσων ἡμᾶς ἐὰν μὴ παρὰ τοῦ Μενελάου σωθῶμεν. —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   κρεμμα‑ with double mu is an attested Byzantine spelling, mostly in the participle, but also, e.g., in κρεμμᾶται, κρέμμανται, κρεμμάνυσιν; see also 68.11, 69.06.   


Or. 68.04 (68–69) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὡς τά γ’ ἄλλ’⟩: ὡς τὰ πολλὰ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀσθενοῦς ῥώμης ἤγουν ἐπ’ ἀσθενοῦς μέρους τυγχάνομεν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 68.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὡς τά γ’ ἄλλ’⟩: ὅτι κατά γε τὰ ἄλλα  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X; ὅτι as sep. gloss T      


Or. 68.10 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐπ’ ἀσθενοῦς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπ’ ἀσθενοῦς δυνάμεως φερόμεθα  —BCV3

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘we are borne along (relying) upon a weak power’.

POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. CV3      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. V3   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.51.15

COLLATION NOTES:   V3 by adding ἐπ’ ἀσθενοῦς δυνάμεως above 69.05 gloss φερόμεθα, written earlier by V3.   |   


Or. 68.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀσθενοῦς⟩: ἀδυνάτου ῥώμης κρεμμάμεθα  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Separately Yf2 has the latter two words also as glosses 69.01, 69.06.   |   


Or. 69.08 (rec gram) ⟨ἤν τι μὴ⟩: συκίνη ἐπικουρία  —K

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   For this proverb for weak and ineffectual assistance, see e.g. Libanius, epist. 228.3, Suda σ 1324 s.v. σύκινον (…καὶ ἑτέρα παροιμία· συκίνη ἐπικουρία, ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνωφελῶν.   


Or. 69.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨κείνου πάρα⟩: παρὰ τοῦ Μενελάου, ἐὰν μὴ παρ’ ἐκείνου  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 69.15 (rec gram) ⟨κείνου⟩:  ἀφαίρεσις τῶν Ἰώνων· συγκοπὴ τῶν Αἰόλων· ἀποκοπὴ τῶν Ἀττικῶν,  —V1

TRANSLATION:   Aphaeresis (is typical) of the Ionians, syncope of the Aeolians, apocope of the Attics.

POSITION: added by V1 after block of V-scholia on 24v (preceding play)      

COMMENT:   Cf. Sch. Opp. Hal. 1.186: κείνοις· Ἰωνικὴ ἀφαίρεσις. ἡ ἀφαίρεσις τῶν Ἰώνων, ἡ συγκοπὴ τῶν Αἰολέων, ἡ ἀποκοπὴ τῶν Ἀττικῶν. Hence, I attribute the note to κείνου here, the first instance in the play of such aphaeresis.   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικοί   |   aphaeresis   |   apocope   |   syncope   


Or. 70.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἄπορον χρῆμα δυστυχῶν δόμος⟩: ἄπορον χρῆμα ὑπάρχει ὁ δόμος τῶν δυστυχῶν, ἤγουν τοὺς δυστυχοῦντας οὐδείς ἐστιν ὁ βοηθῶν αὐτούς.  —Y2Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἄπορον … δυστυχῶν om. Y2   |    αὐτούς erased in Y   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.51.19–20


Or. 70.03 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἄπορον χρῆμα δυστυχῶν δόμος⟩: ἤγουν οἱ δυστυχοῦντες ἀποροῦσιν ὅτι καὶ δράσουσι.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l., except T      

APP. CRIT.:   δράσωσι ZZa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   δράσουσιν TZl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.51.21


Or. 70.15 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 71.01 (vet exeg) ὦ παῖ Κλυταιμνήστρας:  1τοῦ προσήκοντος ἤθους ἐξέπεσεν ὁ Εὐριπίδης.  2νῦν γὰρ πρῶτον ἀλλήλας βλέπουσι καὶ ἀήθως πάνυ οὔτε ἀσπάζονται ἀλλήλας οὔτε προσφωνοῦσι.  3καὶ ἡ μὲν Ἑλένη ἔξεισιν ἔχουσα χοὰς καὶ τὸν βόστρυχον ἀποτετμημένον,  4ἅμα δὲ δυσωπεῖ τὴν Ἠλέκτραν καὶ λυπεῖ ὑπομιμνήσκουσα τοῦ ὀνόματος Κλυταιμνήστρας καὶ προτάσσουσα. ||  5ἀ⟨να⟩κολούθως δὲ καὶ τὸ διὰ μέσου.  6τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος χρόνου παρθένε, Ἠλέκτρα, ἀντὶ τοῦ ὦ πολυχρόνιε παρθένε.   —MBVCPrRbRfRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Euripides has failed to express the fitting character. For they (Electra and Helen) now see each other for the first time, and in a manner entirely lacking character they neither embrace each other nor greet each other with affection. And Helen comes out with libations and her cut-off lock of hair, and at the same time she annoys Electra and causes her pain by recalling the name of Clytemnestra and by placing it first (in her speech). (?)In addition, the phrase in between is added without proper concord/with change of construction. The word order is: ‘maiden for a long length of time, Electra’, equivalent to ‘o maiden of long standing’.

LEMMA: MBVCRfRw, ὦ παῖ RbSSa, ὦ κλυταιμνήστρα Pr      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRbRfSa      POSITION: after sch. 80.06 Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ] τούτω Rb, p.c. S, τοῦτω a.c. S, τοῦτο Sa   |    1 προσηκόντως RbSa, προσηκόντος S   |    ὁ εὐρ. om. Rw, ὁ om. VRf   |    2 γὰρ] δὲ C   |    πρώτως MVCPrRfRw   |    first ἀλλήλας] ἀλλήλους RbS   |    βλέπουσι BVPrRwSa, ἀποβλέπουσιν M, βλέπουσαι Rb, βλεπούσας Rf, βλέπουσα S   |    καὶ ἀήθως πάνυ om. Rf   |    εὐήθους V, ἀείθους Rb, ἀληθῶς Sa, ἄνθως S   |    second ἀλλήλας om. Rf   |    3 καὶ ἡ μὲν … ἀποτετμημένον] transp. here Schw. (citing Rf, in which 4–5 are omitted), om. VSSa, transp. after 5 διὰ μέσου (with initial καὶ om.) MBCPrRbRw   |    3 ἔξεισιν om. Rw   |    τετμημένον Rf   |    4 ἅμα] ἄλλως Rf   |    δὲ om. Sa   |    λυπεῖ om. VSa   |    ὑπομιμνήσκουσα] διυπομ. V, ὑπομιμνήσκουσαν αὐτὴν Rf   |    τῶν ὀνομάτων τῆς κλυτ. Sa   |    4–5 καὶ προτάσσουσα … μέσου om. Rf   |    4 προστάσσουσα BVSRw, προστάττουσα Rb   |    5–6 ἀ⟨να⟩κολούθως κτλ om. VSSa; punct. as sep. sch. Rb with lemma μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος and sep. ref.   |    5 ἀ⟨να⟩κολούθως suppl. Schw.   |    τὸ διὰ] Schw.; τόδε διὰ MBPrRw, τὸ δέ διὰ C, τὸ γνω(μικὸν), διὰ Rb   |    6 παρθένε μακρὸν μῆκος χρόνου transp. Rf (om. δὴ)   |    παρθένε ἠλέκτρα χρόνου transp. MC   |    first παρθένε] παρθένου Rb   |    ἠλέκτρα κτλ om. RfRw (continuing with sch. 72.01)   |    τοῦ om. C   |    πολυχρονία Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 προσφωνοῦσιν PrSSa, ‑ῶσιν Rb   |    3 τὸν] τὸ Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.103,23–104,6; Dind. II.52,3–10

COMMENT:  It is likely that ἀήθως (2) derives its precise meaning here from the preceding τοῦ προσήκοντος ἤθους. That is, the complaint is not that there is no expression of character in the words and accompanying stage-action, but that the critic does not find the rhetorical ἦθος embodied in the speeches the two women address to each other to be optimal in rhetorical terms. I plan to discuss elsewhere instances in the Euripides scholia where speeches are criticized rhetorically almost in abstraction from the dramatic purposes of the author.    |    ἀποβλέπουσι (2) in M with plain accusative is very rare (with the sense ‘look to as a model, admire’), whereas βλέπω is common either with a plain acc. or with εἰς/πρὸς.   |    On 5: the sense is very doubtful and Schwartz’s solution to the corruption may not be right. In scholia one expects ἀκόλουθος/ἀνακόλουθος to refer to presence or lack of grammatical concord, or a change of construction, or analogical vs. anomalous inflection. The adverb is unlikely to mean here (without the emendation) ‘in accordance with the preceding manner’ (scil. of alleged impoliteness), but with the emendation it is not clear what is to be viewed as irregular. Likewise, the transmitted τόδε διὰ μέσου could be a corruption of τὸ ὅδε διὰ μέσου and this could be a misplaced remnant of a note on 74 (the Thoman sch. 74.13 makes just this claim about ὅδε). Another possibility is suggested by sch. 72.12, which appears to treat the whole of a line διὰ μέσου; but if that is intended, ἀνακολούθως would still be an odd usage.   

KEYWORDS:  διὰ μέσου   


Or. 71.02 (pllgn exeg) 1θέλουσα ἵνα λυπήσῃ τὴν Ἠλέκτραν ἡ Ἑλένη ὑπομιμνήσκει αὐτὴν τοῦ τῆς μητρὸς πρότερον ὀνόματος.  2ἀήθως δὲ πάνυ πρὸς ἀλλήλας βλέπουσι καὶ οὔτε ἀσπάζονται ἀλλήλας οὔτε προσφωνοῦσιν.  3ὀνειδίζουσα αὐτοὺς λέγει ὡς μητροφονοῦντας.   —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   Wanting to pain Electra, Helen reminds her of her mother’s name earlier (than that of her father?). And in a manner entirely lacking character, they look at each other without either embracing each other or greeting each other with affection. She (Helen) speaks reproaching them (Orestes and Electra) as being matricides.

APP. CRIT.:   3 αὐτοὺς Y2, αὐτὴν Yf2   |    μητροφόντας Yf2, a.c. Y2   |   


Or. 71.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨p⟩: ἐξιοῦσα τῶν δωμάτων ἡ Ἑλένη κατέχει χοὰς καὶ βόστρυχον τῶν οἰκείων τριχῶν ἀποτετμημένον.  —Gu

TRANSLATION:   Exiting from the house, Helen carries libations and a lock cut off from her own hair.

POSITION: twice in Gu, once s.l. G, once marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   δομάτων Gus   |    ἀποτετμημένων Gumarg   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.52.13–14


Or. 71.08 (tri metr) ⟨κἀγαμέμνονος⟩: long mark over first alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 72.01 (vet exeg) ἄλλως· παρθένε μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος:  1ὅ ἐστι· πολλῷ χρόνῳ παρθενευομένη.  2τοῦτο δὲ ὑβρίζουσα αὐτήν φησιν ὡς αἰτίαν ἐχούσης καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μὴ γαμουμένης.  3καὶ διὰ τούτου παρεμφαίνει ὅτι εὐμοιρίας νομίζει τέλος τὸν γάμον.   —MBVCCrPrRfRwOx

TRANSLATION:   (Explained) in another way: ‘maiden for a long time’: which means ‘living as a maiden for much time’. She (Helen) says this by way of insulting her (Electra), as if she is to blame and for this reason unmarried. And through this phrase she (or he, the poet) subtly suggests that she (he) considers marriage to be the ultimate end of a good portion in life.

LEMMA: MC (ἄλλως in marg. C), παρθένε μακρὸν V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: cont. from 71.03 BPrRfRw      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅ ἐστι] ἤτοι B, εἴτουν Pr, ἥ ἐστι Rf; ἐστὶ Ox   |    πολὺν χρόνον VPr   |    παρθενεύουσα V   |    2 δὲ καὶ ὑβρ. BVPrRw   |    αὐτὴν om. V   |    ἐχούσης] MC, ἐχούσῃ VCrRwOx, ἔχουσαν BPr, ἔχουσα Rf   |    γαμουμένης] Schw., γαμουμένη VCCrRwOx, γαμουμένην MBPrRf   |    3 καὶ διὰ κτλ om. VRf   |    καὶ διὰ … παρεμφαίνει] παρεμφαίνει δὲ διὰ τούτου BPr(om. δὲ), ἔμπροσθεν οὖν παρεμφαίνει Rw   |    τούτου] τοῦτο M   |    τὸ τέλος CrRwOx   |    τῶν γάμων s.l. Rw, τοῦ γάμου CrOx   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.104,7–10; Dind. II.52.10–13, 15–17

KEYWORDS:  women, nature or proper behavior of   


Or. 72.02 (rec exeg) ὦ πολλῷ χρόνῳ παρθένε. τοῦτο ὑβρίζουσα φησί.  —O


Or. 72.03 (rec paraphr) ὦ πολύχρονον Ἠλέκτρα χρόνον παρθενεύουσα —Ra

APP. CRIT.:   Only parts of the bottom of most letters survive (trimmed upper margin), so the reading is not certain.   |   


Or. 72.04 (rec paraphr) ὦ πολυχρόνιε Ἠλέκτρα μακρὸν χρόνον παρθένος οὖσα  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.; over 71 Ab      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πολυχρόϊε Ab   


Or. 72.05 (rec paraphr) ὦ πολυχρόνιε Ἠλέκτρα εἰς μακρὸν χρόνον οὖσα παρθένος  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 72.06 (pllgn paraphr) πολυχρόνιε, ἡ πολλῶν χρόνων παρθενευομένη  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 72.07 (pllgn paraphr) ἥτις ἦσθα παρθένος ἐπὶ πολὺν χρόνον· διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο ἐκλήθης πολὺν χρόνον οὖσα παρθένος.  —Lb

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.62,18–19


Or. 72.08 (rec exeg) ⟨παρθένε⟩: τὸ παρθένον ὀνειδιστικῶς, δι’ ἣν εἶχεν ἀσθενείαν γυναικείαν πολυχρόνιον.  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   γυναικεῖαν Sa   |   


Or. 72.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος⟩: ἔστιν δηλονότι, ἐξ ὅτου οὐκ εἶδα ὑμᾶς. παρασιώπησις.  —Lp

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.52,17

KEYWORDS:  παρασιώπησις   


Or. 72.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μακρὸν⟩: σκωπτικὸν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 72.23 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: Ἠλέκτρα πρώην μὲν ἐκαλεῖτο Ἰφιάνασσα, διὰ δὲ τὸ παρελθεῖν τὸν δωδεκαετῆ χρόνον καὶ μὴ λαβεῖν πόσιν ἐκαλέσθη Ἠλέκτρα, ἀπὸ τοῦ α̅ στερητικοῦ μορίου καὶ τοῦ λέκτρον· ἡ τοῦ λέκτρου στερηθεῖσα.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:  Electra was earlier called Iphianassa, but because she had passed the twelve-year period and not taken a husband, she was given the name Electra, from the alpha-privative particle and ‘lektron’ (‘bed’), (thus) the one who has been deprived of the (marriage-)bed.

POSITION: between sch. 54.01 and sch. 57.06 in Pr      

COMMENT:   Cf. Eust. in Il. 9.145 (II.684, 4–9) Ὅρα δὲ ὅτι ἡ Ἠλέκτρα ἐνταῦθα οὐ κεῖται, ἀλλά φασί τινες τὴν Λαοδίκην ταύτην εἶναι, Ἠλέκτραν ἐπικληθεῖσαν ἢ κατὰ τρόπον διωνυμίας ἢ διὰ τὸ κατ’ ὄψιν ἠλεκτρῶδες καὶ χρυσοειδὲς ἢ κατὰ λόγον τινὰ σκώμματος διὰ τὸ πολὺν χρόνον ἄλεκτρον μεῖναι χόλῳ Κλυταιμνήστρας, ὃ δὴ ἐμφαίνεται καὶ παρ’ Εὐριπίδῃ ἐν τῷ ‘παρθένε μακρὸν δὴ μῆκος Ἠλέκτρα χρόνου’; Et. Magn. s.v. Ἠλέκτρα: Ἡ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ Λαοδίκη, διὰ τὸ πολυχρόνιον τῆς παρθενίας, οἷον ἄλεκτρός τις, ὡς Εὐριπίδης [quoting Or. 72].   |    ‘Passed the twelve-year period’ apparently means ‘had reached puberty’, unless the commentator has somehow calculated that Electra has been unmarried for twelve years since puberty (but how would he have arrived at that number?).   |    Cf. also sch. 22.02, 22.03.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 72.24 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ α̅ στερητικοῦ μορίου καὶ τοῦ λέκτρον ἡ κοίτη  —Sa

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   λέκτρα Sa   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 72.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: ἐτυμολογ()· μακρὸν χρόνον  —F

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐτυμολογεῖται or ἐτυμολογεῖ (or ἐτυμολογία?)   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 72.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἠλέκτρα⟩: οἱονεὶ ἄλεκτρός τις οὖσα, ἡ μὴ σχοῦσα λέκτρα  —Y2

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄλεκτρος τίς Y2   |   


Or. 73.01 (vet exeg) πῶς ὦ τάλαινα:  1διὰ τούτου ὠνείδισεν αὐτὴν ὡς μητροφόνου ἀδελφήν.  2οἱ δὲ τοῖς ἐναγέσι προσφθεγγόμενοι καὶ αὐτοὶ δοκοῦσι μιαίνεσθαι, ὡς καὶ ἐν Ἡρακλεῖ [Eur. Her. 1219] καὶ Ἰξίονι [Eur. fr. 427] δέδεικται.   —VRw, partial RbSSa

TRANSLATION:   With this phrase she (Helen) reproached her (Electra) as being sister of a matricide. And those who speak to polluted persons seem even themselves to be defiled, as has been shown also in (commentaries on?) Heracles and Ixion.

LEMMA: V, 75 προσφθέγμασιν Rb(προσφθέγγουσι)SSa      REF. SYMBOL: V, Rb(app. at 75), Sa (no corresponding mark at text)      POSITION: follows sch. 57.02 in Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διὰ .. ἀδελφήν om. RbSSa   |    διὰ τούτου] Schw., διὰ τοῦτο VRw   |    ὡς (tacitly) Dind., ὦ VRw   |    μητροφόνοι ἀδελφοί Rw   |    2 ἐνάγουσι Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.104,11–13; Dind. II.52,20–22

COMMENT:   Presumably a note of some antiquity, since it refers to the lost Ixion and the non-select play Heracles, or possibly to commentaries on them.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer   |   Euripides, Heracles   |   Euripides, Ixion   


Or. 73.02 (rec exeg) ⟨πῶς⟩: λείπει τὸ εἰπέ —AbPrRSa

POSITION: s.l., except marg. R; above 75 προσφθ. Ab, above 75 οὐ μιαίνομαι Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ om. AbPrSa   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 73.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλαινα⟩: ἔχετε δηλονότι  —XXaXbYYfGrFGB3d

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l., except X; over σύ τε G      

APP. CRIT.:   δηλονότι om. GB3d, δῆλον F   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.52.22


Or. 73.09 (rec gram) ⟨σύ τε κασίγνητός τε⟩: σχῆμα συνεκδοχικὸν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This term refers elsewhere to real or apparent transitions from singular to plural or from plural to singular; thus here it refers to the plural subject followed by the singular verb in 74.   

KEYWORDS:  synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν   


Or. 73.10 (rec gram) ⟨σύ τε κασίγνητός τε⟩: (?)σχῆ]μα(?) ἐπίζευξις  —K

COMMENT:   As with the previous, this explains the plural subject with singular verb in next line. Epizeuxis has various senses. It can refer to a type of anadiplosis or epanaphora or other repetition (ps-Hdn. de figuris 48 Hadjú; Phoebammon (Rhet.Gr. III Spengel), de figuris 1.3,7 and 2.4,49 and 73; Sch. A Hom. Il. 1.364b1, etc.; or to ἀπὸ κοινοῦ or zeugma (for the latter Photius epist. 166, 147; Joannes Rhet., Commentarium in Hermogenis librum περὶ ἰδεῶν, Rhet.Gr. VI.80, 16–17 Walz: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ, ὃ ζεῦγμα καλοῦσιν ἢ ἐπίζευξιν); cf. also (of a singular noun and multiple appositives) Sch. Aeschin. 3.105 αἰσχύνη] τοῦτό φησιν Ἀψίνης ἐπίζευξιν εἶναι, ἐπειδὴ ἑνικῷ ὀνόματι πολλὰ ἐπιφέρει ὀνόματα. εἰπὼν γὰρ τοῦτο τὸ ψήφισμα ἐπήγαγεν· αἰσχύνη, ἔλεγχος, κατηγορία. GLRBP gives a sense ‘concord, in grammar’ with one citation. On zeugma as applying both to uncomplicated coordination or to complicated coordination (with some syntactic or semantic slippage), see Lausberg §§692–708.   

KEYWORDS:  synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν   


Or. 74.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅδε⟩: ὅ δεικ[τικὸν] ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅ[στις]  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 74.13 (thom exeg) ἔφυ:  1δέον ἔφυτε εἰπεῖν ἐπειδὴ ἀμφότεροι τὸν φόνον εἰργάσαντο, ἡ μὲν βουλευσαμένη, ὁ δὲ πράξας, ὁ δὲ εἰπὼν σύ τε κασίγνητός τε σὸς πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ἀπέδωκε,  2διὰ μὲν τοῦ συμπαραλαβεῖν ἀμφοτέρους δεικνύων βουλευσαμένους τὸν φόνον, διὰ δὲ τοῦ ἔφυ μόνον τὸν Ὀρέστην εἰργασμένον.  3ἢ οὕτω· δέον εἰπεῖν πῶς ἔχετε, ὦ τάλαινα, σύ τε κασίγνητός τε σὸς τλήμων Ὀρέστης,  4ὁ δὲ τὴν ὁρμὴν τῆς προτάσεως, οἷον τὸ ἔχετε, ἐάσας, ἐπειδὴ ὁ Ὀρέστης ἐφόνευσε τὴν μητέρα, πρὸς τοῦτον τὴν ἀπόδοσιν ἐποιήσατο.  5ἀγνοοῦντες δὲ τινὲς τὸ ὅδε ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅστις φασίν·  6ἔστι δὲ καὶ τὸ ὅδε διὰ μέσου δεικτικόν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   One should say ‘you (pl.) became’ because both carried out the murder, the woman by advising it and the man by doing it, but he (the poet), after saying ‘you and your brother’ (as subject), made the predicate agree with Orestes, thus showing, by grouping them together, that both planned the killing, and by using (the singular verb) ‘he became’, that Orestes alone did the deed. Or (explain it) as follows: one should say ‘in what state, poor woman, are you (pl.), you and your unhappy brother?’, but he (the poet), dismissing what is implied by the first part of the sentence (the plural subject), namely, (the plural verb) ‘echete’, instead, because Orestes killed his mother, applied the predicate to him. Some interpreters, not understanding this, say that ‘this man’ (‘hode’) is used as equivalent to ‘whoever’. But the word is in fact the deictic pronoun in a parenthetic construction.

LEMMA: Ta (not T),      REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   Zl partly washed out, partly lost to trimming   |    1 ἐπειδὴ καὶ ZbTGu   |    2 συμπαραβαλεῖν Zb   |    συμβουλευσαμένους Zb   |    3 τὴν ὁρμὴν τῆς ὁρμὴν τῆς προτ. Z   |    4 οἷον] ἤτοι ZbZlTGu   |    second ὁ om. TZbZl   |    πρὸς τοῦτο ZbZlGu   |    6 καὶ om. ZmTGu [Zl]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.52,24–53,9

COMMENT:   The view criticized by Thomas (74.08–11) is not specifically Moschopulean; indeed 74.09, being only in XXa, barely qualifies as Moschopulean compared to the others so identified.   

KEYWORDS:  διὰ μέσου   |   δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς   |   Thomas critical of another view   


Or. 74.18 (tri metr) ⟨ἔφυ⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 75.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσφθέγμασι γὰρ⟩: νόμος ἦν τοὺς φονεῖς μὴ λαλεῖν τισιν ἔστ’ ἂν καθαρθῶσι  —V3

LEMMA: -μασι in text V (as in almost all mss)       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 75.02 (rec paraphr) ἤγουν λαλοῦσα ἀντίον σοῦ, οὐχί  —R

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   After οὐχί one is to understand μιαίνομαι from the verse below.   |   


Or. 75.03 (mosch paraphr) κατὰ γὰρ τὴν πρός σε ὁμιλίαν οὐ μιαίνομαι  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   γὰρ om. G   |    πρὸς σὲ YfG, σὴν Zc   |    οὐ μιαίνομαι om. G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.53.10–11


Or. 75.04 (pllgn paraphr) κατὰ γὰρ τῆς αὐτῆς ὁμιλίας οὐ μιαίνομαι  —Aa2

REF. SYMBOL: Aa       POSITION: marg.      

COLLATION NOTES:   αυτ with attached circumflex, could be αὐτοῦ.   |   


Or. 75.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐ μιαίνομαι⟩: οὐ κοινωνῶ τοῦ φόνου σου  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 75.18 (thom exeg) ⟨σέθεν⟩: ἀπὸ σοῦ· σύναπτε δὲ πρὸς τὸ μιαίνομαι.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  ‘From you’: construe (this) with ‘I am stained with pollution’.

POSITION: s.l., except marg. Z      

APP. CRIT.:   ZZl only partially legible   |    ὑπὸ Za   

APP. CRIT. 2:   σύναπται Zm, perhaps Zl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.53.12–13


Or. 76.01 (vet exeg) εἰς Φοῖβον ἀναφέρουσα τὴν ἁμαρτίαν:  1καὶ τοῦτο πανούργως.  2ἀναμάρτητον γὰρ τὸ θεῖον.  3ἐμφαίνει οὖν ὡς καταψευδομένων αὐτῶν τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος.   —MBVCCrPrRaRb1Rb2RfRwSSaOx

TRANSLATION:   This too is said maliciously. For the divine is infallible. She (or he, the poet) intimates therefore that they are falsely accusing Apollo.

LEMMA: MC, εἰς Φοῖβον ἀναφέρουσα BVPrRf, εἰς Φοῖβον Rb1Rw, καὶ ἄλλως Rb2      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb1Rf      POSITION: cont. from sch. 73.01 SSa; Pr has this (and sch. on following lines as well) after sch. 101.06; Rb has this twice in succession      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. RaRb2SSa   |    ταῦτα Rb1   |    2 γὰρ τὸ θεῖον om. Rf   |    3 οὖν MVRb1Rw, γοῦν CrOx, δὲ Rb2Sa, ὁ ποιητὴς BPr(B punct. after ποιητής, not after θεῖον), οὖν ὁ ποιητὴς Rf   |    ὡς om. Rb1   |    καταψευδ.] καὶ ψευδ. MC, μάτην ψευδ. RaRb2SSa   |    ψευδομένην αὐτὴν τὸν ἀπόλλων(α) RaRb2SSa   |    ἀπόλλωνος] ἡλίου V   |    at end add. προστάξαι φονεύειν τὴν μητέρα RaRb2SSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἐμφαίνε M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.104,14–16; Dind. II.53,14–16

KEYWORDS:  κακούργως   |   theological amelioration   


Or. 76.02 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς Φοῖβον ἀναφέρουσα⟩: καταψεύδεται γὰρ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος. τὸ θεῖον γὰρ ἀναμάρτητον.  —O

POSITION: first half in left margin, remainder in right margin O      


Or. 76.03 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς Φοῖβον ἀναφέρουσα⟩: τὸ θεῖον ἀναμάρτητον  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 76.04 (pllgn rhet) ⟨εἰς Φοῖβον⟩: κακόηθες  —F

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 76.05 (thom exeg) ⟨εἰς Φοῖβον⟩: ὡς ἐπιτάξαντα τὸν φόνον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘To Phoebus’) as the one who ordered the murder.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 77.01 (pllgn gram) καίτοι: σημ(είωσαι) ὅτι τὸ καίτοι μετὰ μετοχῆς ⟨οὐ⟩ συντάσσεται εἰ μὴ κατὰ στιγμὴν ᾖ. —Gu

TRANSLATION:  Note that the particle ‘kaitoi’ is not construed with a participle unless it is in a full sentence.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ add. Mastr.    

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.53.18–19

COMMENT:   Another idiosyncratic note by Gu, of uncertain meaning. I take the condition to be short for ‘unless the particle is part of the full main clause, marked off by a full stop, and thus not part of any participial subunit marked off by a minor pause’. For κατὰ στιγμήν in this sense see Sch. Aesch. Pers. 262 Massa Positano ὄντως διὰ τοῦτο μέχρι τοῦ παρόντος καιροῦ βεβιώκαμεν, ἵνα τοιούτων συμφορῶν ἀκουσταὶ γινώμεθα. ἀναγνωστέον δὲ ἢ κατὰ στιγμὴν καὶ ὑποστιγμὴν (‘with a full stop and a minor pause’) ἢ κατὰ στιγμὴν μόνην (‘with only a full stop, as one continuous phrase’)· οὕτω γάρ ἐστι βέλτιον. Compare also Sch. Opp. Hal. 4.616 (on Πετραίην δὲ σκίαιναν ἐπὴν φόβος ἦτορ ἵκηται, with double acc. of the whole and the part) Πετραίην δὲ σκίαιναν· ἡ σύνταξις τρισσῶς, ἢ κατὰ στιγμὴν, ἢ κατ’ ἐπένθεσιν εἰς προθέσεως, ἢ κατ’ ἀντίπτωσιν (‘as an independent phrase on its own(?), by supplying the preposition εἰς, or as an instance of exchange of case [acc. for gen.]’).   


Or. 78.02 (vet exeg) ἣν ἐπεὶ πρὸς Ἴλιον:  1ἣν οὐκ εἶδον ἀφ’ οὗ εἰς τὴν Ἴλιον ἔπλευσα·  2διὰ μέσου γὰρ τὸ ‘ὅπως ἔπλευσα’, εἶτα ὥσπερ αἰτίαν λέγουσα τοῦ πλοῦ ‘θεομανεῖ πότμῳ’ φησὶν,  3ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπὸ εἱμαρμένης μανεῖσα, ἢ μοίρᾳ θεοῦ μανεῖσα.   —MBVCCrPrRfRwSSaOx

TRANSLATION:   Whom I did not see ever since I sailed to Ilion. For the phrase ‘however I sailed’ is parenthetic, and then as if telling the cause of the voyage she says ‘by a fate of divinely-inspired madness’, meaning having gone mad because of destiny, or having gone mad by a fate imposed by a god.

LEMMA: M(ἢν)CRw, ἣν ἐπεὶ πρὸς Ἴλιον ἔπλευσα BV(ἥλιον),      REF. SYMBOL: MBVSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὴν] τὸν M   |    2–3 as sep. sch. Rf (punct. and space after 1 ἔπλευσα)   |    2 διὰ … ἔπλευσα om. Ox   |    γὰρ] δὲ Rf   |    τὸ om. MC   |    ὅπως ἔπλ.] ὅπως δ’ ἔπλ. V, ὅπως διέπλευσα SSa   |    ὥσπερ αἰτίαν] ὡς παραιτία Pr   |    ὥσπερ] ὡς VRf, ὡσπερεὶ Ox   |    αἰτίαν om. Ox   |    λέγουσα] λέγει SSa, S with punct. after πότμῳ and adding πότμῳ γὰρ before φησὶν, Sa with punct. after πλοῦ and space and ref. as if new sch. starting θεομανεῖ (Rf also has high stop after πλοῦ)   |    τοῦ πλοῦ om. V   |    φησὶν] τὴν εἱμαρμένην φησὶ V   |    2–3 φησὶν … (first) μανεῖσα om. C   |    3 ἀντὶ τοῦ κτλ om. V   |    μανεῖσα … μανεῖσα] ἐλαθεῖσα κρύπτει δὲ τὴν μοιχείαν Rf (cf. next sch.)   |    θεῶν Sa   |    second μανεῖσα om. CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἢν M, ἧν S   |    ἀφοῦ RwSa   |    3 εἰμαρμένης vel ἐμαρμ. M, ἡμαρμένη Ox   |    ἢ] ἡ Pr   |    μοῖρα BCCrRwOx   |    (second) μανοῦσα B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.104,17–19; Dind. II.53,20–23; 54,1–2

KEYWORDS:  διὰ μέσου   


Or. 78.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1ἣν οὐκ εἶδον ἀφ’ οὗ πρὸς Ἴλιον ἔπλευσα·  2εἰ δὲ θέλεις γνῶναι πῶς ἔπλευσα, γίνωσκε ὅτι θεομανεῖ πότμῳ.  3κρύπτει δὲ τὴν μοιχείαν καὶ ὑπὸ δαίμονός τινος βίᾳ ἦχθαι εἰς Τροίαν φησίν.  —MBCPrRaRb, partial VSSa

TRANSLATION:   Whom I did not see ever since I sailed to Ilion. And if you want to understand how I sailed, know that it was by a fate of divinely-inspired madness. She conceals her adultery and claims that she was led to Troy by force by some divinity.

LEMMA: MPr, in marg. B; cont. from prev. VSSa      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: follows sch. 82.08 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ἣν … πότμῳ om. VSSa   |    1 εἶδον φησὶν Ra   |    ἔπλευσα] ἔπνευσα Ra   |    2 εἰ δὲ … ἔπλευσα om. Ra   |    ἐν add. before θεομανεῖ Pr   |    3 δὲ om. Rb   |    βίᾳ] Schw., om. VSSa, καὶ βίας M, βίας CRb, βίας transp. before δαίμονος BPrRa   |    τινος om. RaRb, τίς Sa, p.c. S   |    εἰς τὴν Sa   |    φησίν om. MS, transp. before ἦχθαι Sa   |    φησὶν ἑλένη Rb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἦν RaRb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.104,21–23; Dind. II.53,23–26


Or. 78.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ἣν⟩: λείπει τὸ οὐκ εἶδον  —M

TRANSLATION:   (To govern the relative pronoun) ‘I have not seen’ is to be understood.

REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: intermarg. M      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.104,24

COMMENT:   If this is not a careless way of saying that the relative pronoun depends on the verb two lines later in 80, then this explanation is given because the mss almost all have a ὅπως δ’ in 79 and thus 80 οὐκ εἶδον appears to be part of a separate clause and unable to govern the pronoun in 78.   |   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 78.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐπεὶ πρὸς Ἴλιον⟩: ἐπεὶ ἔπλευσα πρὸς τὴν Τροίαν, οὐκ ἐθεασάμην αὐτὴν.  —Y2Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπεὶ om. Y2, adding the rest to Y gloss ἀφοῦ (sch. 78.08)   |    αὐτὴν om. Yf2   


Or. 78.12 (tri metr) ⟨Ἴλιον⟩: long mark over first iota  —T


Or. 79.01 (pllgn exeg) κρύπτει τὴν μοιχείαν αὐτῆς καὶ εἰς τὸν θεὸν ἀναφέρει τοῦτο ἢ εἰς τὴν εἱμαρμένην.  —Y2Yf2

POSITION: marg. at 77–78 Y2; between sch. 71.02 and 80.22 Yf       

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ εἰς τὴν εἱμ. om. Yf2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.53,16–17 (inaccurate)

COMMENT:   Condensed from sch. 78.03.   


Or. 79.02 (rec exeg) τῇ τῶν θεῶν βουλήσει καὶ τῇ ἐμῇ δυστυχίᾳ  —AbPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τῇ κτλ om. Ab, ἐμῆ δυστυχίας add. Ab2   


Or. 79.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅπως δ’ ἔπλευσα⟩: διὰ μέσου θέλεις νοῆσαι πῶς ἔπλευσα  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  διὰ μέσου   


Or. 79.06 (mosch exeg) ὅπως δ’ ἔπλευσα: 1διὰ μέσου ταῦτα·  2ἤγουν ὁ τρόπος δὲ τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἀπόπλου ὑπὸ δυστυχίας ἦν θεομανοῦς.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  These words (‘and however I sailed’) are parenthetic. That is, ‘and the manner of my sailing away was under the influence of a misfortune of divinely-imposed madness’.

LEMMA: all; lemma in red, then repeated in black (with punct.) before note G (δὲ in second instance)      

APP. CRIT.:   2 δὲ om. Y   |    θεομανής T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.53.27–28

KEYWORDS:  διὰ μέσου   


Or. 79.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅπως⟩: ἐθέλει[ς] [γνῶ]ναι πῶς ἔπλε[υσα;] ἡσυχάσασ[α τὰ] καθ’ ἕκαστα θρηνῶ τὰς ἐμὰς δυστυχίας, ἀν[α]λογιζομένη τὰς πράξεις μου, ἡ ἀξία οὖσα ἐλέ{ν}ου ἢ ἀπολειφθ[εῖ]σα καὶ μονωθεῖσα καὶ στερηθεῖσα τῆς ἀδελφῆς μου.  —V3

REF. SYMBOL: V3       POSITION: in outer margin      


Or. 79.17 (thom paraphr) ⟨πότμῳ⟩: δυστυχίᾳ ἤγουν μήνιδι Ἀφροδίτης  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   partly washed out in ZZl   |    ἢ Zb   |    μήνιδι] ὀργῆ ZZa   

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu added last three words to Gr’s δυστ.   |   


Or. 80.06 (vet exeg) ἀπολειφθεῖσα δ’ αἰάζω τύχας: ἄδηλον τίνος ἀπολειφθεῖσα θρηνεῖ, τοῦ {μὴ} ἰδεῖν τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν ἢ τοῦ γνῶναι τῆς πορνείας τὴν αἰτίαν —MBVCCrPrRbRfRwSSaOx

TRANSLATION:   It is unclear what it is that she has been separated from to cause her to lament, her {not} seeing Clytemnestra or her understanding the cause of her adultery.

LEMMA: MC, ἀπολειφθεῖσα VRbRwS(ἀπολειφθεῖς)      REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      POSITION: intermarg. B; after sch. 81.09 SSa (with lemma 73 in Sa); cont. from 78.03 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ μὴ γνωρίσασα τῶν αἰτιῶν τῆς πορνείας prep. Sa   |    ἀπολειφθῆναι Rf   |    first τοῦ] τὸ Pr   |    μὴ del. Schw.   |    ἰδεῖν] V, εἰδέναι others   |    ἢ τοῦ … αἰτίαν] ἀπολειφθεῖσα τοῦ γνῶναι τὸν τρόπον τῆς ἐμῆς φυγῆς Rb, ἀπολειφθεῖσα τοῦ γνῶναι τὸν δρόμον τῆς φυγῆς S   |    ἢ] καὶ Pr   |    τῆς πορν. τ. αἰτίαν] τῆς μοιχείας τ. αἰτίαν Sa, τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς μοιχείας Rf   |    at end add. ἢ τοῦ φόνου RfSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄδηλον τινὸς MRf, ἄδηλόν τινος Sa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.104,25–105,2; Dind. II.54,5–7, 2–4

COMMENT:   Note that the second half of the comment is based on the presence of δ’ in 79.   |    It is not certain that the deletion of μὴ is needed, since it could be a redundant negative after the idea of deprivation (but rhetorical balance is better without it). Its presence is imitated in the derivative sch. 80.08, 80.09.   |   


Or. 80.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπολειφθεῖσα⟩: ἢ τοῦ καταλαβεῖν ζῶσαν τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν ἀπολειφθεῖσα ⟨ἢ⟩ τοῦ γνῶναι τὸν τρόπον τῆς ἐμῆς φυγῆς  —V

POSITION: cont. from prev. V      

APP. CRIT.:   first τοῦ Schw., τὸ V   |   ἢ suppl. Schw.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.105,3–4; Dind. II.54,7–8


Or. 80.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπολειφθεῖσα⟩: τοῦ μὴ εἰδέναι τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς πορνείας  —Pr

REF. SYMBOL: Pr       POSITION: marg.      


Or. 80.09 (pllgn exeg) ἤγουν τὸ μὴ γνῶ[ναι] τὸν θάν[ατον] τῆς ἐμ[ῆς ἀδελφῆς] ἢ τὴν ἐμ[ὴν] μοιχεί[αν]  —F

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ perhaps deleted by scribe   


Or. 80.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπολειφθεῖσα⟩: ἤγουν ὄπισθεν τῆς ἀδελφῆς μου  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 80.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπολειφθεῖσα⟩: καὶ στερηθεῖσα ἐγὼ τῆς ἀδελφῆς μου  —V2Ab2CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐγὼ om. V2   |    μου om. Ab2CrOx   |    τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας add. V3   


Or. 80.18 (rec exeg) ⟨τύχας⟩: τὰς ἐμὰς ἢ τὰς ἐκείνης  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 80.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τύχας⟩: ἢ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς πορνείας  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 80.21 (pllgn gram) ⟨τύχας⟩: ἡ τύχη μέση λέξις ἐστὶ καὶ ἐπὶ δυστυχίας λαμβάνεται καὶ ἐπὶ εὐτυχίας, ὡς ἡ ὀσμὴ καὶ ἐπὶ εὐωδίας λαμβάνεται καὶ ἐπὶ δυσωδίας.  —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:  ‘Tuchē’ (‘fortune’) is an indeterminate term (‘mesē lexis’) and is applied both to misfortune and good fortune, just as ‘osmē’ (‘smell’) is applied both to a beautiful scent and to a foul odor.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   δυστυχίαν Y2   |    λαμβανομένη Yf2   |    ὡς καὶ Yf2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.54,9–11


Or. 80.22 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 81.01 (81–82) (pllgn paraphr) τί εἴπω σοι ἂν ἥτις παροῦσα ὁρᾶς σὺ ἡ χρηματίσασα Ἑλένη, καὶ πρόξενος θρήνου εἰς τὸν γόνον τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος, ἐν συμφοραῖσι σαῖς  —Zu

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   σοῖς Zu   

COMMENT:   For πρόξενος θρήνου see sch. 81.13.   


Or. 81.02 (vet exeg) Ἑλένη, τί σοι λέγοιμ’ ἄν:  1πρὸς πάσας τὰς ὕβρεις ἀντέθηκε τὸ Ἑλένη, ὅθεν καὶ χιάζεται ὁ στίχος·  2σεσημείωται γὰρ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς Ἑλένης.  3αἰνίττεται δὲ ὅτι πονηρῶς κερτομεῖ περὶ τούτων πυνθανομένη περὶ ὧν παροῦσα ὁρᾷ.   —MBVCCrPrRfRwOx

TRANSLATION:   In response to all the insults Electra has opposed the word ‘Helen’, for which reason the chi is affixed to the line. For the name of Helen has been marked as significant. And Electra implies indirectly that Helen is maliciously criticizing when she inquires about things that she sees before her.

LEMMA: MCRf, ἑλένη τί σοι V, ἑλένη BPrRw      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRf      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πάντας Rw   |    ἀνατέθεικε (or ‑θηκε?) V, ἀνθέστηκε Rf, ἀντέθηκεν Rw   |    τῆ ἑλένη CrOx   |    ὄθεν om. Pr   |    σχίζεται RfRw, χλευάζεται CrOx   |    2 γὰρ om. V   |    3 πονηροῦ changed to πονήρου M, πονήρους Pr   |    first περὶ] παρὰ Rw   |    περὶ ὧν] παρὰ ὧν Rw, ἃ Rf, περὶ del. Schw.   |    ὁρᾷς MCrOx   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 πονήρως BCCrRwOx   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.105,5–8; Dind. II.54,19–22

KEYWORDS:  αἰνίττομαι   |   πονηρῶς   


Or. 81.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἑλένη⟩: εἰρωνικῶς  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς   


Or. 81.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἑλένη⟩: ὀνειδιστικῶς  —AaGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 81.05 (pllgn gram) ⟨Ἑλένη⟩: ἡ ἀξία θρήνων πολλῶν, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔλεγος ὁ θρῆνος  —F

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 81.06 (rec gram) ⟨Ἑλένη⟩: διὰ τὸ πολυσύμφορον τῆς Ἑλένης  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 81.07 (pllgn gram) ⟨Ἑλένη⟩: ἤτοι αἰτία θρήνων ὀνειδιστικῶς  —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu       POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 81.09 (vet exeg) τί σοι λεγοιμ’ ἂν ἅ γε καὶ παροῦσα:  1τί χρεὼν εἰπεῖν ἅτινα ὁρᾷς;  2τί δὲ ὁρᾷς;  3[81] ‘ἐν συμφοραῖσι τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον’.  4δῆλον δὲ ὅτι οὐ τὸν Ὀρέστην μόνον λέγει ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑαυτὴν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον.  5περὶ τῶν δύο γὰρ ἡ Ἑλένη ἐπύθετο λέγουσα [73] ‘πῶς, ὦ τάλαινα, σύ τε κασίγνητός τε σός’.  6εἰκότως οὖν καὶ αὐτὴ ἐπάγει τὴν ἑαυτῆς ἄυπνον κηδεμονίαν καὶ τὴν Ὀρέστου νόσον.   —BVCPrRfRw, partial Sa

TRANSLATION:   What need is there to say the things you see? And what do you see? ‘The offspring of Agamemnon in misfortunes’. It is obvious that with ‘offspring of Agamemnon’ she speaks not just of Orestes but also of herself. For Helen asked about the two when she said ‘How, poor girl, you and your brother …’ Justifiably, therefore, she too follows up with her own sleepless solicitude and Orestes’ sickness.

LEMMA: B(παροῦ()), τί σοι λέγοιμ’ ἂν Pr, ἄγε καὶ παροῦσ’ ὁρᾶς· ἣν ἐπεὶ προσίλιον ἔπλευσα· ἄγε καὶ παροῦσ’ ὁρᾶς· C, λέγοιμ’ ἂν ἣν ἐπεὶ πρὸς ἴλιον ἔπλευσας παροῦσα εἰσορᾶς Rw, 73 πῶς ὦ τάλαινα κασίγνητός τε σὸς Sa      REF. SYMBOL: Sa (at sch., not at text)      POSITION: cont. from sch. 81.02 PrRf, cont. from 82.08 V; between 65.04 and 80.06 Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   1–5 τί χρέων … σός om. Sa   |    1 οἷον prep. Rf, ὁ δὲ νοῦς prep. V   |    τί χρεὼν] Schw., τί ἔχων V, τί ἔχω CRfRw, τίς χωρεῖ Pr, τίς χρεία B   |    εἰπεῖν] διηγήσασθαί σοι B, διηγήσασθαι Pr   |    ἅτινα] ἃ VRf   |    ὁρᾷς] παροῦσα ὁρᾶς Rf   |    3 ἐν συμφοραῖς B, om. Rf   |    4 δῆλον … γόνον om. Rf   |    δῆλον δὲ ὅτι] δηλονότι VC   |    4–5 οὐ τὸν … τῶν δύο γὰρ] ἐμὲ καὶ ὀρέστην καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὐτὴ περὶ τὸν βωμὸν V (from misreading β̅ = δύο)   |    4 λέγει μόνον transp. Rw   |    ἀγαμ. γόνον om. Pr   |    5 παρὰ Rw   |    γὰρ] γὰρ καὶ BPr   |    ἡ ἑλένη] om. V, ἑλένη Pr   |    ἐπύθετο] θετο Rw   |    λέγουσα om. V   |    κασίγνητε V   |    τε σός om. VRw   |    6 οὖν om. Rw   |    αὕτη BSa, αὐτὴν Rf   |    ἀπάγει BPr, ἐπιφέρει V   |    τὴν ἑαυτῆς] τὴν ἑαυτῶν Rw   |    κηδεμονίαν] V, δυσδαιμονίαν BCPrRfSa, δεισιδαιμονίαν Rw   |    τὴν τοῦ ὀρ. Rw   |    τὴν νόσον ὀρέστου transp. V   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   6 ἐπάγη C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.105,12–17; Dind. II.54,28–55,3

COMMENT:   Clearly this note was transmitted in a corrupt, partly illegible, or lacunose form. It is also a good example of how the B tradition often smooths out difficulties: τίς χρεία makes sense and uses a typical glossing word (often applied to χρεὼν), but the other corrupt readings point to χρεών, as Schw. saw; illegible **δεμονία has probably been adjusted (not just in B) to the generic δυσδαιμονία, whereas the specific κηδεμονία in V is more apposite.   


Or. 81.10 (rec paraphr) τί σοι λεγοιμ’ ἂν ἅ γε καὶ παροῦσ’ ὁρᾷς:  1τί χρεὼν εἰπεῖν ἅτινα εἰσορᾶς καὶ παροῦσα;  2τί δὲ ὁρᾷς;  3ἐν συμφοραῖς ὄντα τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον.  4ἐπάγει δὲ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην ἄυπνον δυσδαιμονίαν καὶ τὴν τῆς νόσου καὶ τὴν ἐπ’ αὐτοῦ αὐτῆς κακοπάθειαν.  5λέγει γὰρ [84, 86] ‘ἐγὼ μὲν … θάσσω’, ὅ ἐστι κάθημαι παρεδρεύων, αὐτὸς δὲ τῇ νόσῳ τήκεται.   —RaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   What need is there to say the things you see even being present? And what do you see? The offspring of Agamemnon being in misfortunes. And Electra continues with both the sleepless wretchedness directed toward Orestes and the suffering of the illness and her own suffering occasioned by it. For she says ‘I for my part … am sitting’, that is, I sit down in attendance on him, while he himself is wasting away with his disease.

LEMMA: S(ἄγε), ἑλένη τί σοι λεγοιμ’ ἄγε καὶ παροῦσα ὁρᾶς Rb, ἑλένη τί σοι λεγοιμ’ ἂν RaSa      REF. SYMBOL: RaSa      POSITION: after sch. 85.05 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τί χρεὼν Schw., τί ἔχω all   |    2–4 τί δὲ … ἐπὶ τὸν om. S   |    4 ἡ om. Ra   |    ἠλέκτρα] ἑλένη Rb   |    third τὴν om. Rb   |    εἰς add. before κακοπάθειαν S   |    5 spaced and punct. as separate note Sa (with ref. symbol)   |    λέγω Sa   |    μὲν] μὲν γὰρ Rb   |    παρεδρεύω Sa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἐν] ἐ Rb   |    4 τῆς νόσου] τοῦ νόσου Rb, τῆς της νόσου S   |    κακοπάθηαν Ra   |    5 την νόσω Rb   


Or. 81.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σοι⟩: σοὶ, ἥτις πρόξενος τοῦ θρήνου γέγονας τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονος παιδί  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   σοὶ] σὺ Gu   

COMMENT:   Cf. sch. 81.01 above for πρόξενος θρήνου.   


Or. 81.25 (rec exeg) ⟨παροῦσ’ ὁρᾷς⟩: ἐν συμφοραῖσι δηλονότι οὐ τὸν Ὀρέστην μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμαυτὴν —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 81.30. (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁρᾶς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁράσεις. ἀντιχρονία.  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.55,8

KEYWORDS:  ἀντιχρονισμός/ἀντιχρονία   


Or. 82.08 (vet exeg) τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον:  1τὴν ἀπολογίαν δι’ ἑνὸς ἐδήλωσεν ὀνόματος·  2καὶ Ὀρέστης γὰρ κρινόμενος εἰς τὴν ⟨ἀπὸ⟩ τοῦ πατρὸς κατέφυγεν ἀπολογίαν.   —MBVCPrRbRfRw

TRANSLATION:   She made clear her grounds of defence through a single name (Agamemnon); indeed Orestes too when on trial took refuge in the defence derived from his father.

LEMMA:  Rw, τὸν ἀγαμέμνονος Rb, ἐν συμφοραῖσι MC, ἐν συμφ. τὸν ἀγαμένονος V      REF. SYMBOL: MV      POSITION: cont. from 81.09, add. δὲ (after ἀπολογίαν) BPr; cont. from 76.01 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὴν ἀπολ. δὲ BPrRf, τὴν ἀπώλειαν Arsenius   |    2 καὶ om. Rb   |    ὀρέστην γὰρ κρινόμενον V   |    κοινόμενος Rb   |    ἀπὸ add. Schwartz   |    ἀπολογίαν κατέφυγεν transp. V   |    κατέφ.] ἀπέφ. RbRw   |    ἀπολογίαν] φιλοτιμίαν BPrRbRf; φιλότητα Arsenius   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κατέφυγε BPrRbRf (all before φιλοτιμία)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.105,9–11; Dind. II.55,4–6


Or. 82.09 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον⟩: δηλονότι οὐ τὸν Ὀρέστην μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑαυτὴν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 82.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον⟩: οὐ μόνον τὸν Ὀρέστην λέγει γόνον τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑαυτήν, ἤγουν ἐν συμφοραῖς βλέπεις τὸν γόνον τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος, ἤγουν ἡμᾶς.  —Yf2


Or. 82.20 (rec exeg) ⟨γόνον⟩: γρ. δόμον  —K

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 83.01 (vet exeg) ἐγὼ μὲν ἄυπνος πάρεδρος:  1ἐγὼ μὲν μὴ καθεύδουσα παρεδρεύω ἕνεκα τοῦ μικρὸν ἐμπνεῖν τοῦτον.  2εἶτα δυσχεραίνουσά φησι τῷ ἀθλίῳ νεκρῷ, ἵν’ ᾖ νεκρῷ ὄντι ἀθλίῳ.  3καὶ βεβαίωσις τούτου ‘νεκρὸς γὰρ οὗτος’.   —MBCPrRf, partial VRw

TRANSLATION:   Without sleeping I sit beside (him) because this man has little breath of life. Then in distress she says, (beside) the wretched corpse, that is, (beside him,) being a wretched corpse. And the justification of this is ‘for this man is a corpse’.

LEMMA: MC, ἐγὼ μὲν ἄυπνος BPrRf, πάρεδρος Rw;      REF. SYMBOL: MBRf      POSITION: cont. from 84.01 V, prep. ὁ δὲ λόγος      

APP. CRIT.:   1 μὴ add. before παρεδρεύω Rf   |    τοῦ] τῶ Pr   |    μικροῦ Rw   |    2–3 ἵν’ ᾖ κτλ om. VRw   |    2 ἵν’ ᾖ νεκρῷ om. M   |    3 νεκροῦ M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἕνεκεν C, ἔνεκεν app. M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.105,18–21; Dind. II.55,9–11

COMMENT:   The explanation is based on taking 84 οὕνεκα σμικρᾶς πνοῆς with the main clause and not with νεκρὸς γὰρ οὗτος, a construal motivated by assuming ἕνεκα has its common meaning ‘because of’ rather than its less common idiomatic sense ‘as far as concerns’. The same punctuation is assumed in the next scholion. But sch. 84.01 reflects the correct punctuation and interpretation.   |   


Or. 83.02 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως:  1ἐγὼ μὲν ἄυπνος θάσσω παρεδρεύουσα τῷ ἀθλίῳ νεκρῷ οὕνεκα σμικρᾶς πνοῆς,  2ὅ ἐστιν· ὅπως μὴ ἀποψύξας λάθῃ με, φυλάττω.   —MBVCMnPrRbRfRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   I, sleepless, sit in attendance beside the wretched corpse because of his scant breath. That is, in order that he not breathe his last without my noticing, I watch over (him).

LEMMA: MBPrRf, in marg. B; ἐγὼ μὲν V; ἐγὼ μὲν ἄυπνος Rb      REF. SYMBOL: VRbSa      POSITION: cont. from 83.01 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἑξῆς prep. V   |    ἐγὼ … νεκρῷ om. Rw   |    καὶ add. before παρεδρ. PrRf   |    2 ὅ ἐστιν om. MnRbRwSSa   |    μὴ om. Rb   |    ἀψύξας app. M, ἀποψύχας C   |    φυλάττων Mn   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 παρεδρευοῦσα Mn   |    οὔνεκα VCPr   |    2 φυλάσσω BPrRf   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.105,22–24; Dind. II.55,12–14


Or. 83.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐγὼ μὲν ἄυπνος πάρεδρος⟩: ἀεὶ φυλάττω αὐτὸν  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 83.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄυπνος πάρεδρος⟩: καὶ παρακαθημένη διηνεχῶς  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 83.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄυπνος⟩: μὴ δεχομένη ὕπνον τοῖς βλεφάροις  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 83.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πάρεδρος⟩: πάρεδρος θάσσω ἀντὶ τοῦ παρακάθημαι —XXaXbT+YYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   πάρεδρος om. G   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν G   


Or. 83.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πάρεδρος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ παρεδρευομένη καὶ παρακαθημένη  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 83.11 (rec gram) ⟨πάρεδρος⟩: ὁ παρά τὴν πλησιότητα δηλῶν  —K

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 84.01 (vet exeg) νεκρὸς γὰρ οὗτος:  1ἕνεκα τοῦ πνεύματος νεκρός ἐστι· 2μικρὸν γάρ τι ἔχει πνεῦμα καὶ μόλις ἀναπνεῖ.   —MBVCMnRbSa

TRANSLATION:   As far as his breathing goes, he is a corpse. For he has very scant breath and hardly respires.

LEMMA: MVC, νεκρὸς γὰρ οὗτος εἵνεκα σμικρᾶς πνοῆς MnSaRb      REF. SYMBOL: MVSa      POSITION: intermarg. B; after next MnRbSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἕνεκα … ἐστι om. MnSa   |    πνεύματος] πατρὸς (compend.) C   |    1–2 νεκρός ἐστι μικρὸν] νεκρὸν V   |    1 ἐστι om. Rb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀναπνέει C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,1–2; Dind. II.55,15–16


Or. 84.02 (vet exeg) αὐτὸ γὰρ, φησὶ, τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ νεκρόν ἐστιν.  —MBRbV3

TRANSLATION:   His very breath, she says, is dead.

LEMMA: σμικρᾶς πνοῆς MnRbSa      REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: s.l. MV3; intermarg. B, cont. from prev.       

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτὸ γὰρ] ἢ οὕτως αὐτὸ B   |    αὐτοῦ] του Mn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,3; Dind. II.55,16–17


Or. 84.04 (rec rhet) ⟨νεκρὸς⟩: ἐπιδιόρθωσις  —RfGu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐπιδιόρθωσις   


Or. 84.05 (pllgn rhet) ⟨νεκρὸς⟩: ἐπιδιορθοῖ τι· οἱ γὰρ νεκροὶ οὐ ζῶσι.  —F

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐπιδιόρθωσις   


Or. 84.06 (pllgn rhet) λύει αὖθις ὅπερ εἶπε, τὸν Ὀρέστην νεκρὸν  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   She unsays in turn the very thing she said, (that) Orestes (is) a corpse.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 84.07 (rec rhet) ⟨νεκρὸς⟩: κατασκευαστικὸν  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   (The statement is) corroborative.

POSITION: s.l. (over middle of line) Pr      

COMMENT:   As a term in logic or rhetoric, κατασκευαστικός can refer to a constructive, positive argument as opposed to a destructive one; for the sense ‘tending to prove, establish’ see Lampe s.v.   


Or. 84.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὕνεκα σμικρᾶς πνοῆς⟩: τουτέστιν εἰ καὶ μικρὸν πνέει  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 84.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὕνεκα σμικρᾶς πνοῆς⟩: πλὴν διὰ τὸ μικρόπνου⟨ν εἶναι⟩  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ μικρᾶς πνοῆς a.c., app. τὸ μικροπνου p.c. Sa   


Or. 84.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨οὕνεκα⟩:  1τὸ οὕνεκα λαμβάνεται καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ χάριν καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι.  2ἔνθα οὖν ἔνι ἀναγκαῖον πεσεῖν τὸ ἕνεκα, γράφεται δὲ καὶ τὸ οὕνεκα.  3οὐ μὴν ἀνάπαλιν ἔνθα γράφεται τὸ οὕνεκα, ἵνα γραφῇ καὶ τὸ ἕνεκα.  4πῶς γὰρ μέλλει γράφειν εἰς τὸν Ὁμηρικὸν στίχον ἀντὶ τοῦ οὕνεκα τὸ ἕνεκα, τὸν λέγοντα [Hom. Il. 1.11] ‘οὕνεκα τὸν Χρύσην ἠτίμασεν’;  5οὐ γὰρ λαμβάνεται καὶ τὸ ἕνεκα διπλῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ οὕνεκα.  —Yf2

POSITION: follows sch. 85.05      

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 γραφεῖν Yf2   |    ἠτίμησεν Yf2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.55,18–56,5

COMMENT:  ἔνι as third person form for ἐστί is occasionally found elsewhere in Palaeologan scholia.   |    Cf. Commentaria in Dionysii Thracis Artem Grammaticam, Scholia Marciana (Gram.Gr. 1:3.440) τὸ οὕνεκα τοῦ ἕνεκα διαφέρει χρήσει καὶ συντάξει· ὁ μὲν οὖν οὕνεκα ῥήματι συντάσσεται, οἷον ⟨Α 11⟩ οὕνεκα τὸν Χρύσην ἠτίμησ’ ἀρητῆρα Ἀτρείδης, τὸ δὲ ἕνεκα πτώσει γενικῇ, οἷον ⟨Ζ 356⟩ εἵνεκ’ ἐμεῖο κυνὸς καὶ Ἀλεξάνδρου ἕνεκ’ ἄτης, ⟨β 206⟩ εἵνεκα τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐριδαίνομεν, ποιητικῶς τοῦ ι πλεονάσαντος· ὁ δὲ συντάττων τὸ ἕνεκα ῥήματι σύγχυσιν ποιεῖ. See also Sch. Yf2 Hec. 787 τὸ οὕνεκα λαμβάνεται καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅτι καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ χάριν· ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅτι, ὡς τὸ ‘οὕνεκα τὸν Χρύσην·’ ἀντὶ τοῦ χάριν, ὡς καὶ ἐνταῦθα. τὸ δὲ ἕνεκα ἀντὶ τοῦ οὕνεκα οὐ λαμβάνεται πώποτε.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 84.17 (thom exeg) ⟨σμικρᾶς πνοῆς⟩: διότι μικρὰν ἔχει πνοὴν, ἐγγύς ἐστι νεκροῦ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l., except ZmT; above 83 νεκρῷ ZbZl      

APP. CRIT.:   μικρὰν πνοὴν [ἔχει] Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.56,5


Or. 85.05 (vet exeg) τὰ τούτου δ’ οὐκ ὀνειδίζω κακά:  1σιωπῶ τὰ κακὰ τούτου, ἵνα μὴ δόξω αὐτῷ ὀνειδίζειν τὴν μητροκτονίαν.  2καὶ διὰ μὲν τῆς σιωπῆς τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κακῶν αὐτοῦ ἐσήμηνεν,  3ἐμφαίνει δὲ ὅτι σὺ μὲν ὠνείδισας αὐτῷ εἰποῦσα ὅτι [74] ‘μητρὸς ὅδε φονεύς’, ἐγὼ δὲ οὔ.   —MBVCMnPrRbRfRwSaYf2

TRANSLATION:   I keep silent about the ills of this man, so that I may not seem to reproach him for the matricide. By means of her refusal to speak of them she (Electra) indicated the great number of his ills, while on the other hand she insinuates that you reproached him by saying that ‘this man is the murderer of his mother’, but I do not.

LEMMA: MCSa, τὰ τούτου δ’ οὐκ ὀνειδίζω BV, τὰ τοῦδ’ οὐκ ὀνειδίζω MnRwb, οὐκ ὀνειδίζω Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRbSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διωπῶ Mn   |    κακὰ τούτου VMn(τοῦτ‑ a.c.)RbSaYf2, κακὰ τοῦτον M, κατὰ τοῦτον BCPrRfRw   |    φησὶν add. before ἵνα Pr   |    δόξη VRb   |    αὐτῷ] αὐτὴν Sa, αὐτὸν Mn   |    τὴν] αὐτὴν B a.c.   |    2 διὰ μὲν τῆς σιωπῆς] διὰ τοῦτο σιωπῶ RbSa, διὰ τὴν σιωπὴν Mn   |    μὲν transp. after σιωπῆς BPrRf, after τὸ VRwYf2   |    αὐτοῦ om. MnRbSa   |    ἐσήμηνεν VCRw, ἐσήμανεν others   |    3 first δὲ om. Sa   |    ὀνείδισας Rb, perhaps ἔδεισας Rf a.c.   |    αὐτῷ] αὐτὸν MnPrRfSa   |    εἰπὼν V   |    ὅτι … φονεύς] μητρὸς φονέα Sa, μητρὸς Rf   |    ὅτι om. BRbYf2   |    ὅδε] δὲ MBCMnRb, om. Rw   |    φονεὺς ἔφυ Yf2, om. ἐγὼ δ’ οὔ   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,4–7; Dind. II.56,6–9


Or. 85.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τὰ τούτου … κακά⟩:  ⟨οὐ⟩ λέγουσα τὴν μητροφ[ονίαν] ἀλλὰ σιωπῶ  —O

COLLATION NOTES:   Letters lost in binding.   |   


Or. 85.08 (rec exeg) ⟨τὰ δ’ οὐκ⟩: τοῦ(δ’)  —Ab

LEMMA: τὰ δ’ οὐκ in text Ab       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 85.09 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐκ ὀνειδίζω⟩: λέγουσα τοῦτον νεκρόν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   διότι prep. Zl   


Or. 85.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐκ ὀνειδίζω⟩: ὡς σὺ μητροφόντην εἰποῦσα  —ZuGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   σὺ om. Gu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἴπουσα Zu   |   


Or. 85.15 (rec exeg) ⟨κακά⟩: κακὰ τὰ ὑπεράπειρα τῶν συμφορῶν  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   ὑπεράπειρος, ‘immense, beyond infinite’, originated in theological contexts, but is used in other contexts by Theodorus Prodromus, carm. hist. 32c.10 (imperial encomium) and in 13–14th cent. novels and historians.   


Or. 86.01 (vet exeg) σὺ δ’ εἶ μακαρία:  1πλεονάζει τὸ ὑπαρκτικὸν ῥῆμα, ἵν’ ᾖ σὺ δὲ {εἶ} μακαρία καὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ ὁ σὸς μακάριος.  2⟨ἢ⟩ εἰς τὸ πόσις τελεία στιγμή, τὰ δὲ ἑξῆς ἀπολύτως.   —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   The verb of being is superfluous, so that the sense is: ‘You, fortunate one, and your husband, fortunate’. Or, there is a full stop at ‘posis’ and the following phrase is to be taken separately.

LEMMA: MCRw      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: sep. from prev. by three-dot punct. B, add. δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   1 σὺ] οὐ B   |    εἶ del. Schwartz   |    first ὁ om. B   |    2 ἢ add. Mastr. (alternatively, regard as two sep. notes, with Schw.)   |    εἰς] εἰς δὲ C   |    πόσις οὖν B   |    τὰ δὲ ἑξῆς] τὸ δὲ ἥκετον ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς B   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ῥήμα M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,8–10; Dind. II.56,11–13

KEYWORDS:  πλεονάζει   


Or. 86.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἶ⟩: παρέλκον τὸ εἶ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  παρέλκει/παρέλκον   


Or. 86.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σὺ δ’ εἶ μακαρία⟩: εἰρωνικῶς τοῦτο φησί  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς   


Or. 86.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ⟩: εἶ  —V

LEMMA: ἡ in text V       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 86.14 (thom exeg) πόσις:  1τινὲς στίζοντες εἰς τὸ πόσις τὸ ἑξῆς κομματικὸν ἐκφέρουσιν ἀπατηθέντες ἐκ τοῦ ὑπαρκτικοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ σὺ δ’ εἶ μακαρία, κἀνταῦθα ἕτερον προσλαμβάνοντες.  2φασὶ γὰρ οὕτω· σὺ δὲ εἶ, ὦ Ἑλένη, μακαρία καὶ ὁ σὸς πόσις μακάριος ἐστίν.  3εἶτα λέγουσι τὸ ‘ἥκετον ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ἀθλίως πεπραχότας’ κομματικόν.  4τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἔστι τοιοῦτον, ἀλλ’ εἰποῦσα ἡ Ἠλέκτρα σὺ δὲ, ὦ Ἑλένη, μακαρία εἶ, ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν καὶ ὁ σὸς πόσις μακάριος ἐστί·  5νῦν δὲ οὐχ οὕτως, ἀλλὰ καινοπρεπῶς ἐξήνεγκε, πρὸς μὲν τὴν Ἑλένην ὑπαρκτικῷ χρησαμένη ῥήματι ἑνικῶς τῷ εἶ, πρὸς δὲ τὸν Μενέλαον ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔστι τὸ ἥκετον εἰποῦσα, συμπεριλανβάνουσα ἀμφοτέρους Ἑλένην τε καὶ Μενέλαον.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Some punctuate at ‘posis’ and pronounce the following as a separate unit, misled by the verb of being in ‘but you are blessed’, supplying another verb of being here as well. For they paraphrase it thus: ‘But you, Helen, are blessed, and your husband is blessed’. Then they pronounce as a separate unit the words ‘you two have come to us in our wretchedness’. But the construction is not like that; rather, after Electra says ‘but you, Helen are blessed’, she should have said ‘and your husband is blessed’. But as it is, she did not put it that way, but uttered it in a novel way, using with reference to Helen the verb of being in the singular form ‘ei’, but with reference to Menelaus saying, instead of ‘is’, ‘you two have come’, including (as subjects) both fo them, Helen and Menelaus.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τινὲς δὲ στ. Zb   |    δ’ εἶ] δὲ Zb   |    κἀνταῦθα … μακαρία om. ZbZl   |    2 μακαρία ὦ Ἑλένη transp. Za   |    4 ἡ om. T   |    εἶ] εἶτ’ Z, εἶτα Za   |    5 καινοπρεπὲς Za   |    first ἑλένην] ἠλ(έκτρ)αν Za   |    χρησάμενος Za, χρησαμένη transp. after ῥήματι Gu   |    τὸ εἶ ZZbZm   |    μενέλαον] μέλλοντα Zb   |    συμπαραλαμβ. T   |    τε om. Zb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κοματικὸν Zl   |    3 κοματικὸν Zl   |    4 σὺ δ’ ὦ T   |    5 first ἑλλένην Gu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.56,14–24

KEYWORDS:  Thomas critical of another view   


Or. 86.15 (tri exeg) εἰ δὲ σύ δ’ ἡ μακαρία γράψεις, εὕρηται γὰρ καὶ οὕτω, οὐδεμίαν ἔχει ἀμφιβολίαν ὁ λόγος.  —T

TRANSLATION:   But if you write ‘you, the blessed woman’—for it is also found transmitted thus—, the sentence contains no confusion.

POSITION: cont. from prev. T      


Or. 87.01 (vet exeg) ἥκετον ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς:  1ἤλθετε πρὸς ἡμᾶς.  2τῇ προσθήκῃ δὲ τοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς τραχύτερον αὐτὸ ἐποίησεν·  3ἁρπασόμενοι γὰρ ἤλθετε ἡμᾶς, φησίν.  4ἔοικε δὲ τῷ Ἑπτὰ ἐπὶ Θήβας.   —MBVCPrRbRf

TRANSLATION:   You have come to us. By the addition of the phrase ‘to/against us’ she made it (her utterance) harsher: ‘for you have come to attack and seize us’, she says. It is like the (use of the preposition ‘epi’ in) ‘Seven against Thebes’.

LEMMA: MVCPrRf, lemma ἥκετον Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MVRbRf      POSITION: cont. from 86.01 B; after sch. 81.10 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀπολύτως prep. PrRf (from sch. 86.01)   |    ἦλθε V   |    2 τῇ προσθήκῃ δὲ om. PrRf   |    τοῦ] τὸ Rf   |    τραχύτερον αὐτὸ washed out in Rw   |    αὐτόν VRbRf, s.l. γρ. αὐτὸ V   |    3 ἁρπασάμενος M, ἁρπασόμενος V, perhaps ‑ομένους Rw   |    ἤλθετε ἡμᾶς om. M, add. s.l.   |    ἡμᾶς ἤλθετε transp. VRb   |    εἰς ἡμᾶς Rf   |    φησίν om. VRb   |    4 ἔοικε δὲ κτλ om. V   |    ἔοικε] εἴρηκε a.c. app. B, corr. in line and in marg.   |    τῷ B, τὸ others   |    θήβας B, θήβαις others   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ταχύτερον Rf   |    4 ἔοικε] ἔοικεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  ὥσπερ καὶ τὸν κύκλον ἄπειρόν φαμεν τῷ μὴ ἔχειν πέρατα, καὶ ‘χιτῶνα ἄπειρόν’ (20) φασι τὸν μὴ ἔχοντα διαίρεσιν, ἢ πόσιν ἀπείρῳ περιβαλοῦσ’ ὑφάσματι. I.106,11–13; Dind. II.56,25–57,2


Or. 87.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀθλίως⟩: πῶς  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 87.15 (recTri metr) ⟨πεπραγότας⟩: long mark over first alpha  —OT

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 87.16 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 88.01 (vet exeg) πόσον χρόνον δέ:  1πάντως δέδοικε μὴ ὀλίγον χρόνον δυστυχοῦσι,  2διὸ οὐδὲ τὸν χρόνον εἶπεν ἡ Ἠλέκτρα.   —MBVCPrRbSa

TRANSLATION:   Assuredly, she (Helen) is fearful that they have been unfortunate for (just?) a short time; therefore Electra did not even mention the time (in her reply).

LEMMA: MVCPr, πόσον χρόνον Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      POSITION: intermarg. B; between sch. 93.03 and sch. 94.01 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πάντως] om. BSa, πῶς Pr   |    δέδοικας M, δέδοικα RbSa   |    2 οὔτε MBCPr, οὐ Sa   |    ἡ ἑλένη Rb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ὁλίγον M   |    δυστυχοῦσιν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,14–15; Dind. II.57,4–5

COMMENT:   The analysis fits with the tendency, evident in a number of scholia in this passage, of reading the characters’ statements as full of hostile innuendo (cf. next sch.). The critic assumes that Helen would be content if the siblings’ sufferings were of long duration, and suggests that in turn Electra replies without being specific about how many days in order to frustrate Helen’s Schadenfreude.   


Or. 88.02 (rec exeg) ⟨πόσον χρόνον⟩: πανούργως ἐρωτᾷ ταῦτα ἡ Ἑλένη  —AaPr

TRANSLATION:   Helen asks this question with malicious intent.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἑλένη add. before πανούργως Aa   |    ταῦτα ἡ ἑλένη om. Pr   |   

KEYWORDS:  πανοῦργος/πανούργως   


Or. 88.04 (rec gram) ⟨πόσον χρόνον⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ χέεσθαι ῥεῖα  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 89.01 (vet exeg) ἐξ οὗπερ αἷμα:  1οὐ πρὸς τὴν πεῦσιν ἀπεκρίνατο·  2ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἤρετο ἀπὸ ποίου χρόνου νοσεῖ,  3ἡ δὲ εἶπεν ἀφ’ οὗ τὴν μητέρα ἀνεῖλε.  4τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν ὁμοίως ἄδηλον τῇ Ἑλένῃ.   —MBVCRfRw

TRANSLATION:   She did not respond to the inquiry. For Helen asked since what point in time he has been sick, and she said since he killed his mother. And this is in turn likewise unclear to Helen.

LEMMA: MVCRfRw, ἐξ οὗπερ αἷμα γενέθ(λιον) B      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRf      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐ om. Rw   |    τὴν om. MC   |    ἀπεκρίναιτο B (rewritten by later hand), ἀπεκρίνετο C   |    2 ἡ μὲν … ποίου washed out in Rw   |    κατὰ ποῖον χρόνον V   |    3 ἐξ οὗ BVCRf   |    3–4 μητέρα κτλ om. Rf (no more room on 116r, but no scholia ever entered on 116v)   |    4 after ἄδηλ. add. ἐστι BVRw (‑λόν ἐστι B, ‑λον ἔστι V, ‑λον ἐστὶ Rw)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἴρετο MRf (η s.l. Rf)   |    3 εἶπε Rw   |    ἀνεῖλεν MBV   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,16–18; Dind. II.57,7–9


Or. 89.02 (rec rhet) ἐξ οὗπερ αἷμα: διάλληλος δεῖξις ἀσαφὴς —V3Pr

POSITION: over κατήνυσεν V3      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀσαφὴς om. V3   

COMMENT:   The term διάλληλος δεῖξις (circular reasoning) is used often by philosophers from Sextus Empiricus to Arethas and Psellus and beyond, and is also found occasionally in rhetorical treatises and twice in the sch. to Aeschines. For this and the next note, compare esp. the example used in the following (and in several other texts as well): Elias, in Prophyr. Isagogen, CAG 18:1.9,10–14 διάλληλος δέ ἐστι δεῖξις, ὅτε δύο τινῶν ἀμφιβαλλομένων πραγμάτων ἑκάτερον διὰ τοῦ λοιποῦ θελήσωμεν πιστώσασθαι, οἷον ἀγνοῶν ποῦ μένει Θέων καὶ ποῦ μένει Δίων, εἰ ἐρωτήσω ‘ποῦ μένει Θέων’ καὶ εἴπῃς ‘ὅπου Δίων’, εἰ ἐπανερωτήσω ‘καὶ ποῦ μένει Δίων’ καὶ εἴπῃς ‘ὅπου Θέων’.   

KEYWORDS:  διάλληλος δεῖξις   


Or. 89.03 (pllgn rhet) ⟨ἐξ οὗπερ αἷμα⟩: διάλληλος ἡ λέξις ἐκ τοῦ ἀσαφῶς τὸ ἀσαφές.  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 89.14 (mosch exeg) γενέθλιον:  1γενέθλια πληθυντικῶς ἡ ἐν γεννήσει τινὸς τελουμένη ἑορτὴ ὥσπερ γαμήλια ἡ ἐν γάμῳ καὶ ἐγκαίνια ἡ ἐν ἐγκαινισμῷ.  2κατὰ ταῦτα ἐλέγετο καὶ Κρόνια ἡ ἑορτὴ τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ Διάσια ἡ τοῦ Διὸς καὶ Τιτάνια ἡ τῶν Τιτάνων καὶ ἕτερα.  3ἐνταῦθα δὲ γενέθλιον αἷμα λέγει ἀντὶ τοῦ μητρῶον ἀπὸ τῆς γεννήσεως μετάγων τὸν λόγον ἐπὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς γεννήσεως ἤγουν τὴν μητέρα.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGu

TRANSLATION:   In the plural ‘genethlia’ means the festivity carried out at the birth of someone, just as ‘gamēlia’ refers to the celebration at a wedding or ‘engkainia’ to that at a consecration. In accordance with this pattern the feast of Cronus was called ‘Kronia’, that of Zeus ‘Diasia’, and that of the Titans ‘Titania’ and (similarly with) other examples. But here he calls the bloodshed ‘genethlion’ as equivalent to ‘maternal’, transferring the reference (of the word) from birth to the cause of the birth, that is, the mother.

LEMMA: γενέθλιον κατήνυσε G      

APP. CRIT.:   2 κατὰ] καὶ a.c. Gu   |    λέγεται Gu   |    first ἡ om. G   |    3 ἀντὶ τοῦ] τὸ G   |    καὶ add. before ἐπὶ T   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τιτάνεια G   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.57,10–15

COMMENT:   The examples of the Titania, Diasia, and Kronia may derive from the list in ps.-Theodosius (Theodorus Prodromus?), περὶ γραμματικῆς 69,16–17.   


Or. 89.18 (rec gram) ⟨κατήνυσεν⟩: τὸ κατήνυσε λέξις ῥητορική ἐστιν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπλήρωσε φόνον.  —PrRSa

TRANSLATION:   The verb ‘katēnuse’ is a literary word used in the sense ‘he completed the murder’.

POSITION: marg. PrR, s.l. S      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐστι Sa, om. Pr   |    φόνου RSa   

COMMENT:   In the Etymologica and Eustathius (and once in sch. to Oppian), the words that are described as ‘rhetorical’ (usually with ῥητορικὴ δὲ ἡ λέξις) are on the whole rare, recherché, or high-flown, that is, known from literary language. Compare the second sense given in Triantafyllides for ρητορικός: επιδεικτικός, στομφώδης. κατανύω, however, is not very rare (over 240 instances in TLG, from tragedy to the middle ages).   


Or. 90.01 (vet exeg) ὦ μέλεος:  1καὶ οὗτος, ὅτι μητέρα ἀνεῖλε, μέλεος,  2κἀκείνη, ὅτι ὑπὸ παιδὸς ἀνῃρέθη, μελέα.   —MBVCMnPrRbSSaYf2

TRANSLATION:   Both this man is wretched because he killed his mother, and she is wretched because she was killed by her son.

LEMMA: MVCMn(μέλος)PrRSSa      REF. SYMBOL: MVRbSaYf2      POSITION: intermarg. B; Pr omitted first half in the sch. block, but added it vertically in margin, with ref. symbol      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ] ἔστιν δὲ καὶ Rb, ἔστιν δὲ MnSSa   |    οὗτος] αὐτὸς VMnRbSSa   |    ὅτι] ἢ ὅτι Rb   |    τὴν μητέρα CMnSa   |    μέλεος] om. V, μενέλεος M   |    2 κἀκείνη] καὶ αὕτη V   |    ὑπὸ τοῦ Yf2   |    παιδὸς αὐτῆς Pr   |    μελέα] μελέα τυγχάνει BYf2, μελέα τε ἡ ἑλένη V, μελέα τε ἑλένη τυγχάνει Sa, μελέα τῆ ἑλένη τυγχάνει MnRb; see next sch.   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 οὖτος M   |    ἀνεῖλεν MMnRb   |    μελαία Mn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,19–20; Dind. II.57,17–18


Or. 90.02 (rec exeg) ἡ Ἑλένη τυγχάνει ⟨συμπάσχων ἀμφοτέροις,⟩ κἀκείνῳ ὡς ἀναιροῦντι κἀκείνῃ ὡς ἀναιρουμένῃ καὶ ἀναιρούσῃ.  —S

TRANSLATION:   Helen happens ⟨lacuna: e.g., to share the sense of suffering with both⟩, both with him as one who kills and with her as one who is killed and kills.

POSITION: cont. from prev. S; compare app. of prev.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆ ἑλαίνη S   |    punct. after τυγχάνει S   


Or. 90.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ μέλεος⟩: ὅτι τὴν μητέρα ἀνεῖλεν  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 90.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ μέλεος⟩: ὡς φονεὺς μητρός  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘O wretched one’) as (being) murderer of his mother.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 90.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς διώλετο⟩: ὡς ὑπὸ υἱοῦ ἐφθάρη.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 90.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς διώλετο⟩: παρ’ αὐτοῦ ἡ γεννήσασα αὐτὸν ἐφθάρη —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 91.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὕτως ἔχει τάδ’⟩: ἀσθενῶς ἔχω δῆλον.  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 91.03 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἔχει τάδ’⟩: οὕτως ἔχει ὁ Ὀρέστης ἀτυχίας ὡς μηδὲν ἰσχύειν ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν.  —MCLp

TRANSLATION:   Orestes is in such a state of misfortune that he has no strength at all because of his troubles.

LEMMA: MC       REF. SYMBOL: M      

APP. CRIT.:   μηδὲν Lp, μὴ δὲ MC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,21–22; Dind. II.57,22–23


Or. 91.04 (pllgn paraphr) ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν Ὀρέστης ἀτυχῶν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 91.05 (pllgn paraphr) οὕτως ἔχει ὁ Ὀρέστης ἀτυχίας ὡς μηδὲν ἰσχύειν ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν.  —Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.57,22–23


Or. 91.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπείρηκ’⟩: ἀπείρηκα ἀπηγόρευσα ἀπεῖπον ἤγουν οὐ δύναμαι βαστάζειν ταῦτα.  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.57,21–22


Or. 92.06 (tri metr) ⟨θεῶν⟩: συνίζησις  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 92.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πείθοι’ ἂν⟩: ὡς τὸ ‘ἦ ῥά τι πείθοιο ὅττι κεν εἴπω’  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.58,2–3

COMMENT:   This is a shortened version of Hom. Il. 14.190 ἦ ῥά νύ μοί τι πίθοιο φίλον τέκος ὅττί κεν εἴπω.   


Or. 93.01 (vet exeg) ὡς ἄσχολός γε συγγόνου προσεδρίᾳ:  1οὕτως σοι πείσομαι ὡς ἀσχολουμένη περὶ τὴν προσεδρίαν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ,  2ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰ μὲν τὸ κελευόμενον παρὰ σοῦ χωρίζει με τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, οὐ πείσομαι ὡς ἀσχολουμένη·  3εἰ δὲ οὐ χωρίζει, πείσομαι.   —MC, partial BPr

TRANSLATION:   I will obey you so much as my being occupied with the tendance of my brother permits, meaning: if what you are asking for separates me from my brother, I will not obey, since I am occupied; but if it does not separate (me), I will obey.

LEMMA: MC      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: in BP inserted between 1 and 2 of sch. 93.03      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὕτως … ἀδελφοῦ om. BPr   |    2 ἀντὶ τοῦ] τουτέστιν BPr, αὐτοῦ C   |    ὡς ἀσχολ. om. BPr   |    3 εἰ δὲ … πείσομαι om. M   |    εἰ δὲ οὐ] οὐδὲ οὐ B   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 σο app. M   |    πήσομαι M   |    προσεδρείαν C   |    2 εἰ μὲν] ἡ μὲν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,23–107,3; Dind. II.58,7–11


Or. 93.02 (rec exeg) ὡς ἄσχολός γε: 1οὔ σοι πείσομαι ὅτι ἀσχολοῦμαι περὶ τὴν προσεδρίαν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ·  2εἰ μὲν τὸ κελευόμενον παρὰ σοῦ χωρίζει με τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, οὐ πείσομαι·  3εἰ δὲ οὐ χωρίζει, ποιήσω.   —VMnRbS

TRANSLATION:   I will not obey you because I am occupied with the tendance of my brother. If what you are asking for separates me from my brother, I will not obey; but if it does not separate me, I will do it.

REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   2 περὶ σοῦ Rb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   προσεδρείαν VS   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.106,23–107,3; Dind. II.58,7–11


Or. 93.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1τοῦτό σοι, φησὶ, πεισθείην, ὃ μὴ ἀπασχολήσει με τῆς προσεδρίας τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ.  2ἢ παντελῶς ἀπαρνεῖται τὴν ὑπούργησιν,  3τουτέστιν· οὐ πείθομαί σοι, ὅτι ἄσχολός εἰμι τῇ προσεδρίᾳ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, ἵν’ ᾖ τὸ ὡς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅτι.  4ἔνιοι δὲ λείπειν φασὶ τὸ μή, ἵν’ ᾖ εἰρωνεία·  5πείθομαί σοι, ὅτι μὴ ἄσχολός εἰμι τῇ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ προσεδρίᾳ·  6ἄσχολος γάρ ἐστιν.  7ἔνιοι ἐν ἐρωτήσει·  8πῶς οὖν, φησὶ, πεισθῶ ἀσχολουμένη τῇ νοσοκομίᾳ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ;  9ἢ ὡς σχολὴν ⟨μὴ⟩ ἄγουσα, ἀντὶ τοῦ μέγα ἐστὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα.  10ἢ τάχα τὸ ὡς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅτε, ἵν’ ᾖ ὅτε μὴ ἄσχολος.  11λείπει γὰρ τὸ μή.   —MBCPrRw, partial V

TRANSLATION:   I would obey you in this thing, whatever will not distract me from the tendance of my brother. Or she denies her help entirely, that is to say: I do not obey you because I am occupied with the tendance of my brother, so that the word ‘hōs’ may be taken as ‘hoti’ (because). But some say that there is an ellipsis of (the negative) ‘mē’, so that there is irony: I obey you because I am not occupied with the tendance of my brother; for she is occupied. Some interpret it as a question: How then, she says, am I to obey when I am occupied in tending my sick brother? Or because (I am) not at leisure, meaning the business is great. Or perhaps take the ‘hōs’ as ‘hote’ (‘when’), so that the sense is: when I am not occupied; for (the negative) ‘mē’ is to be understood.

LEMMA: ἄλλως V, in marg. MC; ὡς ἄσχολός γε BPr, ὡς ἄσχολος Rw      REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1–3 τοῦτό σοι … πείθομαί σοι transp. Rw to follow 5 προσεδρίᾳ, prep. ἢ   |    1 φησὶ om. V, φασὶ Rw   |    πεισθεῖσα Pr   |    ὧ μὴ B   |    ἀσχολήσῃ MC   |    με om. M   |    τῆς προσεδρευούσης τῶ ἀδελφῶ Pr   |    2–10 ἢ παντελῶς κτλ om. V, leaving short space before next lemma (V3 add. εἰ δὲ ἀπασχολήσει με ἢ χωρίσει με οὐ πεισθῶ σοι)   |    2 before ἢ add. partial sch. 93.01 BPr   |    ἢ] ἢ ὅτι BPr   |    3 first ὅτι] ὡς Rw   |    4 λείπειν φασὶ] φησὶ λείπειν Pr   |    λείπει C   |    5 πείθομαί σοι … προσεδρίᾳ om. Pr   |    τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ προσεδρίᾳ] προσεδρίᾳ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ transp. M   |    6 γὰρ ἦν BPr, γάρ (ἐστι om.) Rw   |    7 ἔνιοι ἐν ἐρωτήσει om. BPr   |    8 οὖν] σοι BPrRw   |    πεισθῶ] πιθὼ Pr   |    νεκροκομία Pr   |    9–11 ἀντὶ τοῦ κτλ] ἵνα ᾖ ἐρωτηματικῶς B, ἵν’ ἦ ἐρωτηματικὸν Pr   |    8 ἀντὶ τοῦ] αὐτοῦ C   |    10 τάχα] βάχ() C, βραχὺ MRw   |    τοῦ om. C   |    11 λείπει γὰρ τὸ μή om., s.l. add. M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀπασχολήση Pr   |    προσεδρείας BVCRw   |    3 προσεδρείᾳ B, ‑εία CPr, [Rw illegible, damage]   |    5 προσεδρείᾳ B, ‑εία C, perhaps Rw (damage)    |   9 πράγμα M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.107,4–12; Dind. II.58,11–20

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   |   εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς   


Or. 93.04 (rec exeg) εἰ ὃ κελεύεις οὐκ ἀπασχολήσει με τῆς προσεδρίας τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ  —O

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπασχολήσει] διαχωρήσει s.l. O   


Or. 93.05 (rec exeg) μὴ ἄδειαν ἔχουσα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τῇ παρακαθίσει  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.06 (mosch paraphr) λίαν εἰμὶ ἄσχολος, ἤγουν σχολῆς ἐστερημένη, τουτέστι λίαν ἀσχολοῦμαι ἤτοι περισπῶμαι ἐν τῇ προσεδρείᾳ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ.  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l., except XGr      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰμὶ … ἤτοι om. Zc   |    ἄσχολος ἤγουν om. G   |    ἀδελφοῦ μου TZc   

APP. CRIT. 2:   προσεδρίᾳ Zc   |   


Or. 93.07 (thom paraphr) οὐ πεισθήσομαι παρακαθημένη τῷ ἀδελφῷ, κἀντεῦθεν οὐκ ἔχουσα ἄδειαν.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l., except T      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τἀδελφῷ ZGu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.59,1–2


Or. 93.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὡς ἄσχολος⟩: ἐμμέριμνος εἰμὶ μὴ ἄδειαν ἔχουσα  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.59,2

COMMENT:   ἐμμέριμνος appears mostly in religious texts, but cf. Sch. Clem. Alex. protrept. et paedagogum (p. 328, 21–23) 181, 17 ἄλυς] ἀσχολία, μέριμνα; 181, 22 ἀλύοι] ἀλύοι ἀντὶ τοῦ ⟨οὐκ⟩ [added Mastr.] ἐνευκαιρεῖ, ἐμμέριμνός ἐστιν, διὰ φροντίδος ἔχει, ἐνασχολεῖται; also Gregorius Pardus, Commentarium in Hermogenis librum περὶ μεθόδου δεινότητος (Rhet.Gr. VII.2.1287,4–5 Walz) ἀσχολία δέ ἐστιν ἡ ἐμμέριμνος φροντίς.    


Or. 93.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς ἄσχολος⟩: λείπει ἐγὼ οὐ πείσομαι  —AbPrR

REF. SYMBOL: R       POSITION: s.l. AbPr, marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   πείθομαι Ab   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 93.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς ἄσχολος⟩: Ἀττικὸν  —F

REF. SYMBOL: F       POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 93.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄσχολος⟩:  1σχολὴ λέγεται ἡ ἄδεια καὶ ἡ ἀργία.  1ἄσχολος δὲ τάχα ἡ οὐκ ἔχουσα σχολὴν καὶ ἄδειαν ἀλλὰ ἔχουσα ἔργον τι.   —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:  ‘Scholē’ is a term used for freedom to act and for lack of activity. (The corresponding adjective) ‘ascholos’ perhaps means the one who does not have ‘scholē’ and freedom to act but has some task of work.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἄσχολος Mastr., ἀσχολία Y2Yf2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.59,4–5

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   


Or. 93.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨συγγόνου προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἤγουν τοῦ Ὀρέστου· αὐτοῦ που γὰρ ἦν καθημένη ἐγγὺς καὶ προσβλέ⟨πουσα⟩ τὸν Ὀρέστην.  —Gu

APP. CRIT.:   suppl. Dind.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.58,7 app.


Or. 93.43 (thom metr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩:  τὸ προσεδρία Ἰωνικὸν διὰ τὸ μέτρον· τὸ γὰρ δρει δίφθογγον γράφεται.  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ προσεδρία om. Zm   |    δρι̅ Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.59,2–3

COMMENT:   Cf. Tzetzes, Exeg. in Il. 1.262 ἴδον· τὸ ι ἰῶτα Ἰωνικὸν καὶ Ἀττικὸν ἐκ τοῦ ἰδῶ. οἱ γὰρ Ἴωνες τὸ ἰῶτα ἐν πολλοῖς προκρίνουσι τῆς διφθόγγου, τὴν προμήθειαν προμηθίαν γράφοντες καὶ τὴν ὠφέλειαν ὠφελίαν καὶ τὴν ἀναίδειαν ἀναιδίαν καὶ τὰ ὅμοια. καὶ ἑξίδιον καὶ λεξίδιον καὶ πάντα τὰ ὅμοια διὰ τοῦ ἰῶτα γράφουσιν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἕξις, ἕξιος καὶ ⟨λέξις⟩ λέξιος καὶ τῶν ὁμοίων.   

KEYWORDS:  Ἰωνικόν   


Or. 93.44 (pllgn metr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἰωνικῶς διὰ τὸ μέτρον  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 93.45 (pllgn gram) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩:  προεδρία ἡ προτίμησις καὶ ἡ πρωτοκαθεδρία, ι̅· προσεδρεία δὲ ἡ ἐπίμονος καὶ διηνεκὴς ἀσχολία, δίφθογγον  —Gu

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.58,6–7


Or. 93.46 (tri metr) ⟨προσεδρία⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 94.01 (vet exeg) βούλει τάφον μοι πρὸς κασιγνήτης μολεῖν:  1ἁπλούστερον αὐτῇ διαλέγεται, ὅτι μέλλει δεῖσθαι αὐτῆς,  2ἐν ταὐτῷ δὲ καὶ παραφυλάττεται {καὶ} μητρὸς εἰπεῖν, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ ὀνειδίζειν αὐτῇ.  3[Menander, Dysc. 492–493] ‘δεῖ γὰρ εἶναι κολακικὸν τὸν δεόμενόν του’.  4†διὰ τοῦτο οὖν συγγονίας άτω†   —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION:   She speaks with her in a more straightforward manner, because she is about to make a request of her, and at the same time she is also careful not to say {also} ‘of (your) mother’, so that she may not seem to reproach her. ‘For one making a request of someone has to behave like a flatterer’. (?)For this reason she used a noun of kinship (sister).(?)

LEMMA: M, βούλει τάφον μοι VC, βούλει τάφον BPr      REF. SYMBOL: MBV      POSITION: follows 88.01 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 αὐτῇ διαλέγεται] μὲν αὐτ() λέγεται V   |    2 ἐνταῦθα δὲ MC, ἐν ταύτη δὲ V   |    first καὶ V, om. others   |    second καὶ del. Mastr.   |    παραφυλάττεσθαι V, περιφυλάττεται Pr   |    after εἰπεῖν add. σῆς B   |    αὐτῇ] αὐτὴν M   |    3 κολακευτικὸν Pr   |    δεόμενόν του Men., δεόμενον τινός V, δεόμενον· οὐ MC, δεόμενον BPr   |    4 διὰ … άτω] MC(ἄγω C), om. BVPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.107,13–16; Dind. II.59,8–10.

COMMENT:   The corrupt words at the end may have originated from something like διὰ τοῦτο ὀνόματι συγγενικῷ ἐχρήσατο (Schw., modeled on sch. 95.03).   |   


Or. 94.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βούλει τάφον μοι⟩: ἁπλουστέρως διαλέγεται τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 94.03 (mosch paraphr) βούλει: πρὸς τὸν τάφον τῆς ἀδελφῆς ἐμοῦ ἀπελθεῖν  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l.; except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐμοῦ ἀπελθεῖν] ἐλθεῖν Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.59,7–8

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits cross.   |   


Or. 95.01 (vet exeg) μητρὸς κελεύεις τῆς ἐμῆς: νῦν μητέρα αὐτὴν ἐκάλεσε δεικνύουσα ὅτι οὐδὲ τὴν πρώτην λοιδορίαν προσήκατο. —MBVCPraPrbRbS

TRANSLATION:   Now she (Electra) called her (Clytemnestra) mother, showing that she did not even accept the first reproach (in 71 and 74).

LEMMA: MBC, μητρὸς κελεύεις VRb      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: in block Pra, s.l. Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   μητρὸς VRb   |    αὐτὴν om. S   |    δεικνύουσαν C, δεικνύσα (sic) B, om. PrsS   |    πρώην MBC   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκάλεσεν MPrb   |    δικνύουσα M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.107,17–18; Dind. II.59,11–12


Or. 95.02 (vet exeg) ⟨μητρὸς κελεύεις τῆς ἐμῆς⟩: ἢ ὅτι διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τῆς ἐχθρᾶς μητρὸς παραιτεῖται τὴν αἴτησιν  —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:  Or because she is using the mention of her hated mother to decline the request.

POSITION:  cont. from prev.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ ὅτι] ὅτι C, ἢ τάχα BPr   |    τοῦ ὀνόματος] τοῦτο C, τὸ ο̅() M   |    τῆς ἔχθρας τῆς μητρὸς M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.107,19; Dind. II.59,12–13


Or. 95.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1ἡ μὲν κολακεύουσα συγγενικῷ ὀνόματι ἐχρήσατο,  2ἡ δὲ παραιτουμένη τὴν κολακείαν εἶπε ‘μητρός’.   —MBCPrV3

TRANSLATION:   Helen, trying to wheedle a favor, used a term of kinship (sister), but Electra, rejecting the wheedling appeal, said ‘of (my) mother’.

LEMMA: ἀλλ’ MBCPr      POSITION: above 94 V3      

APP. CRIT.:   1 συγγενικοῖς ὀνόμασιν Pr   |    συγγενικῶς B   |    2 τὴν om. MC    |    μητρὸς τῆς ἐμῆς BPr; only μρ[ V3 (damage)   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἶπεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.107,20–21; Dind. II.59,14–15

COMMENT:   For the analysis cf. Sch. bT Hom. Il. 10.192 … εὖ δὲ καὶ τὸ φίλα τέκνα· τῷ γὰρ συγγενικῷ ὀνόματι τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου νενίκηκεν ἡδονήν (about Nestor addressing the Greek night watchmen).   


Or. 95.05 (rec exeg) ⟨κελεύεις⟩: μολεῖν πρὸς τὸν τάφον  —RRwS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μολεῖν om. Rw   


Or. 95.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κελεύεις⟩: λέγεις ἀπελθεῖν πρὸς τὸν τάφον δηλονότι  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 95.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κελεύεις⟩: ἐλθεῖν ἐμὲ εἰς τὸν τάφον  —CrOxYf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 96.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπαρχὰς⟩: ποσὰς στέλλω θυσίας, ὅπως ἀπέλθῃς.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πόσας Pr   |   


Or. 96.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπαρχὰς⟩: τὰς ἄκρας τὰς τῶν τριχῶν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 96.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπαρχὰς⟩: τάξις ἦν, ὅτε τις γυνὴ ἐλθοῦσα εὕροιεν συγγενῆ τινα ἴδιον τεθνηκότα, ἀποκόψαι τὰ ἄκρα τῆς κόμης καὶ πέμψαι ὡς θυσίας ἐς τὸ σῆμα τοῦ νεκροῦ. ταύτας οὖν ὁ Εὐριπίδης ἀπαρχὰς ὀνομάζει.  —Lp

APP. CRIT. 2:   τίς Lp   |    συγγενὴν (or ‑ῆν) Lp   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.59,22–24


Or. 96.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπαρχὰς⟩: ἀπαρχὰς κυρίως ἐλέγετο τὰ πρῶτα τῶν καρπῶν προσφερόμενα τοῖς θεοῖς.  —ZmGuOx2

POSITION: s.l. Gu, marg. Ox2      

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu with cross.   |   


Or. 96.18 (vet exeg) ⟨χοὰς⟩: χοαὶ αἱ χεόμεναι τοῖς νεκροῖς σπονδαί.  —MOCV3

TRANSLATION:   ‘Choai’ (‘poured offerings’) are the libation poured for the dead.

REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: intermarg. C, s.l. V3      

APP. CRIT.:   χοαὶ om. OV3   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,1; Dind. II.59,21


Or. 96.26 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐμάς⟩: ἡ γενικὴ καλεῖται καὶ κτητική· ἔδει οὖν εἰπεῖν ἐμῆς κόμης  —K

POSITION: in lower marg., 2 lines below verse 96      


Or. 97.01 (vet exeg) σοὶ δ’ οὐχὶ θεμιτόν:  1οὐκ ἐν καιρῷ παρρησιάζεται ἡ Ἠλέκτρα, καὶ ταῦτα πρὸ ὀλίγου φάσκουσα ἐλπίδα ἔχειν εἰς τὸν Μενέλαον.  2ἐὰν μὲν ἐν ἐρωτήσει ᾖ ὁ λόγος, μετριώτερός ἐστιν·  3ἐὰν δὲ ἑτέρως, ἄντικρυς ἐναγῆ καὶ μὴ ἀξίαν οὖσαν προσπελάζειν τῷ τάφῳ ἀποδεικνύει τὴν Ἑλένην διὰ τὰ πεπραγμένα αὐτῇ {τοῖς φίλοις}.   —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   Electra speaks freely at an inopportune moment, and this despite saying a little earlier that she places hope in Menelaus. If the sentence is interrogative, then it is more measured; but if the other way (as a statement), she is openly declaring that Helen is polluted and not worthy to approach the tomb because of the deeds she has done {to her kin}.

LEMMA: all      REF. SYMBOL: MB      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐκ om. Pr   |    καὶ ταῦτα (from V, see next), καὶ τὰ MC, καίτοι BPr   |    ἔχειν om. MC   |    2 ἐὰν μὲν] εἰ μὲν οὖν BPr   |    ὁ λόγος ᾖ transp. BPr   |    -τερον MC   |    τὴν ἑλ. ἀποδεικ. transp. BPr   |    διὰ τῶν πεπραγμένων BPr   |    αὐτ τῶ φίλω Pr   |    τοῖς φίλοις del. Schwartz; perhaps a misplaced variant for τῷ τάφῳ   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μετριότ‑ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108.2–6; Dind. II.59,26–60,5


Or. 97.02 (rec exeg) σοὶ δ’ οὐχὶ θεμιτόν:  1οὐκ ἐν καιρῷ παρρησιάζεται ἡ Ἠλέκτρα, καὶ ταῦτα πρὸ ὀλίγου φάσκουσα ἐλπίδα ἔχειν Μενέλαον.  2καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἐν ἐρωτήσει ᾖ ὁ λόγος, μετριώτερός ἐστιν·  3ἐὰν δὲ ἑτέρως ἄντικρυ· ἐναγῆ γὰρ καὶ μεμιασμένην οὖσαν καὶ μὴ ἀξίαν εἶναι πελάζειν τῷ τάφῳ διὰ τὰ πεπραγμένα αὐτῇ {τοῖς φίλοις}.   —V

TRANSLATION:   Electra speaks freely at an inopportune moment, and this despite saying a little earlier that she has Menelaus as a (source of) hope. And if the sentence is interrogative, then it is more measured; but if the other way (as a statement), (it is) unreservedly (expressed), for (it speaks of Helen as?) being unholy and polluted and not worthy to approach the tomb because of the deeds she has done {to her kin}.

LEMMA: V(σοί δ’)       REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῖς φίλοις del. Schwartz   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108.2–6 app.; Dind. II.59,26–60,5 app.


Or. 97.03 (rec exeg) 1εἰ μὲν κατ’ ἐρώτησιν ἦν ὁ νοῦς, λέγεται οὕτω·  2οὐκ ἔστι δίκαιόν σοι ἵνα πορευθήσει εἰς τὸν τάφον τὸν προσφιλῆ;  3εἰ δὲ ⟨μὴ⟩ κατ’ ἐρώτησιν ᾖ, λοιδορεῖ αὐτὴν ὅτι οὐδὲν ἔνι δίκαιον ἵνα ὑπάγῃς σε εἰς τὸν τάφον διὰ τὸ εἶναί σε μεμιασμένην καὶ μὴ ἀξίαν πελάζειν τῷ τάφῳ διὰ τὰ πεπραγμένα.   —Rw

TRANSLATION:   If the sense is interrogative, it is meant as follows: Is it not just for you that you go to the tomb dear to you? But if it is not interrogative, she reviles her, saying that it is in no way just for you to take yourself off to the tomb because you are polluted and not worthy to approach the tomb because of your deeds.

APP. CRIT.:   2 προσφαλῆ Rw   |    3 μὴ add. Mastr.   

COMMENT:   2 δίκαιον σοι Rw   


Or. 97.04 (vet exeg) ἢ ἄλλως: πῶς; πικρῶς θέλει αὐτὴν ὁμολογῆσαι δι’ ὃ φυλάσσεται προσελθεῖν τῷ τάφῳ. —MCPr

TRANSLATION:   How (is it not proper)? With hostility she (Electra) wants her (Helen) to admit for what reason she (Helen) is wary of approaching the tomb.

LEMMA: Pr      POSITION: cont. from prev. with only high stop before ἢ ἄλλως MC      

APP. CRIT.:   punct. after πῶς add. Schw.   |    θέλει] εἰς Pr   |    ὁμολογ⟨εῖν ποι⟩ῆσαι suppl. Schw.   

APP. CRIT. 2:   διὸ CPr, δι ὃ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,7–8; Dind. II.60,5–6


Or. 97.05 (rec exeg) ⟨σοὶ⟩: ὡς ἐναγεῖ καῖ πολλῶν κακῶν αἰτίᾳ τοῖς Ἕλλησι  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 97.22 (rec gram) ⟨τάφον⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ θάπτω τάφος  —Pr

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 98.01 (rec exeg) ἐφοβεῖτο γὰρ μὴ λιθολευθῇ.  —Sa

POSITION: under the line (last of page) Sa      

COMMENT:   The form implies a verb λιθολεύω, which seems to be attested in the form λελιθολευμένον in Et. Gen. λ 81 = Et. Magn. 561, 52 Gaisford, and Didymus Caecus, comm. in Zach. 3.216 (λιθολεγομένους correctly diagnosed as an error for λιθολευομένους in LBG s.v. λιθολεύω). The attested aor. pass. from simplex λεύω is ἐλεύσθην; so one could consider emending to λιθολευ⟨σ⟩θῆ or λιθολευ⟨στη⟩θῆ (from the common Byzantine verb λιθολευστέω), but more likely Sa gives us an ad hoc formation, not to be regularized.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 98.02 (rec exeg) ⟨δεῖξαι γὰρ⟩: ἤγουν οὐκ ἔστι μοι δίκαιον ὅτι.  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 98.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γὰρ⟩: ἀλλά· τὸ γὰρ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀλλά.  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.60,8


Or. 98.08 (rec exeg) ⟨γὰρ⟩: τὸ γάρ περισσὸν  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.60,9

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 98.13 (rec exeg) ⟨αἰσχύνομαι⟩: πανούργως τὸν φόβον αἰδῶ ἐκάλεσε.  —VCAaPrRbSGuYf2

TRANSLATION:   With unscrupulous cunning she called her fear shame.

REF. SYMBOL: Rb to line 98      POSITION: s.l. (at 98) except R, above whole line AaPrS, above αἰσχύνομαι VCGuYf      

APP. CRIT.:   ἔδειξε γὰρ prep. Rb (corruption of δεῖξαι γὰρ as lemma)   |   ἐκαλ. αἰδῶ transp. Aa   |    αἰδῶ] αἰσχύνην Gu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   αἰδὼ PrRbSYf2   |    ἐκάλεσεν AaGuYf2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,14 (assigned to 101); Dind. II.60.9–10

KEYWORDS:  πανοῦργος/πανούργως   


Or. 98.14 (rec exeg) καὶ μετριώτερον διαλέγεται πείσειν οἰομένη  —VAaPrRbS

TRANSLATION:   And she (Helen) converses in more moderate terms, believing she will (thus) persuade (Electra).

POSITION: cont. from prev., s.l. except Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om., or lost to damage V   |    μεταγώτερον (sic) Pr   |    διαλέγεται V, διαλέγει others   |    πείσειν οἰομ. om. AaPrS   |    οιομένην Rb   

COMMENT:   If the fuller version is original, then the commentator is apparently disagreeing with the analysis that detects the cunning of πανουργία in Helen here (cf. 99.01, which probably argues against seeing any moderation). It is possible, however, that the shorter version is original and that the note is displaced from 97 (cf. 97.01), the phrase πείσειν οἰομένην having been added in order to accommodate its new position at 98.   |   If Pr intended the word μεταγωγότερον (‘in a way more likely to shift/persuade her’), he was using a rare Byantine adjective.   |   

KEYWORDS:  πανοῦργος/πανούργως   |   rare word   


Or. 98.15 (rec exeg) ⟨αἰσχύνομαι⟩: πανούργως, φοβοῦμαι  —O

TRANSLATION:  With unscrupulous cunning, (in place of) I am afraid.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  πανοῦργος/πανούργως   


Or. 98.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἰσχύνομαι⟩: πανοῦργον τὸ σχῆμα τῆς Ἑλένης· ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν φοβοῦμαι λέγει αἰσχύνομαι  —G

TRANSLATION:  The schema used by Helen is that of unscrupulous cunning: instead of saying ‘I am afraid’ she says ‘I am ashamed’.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  πανοῦργος/πανούργως   


Or. 99.01 (vet exeg) ὀψέ γε φρονεῖς εὖ: οὐδαμοῦ ἀνώμαλον τὸ τῆς Ἠλέκτρας ἦθος —MVCYf2

TRANSLATION:   Nowhere is the character(ization) of Electra inconsistent.

LEMMA: V, 100 ὀρθῶς ἔλεξας C      REF. SYMBOL: V; to 100 C      POSITION: marg. M(beside 100)C, s.l. Yf2      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐδαμῶς Yf2   |    τὸ transp. after ἠλέκτρας Yf2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,9–10; Dind. II.60,14

COMMENT:   The claim here is that Electra is always speaking freely and being critical of Helen, and is apparently an argument against an alternative view that she is more moderate (cf. 98.14).   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Schwartz misread M as having οὐδαμῶς.   |   

KEYWORDS:  character, analysis of   


Or. 99.02 (vet exeg) ὀψέ γε φρονεῖς εὖ:  1τοῦτο φησὶ θλιβομένη.  2εἰ μὴ γὰρ σύ, φησὶν, ἀπῆλθες, ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν ἐγίνοντο· σὺ τούτων ἀρχηγός.  3δάκνουσα δὲ τοῦτό φησιν.   —MCPr

TRANSLATION:   She says this because she is distressed. For if you had not gone off, she says, these things would not be happening; you are the first cause of these events. And she says this in a stinging manner.

LEMMA: C, p.c M (a.c. perhaps ὀψὲ εὖ γε φρονεῖς), ὀψέ γε φρονεῖς Pr      POSITION: marg. M; after sch. 90.01 Pr (among disordered notes on 14v)      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 φησὶ … γὰρ σύ om. M   |    3 δάκνουσα Schw. (vol. II, Addenda), δακρύουσα all   |    τοῦτο] ταῦτα Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,11–12; Dind. II.60,15–16

COMMENT:   Knowing only the defective version of M (τοῦτο, φησὶν, ἀπῆλθες), Dindorf proposed to read εἰ μὴ τότε, φησὶν, ἀπῆλθες, which was adopted by Schwartz, who missed the version in C (and did not use Pr). The full version shows the emendation to be superfluous.   


Or. 99.08 (rec exeg) ⟨τότε λιποῦσ’⟩: λείπει οὐχὶ ἐφρόνεις εὖ ὅτε ὑπῆρχες.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑπῆρχες] cf. next, ὑπῆρξες Pr   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 99.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τότε λιποῦσ’⟩: μὴ φρονοῦσα τότε καλῶς ὅτε ὑπῆρχες τοὺς οἴκους λιποῦσα.  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.60,12–13


Or. 99.10 (thom exeg) ⟨τότε λιποῦσ’⟩: ὅτε ἠκολούθησας τῷ Πάριδι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Back then’ means) ‘when you accompanied Paris’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῷ om. T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.60,13–14


Or. 99.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τότε λιποῦσ’⟩: ὅτε, ἀφ’ οὗ ἔλιπες τοὺς δόμους  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 100.01 (rec paraphr) ἀληθῶς εἶπας, οὐ μέντοι προσφιλῶς ἐμοί.  —MVCRbS

TRANSLATION:   You have spoken accurately, but not in a way friendly to me.

LEMMA: σύ δ’ εὖ ἔλεξας V(as in text V)       REF. SYMBOL: VRb       POSITION: s.l. MS, intermarg. C      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀληθῶς εἶπας om. S   |    ἀληθῆ V, ὀρθῶς Rb   |    μέντοι οὐ transp. C   |    προσφιλῶς Arsenius (cf. 100.15), προσφιλῆ all (προσφίλη Rb) (cf. 100.09)    

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,13; Dind. II.60,17


Or. 100.02 (pllgn exeg) διὰ τὴν αἴνεσιν ὁ λόγος τῇ Ἑλένη ⟨ … ⟩  —B3c

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἔνεσιν B3c   

COMMENT:   Apparently a remnant of, or incomplete copying of, a note to the effect ‘because of the praise the remark (of Electra) was pleasing/friendly to Helen, but because of the reproach it was not’.   |   


Or. 100.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐ φίλως δέ μοι λέγεις⟩: οὐ μέντοι προσφιλῆ ἐμοί  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 100.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὐ φίλως δέ μοι λέγεις⟩: οὐ προσφιλεῖς δὲ ἐμοὶ λόγους λέγεις.  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ prep. G   |    δέ μοι G   


Or. 100.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ φίλως δέ μοι λέγεις⟩: διότι αἰσχύνεις ἐμέ —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 100.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ φίλως⟩: ὅτι ὀνειδίζεις μοι· {οὐ} καλῶς δὲ κατὰ ἀλήθειαν  —G

POSITION: s.l. over start of line, preceding 100.10      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ del. Mastr. (or read οὐ κακῶς)   


Or. 100.13 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐ φίλως⟩: διὰ τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Not in a friendly way’ is said) because of the reproach.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 101.01 (mosch paraphr) αἰδὼς δὲ δὴ τίς:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ τίνα δὲ αἰδῶ ἔχεις εἰς τοὺς Μυκηναίους;  2τουτέστι τίς ἐστὶν ἡ αἰδὼς ἣν αἰδῇ τοὺς Μυκηναίους;   —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: G(om. δὴ, as in text)       POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGrZc      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Zc   |    δὲ om. TZc   |    αἰδὼς a.c. Yf   |    2 τουτέστι κτλ om. Zc   |    δέ add. before ἐστιν T   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τουτέστιν Y   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.60,20–21


Or. 101.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨αἰδὼς δὲ δὴ τίς⟩: τίς ἐστιν ἣν εἰς Ἕλληνας αἰδῇ; —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 101.06 (rec gram) ⟨αἰδὼς⟩: αἰσχύνη καὶ αἰδὼς διαφέρει· αἰσχύνη μὲν ἡ διά τινα αἰτίαν γινομένη, αἰδὼς δὲ ἡ εὔλογος αἰσχύνη.  —V1Pr

TRANSLATION:   ‘Aischunē’ and ‘aidōs’ differ in sense: ‘aischunē’ is what arises because of some cause of blame, but ‘aidōs’ is a kind of ‘aischunē’ that is well-justified.

POSITION: follows sch. 103.14 V1Pr, add. V1 at end of sch. block      

COMMENT:   There are numerous texts containing a few often-repeated differentiations between the two words, but the verbal formulation in this note is not paralleled. It does, however, echo a common view that ‘aischunē’ is shame for something bad one has done, while ‘aidōs’ is an anticipatory feeling that justifiably prevents one from committing an untoward action.   

KEYWORDS:  διαφέρει   |   vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   


Or. 101.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐς Μυκηναίους ἔχει⟩: μέσον τῶν Μυκηναίων φανῆναι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.60,23


Or. 101.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐς Μυκηναίους ἔχει⟩: φανῆναι εἰς Ἕλληνας  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 101.15 (thom exeg) ⟨Μυκηναίους⟩: Ἀργείους· ἐν γὰρ τῷ Ἄργει αἱ Μυκῆναι.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Myceneans’ means) Argives. For Mycenae is in Argos.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοὺς prep. Za   |    after ἄργει add. εἰσὶ καὶ Zl   |    αἱ om. Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.60,22


Or. 102.01 (vet exeg) ⟨δέδοικα⟩: μόλις ἐλεγχομένη τὸ ἀληθὲς εἶπεν.  —MOVYf2

TRANSLATION:   She (Helen) with difficulty spoke the truth when cross-examined.

POSITION: s.l., except marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   μόλις om. O   |    τὴν ἀλήθειαν O   |    λέγει Yf2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,15; Dind. II.60,25


Or. 102.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: τῶν φονευθέντων ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 102.07 (rec exeg) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ νεκρῶν⟩: λείπει τῶν θανόντων  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 102.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τῶν ὑπ’ Ἰλίῳ⟩: τῶν παίδων τῶν πεσόντων  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨δεινὸν γὰρ Ἄργει⟩: ἤγουν δεινῶς ἀναβοᾷ διὰ στόματος ἐν Ἄργει.  —R

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 103.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨δεινὸν γὰρ Ἄργει⟩:  1καὶ γὰρ χαλεπῶς ἀναβοᾷ ἤγουν ἀνακηρύττῃ τῷ Ἄργει,  2ἀντὶ τοῦ τοῖς Ἀργείοις διὰ τοῦ στόματος.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGr, partial Zc

TRANSLATION:  For indeed you are bruited about harshly, that is, you are proclaimed to Argos, equivalent to (you are proclaimed) among the Argives through their mouths.

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ γὰρ and ἀναβοᾷ ἤγουν om. Zc   |    2 ἀντὶ τοῦ κτλ om. Zc   |    second τοῦ om. Gr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀνακηρύττει YZc   |   


Or. 103.03 (thom exeg) ⟨δεινὸν γὰρ⟩: ναὶ φοβοῦ —ZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (To understand the causal connection, supply before the phrase) ‘yes, do be afraid’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ γὰρ δεινόν add. T   


Or. 103.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δεινὸν γὰρ⟩: ναὶ ἀληθῶς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.07 (rec exeg) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: πῶς  —V3KB3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨Ἄργει⟩: τῷ ἄστει τῶν Ἀργείων  —AbSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῷ ἀργείων ἄστει Ab   


Or. 103.14 (vet exeg) ἀναβοᾷ:  1τὸ ἀναβοᾷ δευτέρου ἐστὶ προσώπου παθητικῆς διαθέσεως, ἀναβοᾷ σύ, ἀντὶ τοῦ καταβοᾷ.  2ὁ δὲ νοῦς· δεινῶς γὰρ διὰ στόματος τοῦ Ἄργους ἀναβοᾷ σύ.   —MBVCAbMnPraPrbRaRbRwSY2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Anaboāi’ is second person of the passive voice, you are (your name is) loudly shouted, equivalent to shouted against. The sense is: you are terribly decried in the talk of Argos.

LEMMA: MBC      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: s.l. Yf; cont. from next sch. VRaRbRw (add. δὲ VRbRw); cont. from sch. 99.02 Pra (14v), Prb follows sch. 97.01 (15r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἀναβ. … διαθέσεως om. Ra   |    τὸ om. AbMnPraPrbS   |    ἀναβοᾷ] app. καταβοᾶ Ab   |    δευτέρου ἐστὶν προσώπου M, προσώπου ἐστι δευτέρου BCPrb, προσώπου δευτέρου ἐστὶ VRw(ἐστὶν), προσώπου δύο ἐστὶν Rb, δευτέρου προσώπου Pra, δεύτερον πρόσωπον AbMnS, δεύτερον πρόσωπον ἐστὶ Y2Yf2   |    παθητικῆς διαθέσεως] παθητικῶν PraY2, τῶν παθητικῶν VRb, παθητικὸν AbMnSYf2    |    second ἀναβοᾷ … καταβοᾷ] om. S, first sentence of sch. 103.15 interposed before ἀναβοᾷ σύ AbMn   |    ἀναβοᾷ σύ] om. BPrb, ἀναβοᾶ σοι V, ἀντὶ τοῦ βοᾶ σύ MCPra, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀναβοῆσαι καὶ ἐπαπειλῆσαι Y2, ἀντὶ τοῦ καταβοᾶσαι καὶ ἐπαπειλῆσαι Yf2   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ καταβοᾷ] om. RwY2Yf2, ἤγουν καταβοᾶ Pra   |    after καταβοᾷ add. σύ BPrb   |    2 ὁ δὲ νοῦς κτλ om. Pra   |    νοῦς δὲ (ὁ om.) Mn   |    δεινῶς γὰρ om. VMnRaRbRwS, prob. Ab (damage)   |    διὰ τοῦ στόματος B, διστόματος Rb   |    σύ] om. BPrb; punct. before σὺ S, as of σὺ starts next lemma    |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 καταβοὰ Mn   |    2 ἔργους Mn   |    ἀναβαᾶ Mn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,16–18; Dind. II.61,4–6


Or. 103.15 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  διὰ τοῦ στόματος, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 10.298] ‘διά τ’ ἔντεα καὶ μέλαν αἷμα’.  —MVCAbMnPrRaRbRwY2

TRANSLATION:   (The preposition is used with the accusative in the sense) through the mouth (prep. with gen.), just as in the (Homeric) example ‘through the coat of mail and black blood’.

LEMMA: M, in marg. app. C; ἀναβοᾷ διὰ στόμα VRw, δεινὸν γὰρ ἄργει Rb      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: before prev. sch. VRaRb, follows sch. 122.06 in Rw; cont. from Pra version of prev. Pr; AbMn insert this in prev. sch., before ἀναβοᾷ σύ      

APP. CRIT.:   note mostly lost to trimming Ra   |    ὥστε prep. Rb [Ra], ὡς τὸ prep. AbMn, διὰ στόμα δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Pr   |    διὰ τοῦ στόμ. om. Y2   |    τοῦ om. MnPr [Ab]   |    ὡς τὸ] αὐτὸ Rb[Ra], ὥσπερ τὸ Pr   |    ἀνά τ’ ἔντεα MCPrY2 (ἀνα τ’ C, app. M)   |    καὶ] om. Mn, perhaps Ab, καὶ διὰ MC   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔντεα] εἴτεα Rb[Ra]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,19–20; Dind. II.61,3–4

COLLATION NOTES:   After this sch. in Mn there are two grammatical scholia that do not relate to anything in the text: (at end of column of scholia on 11r) ξυνωρὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύνω ξύρεσθαι καὶ σύρεσθαι (mistranscribed in Dindorf IV.257,1–3); (in the bottom margin of 11r) βραχίων βραχικύων [read βραχὺς κίων] τίς ὢν οἰονεὶ βραχὺς ἦν, cf. Georg. Choerobosc. epimer. in Psalm. 119,16 and Et. Gud. (di Stefani) s.v. βραχίων.   |   


Or. 103.16 (vet exeg) 1τοῦτο δὲ ἀπολογίας ἔχεται ὡς ὅτι συμπάσχουσά σοι εἴρηκα.  2πλεονάζει δὲ ὁ τέ.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   This remark is close to an apology, alleging that ‘I have spoken in sympathy with you’. The conjunction ‘te’ is superfluous.

LEMMA: cont. from prev. MC      

APP. CRIT.:   1 εἴρηκας M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,20–21

KEYWORDS:  πλεονάζει   


Or. 103.17 (pllgn exeg) εἰς φόβον ἄγει τὴν Ἑλέναν ἡ Ἠλέκτρα πλείονα.  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.61,7


Or. 103.19 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: καταβοᾷ δεύτερον πρόσωπον παθητικόν  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: δεύτερον πρόσωπον  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 103.25 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀναβοᾷ⟩: φημίζῃ καὶ κατὰ γλῶσσαν στρέφῃ.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   στρέφῃ] φέρει Zl   

APP. CRIT. 2:   φημίζει Zl   |    γλῶτταν T   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.61,8


Or. 103.31 (pllgn gram) ⟨διὰ στόμα⟩: οἱ Ἀττικοὶ τὴν διά ὅτε δηλοῖ ἐνέργειαν πρὸς αἰτιατικὴν συντάσσουσιν, ὡς ἔχει καὶ τὸ ‘διὰ στόμα πυριγενετᾶν’ ὅπερ Αἰσχύλος [Sept. 206–207] φησίν.  —Zm

TRANSLATION:   The Attic-speakers construe the preposition ‘dia’ with the accusative when it indicates activity (i.e., when the noun following it connotes activity?), as is the case also with ‘through the mouth of the fire-born (bits)’, which Aeschylus says.

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικοί   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aeschylus   


Or. 104.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὸν φόβον λύσασα⟩: διὰ τὸ τὸν φόβον λῦσαι  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   διὰ τὸ] διὰ XYGr, διὰ τοῦ GGu(τοῦ add. to Gr gloss)   |    λῦσαι τὸν φόβον transp. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   λύσαι XaY, p.c. Yf (a.c. app. λύσασι Yf)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.61,10


Or. 104.10 (tri metr) ⟨λυσάσα⟩:  long mark over first alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 105.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἂν⟩: ἐσχηματισμένον  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.61,13

COMMENT:   Either this means that the Electra is speaking with a pretended attitude or in an ironic/sarcastic tone (but it is hard to see why the commentator would say that about this line), or it indicates that οὐκ ἂν δυναίμην is an artificially or artistically formed equivalent of οὐ δύναμαι (cf. next gloss).   

KEYWORDS:  ἐσχηματισμένον   


Or. 105.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δυναίμην⟩: δυνατὸν ἐστὶν ἀπελθεῖν με  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 106.09 (vet exeg) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: κυρίως δὲ πρόσπολοι λέγονται αἱ δοῦλαι.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   The slave-women are called ‘prospoloi’ in the proper sense (of the word).

REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. C      

APP. CRIT.:   κυρίως δὲ om. C   |    πρόπολοι C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,22; Dind. II.61,15


Or. 106.11 (mosch exeg) προσπόλους: πρόσπολος ὁ δοῦλος. πρόπολος δὲ χωρὶς τοῦ σ̅, ὁ νεωκόρος.  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  ‘Prospolos’ is ‘slave’, but ‘propolos’ without the sigma is ‘warden of a temple’.

LEMMA: αἰσχρόν … προσπόλους G       POSITION: s.l., except XG      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.61,16


Or. 106.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσπόλους⟩: πρόσπολος ὁ δοῦλος, πρόπολος δὲ χωρὶ τοῦ σ ὁ νεωκόρος. ἀμφίπολος δὲ ἡ κατὰ κύκλον περιστροφή. προπαροξύνονται δὲ ταῦτα πάντα, ὡς μετὰ προθέσεως συντιθέμενα, τὸ δὲ δικασπόλος διὰ τὸ μὴ μετὰ προθέσεως συντεθεῖσθαι παροξύνεται.  —Lp

TRANSLATION:  ‘Prospolos’ means ‘slave’, but ‘propolos’ without the sigma is a temple-warden. ‘Amphipolos’ is applied to turning around in a circular motion. All these are proparoxytone (accented on the antepenult) because compounded with a preposition, but ‘dikaspolos’ (‘judge’) is paroytone (accented on the penult) because it has not been compounded with a preposition.

POSITION: s.l. (finishing in margin block)      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.61,16–19

COMMENT:   χωρί is an alternative form of χωρίς found in a few Byzantine texts and mentioned for analogy of formation in Eustathius in Od. 20.599 (II.222,10) οὕτω δὲ καὶ δηθάκις δηθάκι καὶ αὖθις αὖθι καὶ χωρὶς χωρί. Compare also sch. Lp Hec. 860 χωρὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄνευ καὶ χωρὶς ἀντὶ τοῦ μακράν.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 106.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρόσπολον⟩: τοὺς (προσπόλ)ους  —Gu

LEMMA: πρόσπολον in text Gr       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 106.18 (thom gram) ⟨προσπόλους⟩:  1πρόσπολος οὐ μόνον ὁ δοῦλος ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ δούλη.  2τοιοῦτο δέ ἐστι καὶ τὸ ἀμφίπολος, πρὸς μὲν τὸ ἀρσενικὸν ὄνομα ἀρσενικῶς ἐκφερόμενος, πρὸς δὲ τὸ θηλυκὸν θηλυκῶς.   —Zm, partial GuOx2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Prospolos’ is not only a male slave, but also a female slave. And of this same sort is the word ‘amphipolos’, treated as masculine in reference to a masculine word but as feminine in reference to a feminine word.

POSITION: s.l. Gu, marg. Ox      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πρόσπολος ὁ δοῦλος of Gr (106.11) allowed to serve as first words of this note by Gu   |    2 τοιοῦτος Ox2   |    πρὸς μὲν κτλ om. GuOx2   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκφερόρομενος Zm   |   


Or. 107.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἑρμιόνης … δέμας⟩: περιφραστικῶς τὴν Ἑρμιόνην  —AbKMnRSSaZu

POSITION: marg. AbR, others s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτὴν add. before τὴν Zu   

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 107.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨Ἑρμιόνης … δέμας⟩: τὴν θυγατέρα τὴν Ἑρμιόνην περιφραστικῶς  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (‘Body of Hermione’ means) ‘her daughter Hermione’, by periphrasis.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν θυγ.] ἀντὶ τοῦ G, om. Zc   

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 107.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Ἑρμιόνης … δέμας⟩: ἤγουν τὴν Ἑρμιόνην τὴν σὴν θυγατέρα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 107.07 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἑρμιόνης … δέμας⟩: περιφραστικῶς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 108.01 (vet exeg) εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν παρθένοισιν:  1τί οὖν; ταῖς τελείαις τοῦτο καλόν;  2ἔστιν οὖν εἰπεῖν ὅτι ἐν Σπάρτῃ εἰώθασι γυμνάζεσθαι αἱ γυναῖκες καὶ παρθένοι,  3ὥστε δέδοται μὲν παρθένοις εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν, οὐ μὴν καθόλου,  4ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ ὡρισμένοις πράγμασιν οἷον κανηφορούσαις ἢ γυμναζομέναις,  5oὐ μὴν ἄλλο τι πραγματευομέναις.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   What then? Is this fine for adult women (to go out among a crowd)? Well then, one can say that in Sparta the wives and the unmarried girls are accustomed to take exercise, so that it has been granted to unmarried girls to go out in public, but not as a general rule, but (only) in defined circumstances, such as when carrying a ritual basket in procession or exercising, not however for any other activity.

LEMMA: MC, εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν παρθ() οὐ καλ(ον) B, εἰς ὄχλον ἕρπειν VPrRbRw      REF. SYMBOL: BV, app. Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 εἴποι τίς prep. BVPrRw, εἶπε τις prep. Rb   |    ταῖς om. Pr   |    τοῦτο] τὸ MCRw, om. V   |    2 καὶ ἔστιν Pr   |    3 δίδοται VRw   |    4 ἀλλ’ om. Pr   |    κανισκοφορούσαις VRb, κἂν ἐνφερούσαις Rw   |    5 ἀλλ’ ὅτι M, ἀλλ’ ὅτε Rb, ἀλλὰ Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἰώθασιν Rb   |    3 ὠστε Rb   |    ὅχλον C   |    4 ἐπὶ] ἐπεὶ Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,4–8; Dind. II.61,23–62,4

COMMENT:   The commentator seems unaware that funeral processions and subsequent ritual visits to the grave of a relative were also occasions for women to go out.   

KEYWORDS:  women, nature or proper behavior of   


Or. 108.02 (rec exeg) εἰ μὴ κανηφορούσαις ἢ γυμναζομέναις  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 108.03 (pllgn exeg) ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ ταῖς γυναιξὶν εἰ μή τις καιρὸς νενομισμένος, ὃς κανηφορία λέγεται, ἦλθεν· εἰς ὃν ἐξήρχοντο εὐπάρυφοι παρθένοι καὶ γυναῖκες  —F

TRANSLATION:   But it is not fine even for married women unless a certain sanctioned occasion, which is called basket-bearing, has come. For this maidens and married women went out dressed in fine garments.

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰ] ἢ F   |   μὴ om., s.l. add. F   

KEYWORDS:  women, nature or proper behavior of   


Or. 108.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1ταῖς νεάνισιν·  2οὐ γὰρ ταῖς ἀγάμοις.  3ἄγαμος γὰρ καὶ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα.  4παρθένος δέ ἐστιν ἥ τε ἀμιγὴς καὶ ἡ ἄρτι ἡβῶσα.  5ἢ πάλιν κακονόως οὐ παρθένον βούλεται δεῖξαι τὴν Ἠλέκτραν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπείσθη αὐτῇ.   —MBVCPrRbRw

TRANSLATION:   (By ‘parthenioisin’ Helen here means) young girls. For she does not mean unmarried girls. For Electra too is unmarried. And a ‘parthenos’ is both the girl who is still a virgin and the one who is just coming to sexual maturity. Alternatively, once again with ill will she (Helen) wants to show that Electra is not a virgin, because she (Electra) did not accede to her request.

LEMMA: Pr, in marg. B, ἕρπειν MC      POSITION: before sch. 108.01 M      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἢ παρθένοισι prep. VRb, παρθένοις prep. BPr (perhaps lemma mistaken for first words of note)   |    2 τοῖς M   |    3 καὶ] om. VCPrRb, ἦν Rw   |    ἡ ἠλέκτρα] ἡ ἑλένη CRb   |    4 δέ] τέ MBVPrRb   |    ἡ ἀμιγής τε transp. (and second ἡ del.) Elsperger 1908: 69 n. 33   |    ἀμιγὴς om. Pr   |    ἡ om. MPrRbRw   |    5 κακοήθως VRb, κακούργως Pr   |    δεῖξαι βούλεται transp. Schw., without note   |    τὴν ἠλέκτραν] τὴν ἑλένην Rb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 ἀμιγὶς Rb, ἀμογῆς Rw   |    ἄρτι] ἄργη C   |    ἡβόωσα Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.108,23–109,2; Dind. II.62,5–8

KEYWORDS:  κακονόως   |   κακοήθως   |   κακούργως   


Or. 108.05 (vet exeg) τοῦτο κακοήθως εἶπεν. βούλεται γὰρ μὴ παρθένον δεῖξαι τὴν Ἠλέκτραν τῷ μὴ πεισθῆναι αὐτῇ.  —H

TRANSLATION:   She said this maliciously. For she wants to show that Electra is not a virgin, because she did not accede to her request.

REF. SYMBOL: H (to παρθ.)      

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 108.08 (vet exeg) ⟨ἕρπειν⟩: τὸ ἕρπειν κυρίως ἐπὶ ὄφεως.  —HMV3C

TRANSLATION:   The (verb) ‘herpein’ is used properly of a serpent.

POSITION: s.l., except C, cont. from prev., adding δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ἕρπειν om. HV3   |    ἐπὶ ὄφεων λέγεται C   |    τῆς ὄφεως app. H   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,3; Dind. II.62,8


Or. 108.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἕρπειν⟩: καὶ τὸ ἀπέρχεσθαι αὐτάς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 108.15 (rec exeg) παρθένοισιν: [ν]εᾶνις ἡ ἄρτι [ἡ]βῶσα παρθένος [ ]τὸν ι̅β̅ χρόνον [δ]ραμοῦσα. —Pr

TRANSLATION:   A young woman (is) the maiden who is just reaching puberty, having passed the twelfth year.

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   νεάνις Pr (accentuation attested in a number in late antique and Byzantine texts)   |   

COMMENT:   The juncture χρόνον δραμεῖν is found once in Tzetzes, Chil. 4(epist.),569 ἐγγὺς πεντεκαιδέκατον τρέχοντα γὰρ τὸν χρόνον; other Byzantine authors provide two examples with διατρέχω and one with παρατρέχω. Possibly [διαδ]ραμοῦσα should be restored here, but the other lines of this note have not lost so many letters in left margin.    |   


Or. 108.22 (108a) (rec exeg) ⟨κἀγὼ γυναικῶν ἄφρον οὐχὶ παρθένος⟩: οὗτος ὁ στίχος ἀλλότριος.  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This extra verse is characteristic of the recentiores and occurs in the text in AbCrMnRfSSaOx and in the margin in GPrR.   


Or. 109.01 (pllgn exeg) καὶ μὴν οὐ μέλλει ἀπελθεῖν ἀλλαχόθεν καὶ ἔνι μεμπτὸν εἰς τὰς παρθένους εἰ μὴ ἵνα δώσει τὰ τροφεῖα τῇ ἀναθρεψάσῃ αὐτήν.  —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   And indeed she is not about to depart for another reason, and it is a source of reproach to maidens unless (she goes) in order to give repayment for nurture to the woman who raised her.

POSITION: cont. from prev. Yf2      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.62,13–14


Or. 109.13 (thom exeg) ⟨τῇ τεθνηκυίᾳ τροφάς⟩: ὑπ’ ἐκείνης γὰρ ἀνετράφη.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Repayment for nurture to the dead woman’ is said) because she (Hermione) was raised by that woman (Clytemnestra).

POSITION: s.l., except marg. Ox2      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.62,11


Or. 109.17 (vet exeg) ⟨τροφὰς⟩:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ τροφεῖα·  2ἀνθ’ ὧν ἀνετράφη ὑπ’ αὐτῆς, ἀμοιβὴν διδοῦσα.   —HMVC, partial OAbMnPrSSaYf2

TRANSLATION:   Meaning repayment for nurture. Giving a return for the fact that she was raised by her.

LEMMA: καὶ μὴν τίνοις ἂν V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: s.l. CMnPrSSa; marg. HM; under the line (in lower margin) Ab      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ τροφεῖα om. AbMnPrSSaYf, om. O, but sep. has (τροφ)ια above τροφὰς   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ om. V    |    τροφεῖα] τρόφεια M, (τροφ)ια O, τρόφιν (or ‑ην changed to ‑ιν) C   |    2 ἀνθ’ ὧν om. Ab, ἀνθ’ ὧ app. Yf2   |    ἀνεστράφη Sa, ἐτράφη S, ἀνατρέφη Mn   |    ἐπ’ αὐτῆς AbMnPrSSa   |    ἀμοιβὴν διδοῦσα om. HO   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀνθῶν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,9–10; Dind. II.62,11–12

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   


Or. 109.18 (mosch exeg) ⟨τροφάς⟩:  ἀντὶ τοῦ χάριν ἕνεκα τῆς ἀνατροφῆς ἧς ἀνέθρεψεν αὐτήν.  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   (‘Trophas’, ‘nurturings’ is) used to mean ‘grateful return on account of the nurture with which she (Clytemnestra) raised her (Hermione)’.

REF. SYMBOL: Y       POSITION: s.l. XaXbTG(above 110)Gr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ χάριν om. G   |    ἕνεκα om. T   |    ἔθρεψεν G   |    αὐτήν om. G   


Or. 109.22 (rec exeg) ⟨τροφώς⟩: τροφάς  —Ab

LEMMA: τροφώς in text Ab       POSITION: marg.      


Or. 109.23 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 45


Or. 110.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κόρη⟩: διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὴν παρθένον εἶπε κόρην.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 113.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χοὰς⟩: ἐπὶ τῶν ὑγρῶν θυσιῶν ἐπὶ τῶν ζώντων  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 115.02 (thom exeg) ⟨μελίκρατ’⟩: τὰ ἀπὸ μέλιτος καὶ γάλακτος κράματα  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Melikrata’ refers to) the mixtures made of honey and milk.

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZl       POSITION: s.l. except ZbZl      

APP. CRIT. 2:   κράμματα ZZa   


Or. 115.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελίκρατ’⟩: τὴν μεμιγμένην μετὰ τοῦ οἴνου  —V3

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 115.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελίκρατ’⟩: μελίκρατον λέγεται τὸ μέλι μεμιγμένον μετὰ γάλακτος· νῦν δὲ μελίκρατον μέλι μεμιγμένον ὕδατι· ὅπερ λέγεται χώμελι.  —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:  Honey mixed with milk is called ‘melikraton’. But in the present passage ‘melikraton’ is honey mixed with water, what is called ‘chōmeli’.

POSITION: s.l. Y      

APP. CRIT.:   μελίκρατον λέγεται om. Y2   |    χέμελι or χΐμελι or χύμελι Yf2 (certainly not χώμελι)   

COMMENT:   χώμελι seems to be the correct decipherment of the strokes in Y; Yf is unfortunately obscure because of sloppiness and compression of the hand. This word is not in TLG; χιονόμελι is found once in Geoponica for a water/honey mixture used as medicine, made by mixing in snow. With thanks to Maria Mavroudi, Nick Nicholas and Nikos Sarantakos, I can refer to Moeris’ glossing of μελίκρατον with ὑδόμελι and οἰνόμελι; and a modern Greek word variously spelled as χούμελι, χούμελη, χουμέλι, χουμέλη, which also may refer to water with honey dissolved in it or other mixture of water and honey.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 115.10 (vet exeg) ⟨γάλακτος⟩: λείπει ἡ μετά, ἵν’ ᾖ μετὰ γάλακτος.  —MCMnRmargRbS

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘meta’ is omitted (and to be understood), so that the meaning is ‘with milk’.

LEMMA: μελίκρατ’ ἄφες MnRbS       REF. SYMBOL: M (to γάλακτος), Rb(to the whole line)       POSITION: intermarg. MC, marg. Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ μετά om. C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἵνα Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,11; Dind. II.63,1

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 115.11 (rec exeg) ⟨γάλακτος⟩: λείπει τὰ μειλίγματα μετὰ τοῦ.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 115.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γάλακτος⟩: λείπει ἡ μετὰ τοῦ.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 115.16 (vet exeg) οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην:  1ἐμφαντικῶς τὴν δαψιλῆ τοῦ οἴνου ῥύσιν διὰ τῆς ἄχνης ἐσήμανε.  2τοῦτο δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν κυμάτων εἴρηται [Hom. Il. 4.426]·  3‘ἀποπτύει δ’ ἁλὸς ἄχνην’.  4οἱ δὲ ἀκύρως τὴν οἰνόχροα τρίχα φασί.  5λάχνη γὰρ ἡ θρὶξ, ἀλλ’ ἄχνη τὸ λεπτὸν μέρος, ὃ κατέχειν τις οὐ δύναται, οἱονεὶ ἀέχη τις οὖσα.   —MBVCMnPrRaRbRwS

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) indicated the abundant flow of wine vividly by using the word ‘achnē’. And this word has been used of waves (in Homer): ‘the sea spits forth a foam of salt water’. Some say it is used in a transferred sense to mean wine-colored hair. For hair is called ‘lachnē’, but ‘achnē’ is used of the fine portion of hair that one is not able to grasp/control, as if being some unheld thing (‘aechē’).

LEMMA: BPr(οἰνοπόν Pr, a.c. B), μελίκρατ’ ἄφες γάλακτος οἰνοπόν τ’ ἄχνη MC, μελίκρατ’ ἄφες VMnRaRbS, ἄχνην Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MBV      

APP. CRIT.:   Ra partly washed out   |    1 ἐκφαντικῶς C, ἐμφατικῶς Rb   |    δαψιλῆ transp. after οἴνου MBCPrRw   |    τοῦ om. Rw   |    1 διὰ τῆς] BPr, διὰ γὰρ τῆς others   |    1–2 ἐσήμανε τοῦτο δὲ] τοῦτο ἐσήμανε τοῦτο δὲ MnRaRbRw, τοῦτο ἐσήμανε. ὅμηρος γὰρ V    |    1 ἐσήμανε om. S   |    2 τῶν om. V   |    2 εἴρηται om. V   |    3 ἁλὸς] διὸς Rw   |    ἄχνην] ἄχνη V, ἄχην Mn   |    4 ἀκύρως] V, κυρίως others   |    φησὶ Mn   |    5 λεπτὸν μέρος] λεπτόμενον V   |    οὐ om. S   |    ἀέχη] ἔχνη C, ἄχη Rw, ἀέχνη Pr   |    second τις] τί M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 δαψιλὴν Mn   |    ῥῦσιν Pr   |    3 ἀλὸς M, ἄλλος Pr   |    5 ἀλλ’ ἄχνη] ἀλάχλη a.c., ἀλάχνη p.c. Pr   |    first τίς Ra   |    οἰονεὶ MMn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,12–16; Dind. II.63,5–9

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 115.17 (vet exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: δαψιλῆ τοῦ οἴνου {καὶ} ῥύσιν· διὰ γὰρ τῆς ἄχνης τοῦτο ἐσήμηνεν. οἱ δὲ τὴν οἰνόχροα τρίχα φασί.  —H

TRANSLATION:   Abundant flow of wine. For this is what he indicated by using the word ‘achnē’. Other say (the phrase) means wine-colored hair.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 115.18 (rec exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: ἐμφαντικῶς τὴν τοῦ οἴνου δαψιλῆ ῥύσιν· ἄχνη δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν κυμ[άτων].  —O


Or. 115.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: οἶνον καὶ μέλι καθὼς εἶχον συνήθειαν μετὰ γάλακτος.  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Zl, very faint.   |   


Or. 115.20 (rec exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: ἡ ἄχνη (?)ση(μαίνει) [2–4] τὸ μέλι μετὰ τοῦ γάλακτος καὶ τὴν ὑγρὴν τρίχα τὴν οὖσαν κατὰ τὸ [ ca. 6 ] (?)κυριν(ος)(?) [ ca. 6? ].  —R

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὐγρὴν R   |   


Or. 115.21 (pllgn exeg) οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην:  1εἰς τρία διαιρεῖται ὁ οἶνος, εἰς τὸ ἄνθος, εἰς αὐτὸν τὸν οἶνον, καὶ εἰς τὸν τρυγίαν.  2καὶ ἄνθος μὲν τὸ ἐπάνω τοῦ πίθου ἤγουν τὸ πρῶτον, οἶνος δὲ τὸ μέσον, τρυγίας δὲ ἡ ὕλη ἤγουν τὸ κάτω.  3ὡσαύτως καὶ τὸ αἷμα εἰς τρία καὶ τὸ γάλα.  4καὶ τὸ μὲν καθαρώτατον τοῦ αἵματος ἀποτελεῖται εἰς τὸ ἧπαρ εἰς τὸ δεξιὸν μέρος, τὸ δὲ χνοωδέστατον εἰς τὴν χοληδόχον κύστιν, ὁ δὲ τρυγίας εἰς τὸν σπλῆνα.  5ὡσαύτως καὶ τὸ γάλα· τὸ μὲν καθαρώτατον καὶ λιπωδέστατον τὸ ἐπάνω ὅπερ γίνεται βούτυρος, τὸ δέ μέσον ὁ ὀρρὸς, τὸ δὲ κάτωθεν ὡς τρυγίας ὅπερ ποιεῖ τὸν τυρόν.   —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   Wine is divided into three parts, the bloom, the wine itself, and the lees. And the bloom is the part at the top of the container, that is, the first pour; the wine is what is in the middle, and the lees are the solid matter, that is, what is below. In exactly the same way also blood and milk (are divided) into three parts. The purest form of the blood is created in the liver in the righthand part, the type most clouded by fine particles in the gall bladder, and the lees in the spleen. In the same way also milk: the purest and fattiest part is the liquid on top, which becomes butter, the middle is the whey, and the part below is as it were the lees, the part that creates cheese.

POSITION: s.l. Y2      

APP. CRIT.:   4 καθαρώτερον app. Yf2   |    χνωδέστατον Yf2   |    χολιδόχον Y2Yf2, corr. Dindorf   |    εἰς τὴν σπλῆνα δὲ ὁ τρυγίας Yf2   |    5 εἰς add. before τὸ γάλα Yf2 (εἰς had been deleted by Matt. without knowledge of Y)   |    καθαρώτερον app. Yf2   |    καὶ add. before τὸ ἐπάνω Y2   |    ὁ δὲ μέσον Yf2   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τῶ κάτω Y2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.63,11–19

COMMENT:   No other passage in TLG has αἷμα described as χνοῶδες, rendered ‘cloudy’ here by BDAG (‘torbido’ in the Italian original).   |   χολήδοκος is very rare, with only two other instances in TLG, in Erasistratus fr. 146.   |   The threefold division of milk is similar to Galen, de simplicium medicamentorum temperamentis ac facultatibus, 11:677,10–18 Kühn. For discussion of similar threefold divisions of wine and oil and honey, see Plutarch, quaest. conviv. 7.3 (701d–702c).   |   The feminine as seen in Yf2 τὴν σπλῆνα is attested in some medieval astrological and medical texts.   |   Turyn 1957: 58–59 proposes that this is Planudean because Yf has a cross before it and because he finds medical topics in other possibly Planudean scholia. See, however, Prelim. Stud. 105–106.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   |   Planudes   


Or. 115.23 (rec exeg) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: γρ. οἰνόποόν τ’ ἄχνην  —R

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 115.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: τὴν τρίχωσιν τὴν οἰνόχροα ἤγουν τὴν ξανθὴν  —V3

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 115.26 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οἰνωπόν τ’ ἄχνην⟩: τὴν λευκὴν τρίχωσιν· τὸ καθαρὸν τοῦ οἴνου καὶ λαμπρόν.  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.63,10–11


Or. 115.34 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: ἄχνη λέγεται ἡ μέλαινα θρὶξ ἢ ῥύσις οἴνου.  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 115.37 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄχνην⟩:  1τὸν λεπτότατον τόνδε οἶνον ἢ ἄχνην λέγει οἱονεὶ κορυφὴν.  2ὅταν γὰρ ἐπιχέηται οἶνος τῷ ἐκ μέλιτος καὶ γάλακτος κράματι, ἐπιπολαίως κεῖται.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   (Meaning) this most delicate wine, or he speaks of ‘achnē’ more or less as the top part. For when wine is poured upon the mixture of honey and milk, it rests on top.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZa, to οἰνωπόν Zm      POSITION: cont. from 115.02 ZbZl (Zl add. καὶ)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 prep. οἰνωπὸν ἄχνην λέγει T   |    ἢ del. Matt.   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 κράμματι ZZa   |    ἐπιπολέως T (‑αίως Ta)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.63,2–4


Or. 115.42 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄχνην⟩: οἰνάνθη τὸ κρεῖττον τοῦ οἴνου  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 115.44 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄχνης⟩: (ἄχν)ην  —V

LEMMA: ἄχνης in text V       POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Diggle records this as V1/2; it seems to me to be the ink and letter-forms of main scribe.   |   


Or. 116.02 (pllgn gram) ⟨στᾶσ’⟩: ἔστη τις ἑκουσίως, ἐστάθη ἀκουσίως· τὸ μὲν ἔστη μετὰ θελήματος, τὸ δὲ ἐστάθη δυναστικῶς.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Someone stood/came to a stop (intransitive aorist form) willingly, was stood up/set up (aorist passive form) unwillingly. The (intransitive) form ‘he stood’ is accompanied by willingness, but the (passive) form ‘was stood up’ occurs by command of an authority.

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀκουσίως] ἑκουσίως Y2   

KEYWORDS:  vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   


Or. 116.03 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐπ’ ἀκροῦ χώματος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπ’ ἄκρον χῶμα  —HM

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘(going) up to the top of the mound’.

POSITION: s.l. H, marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. H   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,17; Dind. II.63,20


Or. 116.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐπ’ ἄκρου χώματος⟩: ἐπὶ τοῦ ἄκρου τοῦ τάφου  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον Gr, ἐπ’ ἄκρου Y   |    second τοῦ om. Zc   


Or. 116.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπ’ ἄκρου χώματος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ χώματος τὸ ἄκρον χῶμα λέγουσιν οἱ Ἀττικοί, ὡς ἐνταῦθα καὶ παρὰ Σοφοκλεῖ [Soph. Aj. 238–239] ‘καὶ γλῶτταν ἄκραν / ῥιπτεῖ θερίσας’, ἤγουν τὸ ἄκρον τῆς γλώττης.  —Gu

TRANSLATION:  Instead of saying ‘the top part of the mound’ Attic writers say ‘the topmost mound’, as here and in Sophocles, ‘and having lopped off the outermost tongue he throws it aside’, that is, ‘the tip of the tongue’.

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικοί   


Or. 117.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀδελφὴ⟩: θέλεις μετὰ τοῦ ν̅ ἢ χωρὶς τοῦ ν̅  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This and the next give evidence of a variant reading ἀδελφὴν, which appears not to have been reported previously.   


Or. 117.14 (rec gram) ⟨ταῖσδε … χοαῖς⟩: ἀντίστροφον, ὡς τὸ ἐδωρεῖτο τὸν ἅγ(ιον) τοῖς χρυσοῖς  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   With exchange of (case‑)construction, as in the sentence ‘he gifted the saint with gold pieces’.

POSITION: s.l. (space between ἀντίστροφον and the rest)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἔδωκε Mn   

COMMENT:   I have not located any passage where δίδωμι has such a construction. I assume ἔδωκε is a mistake for ἐδωρεῖτο, since (as 117.20–22 indicate) that verb can take alternative constructions for person and thing as arguments. I find no parallel for the example sentence.   

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως   


Or. 117.16 (mosch exeg) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩: δεξιοῦται δι’ ἐμοῦ δηλονότι διὰ φόβον τοῦ ἐλθεῖν αὐτὴν πρὸς τὸ μνῆμα τὸ σόν  —XXaXbT+YGGr

TRANSLATION:   (Your sister) greets (honors) you, that is to say, through me (scil. Hermione) because of fear of going herself to your tomb.

LEMMA: X, ταῖσδε δωρεῖται G      

APP. CRIT.:   φόβου G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   δῆλον ὅτι G   |   

COMMENT:   For the sense ‘honor’ see the comment on sch. 117.21.   


Or. 117.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩:  1τὸ δωρεῖσθαι εἰ μὲν σημαίνει τὸ χαρίζεσθαι καὶ διδόναι ἁπλῶς, συντάσσεται πρὸς μὲν τὸ πρόσωπον δοτικῇ, πρὸς δὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα αἰτιατικῇ, οἷον δωροῦμαί σοι τόδε.  2ὅτε δὲ τὸ φιλοφρονεῖσθαι καὶ δεξιοῦσθαι, ὡς ἐνταῦθα, ἐναλλὰξ πρὸς μὲν τὸ πρόσωπον αἰτιατικῇ, πρὸς δὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα δοτικῇ, οἷον δωροῦμαί σε τῷδε.   —Gu

TRANSLATION:   If the verb ‘dōreisthai’ (‘to gift’) denotes ‘grant as a favor’ or simply ‘give’, it is construed with the person in the dative and the thing in the accusative, as for example ‘I gift this to you’. But when it denotes ‘show favor’ or ‘honor’, as it does here, inversely it is construed with the person in the accusative and with the thing in the dative, as for example in ‘I gift you with this’.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.64,1–6

KEYWORDS:  vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   


Or. 117.21 (pllgn gram) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩:  1δωροῦμαι τὸ δεξιοῦμαι καὶ τιμῶ ἀπὸ αἰτιατικῆς εἰς δοτικὴν, ὡς τὸ δωρεῖται σε ταῖσδε χοαῖς ἀντὶ τοῦ τιμᾷ σε.  1δωροῦμαι δὲ τὸ παρέχω σοι τι ἐπὶ πλούτου ἀπὸ δοτικῆς εἰς αἰτιατικὴν, ὡς τὸ δωροῦμαι σοι τόδε ἢ ἵππον ἢ ἄλλο τι.   —Y2Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὡς τῷ a.c. Y2   

COMMENT:   For δεξιόομαι in the sense ‘honor’ see Lampe s.v. δεξιόω 2d–e; BDAG s.v. δεξιόομαι. For the meaning ‘gift/endow someone (acc.) with something (dat.)’, implied here, Lampe cites Greg. Naz. orat. 14 (PG 35.881,30–32) καὶ τοῖς ἐντεῦθεν χρηστοῖς πολλάκις δεξιοῦται τὸ θεῖον τοὺς εὐσεβεῖς.   

COLLATION NOTES:   No cross Yf.   |   

KEYWORDS:  vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   


Or. 117.22 (pllgn gram) ⟨δωρεῖται⟩: δωροῦμαι τὸ δεξιοῦμαι αἰτιατικῇ· δωροῦμαι τὸ δίδωμι δοτικῆ.  —Aa

REF. SYMBOL: Aa      


Or. 118.16 (vet exeg) ⟨τε⟩: περιττὸς ὁ τέ· βούλεται δὲ λέγειν φόβῳ ταρβοῦσα.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   The conjunction ‘te’ is superfluous. She means to say ‘dreading with fear’ (that is, the dative noun ‘fear’ goes with the participle ‘tarbousa’ rather than being a separate expression).

POSITION: intermarg. MC      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,18; Dind. II.647–8

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 119.06 (vet exeg) ⟨εὐμενῆ δ’ ἄνωγέ νιν⟩: γράφεται πρευμενῆ, ὅ ἐστι πραϋμενῆ καὶ προσφιλῆ. —MCV3MnRbS

TRANSLATION:   ‘Preumenē’ is (also) written, that is, gentle-minded (‘praümenē’) or friendly.

LEMMA: Rb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. V3S      

APP. CRIT.:   γρ. καὶ V3CRb   |    ὅ ἐστι] ἤγουν MnRbS   |    πραϋμενῆ καὶ om. RbS   |    πραϋνομένη C, cf. πραυμένη M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   προσφιλ() C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,19; Dind. II.64,9

COMMENT:   Compare sch. MBPr Hec. 538 πρευμενής: πρᾶος εὐμενής· ἐκ γὰρ τῶν δύο σύγκειται ἡ λέξις.   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 119.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄνωγέ νιν⟩: λείπει παρακαλοῦσα.  —AbSSa

POSITION: s.l. SSa, marg. Ab      

APP. CRIT.:   λείπει om. Sa   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 119.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄνωγέ νιν⟩: ἱκέτευε αὐτὴν τὴν νεκρόν.  —Ab

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 119.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄνωγέ νιν⟩: καὶ κέλευε αὐτὴν.  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 119.15 (thom gram) ⟨ἄνωγέ⟩: ἀνώγω κυρίως τὸ προστάσσω.  —ZmGuOx2

POSITION: marg. Ox; cont. from gloss 119.19 Zm, add. δὲ      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.64,10–11

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu with cross in front.   |   


Or. 120.02 (vet exeg) καὶ πόσει γνώμην ἔχειν:  1ἐνταῦθα ἡ βελτίστη οὐδὲ τὴν θυγατέρα ἑαυτῆς προέκρινε·  2τοῦ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς μικροῦ δεῖν καὶ ἐπελάθετο.   —MCMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Here the wonderful woman did not even give precedence to her daughter over herself. As for her husband, she almost even forgot about him.

LEMMA: MC, καὶ πόσει RaRbSa, καὶ ποσι Mn, πόσει S       REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: s.l. MnSSa      

APP. CRIT.:   2 τοῦ] τοῦτο M   |    γὰρ om. Sa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 προέκρινεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,20–22

KEYWORDS:  character, analysis of   


Or. 121.01 (vet exeg) τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν:  1καὶ αὐτῶν μέμνηται, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ παντελῶς λιθοκάρδιος εἶναι, ὅμως μετὰ ἀρᾶς.  2τὸ γὰρ οὓς ἀπώλεσεν θεός δοκεῖ μὲν συναχθομένη λέγειν, πανούργως δὲ ἐμφαίνει ὅτι θεοῖς ἀπηχθημένοι εἰσίν.  3οὐ γὰρ ἀπολλύει εἶπεν, ἀλλ’ ἀπώλεσεν, ὡς ἐγνωσμένης ἤδη τῆς παρὰ θεῶν δυσμενείας.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   She mentions them (Orestes and Electra) as well, in order not to seem completely stone-hearted, but even so she does it with a curse. For in uttering the phrase ‘whom god has destroyed’ she seems to be sharing their distress, but with malicious cunning she indirectly suggests that they are hated by the gods. For she did not say ‘is destroying’ but ‘has destroyed’, as if the hostility on the part of the gods is already decided.

LEMMA: all (add. τοῖνδε Rw)      REF. SYMBOL: MBV      

APP. CRIT.:   1 δόξῃ] λέξῃ B   |    1–2 μετὰ ἀρᾶς. τὸ γὰρ οὓς] μιαροὺς καλεῖ. οὓς γάρ φησι V   |    2 δοκεῖ] εὐδοκεῖ M   |    λέγειν om. V   |    καὶ add. before θεοῖς BVRw   |    ἀπηχθομένοι B, ἀπηχθομένα app. Pr, ἀπηχθημένη V   |    3 ἀπολλύει] οσπόλλ begun by B, but corr.; ἀπολύει MVPr   |    εἷπεν om. V   |    ὡς… δυσμενείας om. V   |    ἐγνωσμένως C   |    ἤδη om. Rw   |    παρὰ om. PrRw   |    θεῷ C   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   παντελῶ Rw   |    ἁρᾶς Rw   |    2 ἀπώλεσε BCPrRw   |    3 δυσμενίας Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.109,23–27; Dind. II.64,12–16

KEYWORDS:  πανούργος/πανούργως   |   character, analysis of   


Or. 121.02 (vet exeg) ⟨τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν⟩: μέμνηται καὶ αὐτῶν, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ παντελῶς λιθοκάρδιος εἶναι.  —H

TRANSLATION:   She mentions them (Orestes and Electra) as well, in order not to seem completely stone-hearted.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 121.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν⟩: ἤγουν τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ καὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —AbMnRSSaZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι R   |    τὴν ἠλέκτραν καὶ τὸν ὀρέστην Zl   |    τὴν Mn   


Or. 121.04 (moschThom paraphr) ⟨τοῖν τ’ ἀθλίοιν⟩: τῷ Ὀρέστῃ καὶ τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcZcZaZmCrOxB3a

REF. SYMBOL: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   prep. ἤγουν ZmB3a   |    τῷ om. G   |    καὶ om. Zc   

COMMENT:   Although this is in ZZaZm as well as T, a combination which by the criteria of this edition causes it to be marked as Thoman, Triclinius added it when incorporating Moschopulean material and marks it as a Moschopulean gloss, not as one common to Moschopulus and Thomas.   


Or. 121.10 (thom exeg) ⟨θεός⟩: ὁ Ἀπόλλων προστάξας τὸν φόνον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘A god’ refers to) Apollo, for having ordered the murder.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν φόνον om. Za   


Or. 121.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεός⟩: ἤγουν ὁ Ἀπόλλων· αὐτὸς γὰρ αὐτοὺς εἰς μητρικὸν φόνον παρέθηξε.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.01 (122–123) (vet paraphr) ἃ δ’ εἰς ἀδελφήν: ἃ δὲ νενόμισται τοῖς νεκροῖς ποιεῖν, ταῦτα κἀμὲ ὑπισχνοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀδελφὴν ποιεῖν.  —MBVCMnPrRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The things which it has become customary to do for the dead, promise that I too will do these in regard to my sister.

LEMMA: MBPrRaRb(ἀδ’ εἰς), ἃ δ’ εἰς ἀδελφήν καιρός C, ὑπισχνοῦ Rw, ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: MBRb      POSITION: after 122.04 V      

APP. CRIT.:   first ποιεῖν] πλεῖν Pr   |    ταῦτα … ποιεῖν om. V   |    κἀμὲ] καὶ S   |    ὑπισχοῦ Rb, ἐπισχνοῦ S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,1–2; Dind. II.64,17–18


Or. 122.02 (122–123) (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: ἅπαντα τὰ τῶν νεκρῶν δωρήματα, ἃ εὔκαιρον εἰς ἀδελφὴν ἐμὴν ἐκπονεῖν, ὑπισχνοῦ.  —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   All the gifts for the dead, which it is timely to perform for my sister, promise (them).

LEMMA: BPrRw       POSITION: cont. from 122.01 C, from 122.11 V      

APP. CRIT.:   ἅπαντα] ἅπαντα δὲ BVPrRw, ἅπαντα δὲ δωρήματα M (with dicolon as if the words are a lemma)   |    εὐκαιρον εἰς] εὔκαιρα εἰς M, εὐκαιρεῖς Rw   |    τὴν ἐμὴν V   |    ἐκπονεῖν ἐμὴν transp. BPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,3–4; Dind. II.64,18–20


Or. 122.03 (122–123) (vet paraphr) ἅπερ δὲ πρέπει τοὺς τεθνηκότας παρὰ τῶν ζώντων λαμβάνειν, ταῦτα ὑπισχνοῦ τῇ ἐμῇ ἀδελφῇ.  —H

TRANSLATION:   And whatever it is proper for the dead to receive from the living, promise these things to my sister.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 122.04 (122–123) (rec paraphr) ἃ δ’ εἰς ἀδελφήν: ἃ δὲ εὔκαιρον εἰς ἀδελφὴν ἐκπονεῖν νεκρῶν δωρήματα ταῦτα ὑπισχνοῦμαι.  —V

LEMMA: V       POSITION: before 122.01 V      

APP. CRIT.:   ταῦτα (or πάντα) Mastr., ἅττα V   


Or. 122.05 (122–123) (rec paraphr) καὶ ὑπισχνοῦ ἅπαντα τὰ δῶρα τῶν νεκρῶν, ἃ καιρὸς βιάζεται πονεῖν ἢ ποιεῖν ἐμὲ εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀδελφήν.  —Ra

REF. SYMBOL: Ra      


Or. 122.06 (122–123) (mosch paraphr) ἃ δὲ δωρήματα τῶν κάτω, τουτέστι προσήκοντα τοῖς κάτω, καιρός ἐστι δηλονότι ἁρμόδιος ἐνεργεῖν ἐμὲ εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀδελφὴν, ἅπαντα ὑπισχνοῦ.  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

LEMMA: V       POSITION: cont. from 122.22 X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐμὲ] ἐμὴ a.c. Gr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.64,20–22


Or. 122.07 (122–123) (pllgn exeg) 1ἃ δὲ δωρήματα τῶν νερτέρων καιρὸς ὑπάρχει ἐκπονεῖν εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀδελφὴν, ἅπαντα ὑπισχνοῦ. 2διὰ δὲ τοῦ ἐκπονεῖν ἐδήλωσεν ὅτι μεγαλοπρεπῆ τινα, πέπλους, ἔμελλε κατασκευάσαι. 3ἦθος γὰρ εἶχον τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῖς τάφοις πέπλους ἐκτίθεσθαι, 4ὡς καὶ ἡ τοῦ Ὀδυσσέως Πηνελόπη τὸν ἱστὸν, ὃν ὕφαινε θέλουσα τοὺς μνηστῆρας ἐκφυγεῖν, ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ Ὀδυσσέως ἔμελλε θεῖναι τάφον.   —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   Whatever gifts for the dead below it is appropriate to produce for my sister, promise all of these. And by using the word ‘ekponein’ (produce by hard work) she indicated that she was going to make some impressive gifts, (namely) robes. For they had the custom of setting out robes on the tombs, just as Odysseus’ wife Penelope too intended to place upon the tomb of Odysseus the woven cloth that she was weaving because she wanted to elude the suitors.

APP. CRIT.:   4 τάφον Matt., αὐτὸν Yf2   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 (both) ὀδυσσέος Yf2, corr. Matt.   |    μνηστήρας Yf2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.64,23–65,2


Or. 122.19 (rec paraphr) ⟨καιρὸς ἐκπονεῖν⟩: εὐκαίρως βιάζει πονεῖν  —SSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   εὐκαιρῶς p.c. S, εὐκαιρὸς Sa   


Or. 122.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καιρὸς ἐκπονεῖν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄξιον ἐστὶ ποιῆσαι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.22 (mosch paraphr) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: καιρὸς ἐστὶν ἁρμόδιος δηλονότι  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X, prep. to sch. 122.06 X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Y   |    ἁρμ. ἐστὶ transp. Y   


Or. 122.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ὅτε ἐστὶ  —CrZuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅταν Zu   


Or. 122.24 (rec exeg) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ὅτε εὔκαιρος ἐστὶν  —Aa2Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅτε added by Aa2 to Aa-gloss εὔκαιρος (cf. 122.25)   |    ἐστὶν om. Aa2,   


Or. 122.25 (rec exeg) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: λείπει τὸ ὅτ’ ἔσται.  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 122.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καιρὸς⟩: ὅτε καιρὸς καλέσει  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 122.40 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκπονεῖν⟩: μετὰ κόπου κατασκευάζειν  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 123.04 (thom paraphr) ⟨νερτέρων δωρήματα⟩: ἤγουν ἃ δωροῦνται οἱ ζῶντες τοῖς νεκροῖς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.65,3–4


Or. 123.07 (mosch paraphr) νερτέρων: τῶν κάτω ἤγουν τῶν νεκρῶν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν τῶν νεκρῶν om. Zc, ἤγουν τῶν om. G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.65,3


Or. 123.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δωρήματα⟩: ἐκεῖνα, ἤγουν ἅτινα νενόμισται τοῖς νεκροῖς ποιεῖν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 124.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἴθ’⟩: Ἀττικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄπιθι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 124.09 (pllgn gram) ⟨σπεῦδ’⟩: σπεύδω τὸ τρέχω ἐπὶ σώματος, σπουδάζω ἐπὶ ψυχῆς  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   


Or. 125.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τῆς πάλιν μέμνησ’ ὁδοῦ⟩: ἐνθυμοῦ ὑποστρέψαι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 125.12 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 126.01 (pllgn exeg) παρυπογράφεται τήν τε ἀναχώρησιν τῆς Ἑλένης καὶ τὴν Ἑρμιόνην ἀπερχομένην ἐν τῷ τάφῳ καὶ λέγει, ὦ φύσις.  —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   She (Electra) indirectly indicates both the retreat of Helen indoors and Hermione going off to the tomb and says ‘o nature’.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.65,28–30

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   


Or. 126.02 (rec exeg) ὦ φύσις ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν: 1τὸν τρόπον λέγει καὶ τὴν ἑκάστου γνώμην.  2ἢ φύσιν τὴν εὐμορφίαν.   —VAaMnRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   (By ‘phusis’) she means the character and sense of judgment of an individual. Or by ‘phusis’ she means beauty of form.

LEMMA: (with ‑οισι) VRw, ὦ φύσις ἐνο̅ι̅σι Aa, ὦ φύσις others      REF. SYMBOL: VAaRbSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὴν om. Rb   |    2 φύσις Aa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,5–6


Or. 126.03 (vet exeg) ὦ φύσις ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν: 1οἱ μέν φασι συνωνυμεῖν τῇ μορφῇ καὶ τῇ δομῇ,  2οἱ δὲ τὴν εὐπρέπειαν τοῦ σώματος καὶ τὸ κάλλος,  3οἱ δὲ τὸν τρόπον καὶ τὴν φύσιν ἑκάστου,  4ὡς μέγα κακὸν ὁ φαῦλος τρόπος καὶ ἐπιβλαβής ἐστι τοῖς κεκτημένοις καὶ πάλιν ἐπωφελής ἐστι τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις.   —MBCPr, partial VCAaRaRbRwSSaYf2

TRANSLATION:   Some say that that (‘phusis’ here) is synonymous with shape and bodily form, some with the comeliness of the body and beauty, others with the character and nature of the individual, since bad character is a great evil and harmful to those who possess it, and conversely (character) is beneficial to those who possess it in a fine way.

LEMMA: MBCPr, ὦ φύσις MnRaRbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: s.l. Yf2, cont. from sch. 126.02 VAaRw      

APP. CRIT.:   Ra partially washed out   |    1–4 οἱ μέν … κακὸν om. Yf2   |    1 δομῇ] ὁρμῇ B(ὀρ‑)C, δοκιμῆ Mn, ὁράσει Pr   |    τῆ εὐπρεπεία V   |    τοῦ κάλλους Aa   |    3–4 οἱ δὲ κτλ. om. Pr, jumping to what follows κάλλος in sent. 1 of sch. 127.01 σωτήριόν τε   |    3 οἱ δὲ] ἄλλοι δὲ Sa   |    ἕκαστον Sa   |    4 ὡς μέγα κτλ om. VAaMnRaRbRwSSa (see next sch.)   |    φαῦλος del. Schw., add. κακῶς after first τοῖς   |    first ἐστι transp. to follow κακόν B   |    first καὶ om. Yf2   |    after first κεκτημένοις add. αὐτὸν Yf2   |    ὁ ἀγαθὸς add. before πάλιν B   |    ἐστι τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις om. B   |    second ἐστι om. CYf2   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 second τῇ] τὴν Rw   |    4 εστιν … ἐστὶν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,7–11; Dind. II.66,5–9


Or. 126.04 (vet exeg) 1οἱ μὲν τὴν εὐπρέπειαν φασὶ τοῦ σώματος καὶ τὸ κάλλος,  2οἱ δὲ τὸν τρόπον καὶ τὴν φύσιν ἑκάστου,  3ὡς μέγα κακὸν ὁ φαῦλος τρόπος καὶ ἐπιβλαβὴς τοῖς κεκτημένοις καὶ πάλιν ἐπωφελής τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις.  —H

TRANSLATION:   Some say that that (‘phusis’ here) is the comeliness of the body and beauty, others with the character and nature of the individual, since bad character is a great evil and harmful to those who possess it, and conversely (character) is beneficial to those who possess it in a fine way.

COLLATION NOTES:   Check new images when available; looks like ἐπιβλαπὴς on Daitz image.   |   


Or. 126.05 (rec paraphr) ὡς μέγ’ εἶ κακὸν: καὶ τοῖς μὲν κακῶς χρωμένοις ἐπιβλαβής ἐστι, τοῖς δὲ καλῶς κεχρημένοις ἐπωφελής.  —VAaMnRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   And it (‘phusis’) is harmful to those who make bad use of it, but beneficial to those who use it well.

LEMMA: all (but not punct. as sep. from note in some)       POSITION: cont. from 126.03, without mark of new scholion      

APP. CRIT.:   μὲν om. Rb   |    χρωμένοις … καλῶς om. Aa   |    after χρωμένοις add. ταύτη MnRaSSa   |    ἐπιβλαβές Rw   |    κεχρημ. om. MnSSa   |    ἐπωφελές Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπιβαβής Rb, ἐπιβλαβῆς S, ἐπιβλάβης Mn   |    ἐπωφελῆς S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110, app. at 10–11; Dind. II.66, app. at 5


Or. 126.06 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ φύσις⟩: 1ἰδοῦσα ἡ Ἠλέκτρα τὴν Ἑλένην τεμοῦσαν μὲν ἄκρας τὰς τρίχας, σώζουσαν δὲ τὸ πρόσθεν κάλλος, ἀποτείνεται πρὸς τὴν φύσιν καὶ λέγει ταύτην εἶναι σωτήριόν τε τοῖς κεκτημένοις καλῶς αὐτὴν καὶ βλαπτικὸν τοῖς μὴ οὕτως. 2καὶ ἡ Ἑλένη φυσικῶς οὖσα κακὴ, εἰ καὶ ἔδοξε ποσῶς τὴν ἀδελφὴν θρηνεῖν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀποκεκοφέναι τὰς τρίχας, ἀλλὰ πανούργως τοῦτο πεποίηκεν, 3ἐξ ὧν ἄκρας αὐτὰς ἔτεμε τοῦτο πιστωσαμένη. 4εἰ γὰρ κατ’ ἀλήθειαν ἐθρήνει, πάντα τὸν πλόκαμον ἔδει τεμεῖν. 5καὶ ταῦτα μὲν οὕτως. 6οἱ δὲ λέγοντες φύσιν τὸ κάλλος οὔ μοι δοκοῦσι λέγειν εὐλόγως.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Electra, seeing that Helen cut the tips of her hair but preserved her previous beauty, makes an apostrophe to nature and says it (nature) is salvific for those who possess it well and harmful to those who do not do so. And Helen, being by nature vicious, even if she seemed to some extent to mourn for her sister, and for that reason to have trimmed her hair, even so did this in a cunning way, because she cut the hairs at the tip giving proof of this. For if she truly were mourning, she ought to have cut off all her tresses. And this is how to take this passage. Those who say that ‘phusis’ here means beauty do not seem to me to speak with good justification.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZl      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τεμοῦσαν] τιμῶσαν Zb   |    πρόσθεν] ἔμπροσθεν Zl   |    αὐτὴν καλῶς transp. Z, αὐτὴν om. Za   |    5 οὗτος Z   |    6 δοκοῦσι τοῦτο ZZa   |    λέγειν om. ZbZl   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀποτίνεται ZbZl   |    2 πανοῦργος ZaZm (‑ως s.l. Za)   |    6 δοκοῦσιν ZbZl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.65,15–24

COLLATION NOTES:   For 1 βλαπτικὸν Ta has σωτή / βλαπτικὸν (because in T βλαπτ. is right under σωτήριον).   |   

KEYWORDS:  Thomas critical of another view   |   πανοῦργος/πανούργως   


Or. 126.07 (pllgn exeg) ὦ φύσις: 1φύσις διχῶς λέγεται, καὶ ἐπὶ καλοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ φαύλου. 2ἔχει τις φύσιν καλὴν ὅστις ἔνι ἀγαθὸς, ἥμερος, πρᾶος, δίκαιος. 3ἔχει καὶ ἕτερος φύσιν κακὴν ὁ κλέπτης, ὁ μοιχὸς, ὁ πόρνος, ὁ ἄδικος. 4τοῦτο ἡ Ἠλέκτρα λέγει ἐνταῦθα· 5ὦ φύσις ὡς καὶ λίαν μέγα κακὸν ὑπάρχεις ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις· 6τοῖς γὰρ κακῶς τὴν φύσιν χρωμένοις ἀνθρώποις, μέγα κακὸν ὑπάρχεις, 7σωτήριόν τε πρᾶγμα ὑπάρχεις τῷ κεκτημένῳ καλῶς αὐτὴν, ἤγουν ἐπωφελὴς ὑπάρχεις τῷ καλῶς χρωμένῳ αὐτὴν.   —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Phusis’ is spoken of in two ways, both applying to good and applying to bad. A person has a fine nature if he is good, gentle, mild, just. Another person has a bad nature, (for example) the thief, the adulterer, the pimp, the unjust man. This is what Electra says here: O nature, how, that is, (‘hōs’ used in the sense) excessively, great an evil you are among humans, for to those people who use their nature in a bad way, you are a great evil, and you are a salvific thing for the one who possesses it well, that is, you are beneficial to the one who uses it well.

LEMMA: Y2      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἡ φύσις Yf2   |    λέγεται] λαμβάνεται Yf2   |    2 καλὴν] καλεῖ Y2   |    ἔνι] ἐστὶν Matt. (but ἔνι is legitimate in late scholia)   |    3 καὶ om. Yf2   |    ὁ πόρνος om. Y2   |    6 γὰρ] γε Yf2   |    7 first αὐτήν] αὑτήν Yf2   |    ἤγουν ἐπωφελὴς κτλ om. Yf2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.65,30–66,4

COMMENT:   Note the use of the acc. instead of dat. with χρώμενοις in 6–7 (see also e.g. sch. 126.22, as opposed to the more ‘correct’ version 126.23).   

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross prefixed in Yf, Turyn 59 proposes that this is Planudean. One hopes that Planudes was more intelligent than the author of this note.   |   

KEYWORDS:  Planudes   |   Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 126.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φύσις⟩: {ἢ} τὴν φύσιν ⟨λέγει⟩ ἤγουν τὴν εὐμορφίαν ἢ τὸν τρόπον  —F

REF. SYMBOL: F       POSITION: marg.      


Or. 126.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φύσις⟩: ἢ τὸ κάλλος ἢ τὴν γνώμην ἢ τὸν τρόπον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 126.10 (rec exeg) ⟨φύσις⟩: φαῦλος τρόπος ἢ εὐμορφία  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 126.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φύσις⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὦ εὐφυΐα κάλλος καὶ ὁ τρόπος  —Y

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 126.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς μέγ’ εἶ κακόν⟩: λείπει τοῖς κεκτημένοις κακῶς.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 126.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς μέγ’ εἶ κακόν⟩: τοῖς χρωμένοις σε κακῶς  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 126.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς μέγ’ εἶ κακόν⟩: τοῖς κακῶς σοι χρωμένοις  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 127.01 (vet exeg) σωτήριόν τε τοῖς καλῶς κεκτημένοις: 1πολλοὶ γὰρ τὸ κάλλος ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ ἑαυτῶν καὶ τῆς πατρίδος ἐκτήσαντο, 2ὧν ἐστιν εἷς ὁ Γανυμήδης παρὰ θεοῖς εἶναι ἀξιωθεὶς καὶ ἵπποις ἀθανάτοις κοσμήσας τὴν θρεψαμένην. 3καὶ Ἀμυμώνη δὲ διὰ τὸ ἴδιον κάλλος τὸ ἄνυδρον Ἄργος πολύυδρον ἐποίησε διὰ τῆς ἐπιμιξίας τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος.   —MBVCPraPrbRw, partial H

TRANSLATION:   For many persons possessed their beauty for the salvation of themselves or their country. One example of these is Ganymede, who was deemed worthy to be among the gods and adorned with immortal horses the country that raised him. And also Amymone because of her individual beauty caused (her country) waterless Argos to become rich in water through her intercourse with Poseidon.

LEMMA: MC, σωτήριόν τε τοῖς καλῶς VRw(τῆς κακῶς), ἄλλως· σωτήριόν τε B, σωτήριόν τε HPrb      POSITION: between sch. 128.01 and 129.09 M, after 129.09 Prb, after 149.01 Rw; Pra is incomplete version cont. from sch. 126.02      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πολλοὶ … κάλλος om. Pra   |    γὰρ om. Prb   |    τῆς om. HVRw   |    2–3 ὧν ἐστιν κτλ om. H   |    2 ἐστιν εἷς] εἷς ἐστι καὶ BPra   |    εἷς om. Prb   |    ὁ om. BPrb   |    εἶναι] V, om. others   |    ἵππους ἀθανάτους Prb   |    κοσμῆσαι B, κοσμήσειν Prb, κομίσας Pra   |    τῆ θρεψαμένη Prb   |    3 καὶ ἡ ἀμυμ. BVPraRw   |    second τὸ om. Pra   |    ἄργος] πέλαγος Pra   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 γαννυμήδης VCPraPrbRw   |    3 ἀμυμόνη MRw, ἀμύμων Pra   |    ἐποίησεν MB   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,13–17; Dind. II.66,11–15


Or. 127.02 (vet exeg) ⟨σωτήριόν τε⟩: πολλοὶ γὰρ διὰ τὸ κάλλος εὐεργέτησαν τὰς πατρίδας.  —M

TRANSLATION:   For many have benefitted their native land because of their beauty.

POSITION: between sch. 126.03 and 128.01 M (punct. as sep., but no lemma)      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,12; Dind. II.66,9–10


Or. 127.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σωτήριόν τε⟩: Φρύνη ἔσωσε τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἑαυτῆς πατρίδα τῷ Φιλίππῳ συμμιγεῖσα.  —B3a

TRANSLATION:   Phryne saved her own native city by having intercourse with Philip.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   TLG citations of Phryne do not offer any such anecdote. Phryne, a 4th-century courtesan from Thespiae, was famous for having several statues of her that were dedicated. One anecdote says that Hyperides saved her from a guilty verdict in a trial by exposing her breasts to the jurors; another says that she offered to rebuild the walls of Thebes after Alexander’s destruction if she were allowed to have an inscription on the wall saying she restored what he destroyed. This story is an autoschediasm or a misremembering of the story about the walls of Thebes.   


Or. 127.10 (rec exeg) ⟨κεκτημένοις⟩: γρ. κεχρημένοις  —OAaAbPrRG

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab      

APP. CRIT.:   γρ. om. OPrG   |    καὶ add. before κεχρημ. Aa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κεχρωμ‑ Ab   |   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 128.01 (vet exeg) εἴδετε παρ’ ἄκρας: 1τὸ εἴδετε ἀντὶ τοῦ ἴδοι τις ἂν, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 3.220] ‘φαίης κε ζάκοτον’ καὶ [Hom. Il. 4.223] ‘ἔνθ’ οὐκ ἂν βρίζοντα ἴδοις’. 2ἔνιοι δέ φασι ταῖς δμωσὶ ταῦτα λέγειν. 3οἱ δὲ πρὸς τὸ θέατρον, ὃ καὶ ἄμεινον. 4ἐφελκυστικὸς γάρ ἐστιν ἀεὶ μᾶλλον τῶν θεατῶν ὁ ποιητὴς, οὐ φροντίζων τῶν ἀκριβολογούντων.   —MBVCMnPrRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The word ‘eidete’ (‘did you see’) is equivalent to ‘idoi tis an’ (‘one might see’), as (the Homeric phrases) ‘you might say (he was) mightily angry’ and ‘there you would not see him dozing’. Some say that she addresses this to the servant-women, others say it is directed to the audience, which is indeed better. For the poet is always rather inclined to draw in the audience, showing no regard for those who are fussy about details.

LEMMA: MBC, εἴδετε Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MBRbSa      

APP. CRIT.:   Ra largely washed out   |    1 ἴδετε V, εἴδε S   |    ἴδη Pr   |    φαίας V   |    after ζάκ. add. τέ τιν’ ἔμμεναι B(ἔμεναι)Pr   |    καὶ ἔνθ’ … ἴδοις om. MnSSa, app. Ra   |    καὶ] καὶ τὸ BPr   |    ἔνθ’ οὐκ ἂν om. V   |    βρίθοντα V   |    ἴδης PrRb   |    2 φησι VRaRb   |    δμωσὶ] B, δμωῆσι MVC(‑ῇσι) [Ra], δμώαισι Rb(τμω‑)MnSa, δμωέσι S, δμωΐοις Pr   |    3 πρὸς] φησι V   |    ὃ] ὅτι V, perhaps Ra, οἳ Rb   |    4 ἐφελκυστικὸν MC, ‑ικῶς Mn   |    γὰρ om. Sa   |    ὁ ποιητὴς transp. after ἐστιν MnRaRbSSa   |    μᾶλλον ἀεὶ transp. V [Ra]   |    ἀεὶ] αἳ Rb[Ra], καὶ MnSSa   |    ὁ] ὡς C   |    ἀκριβολογουμένων M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κεν M   |    ζάκουσον Pr   |    ἔνθ’] ἔντ’ Pr   |    βρύζοντα Rb   |    4 θεάτων Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.110,18–22; Dind. II.66,17–67,2

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   |   dramatic technique of Euripides   


Or. 128.02 (vet exeg) ⟨εἴδετε παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: 1ἴδοι τις. 2ἔνιοι δέ φασι ταῖς δμώαισι ταῦτα λέγειν, 3ὃ ἄμεινον.   —H

TRANSLATION:   One might see. Some say she says this to the servant-women, which is better.


Or. 128.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨εἴδετε παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: 1ἐθεάσασθε πῶς κατὰ τὰς ἄκρας ἀπέκοψε τὰς τρίχας φυλάσσουσα τὸ κάλλος. 2οὐ κατ’ ἐρώτησιν δὲ, ἀλλ’ ἀποφαινομένη ταῦτα λέγει.   —XXaXbT+YGrZc

TRANSLATION:   You observed how she cut off her hair at the tips, preserving her beauty. For she says this not as a question, but affirming it.

POSITION: s.l. Zc      

APP. CRIT.:   1 second τὰς om. G   |    1–2 φυλάσσουσα κτλ om. Zc   |    2 ἀποφαινόμενος G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.67,4–6


Or. 128.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εἴδετε παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: ἐθεάσασθε κατὰ τὰς ἄκρας  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   κατὰ τ. ἄ. om. T   |   ἄκρας om. G   


Or. 128.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἴδετε⟩: οἱ μὲν δμωσὶν, οἱ δὲ θεάτρῳ, ὃ καὶ κρεῖττον.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 128.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἴδετε⟩: πρὸς τὸν χορὸν  —F

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 128.07 (thom exeg) ⟨εἴδετε⟩: πρὸς ἑαυτὴν τοῦτο λέγει.  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  She says this to herself.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 128.11 (rec exeg) ⟨εἴδετε⟩: ἴδετε  —RS

POSITION: s.l. R, marg. S      


Or. 128.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἴδετε⟩: εἴδετε  —Ab

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 128.17 (rec exeg) ⟨παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: ἐπὶ· π(ερι)ττόν  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This apparently means that παρ’ could be glossed with ἐπί (‘to the extent of’?) or considered to be superfluous.   

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 128.18 (rec exeg) ⟨παρ’ ἄκρα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὰς ἄκρας  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 128.19 (thom exeg) ⟨παρ’ ἄκρας⟩: 1τὸ παρά τοῦ παρ’ ἄκρας καὶ τὸ ἀπό τοῦ ἀπέθριξε ταὐτόν ἐστι· 2τὸ γὰρ ἄκρας αἰτιατική ἐστιν. 3ἢ γενικὴν νοητέον, ἵν’ ᾖ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκρου αὐτὰς ἔτεμεν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   The ‘para’ of ‘par’ akras’ and the ‘apo’ of ‘apethrixe’ convey the same meaning, for the word ‘akras’ is accusative. Alternatively, one should consider it genitive, so that the sense is ‘she cut them from the tip’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   Parts of Zl illegible, last word lost to trimming.   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ταυτόν ἐστιν Za   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.67,6–9


Or. 128.23 (vet exeg) ὡς ἀπέθρισε τρίχας: ὡς ἐν τῇ σμικρότητι τῆς ἀφαιρέσεως μηδὲν ἀπολείποι τοῦ ὑγιοῦς.  —MVC

TRANSLATION:   In order that by the small extent of the removal she would not at all fall short of the normal (unspoiled) state (of her hair).

LEMMA: C, 129 ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι γυνή V      REF. SYMBOL: (to 129) V      POSITION: intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ δὲ V   |    ἀπολείποι Mastr. (after ἀπολίποι Schw.), ἀπολείπει MC, ἀπολίποιτο V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,1–2; Dind. II.67,2–4


Or. 128.24 (vet exeg) ὡς ἀπέθρισε τρίχας: ὡς ἐν τῇ σμικρότητι τῆς ἀφαιρέσεως μηδὲν ἀπολείπειν τοῦ ὑγιοῦς μηδὲ τῷ κάλλει λυμήνασθαί τι  —BPr

TRANSLATION:   So as, by the small extent of the removal, not at all to fall short of the normal (unspoiled) state (of her hair), nor to cause any damage to her beauty

LEMMA: B (ἄλλως in marg.), ἄλλως ὡς ἀπέθρισε τρίχας Pr      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μικρότητι Pr   |   μὴ δὲ BPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,1–2; Dind. II.67,2–4


Or. 128.35 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀπέθριξε⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ θρίζω θρίξω  —Zm

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 129.09 (vet exeg) ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι γυνή: 1ἤτοι πονηρὰ, ἢ τὰ αὐτὰ φρονοῦσα ἃ καὶ πρότερον· 2τοῦ γὰρ εἶναι εὔμορφος ἐπιμελεῖται. 3ἐλέγχει δὲ αὐτὴν ὅτι οὐδὲ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασι σεσωφρόνισται, ἀλλ’ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἤθεσι μεμένηκεν.   —HMBVCAaPrRaRbSa, partial YY2

TRANSLATION:   That is, she is bad, or has the same cast of mind as previously. For she is careful about being beautiful in appearance. And she (Electra) criticizes her (Helen) because not even by her wrongful actions has she been chastened, but she has continued in the same character traits.

LEMMA: B(τ’)AaPrMnSSa, ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι Rb, lemma ἡ πάλαι γυνή MC, ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: MBRbSa      POSITION: s.l. YY2      

APP. CRIT.:   1–3 (ἤτοι om.) πονηρὰ ἢ … φρονοῦσα written by Y, ἃ καὶ … ἐλέγχει αὐτὴν added by Y2   |    1 ἃ καὶ om. Pr   |    2 τοῦτο γὰρ BPr   |    εὔμορφον MCY2; above εὔμορφος something illegible in H (εὐμορφίας?)   |    3 ὅτι οὐδὲ κτλ] om. Y2, ὡς μὴ δέπω[ H, the rest lost   |    οὐδὲν Aa   |    τοῖς ἁμαρτήσασι AaS   |    σεσωφρόνηται AaRa, perhaps a.c. Rb, either this or ‑ησται a.c. Mn   |    αὐτοῖς om. MBCAaPrSa [H]   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 φρονεῖσα Pr   |    3 ἐλλέγχει MnS   |    μεμένηκε MCPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,3–6; Dind. II.67,10–13


Or. 129.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ἔστι δ’ ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: 1τὸ ‘ἔστιν ἡ πάλαι γυνὴ’ ἢ κατὰ μορφὴν νοητέον, ἡ αὐτή ἐστι καὶ νῦν ἥτις καὶ πρὸ τοῦ τὰς τρίχας ἀποκόψαι καὶ οὐδ’ ὁτιοῦν ἠλλάττωται τὸ κάλλος αὐτῆς, 2ἢ κατὰ προαίρεσιν, ὅτι ἡ αὐτή ἐστι καὶ νῦν ἥτις καὶ πρώην καὶ οὐδὲν ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν σεσωφρόνισται.   —ZZaZb(Zl)ZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   The phrase ‘she is the same woman of old’ is to be interpreted either in reference to her physical appearance: she is the same woman even now as she was before cutting her hair, and her beauty has not been reduced in the slightest. Or in reference to her approach to life, that she is the same even now as previously and she has not been at all chastened by her troubles.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZl      POSITION: cont. from sch. 128.19 ZmTGu, add. δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   note lost to damage and trimming Zl (ref. symbol at text indicates its original presence)   |    1 ἡ repeated before γυνὴ Gu   |    second ἡ] ἤγουν ZmGu   |    2 σεσωφρόνησται Za, σεσωφρόνηται Z   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.65,24–28


Or. 129.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: ἥτις ἦν πάλαι γυνὴ  —AbPr

POSITION: s.l. Pr, marg. Ab      


Or. 129.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: ἤγουν πρὸ τοῦ κόπτειν τὰς ἄκρας τρίχας  —AbMnPrSSa

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab (cont. from prev.)       

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Ab   |    πρὸ τοῦ κόπτειν] προκόπτειν Sa   |    πρὸ] πρὸς S, om. Pr   |    ἄκρας om. Pr   


Or. 129.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυν⟩: τὰ αὐτὰ φρονοῦσα ἃ καὶ πρότερον  —O

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 129.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: πονηρά· ἤγουν τοιαῦτα φρονοῦσα πονηρά  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 129.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: ἢ κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν μορφὴν ἢ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 129.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ πάλαι γυνή⟩: τουτέστιν ἡ αὐτὴ τῇ πρώτῃ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 130.02 (thom exeg) ⟨θεοί σε⟩: λάθρα τοῦτο εἶπε.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἶπεν TGu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.67,15

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   


Or. 130.08 (tri metr) ⟨μισήσειαν⟩: long mark over iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 131.03 (vet exeg) πᾶσάν θ’ Ἑλλάδα:  1τὸ κατὰ μέρος εἰποῦσα ἐπήνεγκε τὸ καθόλου·  2ὡς Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 1.255–256]· ‘ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες / ἄλλοι τε Τρῶες’.   —MBVCPr, partial H

TRANSLATION:   After mentioning the individual she added the overall group: like Homer, ‘Truly Priam would rejoice, and Priam’s children and other Trojans’.

LEMMA: MBC(δ’)Pr(ἅπασαν), καὶ τόνδε πᾶσάν θ’ ἑλλάδ() V      REF. SYMBOL: MBV      POSITION: marg. H      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὰ κατὰ V   |    2 ὡς κτλ om. H   |    ὡς καὶ ὅμ. BVPr, ὥσμηρος C   |    γηθήσῃ BPr, γηθῆ() V   |    ἄλλοι τε τρῶες om. Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἦ κεν] ἧκε C, ἧκεν V, εἴ κεν Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,7–9; Dind. II.67,16–18

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 131.06 (131–135) (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλαιν’ ἐγώ⟩:  1ἰδοῦσα ἡ Ἠλέκτρα τὸν χορὸν τῶν Ἀργείων γυναικῶν ἐλθόντα ἐπισκέψασθαι τὸν Ὀρέστην, καὶ φοβηθεῖσα μή πως ἐγεροῦσιν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου, διακόψασα τὸν λόγον ὃν περὶ τῆς Ἑλένης ἔλεγε μετὰ λύπης λέγει ‘ὢ τάλαινα ἐγώ’.  2αἱ φίλαι ξυνῳδοὶ, ἤγουν αἱ συνθρηνοῦσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ, αὖ καὶ πάλιν πάρεισι καὶ προσέρχονται, ὡς φαίνεται δὲ ὅτι καὶ πρῶτον ἐκεῖ ὑπῆρχον.  3ἴσως ἠρεμοῦντα τὸν Ὀρέστην μεταστήσουσι καὶ διεγεροῦσιν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου ἀπό τε τῆς ὁμιλίας καὶ τοῦ κτύπου τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῶν·  4ἐπεὶ γὰρ πλῆθος ἦν, θόρυβον ἔμελλε ποιῆσαι εἰσερχόμενον·  5καὶ εἰ ἐγεροῦσιν αὐτὸν, ἐκτήξουσι τὸ ἐμὸν ὄμμα ἐν τοῖς δακρύοις·  6ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἔβλεπεν αὐτὸν δαιμονιζόμενον καὶ πάσχοντα, κλαίειν ἔμελλεν ὡς ἀδελφή.   —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   Electra, noticing that the chorus of the Argive women has come to check on Orestes and having become afraid that they will somehow arouse him from his sleep, after breaking off the remark that she was making about Helen, says with anguish ‘o wretched me’. The friendly sharers of (my) song, that is, those who lament with me, again and for a second time are present and approach, and as it seems (‘again’ is used) because previously too they were present there. Perhaps they will disrupt Orestes in his rest and arouse him from sleep by their conversation and the noise of their footsteps. For since it was a large group, it was likely to create a loud noise in entering. And if they will cause him to stir, they will make my eye melt with tears. For since she saw him afflicted by the divinities and suffering, she was likely to cry for him, being his sister.

APP. CRIT.:   2 δὲ not printed by Matt.; perhaps to be deleted   |    3 διεγείρουσι Yf2, corr. Dindorf   |    5 ἐγειροῦσιν Yf2, corr. Matt.   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ὠ Yf2   |    3 ἡρεμοῦντα Yf2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.67,19–68,2

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf2 with cross.   |   


Or. 131.07 (131–139) (pllgn exeg) 1θεασαμένη Ἠλέκτρα τὰς ἐρχομένας γυναῖκας ὡς ἐπ[ι]σκεψομένας ταύτην τε καὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ φοβηθεῖσα μὴ [ὑπὸ] τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῶν κτύπου ἔξυπνος γέ[νηται ὅτε(?)] ἐν ἠρεμία ἡσύχαζεν, (?)ἔπ[ειτα(?)] πρὸς αὐτὰς εἶπεν·  2ὦ φίλ[αι], μετὰ πάσης ἡσυχίας ἔρχεσθε [καὶ] μηδὲν ὅλως θορυβεῖτε [μηδὲ κτυ]πεῖτε· ἐπειδὴ φιλικῶς [ἔχω] πρὸς ὑμᾶς.  3ἐὰν δὲ ταράξ[ητε τὸν] Ὀρέστην, ὡς ἐχθρὰς ἀφείω(?)[a few letters, or blank?] ὑμᾶς, εἰ ἀπὸ τούτου ἐπ..[   —Zl

TRANSLATION:   Electra, having seen the approaching women, coming to check on her and Orestes, frightened that he might be awakened by the noise of their footsteps [when(?)] he was resting peacefully, then(?) said to them: Friends, approach with utter quiet and do not make any noise at all nor stamp your feet, since I am disposed as a friend toward you. But if you disturb Orestes, I dismiss(?) you as enemies, if from this man/action you/he …

REF. SYMBOL: Zl      

COMMENT:   At the end there are traces of two letters after pi, then there should be only a few more letters lost before the end of note, hardly room for a second-person verb plus object; so a third-person verb is perhaps more likely (e.g., ἐπεγ[ερθῇ]?).   |   


Or. 131.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλαιν’ ἐγώ⟩: ἰδοὺ διαλέγεται πρὸς τὰς δμωίδας. —Pr

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 131.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλαιν’ ἐγώ⟩: ἐν ἤθει ὁ λόγος.  —Zu

TRANSLATION:   The speech (is uttered) with emotion.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐν ἤθει   


Or. 132.01 (vet exeg) ⟨αἳ δ’ αὖ πάρεισι⟩: κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον ἔρχονται αἱ γυναῖκες ἰδεῖν τὸν Ὀρέστην πῶς ἔχει, καὶ ἐθεάσατο αὐτὰς.  —M

TRANSLATION:   During the pause in delivery the women come to see how Orestes is doing, and Electra caught sight of them.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,10–11; Dind. II.68,3–4

COLLATION NOTES:   Schw. ascribes this to C as well as M, but this is a slip. Sch. 131.03 starts at the bottom of 14v and is completed in the first line of 15r, and sch. 140.07 follows it. No interlinear or intermarg. notes are written near 132, and fire has not damaged any notes on this page of C.   |   

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   |   τὸ σιωπώμενον   


Or. 132.02 (vet exeg) αἳ δ’ αὖ πάρεισι: κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον ἔρχονται αἱ γυναῖκες ἰδεῖν τὸν Ὀρέστην πῶς ἔχει, καὶ θεασαμένη αὐτὰς ταῦτα φησὶ.  —BPr

TRANSLATION:   During the pause in delivery the women come to see how Orestes is doing, and Electra, having caught sight of them, says this.

LEMMA: BPr      REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   ταῦτα om. Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,10–11; Dind. II.68,3–4

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   |   τὸ σιωπώμενον   


Or. 132.03 (rec exeg) ⟨αἵδ’ αὖ πάρεισι⟩: τοῦτο λέγει βλέπουσα τὸν χορὸν ἐρχόμενον.  —SSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   χορὸν om. Sa   

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   


Or. 132.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨αἵδ’ αὖ πάρεισι⟩: αὗται πάλιν προσέρχονται.  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 132.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἵδ’⟩: ἤγουν αἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ γυναῖκες —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 133.13 (rec exeg) ⟨μεταστήσουσ’⟩: ἐρχόμεναι δὲ μετὰ ψόφου  —Pr


Or. 134.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅμμα δ’ ἐκτήξουσ’ ἐμὸν⟩: ἐγὼ θέλω θρηνεῖν.  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 134.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκτήξουσ’⟩: τὸ τήκω ἐκ μεταφορᾶς τῶν †δερμάτων  —Pr

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Compare Sch. Aesch. Prom. 526b ἐκ μεταφορᾶς τοῦ κηροῦ· τὸ γὰρ τήκεσθαι κυρίως ἐπὶ κηροῦ καὶ τῆς χιόνος λέγεται. Perhaps δερμάτων is a corruption of διαρρυέντων, although that would not give a sense with much explanatory force.   

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς   


Or. 134.11 (mosch exeg) ἐκτήξουσ’: ἐκτακῆναι ποιήσουσιν, ἀντὶ τοῦ διαρρυῆναι  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrAa2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Ektēxousi’ means) “they will cause to melt’, used in the sense (cause) ‘to flow’.

LEMMA: ἐκτήξουσιν T       POSITION: s.l. except XT      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ διαρ. om. Aa2   |   ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν G   


Or. 136.01 (136–139) (pllgn paraphr) 1προσφωνεῖ τὸν χορὸν μετὰ σιγῆς εἰσέρχεσθαι, λέγουσα·  2‘ὦ φίλταται γυναῖκες, ἐν ἡσύχῳ ποδὶ χωρεῖτε καὶ ὁρμᾶτε ἐνταῦθα καὶ εἰσέρχεσθε.  3μὴ κτυπεῖτε καὶ κτύπον ποιεῖτε, μὴ δὲ ἔστω ἐν ἡμῖν κτύπος.  4ἡ γὰρ σὴ φιλία πρευμενὴς μὲν καὶ προσφιλὴς καί ἀγαπητὴ ὑπάρχει, ἤγουν θέλω ὅπως ἐστὲ ἐνταῦθα καὶ παρηγορεῖτε μοι,  5ἀλλὰ πάλιν ἐὰν εἰσέλθετε καὶ ἐξεγείρετε τοῦτον ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου, συμφορὰ καὶ θλίψις γενήσεται ἐν ἐμοί’.   —Y2Yf2

APP. CRIT.:   1 προσφωνεῖ … λέγουσα om. Y2   |    3 κτύπος ἐν ἡμῖν transp. Yf2 (ἡμῖν changed to ὑμῖν)   |    4 θέλ() Y2, θέλει Yf2   |    5 ἀλλὰ] καὶ Y2   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 μὴ δ’ Yf2   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   No cross Yf.   |   


Or. 136.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ φίλταται γυναῖκες⟩: προσεκτικῶς μετὰ ἤθους προενεκτέον τὸν λόγον —VAbMnPrRRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The utterance is to be pronounced attentively (carefully?), with emphasis.

LEMMA: 135 δακρύοις ἀδελφόν V(prep. ἄλλως, half erased)Rb      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION:  s.l. at 136 Pr, s.l. at 135 SSa, s.l. (προσ. μετὰ above 135, ἤθους πρ. above 134) Mn; marg. Ab(beside 133–4)R(beside 134–135)       

APP. CRIT.:   μετὰ om. R   |    προενεκτέον V, προσενεκτέον MnPrR(app. ‑ενεγκτέον)RbS, προσεκτέον Sa, app. προσεκτικῶς corr. to ‑κὸς? Ab   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,12–13; Dind. II.68,9–10

COMMENT:   It is unclear to what this observation originally applied (Schw. printed it with V’s lemma 135 δακρύοις ἀδελφόν). Pr seems to reflect the proper position, since ‘attentively’ seems not to apply effectively to anything in 134 or 135, or even to the whole speech from 131 ὦ τάλαιν’ ἐγώ, whereas the comment might reflect a concern that in addressing the chorus and insisting on their not making noise Electra needs to be careful with how she herself speaks (compare the concern in Arg. 2c). On the possible senses of μετὰ ἤθους, see Nünlist 254–256, Kroll 1918.   |   One should also bear in mind that προσεκτικῶς could simply be a corrupt doublet of προσενεκτέον, the common corruption of προενεκτέον.    

KEYWORDS:  μετὰ ἤθους   


Or. 136.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἡσύχῳ ποδὶ⟩: ἤγουν μετὰ ἡσυχίας πορεύεσθε  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σθαι Zl   


Or. 137.04 (pllgn exeg) ἐκ παραλλήλου μὴ ψοφεῖτε μὴ δὲ ἔστω κτύπος.  —B2

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐκ παραλλήλου   


Or. 138.04 (tri metr) ⟨φιλία⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 138.05 (vet exeg) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πραεῖα προσφιλὴς πραϋμενής.  —HMC

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘gentle’, ‘friendly’, ‘kindly’.

POSITION: marg. H, intermarg. M, s.l. C      

APP. CRIT.:   πραϋμενής om. H   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ambig. whether accent πραϋμένης or ‑μενής M   |   


Or. 138.06 (rec exeg) ⟨πρευμενὴς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πραεῖα προσφιλὴς εὐμενής.  —VRb

LEMMA: φιλία Rb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. V   


Or. 138.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀλλ’ ἐμοί⟩: γρ. ἀλλ’ ὅμως  —Ab

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 139.13 (tri metr) ⟨συμφορὰ⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 139.16 (tri metr) coronis  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 140.01 (140–165) (tri metr) [ἡμέτερον:] σῖγα:  0τὰ ἑξῆς ταῦτα εἴδη καλεῖται ἀλλοιόστροφα. εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ κατὰ σχέσιν. τῆς παρούσης οὖν στροφῆς τὰ κῶλα ιγʹ. καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς τοσαῦτα. ἐφεξῆς γὰρ κεῖται ἡνωμένη καὶ οὐκ ἐκ διαστήματος.  1τὸ αʹ ἀσυνάρτητον ἐκ τροχαϊκοῦ ἰθυφαλλικοῦ καὶ ἰαμβικῆς βάσεως ἐχούσης τὸν αʹ πόδα ἀνάπαιστον.  2τὸ βʹ ἴαμβος τρίμετρος ἀκατάληκτος.  3–4τὸ γʹ καὶ δʹ παιωνικὸν ἡμιόλιον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ ἰάμβου.  5τὸ εʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν μονόμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον καθαρόν.  6τὸ ϛʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου αʹ καὶ παίωνος γʹ καὶ συλλαβῆς. ἐν δὲ τῷ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς κώλῳ ἀντίσπαστον ἔχει καὶ ἰωνικὸν ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος.  7τὸ ζʹ ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐξ ἰωνικοῦ διιάμβου καὶ μολοττοῦ ἢ κρητικοῦ. τὸ δέ γε τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς κῶλον πεντασύλλαβον ἔχει τὸν διίαμβον.  8τὸ ηʹ ἐπιωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ ἰωνικοῦ καὶ δύο συλλαβῶν ἀδιαφόρων.  9τὸ θʹ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς καθαρόν.  10τὸ ιʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ χορείων.  11τὸ ιαʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ὁμοίων ποδῶν.  12τὸ ιβʹ ὅμοιον δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐξ ὁμοίων ποδῶν.  13τὸ ιγʹ ἰωνικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ παίωνος δʹ διιάμβου καὶ κρητικοῦ ἢ δακτύλου. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει ἀμφοτέρων παράγραφος.   —T

1140=153 ‒⏑‒⏑‒⏑,⏑⏑‒⏑‒
σῖγα σῖγα, λεπτὸν ἴχνος ἀρβύλης
πῶς ἔχει; λόγου μετάδος, ὦ φίλα
  2141=154 ⏓‒⏑‒,⏓‒⏑‒,⏒‒⏑‒
τιθεῖτε, μὴ κτύπεῖτε μηδ’ ἔστω κτύπος
ποίαν τύχαν εἴπω, ποίαν δὲ συμφοράν [with koine short symbol on second ποι]
  3142=155 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
ἀποπρὸ βᾶτ’ ἐκεῖ
ἔτι μὲν ἐμπνέει
  4143=156 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏓‒
σ’ ἀπόπρο μοι κοίτας
βραχὺ δ’ ἀναστένει
  5144=157 ⏑‒ ‒⏑‒
ἰδοὺ πείθομαι
τί φῄς; ὦ τάλας
  6145=158 ⏑‒ ‒ ‒,⏑⏑‒⏑,‒ / ⏑‒ ‒⏑,⏑⏑‒ ‒,‒
ἔα σύριγγος ὅπως πνοὰ
ὀλεῖς, εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις
  7146=159 ‒ ‒⏑⏑,⏑‒⏑⏔,‒⏒‒
λεπτοῦ δόνακος, ὦ φίλα, φώνει μοι
ὕπνου γλυκυτάταν φερομένωι χάριν
  8147=160 ⏑⏑⏑‒,‒ ‒⏑⏑,⏑‒
ἴδ’ ἀτρεμαίαν ὡς ὑπόροφον
μέλεος ἐχθίστων θεόθεν ἐρ
  9148=161 ⏑‒⏑‒,‒ ‒ ‒
φέρω βοάν. ναί, οὕτω
γμάτων, τάλας. φεῦ μόχθων
  10149=162 ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⌒
κάταγε κάταγε, πρόσιθ’ ἀτρέμας
ἄδικος ἄδικα τότ’ ἄρ’ ἔλακεν
  11150–163 ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑
ἀτρέμας ἴθι· λόγον ἀπόδος ἐφ’ ὅτι
ἔλακεν, ἀπόφονον ὅτ’ ἐπὶ τρίποδι
  12151=164 ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑⌒
χρέος ἐμόλετέ ποτε
Θέμιδος ἄρ’ ἐδίκασε
  13152=165 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒⏑‒,‒⏑⏒
χρόνια γὰρ πεσὼν ὅδ’ εὐνάζεται
φόνον ὁ Λοξίας ἐμᾶς ματέρος
 

TRANSLATION:   These following metrical forms (scil. of the whole lyric 140–207) are called ‘consisting of dissimilar strophes’ (scil. divided between two voices into more than two subsections), and they are in responsion as well. Now then, the present strophe has thirteen cola, and those of the antistrophe are the same number. For they are positioned as one sequence in succession and not at a distance. The first colon is compound, formed from a trochaic ithyphallic and an iambic metron with first-foot anapaest. The second colon is an acatalectic iambic trimeter. The third and fourth cola are one-and-a-half-measure paeonic lines consisting of a fourth paeon and iamb. The fifth colon is a hypercatalectic antispastic monometer of pure form. The sixth is a hypercatalectic dimeter of the same (scil. antispastic) kind, composed of a first epitrite and a third paeon and a syllable. But in the corresponding colon of the antistrophe it has an antispast and an ionic a minore (scil. followed by a syllable). The seventh colon is a catalectic ionic a maiore trimeter composed of an ionic, a double iamb, and a molossus or a cretic. The corresponding colon of the antistrophe, however, has its double iamb with five syllables (scil. because of a resolved long). The eighth colon is a brachycatalectic epionic a maiore trimeter composed of a fourth paeon, ionic, and two indifferent syllables. The ninth colon is a pure iambic hephthemimer (i.e., one and three-quarters iambic metra). The tenth is an acatalectic dimeter of the same (scil. iambic) type made of chorei. The eleventh is a hypercatalectic dimeter of the same (scil. iambic) type made of the same feet (scil. chorei). The twelfth is a brachycatalectic dimeter of the same (scil. iambic) type made of the same feet (scil. chorei). The thirteenth is a catalectic ionic trimeter composed of a fourth paeon, double iamb, and a cretic or dactyl. At the end of both (strophe and antistrophe), a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. lost to damage (τρικλινίου in marg. Ta); σῖγα once T (twice Ta)      

APP. CRIT.:   8 ἐπι ἰωνικὸν T, ἰωνικὸν Ta   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.10,7–11,2; de Fav. 46

COMMENT:   Triclinius uses the term ἐπιωνικός to refer to a colon in which an ionic measure is preceded by some form of iambic, whereas when an initial ionic is followed by an iambic measure he uses the term ἰωνικός. For the former, see Sch. Soph. Aj. 1199, El. 824 Tessier (first colon in both instances).   |   ἀνομοιόστροφα are defined in Triclinius’ sch. on Hec. 689, where he quotes Hephaestion to the effect that the criterion is the division of the strophe into multiple parts divided between two actors or between an actor and the chorus. If there are only two parts, ἑτερόστροφα is the term applied; if more than two, ἀνομοιόστροφα.   

KEYWORDS:  ἀνομοιόστροφα   


Or. 140.02 (140–165b) (tri metr) στροφὴ κώλων ιγʹ  —T

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 140.03 (pllgn exeg) ἐπιπαρόδιον μέλος· εἰσερχόμενος γὰρ ὁ χορὸς ἔλεγε τοῦτο.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   An epiparodian song. For the chorus spoke this while entering.

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   ἐπιπαρόδιος or ‑διον is not extant elsewhere (not in TLG); it is an obvious formation from ἐπιπάροδος, itself attested once in Pollux 4.108 and four times in Tzetzes, de poematum generibus [in Prolegomena de comoedia] 3, lines 43, 96, 109, 177. The meaning given to it here, however, is autoschediastic, since this is neither a re-entry of a chorus that has temporarily left the orchestra (Pollux’s sense) nor the entry of a second chorus after a first chorus has departed (Tzetzes’ mistaken interpretation).   

KEYWORDS:  ἐπιπαρόδιον   |   rare word   


Or. 140.04 (pllgn exeg) πρὸς ἑαυτὰς αἱ τοῦ χοροῦ γυναῖκες λέγουσιν.  —F

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 140.05 (pllgn exeg) πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὁ χορός.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 140.06 (pllgn exeg) ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ αὐτό.  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐκ παραλλήλου   


Or. 140.07 (vet exeg) σῖγα σῖγα:  1ἠρέμα, ἀψοφητὶ καὶ μετὰ ἡσυχίας.  2πρόσφορος τῷ πάθει ἡ τοῦ ῥυθμοῦ ἀγωγὴ δοχμιάζουσα.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwbSa, partial Rwa

TRANSLATION:   Quietly, without noise and silently. The melodic sequence of the rhythm, being dochmiac, suits the strong emotion.

LEMMA: B, σίγα σίγα MVCPrRbRwbSa, ἄλλως Rwa      REF. SYMBOL: BVSa      POSITION: follows sch. 144.01 Rwa (15r), follows sch. 122.01 (itself displaced after sch. 149.01) Rwb (16r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἠρέμα … ἡσυχίας om. Rwa   |    ἡμέρα M   |    ἀψόφητον MnSa   |    2 προσφόρως VMnRwbSa, προφόρως Rb   |    after πρόσφ. add. δὲ BPr   |    δογματίζουσα MnSa, om. Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἡρέμα V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,15–16; Dind. II.68,12–13


Or. 140.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨σίγα σίγα⟩: σιγηλῶς ἠρέμα μετὰ σιγῆς βαδίζετε  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 140.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ σιγηλῶς  —L2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 140.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: ἔστι τὸ σῖγα καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ σιωπηλῶς.  —Zm

LEMMA: σίγα σίγα in text Zm       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   σίγα Zm   |   

COMMENT:   Other scholia on tragedy note this equivalence, e.g. sch. vet. Soph. Trach. 813 Xenis σῖγα ἐπιρρηματικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ σιωπηλῶς· τουτέστι, διὰ τί οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνῃ πρὸς τὸν Ὕλλον;    


Or. 140.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: ἐν σιγῇ ἐν σιγῇ  —V1RfB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Rf, om. second ἐν σιγῇ   


Or. 140.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨σίγα σίγα⟩: ἠρέμα ἠρέμα  —AbR

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   second ἠρέμα om. Ab   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἡρέμα ἡρέμα R   |   


Or. 140.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨σίγα σίγα⟩: ἠρέμα σιωπῇ  —AaMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   σιώπα Sa, σιωπᾶ Mn, om. Aa   


Or. 140.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: μετὰ σιγῆς μετὰ σιγῆς ἔρχεσθε δηλονότι.  —GGuZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   second μετὰ σιγῆς om. GZc   |    δηλονότι om. G   


Or. 140.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: ἠρέμα ἀψοφητὶ μετὰ ἡσυχίας  —V3Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μετὰ ἡσυχ. om. V3   


Or. 140.17 (rec exeg) ⟨σίγα σίγα⟩: ἀπὸ παρθένων  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Apparently this is intended to confirm the ascription of 140–141 to the chorus and reject the ascription to Electra.   |   


Or. 140.18 (vet exeg) λεπτὸν ἴχνος ἀρβύλης:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ κούφως καὶ ἐλαφρῶς τιθεῖτε τὸν πόδα μετὰ τῆς ἀρβύλης.  2εἰ δὲ γράφεται λευκὸν ἴχνος, ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ ὅλον ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 1.538] ‘ἀργυρόπεζα Θέτις’.   —BPr

TRANSLATION:   Meaning ‘lightly and nimbly place your foot together with the shoe’. And if the reading is (instead) ‘white footprint’, (the adjective is applied with) the whole (indicated) from the part as in ‘silver-footed Thetis’.

LEMMA: ἄλλως ἴχνος ἀρβύλης Pr       POSITION: cont. from 140.07 B, add. δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ om. Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,17–19; Dind. II.68,14–16

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 140.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λεπτὸν ἴχνος ἀρβύλης⟩: ἤγουν περιφραστικῶς τὸν πόδα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 140.20 (mosch exeg) ⟨λεπτὸν⟩:  1εἰ μὲν λευκόν, συνάπτεται τῷ σῖγα σῖγα καὶ λέγεται κατὰ ἀντίπτωσιν οὕτως·  2μετὰ σιγῆς, μετὰ σιγῆς τιθεῖτε τὴν ἀρβύλην τοῦ λευκοῦ ἴχνους ἤγουν τοῦ λευκοῦ ποδός.  3εἰ δὲ λεπτόν, στίζεται μετὰ τὸ σῖγα σῖγα καὶ ἔχει τὸ πᾶν οὕτως·  4μετὰ σιγῆς μετὰ σιγῆς ἔρχεσθε δηλονότι·  5εἶτα λεπτὸν τιθεῖτε ἀντὶ τοῦ ἥσυχον τὸ ἴχνος, ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν βάσιν, τῆς ἀρβύλης.  6ἔστι δὲ ἀρβύλη εἶδος ὑποδήματος.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   If the reading is ‘leukon’, it is joined with ‘silently, silently’ and the meaning is as follows, with substitution of one case for another: with silence, with silence place the shoe of the white footprint, that is, of the white foot. If the reading is ‘lepton’, there is punctuation after ‘silently, silently’ and the whole is rendered thus: with silence, with silence, come (understood). Then, place (so that it is) subtle, that is, quiet, the footprint, used instead of the step, of the shoe. ‘Arbulē’ is a species of footwear.

LEMMA: σίγα σίγα G      

APP. CRIT.:   1 γρ. λευκὸν prep. X   |    συνάπτεται τῷ] συντάσσεται τὸ G   |    σίγα σίγα G   |    3 σίγα σίγα G   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λευ / λευκὸν G   |    3 στήξεται X   |    4 δῆλον ὅτι G   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.68,18–24

KEYWORDS:  variant readings, both explained   


Or. 140.22 (rec exeg) ⟨λευκὸν⟩: γρ. λεπτὸν, ἤρεμον  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἥρεμον O   |   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 140.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λευκὸν⟩: γρ. λεπτὸν, γυμνὸν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 140.24 (recMosch exeg) ⟨λεπτὸν⟩: γρ. λευκὸν.  —KRXXaXbTYYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘lepton’) the reading ‘leukon’ is found.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. KR      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 140.29 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἴχνος ἀρβύλης⟩: τὸ βάδισμα τοῦ ὑποδήματος  —Sa

POSITION: cont. from gloss 140.21 Sa, below line      


Or. 140.30 (vet exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: ἴχνος δὲ λέγει τὸν πόδα καὶ ἀρβύλη ἐστὶν εἶδος ὑποδήματος γυναικείου κοίλου καὶ βαθέος.  —BPr

TRANSLATION:   By footprint he means the foot, and ‘arbulē’ is a species of women’s footwear that is hollow and deep.

LEMMA: Pr       POSITION: cont. from sch. 140.18 B      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,20 app.; Dind. II.68.16–17


Or. 140.34 (vet exeg) ἀρβύλης: εἶδος ὑποδήματος κοίλου βαθέος γυναικείου.  —HMOC

TRANSLATION:   Species of hollow, deep women’s footwear.

LEMMA: C       POSITION: s.l. O, intermarg. M, marg. H      

APP. CRIT.:   κοίλου βαθέος γυναικείου] γυναικείου κοίλου H, κοίλου γυναικείου O   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111.20


Or. 140.35 (recThom exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: εἶδος ὑποδήματος γυναικείου  —PrZZaZbZlZmTOx2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Arbulē’ is) a type of women’s footwear.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 140.36 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: εἶδος ὑποδήματος γυναικείου ἀπὸ τοῦ ἁρμόζειν καὶ βύειν τοὺς πόδας  —Gu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Arbulē’ is) a type of women’s footwear, derived from fitting in (‘harmozein’) and stuffing in (‘buein’) the feet.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.68,28–69,2

COMMENT:   See 140.44.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 140.37 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: εἶδος ὑποδήματος  —FRf2Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 140.39 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: καὶ τοῦ ὑποδήματος ἢ τοῦ ποδὸς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 140.44 (rec gram) ⟨ἀρβύλης⟩: παρὰ τὸ ἁρμόζεσθαι τοῖς ποσὶν ἀρμύλη τις οὖσα.  —Pr

POSITION: cont. from sch.140.30 Pr      

COMMENT:   Cf. Et. Gen. α 1113 ἀρβύλη· εἶδος ὑποδήματος. λέγεται καὶ παρωνύμως· Θεόκριτος (7, 26)· πᾶσα λίθος πταίουσά ποτ’ ἀρβυλίδεσσιν ἀείδει· παρὰ τὸ ἁρμόζεσθαι τοῖς ποσὶν ἁρμύλη καὶ ἀρβύλη; whence Et. Magn., etc.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 141.01 (vet exeg) τιθεῖτε:  1ποιητικῶς, ἀντὶ τοῦ τιθῶμεν.  2εἰσελήλυθε δὲ ὁ χορὸς κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἔσω.   —HBVCAbMnPraRbRwSSaa, partial AbPrbSab

TRANSLATION:   (The second-person imperative is used) poetically, instead of ‘let us place’. And the chorus has come inside according to the assumed scenario.

LEMMA: B(ἄλλως in marg.)VRw, ἀλλὰ τιθεῖτε Pr, τιθεῖτε τιθεῖτε Rb, τιθεῖτε μὴ κτυπεῖτε C      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: s.l. AbMnSSaa; marg. HPrb; beneath the line (in lower margin) Sab      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ποιητικῶς … τιθῶμεν om. Prb   |    ποιητικῶς om. Saa   |    τοῦ om. CSaa   |    θῶμεν MnRbSaaSab   |    2 εἰσελήλυθε κτλ om. Ab, om. or lost to damage Sab   |    δὲ] γὰρ Saa, om. S   |    κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθ.] VMnPrRb, om. H, κατὰ ὑπόθεσιν others   |    ἔσω] ἔνδον BPr, om. MnSSaaPrb, perhaps correctly   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἰσελύληθε Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,21–22; Dind. II.69,3–4

COMMENT:   Both καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν and κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν are common expressions. The former is the more common, used especially in philosophers, medical and scientific writers, and writers on rhetoric, where it means ‘by assumption’ or ‘assuming for the sake of argument’ (see the example of καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν τὸ σχῆμα in sch. 288.07). With the article the phrase means ‘in accordance with the assumption already made’ or, in reference to staging, the scenario assumed by the playwright/director in presenting the action. That seems to be the sense here, as also in sch. Med. 112 κατὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν εἰσῆλθον οἱ παῖδες, ἡ δὲ πρεσβῦτις οὖσα ἔξωθεν ἐπιστενάζει, sch. Alc. 233 οὐκ εὖ· κατὰ γὰρ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ὡς ἔσω πραττόμενα δεῖ ταῦτα θεωρεῖσθαι.   |   Unless ἔσω/ἔνδον is a secondary addition, this note reflects the view that Orestes and Electra are actually to be imagined to be indoors, probably because of ὑπώροφον in 147, the meaning of which was much disputed: compare the gloss ὑπόσκηνον of V1 (147.37). Without ἔσω, εἰσελήλυθε δὲ ὁ χορός would simply have its standard meaning ‘the chorus has made its entrance (into the orchestra)’.   

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   |   ὑπόθεσις (assumed scenario)   


Or. 141.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: ποιητικῶς θῶμεν  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 141.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: καὶ τιθεῖτε ἥσυχον τὸ ἴχνος  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 141.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τιθεῖτε⟩: ὦ πρόμοι καὶ ὦ βοηθοί  —Yf2

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   This is a rather mysterious annotation: why should Electra be thought to be addressing the chorus, in this situation, as ‘champions and helpers’? The note was written next to 141 when the margin was still empty, and other scholia were added later around it, so it is unlikely to belong to 136 φίλταται.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf without cross.   |   


Or. 141.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ψοφεῖτε⟩: γρ. τιθεῖτε  —VV1K

LEMMA: ψοφεῖτε in text VK       POSITION: s.l.; above 140 (first) σίγα V1      

APP. CRIT.:   γρ. om. VV1   |    τιθέστε (sic) V1 (later crossed out)   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 141.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κτυπεῖτε⟩: γράφεται ψοφεῖτε —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 142.01 (mosch exeg) 1ἄπωθεν τῆς κοίτης ἐπιτείνατε εἰς τὸ ἔμπροσθεν τὴν πορείαν.  2ἄπωθεν κατ’ ἐπίτασιν τῆς εἰς τὸ ἔμπροσθεν πορείας.   —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   Far off from the bed extend your movement forward. ‘Far off’ is used to exaggerate the movement forward.

POSITION: s.l. except XT      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἄπωθεν τῆς κοίτης om. G   |    2 ἤγουν add. before ἄπωθεν T   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἄποθεν X   |    2 ἄποθεν G   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.70,5–7


Or. 142.02 (pllgn exeg) ἰδοῦσα ταύτας ἡ Ἠλέκτρα ἐρχομένας πρὸς τὴν στρωμνὴν τοῦ Ὀρέστου λέγει πρὸς αὐτάς· ἄπο καὶ μακρὰν πρόβατε καὶ ἐξέλθετε ἐκεῖσε καὶ ἀπεκεῖ, ἤγουν ἀπὸ τῆς στρωμνῆς μακρὰν καθίσατε. —Yf2

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.70,2–5

COMMENT:   ἀπεκεῖ/ἀπέκει is a vernacular word not attested in other scholia currently in TLG.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 142.03 (vet exeg) ἀποπρὸ βᾶτ’ ἐκεῖσ’:  1τὸ ὁλόκληρον τούτου τινές φασι τὸ ἀπόπροθι,  2καὶ παρὰ τὸ Ὁμηρικὸν οὕτως ἐξεδέχοντο [Il 7.334] ‘τυτθὸν ἀποπρὸ νεῶν’.   —MBVCPrRbRw, partial H

TRANSLATION:   Some say that the full version of this word (‘apopro’) is ‘apoprothi’, and they interpreted it thus in line with the Homeric passage ‘a little distant from (‘apopro’) the ships’.

LEMMA: M(ἄποπρο βάτ’ ἐκεῖσε)B(ἄποπρο βᾶτ’ ἐκεῖσε)C(ἄπο πρόβατ’ ἐκεῖσε), ἄλλως· ἀπόπρο μοι VRw, ἄποπρο βᾶσ’ ἐκεῖσε Pr      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: s.l. H; after sch. 142.04 VRbRw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ὁλόκληρον written twice Rw   |    τινὲς τούτου transp. H(τοῦτο)BPr, τινές om. VRw   |    φασὶ τινὲς transp. Rb   |    second τὸ om. HBVPrRb, καὶ Rw   |    ἀπόπροθεν Rw   |    2 καὶ παρὰ κτλ om. H   |    τὸ add. before παρὰ BRw, p.c. Pr, τῶ add.V, a.c. Pr, τοῦτο add. Rb   |    παρὰ τὸ ὁμηρικὸν MC, παρὰ τῷ ὁμήρῳ BPrRw, παρ’ ὁμήρῳ VRb   |    οὕτως om. VRbRw   |    ἐξεδέχοντο VRb, ἐδέχοντο MC, ἐξεδέχετο Rw, ἐκδέχονται BPr   |    τυτθὸν om. C   |    ἀπόπρο νεῶν] ἀπρόπ(ον) τε Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ὀλόκλ. Rb    |    2 ἀπόπρο B, ἀπὸ προ RbRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,23–25; Dind. II.69,8–10

COMMENT:   With some uncertainty, I print what is close to the version of MC on the assumption that B often presents a superficially ameliorated version of a corrupt or misunderstood text. In the B version the postponement of the quotation after the verb is troubling, although this could have resulted from the re-addition of the quotation to a shortened version that dispensed with it. Furthermore, M’s abbreviation for παρὰ τὸ (πτ with αο above the two letters) is one the scribe does not use very often and is likely to have been derived from a heavily abbreviated old source, so that παρὰ τὸ is less likely to be the transposition of an original τὸ παρὰ.   |   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 142.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἄποπρο βᾶτ’⟩: ἐπιτείνατε τὴν πορείαν  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 142.05 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἄποπρο⟩: σκόπ(ει) τὰς προθέσεις  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 142.12 (tri metr) ⟨πρόβατ’⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 142.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκεῖσ’⟩: δεικτικὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς   


Or. 143.01 (vet paraphr) ἀπόπρο μοι κοίτας: πόρρω μοι καὶ χωρὶς τῆς κοίτης γίνεσθε —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   For my sake, please get far from and apart from the bed.

LEMMA: V(κοίτης)Rw, ἀποπρόβατε MnRb(ἀποπροβάτε)Sa(ἄπο πρόβατε), lemma 145 σύριγγος ὅπως πνοά MC      REF. SYMBOL: VSa, to 145 σύριγγος M      POSITION: precedes 142.03 VRbRw; follows sch.144.01 in MC; intermarg. B, s.l. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   σύριγγος prep. MC   |    πόρρω … κοίτης om. MC    |    καὶ χωρὶς om. Pr   |    γίνεσθε] om. BPr, ἀντὶ τοῦ γίνεσθαι M, ἀντιγίνεσθε C   |    after γίν. add. τὸ δὲ ὁλόκληρον τινὲς ἀπόπροθι VMnRbRwSa (φασὶ τινὲς MnRbSa, ἀπόπροθοι VMnRw) (from 142.03)   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πόρρω] χωρ changed to πρόρο, then corr. to πρόρρο Mn   |    γίνεσθαι MMnRb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,26; Dind. II.69,5–6


Or. 143.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀπόπρο μοι κοίτας⟩:  1διαθέσεως δέ ἐστιν ἐμφαντικὸν τὸ μοι,  2ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 19.287] ‘Πάτροκλέ μοι δειλῇ πλεῖστον’.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   The (dative pronoun) ‘to/for me’ is expressive of a disposition (of interest or concern), as (seen in) the example ‘Patroclus to wretched me most (beloved)’.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 145.09 BPr (Prb version of 145.09), cont. from prev. others      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διαλέξεως Sa   |    δὲ] om. Sa, γὰρ Pr, δὲ ἀπήχησίς MC   |    ἐστιν om. BVMnPrRbRwSa   |    ἐμφαντικῶς MVCRw   |    2 after ὡς τὸ add. συρίγξεως MC   |    δειλῇ πλεῖστον om. Sa   |    δειλοὶ MV, δηλοῖ MnPrRw, δηταὶ app. Rb   |    πλεῖστον om. BPr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πόρο corr. to πόρρο Mn, after starting to write χώρις   |    2 πάτροκλ’ ἐμοὶ B, πρόκλε μοι Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.111,26–112,2; Dind. II.69,6–7

COMMENT:   The interpolated words in this and the previous sch. in MC, along with the incorrect lemma in MC, point to a strange conflation with elements of 145.08 and/or 145.09 (and note the placement after 145.09 in BPr).   


Or. 143.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: μικρὸν τι ὑποχωρήσατε  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 143.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: ἤτοι ἄπο τῆς κοίτης  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   γίνεσθε πόρρωθεν add. V3   


Or. 143.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπόπρο⟩: πρὸ τῆς κοίτης ἔξω μοι  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 143.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπόπροθι⟩: γράφεται ἀπόπρο μοι  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 143.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μοι⟩: τὸ μοι δηλοῖ τὴν οἰκειότητα, ἤτοι τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου.  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 144.01 (vet exeg) ἰδοὺ πείθομαι:  1τοῦτο εἰκὸς ὀξύτερον εἰρηκέναι τὸν χορὸν, διὸ καὶ Ἠλέκτρα περιδεὴς γενομένη εἶπεν ‘ἆ ἆ’.  2φυσικῶς δὲ τὸ ἆ ἆ εἶπε πρῶτον ἐπειδὴ καὶ αὕτη ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως πρώτη φωνὴ εὕρηται.  3ἀμέλει γοῦν, ἐπειδὰν πλῆθός τι θεάσηται παράδοξον, εὐθὺς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἀναβοᾷ ἢ τὸ ἆ ἆ τῆς φύσεως ἀγούσης ἐπὶ τοῦτο.  4εἶτά φησι πρὸς τὸν χορόν·  5τοιαύτην πέμπε φωνὴν οἷός ἐστιν ὁ ἦχος σύριγγος καλάμων λεπτῶν ἐν τοῖς ἕλεσιν ἀποτελούμενος.  6οὐ γὰρ τὸ ὄργανον τῆς σύριγγός φησι·  7τοῦτο γὰρ πολύφωνον ὂν καὶ Ἐνδυμίωνα ἐγεῖραι δύναιτ’ ἄν.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa, partial Ra

TRANSLATION:   It is probable that the chorus said this rather shrilly, and for this reason in fact Electra, becoming fearful, said ‘ah ah’. In a natural way she said ‘ah ah’ first since in fact this was the first sound/vowel discovered by nature. Certainly, at any rate, whenever a throng catches sight of something unexpected it immediately shouts out nothing other than ‘ah ah’, nature leading it to this expression. Next, Electra says to the chorus: emit such voice as is the sound of a whistling (syrinx) of slender reeds that is created in marshes. For what she means here is not the musical instrument of the syrinx, for this, being many-voiced, would be able to awaken even Endymion.

LEMMA: MVCMnPrRbSa, ἆ ἆ Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MVRbSa      POSITION: cont. from sch. 142.03 B, prep. τὸ δὲ ἰδοὺ πείθομαι      

APP. CRIT.:   1–3 τοῦτο εἰκὸς … ἐπὶ τοῦτο om. Ra   |    1 τοῦτο] om. B, ταῦτ’ Rb, τοῦτο δὲ Pr   |    εἰκὸς] εἰρηκὼς C   |    εἰρηκέναι om. Rb   |    χορὸν] χορνὸν Rb, χρόνον Mn   |    καὶ ἡ ἠλ. VC   |    παραδεὴς Rb, πεδεὴς M   |    γινομένη MRb   |    τὸ ἆ ἆ] τοῦτο BPr   |    2 φυσικῶς … εἶπε om. MnSa   |    πρῶτον εἶπεν transp. BVPr(πρώην)Rb   |    ἐπειδὴ] ἐπεὶ Mn   |    αὕτη] αὐτη app. M, αὐτὴ MnRbSa   |    ὑπὸ τ. φύσ. πρ. φώνη] πρ. ὑπὸ τ. φύσ. φωνὴ transp. VMnRbSa   |    πρώτη MnSa (cf. H 144.02), πρῶτον others   |    φωνὴ] φυσικὴ Pr   |    εἴρηται MnRbSa   |    3 γοῦν] οὖν V   |    ἐπειδὴ VMnRbSa   |    πλῆθος om. BPr   |    τι θεάσηται] τι θεάσηταί τις B, τις θεάσηται τι Pr, τεθέαται VMnRbSa   |    παραδόξων MC, ‑ξως VMnRbSa   |    ἆ once Rw   |    εἰς τοῦτο Sa   |    4 εἶτα] ἡλέκτρα Ra   |    χορὸν] χρόνον Rb   |    5 τοιαύτην πέμπε φώνην] οὕτω φώνει μοι MnRaSa, τοιαῦτα πέμπε μοι Rb   |    πέμπει M, πέμπε μοι V   |    ὁ om. BVMnPrRbRwSa   |    ἕλεσιν] σέλεσιν M, ἕλλησιν MnPrRaRbSa   |    6 τῆς σύριγγος] σύριγγα BPr   |    φησι om. Mn   |    7 γὰρ] γοῦν Pr   |    ὂν om. MBCPrRw   |    τὸν add. before ἐνδυμ. BVMnPrRaRbRw   |    δύνατ’ ἄν Rb, δυνάμενον MBCPrRw   |    at end add. ὁ ἐνδυμίας γὰρ ἐκοιμᾶτο χρόνους ξαʹ (or ξδʹ?) Sa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἂ ἂ C, ἁ̅ ἁ̅ V   |    2 ἂ ἂ C, ἁ̅ ἁ̅ V   |    3 ἂ ἂ C, app. α̅ α̅ V   |    5 ἐστὶν initially om. by Pr (began ἦ(χος)), but immediately corrected self   |    7 πολλύφωνον Mn   |    τὸν ἐνδυμίονα δυμίαν Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.112,3–11; Dind. II.69,11–19

COMMENT:   I have found no parallel for specifying a particular number of years that Endymion slept, as is found in the added final phrase in Sa, ‘for Endymion slept for 61 (or 64?) years’.   |   

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   


Or. 144.02 (vet exeg) 1τοῦτο εἰκὸς ὀξύτερον εἰπεῖν τὸν χορὸν, διὸ καὶ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα περιδεὴς γενομένη εἶπεν ‘ἆ ἆ’.  2φυσικῶς αὕτη εἶπεν ἐπειδὴ πρώτη φωνὴ ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως εὕρηται.   —H

TRANSLATION:   It is probable that the chorus said this rather shrilly, and for this reason in fact Electra, becoming fearful, said ‘ah ah’. In a natural way she said (this) since it was discovered by nature as the first sound/vowel.

POSITION: marg.      

COLLATION NOTES:   2 perhaps φυσικῶς δὲ αὕτη H check new images when available; εὕρηται] mostly obscured by overlying text, check new images.   |   

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   


Or. 144.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰδοὺ πείθομαι⟩: ὡς φαίνεται ὀξύτερον ἐφώνησε τοῦτο.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 144.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰδοὺ πείθομαι⟩: τοῦτο μετὰ βοῆς.  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 144.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰδοὺ πείθομαι⟩: τοῦτο ὀξυφώνως εἴρηκεν ὁ χορὸς. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 144.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἰδοὺ πείθομαι⟩: βλέψον ὅτι πείθομαι ἀρτίως  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 144.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ἰδοὺ⟩: ἢ θέασαι ἢ νῦν  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (To be interpreted as) either (imperative) ‘observe’ or (adverbial) ‘now’.

LEMMA: ἰδου with both grave and circumflex in text Zm, Gu adds circumflex to ἰδοὺ of Gr       POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.70,9


Or. 145.01 (mosch exeg) ἆ ἆ: ἐπίρρημα ἐφεκτικόν  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcB3b

TRANSLATION:   Adverb expressive of blocking/stopping.

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l., except X and marg. B3b      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπίρρημα om. B3b   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐφετικόν Y   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.70,10

COMMENT:   Same Moschopulean annotation at 275.03, and again at Or. 1598. The expression is found several times in the younger scholia on Aristophanes. Sch. Mosch. Hec. 1069 has ἐπιφώνημα ἐφεκτικόν (‘interjection expressing blocking/stopping’), which is also attested in the Moschopulean Sch. Soph. OT 1147–48 Longo.   


Or. 145.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: ἐπιφωνητικὸν ἐπίρρημα τὸ ἆ. —B3a

TRANSLATION:   ‘Ah’ is an adverb used in interjection.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The word is attested only in Byzantine authors. Eust. in Il. 2.112 (I.289,23–26) applies λέξις ἐπιφωνητική to νήπιος and σχέτλιος; see also Sch. Opp. Hal. 1.204 μέγ’· διὰ μέσου ἐπιφωνητικοῦ (on the phrase τραφερὴν δὲ μέγ’ ἐχθαίρουσιν ἄρουραν), apparently claiming that μέγ’ does not modify ἐχθαίρουσιν as an adverb (read ἐπιφωνητικόν?).   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 145.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: ἐπιτιμητικὸν  —V3Y2

POSITION: s.l. V3; marg. Y      


Or. 145.05 (thom exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: ἐκπληκτικὸν ἐπίρρημα  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  An adverb expressing astonishment.

LEMMA: ἆ` ἆ` in text Zm       POSITION: s.l.; added to Gr gloss 145.01 Gu, prep. ἢ      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπίρρημα om. Gu   

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu adds this to Gr’s gloss 145.01   |   

KEYWORDS:  ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως   


Or. 145.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩:  1τὸ ἆ δηλοῖ θορύβησιν τοῦ νοὸς, καὶ ὄνειδος ἢ ἀγανάκτησιν.  2διαφέρει δὲ τοῦ ὦ ὅτι τὸ μὲν ὦ ἔστι ψυχῆς ἀπαθοῦς· ὦ σύ, τὸ δὲ ἆ ψυχῆς τεθολωμένης σημεῖον.   —F

TRANSLATION:   The (exclamation) ‘ah’ indicates a disturbance of the mind, and reproach or indignation. It differs from ‘o’ because ‘o’ is the sign of a soul free of emotion (as in) ‘hey, you’, but ‘ah’ a sign of a soul that is roiled.

REF. SYMBOL: F       POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   νοός is a late gen. form of νοῦς; the juncture ψυχὴ τεθολωμένη is found a few times in Iamblichus and Christian authors.   |    Cf. Eust. in Il. 11.441 (III.230.2–6) ἐν δὲ τῷ ‘ἆ δειλέ’, ὅ ἐστιν ‘ὦ δείλαιε’, κλητικὸν ἐπίρρημά ἐστι τὸ ἆ ἢ μᾶλλον προσφωνητικόν. διαφέρει δὲ τῆς διὰ τοῦ ω προσφωνήσεως, ὅτι τοῦτο μὲν ψυχῆς ἀπαθοῦς, τὸ δὲ ἆ πάθος ταραχῶδες δηλοῖ ψυχικόν, ὡς ἔστιν εὑρεῖν πολλαχοῦ, οἷον ἢ σχετλιασμὸν ἢ ὄνειδος ἢ ἀγανάκτησιν, ὡς ἐνταῦθα, ἢ ἔλεον, ὡς κατωτέρω ἐν τῷ ‘ἆ δειλέ, οὐ μέν σοί γε πατήρ’ καὶ ἑξῆς. Cf. Eust. in Il. 17.201 (IV.38.17–21); Eust. was presumably the source of Sch. Aesch. Prom. 566b Herington (NcPPdXc) ἆ ἆ] τὸ ‘ἆ’ κλητικὸν ἐπίρρημά ἐστιν, ἢ μᾶλλον προσφωνηματικόν. διαφέρει δὲ τῆς διὰ τοῦ ‘ὦ’ προσφωνήσεως ὅτι τοῦτο μὲν ψυχῆς ἀπαθοῦς, τὸ δὲ ‘ἆ’ πάθος ταραχῶδες δηλοῖ ψυχικόν· οἷον ἢ σχετλιασμὸν ἢ ὄνειδος ἢ ἀγανάκτησιν.   

KEYWORDS:  vocabulary, definitions and distinctions   |   διαφέρει   


Or. 145.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἔα⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

LEMMA: ἔα in text (for ἆ ἆ) T      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 145.08 (vet paraphr) ⟨σύριγγος ὅπως πνοά⟩: ἀπήχησις συρίγξεως.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   The echoing sound of a whistling.

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. C      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπηχήσεως M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.112,12; Dind. II.70,12


Or. 145.09 (vet exeg) σύριγγος ὅπως πνοά:  1ἀθορύβως φώνει μοι, ὡς πνοὴ συρίγξεως δόνακος.  1οὐ γάρ φησι σύριγγος τοῦ αὐλοῦ·  3οὗτος γὰρ καὶ Ἐνδυμίωνα ἂν ἐγείραι.   —HMBVCPraRw, partial Prb

TRANSLATION:   Speak to me without disturbing noise, like the breath of the whistling of a reed. For she (or he, the poet) does not mean by syrinx the aulos. For this would awaken even Endymion.

LEMMA: CRw, σύριγγος ὅπως BPra(ἄλλως prep.), ἄλλως in marg. MBC, λεπτοῦ δόνακος V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: marg. H; after sch. 143.02 MC, after 162.24 Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὕτως prep. V   |    after ἀθορύβως add. φησι BPraPrb   |    μοι ὡς] ὥσπερ H   |    πνοὴ] φωνὴ V   |    συρίγξεως om. H   |    2–3 οὐ γὰρ κτλ om. Prb   |    οὐ γὰρ … σύριγγος τοῦ] μὴ τ(οῦ) or μὴ γ(ὰρ)(?) H   |    3 οὕτως γὰρ M   |    καὶ om. Pra   |    ἂν ἐγείραι Schw., ἂν ἐγεῖραι δύναται M, ἐγεῖραι δύναται C, ἀνεγείρει B, ἀνεγάρει Rw, ἐγείρει app. H, ἤγειρεν V, ἐγείλει Pra   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 φωνεῖ C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.112,13–15; Dind. II.70,12–14

COLLATION NOTES:   Check new image of H when available.   |   


Or. 145.10 (pllgn paraphr) ἤγουν ἀθορύβως φώνει μοι ὡς φωνὴ σύριγγος ἀπὸ καλάμου γινομένη.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l. over 146 Y2      


Or. 145.11 (rec exeg) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: δόνακος, οὐ τοῦ αὐλοῦ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 145.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: σύριγξ αὐλὸς κατασκευάζεται ἀπὸ λεπτοῦ καλάμου ὦτινι χρῶνται οἱ ποιμένες καὶ ἕτεροι.  —Y2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 145.19 (tri metr) ⟨σύριγγος⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 145.24 (pllgn gram) ⟨ὅπως⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ὄντως ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὡς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The equivalence of ὄντως to ὅπως is not obvious and seems not be to attested elsewhere; perhaps this was a teacher’s way of glossing ὅπως introducing an independent clause with the future indicative.   


Or. 145.32 (pllgn gram) ⟨πνοὰ⟩: μέριζε τὴν φωνὴν εἰς τὴν διαφώνησιν ἢ εἰς αὐτὴν τὴν φωνὴν  —V3

TRANSLATION:   Divide (the senses of) ‘phōnē’ into the sound or the voice itself.

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μερίζε V3   |   

COMMENT:   For διαφώνησις see DGE and LBG s.v.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 146.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λεπτοῦ δόνακος⟩: δηλωτικὸν τοῦ προτέρου ἤγουν τῆς σύριγγος  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 146.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨λεπτοῦ δόνακος⟩: ἡ γενομένη διὰ τοῦ  —MnSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ and τοῦ om. Mn   


Or. 146.06 (thom exeg) δόνακος:  1δόναξ κάλαμος λεπτὸς ἐν τοῖς ἕλεσι φυόμενος.  2τινὲς δὲ φασὶ τὸ λεγόμενον ἰδιωτικῶς ῥαγάζιον, οὐ καλῶς λέγοντες.  3οὐ γὰρ ἀπὸ τούτου σύριγξ γίνεται.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu, partial Ox2

TRANSLATION:  ‘Donax’ is a slender reed growing in marshes. Some people say (it is) what is called in the vernacular ‘rhagazion’, not speaking correctly. For a syrinx is not made from this (plant).

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἕλλησι ZbZl   |    φυόμνος om. Zl   |    2–3 τινὲς δέ κτλ om. Ox2   |    2 δὲ om. Gu   |    τὸ λεγόμενον perhaps om. Zl    |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἄριγξ Zb, σύριξ Zm   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.70,15–17

COMMENT:   ῥαγάζιον is also attested in Sch. rec. Arist. Ran. 243–244a Chantry φλέως: εἶδος ῥαγαζίου; see LBG s.v.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 146.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δόνακος⟩: δόνακα ἐνταῦθα τὸ παπύριον φησὶ.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 146.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δόνακος⟩: λέγω καλάμου  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 146.12 (rec metr) ⟨φίλα⟩: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 146.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨φώνει μοι⟩: πρὸς τὴν πληθὺν λάλει.  —MnSSa

POSITION: s.l.; S has this earlier in line, above δόνακος ὦ φίλα      


Or. 147.01 (vet exeg) ἴδ’ ἀτρεμαῖον ὡς ὑπόροφον:  1μικρὸν σὺ, φησὶ, κελεύεις με φωνεῖν, ὡς ψιθυρίζει τῇ τοῦ ἀνέμου πνοῇ κάλαμος·  2ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ ἐλάττονα τούτου φέρω βοὴν ὡς ὑπὸ ὀρόφου γινομένην.  3ὁ δὲ ὄροφος κάλαμός ἐστιν ἀσθενής τε καὶ λεπτὸς καὶ παπυρώδης,  4οὗ μέμνηται καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 24.451]· ‘λαχνήεντ’ ὄροφον λειμωνόθεν ἀμήσαντες’.  5ἐκ τούτων δέ εἰσι καὶ αἱ γλωσσίδες τῶν αὐλῶν.  6ὡς ἀσθενὴς δὲ ἀσθενῆ ποιεῖται τὴν ἀπήχησιν τῷ μὴ ἀνθίστασθαι τῇ βίᾳ τοῦ πνεύματος.   —MBVCMnPrRaRb1RwSSa, partial ORb2Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   You bid me, she says, to speak softly, just as the reed whispers in the breath of the wind. And I bring a cry even softer than this, like one that is made by an orophos-reed. The orophos is a weak and slender and papyrus-like reed, which Homer too refers to: ‘having harvested from the meadow the hairy orophos’. The reeds of auloi are made of these. And since it is weak, it makes a weak reverberation because it does not resist the force of the breath.

LEMMA: MVC(all ὑπώρ‑), ἴδ’ ἀτρεμαίαν ὡς MnRaRb1SSa (ἀτρεμέαν Rb1, a.c. S; all five mss have either no punct. after ὡς or punct. before ὡς, as if ὡς part of note), ἴδ’ ἀτρεμαῖον BPr, [ὑπώ]ροφον Rw, καὶ ἄλλως Rb2      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb1Sa      POSITION: Rb2 is second version immediately after first; follows sch. 147.23 Y2Yf2      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τουτέστι prep. Rb2   |    μικρὸν] BORwY2Yf2, μικρὰν MC, μικρῶς Pr, om. VMnRaRb1Rb2SSa   |    σὺ om. Y2Yf2   |    φησὶ om. OMnRaRb1Rb2SSa   |    με] μοι BVMnRRaRb1Rb2SSa, om. O, με corr. to μοι (or vice versa?) Pr   |    φωνεῖν] φωνὴν (transp. before φησὶ) M, φωνήν C   |    punct. as if new sch. at ὡς ψιθ. Ra(with ref. symbol)Rb1   |    ὡς καλάμου (ψιθ. … πνοῇ om.) O   |    ὡς om. Rw   |    τῇ τοῦ ἀνέμου πνοῇ]τῆς τοῦ ἀν. πνοῆς Yf2, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου VMnRaRb1SSa   |    πνοῇ] κινήσει BPrRb2, φωνῇ C, πνοῆ καὶ κινήσει Rw   |    2 καὶ om. MCRw(add. s.l.)Y2Yf2, perhaps O (margin cut)   |    ἔλαττονα] ἔλαττον MBOCPrRwY2Yf2   |    τούτου] VRaSSa, p.c. Mn, τοῦτο Rb1 and a.c. Mn, αὐτοῦ MBOCPrRwY2Yf2, om. Rb2   |    φέρω MOC, φέρω σοι others   |    βοὴν] φωνὴν O, βοάν MnRaSa (η s.l. MnRa)   |    ὡς] τὴν Rb2   |    ὑπορόφου VRaS, ὑπ’ ὀρόφου MnRb1Sa, ὑπὸ ῥόφου Rb2   |    γενομένην VRaSa, after γινομένην repeated βοήν Rb2   |    3 punct. as if new sch. begins at ὁ δὲ ὄρ. Mn   |    ὁ δὲ ὀροφεας V   |    κάλαμός ἐστιν] λεπτὸς ἐστὶ κάλαμος O   |    ἐστιν] om. MC, ἐστὶν ἢ Rb1   |    τε καὶ λεπτὸς om. Rb2RwY2Yf2, λεπτὸς καὶ om. MBOCPr   |    παπυρώδως Rb1, πυρώδης M, παπυρώδης ἐς ὀροφὰς ἐπιτήδειος O   |    4 οὗ μέμνηται] ὧ χρῶνται εἰς σκέπην ὀσπητίων καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο ὄροφος καλεῖται ὁ ὑπὸ τῶ ὀρόφω (τοῦ ὀρόφου Yf2) καὶ τῆ στέγη ὢν ἐπιτήδειος Y2 Yf2   |    οὗ] οὐ Rb1   |    καὶ ὅμ. μέμνηται transp. Rb2   |    4–6 καὶ ὅμηρος κτλ] om. Yf2, only καὶ ὅμ. λαχ. ὄροφον λέγει Y2   |    4 τ’ ἀμήσαντες Pr   |    5–6 ἐκ τούτων κτλ om. ORb2 (Rb2 cont. with Rb2 version of sch. 149.02)   |    5 ἐκ τούτου VMnRaRb1SSa, εἰς τούτων M(app. corr. from εἰς τοῦτον)   |    εἰσι] γίνονται BPr, ἐστι C   |    6 ἀσθενὴς] ἀσθενεῖς VC, ‑ὴς perhaps corr. from ‑εις M   |    after δὲ add. καὶ VMn   |    τὴν om. Mn   |    τῷ μὴ] τὸ μὴ MnPrSa   |    ἀνίστασθαι Rw   |    βίᾳ] βοῇ MBCMnPrRaRb1RwS   |    τὸ πνεῦμα Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 σοὶ S   |    before τῆς Yf2 wrote κά (κάλαμος started, not deleted)   |    3 λευπτὸς Ra   |    4 λαχνείεντ’ C   |    ἀμείσαντες Rb1Rb2   |    5 δὲ εἰσὶν M   |    αἰ S   |    γλωσσῖδες Sa, γλωσσίδαις Mn, γλυσίδες Rb1   |    ἀνθίσταθαι M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.112,16–22; Dind. II.70,21–71,2

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Rw for lemma, damage.   |   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 147.02 (vet paraphr) 1μικρόν μοι φησὶ †κελεύειν αδ† ὡς ψιθυρίζει κάλαμος ἀνέμου πνοῇ.  2ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ ἐλάττονα αὐτοῦ φέρω βοήν.   —H

TRANSLATION:   You command me to sing in a small voice, she says, as a reed whispers at a breath of wind. And I bring on a cry even smaller than that.

APP. CRIT.:   1 corrupt for κελεύεις ᾄδειν?   


Or. 147.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἴδ’⟩:  1ἴδε καὶ ἰδοὺ καὶ θέασαι.  2καὶ τὸ μὲν ἴδε ⟨καὶ⟩ ἰδοὺ φέρω βοὴν ἀτρεμαίαν ὡς καὶ λίαν ὑπώροφον,  3τὸ δὲ ἴδε καὶ θέασαι ὡς φέρω σοι βοὰν πῶς ἀτρεμαῖον ὑπώροφον καὶ μικρὰν.   —Pr

TRANSLATION:   ‘Look’ (‘ide’) means both ‘there! (behold!)’ and ‘observe’. And the one (gives the sense) ‘look ⟨and⟩ there! I bear a cry that is tranquil inasmuch as it is very indoors-like’. And the other (gives the sense) ‘look and observe how I bear a cry for you, how tranquil, indoors-like, and small’.

POSITION: after sch. 147.32 Pr (both out of order on 16r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἰδοὺ] ἴδε Pr   |    2 τὸ] τοῦ Pr   |    ἰδοὺ] ἰδοῦ a.c. Pr   |   


Or. 147.06 (mosch exeg) ἴδ’: ἐπίρρημα ἀντὶ τοῦ ἰδού  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZcB3a

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπίρρημα om. Zc   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ ἰδού om. B3a   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.70,19–20


Or. 147.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἴδ’⟩: ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἰδοὺ ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ θέασαι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.11 (mosch paraphr) ἀτρεμαίαν: ἀθόρυβον, οὐ ταραχὴν ἐμποιοῦσαν  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   add. λεπτήν Gr   


Or. 147.21 (vet exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩:  1ὄροφος λεπτὸς κάλαμος εἰς ὀροφὰς ἐπιτήδειος.  2τὴν μὴ διϊκνουμένην ἔξω τοῦ ὀρόφου, ὅ ἐστι βραχεῖαν.   —MBC

TRANSLATION:   Orophos is a slender reed suitable for thatch-roofing. (The adjective here means) the one that does not extend through and outside the roof, that is, short.

POSITION: intermarg. BC, marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ὑπώροφον οὖν add. before τὴν μὴ B   |    τὸ μὴ διϊκνούμενον MC   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ὅ ἐστὶν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,1–2; Dind. II.71,12–14


Or. 147.22 (vet exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩: ὄροφος κάλαμος ἀσθενὴς καὶ παπυρώδης.  —H

TRANSLATION:   ‘Orophos’ is a weak and papyrus-like reed.

POSITION: marg.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Check new images of H, Daitz gave ἐστιν τέ where I see [ἀσθ]ενὴς (ὴς comp.).   |   


Or. 147.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩:  ὄροφος λεπτὸς κάλαμος πρὸς ὄροφον καὶ στέγην οἴκων ἐπιτήδειος. ὑπώροφον δὲ τὴν ⟨μὴ⟩ διϊκνουμένην ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὀρόφου, ὅ ἐστι βραχεῖαν. —Y2Yf2

POSITION: s.l. Yf; precedes sch. 147.01 in both      


Or. 147.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩:  1τὸ μὴ διικνούμενον ἔξω τοῦ ὀρόφου ἢ ὡς ψιθυρίζει ὄροφος τῇ τοῦ ἀνέμου κινήσει.  2ὄροφος δὲ κάλαμος ἀσθενὴς μικρὰν ἀπήχησιν τῷ μὴ ἀνθίστασθαι τῇ βοῇ τοῦ πνεύματος ποιῶν.   —V3

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   2 τῷ] τὸ V3   


Or. 147.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὐπώροφον⟩: ὄροφος ἐστὶ κάλαμος ἀσθενὴς ἐξ οὗ καὶ οἱ στεγάζοντες τὰς οἰ[κίας] μετωνόμασαν τὰς στέγας ὀρόφους.  —F

TRANSLATION:   Orophos is a weak reed, from which (word) in fact those who roof over their houses changed the name of roofs (‘stegai’) to ‘orophoi’.

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 147.26 (thom exeg) ὑπόροφον:  1τινὲς φασὶν βοὴν ὑπόροφον τὴν μὴ δυναμένην ἐκτὸς τοῦ οἴκου ἐξακούεσθαι.  2ἄλλοι δὲ ὄροφον λέγουσι λεπτόν τινα κάλαμον παπυρώδη, πιστούμενοι τοῦτο ἐκ τοῦ ἄνωθεν τῆς Ἠλέκτρας λόγου.  3εἰπούσης γὰρ ἐκείνης πρὸς τὸν χορὸν ὦ φίλη φώνει ὥσπερ πνοὴ καὶ ἀπήχησις σύριγγος λεπτοῦ δόνακος, ἀπολογούμενος ὁ χορὸς φησί·  4θέασαι ὅτι φέρω βοὴν ἥσυχον ὑπόροφον, τουτέστι τὴν γινομένην ὑπὸ ὀρόφου.  5μέμνηται δὲ καὶ Ὅμηρος τοῦ ὀρόφου λέγων [Hom. Il. 24.451] ‘λαχνήεντ’ ὄροφον λειμωνόθεν ἀμήσαντα’.  6ἐκ τούτου δὲ τοῦ ὀρόφου ποιοῦσιν οἱ παῖδες αὐλοὺς λεπτὸν ἠχοῦντας καὶ μὴ δυναμένους ἐξακούεσθαι δι’ ἀσθένειαν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Some say a ‘huporophon cry’ is one that cannot be heard clearly outside the house. Others say orophos is a sort of slender papyrus-like reed, giving proof of this from the speech of Electra above. For after she said to the chorus ‘o my friend, speak like the breath and echoing sound of the syrinx of a slender reed’, the chorus says in its own defense: ‘observe how I bring a quiet “huporophon” cry’, that is, one created by a reed. Homer too mentions the orophos-reed, saying ‘having harvested from the meadow the hairy orophos ’. And from this orophos-reed children make auloi that make a faint sound and one that cannot be heard (from a distance) because of its weakness.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ οἴκου om. Zm   |    ἀκούεσθαι ZaZmT (ἐξ add. s.l. ZaZm)   |    2 ἄλλοι … παπυρώδη rewritten as follows in T (incorporating some of next sch.): ἄλλοι δὲ τὴν ὑπὸ ὀρόφου καὶ λεπτοῦ καλάμου γινομένην. ὄροφον γὰρ λέγουσι καὶ λεπτόν τινα κάλαμον ⟨πα⟩πυρώδη ᾧ χρῶνται εἰς ὀροφὰς ἄνθρωποι   |    3 after ἐκείνης add. τῆς ἠλέκτρας ZbZl   |    ἀπολογούμενος] ἀποκρινόμενος T   |    χορὸς φασὶν Zb   |    4 τουτέστιν γιν. ZbZl   |    5 ἀμήσαντες Homer   |    6 ποθοῦσιν corr. to ποιοῦσιν Gu   |    δυνάμενον ZbZmTGu [ending lost in trimming in Zl]   |    διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν Gu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 φασὶ ZaZl, φασι Zm   |    5 λειμανόθεν Gu   |    6 ἡχοῦντας ZZb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.71,3–12

COMMENT:   This is partly adaptated from 147.01.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 147.27 (thom exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: ποταπὴν καὶ μὴ δυναμένην ἐκτὸς τοῦ οἴκου ἀκούεσθαι ἢ τὴν ὑπὸ ὀρόφου καὶ λεπτοῦ καλάμου γινομένην, ᾧ χρῶνται εἰς ὀροφὰς ἄνθρωποι.  —ZZaZbZmGu

TRANSLATION:   Of a certain sort and not being able to be heard outside the house, or the one that is created by an orophos, that is, a slender reed, which people use for thatch-roofing.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. G      

APP. CRIT.:   ποταπὴν καὶ] om. ZbGu   |    ἐκτὸς τοῦ] ἐκτὸς Za, ἐκ τοῦ Zb   |    ἢ] ἢ καὶ ZbZmGu   |    ὑπὸ ρόφου Zb   |    λεπτοῦ] ἐπὶ τοῦ Zb   |    ᾧ] ὧν Zb   |    ὀροφὴν Za   

COMMENT:   On ποταπός see the comment on 140.25.   


Or. 147.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: μὴ δυναμένην ἐκτὸς τοῦ οἴκου ἀκούεσθαι  —XaZl

POSITION: s.l. (Xa cont. from 147.11, prep. καὶ)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκτὸς] ἐκ Zl   


Or. 147.29 (thom exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: ἤγουν ὑπόροφον βοὴν ὡς διὰ λεπτοτάτου δόνακος καὶ μὴ μεγάλως, ἵνα μὴ τόνδε θροήσῃς.  —ZZa

TRANSLATION:  That is, ‘huporophon cry’ as if (being made) with a very slender reed and not loudly, so that you do not disturb this man.

POSITION: intermarg. Z (cont. from prev), below line Za      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν] βοά Za   


Or. 147.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: καὶ μικρὰν, βραχεῖαν δίκην ὀρόφου, συγκεκλεισμένην τῷ στόματι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.31 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: ἀπὸ καλάμου γενομένην  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.32 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩:  1ὑπώροφος βοὴ ἡ ὑπὸ ὀρόφου γινομένη.  2ὄροφος δὲ λεπτὸς κάλαμος. 3ἢ ὑπώροφος βοὴ ἡ μὴ ⟨δυναμένη⟩ ἔξω τοῦ ὀρόφου ἀκούεσθαι.   —Pr

POSITION: before second version of sch. 145.09 Pr (both out of order, fol. 16r)      


Or. 147.33 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: μὴ δυναμένην ἔξω τοῦ ὀρόφου ἀφικνεῖσθαι —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.34 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: μὴ δυναμένην ἔξω τῆς ὀροφῆς ἀκουτισθῆναι  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 147.38 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀρ[όφ]ου(?) οὖσαν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   reading uncertain because of damage   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Mn 12v top margin.   |   


Or. 147.42 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: καὶ τὴν διὰ καλάμου ἐστεγασμένην οἰκίαν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   οἰκείαν Ox   


Or. 147.47 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπόροφον⟩: ὄροφος εἶδος καλαμίσκου  —Gu

POSITION: below line (space above full)      

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross preposed.   |   


Or. 147.48 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὑπώροφον⟩: οὐ ταραχὴν ἐμποιοῦσαν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 148.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ναὶ οὕτως⟩: ἀποδεκτέον ἔδοξε τοῦτο τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   It seemed to Electra that she ought to accept this (claim made by the chorus).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 149.01 (vet exeg) κάταγε κάταγε:  τὸ κάταγε ἐναντίον ἐστὶ τῇ ἀνατάσει τῆς βοῆς.  —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   ‘Bring down’ (‘katage’) is the opposite of the raising up of the cry.

LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: MBSaRb      POSITION: between two versions of 149.02 VRb      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ κάταγε om. V   |    ἀναστάσει MVMnRbS, ἄνω στάσει Sa   |    τῆς βοῆς om. VMnRbSSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κατάγε Mn   |    ἐστι CMn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,3–4; Dind. II.72,3


Or. 149.02 (vet exeg) κάταγε κάταγε:  1σημαίνει δὲ τὸ κάταγε ⟨κάταγε⟩ τὸ πρόσελθε πρόσελθε· 2ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ καταγωγαὶ οἱ λιμένες.   —HMBVaVbCMnPraPrbRb1Rb2RwSSaZu

TRANSLATION:   And ‘bring down, bring down’ (‘katage katage’) means ‘approach, approach’. From this sense also harbors are called places to bring (down) to shore (‘katagōgai’).

LEMMA: MVaC       REF. SYMBOL: VaSa; label καταγωγοί add. by later hand in B      POSITION: cont. from prev., except B, and before prev. VaRb2, s.l. HPrbZu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 σημαίνει δὲ] δὲ καὶ Mn, om. HVaPrbRb2, ἀντὶ τοῦ Zu   |    τὸ κάταγε MBCPrRb1PraRw, om. others   |    second κάταγε suppl. Schw.   |    second τὸ om. HVaPrbRb2RwZu   |    πρόσελθε twice HMVaC, once others   |    after πρόσελθε add. σημαίνει Rb2   |    2 ἐξ οὗ Prb   |    καὶ om. Va   |    καταγωγοὶ MBCPraPrbRw, s.l. Rb2, κατάγομαι Va   |    οἱ λιμένες om. VaRb2   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κατάγε C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,4–5; Dind. II.72,4–5

COLLATION NOTES:   Check new images of H to confirm it has καταγωγαὶ.   |   


Or. 149.08 (rec exeg) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: σμίκρυνον τὴν φωνὴν  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 149.09 (rec exeg) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: κατὰ μικρὸν ἄγε  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 149.10 (thom paraphr) ⟨κάταγε κάταγε⟩: κάτελθε καὶ σεαυτὴν φέρε  —ZZaZbZlZmT+GuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κάτατελθε Zb   |    σεαυτὸν app. Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.72,9–10

COMMENT:   The cross in T must be a mistake, since there is no evidence of this note in Moschopulean mss.   |   


Or. 149.11 (mosch exeg) κάταγε κάταγε: ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν καταγομένων νεῶν εἰς τοὺς λιμένας  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘Bring down, bring down’ is used) by a metaphor from ships being brought down (to land) in harbors.

LEMMA: T       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοὺς om. G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.72,8–9

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς   


Or. 149.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρόσιθ’⟩: διὰ τοῦτο διπλάζει τοὺς λόγους, διὰ τὸ σιγηλῶς λαλεῖν πάνυ.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 149.20 (rec exeg) ⟨first ἄτρεμας⟩: τὸ ἑξῆς καὶ πρόσιθι ἀτρέμας.  —V

POSITION: cont. from next V      


Or. 149.21 (vet exeg) ἀτρέμας ἴθι:  1τῇ ἐπαναλήψει μεμίμηται τὴν ἠρεμαίαν προϊεμένην φωνήν·  2ἅτε γὰρ οὐκ ἐξακουομένη δεύτερον ταῖς αὐταῖς κέχρηται λέξεσι.   —MBVCPrRb

TRANSLATION:   By the repetition he (the poet) has represented a woman who projects a quiet voice. For as if not being heard clearly she has used the same words again.

LEMMA: MCPrRb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B; cont. from sch. 149.02 V (Va version), add. δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τῇ om. MC   |    τῶν λέξεων add. before ἐπαναλ. VRb   |    μέμνηται MVCRb   |    προϊεμένην Rb, ‑μένη others   |    2 ἐξακουομένην MVRb   |    ταῖς αὐταῖς] τοιαύταις V   |    λέξεσι om. MC   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἡρεμαίαν MV   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,6–8; Dind. II.71,20–72,2

COMMENT:   I have used the lemma that is transmitted, which is also implied by the intermarg. position in B (which had room to place it a line higher at the level of κάταγε κάταγε), but the note may originally have applied to Electra’s whole phrase from κάταγε … ἄτρεμας ἴθι.    |   The poet is regularly the subject of μεμίμηται and the like in scholia, and even if that were not the case, the nom. προϊεμένη printed by Schwartz would give an unattested construction.   

KEYWORDS:  μιμέομαι   


Or. 149.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨second ἄτρεμας⟩: πῶς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 150.06 (150–151) (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐφ’ ὅτι χρέος⟩: ἐφ’ ἣν χρείαν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 150.07 (150–151) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐφ’ ὅτι χρέος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δι’ ἣν χρείαν  —L2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 151.09 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 46


Or. 152.01 (tri metr) ἀντιστροφὴ κώλων ιγʹ  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 47


Or. 152.02 (vet exeg) χρόνια γὰρ πεσὼν ὅδ’ εὐνάζεται:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπὸ πολλοῦ χρόνου.  2τοῦτο δὲ ἀναφορὰν ἔχει πρὸς τὸ [149] ‘πρόσιθ’ ἀτρέμας’.  3ὁ δὲ νοῦς· χρονίως, ὅ ἐστι διὰ χρόνου, ἐκοιμήθη.   —MBVCMnRaRbSSa, partial H

TRANSLATION:  (‘Chronia’ is) used for ‘from a long time ago’. And this (the whole sentence) has reference to the phrase ‘approach quietly’. And the sense is: after a time, that is, after an interval, he fell asleep.

LEMMA: V, χρόνια γὰρ πεσὼν C, χρόνια γὰρ Mn(χρονίαν)RaRbSSa, χρόνια M      REF. SYMBOL: VRbSa      POSITION: marg. M; cont. from sch. 149.02 B, cont. from sch. 149.21 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 χρόνια δὲ prep. BV   |    τοῦ ἀπὸ] om. C, τοῦ διὰ V, τοῦ MnPrRaSSa   |    πολλοῦ χρόνου] πολὺν καιρὸν Pr   |    πολλοῦ] παλαιοῦ Ra   |    2 δὲ om. Pr   |    τὸ πρόσιθι ἄτρεμας om. V, leaving blank space, words add. V1   |    3 ὁ δὲ νοῦς κτλ om. H   |    χρονίως] χρόνος Sa   |    ὅ ἐστι] ἐστὶ Pr, ὅτι V   |    ἐκοιμήθην a.c. Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 πρόσιθι BMnPrRaRbSSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,9–11; Dind. II.72,5–7


Or. 152.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνια γὰρ πεσὼν⟩: πρὸ πολλοῦ χρόνου πεσὼν τῇ νόσῳ ταύτῃ, νῦν ἀναπαύεται.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 152.04 (thom exeg) χρόνια: μόλις, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ βούλομαι ὑμᾶς ὄχλον αὐτῷ παρασχούσας ἐξαναστῆσαι.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Barely (is he resting); and for this reason I do not want you to create a disturbance for him and make him wake up.

REF. SYMBOL: Zl       POSITION: s.l. except Zl      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ om. ZbZl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.72,12–13


Or. 152.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνια⟩: ἀπὸ πολλοῦ χρόνου ἢ διὰ χρόνου ἐκοιμήθη  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 152.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνια⟩: καὶ χρονίως καὶ πολὺν καιρὸν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   χρονικῶς Zu   

COMMENT:   If this means ‘that is, after a time and for a long time’. the sense of χρονικῶς is very odd. If it is meant to convey that χρόνιος has two different senses (only one of which applies here), it would be ‘in a temporal sense(?) and for a long time’, but then one wonders why it is not χρονικὰ instead of the adverb.   


Or. 153.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔχει⟩: διάκειται ὁ Ὀρέστης  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 153.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λόγου μετάδος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπολογήθητί μοι εἰς τοῦτο ὅπερ σοι ἐρωτῶ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 153.11 (rec metr) ⟨φίλα⟩: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 154.01 (tri exeg) ἡμέτερον:  1ἴαμβος χρὴ εἶναι οὗτος ὁ στίχος ὡς καὶ ὁ τῆς στροφῆς.  2διὸ οὕτως ἐγράφη παρ’ ἡμῶν ‘ποίαν τύχαν ποίαν δὲ συμφοράν’, καὶ ἔστι τὸ ποι τὸ δεύτερον κοινὴ συλλαβή.  3διὸ καὶ τὸ παρ’ ἡμῶν ἐπινοηθὲν ἐπὶ ταῖς κοιναῖς συλλαβαῖς ἐπετέθη σημεῖον, ὡς καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις τοιούτοις.   —T

TRANSLATION:   This verse must be an iambus, just like the one of the strophe. Therefore it has been written by me as follows (scil. with ‘tina’ emended to ‘poian’), and the second instance of (the syllable) ‘poi’ is a koine syllable (scil. here treated as short). This is also why the sign invented by me for the koine syllables has been placed over it, just as in other similar cases.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.       POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.11,3–7; de Fav. 47

KEYWORDS:  Triclinius, emendation by   


Or. 154.02 (vet exeg) ⟨τίνα τύχαν εἴπω⟩: τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ τύχην πότερον ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον ἢ ἐπὶ τὸ ἄμεινον νενευκέναι.  —HMBCAaMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   (Am I to say) that his fortune has inclined toward the worse or toward the better?

LEMMA: MCMn(τυγχαν’)RaRbSSa       REF. SYMBOL: MSa       POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   τύχαν RbSa, δυστυχίαν Aa, om. S   |    ποτέρου S   |    ἢ om. M   |    ἠμεῖνον M   |    νένευκε B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,12–13; Dind. II.72,16–17

COMMENT:   Note how B’s version smooths the grammar, whereas the transmitted infinitive requires the reader to assume εἴπω from the lemma.    |   


Or. 154.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίνα τύχαν εἴπω⟩: τὴν περὶ αὐτὸν εἴπω, τίνα τύχην περὶ αὐτοῦ εἴπω κἂν ἐν κρείττονι μοίρᾳ ἐστὶ κἂν ἐν ἐλάττονι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 154.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίνα τύχαν εἴπω⟩: κἄντε ἐπὶ τὸ κρεῖττον ἐστὶ κἄντε ἐπὶ τὸ ἧττον οὐκ οἶδα.  —F

REF. SYMBOL: F       POSITION: marg.      


Or. 154.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨τίνα τύχαν εἴπω⟩: τίνα δυστυχίαν αὐτοῦ εἴπω, ἀπορηματικῶς  —XXaXbT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  ‘What misfortune of his am I to speak of?’, as a dubitative question.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τίνα om. G   |    εἴπω αὐτοῦ transp. Yf   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπορρη‑ XXaTY (not Ta)   |   


Or. 154.10 (rec metr) ⟨τύχαν⟩: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 154.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨second τίνα⟩: ὁποίαν νὰ εἴπω  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 154.14 (tri metr) ⟨second ποίαν⟩: koine short over οι  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 47


Or. 156.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βραχὺ δ’ ἀναστένει⟩: μόλις ἀνασπασμὸν [ποιεῖ(?)]  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The noun ἀνασπασμός is very rare (see DGE and Kriaras), but appears to be the right interpretation of the faint and damaged word. Here it requires a verb to govern it and the meaning seems to be ‘he with difficulty makes a labored breath’.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Zl.   |   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 157.01 (vet exeg) τί φὴς ὦ τάλας:  1οἰκειούμενος τὰς συμφορὰς ὁ χορὸς καὶ συναχθόμενος γεγωνότερον ἀνέκραγε τὸ ‘ὦ τάλας’.  2διό φησιν [158] ‘ὀλεῖς, εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις’.   —HMBVCMnPrRb, partial AaRaRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Making the misfortunes their own and sharing in the grief, the chorus cried out in a louder voice ‘O, wretched one!’ Therefore she (Electra) says ‘you will destroy (him/me) if you stir his eyelids’.

LEMMA: M(ὁ τ.)BCAaMnRb(ὁ τ.)SSa(ὢ SSa), ὦ τάλας VAaRaRw, τὶ φὴς Pr      REF. SYMBOL: MBVAaRbSa      POSITION: marg. H      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οἰκειούμενοι Pr   |    τὰς] περὶ Pr   |    ὁ χορὸς τὰς συμφορὰς transp. H, ὁ χορὸς om. Rw   |    συναχθήμενος Rb, συναχθόμενοι Pr   |    ἀνεκέκραγε V, ἀνακέκραγε AaMnRaRbRw, ἐξεβόησε H   |    τὸ] τί Mn   |    ὁ τάλ. Rb   |    2 διό κτλ om. AaRaRwSSa   |    εἰ] εἰς Rb   |    κινήσεις τοῦ ὕπνου VRb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 γεγονότερον, ω s.l. Aa   |    ὢ τάλ. Sa, ὠ with both accents S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,14–16; Dind. II.72,20–22

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   


Or. 157.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τί φὴς ὦ τάλας⟩: οἰκειούμενος τὰς συμφορὰς ὁ χορὸς γεγωνότερον εἶπεν ‘ὦ τάλας’.  —O

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   


Or. 157.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί φὴς ὦ τάλας⟩: ὁ χορὸς λέγει καθ’ ἑαυτόν.  —Aa

LEMMA: Aa       REF. SYMBOL: Aa      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 157.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: 1δεῖ νοεῖν στεναγμόν τινα γεγενῆσθαι μετὰ τὸ ‘ὦ τάλας’ ὑπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ, 2ἵνα εὔλογον ᾖ τὸ παρὰ τῆς Ἠλέκτρας εἰρημένον [167] ‘σὺ γάρ νιν, ὦ τάλαινα, θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου’.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   One must understand that some kind of groan was made by the chorus after ‘o, pitiable man’, so that what Electra says—‘For you drove him from his sleep, wretched woman, by your wild cry’—makes good sense.

LEMMA: (160–161) ὦ μέλεος ὦ τάλας MC, 160 ὦ μέλεος Rw       REF. SYMBOL: M (to 160 ὦ μέλεος)       POSITION: cont. from 157.01 BPr, add. δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   1 δεῖ νοεῖν στεν. τινα] δεινόν τινα στεναγμὸν Rw   |    νοεῖν transp. after γεγεν. Pr   |    2 ᾖ om. Pr   |    παρὰ om. MCRw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 γεγενεῖσθαι Pr   |   2 νῦν Pr   |    θωύξας MPr, θωΰξασα Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,17–19; Dind. II.72,22–24

COMMENT:   It is not impossible that this note was originally attached to the second ὦ τάλας in 161, as suggested by the transmitted lemmata in MCRw and the position of sch. 157.05 after 160.01. But the notion that the chorus involuntarily made an inarticulate cry ‘as women are wont to do in extreme distress’ (sch. 168.05) fits their first reaction in 157 better than their more articulate comments in 160–161.   

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   


Or. 157.05 (rec exeg) μετὰ στεναγμοῦ ταῦτα λέγει, ὡς φησὶν Ἠλέκτρα [167] ‘σὺ γάρ νιν ὦ τάλαινα θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου’.  —VRb

TRANSLATION:   (The chorus) says this with a groan, as Electra says, ‘For you drove him from his sleep, wretched woman, by your wild cry’.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 160.01 V(add. δὲ)Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   τάλαινα] τάλας V   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   θωΰξας VRb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,1 app.; Dind. II.73,9–10

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   


Or. 157.06 (pllgn exeg) 1ὡς ἔοικεν ὁ χορὸς συναχθόμενος τῇ Ἠλέκτρᾳ γεγωνότερον ἀνέκραξε τὸ ‘ὦ τάλας’·  2διό φησι[158] ‘ὀλεῖς εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις’.  3δεῖ δὲ στεναγμόν τινα γενέσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ μετὰ τὸ ‘ὦ τάλας’ ἵνα εὔλογον ᾖ τὸ τῆς Ἠλέκτρας εἰρημένον.   —Yf2

TRANSLATION:  As it seems, the chorus, in its sympathy for Electra’s pain, cried out rather loudly ‘O wretched man’. Therefore she says ‘You will kill (him) if you stir his eyelids’. And it is necessary that there be some mournful groan by the chorus after ‘O wretched man’ so that Electra's remark will make sense.

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   


Or. 157.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί φῄς⟩: πρὸς τὴν Ἠλέκτραν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 157.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλας⟩: τρανότερον ἐφώνησε.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Dot before this, in different ink.   |   

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   


Or. 157.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὢ τάλας⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην στρέφει τὸν λόγον.  —MnPrRSSa

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 157.12 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην  —XXaXbT+YYfGGrZcFB3a

TRANSLATION:  (The exclamation ‘o wretched man’ is made) in reference to Orestes.

POSITION: s.l. (above τί φὴς Zc)      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 157.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλας⟩: ἢ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 158.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: φθείρεις ἐμὲ ἤγουν ἐὰν ἀπολεσθῇς  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 158.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: ⟨ἐὰν⟩ ἀπολεσθῇς, ἀπολέσεις  —AbMnRS

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ab      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ add. before ἀπολέσεις R (because of loss of ἐὰν)   |   ἀπολέσεις] ἀπολέσης AbMnS   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -εσθὴς Mn   |   


Or. 158.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀλεῖς⟩: ἐμὲ ἢ αὐτὸν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (The understood object of ‘you will destroy’ is) ‘me’ (Electra) or ‘him’ (Orestes).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐμὲ ἢ om. Gu (because written right after Gr’s ἐμέ)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.72,28


Or. 158.10 (vet paraphr) ⟨εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις⟩: εἰ τοῦ ὕπνου ἀλλοτριώσεις καὶ μεταστήσεις.  —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   If you will estrange (him) and shift (him) from sleep.

LEMMA: ὀλεῖς Rw       POSITION: s.l. B, marg. MC      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰ] αἱ C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,20; Dind. II.72,26

COLLATION NOTES:   B rewritten here by later hand.   |   


Or. 158.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις⟩: ἐὰν ἐκ τοῦ ὕπνου ἐγείρης —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 158.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις⟩: ἤγουν ἐὰν διυπνίσης αὐτὸν, ἐὰν ἐξεγείρης τοῦ ὕπνου  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.72,28–73,1


Or. 158.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰ βλέφαρα κινήσεις⟩: ἤγουν ἐὰν ἐξυπνήσῃς αὐτόν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   ἐξυπνέω is used as a transitive verb in later Greek, so there is no need to consider this an itacistic error for ἐξυπνίσῃς.   |   


Or. 158.20 (rec exeg) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: αὐτῷ καὶ αὐτοῦ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 158.26 (tri metr) ⟨κινήσεις⟩: long mark over iota  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 47


Or. 159.01 (mosch paraphr) ὕπνου γλυκυτάταν φερομένῳ χαράν: ἀντὶ τοῦ φέροντος τὴν ἡδονὴν τὴν γλυκυτάτην τοῦ ὕπνου  —XXaXbT+YYfGrZc

LEMMA: φερομένῳ XT       POSITION: s.l. except XT; sep. ἀντὶ τ. φέρ. above φερομένῳ, rest above χαράν Yf      

APP. CRIT.:   (both) τὴν om. Zc   |    τοῦ ὕπνου om. Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.73,5


Or. 159.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φερομένῳ χαρὰν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ φερόμενον ἐν χαρᾷ  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.73,4


Or. 159.17 (tri metr) ⟨φερο-⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς συλλαβῆς  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 159.18 (vet exeg) χαρὰν: τὸ βαθύτατον τοῦ ὕπνου, ὃ ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς [211] ‘ὕπνου θέλγητρον’ φησιν.  —MBVCRbRw

TRANSLATION:   The deepest form of sleep, what he calls in the later passage ‘charm of sleep’.

LEMMA: (no punct. after it) VRb, Rw ὕπνου γλυκυτάτου       REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: intermarg. BC      

APP. CRIT.:   ὕπνου χαρὰν prep. Rw   |    ὃ καὶ V   |    ἑξῆς ὕπνου] ἐξύπνου V, ἐξ ὕπνου Rb   |    θέλγητρα Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,21–22; Dind. II.73,3–4

COLLATION NOTES:   Rewritten by later hand in B.   |   


Or. 159.19 (vet exeg) ⟨χαρὰν⟩: τὸν βαθύτατον ὕπνον  —H

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 159.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χαρὰν⟩: τὸ βαθύτατον τοῦ ὕπνου  —V3F

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   βαθὺ F, app. changed from βαθοι   


Or. 160.01 (vet exeg) ὦ μέλεος:  1μέλεος αὐτὸς διὰ τὰς ἐκ θεῶν πράξεις.  2ἠρέμα δέ πως ἀρνεῖται τὴν πρᾶξιν Ὀρέστου, εἰς τὸν θεὸν ἀναφέρουσα τὴν ἁμαρτίαν.   —MBVCBPrRbRw

TRANSLATION:   He himself is wretched because of how he has fared from the gods. And in a sort of tacit way she denies the deed is Orestes’, referring the wrongdoing to the god.

LEMMA: VRb, ἄλλως Pr, in marg. MC, ἐργμάτων Rw      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: intermarg. B, follows sch. 157.04 MCPr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐκ] εἰς M   |    2 ὀρέστης V   |    τὸν om. B   |    ἁμαρτίαν] αἰτίαν Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 δε πῶς Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.113,22–114,1; Dind. II.73,7–8


Or. 160.02 (vet exeg) 1μέλεος αὐτὸς διὰ τὰς ἐκ θεῶν πράξεις.  2ἀρνεῖται δέ πως τὴν τοῦ Ὀρέστου πρᾶξιν εἰς θεὸν ἀναφέρων ταῦτα.  —H

TRANSLATION:   Wretched himself because of the actions coming from gods. In a certain way she is denying the action of Orestes by attributing these things to a god.


Or. 160.03 (rec exeg) εἰς θεὸν ἀναφέρει τὴν αἰτίαν.  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 160.09 (pllgn gram) ⟨μέλεος⟩: ἀπο τοῦ μὴ ἐλεεῖσθαι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   See sch. 207.05.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 160.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐχθίστων θεόθεν ἐργμάτων⟩: ἕνεκα τῶν θεοστυγεστάτων πράξεων  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X; spaced as three sep. glosses Yf (ἕνεκα, τῶν θεοστ., πράξεων)      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.73,12–13 (Arsenius’ modified version)

COMMENT:   The Moschopulean interpretation takes θεόθεν as if it were θεοῖς, to produce ‘hated by the gods’, thus ameliorating the theology, as opposed to inferring that the chorus blames the gods, as in sch. 160.01.   

KEYWORDS:  theological amelioration   


Or. 160.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐχθίστων θεόθεν⟩: ἕνεκα τῶν θεοστυγῶν  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 160.12 (tri paraphr) ἐχθίστων ἐργμάτων: ἤγουν ἕνεκα τῶν προσταχθέντων ἐξ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐργμάτων ἤγουν ἔργων, πράξεων, ἤτοι τοῦ φόνου  —T

LEMMA: T      

COMMENT:   Created from separate Thoman glosses below.   


Or. 160.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨θεόθεν ἐργμάτων⟩: διὰ τὰς ἐκ θεῶν πράξεις  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 160.18 (thom paraphr) ⟨θεόθεν ἐργμάτων⟩: τῶν προσταχθέντων ἐξ Ἀπόλλωνος πράξεων ἤτοι τοῦ φόνου  —ZZaZbZlZmGu

POSITION: s.l. (cont. from 160.13 Zm)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Za   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu does not write πράξεων, but lets Gr’s gloss serve, and places ἤτοι κτλ just after Gr’s πράξεων.   |   


Or. 160.23 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐργμάτων⟩: καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τῶν κωλυμάτων, ἤγουν τῶν ἀσθενειῶν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   κολυμάτων a.c. Zu   |   


Or. 161.03 (tri metr) ⟨τάλας⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 47


Or. 162.05 (162–165) (pllgn exeg) ἀδίκως ἀδίκως τότε ἄρα ἔλακεν ἔλακεν ὁ Λοξίας τὸν φόνον τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς τὸν ἀπόφονον· πότε; ὅτε ἐπὶ τῇ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος ἄρα ἔκρινεν αὐτὸν ἤγουν ἀδίκως ἐχρησμοδότησεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Λοξίας φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα μας ἐπὶ τῇ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος· εἰς τρίποδα γὰρ ἀργυροῦ εἴτε καὶ χρυσοῦ ἐκάθητο ἡ παρθένος καὶ ἐνθουσιῶσα ἔλεγεν τοὺς χρησμούς. —Yf2

TRANSLATION:  Unjustly, unjustly at the time, then, did Loxias cry out, cry out (the oracle demanding) the killing of my mother, the terrible killing. When (was this)? When at the tripod of Themis he adjudged it (the killing), that is, Loxias unjustly gave the oracular response that we kill our mother at the tripod of Themis. For the virgin (priestess) sat at a tripod of silver, or else of gold, and with divine inspiration spoke the oracles.

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 162.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὢ ἄδικος⟩: γράφεται ἄδικος  —Mn

LEMMA: ὢ ἄδικος in text Mn       POSITION: s.l., misplaced over second ἔλακεν (beginning of first line on facing page in Mn)      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 162.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ὢ⟩: γρ. ἃ ἃ  —R

LEMMA: ὢ ἄδικος in text R       POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 162.11 (vet exeg) ἄδικος ἄδικα:  1τοῦτ’ ἐστὶ τὸ ἀλλαχοῦ [Eur. Hipp. 701] εἰρημένον·  2‘πρὸς τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα’.  3ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἔδοξεν ἀτυχῶς τῷ Ὀρέστῃ πεπτωκέναι τῆς μητρὸς ὁ φόνος, ἄδικος ὁ Λοξίας νενόμισται.  4ἢ τὸ ἄδικα ἐδίκασεν ἐμφαίνει ὅτι δικαίως μὲν ἐμαντεύσατο τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός, ἀδικεῖ δὲ τῷ δράσαντι μὴ ἐπικουρῶν.  5τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς οὕτως·  6ὁ ἄδικος Λοξίας ἄδικα τότε ἐδίκασεν, ὅτε ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος τὸν ἀπόφονον φόνον ἔλακεν ἐμῆς μητρός.   —H3MBCPrb, partialO MnPraRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   This is (an illustration of) the statement made elsewhere, ‘For we possess our (repute for) sense in proportion to our fortunes (that is, the outcomes of our actions)’. For because the murder of their mother seemed to have turned out unfortunately for Orestes, Loxias has been deemed unjust (by Electra). Or the phrase ‘he gave unjust judgments’ indicates that although he justly gave an oracular command for the murder of the mother, he acts unjustly in not giving aid to the one who acted. The run of the sense is: the unjust Loxias gave unjust judgments at that time when upon the tripod of Themis he proclaimed the unholy murder of my mother.

LEMMA: Rw, ἆ ἄδικος ἄδικα BC(ἂ), ἆ ἆ ἄδικος Pr      REF. SYMBOL: BRbSa      POSITION: after sch. 164.01 C, after sch. 160.01 Pra (15v), after sch. 173.01 Prb (16r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1–5 τοῦτ’ … οὕτως om. O, 1–4 τοῦτ’ … ἐπικουρῶν om. Pra, 1–3 τοῦτ’ … ὁ φόνος om. MnRbSSa, 1–2 τοῦτ’ … κεκτήμεθα om. Rw   |    1 τοῦτ’] του δε M   |    2 πρὸς τὰς φρένας γὰρ τὰς τύχας κεκτ. M, πρὸς τὰς φρένας γὰρ τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς τύχας κεκτ. (sic) C   |    3 ἐπειδὴ γὰρ BPrb   |    πεπτωκέναι corr. to περιπεπτωκέναι s.l. H3   |    ἄδικος] ἔκδιος Rb, ἔκδικος MnSa, δῖκος S   |    νομίζεται Rw   |    4 ἢ] ὅτι MnSSa   |    τὸ] τὰ MnSSa   |    ἄδικα] ἄκα M, ἄδικον Rw   |    ἐδίκησεν Rb, ἠδίκησεν MnSSa   |    ὅτι] μὲν ὅτι Prb, γὰρ ὅτι MnRbSSa   |    ἐμαντεύσατο] ἐψηφίσατο H3   |    4–6 τὸν φόνον κτλ om. S   |    4 ἀδικεῖ δὲ … ἐπικουρῶν] ἄδικος δὲ ὅτι οὐκ ἐπικουρεῖ H3   |    5 δὲ om. Mn   |    οὕτως] οὗτος CMnPrbRbSa (comma after it C), οὕτως ὅτι Pra   |    6 ὁ ἄδικος] ὁ ἀδικῶν Pra   |    ἄδικα τότε] ἀδικώτατα H3   |    ὅτε] ὅτι MnSa   |    τρίποδος RwSa   |    θέμιδος om. Sa   |    ἀπόφονον om. MnRbSa   |    φόνον om. MBOCPraRw, transp. after ἔλακεν Prb   |    ἔλακεν … μητρός] τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς ἐμαντεύσατο MnRb(ἐματ‑)Sa   |    ἐμᾶς H3BOCPrbRw, ἡμᾶς Pra   |    ματρός B, ματέρος O, μητέρος Rw [H3]   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 ἐματεύσατο Rb   |    ἐπικούρων C   |    6 ἀπόφωνον Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,4–10; Dind. II.73,18–74,3

KEYWORDS:  theological amelioration   


Or. 162.12 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ δικαίως ἔδοξεν εἰρηκέναι  —BRw

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘he seemed not to have spoken justly’.

LEMMA: Rw       POSITION: marg. (at 162) B      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ om. Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.73,18


Or. 162.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄδικος ἄδικα⟩: ἄδικος ὁ Λοξίας ἔδοξεν ἄδικα δικάσας, ἢ δικαίως ἐψηφίσατο τὸν φόνον ἀδίκως δὲ οὐ βοηθεῖ.  —V

LEMMA: V       REF. SYMBOL: V      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114, app. on 5–8; Dind. II.73, app. on 21


Or. 162.14 (pllgn exeg) 1ἐπεὶ ἔδοξεν ἀτυχῶς τῷ Ὀρέστῃ πεπτωκέναι τῆς μητρὸς ὁ φόνος, ἄδικα ἐδίκασεν ὁ Λοξίας μαντευόμενος μὲν τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς, τῷ δράσαντι δὲ μὴ ἐπικουρῶν. 2ἢ ἄδικα ἐδίκασεν ὁ Λοξίας ὅτε ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος τὸν ἀπόφονον ἔλακεν τῆς μητρὸς.   —V3

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,5–7 and 9–10 app.


Or. 162.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄδικος ἄδικα⟩:  1τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς ἄδικος Λοξίας· ἄδικα γὰρ τότε ἐδίκασεν, ὅτε ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος τὸν ἀπόφονον φόνον ἔλακεν ἐμῆς μητρός.  2ἀπόφονον τινὲς τὸν ἄτοπον φόνον, τινὲς δὲ τὴν ἀ̅π̅ο̅ εἰς τὸ ἔλακεν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπεφθέγξατο.   —V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114, app. on 14–16; Dind. II.73, app. on 21


Or. 162.16 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄδικος ἄδικα⟩: ὁ ἄδικος Λοξίας ἤγουν ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἄδικα τότε ἐκτύπησε κατὰ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὅτε ἐδίκασεν τὸν μιαρὸν φόνον τῆς ἐμῆς μητρός.  —Ra


Or. 162.17 (mosch paraphr) ἆ ἆ ἄδικος:  ἄδικος ὢν ὁ Λοξίας ἄδικα ἄρα τότε εἶπεν ὅτε ἐπὶ τῷ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος ἐδίκασεν ἤγουν ἔκρινε τὸν ἀπόφονον φόνον τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς ἤγουν τὸν μισητὸν καὶ μὴ ἄξιον ὄντα γενέσθαι.  —XXaXbT+YfGGr

LEMMA: G       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τότε om. G   |    after τότε add. ἔλακεν ἀντὶ τοῦ XaY   |    τὴν μισητὴν X   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.74,14–17


Or. 162.18 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄδικος⟩:  1οἱ λαμβάνοντες εἰς τὸ ἄδικος ἔξωθεν τὸ ὑπάρχει καὶ στίζοντες ἐνταῦθα ληροῦσι.  2τὸ δ’ οὕτως ἔχει·  3δέον γὰρ οὕτως εἰπεῖν ἀδίκως ἔλακε τότε ὁ Λοξίας ἄδικα, ὁ δὲ ‘ἄδικος’ εἶπε πρὸς τὸ Λοξίας.  4ἀπατῶνται δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ἄδικα, οὐκ εἰδότες ὅτι τὸ ἄδικος καὶ τὸ ἄδικα ταυτοδυναμοῦσιν, ὥστε εἰ καὶ ἓν τούτων ἀπῆν, ἄρτιος ἂν ἦν ὁ λόγος.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Those who supply ‘is’ to go with ‘unjust’ (‘adikos’) and punctuate at that point speak nonsense. The situation is like this. For he (the poet) should have put it this way, ‘unjustly (‘adikōs’) Loxias at that time proclaimed unjust things’; instead he made unjust (‘adikos’) agree with Loxias. They (those expounders) are deceived by the presence of ‘adika’, not understanding that ‘adikos’ and ‘adika’ convey the same meaning, so that even if one of these were absent, the sense would be complete.

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔξωθεν εἰς τὸ ἄδικος transp. Zb [Zl]   |    ληροῦσι] ἀμαθεῖς T, οὐ καλῶς ποιοῦσι Gu   |    4 τοῦτο δυναμοῦσι ZZa   |    ἦν om. Za   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἔλακεν ZaZb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.74,9–14

COMMENT:   The view criticized is that of unknown teachers or commentators (clearly not Moschopulus, see prev.). The only hints of the rejected view in our scholia are in 162.05 in V and in the gloss 162.20 if the scribe of Zu intended the truncated ending of ὑπάρχ() to be supplied as ει rather ων.   

KEYWORDS:  Thomas critical of another view   


Or. 162.23 (vet exeg) ἔλακεν:  1καὶ Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Plut. 39] ‘ἔλακεν ἐκ τῶν στεμμάτων’ τραγικῇ λέξει χρησάμενος.  2⟨τότε δὲ⟩ ὅτε τὸν ἀπόφονον ⟨φόνον⟩ τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς ἐπὶ τρίποδι Θέμιδος ἐδίκασεν ὁ Λοξίας.   —H3MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   And Aristophanes (also used this verb in) ‘he cried forth from the fillets’, using a tragic vocable. ⟨‘Then’⟩ (means) when Loxias at the tripod of Themis declared as verdict the horrible ⟨murder⟩ of my mother.

LEMMA: MB(no punct. after it)C; label ἀριστοφάνης add. in marg. late hand in B       POSITION: Pr cont. from sch. 162.11 (Prb version, 16r); unclear whether sep. from sch. 162.11 H3 (damage)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀριστ. φησὶν Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀπόφωνον a.c. H3   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,11–13; Dind. II.74,3–5

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aristophanes   


Or. 162.24 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1τὸ ἀπόφονον Ἀπόλλωνι, οὐκ Ὀρέστῃ ἐγκαλοῦσά φησιν.  2ἔνιοι δὲ ἀπόφονον ἐδέξαντο τὸν ἄτοπον φόνον.  3τὴν δὲ ἀπό πρὸς τὸ ἔλακεν, ἀπέλακεν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπεφθέγξατο.   —H3MBCPraPrb

TRANSLATION:   She says ‘unholy’ (‘apophonon’) in criticism of Apollo, not of Orestes. And some have interpreted ‘apophonon’ as meaning the unusual/bizarre murder. And the preposition ‘apo’ (some others have interpreted as) belonging to the verb ‘elaken’, (making the compound) ‘apelaken’, equivalent to ‘proclaimed an oracle’.

LEMMA: M, in marg. C      REF. SYMBOL: H3 (to 163 ἀπόφονον)      POSITION: cont. from prev. B, add. δὲ (after ἀπόφονον), cont. from (Pra version of) sch. 162.11 Pra, add. δὲ (after ἀπόφονον) (15v last line), cont. from prev. Prb, add. δὲ after ἄφονον (16r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ] τὸν MC   |    ἀπόφ-] ἄφονον Prb   |    ἐγκαλοῦσι C   |    2 ἔνιοι] ἕτεροι Pra   |    δὲ repeated after ἀπόφ. Pra   |    ἐδέξατο H   |    3 τὸ ἀπὸ δὲ πρὸς PraPrb   |    ἀπέλακεν om. PraPrb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,14–16; Dind. II.74,5–8

COMMENT:   The interpretation in the third sentence turns the pejorative ἀπόφονον into a second φόνον and seems designed to reduce the the criticism of Apollo, assisting the claim that the criticism contained in ἄδικος ἄδικα is diminished by the partiality of Electra’s perspective (sch. 160.11).   

COLLATION NOTES:   Daitz reported H as omitting τοῦ (3), but for the ἀντὶ τοῦ abbreviation compare the one in sch. 194.02 on the next page in H.   

KEYWORDS:  theological amelioration   


Or. 162.37 (tri exeg) ἡμέτερον: τὸ ἔλακεν οὐ παρακείμενός ἐστιν ὡς οἴονταί τινες ἀλλ’ ἀόριστος βʹ. διὸ καὶ βραχὺ ἔχει τὸ λ̅α̅. λέληκα γάρ ἐστιν ὁ παρακείμενος, ὡς καὶ Ἡσίοδος [Hes. Op. 207] ‘δαιμονίη, τί λέληκας’.  —T

TRANSLATION:   The word ‘elaken’ is not perfect tense, as some believe, but second aorist. Therefore in fact it has the syllable ‘la’ as short. For the perfect is ‘lelēka’, as Hesiod (says): ‘foolish one, what are you saying?’

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.74,17–19; de Fav. 47

COMMENT:   The view criticized is not extant in our scholia, and indeed all the glosses and paraphrases correctly use aorist forms to render ἔλακεν.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Hesiod   


Or. 163.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: κακόφονον ὡς αἴτιον ἡμῖν συμφορῶν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Apophonon’ means) ‘involving evil murder’, (evil) in that (it is) for us cause of misfortunes.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   πολλῶν add. before συμφορῶν Z, add. after συμφ. Za   |    συμφορᾶς Zl   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κακόφωνον ZZa   |   


Or. 163.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: κακόφονον φόνον τῆς ἐμῆς μητρὸς  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 163.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: τὸν κακόφονον τὸν μισητὸν φόνον  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 163.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩:  1ὡς λέγομεν γάμος ἄγαμος, ὅταν τις οὐκ ἀγάγηται γυναῖκα ξένην, ἀλλὰ συγγένειαν ἔχουσαν μετ’ αὐτοῦ, οὕτω καὶ φόνος ἀπόφονος, ἤγουν μισητός.  2οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὁ φόνος εἰς ἕτερον ἀλλότριον, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ μητέρα.  3καὶ ἄλλο δέ· ὅτι ὁ φόνος τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ κακῷ ἐγένετο αὐτῷ·  4παράφρων γὰρ ἐγένετο ὁ Ὀρέστης καὶ εἰς ψῆφον ᾖσαν θανάτου, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο ἀπόφονος, ἤγουν μισητὸς.   —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   Just as we say ‘marriage that is no true marriage’ (‘gamos agamos’) when someone marries not a woman from outside the family but one having kinship with him, in the same way too a killing is ‘apophonos’, that is, loathsome. For the murder was not directed at some other outside person, but at his mother. And another point: (it is) because the killing of his mother turned out to cause harm to him. For Orestes went mad and they (Orestes and Electra) were going to face a vote of death, and in this regard (the killing was) ‘apophonos’ or loathsome.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.74,20–27

COMMENT:   Yf2 has no iota subscript on ἦσαν (and normally omits it), so he could also have intended the imperfect of εἰμί, perhaps ‘they were liable to a vote of death’.   


Or. 163.18 (thom exeg) ⟨τρίποδι⟩:  1τὸ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος οὕτω νοητέον,  2ἢ ἐν τῷ τρίποδι τῆς Θέμιδος τουτέστι τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἐν ᾧ καθημένη ἡ Πυθία καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος κατεχομένη τὰ δίκαια πᾶσιν ἐθέσπιζεν,  3ἢ ὡς φασὶ τινὲς ὅτι ὁ τρίπους πρότερον ἦν τῆς Γῆς, εἶτα τῆς Θέμιδος.  4ἡ δὲ Θέμις θεὰ παρ’ Ἕλλησιν, ἔφορος δικαιοσύνης.  5εἶτα τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐγένετο, παρὰ Θέμιδος λαβόντος.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   The phrase ‘tripod of Themis’ is to be understood as follows: either on the tripod of Themis, that is to say, of justice, sitting on which the Pythia, possessed by Apollo, used to give just oracles to all; or, as some say, because the tripod previously belonged to Earth, and thereafter to Themis. And Themis is a goddess among the Hellenes, one watching over justice. Next (the tripod) became Apollo’s, when he received it from Themis.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ] τὸ ἐπὶ T, τῷ ZbGu   |    τῆς] καὶ ZaZbGu, om. T   |    2 τουτέστι] ἤγουν Gu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 τρίππους Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.74,28–75,5

COMMENT:   τινὲς here refers to the old scholion 164.01.   


Or. 163.19 (rec exeg) ⟨τρίποδι⟩: ἡ εὐθεῖα ὁ τρίπους.  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 164.01 (vet exeg) ⟨Θέμιδος⟩:  πρῶτον γὰρ εἶχεν ἡ Γῆ τὸν τρίποδα, εἶτα δεύτερον ἡ Θέμις, εἶτα Ἀπόλλων παρὰ Θέμιδος λαβών. —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   At first Earth had the tripod, then secondly Themis, then Apollo, having received it from Themis.

POSITION: marg. B; after sch. 160.01 C, cont. from sch. 160.01 M, cont. from sch. 162.12 BRw      

APP. CRIT.:   γὰρ] δὲ BRw   |    ἡ γῆ εἶχε transp. BRw   |    εἶτα δὲ Rw   |    δεύτερον ἡ θ.] ἡ θ. δευτέρα Rw   |    Θέμις printed by Schw. as if in M (cf. sch. 163.18), θεός all (nomen sacrum θ̅σ̅ in MB)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,18–19; Dind. II.73,10–12


Or. 165.01 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίας⟩:  1τὸ μὲν παλαιὸν βοσκός τις ἔβοσκε πρόβατα εἰς ὄρος καὶ ἀναμεταξὺ τοῦ ὄρους ἐκείνου ἦν χάος, ὃ εὑρέθη πρῶτον ἀπὸ ἑνὸς τῶν προβάτων.  2ἰδὼν δὲ τοῦτο ὁ βοσκὸς ὅτι παρὰ φύσιν λαλεῖ τὸ πρόβατον, καὶ παρακύψας καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκεῖσε ἤρξατο λαλεῖν στίχων πλοκὰς καὶ ἕτερα ἐξαίσια.  3ἰδόντες δὲ τοῦτόν τινες τῶν ἀνθρώπων στίχων πλοκὰς λέγοντα ἠρώτων αὐτὸν πῶς ἄρα τοιαῦτα λαλεῖ.  4ὁ δὲ εἶπεν ὅτι εἰς τὸ ὄρος, ἐν ᾧ ἔβοσκον τὰ πρόβατα, ἐκεῖσε μεμάθηκα ἀπὸ χάους τινός.  5ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἐγχώριοι ἔκτισαν ἐκεῖσε ναὸν τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι  6ἐν ᾧ καὶ τρίποδα χαλκοῦν ἔστησαν, διὰ τὸ χρᾶσθαι αὐτοῦ τῇ μαντείᾳ στήσαντες ἄνωθεν τοῦ χαλκοῦ γυναῖκα παρθένον, ἵνα ἀνακρούῃ αὐτὸν καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοὺς χρησμοὺς δέχωνται.  7Λοξίαν δὲ λέγουσι τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα διὰ τὸ ποιεῖσθαι ἐξεστραμμένους τοὺς χρησμούς.   —MnRaRbSSaPb

TRANSLATION:   In ancient times a herdsman was pasturing his sheep on a mountain and in the midst of that mountain there was a chasm, which was discovered first by one of the sheep. The herdsman, having noticed this fact, that contrary to nature the sheep was speaking, and having himself too bent down there (over the chasm), began to speak chains of verses and other extraordinary things. Some people noticed him speaking chains of verse and asked him how in the world he was speaking such things. He replied that on the mountain, on which I was pasturing my sheep, there I learned it from a certain chasm. Having heard this, the locals established there a shrine for Apollo in which they also set up a bronze tripod, in order to make use of his prophecy, placing an unmarried woman on top of the bronze vessel, so that she could strike it (to make it ring) and they would receive oracles from it. And they call Apollo Loxias because he makes his oracles twisted/ convoluted.

LEMMA: ἱστορία in marg. MnSaPb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION:  follows sch. 162.11 MnSSa, foll. sch. 157.05 Rb       

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὄρος om. S   |    ἀπὸ ἑνὸς] ὑπὸ ἑνὸς Schw.   |    2 λαλεῖ] λαλὼν Mn   |    second καὶ om. RaPb   |    3 στίχων] ὅτι στίχων Rb   |    λέγοντα] λέγει Rb   |    5 after δέ add. τὸν τοιοῦτον λόγον Rb   |    τοῦ ἀπόλλωνος Rb   |    6 τρίποδον Mn   |    χαλκὸν MnRaSPb   |    first αὐτοῦ] αὐτῶ MnRaSSa   |    ἀνακρούῃ] ἀκούη Ra   |    αὐτὸν] αὐτὸ Rb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 παρὰ φύσιν] παραφάτη Mn   |    στίχων] στίστων Ra   |    3 ἰδώντες a.c. Mn   |    5 ἐγχόριοι S   |    ἔκτησαν Mn   |    6 χράσθαι Ra   |    ἀνακρούει Mn   |    χρυσμοὺς Mn   |    7 ἐξεστρεμμένους Sa, ἐξεστραμένους Pb   |    χρυσμοὺς Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.114,20–115,7; Dind. II.75,16–28

COMMENT:   I have not found elsewhere an aetiological story with these details.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 165.02 (thom exeg) ⟨Λοξίας⟩:  1Λοξίας ὁ Ἀπόλλων καλεῖται ὅτι λοξὰ καὶ διπλῶς νοούμενα ἐμαντεύετο.  2καὶ γὰρ τῷ Κροίσῳ, ὅτε στρατεύσειν κατὰ Κύρου ἔμελλεν, ἐρωτήσαντι εἰ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ περιέσται, εἶπε·  3[53 Parke–Wormell, Q100 Fontenrose] Κροῖσος βασιλεὺς Ἅλυν ποταμὸν διαβὰς μεγάλην ἀρχὴν καταλύσει.  4τοῦτο δὲ ἦν παντάπασιν ἄγνωστον, εἴτε τὴν οἰκείαν εἴτε τὴν τοῦ Κύρου.  5ὅθεν ἀπατηθεὶς ὁ Κροῖσος καὶ μεγάλην ἀρχὴν τὴν τοῦ ἀντιδίκου ὑπολαβὼν, ἐλθὼν καταλέλυκε τὴν οἰκείαν τοσοῦτον ὡς καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ ἑαλωκὼς εἰς πῦρ ἐμβεβλῆσθαι,  6ὃν εἰ μὴ Ζεὺς οἰκτείρας ἀφῆκεν ὕδωρ ἐπὶ τὴν φλόγα, τάχ’ ἂν ἀπωλώλει, ἔργον πυρὸς γενόμενος.  7ἦν δὲ ὁ Κροῖσος Λυδῶν βασιλεύς.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Apollo is called Loxias because he gave oracles that were ambiguously oblique and had a double meaning. For when Croesus was intending to campaign against Cyrus and asked if he would get the better of his enemy, he said: King Croesus will undo a great empire if he crosses the Halys river. But this detail was entirely unknown, whether (the empire was) his own or that of Cyrus. Deceived because of this and having assumed the great empire was that of his rival, Croesus proceeded and destroyed his own to such a degree that he was even taken captive by his enemy and cast into fire. And if Zeus had not felt pity for him and sent water against the flame, he would quickly have perished, a victim of the fire. Creosus was king of the Lydians.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   2 στρατεύειν Za   |    κατὰ τοῦ κύρου Zl   |    εἰ om. Zm   |    3 βασιλεὺς om. T, βασιλέων (or ‑έως?) app. Zl   |    ποταμὸν om. T   |    4 δὲ ἦν] εἶπε Gu   |    5 first τὴν om. Zb   |    ἀντιδίκου] ἀδίκου ZmGu   |    κατέλυμε Zb, κατέλυσε Zl   |    ὑπὸ] ἀπὸ Zl   |    ἑαλωκέναι καὶ εἰς T   |    6 ὁ ζεὺς Gu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἶπεν Ta (not T)   |    3 ἄλυν ZZaZb, ἄλην Zl   |    ποτμὸν Zb   |    6 ἀπολώλει ZbT(ἀπωλ‑ Ta), app. Zl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.75,6–15

COMMENT:   Triclinius’ omissions in sentence 3 restore the dactylic hexameter frequently cited from Aristotle to Byzantine authors. For the expanded unmetrical version cf. Theodorus Scutariota, Chron. (CFHB Berl. 46) I.60,28 and Georg. Cedrenus, Compend. hist. (CSHB) I.241,5–6; there are also several late citations with only ποταμὸν added, e.g. Euseb. praep. evang. 5.20.10.   


Or. 165.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Λοξίας⟩: Λοξίας διὰ τὸ ἐκφωνεῖν λοξὰς τὰς μαντείας καὶ ἀμφοτέρωθεν δηλοῦν ἀμφοτεριζούσας  —G

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 165.05 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίας⟩: ὁ Λοξίας λέγεται διὰ τὸ τὰ ἄδικα κρίνειν.  —Ab

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   κρίνειν uncertain (damage)   |   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 165.11 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 47


Or. 166.01 (166–173) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: ὁρᾷς:  0σύστημα κατὰ περικοπὴν ἀνομοιομερὲς μὲν πρὸς τὰς στροφάς, ὁμοιομερὲς δὲ τῷ μετὰ τὴν ἑξῆς κειμένην στροφὴν συστήματι, οὗ ἡ ἀρχὴ ‘θρόει τίς κακῶν’. ἔστι δὲ κώλων ηʹ.  1τὸ αʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐξ ἀντισπάστου ἐπιτρίτου βʹ καὶ ἰάμβου.  2τὸ βʹ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερές.  3τὸ γʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν Φερεκράτειον ἐξ ἀντισπάστου καὶ κρητικοῦ. ἐνταῦθα δὲ τὸν κρητικὸν ἔχει τετρασύλλαβον.  4τὸ δʹ ἰαμβικὸν ὅμοιον τῷ βʹ.  5τὸ εʹ τροχαϊκὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον.  6τὸ ϛʹ ὅμοιον ἐκ χορείων τῶν αʹ ποδῶν.  7τὸ ζʹ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ κρητικοῦ.  8τὸ ηʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἰθυφαλλικόν. εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἀντισπαστικὸν ἡμιόλιον. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος.  —T

1166=187 ⏑‒ ‒⏑,‒⏑‒ ‒,⏑‒
ὁρᾶις; ἐν πέπλοισι κινεῖ δέμας.
θρόει τίς κακῶν τελευτὰ μένει.
  2167=188 ⏑‒⏑‒,⏑‒⏑
σὺ γάρ νιν, ὦ τάλαινα,
θανεῖν, τί δ’ ἄλλο γ’; οὐδὲ
  3168=189 ⏑‒ ‒⏑,⏕⏑‒
θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες ὕπνου. [koine short mark over ω]
γὰρ ἴσχει πόθον βορᾶς.
  4169=190 ⏒‒⏑‒,⏑‒⏑
εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα.
πρόδηλος ἄρ’ ὁ πότμος. [koine long mark over πότμ]
  5170=191 ‒⏑‒ ‒,‒⏑‒ ‒
οὐκ ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἀπ’ οἴκων
ἐξέθυσεν Φοῖβος ἡμᾶς
  6171=192 ⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑⏑,‒ ⏓ ‒ ‒
πάλιν ἀνὰ πόδα σόν γ’ ἑλίξεις
μέλεον ἀπόφονον δοὺς αἶμα
  7172=193 ⏑⏑⏑‒,‒⏑‒
μεθεμένα τοῦ κτύπου;
πατροφόνου ματέρος.
  8173=194 ⏑‒ ‒ ⏑‒ ‒ / ⏑‒ ‒⏑,‒ ‒
ὑπνώσσει. λέγεις εὖ.
δίκα μέν. καλῶς δ’ οὔ.
 

TRANSLATION:   A metrical system divided into sections, consisting of unlike parts with respect to the strophes (scil. the preceding and following strophes, 140–152 = 153–165 and 174–186 = 195–207), but with the same parts as the system [187–194] that comes after the strophe positioned next [174–186], the opening of which is [187] ‘Speak what (end) of evils’. It is of eight cola. The first is a brachycatalectic antispastic trimeter composed of an antispast, a second epitrite, and iamb. The second is an iambic hepthemimeres. The third is a Pherecratean catalectic antispastic dimeter composed of an antispast and a cretic. Here (scil. as opposed to in the corresponding stanza) it has its cretic of four syllables (scil. from resolution of one long). The fourth is an iambic similar to the second (scil. hepthemimeres). The fifth is an acatalectic trochaic dimeter. The sixth is similar (scil. a trochaic dimeter) with the first feet consisting of chorei. The seventh is an acatalectic paeonic dimeter composed of a fourth paeon and a cretic. The eighth is a trochaic ithyphallic; or if you prefer, a one-and-a-half-measure antispast. At the end a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 ἆρ’ a.c. T   |   8 ‑φαλικὸν T   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.11,8–18; de Fav. 47

COMMENT:   In colon 4 Triclinius treats ἄρ’ as having a long alpha despite the accent, which he changed from circumflex (as he himself initially wrote here) to acute to make clear that the particle is inferential in sense here; he explains this in his sch. 189.09 below.   |   The description of colon 8 as ‘trochaic ithyphallic’ fits with Triclinius’ capacious use of this term. It mostly applies to the expected ‒ ⏑ ‒ × ‒ ‒. But other shapes also get this designation (Sophoclean examples checked in Tessier’s edition): Hec. 706, Soph. Aj. 409 = 427 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ (choreus in second foot); Hec. 944 ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ‒; Or. 834 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ (the third foot anapaest); Or. 1466, Phoen. 655, 1039 ‒ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑; Or. 1488, Phoen. 1513 ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ (second and third feet chorei); Phoen. 320 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒; Phoen. 1288 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ (three chorei); Phoen. 1732 ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ (first and second feet chorei); Phoen. 1746 ⏑ ⏑ ‒ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ‒ (first foot anapaest); Phoen. 657 = 675 ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ ⏑ ‒ (this last seems to be an unconscious error on his part for lecythion).   |   In his scholia on the Euripidean triad Triclinius writes ἰθυφαλικόν rather than ‑φαλλικόν very frequently, but not everywhere.   


Or. 166.02 (tri metr) σύστημα κώλων ηʹ  —T

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 47


Or. 166.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέπλοισι⟩: πέπλους λέγει τὰ ῥοῦχα, ἃ ἔκειτο τὰ στρώματα καὶ τὰ ἕτερα.  —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   By ‘robes’ (‘peplois’) she (or he, the poet) means the garments, which were laid down as the bedding and the rest.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   For the medieval vernacular word (to which I was guided by Ilias Nesseris) see Kriaras s.v. ροῦχον; LBG s.v. ῥοῦχον. The chi written by Yf2 here is abnormal in form, but it must be a chi.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 166.08 (rec exeg) ⟨κινεῖτο⟩: τὸ παθητικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐνεργητικοῦ.  —S

TRANSLATION:   The passive verb form is used in the sense of the active.

LEMMA: κινεῖτο in text S       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 166.09 (rec exeg) ⟨κινεῖται⟩: γρ. κινεῖ  —RSSa

LEMMA: κινεῖται in text RSa, κινεῖτο S       POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 166.10 (rec exeg) ⟨κινεῖ⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι κινεῖται.  —AbMn

POSITION: s.l. Mn, marg. Ab      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 166.12 (rec exeg) ⟨κινεῖ⟩: Ὀρέστης, ἐπὶ τρίτου προσώπου  —K

POSITION: bottom marg. (166 + 167 are last lines of 61r)      


Or. 166.13 (tri metr) ⟨κινεῖ⟩: long mark over iota  —T


Or. 166.16 (pllgn gram) ἀντιστροφὴ  —V3

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Perhaps the designation antistrophe indicates that the sense intended is equivalent to τὰ πέπλα κινεῖ τῷ σώματι.   

KEYWORDS:  antistrophe (of construction)   


Or. 166.17 (rec paraphr) [undeciphered words + πέ]πλοις  —R

POSITION: marg. (running from level of 166 to that of 168)      


Or. 167.01 (167–168) (vet exeg) ⟨σὺ γάρ νιν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ‘σὺ γάρ νιν’ ἕως τοῦ ‘θωΰξασα’ τὸ κῶλον.  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   The colon runs from ‘because you him …’ up to ‘having cried out loudly’.

POSITION: marg. MB, intermarg. C      

APP. CRIT.:   second τοῦ] τὸ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,17; Dind. II.76,12–13

COMMENT:   This note could be offering advice about where to pause in reading the sentence or reminding the reader to take θωΰξασα with σὺ despite the intervening ὦ τάλαινα, which, later at least, some took as parenthetic self-address (sch. 167.10–12). Alternatively, it could be a very rare comment on the division of lyric cola. If the latter, this division produces a colon of two iambs and spondee or molossus, followed by a dochmiac ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου. In all three mss carrying this note, however, the division in the text is / σὺ … ἔβαλες / ἐξ ὕπνου /.   |   


Or. 167.02 (167–168) (pllgn paraphr) ἤγουν ἐξύπνισας αὐτὸν εἰποῦσα τὸ [161] ‘ὦ τάλας’.  —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   That is, you woke him from sleep when you said ‘o wretched man’.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 167.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σὺ γάρ νιν⟩: ναὶ κινεῖ τὸ δέμας.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 167.05 (tri exeg) ⟨σὺ γάρ⟩: τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ θωΰξασα  —T

TRANSLATION:   This phrase (‘because you’) is connected to (the participle) ‘having cried out loudly’.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The comment is motivated by the fact that Triclinius accepts that ὦ τάλαινα is a parenthetic self-address (cf. 167.11).   


Or. 167.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλαινα⟩: πρὸς τὸν χορὸν ταῦτα λέγει.  —AbMnSSa

TRANSLATION:   She addresses this to the chorus.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λέγει ταῦτα transp. Ab   

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 167.11 (tri exeg) ⟨τάλαινα⟩: ὑπάρχω ἐγὼ, διὰ μέσου  —TZcr

TRANSLATION:  (With ‘unhappy woman’ supply) ‘I am’, (taking it) parenthetically.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   διὰ μέσου om. Zc   

COMMENT:   There is a period between 167.09 and this gloss, but the cross before 167.09 might be intended to cover this remark as well.   

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   |   διὰ μέσου   


Or. 168.01 (mosch paraphr) ἀγρίως βοήσασα ἐξέβαλες τοῦ ὕπνου.  —X

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 168.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες⟩: φωνήσασα ἐξέβαλες —AbMnPrRSSa

REF. SYMBOL: AbR       POSITION: marg. AbR, s.l. MnPrSSa      


Or. 168.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨θωΰξασ’ ἔβαλες⟩: βοήσασα ἐξήγειρας  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 168.04 (vet exeg) θωΰξασ’:  1ἀγρίως βοήσασα.  2τὸ γὰρ [161] ‘ὦ τάλας’ γεγωνότερον εἶπεν ὁ χορός.   —MBVCPrRbRw

TRANSLATION:   Having cried out wildly. For the chorus spoke the exclamation ‘o wretched man’ more loudly.

LEMMA: θωΰξασα BVPrRbRw, θωΰξας ἔβαλες MC      REF. SYMBOL: BV      

APP. CRIT.:   2 τὸν γὰρ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,8–9; Dind. II.76,13


Or. 168.05 (vet exeg) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩:  1θηριώδει βοῇ χρησαμένη.  2καὶ ἴσως εἴρηται παρὰ τοὺς θῶας.  3τινὲς δέ φασιν ὅτι φωνῇ ἐχρήσατο θρηνώδει ὁ χορὸς γραφῆναι μὴ δυναμένῃ, ἰυγμῷ ἢ καὶ ἰυγμοῦ τραχυτέρᾳ,  4ὅπερ εἰώθασι ποιεῖν αἱ γυναῖκες ἐπὶ τοῖς ὑπερβάλλουσι κακοῖς.  5ἃ γὰρ μὴ δύναται γράφεσθαι, ταῦτα δι’ ἑτέρων προσώπων δηλοῦται,  6οἷόν τι καὶ παρὰ τῷ κωμικῷ οἰκέτου στενάξαντος ἕτερός φησιν [Com. adespota 743a Kock = Arist. fr. dub. 967 K–A]· ‘ἀκούεις, ὡς στένει’.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Having used a wild (animal-like) cry. And perhaps the word (‘thōussein’) has been formed by derivation from the word ‘jackals’ (‘thōes’). And some say that the chorus used a mournful sound that cannot be written, a cry of grief or a sound even harsher than that, which is just what women tend to do in extreme distress. Whatever (sounds on stage) cannot be written, these are made clear through (the statements of) other characters. For example, also in the comic poet when a slave uttered a groan, another says ‘do you hear how he groans?’

POSITION: cont. from all, prep. θωΰξασα δὲ M(θωύξας)BCRw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 φωνῆ, with βοῆ s.l. Rw   |    χρησάμενος Pr   |    2 παρὰ τοὺς θῶας Dind., παρὰ θῶας Rw, π. τ. θόας BCPr, app. M; perhaps read παρὰ τὸ θῶες (see comment)   |    3 θρηνώδει] θηριώδει C   |    ἢ om. Rw   |    ἰυγμοῦ] ὑγμοῦ M, ἰυγμῷ C   |    τραχυτέρω C, ταχύτεροι app. Pr   |    5 ὃ γὰρ Pr   |    δύνανται CRw   |    γραφῆναι Pr   |    δηλοῦνται C, δηλοῦσι Pr, om. Rw   |    6 τι] ὅτι Pr   |    τῶν κωμικῶν PrRw   |    ἕτερος om. MC   |    ἀκούεις φησιν transp. MC   |    ᾧ στένει C, ὡς στενάζει Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,10–15; Dind. II.76,3–9

COMMENT:   Cf. Et. Magn. 461,3–4 θωΰσσειν: τὸ θηριώδει φωνῇ χρῆσθαι· ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ θῶες· ἢ θρηνώδη, which suggests this note may once have had παρὰ τὸ θῶες.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   citation of literature other than Homer   |   Com. adespota   |   Aristophanes   


Or. 168.06 (vet exeg) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: ἀγρίως βοήσασα· ἀπὸ τοῦ ζωοῦ.  —H

TRANSLATION:   Having cried out wildly. (The verb is derived) from the animal (i.e., the word for ‘jackal’).

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 168.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: θηριώδει φωνῇ καὶ ἀσήμῳ χρησαμένη καὶ ἀγρίως βοήσασα —OVRb

POSITION: marg. O, cont. from sch. 168.04 VRb      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἀσήμῳ om. O   |    καὶ ἀγρ. βοήσασα] ἐξ ὕπνου Rb, om. V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115, 9 app.


Or. 168.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: καὶ βοήσασα δίκην θωὸς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 168.17 (tri metr) ⟨θωΰξασ’⟩: koine short over omega, long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 47–48


Or. 168.18 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου⟩:  1ἡ ἐξ πρόθεσις πρὸς τὸ ἔβαλες,  2ἐξέβαλες δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξήγειρας.   —MCRb, partial B

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘out of’ (‘ex’) is to be attached to ‘you cast’ (‘ebales’), and (the compound) ‘you cast out of’ (‘exebales’) is equivalent to ‘you stirred up out of (rest)’ (‘exēgeiras’).

POSITION: intermarg. MC, marg. B; cont. from sch. 168.07 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἡ ἐξ … ἔβαλες om. B   |    πρόθεσις om. Rb   |    2 ἐξέβαλες δὲ om. Rb   |    δὲ om. B   |    τοῦ om. M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἔβαλλες Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,18–19; Dind. II.76,14–15


Or. 168.19 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου⟩: ἡ ἐξ πρὸς τὸ ἔβαλες, οἷον ἐξέβαλες ἐχώρισας τοῦ ὕπνου. —V

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘out of’ (‘ex’) is to be attached to ‘you cast’ (‘ebales’), as if to say ‘you cast out of, separated from, sleep’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 168.20 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἔβαλες ἐξ ὕπνου⟩: ἐξέβαλες τοῦ ὕπνου  —XaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐξέβαλε Zc   


Or. 168.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔβαλες ὕπνου⟩: ἐξυπνεῖν ἐποίησας Ὀ[ρέστην]. —F

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   last word lost to trimmed margin   


Or. 168.23 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔβαλες⟩: ἐδίωξας ἤγουν ἀνέστησας αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 168.25 (tri metr) ⟨(ἔβ)αλες⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς συλλαβῆς  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 48


Or. 169.01 (vet exeg) εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ δοκῶ.  2καθησυχάζουσα δὲ τὴν Ἠλέκτραν φησὶν ὅτι καθεύδειν αὐτὸν νομίζω.  3διὸ ἐπιφέρει τὸ [173] ὑπνώσσει, ὁριστικὸν λέγων, ὡς ἀμφίβολον εἰποῦσα οὐκ ἔπεισεν.   —BC

TRANSLATION:   (Aorist ‘I thought’) used for (present) ‘I think’. Trying to calm Electra, she (the chorus) says that ‘I believe he is sleeping’. For this reason (i.e., the use of ‘think’) she adds later ‘he is asleep’, speaking in an indicative/definite form, since when she spoke with ambiguous caution she did not persuade (Electra).

LEMMA: C       POSITION: marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   2 κατηχυσάζουσα C, καθηχυσάσουσα Arsenius   |    ὁριστικὸν ὑπνώσσει transp. C, but corr. with superscript numbers   |    3 λέγων Mastr., λέγειν C, λέγει νῦν B (punct. after ὑπνώσσει and νῦν; no punct. C)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,22–24; Dind. II.76,16–18

COMMENT:   Compare 169.03. B’s νῦν appears to be secondary, and its reference is clumsy in a note on 169, although it would work in a separate note on 173.   


Or. 169.02 (rec paraphr) εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα: ἐνόμισα αὐτὸν ἐν βάθει κοιμᾶσθαι.  —V

TRANSLATION:   I thought he was resting in the depths (of sleep).

LEMMA: V       REF. SYMBOL: V      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,20–21; Dind. II.76,20


Or. 169.03 (rec exeg) ἄλλως:  1τὸ ἔδοξα ἀντὶ τοῦ δοκῶ.  2ἐξ οὗ ἐπάγει τὸ [173] ὑπνώσσει ὁριστικόν, ἐπεὶ πρώην ἀμφίβολον εἶπε καὶ οὐκ ἔπεισε.   —V

TRANSLATION:   The (aorist) form ‘I thought’ is used for (present) ‘I think’. Because of this (use of ‘think’), she (the chorus) adds later ‘he is asleep’ as a definite statement (or in the indicative) since she spoke earlier with ambiguous caution and did not persuade (Electra).

LEMMA: V      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,22–24 app.; Dind. II.76,21–22


Or. 169.04 (thom exeg) ⟨εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα⟩: ἐθώϋξα μὲν  —ZZaZbZm

TRANSLATION:   (To understand ‘however, I thought he was sleeping’ supply before it) ‘admittedly, I did cry out’.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This explanation without ναί shares the trait also seen in many annotations beginning with or consisting wholly of ναί: it clarifies the sense by making explicit the presupposition behind the statement at issue (here the adversative or corrective force of μέν οὖν). Compare the next as well as 168.11.   


Or. 169.05 (tri paraphr) ⟨εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα⟩: ἐθώυξα μὲν, ἔδοξα δὲ κοιμᾶσθαι αὐτὸν.  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 169.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εὕδειν μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα⟩: κοιμᾶσθαι αὐτὸν ἐνόμισα.  —Zb

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev.      


Or. 169.13 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔδοξα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δοκῶ —HV3

TRANSLATION:   (The aorist verb ‘edoxa’, ‘I believed’ is used) in the sense of (the present tense) ‘dokō’ (‘I believe’).

POSITION: marg. H, s.l. V      


Or. 170.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀφ’ ἡμῶν⟩: μακρὰν ἀφ’ ἡμῶν ἀπέρχεσθε  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 170.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπ’ οἴκων⟩: μακρὰν τῶν ἐμῶν οἴκων  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 171.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ πόδα σὸν⟩: ἤτοι οὐχὶ στρέψεις εἰς τοὐπίσω τὸν σὸν πόδα ἀφ’ ἡμῶν καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἡμετέρων οἴκων, ἀφεῖσα καὶ ἀμελοῦσα τοῦ κτύπου τοῦ ποιουμένου μετὰ σῶν ποδῶν [+ 2 short illegible words].  —Ra

REF. SYMBOL: Ra (to εἱλίξεις)      


Or. 171.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀνὰ πόδα σὸν εἱλίξεις⟩: ἀναστρέψεις τὸν σὸν πόδα, ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ πάλιν καὶ τὸ ἀνά.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   Will you turn back your step, with ‘ana’ and ‘palin’ used in parallel (to express the same idea).

POSITION: s.l. except X; as two sep. sch. in XoTG      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν om. Y   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.76,27–28

KEYWORDS:  ἐκ παραλλήλου   


Or. 171.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ πόδα σὸν ἑλίξεις⟩: ἀνελίξεις καὶ εἰς τοὐπίσω στρέψεις  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 171.06 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνὰ⟩: σύναπτε τὸ ἀνὰ πρὸς τὸ ἑλίξεις —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   Join ‘ana’ to ‘helixeis’ (to form the compound verb).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰρίξεις Zb, εἱλίξεις Zl (as in text Zl)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.76,26–27


Or. 171.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἑλίξεις⟩: ἤγουν οὐκ ἀπέλθῃς αὖθις εἰς τὸν οἶκον.  —Z

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   last two words faint and uncertain   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Z.   |   


Or. 172.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μεθεμένα κτύπου⟩: παύου τῆς ταραχῆς.  —G

POSITION: s.l., cont. from 172.09 ἀποστᾶσα      


Or. 172.13 (rec gram) ⟨κτύπον⟩: μεθίεμαι προίεμαι αἰτιατικῇ.  —K

LEMMA: κτύπον in text K       POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   The doctrine here, as far as μεθίημι/μεθίεμαι is concerned, is the opposite of the usual: Suda μ 789 μετίημι αιτιατικῇ; and several sch. rec. on Arist. Plut. 42 and 75 have τὸ μεθίημι ἐνεργητικῶς πρὸς αἰτακὴν συντάσσεται … παθητικῶς δὲ πρὸς γενικήν or the like. For προίεμαι, however, Suda π 2395 (and some derivative lexicons) give προέσθαι προτιμήσασθαι αιτιατικῇ.   


Or. 172.14 (rec exeg) ⟨κτύπου⟩: κτύπον  —AbMnSSa

LEMMA: κτύπον in text p.c. S       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ τὸν prep. S   


Or. 172.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κτύπου⟩: τοῦ κτύπου οὗ ποιεῖτε  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.77,2


Or. 173.01 (vet exeg) ὑπνώσσει:  1μὴ ταράσσου, φησὶν ὁ χορὸς, κοιμᾶται γάρ.  2τὰ γὰρ δύο σ̅σ̅ ἐνεστῶτος ποιοῦσι τὸ ῥῆμα.   —H3MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   Do not be distraught, says the chorus, for he is sleeping. For the double sigma makes the verb present tense (scil. as opposed to a future, with one sigma, from transitive ‘hupnoō’).

LEMMA: MC       REF. SYMBOL: H3       POSITION: marg. B; between (out-of-order) sch. 147.05 and sch. 162.11 Pr (16r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ταράσσαι H3   |    2 γὰρ] δὲ Pr   |    δύο om. C   |    ἐνεστῶτος Schw., ἐνε() H, ἐνεστωτ() B, ἐνεστῶτα M(‑ώτα)CPr   |    ποιοῦσι τὸ ῥῆμα] ῥῆμα ποιοῦσι τὸ ὑπνώσσω B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.115,26–27; Dind. II.76,19–20


Or. 173.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπνώσσει⟩: μὴ ἔχε ταραχὴν καὶ θόρυβον ἐπεὶ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 173.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπνώσσει⟩: μέλλων  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μέλλει Aa2   


Or. 173.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ὑπνώσσει⟩: [ ca. 15 ](?)μακρὰ(?) κυρίως τοῦ μέλλοντος / [? ca. 10 ].  —K

POSITION: in lower marg.      

COMMENT:   The lower left corner of the page has water damage. The three words that seem most secure suggest this note was related to 173.01 and 173.03.   


Or. 173.10 (rec gram) ⟨ὑπνώσσει⟩: [τὸ σ]ωφρονεῖν πρὸς τὸ μαίνεσθαι· τὸ νήφειν πρὸς τὸ μεθύειν· καὶ τὸ γρηγορεῖν πρὸς τὸ ὑπνώττειν.  —K

TRANSLATION:   To be sound-minded is the opposite of to be insane. To be sober is the opposite of to be drunk. And to be awake is the opposite of to be asleep.

POSITION: in lower marg.      

COMMENT:   The only example in TLG of γρηγορεῖν and ὑπνώτττειν used as opposites is in Manuel Holobolus (13–14th cent.).   |   There is another partial line, damaged, below this. It seems to end in ]αριστῶ, perhaps ]χαριστῶ (εὐ]χαριστῶ?). Since this is not an infinitive (and there is no obvious antonym of εὑχαριστῶ), this is probably a separate note (or scribal prayer?) and not a continuation of the list of antonyms.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original K 61v lower margin.   |   


Or. 173.11 (vet exeg) λέγεις εὖ:  1ἀληθῶς καὶ καλῶς λέγεις.  2ταῦτα δέ φησι σκοπήσασα αὐτὸν κοιμώμενον.   —MBOCPr

TRANSLATION:   You speak truly and well. And she says this having seen that he is sleeping.

LEMMA: MCPr       POSITION: marg. B, s.l. O      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ καλῶς λέγεις om. O   |    2 δέ om. O   |    αὐτὸν κοιμώμενον] Schw. (from next), ἀποκοιμώμενον O, ἀπὸ τοῦ κοιμωμένου MBCPr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,1–2; Dind. II.77,3–4


Or. 173.12 (rec exeg) λέγεις εὖ:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀληθῶς λέγεις.  2ὡς καὶ αὐτὴ θεωρήσασα αὐτὸν κοιμώμενόν φησιν.   —VMnRbSSa, partial V1

TRANSLATION:   Meaning you speak truly. She says (this) since she has herself too observed him sleeping.

LEMMA:  lemma VRb       REF. SYMBOL: VRb       POSITION: s.l. except VR      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ὡς καὶ κτλ om. V1   |    ὡς om. S   |    αὐτὸν θεωρ. transp. Mn   |    αὐτὸν κοιμ. om. S   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,3–4; Dind. II.77,4–5


Or. 173.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λέγεις εὖ⟩: ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν ‘εὖ λέγεις’ προσήγγισε καὶ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα τῷ Ὀρέστῃ καὶ οὕτως λέγει τὸ εὖ. —F

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   


Or. 173.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λέγεις εὖ⟩: ἐὰν τοῦτο γένηται  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 173.19 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 48


Or. 174.01 (174–186) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: πότνια πότνια:  0ἡ βʹ αὕτη στροφὴ κώλων ἐστὶ ιγʹ.  1τὸ αʹ τροχαϊκὸν πενθημιμερὲς ἐκ δύο χορείων. εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἰαμβικόν.  2‑3τὸ βʹ καὶ γʹ παιωνικὰ ἡμιόλια ἐκ παίωνων δʹ καὶ ἰάμβων.  4τὸ δʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ χορείων. εἰ δὲ βούλει, ὅμοιον τῷ αʹ καὶ τῆς ἐκεῖ μακρᾶς διαλελυμένης ἐν τούτῳ.  5τὸ εʹ ὅμοιον τῷ βʹ.  6τὸ ϛʹ παιωνικὸν τρίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ παιώνων πρώτων βʹ, τοῦ πρώτου πενταβράχεος, καὶ δύο συλλαβῶν ἀδιαφόρων.  7‑8τὸ ζʹ καὶ τὸ ηʹ ὅμοια τῷ βʹ.  9τὸ θʹ παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος βʹ καὶ πρώτου.  10τὸ ιʹ ἀναπαιστικὸν δίμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἐκ βʹ ἀναπαίστων καὶ ἰάμβου. εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἰωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος γʹ καὶ διιάμβου.  11τὸ ιαʹ δακτυλικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς.  12τὸ ιβʹ τροχαϊκὸν ἢ ἰαμβικὸν ἑφθημιμερὲς ἐκ τριῶν χορείων καὶ συλλαβῆς.  13τὸ ιγʹ ἰωνικὸν ἀπὸ μείζονος τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παίωνος αʹ ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ, διτροχαίου καὶ ἐπιτρίτου γʹ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον, ἢ ἰωνικοῦ. ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος καὶ διπλαῖ ἔσω καὶ ἔξω νενευκυῖαι, ἡ μὲν ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ κώλου, ἡ δὲ κατὰ τὸ τέλος, δηλοῦσαι ἔχειν ἀνταπόδοσιν.  —T

1174=195 ⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑⏑,‒ / ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,‒
πότνια πότνια Νύξ, [koine short symbol twice]
ἔκανες ἔθανες, ὦ
  2175=196 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
ὑπνοδότειρα τῶν
τεκομένα με μᾶ
  3176=197 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
πολυπόνων βροτῶν
τερ, ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας
  4177=198 ⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑⏑,⏑⏑ / ⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑⏑,⏑͡⏑
Ἐρεβόθεν ἴθι, μόλε
πατέρα τέκνα τε τάδε
  5178=199 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
μόλε κατάπτερος
σέθεν ἀφ’ αἵματος·
  6179=200 ⏑͡⏑⏑⏑⏑,⏔⏑⏑⏑,⏑⏑
τὸν Ἀγαμεμνόνειον ἐπὶ δόμον.
ὀλόμεθ’ ἰσονέκυες ὀλόμεθα. (200)
  7180=201 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
ὑπὸ γὰρ ἀλγέων
σύ τε γὰρ ἐν νεκροῖς
  8181=202 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
ὑπό τε συμφορᾶς
τό τ’ ἐμὸν οἴχεται
  9182=203 ⏑‒⏑⏑,‒⏑⏑⏑
διοιχόμεθ’ οἰχόμεθα
βίου τὸ πλέον μέρος ἐν
  10183=204 ⏑⏑‒⏑⏑‒,⏑‒ / ⏑⏑‒⏑,⏑‒⏑‒
κτύπον ἀγάγετ’· οὔμενουν
στοναχαῖσί τε καὶ γόοις
  11184=205 ‒⏑⏑‒⏑⏑‒⏑⏑‒
σῖγα φυλασσομένα στόματος
δάκρυσί τ’ ἐννυχίοις ἄγαμος
  12185=206 ⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑⏑,⏑͡⏑⏑⏑ / ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑⏑͡⏑⏑
ἀνὰ κέλαδον ἄπο λέχεος
ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος ἅτε βίοτον
  13186=207 ‒⏑⏑⏑,‒⏑‒⏑,‒ ‒⏑‒
ἥσυχον ὕπνου χαρὰν παρέξεις, φίλα;
ἁ μέλεος ἐς τὸν αἰὲν ἕλκω χρόνον.
 

TRANSLATION:   This second strophe consists of thirteen cola. The first is a trochaic penthemimer consisting of two chorei; or if you prefer, iambic. The second and third cola are paeonic of one and a half measures, consisting of fourth paeons and iambs (scil. one paeon, one iamb in each). The fourth colon is a brachycatalectic iambic dimeter consisting of chorei; or if you prefer, like the first colon, with the long syllable found there resolved in this one. The fifth is similar to the second. The sixth is a brachycatalectic paeonic dimeter composed of two first paeons, the first being of five syllables, and two indifferent syllables. The seventh and eighth are like the second. The ninth is an acatalectic paeonic dimeter composed of a second paeon and a first paeon. The tenth is a brachycatalectic antispastic dimeter consisting of two anapaests and an iamb; or if you prefer, an acatalectic ionic dimeter composed of a third paeon and a double iamb. The eleventh is a dactylic hephthemimer (scil. three and a half dactyls). The twelfth is a trochaic or iambic hepthemimer composed of three chorei and a syllable. The thirteenth is an acatalectic ionic a maiore trimeter composed of a first paeon in place of an ionic, a double trochee, and a third epitrite because of the (final) indifferent (syllable), or an ionic. At the end a paragraphos and diple-marks pointing inwards and outwards, one at the beginning of the colon, the other at the end, the marks indicating that (the strophe) has corresponsion.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.11,19–12,4; de Fav. 48

COMMENT:   The description of colon 6 (179=200) requires that the third syllable of Ἀγαμεμνόνειον be treated as short, although Triclinius does not apply his koine short symbol here. Matthiae proposed and Dindorf accepted τοῦ βʹ πεντασυλλάβου, Dindorf arguing that the five-short sequence was ‑νόνιον ἐπὶ, but Triclinius wrote ‑νόνειον ἐπὶ, which indeed gives an ordinary first paeon ‑νειον ἐπὶ in 179 before the two extra syllables. It is unusual, however, that he does not here note the difference in the corresponding line 200, where the second first paeon is also of five syllables.   


Or. 174.02 (174–186) (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα κώλων ιγʹ  —T

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 48


Or. 174.03 (vet exeg) πότνια πότνια νύξ: ἐπικαλεῖται τὴν Νύκτα πρὸς τὸ κοιμίσαι τὸν Ὀρέστην.  —HMBVCMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   She invokes Night to ask her to put Orestes to sleep.

LEMMA: V, πότνια MnRbS       REF. SYMBOL: VRb       POSITION: intermarg. HMC, s.l. B      

APP. CRIT.:   πρὸς τὸ] εἰς τὸ MnSSaSSa, εἰς πρὸς τὸ Rb   |    κοιμῆσαι CRb, προκοιμῆσαι SSa, προσκοιμήσαι Mn, κοιμηθῆναι M   

APP. CRIT. 2:   κοιμῖσαι H, corr. H3   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,5; Dind. II.77,11–12


Or. 174.04 (vet exeg) πότνια πότνια νὺξ ὑπνοδότειρα:  1ὁ κατὰ φύσιν ὕπνος ἐξ ὑγρότητος γίνεται·  2ὑγρὰ δὲ ἡ νὺξ ἀφισταμένου τοῦ ἡλίου τοῦ ξηραίνοντος καὶ θερμαίνοντος τὸν ἀέρα.  3ὁ τοίνυν Ὀρέστης ἐξηραμμένος ὑπὸ νόσου τε καὶ ἀσιτίας, ὑγρανθεὶς τῷ νυκτερινῷ καταστήματι μᾶλλον κοιμηθήσεται, ἄλλως τε καὶ τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἠρεμουσῶν ἐν σκότῳ.  4ἕπεται ὕπνος ἡσυχίᾳ αἰσθήσεων καὶ κινήσεων.   —MBVCMnPrRb1Rb2SSa, partial HH3Rw

TRANSLATION:   Sleep that occurs naturally comes from moisture. Night is moist because of the departure of the sun that dries and warms the air. Thus, Orestes, dried out by sickness and lack of food, once moistened by the nighttime weather, will more likely fall asleep, especially because the senses are at rest in the darkness. Sleep follows upon inactivity of senses and movements.

LEMMA: MC, ὑπνοδότειρα B, νὺξ ὑπνοδότειρα Rw, πότνια νὺξ Pr      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: cont. from prev. VMnRb2SSa, all with ὁ γὰρ; Rb1 version appended to sch. 162.11 (beg. last line of 92r)      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 written by H, 3–4 by H3   |    2 ὑγρὰ … νὺξ] ἡ νὺξ γὰρ ὑγρὰ Rw   |    ὑγρὰ] ὑγρὸν H   |    δὲ ἡ] δὲ οὖσα ἡ VMnRb2(οὖσαν)SSa   |    ἀφισταμένη V, ἀμφισταμένην Rb2   |    τοῦ ἡλίου] ἡλίου H, τούτου Rb1   |    καὶ θερμαίνοντος om. MMnRb2SSa   |    after ἀέρα add. ἐπάγει τὸν ἐξ ὑγρότητος γινόμενον ὕπνον VRb2SSa   |    3 ἐξηράνθη Rw   |    τε transp. before ὑπὸ H3   |    αἰτίας Rw   |    3–4 ἄλλως τε καὶ κτλ om. Rw; ἄλλως written as beginning a new sch. CRb2 (with new ref. symbol Rb2)   |    3 ἄλλως τε] om. M, ἀλλ’ ὥστε Rb1, ἄλλως δὲ H3   |    ἠρεμουσῶν] θερμῶν οὐσῶν Pr   |    σκότει VCMnPrSSa   |    4 ὁ ὕπνος VPrRb1   |    ἡσυχ. …κινήσεων om. VMnRb2SSa   |    ἡσυχίαν H3M(ἠσ‑)C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀμφισταμένου Rb1   |    3 ἐξηραμένος H3VMnRb1S (corr. s.l. H3Mn)   |    ὑπο ὑπο Mn   |    ἀσιτείας Mn   |    ἡρεμ. H3VS, a.c. or p.c. C   |    4 ἔπεται MC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,6–11; Dind. II.77,12–17

KEYWORDS:  scientific explanation   


Or. 174.05 (vet exeg) πότνια πότνια νύξ:  1τοῦτο τὸ μέλος ἐπὶ ταῖς λεγομέναις νήταις ᾄδεται καί ἐστιν ὀξύτατον.  2ἀπίθανον οὖν τὴν Ἠλέκτραν ὀξείᾳ φωνῇ κεχρῆσθαι, καὶ ταῦτα ἐπιπλήσσουσαν τῷ χορῷ.  3ἀλλὰ κέχρηται μὲν τῷ ὀξεῖ ἀναγκαίως, οἰκεῖον γὰρ τῶν θρηνούντων, λεπτότατα δὲ ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα.   —H3BPr

TRANSLATION:   This song is sung on the so-called lowermost strings and is very high-pitched. So it is unconvincing (scil. as part of the poet’s duty of dramatic representation) that Electra use a high-pitched voice, especially when she is rebuking the chorus (for being too loud). But she does use the high pitch, necessarily—for this is proper to those lamenting—, but in as softly as she possibly can.

LEMMA: H3, ἄλλως in marg. B, ἄλλως Pr      REF. SYMBOL: H3      POSITION: between sch. 177.01 and 183.11 in BPr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦτο … ἐστιν om. H3   |    λεγόμεναι B   |    2 τῆ ἠλέκτρ()Pr   |    καὶ ταῦτα] καίτοι H3   |    3 λεπτότατα Schw., λεπτότερον all   |    δὲ ὡς κτλ om. Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ὀξέα B   |    ἐπιπλήσουσα H3, ἐπιπλήσουσαν Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,14–17; Dind. II.77,19–23

KEYWORDS:  ἀπίθανον   |   criticism and defence of poet   


Or. 174.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πότνια πότνια νύξ⟩: ὡς θεὸν εἶχον τὴν νύκτα τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ τὰ πάντα.  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 174.07 (tri metr) ⟨πότνια πότνια⟩: koine short over each omicron  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 48


Or. 175.04 (mosch exeg) ὑπνοδότειρα:  1ἡ τοὺς ὕπνους δωρουμένη τοῖς πολυπόνοις βροτοῖς.  2δίδωσι δὲ τοὺς ὕπνους ἡ νὺξ ἐξαιρέτως διὰ τὸ ὑγρὰ εἶναι τῇ ἀποστάσει τοῦ ἡλίου τοῦ ξηραίνοντος τὸν ἀέρα.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   She who gives sleep to mortals who have many toils. Night in particular gives sleep because she is moist because of the withdrawal of the sun that dries the air.

LEMMA: TG       REF. SYMBOL: Xo       POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGr      

APP. CRIT.:   2 τὸν ἀέρα om. Y   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.77,24–78,2


Or. 175.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὑπνοδότειρα⟩: τὸν ὕπνον τοῖς βροτοῖς δωρουμένη  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 175.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὑπνοδότειρα⟩: διδοῦσα τὸν ὕπνον τοῦ πολυπόνου βροτοῦ  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 175.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὑπνοδότειρα⟩: ὡς ὄνομα τὸ δώτειρα λαβέ.  —Yf2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 176.01 (rec exeg) ⟨τῶν πολυπόνων βροτῶν⟩: λείπει τὸ ⟨τῷ⟩ πλήθει.  —R

TRANSLATION:   Supply ‘to the multitude’ (i.e., to govern ‘of mortals who have many toils’).

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 177.01 (vet exeg) Ἐρεβόθεν ἴθι:  1ἔδει ἐκ Χάους εἰπεῖν, ὡς Ἡσίοδος·  2[Hes. Theog. 123] ‘ἐκ Χάεος Ἔρεβός τε μέλαινά τε Νὺξ ἐγένοντο’.   —MBVCMnPraPrbRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) should have said ‘from Chaos’, as Hesiod: ‘from Chaos Erebus and black Night were born’.

LEMMA: MVCMnRbSSa(om. ἐρεβόθεν, leaving blank space), cont. from sch. 174.04, add. δὲ, BPra; labels χάος and ἡσίοδος add. in marg. late hand in B      REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      POSITION: s.l. Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔδει … ὡς] καὶ Prb   |    ἔδει] ἤδη Pra   |    ἐκ] εἰς MC, καὶ ἐκ Pra   |    1–2 εἰπεῖν … χάεος om. PraPrb   |    2 ἐκ] εἰς M   |    χάεος] χάους VRbSSa   |    ἔρεβή app. Mn, ἐν ἐρέβους Prb   |    μέλαιναί C, μελαίνη Pra   |    ἐγένοντο] om. M, ἐγίνετο MnRbSSa, a.c. Pra, ἐγένετο BPrb, p.c. Pra   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,12–13; Dind. II.77,18–19

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Hesiod   


Or. 177.09 (thom exeg) ⟨Ἐρεβόθεν⟩:  1Ἐρεβόθεν ἐλθεῖν τὴν νύκτα καλεῖ, τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ χάους.  2κατερχομένου γὰρ τοῦ ἡλίου εἰς τὸ ὑπὸ γῆν ἡμισφαίριον, σκότος ἐπάνω τῆς γῆς γίνεται, ὥσπερ ἐκ τῶν κάτωθεν ἀνιέναι δοκοῦν,  3οὐχ ὡς ὂν ἐν τοῖς κάτω καὶ ἀνερχόμενον, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἀπουσίᾳ τοῦ φωτὸς τοῦτο ὑφίσταται, οὐκ ἔχον αὐτὸ καθ’ ἑαυτὸ οἰκείαν ὑπόστασιν.  4ἐλθεῖν δὲ λέγει τὴν νύκτα οὐχ ἵνα γένηται νύξ  5(πῶς γὰρ οἷόν τε ἡμέρας οὔσης;),  6ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ ἐν νυκτὶ ὑπνώττουσιν ἄνθρωποι, διὰ τοῦτο τοῦτο φησίν,  7ἄλλως τε καὶ οἱ κοιμώμενοι ὥσπερ νύκτα ἔχουσι διὰ τὸ μὴ ὁρᾶν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   She calls on Night to come from Erebus, that is, from the dark abyss. For when the sun goes down into the hemisphere beneath the earth, darkness occurs above the earth, seeming as it were to rise up from regions below, not because it really is in the regions below and comes up, but by the absense of light this (darkness) exists, not having in and of itself an existence of its own. And she tells night to come not in order than night may fall—for how would that be possible when it is daytime?—, but because in the night humans sleep, for this reason she says this. Above all, those who sleep have a sort of night because they do not see.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   Zl damaged and mostly lost to trimming after 2 ἐπάνω τῆς   |    1 τὴν νύκτα ἐλθεῖν app. transp. Zl   |    2 ὑπὸ γῆς Gu   |    3 καὶ om. Zb   |    6 οἱ ἄνθρ. Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.78,3–11

KEYWORDS:  scientific explanation   


Or. 177.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨Ἐρεβόθεν⟩:  1ἡ ἀπουσία τοῦ φωτὸς ἐστὶν ἡ νύξ·  2ὡσαύτως ἡ ἀπουσία τῆς νυκτὸς τὸ φῶς.   —Yf2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 177.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἴθι⟩: πρό⟨ι⟩θι καὶ εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐλθέ.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 178.07 (mosch exeg) κατάπτερος: ταχεῖα ἀντὶ τοῦ ταχέως  —XXaXbXoT+Yf2Gr

TRANSLATION:   (Meaning) ‘swift’, (the adjective) used instead of (the adverb) ‘swiftly’.

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ταχέα X   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.78,11–12


Or. 179.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὸν Ἀγαμεμνόνειον⟩: καὶ τὸν τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος, ἤτοι τοῦ Ὀρέστου  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 179.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ δόμον⟩: γράφεται καὶ ἐπὶ δόμων.  —M

POSITION: intermarg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,19

COMMENT:   Schw. emended to δόμον, assuming the note comes from a ms that (unlike M itself) had ἐπὶ γόνον in the text.   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 179.04 (rec exeg) ⟨δόμον⟩: γρ. γόνον  —V3AbCrMnPrRSSaOx

POSITION: s.l. except marg. AbR      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 182.01 (pllgn rhet) ⟨διοιχόμεσθ’ οἰχόμεσθα⟩: παρένθεσις  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  παρένθεσις   


Or. 183.01 (vet exeg) ⟨κτύπον ἠγάγετ’⟩: καὶ τοῦτο κατὰ ἀναφώνησιν λέγει ἡ Ἠλέκτρα.  —MB

TRANSLATION:   This too Electra speaks as a (suddenly louder) exclamation.

POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,20; Dind. II.78,14–15

COLLATION NOTES:   B probably by first hand, but rewritten later.   |   

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   |   ἀναφώνησις   


Or. 183.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨183 κτύπον⟩:  … μ(ην) / …υν / …ες (or …ους)  —R

REF. SYMBOL: R       POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   remnant of damaged note or notes   


Or. 183.08 (183–186) (vet paraphr) οὐχὶ σῖγα σῖγα:  1oὐ σιωπήσεις, φησὶν, ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος φυλασσομένη τὸ ἀνακελαδεῖν καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς κοίτης ὕπνου χάριν ἥσυχον αὐτῷ παρέξεις;  2ἢ τὸν κέλαδον ἄπωθεν τοῦ λέχους ποιουμένη.  3οἷον· οὐ σιγήσεις καὶ μετὰ ἡσυχίας αὐτὸν ἐάσεις κοιμηθῆναι;   —MBVCMnPrRaRbSSa, partial HO

TRANSLATION:   Will you not be silent, she says, warding off from your mouth the raising of a loud cry, and will you not let him enjoy in peace the delight of sleep that derives from the bed? Or, making the loud cry far off from the bed. As if to say, will you not be silent and let him sleep in peace?

LEMMA: οὐχὶ σίγα σίγα B, σίγα σίγα φυλασσομένα M(‑όμενα)C, σίγα σίγα VMnPrRbSa, ἵγα σίγα S (σίγα σίγα in text all)      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐ σιωπήσεις … παρέξεις om. O   |    φυλασσόμενος Rb, ‑μενον Mn   |    τοῦ ὕπνου HVMnRaRbSSa   |    αὐτῷ] αὐτὸν M, αὐτῆ Pr   |    2 ἢ τὸν … ποιουμένη om. H   |    ἄπωθεν OC   |    ποιουμένην Mn   |    3 οἷον] om. O, ἤγουν MnSSa   |    οὐ] οὐχὶ O, om. Pr   |    αὐτὸν] ἐαυτὸν M, αυτὸν with both breathings O   |    μετὰ τῆς ἡσυχ. Rb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 σιωπήσει Sa   |    κοτης Rb   |    2 ἄποθεν MBVMnPrRaRbSSa   |    λέχεος MOC   |    3 οἶον M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.116,21–25; Dind. II.78,19–23


Or. 183.09 (tri exeg) ἡμέτερον:  ‘οὔμενουν’ γράφειν χρὴ ἐνταῦθα, ἢ ‘οὐδαμῶς’. ἁρμόζει γὰρ ἀμφότερα τῷ μέτρῳ. τὸ δὲ οὐχὶ ἐλλιπές ἐστιν. —T

TRANSLATION:   One should write here (in place of transmitted ‘ouchi’, ‘not’) ‘oumenoun’ (‘no indeed’), or ‘oudamōs’ (‘in no way’). For both fit the meter, but ‘ouchi’ is deficient (in number of syllables).

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.12,5–6; de Fav. 48

COMMENT:   Triclinius accepts the speaker-division found in some mss that assigns the negative to the chorus and has Electra resume with σῖγα/σίγα.   

KEYWORDS:  Triclinius, emendation by   


Or. 184.01 (184–186) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα φυλασσομένα⟩:  1εἰ φυλάξεις, φησὶ, τὸν κέλαδον καὶ τὸν ἦχον καὶ τὴν φώνην σου ἄπο καὶ μακρὰν τῆς στρωμνῆς αὐτοῦ,  2ἤγουν σιωπήσεις καὶ οὐ λαλεῖς πλησίον αὐτοῦ,  3δώσεις τούτῳ ἥσυχον χαρὰν ὕπνου.   —Y2Yf2

TRANSLATION:   If you will keep the loud cry and the tumult and your voice away from and far from his bed, that is, will be silent and not speak near him, you will give this man peaceful enjoyment of sleep.

APP. CRIT.:   1 σου om. Yf2   |    ἀπομακρὰν (καὶ om.) Y2   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 χαρᾶς Y2   |   


Or. 184.03 (mosch paraphr) ⟨σῖγα σῖγα⟩: μετὰ σιγῆς, διαλέγου δηλονότι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   δηλονότι om. GZc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.78,16


Or. 184.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φυλασσομένα⟩: τὸ ἀνά ἀπὸ τοῦ + damaged word —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The note apparently is trying to convey that ἀνα in the next line should be joined to this participle to make ἀναφυλασσομένα. In fact a hypodiastole has been added by a later hand to divide ἀνα from κέλαδον, along with a grave on the second alpha of ἀνα (one might have expected an acute to be added on the first alpha instead). The damaged word ought perhaps to be κέλαδον, but although the first trace of the damaged word does look like κ, the next trace looks more like α or ευ than ε, and the suspended remainder of the word does not look like any part of λαδον.    |   


Or. 184.07 (thom paraphr) φυλασσομένα:  ἤγουν ἀφεῖσα μεγάλα βοᾶν πλησίον τῆς αὐτοῦ κοίτης καὶ πόρρω γενομένη ὀνήσεις αὐτὸν ὡς ὑπνώσσοντα.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, ceasing to cry out loudly near his bed and removing yourself to a distance you will benefit him, since he is sleeping.

LEMMA: T       POSITION: s.l. except T      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Gu   |    ὡς ὑπν. om. Zl (margin lost to trimming, but probably not enough space)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀφῆσα Z   |    ὑπνώσοντα Za   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.78,23–25


Or. 184.11 (rec metr) ⟨φυλασσομένα⟩: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 185.08 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀπὸ λέχεος⟩: τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ λέχους χαράν —MC

TRANSLATION:   The delight (that derives) from the bed.

POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. C      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν] τινὰ M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.26


Or. 185.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄπο λέχεος⟩: ἔξωθεν τοῦ λέχους ἅπτε· δεῖ λαμβάνειν ἔξωθεν σύνδεσμον ἵνα.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Link ‘of the bed’ from outside (scil. it does not go with the preposition just before it). It is necessary to supply from outside a conjunction ‘in order that’ (scil. to relate the imperatives ‘siga siga’ in 184 to the next finite verb ‘parexeis’ in 186).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἅπτε] απτ() Pr   

COMMENT:   The first sentence perhaps means that the genitive ‘the bed’ does not go with the preposition that directly precedes it but with something else (χαρὰν?). As to the second sentence, an alternative would be to consider the note incomplete and treat ἵνα as introducting ἵνα ᾖ … . In either case, the suggestion of supplying a conjunction seems to assume the imperative reading σίγα σίγα (but Pr itself has σιγᾶ σιγᾶ in its text here).   


Or. 186.01 (rec exeg) ἥσυχον ὕπνου χαρὰν: τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς κοίτης  —Rb

LEMMA: ἥσυχον Rb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   κοι*τῆς Rb, perhaps κοιττ a.c.    |   


Or. 186.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἥσυχον⟩: γρ. ἡσύχως  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 186.09 (rec exeg) ⟨χαρὰν⟩: τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς κοίτης ἡδονήν  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 186.13 (rec exeg) ⟨παρέξεις⟩: εἰ τοῦτο ποιήσεις  —MnB3a

POSITION: s.l., B over φίλα (displaced by earlier glosses), Mn over ἥσυχον ὕπνου      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς Mn   


Or. 186.14 (rec exeg) ⟨παρέξεις⟩: εἰ ποιήσεις οὕτως  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰ] καὶ Sa   


Or. 186.18 (rec metr) ⟨φίλα⟩: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 186.20 (tri metr) diple pointing outwards at left, paragraphos and diple pointing inwards at right —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 48


Or. 187.01 (187–194) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: θρόει τίς κακῶν:  1τὸ παρὸν σύστημα ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ πρὸ τῆς εἰρημένης στροφῆς συστήματι, οὗ ἡ ἀρχὴ [166] ‘ὁρᾷς ἐν πέπλοις’. 2καὶ τοῦτο γὰρ κώλων ἐστὶν ὁμοίων ηʹ. 3ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει παράγραφος.  —T

TRANSLATION:   The present metrical system is similar to the system [166–173] that precedes the strophe just discussed [174–186], of which the first words are [166] ‘do you see in his robes’. For this one too is of eight similar cola. At the end a paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 app. κῶλον a.c. T   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.12,7–9; de Fav. 48


Or. 187.02 (vet exeg) θρόει τίς κακῶν:  1λέγε ποῖον τέλος αὐτὸν ἐκδέχεται,  2πότερον δύναται ῥαΐσαι ἢ οὔ.   —HMBCPraPrbR, partial OG

TRANSLATION:   Say what sort of end awaits him, whether he can find relief (from his sickness) or not.

LEMMA: BPra, θρόει MC      REF. SYMBOL: B       POSITION: s.l. OPrbG, marg. H, intermarg. M; λέγε spaced as if sep. gloss on θρόει O; cont. from sch. 186.01 Rb, prep. ἠ θρόει (sic)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 λέγε om. H, add. H3, εἰπὲ Prb   |    ποῖον] ἀντὶ τοῦ τί Rb   |    εἰσδέχεται MPra, διαδέχεται PrbG   |    2 πότερον κτλ om. OG   |    πότερον] ἆρα B(ἄρα)PraPrb   |    δύνανται Rb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ῥᾶισαι Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,1–2; Dind. II.78,27–28


Or. 187.03 (vet exeg) 1εἰπὲ ποῖον ἔσται τὸ πέρας, ποῖον τέλος αὐτὸν μένει.  2ἆρά γε ῥαΐσει τῆς νόσου ἢ οὔ;   —MC, partial BPr

TRANSLATION:   Say of what sort the final conclusion will be, what sort of end awaits him. Will he indeed get relief from his sickness or not?

POSITION: cont. from prev. all (intermarg. M)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ πέρας ποῖον τέλος] τὸ τέλος ποῖον τὸ πέρας B, τέλος ποῖον πέρας Pr    |   ἑαυτὸν M(ἐ‑)C   |    2 ἆρά γε κτλ. om. BPr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἄρα γε MC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,3–4; Dind. II.78,28–29


Or. 187.04 (pllgn paraphr) λέγε ποῖον τέλος αὐτὸν εἰσδέχεται τῶν κακῶν  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 187.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨τελευτὰ μένει⟩: ποῦ τὸ τοῦ κακοῦ τέλος;  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 187.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨τελευτὰ μένει⟩: τί τέλος καὶ ποῦ μέλλει καταντῆσαι τὰ κατὰ τὸν Ὀρέστην;  —MnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μέλλει om. Mn   |    τὰ om. S   |    κατὰ om. Mn   


Or. 187.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τελευτὰ μένει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τί τέλος ἀναμένει τῷ Ὀρέστῃ δηλονότι.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 187.16 (rec metr) τελευτὰ: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 187.18 (rec exeg) ⟨μελετᾶ⟩: τελευτὰ  —Rwrec

LEMMA: μελετᾶ in text Rw       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 187.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μένει⟩: ἆρα δύναται ῥαισθῆναι τῆς νόσου ἢ οὔ;  —V3

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 187.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μένει⟩: πότερον ῥαΐσαι ἢ οὔ;  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 188.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί δ’ ἄλλο⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι τί δ’ ἄλλο γ’.  —B2

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   γ (no apostrophe) B2   |   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 188.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τί δ’ ἄλλο⟩: τέλος μένει αὐτὸν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Dot in front.   |   


Or. 189.01 (vet exeg) ⟨οὔτε⟩: περισσὸς ὁ τ̅ε̅.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   (In the compound negative ‘oute’) the ‘te’ is redundant (and should be ignored).

LEMMA: οὔτε in text MC       POSITION: marg. MC (both beside 188)      

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 189.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχει⟩: γρ. ζητεῖ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 189.09 (tri exeg) ἡμέτερον:  1‘ἴσχει πόθον’ χρὴ γράφειν, οὐ ‘πόθον ἔχει’.  2οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει πρὸς τὸ τοῦ πρώτου συστήματος κῶλον οἰκείως.  3καὶ τὸ ἄρα δὲ ἐνταῦθα, εἰ καὶ συμπερασματικόν ἐστιν, ἀλλ’ οὖν ἀντὶ μακροῦ λαμβάνεται παρὰ τοῖς ποιηταῖς ὡς καὶ τὸ ἀπορηματικὸν ἐνίοτε ἀντὶ βραχέος.  4διὰ τοῦτο μὲν περισπᾶται ἀντιστρόφως, ἐκεῖνο δὲ ὀξύνεται.   —T

TRANSLATION:   One must write ‘ischei pothon’, not ‘echei pothon’ (‘has any longing’). For thus it is suitably matched to the colon of the (corresponding) first metrical system. And the word ‘ara’ (with acute on first syllable) here (in the next line, 190), even though it is inferential (expressing a conclusion), even so it is treated as having a long (first alpha) in the poets, just as also the dubitative use (scil. ‘ara’ with circumflex on first syllable) is sometimes treated as having a short (first alpha). For this reason it (the inferential use) is circumflexed in inverse fashion (scil. compared to its normal accent), and that other one (the dubitative use) is given an acute accent.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.12,11–15; II.79,2–7; de Fav. 49

COMMENT:   The meaning of ‘for this reason’ in the final sentence seems to be ‘because of the poetic license just described’.   |   As Diggle’s apparatus indicates, it looks as if the acute on ἄρ’ in the text here is written in an erasure, so that Triclinius himself seems to have first written ἆρ’ in copying this page.   

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως   |   Triclinius, emendation by   


Or. 190.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πρόδηλος ἆρ’ ὁ πότμος⟩: προφανὴς ἄρα ἡ τύχη τοῦ θανάτου δηλονότι  —XAa2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 190.03 (thom paraphr) ⟨πρόδηλος ἆρ’⟩: φανερὸς εἰ ταῦθ’ οὕτως ἔχει.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.79,11–12


Or. 190.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨πρόδηλος⟩: καὶ φανερὸς ὑπάρχει  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 190.09 (rec gram) ⟨πρόδηλος⟩: ἐπίσημος καὶ κλεινὸς  —Mn

POSITION: upper right corner of 14r (190 is on 13v)      

COMMENT:   Mn occasionally has teacher’s notes in the margins, some not relevant to the text of the play. If this note is relevant, the only word on the facing folios 13v and 14r to which it might apply is πρόδηλος, and if so, presumably as a vocabulary lesson and not as an explanation of its sense in the passage.   


Or. 190.11 (vet exeg) ⟨πότμος⟩: εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἐσθίει, τεθνήξεται.  —MVCGPrSZuB3a

TRANSLATION:   For if he does not eat, he will die.

REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: marg. MCB3a, s.l. others      

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ γὰρ οὐκ Pr   |    γὰρ om. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐσθίῃ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,5; Dind. II.79,10


Or. 190.13 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πότμος⟩: ἡ τύχη τοῦ θανάτου δηλονότι  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   δηλονότι om. GZc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.79,12


Or. 190.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πότμος⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ  —Yf2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 190.16 (tri metr) πότμος: koine long over first omicron —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 49


Or. 191.01 (191–193) (vet paraphr) ἐξέθυσ’ ὁ Φοῖβος ἡμᾶς:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπώλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Ἀπόλλων πατροφόνου μητρὸς αἷμα δούς,  2οἷον ἐνδοὺς ἡμῖν καὶ κελεύσας τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον ἐργάσασθαι.  3τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς μέλεον ἀποδοὺς αἷμα φόνον πατροκτόνου μητρός.   —MBVCMnPraRbSSa, partial HPrb

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to: Apollo destroyed us by granting the bloodshed of a mother who killed our father. As it were, having granted to us and enjoined (us) to accomplish the murder of our mother. The run of the sense is: having given back (as our right) wretched bloodshed, the killing of a mother who killed our father.

LEMMA: MB(ἐξέφυσ’)CMnS, ἐξέθυσ’ ὁ Φοῖβος VPraRb, ἐξέθυσεν Rw (as if first word of sch.)      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: marg. H, s.l. Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ἀντὶ τοῦ … ἐργάσασθαι om. Prb   |    1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. H   |    αἷμα] ἅμα M   |    2–3 οἷον κτλ om. H   |    2 ἐκδοὺς PraRb   |    ἐργάσεσθαι Mn   |    3 δὲ om. Prb   |    μέλει Pra   |    αἷμα φόνον] φόν. αἷμα transp. V   |    φόνου MnPrbRbSSa, a.c. V [Rw, water damage]   |    πατροκτόνου] πατροφόνου MnRbS   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πρὸ φονου Rb   |    αἷμα] αἰμα p.c. S (αι** a.c.)   |    3 ἐξῆς Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,6–9; Dind. II.79,14–17


Or. 191.02 (191–193) (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1ἡ ἐξ πρὸς τὸ πατροφόνου.  2τουτέστι· δοὺς ἡμῖν τὸ αἷμα καὶ τὸν φόνον τῆς πατροφόνου μητρός.  3οἷον· ἐγχειρίσας ἡμῖν καὶ κελεύσας ἀπὸ τοῦ φόνου καὶ τοῦ αἵματος τῆς μητρὸς τιμωρῆσαι τῷ πατρί.  4δύναται δὲ καὶ ἀποδούς.   —MBCRw, partial VPr

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘ex’ (‘out of’) is to be taken (or understood) with ‘patrophonou’ (‘killer of a father’). That is, having granted us the bloodshed and killing of the mother who killed our father. As it were, entrusting to us and enjoining the avenging of our father from the murder and bloodshed of our mother. It can also mean ‘having given back (as due)’.

LEMMA: M(in marg.)BCPr, καὶ ἄλλως Rw, μέλεον ἀπόφονον V      REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἡ ἐξ … πατροφόνου om. V   |    ἡ ἐξ om. Rw   |    2 καὶ τὸν φόνον … μητρός om. Pr   |    3 ἀπὸ τοῦ … μητρὸς om. Pr   |    after τιμωρῆσαι add. καὶ V   |    4 δὲ] γὰρ V   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 αἷματος M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,10–13; Dind. II.79,17–20

COMMENT:   The combination of different views is particularly striking here. The first and third sentence seem to reflect an (eccentric) interpretation of the genitive μητρὸς as expressing source, while the second takes the genitive as a normal objective one. One could transpose sentence 3 to follow sentence 1; but if they were once joined, one might expect to see ἐξ and not ἀπὸ used in the paraphrase. Note that the separation in sense of ἐξ from ἐξέθυσ’ is also adopted in 192.23, whereas such an interpretation is implicitly rejected in the glosses 191.08, 191.09.   


Or. 191.03 (191–193) (pllgn paraphr) ἤτοι ἀπώλεσε κελεύσας τῆς πατροφόνου μητρὸς τὸν φόνον —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι ἀπώλεσε reused from V1 gloss 191.04   


Or. 191.10 (tri metr) ⟨ἐξέθυσεν⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 49


Or. 192.01 (192–193) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μέλεον ἀπόφονον αἷμα δοὺς⟩:  1δοὺς ἀντὶ τοῦ συγχωρήσας καὶ κελεύσας τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον ἐργάσασθαι,  2τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς τὸν μέλεον τὸν ἀπόφονον καὶ τὸν μισητὸν τὸν ἐπὶ κακῷ γεγονότα.   —Y2Yf2

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 μέλον Yf2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.79,24–26


Or. 192.02 (192–193) (pllgn paraphr) δοὺς καὶ κελεύσας τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον ἐργάσασθαι  —Gu

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 192.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μέλεον⟩: τὸ αἷμα πρὸς τὸ μέλεον  —V3

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 192.09 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: οὐκ ἄξιον ὄντα γενέσθαι, ἀποφυγῆς ἄξιον φόνον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGaGbGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘Apophonon’ means) ‘murder that ought not to occur, that merits avoidance’.

LEMMA: TG       REF. SYMBOL: Xo       POSITION: s.l. except XGaT and Xo(οὐκ … γένεσθαι in marg., ἀποφυγῆς κτλ s.l.)      

APP. CRIT.:   φόνου Y   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.79,23–24


Or. 192.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφονον⟩: ἄπω φόνου ἤγουν ἄδικον  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἄπου Zm   

COMMENT:   Although the root ἄπω assumed by ancient grammarians as the base of ἄπωθεν was described as μὴ εἰρημένον (Gram.Gr. 3:1.500,25) and is thus not present in dictionaries, it is treated as a legitimate form in Sch. Tzetz. Lycophr. 796, 804, and here ZmGu reflect that belief.   


Or. 192.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἷμα δούς⟩: διότι χρέος εἶχε θανεῖν ἡ Κλυταιμνήστρα διὰ τὸν φόνον τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 192.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δοὺς⟩: ἡ ἐξ εἰς τὸ δούς· ἐκδούς.  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.79,21

COMMENT:   For the transfer in sense of ἐξ to another word compare 191.02.   


Or. 192.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δούς⟩: καὶ παραχωρήσας ἡμῖν δηλονότι ὥστε κατεργάσαθαι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 193.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πατροφόνου⟩: τῆς τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα φονευσάσης  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZb2

POSITION: s.l. except marg. X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐμὸν om. Zb2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.79,28


Or. 193.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πατροφόνου⟩: τῆς φονευσάσης τὸν πατέρα  —CrF2ZuOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς om. F2   |    ἡμῶν add. Zu   


Or. 193.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πατροφόνου⟩: τῆς φονευτρίας τοῦ πατρός  —Za

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 193.07 (rec metr) ⟨ματέρος⟩: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 194.01 (vet exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: ὠφείλετο μὲν γὰρ αὐτὴν ἀναιρεθῆναι, οὐ μέντοι ὑπὸ τοῦ παιδός.  —MBOVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   For it was owed (necessary, fated) that she be killed, but not by her son.

POSITION: s.l. O; follows sch. 191.02 Rw, cont. from sch. 191.02 others, ἀλλ’ (from ἄλλως) prep. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   εἵλετο Pr   |    μὲν om. O   |    γὰρ] καὶ V, om. app. Rw (damage)   |    αὐτὴν MBPr, αὐτῆ V, αὐτὴ OC, αὕτη Rw   |    ὑπὸ] Dindorf, ἀπὸ MOVCRw, παρὰ BPr   |    τοῦ om. Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,14–15; Dind. II.80,1–2

COMMENT:   In Byzantine Greek, as in classical, ὀφείλεται/ὠφείλετο is used as a passive with words like χάρις, μισθός, and τιμωρία as its subject and the person in the dative, or sometimes as an impersonal verb with accusative and infinitive. Thus both the acc. αὐτὴν of MBPr and the dative αὐτῆ of V are possible here. Schw. and Dindorf printed nominative αὐτὴ. There are a very few late passages with the person in the nominative and the thing owed to the person in the acc., as Suda θ 78,24–25 (from Damascius, Vita Isidori) τιμὰς ἀπονέμων, οἵας ὠφείλετο πρωτεύων ἀνὴρ ἐν τῇ πόλει; sch. in Basilicorum libros I-XI, book 60, 29.7.5 ὅτι ἐκεῖνος ὠφείλετό τινα ἐκ τῆς κιβωτοῦ. That construction seems less likely with an infinitive and presumably the nominative variants of OCRw are secondary.   


Or. 194.02 (vet exeg) δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ δίκαιον μὲν αὐτὴν ἀναιρεθῆναι ἀνελοῦσαν τὸν ἄνδρα,  2οὐ μέντοι εὐκλεὲς οὐδὲ πρέπον ἦν ὑπὸ τοῦ παιδὸς αὐτὴν εὐθύνας δοῦναι τοῦ φόνου.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSa, partial H

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to: it was just that she be killed because she killed her husband, but not, however, a source of glory or fitting that it be at the hands of her son that she paid the penalty for the killing.

LEMMA: MC, δίκαια μὲν BVMnPrRb      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: marg. H; cont. from prev. Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. VMnSSa   |    δίκαιον om. Mn   |    μὲν] μὲν οὖν VRbSSa, οὖν Mn, μὲν ἦν Rw   |    ἀναιρεθῆναι αὐτὴν transp. VMnSSa, αὐτὴν om. Rb   |    2 οὐ μέντοι … ἦν] ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἔδει MnSSa   |    οὐδὲ πρέπον om. H   |    αὐτὴν εὐθύνας κτλ om. H   |    αὐτὴν om. MnRbRwSSa   |    εὐθύνην Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀνελοῦσα SSa   |    εὐκεὲς Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,16–18; Dind. II.80,2–4


Or. 194.03 (vet exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑπομνήματι καὶ ταῦτα τῆς Ἠλέκτρας.  —MCRw

TRANSLATION:   In the commentary, these words too are assigned to Electra (instead of to the chorus).

POSITION: cont. from prev. MCRw      

APP. CRIT.:   ταῦτα Schw., τὰ M, τὸν CRw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,18–19; Dind. II.80,5

COMMENT:   Perhaps ‘the commentary’ refers to the commentary of Didymus that was being excerpted by a later commentator. But if so, we cannot say whether the assignment of the words to Electra was advocated by Didymus or only reported by him.   

KEYWORDS:  assignment of speaker   |   Didymus   


Or. 194.04 (rec exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩:  δικ[ ca. 10–16 letters ]ξεν ὁ Λοξίας τῷ ἀδελφῷ μου εἰς τὸ σφάξαι τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα· οὐ καλῶς δὲ ὅτι οὐκ εἴασεν σ(or ε)[ ca. 10–14 letters ] —Pr

POSITION: next page Pr (top 16v), before sch. 206.00      

APP. CRIT.:   e.g. δικ[αίως μὲν προσέτα]ξεν (there is a high trace that would suit the top of the ως sign)    |   

COMMENT:   The writing surface is abraded in a diagonal strip at the top left of 16v. The begining of the second line of the page contains the end of the note, where one sees only the top portion of the arc of lunate sigma or of a tall epsilon (often used before pi), with room for two words. There is no sign of a breathing, so sigma seems more likely. One may consider σ[ώζεσθαι …] or σ[ωθῆναι … ], but the result does not seem quite right. With epsilon one may think of ἐ[κφυγ(εῖν) τ(ὴν) μανίαν], but this seems unlikely, since ἐκ would normally be a ligature with single small epsilon arc attached to the upright of kappa.   |   


Or. 194.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: δικαίως μὲν ἀντεφονεύθη· οὐ καλῶς δὲ ὅτι ὑπὸ τῶν τέκνων.  —F

REF. SYMBOL: F       POSITION: marg.      


Or. 194.06 (rec rhet) ⟨δίκαια μὲν, καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: σχῆμα μετάστασις  —AaRRf

POSITION: s.l. (R over first word, Rf over whole phrase, Aa above καλῶς δ’ οὔ)      

APP. CRIT.:   σχῆμα om. Aa   

COMMENT:   Metastasis is the rhetorical schema of admitting a wrong has been done, but shifting the blame to someone else. This would fit better if the term referred to Electra’s strategy in 191–194 as a whole.   

KEYWORDS:  μετάστασις   


Or. 194.08 (rec exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν⟩: δικαίως ἀνῃρέθη  —AbMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   δικαίως] καλῶς Sa   


Or. 194.10 (thom exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν⟩: δικαίως δοὺς τὸ αἷμα  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Just things’ implies Apollo) having justly granted the bloodshed.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἔδωκεν T   |    τὸ αἷμα om. T, τόν φόνον τὸ αἷμα Gu   


Or. 194.11 (rec exeg) ⟨δίκαια μὲν⟩: καὶ δικαίως ἐφονεύθη ἡ μήτηρ ἡμῶν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 194.12 (tri exeg) ἡμέτερον:  δίκα κἀνταῦθα γράφε, μὴ δίκαια. οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει πρὸς τὸ μέτρον ὀρθῶς. —T

TRANSLATION:   Here too write ‘dika’ (i.e., dative(?) of noun) not (adjective) ‘dikaia’. For thus it is correct with respect to the meter.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.12,16–17; de Fav. 49

COMMENT:   Triclinius writes δίκα without subscript both in the line and in this note. The gloss 194.13 presents ἐν over the delta of δίκα and an eta over the alpha, which I interpret together, with δικ being supplied from the lemma, as ἐν δίκῃ. That implies that he did intend the dative δίκᾳ here, even though he is generally (but not universally) careful about using iota subscript on dative singular endings. It is not clear, moreover, why he says ‘here too’ (κἀνταῦθα). Mostly likely, the καὶ refers to the fact that he has already suggested two changes of reading on this same folio (53v) in 183.09 and 189.09.   

KEYWORDS:  Triclinius, emendation by   


Or. 194.15 (mosch exeg) ⟨δίκαια⟩: τὰ κατὰ τὸν φόνον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (‘Just things’ refers to) the circumstances related to the murder.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   prep. ἐστὶ T   |    εἶπε add. G   


Or. 194.16 (rec exeg) ⟨καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: διὰ τὸ εἶναι μητέρα  —MnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κοὐδαμῶς prep. Sa   


Or. 194.17 (rec exeg) ⟨καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: ἀλλ’ οὐχὶ ⟨ὑπ’⟩ αὐτοῦ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 194.18 (mosch exeg) ⟨καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: διότι ὑπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘But not well’) because (it occurred) at her son’s hands.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ om. T   


Or. 194.19 (thom exeg) ⟨καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: οὐδὲ γὰρ ὑπὸ παιδὸς αὐτὴν ἔδει θανεῖν.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘But not well’) because in addition she should not have died at her child’s hands.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ γὰρ ZaZlT   |    αὐτὴν transp. after θανεῖν Gu   


Or. 194.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καλῶς δ’ οὔ⟩: ὅτι ἀνῃρέθη ἀπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 194.24 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 49


Or. 195.01 (195–207) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: ἔκανες ἔθανες:  1ἡ ἀντιστροφὴ αὕτη τῆς βʹ ἐστὶ στροφῆς, ἧς ἡ ἀρχὴ ‘πότνια πότνια νύξ’. 2καὶ αὕτη γὰρ κώλων ἐστὶν ὁμοίων ἐκείνῃ καὶ ἰσομέτρων ιγʹ. 3ἐν μέντοι τῷ ϛʹ κώλῳ πεντασυλλάβους ἔχει καὶ τοὺς δύο παίωνας. 4ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει δύο διπλαῖ, ἡ μέν ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ τελευταίου κώλου, ἡ δὲ κατὰ τὸ τέλος, ἀμφότεραι μέντοι ἔξω νενευκυῖαι, δηλοῦσαι ὅτι τέλος ἔσχε τὰ ἀνταποδιδόμενα. 5ἐν τῇ ιβʹ δὲ κώλῳ τὸ ἅτε ἀντὶ τοῦ καθὰ ὀφείλει νοεῖσθαι, ἵν’ εἴη βραχὺ τὸ α̅. οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει πρὸς τὸ τῆς στροφῆς κῶλον ὀρθῶς. 6τὸ γὰρ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἥτις οὐκ ἔχει καλῶς.   —T

TRANSLATION:  This is the antistrophe of the second strophe [174–186], of which the beginning was ‘lady, lady Night’. For this too consists of thirteen cola similar to and in corresponsion with that one. In the sixth colon, however, it has the two paeons in five-syllable form. At the end two diple signs, one at the beginning of the last colon, the other at its end, both, however, being pointed outwards, indicating that the corresponsive elements have come to an end. And in the twelfth colon the word ‘hate’ should be understood in the sense of ‘katha’ (‘just as’), so that the alpha is short. For in this way it is correct with respect to the colon of the strophe. The reading (of ‘hate’) as equivalent to ‘hētis’ (‘who’, nominative feminine relative pronoun) does not work (metrically).

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἐκείνῃ] ἐκείν() T, ἐκείνῳ Ta   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.12,18–24; II.82,1–3; de Fav. 49


Or. 195.02 (tri metr) ἀντιστροφὴ κώλων ιγʹ  —T

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 49


Or. 195.03 (195–199) (pllgn paraphr) ἔκτανες καὶ ἐφόνευσας τὸν πατέρα, ἔθανες σὺ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ὀρέστου, ὦ τεκομένη καὶ ὦ γεννήσασα ἐμὲ μῆτερ. ἀπώλεσας δὲ καὶ ἐφόνευσας τὸν πατέρα. ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ φόνου τοῦ πατρὸς ἀπώλεσας κατὰ κοινὸν τὰ τέκνα τάδε σέθεν καὶ σοῦ, ἤγουν ἐφόνευσας μὲν καὶ τὸν πατέρα, ἀπώλεσας δὲ καὶ ἡμᾶς. —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   


Or. 195.04 (vet exeg) ἔκανες ἔθανες:  1φονεύσασα ἀνῃρέθης.  2τουτέστιν ὁ κατὰ σοῦ πραχθεὶς φόνος ἄμυνα ἐγένετο καὶ οὐκ ἀδικία·  3σὺ γὰρ πρώτη ἐφόνευσας τὸν πατέρα, καὶ ἀνῃρέθης.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Having slain, you were killed. That is, the murder carried out against you occurred as vengeance, not injustice. For you acted first in killing our father, and you were killed.

LEMMA: V, ἄλλως MBCPrRw       REF. SYMBOL: V       POSITION: follows next except in V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 φονεύσασα] ἐφόνευσας καὶ V   |    2 πραχθεὶς] προσταγεὶς M, προσταχθεὶς C, γεγονὼς Pr   |    3 πρῶτον Pr   |    τὸν πατέρα om. Rw   |    καὶ ἀνηρέθης om. V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,22–24; Dind. II.80,11–13


Or. 195.05 (vet exeg) ἔκανες:  1ἐφόνευσας.  2ὅθεν τὸ κανοῦν λέγεται, εἰς ὃ φέρεται ἡ ἱερουργικὴ μάχαιρα.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   You murdered. From this source (the root of ‘ekanes’) is formed the word ‘kanoun’ (‘basket’), that into which the knife for ritual slaughter is borne.

LEMMA: BPr(ἔκτανες)Rw, ἔκανες ἔθανες MC       REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: cont. from prev. V, prep. ἔκανες      

APP. CRIT.:   1–1 ἐφόνευσας om. V   |    2 τὸ] τοῦ M, καὶ V   |    ἡ om. Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μάχαιρα] γέγαιρα Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,20–21; Dind. II.80,10–11

COMMENT:   Cf. Hesych. κ 650 κανεῖν· κτείνειν, ἀνελεῖν. ὅθεν τὸ κανοῦν, ἀπὸ τῶν καινομέ‑ νων ἱερείων κανεῖν· κτείνειν, ἀνελεῖν. ὅθεν τὸ κανοῦν, ἀπὸ τῶν καινομένων ἱερείων; Sch. Arist. Pac. 948b alpha Holwerda ὅτι ἐκέκρυπτο ἐν τῷ κανῷ ἡ μάχαιρα ταῖς ὀλαῖς καὶ τοῖς στέμμασιν. καὶ ἐντεῦθεν κανοῦν, ἀπὸ τοῦ κανεῖν; Suda κ 318 s.v. κανοῦν, etc.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 195.06 (rec exeg) ἤτοι ὁ κατὰ σοῦ φόνος οὐκ ἀδικία ὅτι πρώτη φονεύουσα τὸν πατέρα ἀνῃρέθης.  —O


Or. 195.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἔκανες⟩: ἤγουν τὸν πατέρα ἔκοψας μετὰ πελέκεως.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 196.04 (rec metr) ⟨τεκομένα⟩: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 196.08 (rec metr) ⟨μᾶτηρ⟩: long mark over alpha —O


Or. 197.01 (vet exeg) ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας:  1ὁ δέ ἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ, ἵν’ ᾖ ὁ νοῦς ἐπεξήγησις ⟨τοῦ⟩ ‘ἔκανες ἔθανες’·  2ἀπώλεσας γὰρ τὸν πατέρα ζῶσα καὶ θανοῦσα τὰ τέκνα διὰ τοῦ αἵματος.   —MBVCPrRbRw, partial O

TRANSLATION:   The conjunction ‘de’ here is equivalent to ‘gar’ (‘for’), so that the meaning is an explication of ‘you killed, you died’. (That is,) for alive you killed our father and in death you have killed your children through the bloodguilt.

LEMMA: all except O (ἄλλως prep. Pr; app. οὐ δὲ ὤιλεσας M)       REF. SYMBOL: VRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὁ … ἔθανες om. O   |    ἀντὶ …νοῦς om. Pr, leaving blank space   |    ἐξήγησις V, ὑπεξήγησιν Pr   |    τοῦ suppl. Schw.   |    ἔκανες] V, om. others   |    ἔθανες] om. V, ἔθανές πω MCRb   |    2 γὰρ om. OVPr   |    τὸν om. ORbRw   |    ζῶσαν MRb   |    τὰ] BCPr, om. others   |    τοῦ] τοῦ σοῦ OV, σοῦ Rb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπἐξήγησις C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.117,25–27; Dind. II.80,17–19


Or. 197.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας⟩: ἀπώλεσας καὶ ζῶσα καὶ θανοῦσα  —MnSSa

POSITION: s.l. MnS; below line (last of page) Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   damage to first words Sa   |    ὅτι prep. Mn   |    ζήσας Mn   


Or. 197.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας⟩: διάστασιν δηλοῖ ἡ ἀπό.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘apo’ connotes separation/distance.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Cf. Et. Gud. (di Stefani) s.v. ἀπόνοια καὶ ἀπονοεῖσθαι· ἡ ἀπό πρόθεσις χωρισμὸν δηλοῖ· ἀπονοεῖσθαι οὖν οἷον ἀπόστασιν ἔχειν τοῦ νοῦ, ἀπόνοια δὲ ἡ χωρίζουσα τοῦ δέοντος·   |   


Or. 197.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας⟩: ⟨ὅρα⟩ τὴν διαχώρισιν.  —B3a

TRANSLATION:   Observe the separation (of the prefix from the verb).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   διὰ χωρισιν B3a   |   

COMMENT:   Like τμῆσις and διάλυσις and διαίρεσις, διαχώρισις can refer to the separation of two elements of a word.   

KEYWORDS:  διαχώρισις   


Or. 197.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπὸ δ’ ὤλεσας⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τελείως ἔφθειρας ἐθανάτωσας  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 197.11 (thom exeg) ⟨ὤλεσας⟩:  1εἰποῦσα ἡ Ἠλέκτρα πρὸς τὴν μητέρα ἐφόνευσας τὸν οἰκεῖον ἄνδρα, ἐφονεύθης δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν τέκνων, πάλιν φησίν, ὅμοιον μὲν τῇ προτέρᾳ ἐννοίᾳ, ἔχει δέ τι καὶ πλέον.  2τὸ γὰρ ἀπώλεσας πατέρα καὶ πρόσθεν εἰρήκει, τὸ δὲ καὶ τὰ τέκνα τάδε ἀπώλεσας, νῦν φησιν.  3πῶς δὲ ἀπώλεσας καὶ τὰ τέκνα;  4ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος καὶ τοῦ φόνου σέθεν καὶ σοῦ.  5ὁ γὰρ σὸς παῖς Ὀρέστης ἀποκτείνας σε δίκην ἔδωκε τῆς μητροκτονίας μανείς,  6ἧς καὶ αὐτὴ μετέχειν φησὶν ἐν στοναχαῖσι καὶ γόοις διάγουσα ἀνθ’ ὧν ὁρᾷ τὸν ἀδελφὸν μεμηνότα καὶ μηκέτ’ ὄντα καθεκτόν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   After Electra has said to her mother ‘you killed your own husband and you were killed by your children’, she says it again, in terms similar to the previous thought, but it also involves something more. For previously too she said ‘you killed father’, but now she says ‘you have also killed these children’. And how did you also kill the children? From the blood, that is, murder, of you (‘sethen’), that is, of you (‘sou’). For your son Orestes, having killed you, has paid the penalty for the matricide by going mad, and she says she herself also shares in this punishment, spending her time in groans and mourning cries because she observes her brother insane and no longer under control.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   much of Zl lost to trimming of margin   |    1 τὸ ἐφόνευσας ZaGu   |    first δὲ om. Gu   |    καὶ πάλιν Zb   |    ὅμοιον μὲν] ὁ + space of 2–3 letters Zb   |    τι] τοι T (τι Ta)   |    2 second καὶ om. Zl   |    νῦν φησιν] φησὶ καὶ νῦν Zl   |    6 μετέχει Zm   |    στοναχαῖς T   |    ὄντα] εἶναι Gu   |    καθεκτόν] καθ’ ἑαυτόν Arsenius   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 φησί Za   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.80,22–81,6


Or. 199.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τάδε⟩: δεικτικῶς φησιν ἑαυτὴν καὶ Ὀρέστην.  —HBC

TRANSLATION:   In deictic fashion she speaks of herself and Orestes.

POSITION: marg. H, intermarg. BC      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,1; Dind. II.80,21

KEYWORDS:  δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς   


Or. 199.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τάδε⟩: δεικτικῶς ἡμᾶς  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς   


Or. 199.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάδε⟩: ἤγουν ἐμὲ καὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 199.05 (vet exeg) ⟨σέθεν ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ τὸν σὸν φόνον καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀπολώλαμεν.  —HBOVCG

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to: because of your murder we too have perished.

LEMMA: ἄλλως V(as if for 197)       POSITION: marg. H (beside 199–200), intermarg. B(cont. from 199.01)C(beside 200), s.l. OG (divided into three διὰ τὸν σὸν, φόνον, καὶ ἡμ. ἀπ. O)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἰσονέκυες δὲ prep. B   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ] om. OCG   |    φόβον C   |    ἀπολ. καὶ ἡμεῖς transp. G   |    καὶ om. B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,2; Dind. II.81,13–14


Or. 199.06 (rec exeg) ⟨σέθεν ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: ἤγουν διὰ τοῦ σοῦ φόνου  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀπολώλαμεν add. V3   


Or. 199.07 (rec exeg) ⟨σέθεν ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: διὰ τὸν σὸν φόνον  —MnSa

POSITION: s.l. Mn; below line (last of page) Sa, cont. from sch. 197.02      


Or. 199.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: διὰ τὸν φόνον τοῦ αἵματος  —AbS

REF. SYMBOL: Ab       POSITION: s.l. (above end of previous line Ab)      


Or. 199.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀφ’ αἵματος⟩: ἀπὸ αἰτίας τοῦ φόνου τοῦ σοῦ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς αἰτίας Zc, αἰτίας om. G   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.80,19–20


Or. 200.05 (rec exeg) ἰσονέκυες:  1ἐπειδὴ εἶπεν ἰσονέκυες, κατασκευάζει πῶς εἰσιν ἰσονέκυες, λέγουσα πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην·  2σὺ γὰρ, Ὀρέστα, ἐν νεκροῖς τό τε πλεῖον μέρος τῆς ἐμῆς ζωῆς οἴχεται ἐν δάκρυσι συνεχέσι καὶ στεναγμοῖς.  3τὸ δὲ ἄγαμος ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος οὕτως συντακτέον·  4τὸ ἐπί εἰς τὸ ἕλκω καταβιβαστέον, ἵν’ ᾖ οὕτως·  5ἐπιέλκω δὲ, ἤτοι ἐφέλκω, εἰς τὸν αἰὲν χρόνον ἡ μέλεος τὸν βίοτον καὶ τὴν ζωήν μου ἄτεκνος ἄγαμος, ἅτε, ἀντὶ τοῦ καθά, ἄγαμος.   —VPr(Ra)Rw

TRANSLATION:   Since she has said ‘as good as dead’, she elaborates on how they are like the dead, saying to Orestes: ‘for you, Orestes, are among the dead, and the greater part of my life is gone in continual tears and lamentations’. And one must construe the phrase ‘agamos epi de ateknos’ as follows. The ‘epi’ has to be transferred forward to go with ‘helkō’, so that the sense is like this: ‘epihelkō’, that is, ‘ephelkō’, ‘I drag out’, for all time, wretched me, my life (‘biotos’), that is, life (‘zōē’), being without child, without marriage, (that is,) ‘hate’, ‘since’, used for ‘katha’, ‘inasmuch as’, unmarried.

LEMMA: VRw      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: between sch. 216.11 and 216.13 Rw, between sch. 231.08 and 216.13 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   Ra mostly washed out, but πλέον μέρος τῆς ζωῆς can be read   |    1 καὶ add. before ἐπειδὴ Pr   |    2 πλεῖον … ζωῆς om. Pr, leaving blank space   |    συνεχέσι transp. after στεναγμοῖς Pr   |    4 καταβιβαστέον] κατασκευαστέον Rw   |    4–5 ἵν’ … ἐφέλκω om. Pr, leaving blank space   |    5 τὴν βίοτον Rw   |    καὶ om. Rw   |    ἄτεκνος ἄγαμος] ἄγαμος· ἄτεκνος· ἄγαμος Rw   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ] καὶ Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,3–9; Dind. II.81,7–13


Or. 200.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἰσονέκυες⟩: γρ. ἴσοι νέκυες  —S

LEMMA: ϋσονέκυες in text S       POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 200.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἶσον νέκυες⟩: γρ. ἰσονέκυες  —Sa

LEMMA: ἶσον νέκυες in text Sa       POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 200.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἶσοι νέκυες⟩: ἶσοι νέκυες ἐσμὲν σύ τε καὶ ἡμεῖς.  —MnRSSa

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   ἶσον νέκυες Sa(as in text), om. S   |    καὶ om. Mn   |    σύ τε] om. R    


Or. 200.13 (mosch paraphr) ἰσονέκυες: ἴσοι νεκροῖς ἐσμεν. ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅμοιοι νεκροῖς, τουτέστιν νεκροῖς ἐοίκαμεν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

LEMMA: T, ὀλόμεθα ἰσονέκυες G       POSITION: s.l. except XXoTG      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.81,14–15


Or. 200.14 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἰσονέκυες⟩: ἴσοι νεκροῖς ἐσμὲν.  —AaGKXo

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἴσοι] ἴσον τοῖς Aa, ἴσοι τοῖς K   |    ἐσμὲν om. KXo, add. Xo2   


Or. 200.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἰσονέκυες⟩: ἴσοι νεκροῖς ἐοίκαμεν.  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 200.16 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἰσονέκυες⟩: ποταποὶ ἴσοι νεκροῖς  —ZZaZbZmT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ποταποὶ om. Ta   


Or. 200.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἰσονέκυες⟩: καὶ ἴσως καὶ ὁμοίως τοῖς νεκροῖς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 200.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἰσονέκυες⟩: καὶ ὅμοιοι νεκροῖς ἐσμὲν.  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   νεκροὺς Ox   


Or. 200.19 (tri metr) ⟨(ἰσο)νέκυ(ες)⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς μακρᾶς  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 49


Or. 201.01 (vet exeg) ⟨σύ⟩: τοῦτο πρὸς Ὀρέστην λέγει.  —H

TRANSLATION:   She directs this utterance to Orestes.

REF. SYMBOL: H       POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 201.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σύ⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ὁ λόγος.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 201.03 (rec exeg) ⟨σύ⟩: Ὀρέστα  —OV3AaF

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὦ prep. AaF   |    δηλονότι add. Aa   


Or. 201.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σύ⟩: ὦ μῆτερ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 201.05 (thom exeg) ⟨σύ⟩: ὦ μῆτερ ἢ ὦ Ὀρέστα  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘You’ implies the address) ‘o mother’ or ‘o Orestes’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἦ Za   


Or. 202.01 (202–203) (rec paraphr) τοῦ ἐμοῦ τε βίου φθείρεται τὸ πλέον μέρος καὶ οἴχεται.  —Mn


Or. 202.02 (202–203) (mosch paraphr) πλέον μέρος: ἀντὶ τοῦ καὶ τὸ πλέον μέρος τοῦ ἐμοῦ βίου ἤγουν τῆς ἐμῆς ζωῆς ἔφθαρται.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

LEMMA: T, σύ τε γὰρ ἐν νεκροῖς G       REF. SYMBOL: Xo       POSITION: s.l. except XXoTG      

APP. CRIT.:   (first τοῦ om. Ta)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.81,18–19


Or. 202.03 (202–203) (pllgn paraphr) καὶ μέρος τοῦ ἐμοῦ βίου ἔφθαρται.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 202.04 (202–203) (pllgn paraphr) ἤγουν τὸ πλέον τῆς ἐμῆς ζωῆς ἔφθαρται.  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 202.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τό τ’ ἐμὸν⟩: ἡ κτητικὴ ἀντωνυμία ἀντὶ γενικῆς.  —K

TRANSLATION:   The possessive adjective is used in place of the genitive (pronoun).

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 203.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βίου τὸ πλέον μέρος⟩: ἤγουν περιφραστικῶς ἡ ἐμὴ ζωή  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 204.04 (thom exeg) ⟨στοναχαῖσι⟩: λάμβανε τὸ ‘ἐν στοναχαῖσί τε καὶ γόοις’ ἢ πρὸς τὸ οἴχεται ἢ πρὸς τὸ ἕλκω. —ZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Construe ‘in groans and lamentations’ either with ‘is gone’ or with ‘drag out’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZlZm      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.81, 20–21


Or. 204.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στοναχαῖσι⟩: στοναχῇσι  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The spelling with ‑ῆσι/-ῇσι is present in the text of AbMnRSa.   


Or. 206.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἄγαμος ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄτεκνος, ἐπὶ τούτῳ δὲ ἄγαμος  —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘childless, and in addition to this unmarried’ (that is, with the adjectives in the opposite order).

POSITION: s.l. (ἁ μέλεος κτλ Yf) except X and marg. Xo      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄτεκνος om. Zc   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G   |    δὲ καὶ Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.81,22

COMMENT:   See comment on 206.10.   


Or. 206.02 (tri exeg) ⟨ἄγαμος ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄγαμος, ἐπὶ τούτῳ δὲ ἄτεκνος  —T+

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘unmarried, and in addition to this childless’.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Unless the difference from the other Moschopulean witnesses (206.01) is due to an accidental substitution influenced by the words in the verse below this annotation, Triclinius has rejected the scholiastic expedient of assuming a poetic swapping of positions (antistrophe, ἀναστρέφεται in the old sch. 206.10: see comment there).    

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits cross.   |   


Or. 206.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄγαμος⟩: δέον ἀγάμως καὶ ἀτέκνως εἰπεῖν, ὁ δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἥτις εὐθεῖαν ἐξήνεγκεν.  —ZbZmZlGu

TRANSLATION:   When he should have said (with adverbs) ‘in a manner without marriage or children’, he pronounced (the adjectives) in agreement with the nominative ‘who’ (‘hētis’).

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZm       POSITION: s.l. Zl      

APP. CRIT.:   ἥτις] εἴπης Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.81,23–24


Or. 206.10 (vet exeg) ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος:  1περισσὸν τὸ ἄτεκνος·  2ἡ γὰρ ἄγαμος καὶ ἄτεκνος.  3ἀναστρεπτέον οὖν τὴν σύνταξιν· ἄτεκνος, †ἐπειδὴ† ἄγαμος·  4δυνατὸν γὰρ τὴν γήμασαν εἶναι ἄτεκνον.   —HMBC

TRANSLATION:   The term ‘childless’ is superfluous. For the unmarried woman is also childless. Therefore one should reverse the arrangement: ‘childless, and also unmarried’. For it is possible for the woman who has married to be childless.

LEMMA: B, ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος ἅτε βίοτον M(ἐπεὶ)C       REF. SYMBOL: B       POSITION: marg. H      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἄτεκνος περισσὸν transp. B   |    2 ἡ γὰρ ἄγαμος καὶ ἄτεκνος] ἡ γὰρ ἄτεκνος καὶ ἄγαμος transp. H, om. MC   |    3 ἀνατρεπτέον C   |    corrupt for ἐπὶ δ’   |    4 δυνατὸν] δύναται MC   |    μὴ γήμασαν B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,10–12; Dind. II.81,25–27

COMMENT:   There was probably a twofold concern among commentators and teachers over this phrase. First, one could accuse Euripides of adding ἄτεκνος in a situation where it did not add anything to what ἄγαμος already implies (according to normative notions of female behavior assumed and promoted by commentators). Second, the phrase could be viewed as morally unsuitable for students to read, as Electra could be taken to acknowledge the possibility of premarital sex (see sch. 108.04, 108.05). The second half of the note attempts to allay those concerns, and it must originally have been written for a text with ἐπὶ δ’, which was sometimes corrupted to ἐπεὶ δ’, with the corruption than spreading to M’s lemma and the text of several recentiores (or the corruption occurred first in a version of the scholion and spread to the lemma and text). When the exchanged word order is assumed, then the second epithet (now ἄγαμος) is no longer redundant.   |   

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   |   antistrophe (of word order)   


Or. 206.11 (rec exeg) ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος:  1περισσὸν τὸ ἄτεκνος.  2εἰ γὰρ ἄγαμος, καὶ ἄτεκνος.  3ἢ ἀναστρεπτέον τὴν σύνταξιν· ἄτεκνος, †ἐπειδὴ† ἄγαμος·  4δυνατὸν γὰρ τὴν γήμασαν εἶναι ἄτεκνον, διὸ προσέθηκεν ἄγαμος.   —VMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The term ‘childless’ is superfluous. For if a woman is unmarried, she is also childless. Or else one should reverse the arrangement: ‘childless, and also unmarried’. For it is possible for the woman who has married to be childless, and therefore he added ‘unmarried’.

LEMMA: V, p.c. Mn, ἐπεὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος RbS, prob. Sa(faded), a.c. Mn,       REF. SYMBOL: VRa      

APP. CRIT.:   3 ἢ … ἄτεκνος om. S   |    ἀνατρεπτέον MnRa   |    corrupt for ἐπὶ δ’   |    4 δυνατὸν] ἐνέδεχετο V   |    γαμεῖσαν MnRb, γημήσασαν V, γαμηθεῖσαν RaSSa   |    εἶναι om. V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,10–12; Dind. II.81,25–27 app.


Or. 206.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος⟩: ἤγουν ἐπὶ τούτῳ δὲ καὶ ἄτεκνος  —Yf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐπεὶ δ’ ἄτεκνος⟩: ἐπεὶ δὲ ἄτεκνος, εἰμὶ ἄγαμος.  —Mn

LEMMA: ἐπεὶ in text Mn       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’⟩: σὺν δὲ, ἐπειδὴ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ δ’⟩: διὰ τὸ εἶναι ἐμὲ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄτεκνος⟩: περισσὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 206.24 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἄτεκνος⟩: εἰμὶ ἄνευ τέκνων.  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 206.25 (206–207) (rec paraphr) ⟨ἅτε βίοτον ἁ μέλεος⟩: ἐπειδὴ ἐγὼ ἡ ἀθλία ἄγω χρόνον εἰς τὴν διηνεκῆ μου ζωὴν ἀτεκνίᾳ  —MnSSa

POSITION: cont. from sch. 206.11 MnSSa      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀτεκνία p.c. S, ἀτεκνίαν MnSa, a.c. S   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.81,28–29


Or. 206.26 (206–207) (mosch exeg) ⟨ἅτε βίοτον ἁ μέλεος⟩:  1ἥτις ἡ μελέα εἰς τὸν ἀεὶ χρόνον ἕλκω τὸν βίοτον, ἤγουν τὴν ζωήν.  2τουτέστιν ἀκούσιον ζωὴν ἔχω.  3διὰ γὰρ τοῦ ἕλκω τὸ ἀκούσιον παριστᾷ.  4ὥσπερ φαμὲν ὅτι ἕλκουσιν οἱ βόες τὴν ἅμαξαν καὶ τὸ ἄροτρον.  5οὐ γὰρ ἑκουσίᾳ γνώμῃ ταῦτα σύρουσιν ἀλλ’ ὑπ’ ἀνάγκης.  6τοῦτό φησιν ἡ Ἠλέκτρα τὸν θάνατον αἱρετώτερον ἡγουμένη τῆς ζωῆς.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   (I), who, wretched woman, drag out my life (‘biotos’), that is, life (‘zōē’), for all time. That is, I have a form of life contrary to my will. For by using the verb ‘drag out’ (‘helkō’) she suggests the aspect of unwillingness. Just as we say (with this verb) that the oxen drag the wagon or the plow, for they do not pull these things along by their willing intention, but under compulsion. Electra says this because she believes death is to be preferred to her (current) life.

LEMMA: ἁ μέλεος εἰς τὸ αἰὲν G      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἅτε ἡ μελέα T   |    6 τοῦτο δὲ φησὶν ἠλέκτρα T   |    τὸν add. before αἱρ. Y   |    ἡγουμ. αἱρετ. transp. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 ἄμαξαν X   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.82,4–9

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   


Or. 206.33 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βίοτον⟩: λείπει τὸ ἀβίωτον.  —ZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ om. B3a   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 207.05 (rec gram) ⟨μέλεος⟩: μέλεος γίνεται ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ ἐλεεῖσθαι. —V

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   For this etymology see Theognostus, Canones [Cramer, Anecdota Gr. Oxon. II] §270,7–9 τὸ μέλεος, προπαροξύτονον, σύνθετον ὂν παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἐλεεῖν· ἢ παρὰ τὸ μὴ λῶ, ὃ δηλοῖ τὸ θέλω; sch. Sa Hec. 154 μελέα ἐτυμολογεῖται ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ ἐλεεῖσθαι, sch. Pr Hec. 149 μελέας· ἀθλίας μηδὲ ἐλέους ἀξιουμένης; sch. V Hec. 186 μέλεος ὁ ἄθλιος ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ λῶ τὸ θέλω. μέλεος δὲ καὶ ὁ κλέπτης καί πως ἄδικος, παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἐλέους ἄξιος εἶναι.   


Or. 207.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἕλκω⟩: τὸ ἐπί καταβιβαστέον εἰς τὸ ἕλκω  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘epi’ is to be applied later in the sentence to the verb ‘helkō’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 207.17 (tri metr) diple pointing outward at beginning and end of verse  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 49


Or. 208.01 (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: ὅρα παροῦσα:  1αἱ ἑξῆς αὗται ἀμοιβαῖαι περίοδοι στίχων εἰσὶν ἰαμβικῶν τριμέτρων ἀκαταλήκτων ρηʹ, ὧν τελευταῖος [315] ‘κάματος βροτοῖσιν ἀπορία τε γίνεται’.  2μετὰ μέντοι τὸν ξζʹ στίχον καὶ τὸν ξθʹ κῶλα βʹ μονόμετρα βραχυκατάληκτα.  3ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀποθέσεσι παράγραφος, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τέλει κορωνίς.   —T

TRANSLATION:   The following alternating groups of dialogue lines [208–315] consist of 108 acatalectic iambic trimeters, of which the last [315] is ‘this turns out to be toil and helplessness for mortals’. But after the sixty-seventh verse [274] and the sixty-ninth [276] there are two brachycatalectic monometric cola. At the sense-divisions a paragraphos, and at the end a coronis.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.12,25–29


Or. 208.03 (208–209) (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὅρα παροῦσα⟩: σκόπει παραγενομένη, ἵνα μὴ ἀποθανὼν ὁ ἀδελφός σου.  —X


Or. 208.06 (tri metr) ⟨ὅρα⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 49


Or. 208.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πέλας⟩: γενομένη τοῦ σοῦ ἀδελφοῦ  —Xo2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 210.01 (rec paraphr) ὅτι οὐχί μοι ἀρέσκει ἀγνώστως παρακαθέζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ καὶ διαλελυμένῳ Ὀρέστῃ καὶ μὴ εἰδέναι εἴτε ζῇ εἴτε οὔ.  —MnSSa

APP. CRIT.:   παρακειμένῳ Mn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.82,16–18

COLLATION NOTES:   In Sa only the last words καὶ μὴ εἰδέναι κτλ are written in dark ink by the main hand; it appears that the first words were written by the rubricator (as sometimes occurred in Sa), although they have almost entirely faded out.    |   


Or. 210.02 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐ γάρ μ’ ἀρέσκει⟩: Ἀττικὸν τὸ σχῆμα· Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Ran. 103]· ‘σὲ δὲ ταῦτ’ ἀρέσκει’  —VRb, partial PrGu

LEMMA: VRb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: s.l. PrGu; follows sch. 210.06 in Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀριστοφ. κτλ om. PrGu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,13–4; Dind. II.82,15–16

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aristophanes   


Or. 210.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μ’ ἀρέσκει⟩: Ἀττικὸν ἀντιπτωτικῶς  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   |   ἀντίπτωσις   


Or. 210.06 (vet exeg) τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ: τῷ πάνυ ἐκλελυμένῳ τοῦ σώματος  —HMBOV3CRb

TRANSLATION:   By the extremely relaxed state of his body.

LEMMA: Rb      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: marg. HM, intermarg. B, s.l. OV3C      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν prep. H3   |    τῷ πάνυ om. O, πάνυ transp. after ἐκλ. V3 (adding to V1’s shorter gloss)   |    τοῦ σώματος HO(om. τοῦ)RbV3, app. σώματος O, τῷ σώματι MBC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,15; Dind. II.82,18–19

COLLATION NOTES:   O has a tiny mark suspended above final tau of σώματ, very like the omicron = ος on ἐλαφρός in the gloss below it; it is less likely to be iota, despite lack of opening, because iota is usually longer, more perpendicular than this stroke, and usually has a trema in the scholiast’s hand.   |   


Or. 210.08 (rec exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ⟩: τῷ ἐκλελυμένῳ τούτῳ φίλῳ  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   φόβω Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκλελειμένῳ S   |   


Or. 210.09 (rec exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ⟩: καὶ τούτῳ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 210.10 (rec exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ⟩: ἐν τῇ λίαν παρέσει  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 210.11 (mosch exeg) ⟨τῷ λίαν παρειμένῳ⟩: ἤγουν κατὰ τὸ λίαν παραλελυμένον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  That is, in respect to the excessively relaxed (condition).

REF. SYMBOL: Xo       POSITION: s.l. except XXo      

APP. CRIT.:   παραλελυμένῳ· prep. Xo (in addition to sep. gloss s.l. 210.17)   |    παραλελειμένον (υ above ει) X (λίαν παρειμένον Ta)   |   


Or. 210.18 (thom exeg) ⟨παρειμένῳ⟩: παραλελυμένῳ αὐτοῦ  —ZZaZbZlT

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   διαλελ‑ Za   

COLLATION NOTES:   Zl water damage: of αὐτοῦ only a possible trace of the breathing remains.   |   


Or. 210.19 (thom exeg) ⟨παρειμένῳ⟩: παραλελυμένῳ αὐτοῦ· ὕπτιος γὰρ καὶ ὡς νεκρὸς ἔκειτο· ἢ τῇ παραλύσει.  —ZmGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   By (the) loosened state of him. For he (Orestes) was lying face-up and like a corpse. Or by his paralysis (immobility).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ om. Zm, with τῇ παρ. as sep. gloss   


Or. 210.21 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 211.01 (vet exeg) νῦν οὐ τραγῳδεῖ, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῇ μανίᾳ.  —HBC

TRANSLATION:   Now he does not declaim in an impassioned way, but rather (he does so) during his madness.

REF. SYMBOL: H      POSITION: intermarg. BC      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,16

COMMENT:   On the senses of τραγῳδεῖν see Prelim. Stud. 32 with note 115.   

KEYWORDS:  staging, delivery of lines   |   τραγῳδεῖν   


Or. 211.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὦ φίλον ὕπνου θέλγητρον⟩: ὦ προσφιλὴς τοῦ ὕπνου θελκτικὴ δύναμις  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

REF. SYMBOL: Xo       POSITION: s.l. except XXoT      

APP. CRIT.:   ὦ om. G   |    προσφιλὴς] φίλ() Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.83,3


Or. 211.05 (vet exeg) ὕπνου θέλγητρον:  1τὸ βαθύτατον τοῦ ὕπνου, τὸ μάλιστα θέλγειν δυνάμενον τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας·  2ὁ γὰρ ἐλαφρὸς φαντασίαις ἀναμέμικται.   —HMBVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The deepest form of sleep, the one that can most enchant those who are ill. For light sleep is mixed with visions.

LEMMA: MBCPr, ὦ φίλον VRb, θέλγητρον Rw      REF. SYMBOL: HMBVRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ ὕπνου om. Pr   |    μάλιστα om. H   |    δυνάμενον θέλγειν transp. H   |    ἀσθενοῦντας] ἀρρώστους H   |    2 after ἐλαφρὸς add. ὕπνος VMnSSa [Pr (damaged, app. no space for this added word)]   |    ἀναμέμνηται Sa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μάλιστα] μάλλιστα Mn   |    δυνάμενοι S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,17–19; Dind. II.82,27–29

COMMENT:   Compare sch. 159.18.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Sa has τὸ, μάλιστα, cf. this comma elsewhere, e.g. τὸ, κακῶν at start of sch. 234.12.   |   


Or. 211.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὕπνου θέλγητρον⟩:  1τὸν βαθύτατον·  2ὁ γὰρ ἐλαφρὸς φαντασίαις ἀναμέμικται.   —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 211.07 (pllgn exeg) ἤγουν τὸ δυνάμενον θέλγειν τοὺς ἀσθ[ενοῦντας· τὸ] θέλγον(?) γὰρ τοῦ κακοχουμένου γίνεται παρηγορία [καὶ] λήθη τῶν κακῶν.  —F

POSITION: marg.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Recheck original F, 159v.   


Or. 211.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὕπνου θέλγητρον⟩: τὴν βαθύτητα τοῦ ὕπνου φησὶν.  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 211.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄλλως· θέλγητρον⟩: τὸ θέλγον, ἡδῦνον, τὸ προσφιλέστατον καὶ βαθύτατον καὶ κάλλιστον τοῦ ὕπνου  —V

LEMMA: V      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,20–21; Dind. II.82,29–30


Or. 211.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θέλγητρον⟩: τὸ βαθύτατον τοῦ ὕπνου ὀνομάζει θέλγητρον.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 211.17 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίκουρον νόσου⟩: φυσικῶς τὸν ὕπνον οἶδεν ἐπίκουρον τῶν κακῶν  —HMBCGPr

TRANSLATION:   In terms of what is natural, he knows that sleep is a helper against troubles.

LEMMA:  s.l. C, marg. G;       REF. SYMBOL: H       POSITION: cont. from 211.05 (add. δὲ) BPr; marg. MG, s.l. C      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τὸν οἶπνον M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,22; Dind. II.82,30–83,1

COMMENT:   The position of the adverb seems to favor taking it with the main verb, as translated above, and whoever wrote the next sch. understood the remark in this way. Such a use could be considered an obverse of the use of φυσικῶς (contrasted with ἀλληγορικῶς and μυθικῶς) in categorizing commonly-applied Byzantine modes of interpretataion. The alternative translation ‘He knows that sleep is naturally a helper against troubles’ is a point somewhat less likely to be made by a commentator.   


Or. 211.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίκουρον νόσου⟩: φυσικῶς αὐτὸ εἶπεν· παραμύθιον γὰρ τῶν κακῶν οἶδε τὸν ὕπνον.  —VRb

TRANSLATION:   He said this in terms of what is natural, for he knows that sleep is a comfort against troubles.

LEMMA: VRb(νόσον)       REF. SYMBOL: VRb      

APP. CRIT.:   π(ερι)μύθιον Rb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,23–24


Or. 211.25 (thom exeg) ἐπίκουρον: τοῖς γὰρ νοσοῦσιν οὐδὲν ἄλλο πλὴν ὕπνος ἐστὶ τῆς νόσου φάρμακον.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   For to those who are sick, nothing other than sleep is a medicine for the disease.

LEMMA: T       REF. SYMBOL: ZbZl at ὕπνου, Gu at νόσου       POSITION: s.l. ZZa, cont. from 211.20      

APP. CRIT.:   Many words lost to trimming Zl   |    ἐστὶ transp. before ἄλλο ZZa   |    φάρμ. τ. νόσου transp. ZZa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   τῆς] τοῖς Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.83,1–2


Or. 212.06 (rec exeg) ⟨με⟩: γρ. μοι  —MnSa

LEMMA: με in text MnSa       POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 212.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐν δέοντί γε⟩: λείπει τῷ καιρῷ.  —MnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῷ om. MnS   

COLLATION NOTES:   Ab partially lost in margin, with damaged kappa.   |   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 212.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐν δέοντί γε⟩: στερισκομένῳ ἢ πρέποντι καιρῷ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   (Meaning) ‘being in need’ (with ‘endeonti’ as one word, modifying dative ‘me’, that is, Orestes) or ‘suitable occasion’ (with ‘en deonti’ as two words, with dative ‘occasion’ understood).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν add. before πρέπ. T, s.l. Zm   |    καιρῷ lost to trimming Zl   

COMMENT:   If I have correctly inferred what Thomas meant by στερισκομένῳ, then it may be noted how the addition (Triclinius’s) of ἐν makes the explanation clearer.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu reuses Gr’s καιρῷ.   |   


Or. 212.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐν δέοντί γε⟩: ἐν πρέποντι καιρῷ —Aa3CrSOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   |    καιρῷ om. S   


Or. 212.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐν δέοντί γε⟩: ἢ ἐν δέοντι ἀντὶ τοῦ δεόντως καὶ εὐκαίρως Ἀττικῶς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 212.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐνδέοντι⟩: ἀσθενοῦντι, ἢ ἐν δέοντι καιρῷ  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 212.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τε⟩: γε  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 213.01 (vet exeg) ὦ πότνια λήθη τῶν κακῶν:  1πότνιαν εἶπεν αὐτήν, ἐπεὶ πάντας τιμῶμεν τοὺς παραμυθουμένους.  2τὸ δὲ ‘ὡς εἶ σοφή’ ἀντὶ τοῦ λίαν σοφῶς ἐπενοήθης ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως.  3τὸ δὲ ‘τῶν κακῶν’ οἰκείως προσέθηκεν, ἐπειδὴ καλὴ τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ἡ λήθη.   —HMBVCMnPrRbRwSSa3

TRANSLATION:   He called her ‘lady mistress’ because we honor all those who comfort us. The phrase ‘how wise you are’ is equivalent to ‘you have been devised very wisely by nature’. He added the words ‘of ills’ suitably, since the forgetting of ills is good.

LEMMA: MC, ὦ πότνια λήθη V, ὦ πότνια MnRbRwSSa      REF. SYMBOL: HMVRb      POSITION: cont. from 211.17 B, add. δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   πότνιαν δὲ BPr   |    αὐτὴν εἶπεν transp. VMnRbSa, αὐτὴν om. S   |    1 αὐτὴν] τὴν λήθην τῶν κακῶν B, [τὴν τῶν κακῶν or τῶν κακῶν τὴν] λήθην Pr (damage)   |    ἐπεὶ] ἐπειδὴ VPrRb   |    πάντες VRbS   |    2 λίαν σοφῶς] λίαν· καὶ φῶς Rw   |    ἐπενοήθης σοφῶς transp. H   |    ὑπενοήθης MC, ὑπενοήθη Rw   |    ὑπὸ om. Rw   |    3 τὸ δὲ] ἡ λήθη δὲ Sa, ἡ λήθη τὸ δὲ MnRbS, τὸ δὲ διὰ Rw   |    first τῶν om. Rb   |    καλὴ] καλόν τι χρῆμα VMn(χρήμα)RbSSa   |    ἐστιν om. VMnRbSSa   |    at end add. ἢ ἐπειδὴ καλὴ τῶν κακῶν ἡ λήθη V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.118,25–28; Dind. II.83,10–11, 15–17


Or. 213.02 (pllgn exeg) λίαν σοφῶς ἐπενοήθης ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως· καλὴ γὰρ τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ἡ λήθη.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 213.03 (213–216) (pllgn exeg) ὦ πότνια λήθη τῶν κακῶν:  1λήθη τῶν κακῶν ὁ ὕπνος ὑπάρχει·  2ὅσας γὰρ ἂν λύπας ἔχῃ ἄνθρωπος καὶ ὑπνώσῃ, λανθάνεται αὐτῶν.  3οὕτω καὶ ὁ Ὀρέστης ὑπνώσας ἐπελάθετο τῶν κακῶν ὧν εἶχεν, ἤγουν τῆς μανίας καὶ τοῦ φόνου τῆς μητρός.  4ὡς ἔοικε δὲ, κατεκλίθη ἐν οἵῳ τόπῳ ἔφθασε δαιμονιζόμενος, εἶτα ἐλθὼν ἐν φρονήσει καὶ ἐξυπνίσας λέγει·  5ἀπὸ ποίου τόπου καὶ πότε ἦλθον ἐνταῦθα;  6ἀμνημονῶ γὰρ ἀπολειφθεὶς τῶν πρὶν φρενῶν, ἤγουν στερηθεὶς τῶν μανιωδῶν καὶ ἐφθαρμένων φρενῶν, καὶ εἰς νοῦν ἐλθὼν ἀρτίως τῶν ὑγιῶν φρενῶν ⟨οὐκ⟩ ἐγνώρισα ποῦ εἰμί.  7ἢ ἄλλως· ἀπολειφθεὶς τῶν πρότερον σώων φρενῶν καὶ μαινόμενος γεγονὼς ἀμνημονῶ ποῦ ἦλθον καὶ ποῦ εἰμί.   —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   Sleep is a forgetting of ills. For, however many pains a person has and (then) sleeps, he forgets them. Thus Orestes, too, after sleeping, forgot the troubles he had before, namely his madness and the murder of his mother. And as it seems, he had lain down in the place he had reached when beset by the gods, and then having come to his senses and woken up he says: from what place and when did I come here? For I do not remember, separated from my previous state of mind, that is, freed from insane and corrupted wits, and having come just now to a rational state of healthy wits I have not recognized where I am. Or an alternative way to take it: separated from my previously sound wits and having become insane, I do not recall where I have come to or where I am.

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἔχῃ Matt., ἔχει Yf2   |    ὑπνώσει Yf2    |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.83,18–27

COMMENT:   In 1 Matthiae (or rather Francesco de Furia, who supplied him with the collations of Florentine mss) wrongly read λήθη ἤγουν. λήθη is written with a suspended θη, and eta is distorted by the overlap of the acute and has a very ornate tail. In 3 Matthiae conjectured ὑπνώσας with punctuation before it, but his collator had missed the tiny καὶ abbreviation and ignored the punctiation after ὑπνώσει. In 4 I interpret Matthiae’s τρόπῳ also as a misreading of τόπῳ of Yf2.   |   


Or. 213.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨πότνια⟩: παρὰ πάντων τιμωμένη  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 213.06 (tri metr) ⟨πότνια⟩: koine short over omicron  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 213.07 (thom exeg) ⟨λήθη⟩:  1οἱ γὰρ δυστυχοῦντες εὔχονται τῶν κακῶν οἷς σύνεισιν ἀπηλλάχθαι καὶ εἰς λήθην ἐλθεῖν.  2διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Ὀρέστης ἐν τῷ καθεστηκότι γενόμενος καὶ τῆς μανίας ἐπ’ ὀλίγον ἀπαλλαγεὶς τὴν τῶν κακῶν λήθην πότνιαν καλεῖ καὶ εὐκταίαν τοῖς δυστυχοῦσι θεόν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   For those suffering misfortune pray to be released from the evils attending them and to reach forgetfulness. For this reason Orestes too, once he gets into his normal state of mind and is freed for a short time from his madness, calls the forgetting of evils ‘queen’ (‘potnia’) and a goddess prayed for by those suffering misfortune.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZmGu      

APP. CRIT.:   many words lost in Zl   |    1 oἱ γὰρ νοσοῦντες Zm [Zl]   |    γὰρ om. T [Zl]   |    λήθην] λύσιν Ta [Zl]   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀπηλάχθαι ZbZl, ἀπαλλάχθαι Zm   |    2 εὐκτέαν T [εὐκτέα in text]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.83,5–9


Or. 213.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς εἶ σοφὴ⟩: λίαν ἐπενοήθης ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως.  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑπενοήθης O   

COMMENT:   Apparently σοφὴ is to be understood from the text below (cf. 213.13).   


Or. 213.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς εἶ σοφὴ⟩: σοφῶς ἐπενοήθης  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 213.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς εἶ σοφὴ⟩: ἤγουν σοφὴ ἐπινοηθεῖσα ἀπὸ φύσεως.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 214.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῖσι δυστυχοῦσιν εὐκταία⟩: ἀξία εὐχῆς τοῖς κακοπαθοῦσι  —R

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   last two words very damaged   


Or. 214.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δυστυχοῦσιν⟩: τοῖς ἐν δυστυχίᾳ οὖσι  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 214.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπειθοῦσιν⟩: δυστυχοῦσιν  —Rwrec

LEMMA: ἀπειθοῦσιν in text Rw       POSITION: marg.      


Or. 214.13 (pllgn gram) ⟨εὐκταία⟩: εὐκταῖον εὐχῆς ἄξιον πολύτιμον ὑγιὲς.  —B4

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Derived from a lexicographic source: cf. Photius ε 2235, Suda ε 3549a, or Lex. Segueriana (Anecdota Gr. Bachmann I.240,26).   


Or. 214.14 (tri metr) ⟨εὐκτέα⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 214.17 (rec exeg) ⟨θεός⟩: ὡς καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 2.742] ‘κλυτὸς Ἱπποδάμ(εια)’  —K

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   This citation is scholiastic shorthand for giving a parallel for adjectives with an apparently masculine ending modifying a feminine noun, as seen in sch. MV Hec. 148, sch. MVPrSa Hec. 296 (also sch. Thom. Hec. 296), sch. B Med. 63, sch. MV Andr. 711).   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 214.18 (rec exeg) ⟨θεός⟩: Ἀττικὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 215.01 (rec rhet) ἐμπερίβολος  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,2

COMMENT:   This is a late rhetorical term for ornate or intricate style of discourse, anything expanded beyond a simple and straightforward style of statement. Here it apparently applies to the double question with variation of the interrogative and of the verb of arriving.   |   

KEYWORDS:  ἐμπερίβολος   


Or. 215.02 (rec exeg) ⟨πόθεν ποτ’⟩: ἐρωτηματικὸν πόθεν ποτε.  —K

POSITION: marg. (below column)      


Or. 215.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨πότ’⟩: κατὰ ποῖον καιρὸν  —V3AaZu

LEMMA: πότ’ in text VZu       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κατὰ] καὶ Zu   


Or. 215.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨ποτ’⟩: περισσὸν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (This word is) superfluous (and need not be translated).

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ποτε prep. X   |    ἢ prep. Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,1–2

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 215.10 (thom paraphr) ⟨δεῦρο⟩: ἐν ᾧ νῦν εἰμι.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. ZbZm, ἐνταῦθα prep. T   


Or. 215.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨δεῦρο⟩: κίνησιν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   δηλοῖ or σημαίνει is to be understood.   


Or. 215.13 (rec exeg) ⟨δεῦρο⟩: εἰς τὴν κατάστασιν τῆς ὑγείας  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 215.18 (tri metr) ⟨ἀφικόμην⟩: long mark over iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 216.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμνημονῶ⟩: τί πέπρακται μοι ἐν τῇ νόσῳ.  —OGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς μανίας add. Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,3–4


Or. 216.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμνημονῶ⟩: εἴ τι καὶ πέπρακταί μοι ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς μανίας.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 216.05 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀμνημονῶ⟩: οὐ μιμνήσκω, ἀχαριστῶ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Note the inclusion of ἀχαριστῶ, a second meaning irrelevant to this passage.   |   


Or. 216.07 (rec exeg) ⟨τῶν πρὶν⟩: ἕως τούτου ὀφείλει στίζειν, εἶτα ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν.  —V

TRANSLATION:   It is proper to punctuate after ‘the previous (ills)’, and then (treat as a new phrase) ‘deprived of sense’.

LEMMA: V       POSITION: between lemma of 216.13 and content of 216.13      

APP. CRIT.:   ὀφείλεις Schw.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,8–9; Dind. II.84,9–10

COMMENT:   Schwartz’s correction is unjustified because impersonal ὀφείλει is medieval vernacular and found in e.g. Sch. Oppian. Hal. 3.29,3–4 φησὶ γάρ· τὸν ἁλιέα μήτε παχὺν ὀφείλει εἶναι, μήτε λεπτὸν ἀλλὰ κτλ.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 216.11 (vet exeg) ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν:  1τῶν πρὶν φρενῶν ἀπολειφθεὶς, ἐν τῇ μανίᾳ.  2οὐχὶ νῦν ἀπολειφθεὶς τῶν φρενῶν ἀμνημονῶ, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῇ νόσῳ.  3τὸ γὰρ ὄργανον, δι’ οὗ ἀναφέρομεν τὰ πραττόμενα, συννοσεῖ τῷ σώματι.  4ἀμνημονῶ τί πέπρακταί μοι ἐν τῇ νόσῳ, τῶν φρενῶν πρότερον ἀπολειφθεὶς καὶ μανείς.   —MBVCPrRbRw, partial MnSSa

TRANSLATION:   Deprived of my previous wits, during the madness. I am unaware not because now deprived of my wits, but rather during my sickness. For the sense organ through which we take in what is being done shares in the illness of the body. I am unaware of what has been done by me during my sickness, because I was previously deprived of my wits and became mad.

LEMMA: MVCRb, τῶν πρὶν φρενῶν B, τῶν πρὶν ἀπολ. φρ. MnS(ὁ prep.)Sa, ἀμνημονῶ γὰρ Rw      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τῶν … ἀπολειφθεὶς om. MnSSa (cf. their lemma)   |    1–2 ἐν τῇ … φρενῶν add. Sar in space left by Sa   |    1–2 ἐν τῇ μανίᾳ … ἀπολειφθεὶς om. M   |    2 νῦν] νοῦν B, perhaps Sar   |    τῶν om. MnSSa   |    νῦν add. before ἀμνημονῶ BVMnPrRbSSa   |    2–4 ἀλλ’ ἐν … ἀμνημονῶ om. Rb   |    2 ἀλλ’ ἐν] ἢ ἀμνημονῶ ἃ πέπρακτα μοι ἐν V   |    3–4 τὸ γὰρ κτλ om. MnSSa   |    3 τὸ γὰρ … σώματι om. app. Pr (damage)   |    σὺ νοσεῖ M   |    4 ἀμνημονῶ τί … νόσῳ om. V   |    τῶν φρενῶν πρότερον] τῶν προτέρων φρενῶν BPr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μανίᾳ] μαντία Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,1–5; Dind. II.84,4–8

COLLATION NOTES:   Recheck Sa for νῦν/νοῦν, 128v line 14.   |   


Or. 216.12 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: τί πέπονθα ἀπολειφθεὶς τῶν πρὸ τῆς μανίας φρενῶν.  —V

LEMMA: V      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,6–7; Dind. II.84,8–9


Or. 216.13 (rec exeg) ἄλλως· ἀμνημονῶ γὰρ τῶν πρὶν ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν:  1δεῖ δὲ νοεῖν· οὐχὶ νῦν ἀπολειφθεὶς τῶν φρενῶν, ἀλλὰ τότε·  2νῦν γὰρ φρονίμως διαλέγεται.   —VPrRw

TRANSLATION:   One must interpret: not now deprived of his wits, but back then. For now he is conversing intelligently.

LEMMA: V, ἀμνημονῶ ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν Pr       POSITION: follows sch. 200.05 PrRw (200.05 itself out of order Pr, bottom block 16v)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 between lemma and start of note V inserts sch. 216.07   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,10–11; Dind. II.84,10–12


Or. 216.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν⟩: στερηθεὶς τῶν πρότερον σώων φρενῶν καὶ μαινόμενος γεγονὼς ἀμνημονῶ ποῦ ἦλθον καὶ ποῦ εἰμί.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   First word is reused Y gloss.   |   


Or. 216.16 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀπολειφθεὶς⟩: πόρρω γενόμενος ὑπὸ τῆς μανίας  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,12


Or. 216.17 (rec exeg) ⟨φρενῶν⟩: τῶν ἐν τῇ μανίᾳ  —OB3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 216.20 (tri metr) paragraphos —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 217.04 (tri metr) ⟨ηὔφρανας⟩: long mark over first alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 218.01 (vet exeg) ⟨βούλει θίγω σου⟩: φιλαδέλφου κόρης ἦθος καὶ λόγους ἐμιμήσατο.  —MBCAaPraPrbRb

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) has represented the character and utterances of a sister affectionate toward a brother.

LEMMA: MC, 217 ὦ φίλτατ’ Rb       REF. SYMBOL: MRb       POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. AaPrb; follows sch. 221.01 Pra      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ λόγ. μιμήσατο om. Aa   |    καὶ om. Pra   |    ἦθος καὶ λόγον Prb, ἦθος λόγων Pra   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,12–13; Dind. II.84,16–17

KEYWORDS:  character, analysis of   


Or. 218.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βούλει⟩: ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ ‘τί σοι θέλεις δῆτ’ εἰκάθω’ ὅ φησι Σοφοκλῆς [Soph. OT 651].  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:   (This passage) is similar (in its grammatical construction) to the line ‘what, then, do you want me to yield to you?’ that Sophocles says.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm       POSITION: s.l. Gu      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,21–22

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Sophocles   


Or. 218.04 (thom exeg) ⟨θίγω⟩:  1διότι μὲν ἤρξατο θίγειν, θίγω ἐνεστῶτα καὶ οὐ θίξω εἶπε.  2διότι δὲ ἔμελλε κουφιεῖν, κουφίσω ἐπὶ μέλλοντος καὶ οὐ κουφίζω εἶπε.  3διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸ βούλει ποσῶς μὲν πρὸς τὸ θίγω νοεῖται, τὸ δὲ ὅλον πρὸς τὸ ἀνακουφίσω.  4ἢ καὶ τὸ θίγω ὑποτακτικὸν νόει.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Because she has (already) begun to touch him, she said ‘I touch’ in the present tense and not ‘I will touch’. But because she was (still) about to raise him, she said ‘I will raise’ in the future tense and not ‘I raise’. For this reason also the verb ‘do you want’ is understood to apply to ‘I touch’ to a certain extent, but completely to ‘I will raise up’. Or, alternatively, interpret ‘I touch’ also as subjunctive.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   2 κουφίζω] κουφίσω Z [Zl]   |    4 προσ[τακτικόν] a.c. Zl   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἶπεν Ta   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,17–21


Or. 218.06 (rec exeg) ⟨θίγω⟩: ἐλλειπτικῶς  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   With ellipsis (scil. of ‘hina’ to introduce the subjunctive).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐλλιπτικῶς Pr   |   

KEYWORDS:  ἐλλειπτικῶς   


Or. 218.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θίγω⟩: τὸ βούλει μετὰ ὐποτακτικοῦ συντάσσεται.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 218.18 (tri metr) ⟨κἀνακουφίσω⟩: long mark over first alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 219.01 (vet exeg) λαβοῦ λαβοῦ δῆτ’: 1σφόδρα δεομένου ἡ φωνή· 2διὸ τῇ ἐπαναλήψει κέχρηται.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The expression is that of one earnestly entreating; therefore he uses repetition of the same word (epanalepsis).

LEMMA: MVC, λαβοῦ λαβοῦ MnRbRwSSa      REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      POSITION: intermarg. B; between sch. 168.05 and sch. 174.04 Rw, cont. from 218.01 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ σφόδρα VMnRbS(τὸ)Sa, τοῦ σφοδροῦ Rw   |    δεομένη Pr   |    φωνή ἐστι VMnRbRw(ἐστιν)SSa   |    2 διὸ καὶ BVMnPrSSa, ἐξ οὗ καὶ Rw   |    τῇ μὲν ἐπ. MnRbSSa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,14–15; Dind. II.84,23–24

KEYWORDS:  epanalepsis   


Or. 219.03 (thom exeg) ⟨λαβοῦ⟩: ὥστε ἀνακουφίσαι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 219.09 (pllgn gram) ⟨ὄμορξον⟩: ἀπόμοργμα ὁ σπόγγος καὶ τὸ εἴδωλον  —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu       POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   a.c. perhaps ἀπογγ*ωμα, p.c. app. ἀπόργμα Zu   

COMMENT:   For the gloss εἴδωλον, cf. Photius α 2572 καὶ ἀπόμοργμα τὸ ἐκτύπωμα καὶ ὁμοίωμα, ps.-Zonaras 253,21 ἀπομόργματα· σφραγίδων ἐκτυπώματα.   


Or. 220.02 (vet exeg) ἀφρώδη πέλανον: τὸν πεπηγότα ῥύπον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀφροῦ  —MBOVaVbCAbMnaMnbPrRbSaSbSaaSab

TRANSLATION:   The caked crust (formed) from foam.

LEMMA: Va, στόματος ἀφρώδη M      REF. SYMBOL: MV      POSITION: intermarg. B; s.l. VbCAbMnbSbSab; cont. from 219.01 B, cont. from 220.05 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀφρώδη δὲ πέλανον prep. MnaRbSaSaa(ἀφθώδη Mna, δὲ om. Sa), πέλανον δὲ prep. B, πέλανον δὲ κυρίως εἶπε prep. Pr   |    καὶ prep. Sb   |    ὑπὸ] ἀπὸ VaAbMnaMnbSaSbSaaSab, p.c. Pr   |    τοῦ om. OVb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ῥῦπον CPrSaSb, a.c. Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,17–18; Dind. II.84,27

COMMENT:   The mss all have the accentuation πέλανον, not πελανὸν, as editors print on the basis of Herodian Gram.Gr. 3:1.178,19 (but V1 writes πελανὸν in Alc. 851 and in the scholion on that line, and the original hand in M at Hipp. 147 has πελανῶν as opposed to πελάνων of other mss and M2).   |   


Or. 220.03 (rec exeg) ἀφρώδη πέλανον:  1καλῶς εἶπεν ἀφρώδη πέλανον ἐπὶ τοῦ στόματος, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ὀμμάτων οὐ δεῖ προσλαμβάνειν τὸ ἀφρώδη πέλανον, ἀλλὰ μόνον πέλανον.  2ἐπὶ γὰρ τῶν ὀμμάτων ῥύπος μὲν γίνεται, ἀφρῶδες δὲ οὔ.   —VRw(C)

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) well said ‘foamlike crust’ in application to the mouth, but in the case of the eyes one should not apply (the description) ‘foamlike crust’ but only ‘crust’. For in the case of the eyes, a dirty bit of crud does occur, but it is not foamlike.

LEMMA: C (omits content)      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: follows sch. 227.06 V, cont. from 227.06 Rw; (lemma only) between 225.15 and 234.12 C      

APP. CRIT.:   2 γὰρ] μὲν γὰρ Rw   |    ἀφρῶδες] ἀφροδίτη Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,6–8; Dind. II.85,6–9


Or. 220.05 (vet exeg) πέλανον:  1κυρίως πέλανος τὸ λεπτὸν πέμμα ᾧ χρῶνται πρὸς τὰς θυσίας, παρὰ τὸ πεπλατύνθαι.  2οἱ δέ φασι καὶ πᾶν ἐξ ὑγροῦ πεπηγός.  3ἔνιοι δὲ παρὰ τὴν παιπάλην·  4ἐκ γὰρ ταύτης ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον γίνεται.  5ἢ παρὰ τὸ παλῦναι, ὅ ἐστι λευκᾶναι·  6Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 10.7]· ‘ἐπάλυνεν ἀρούρας’.  7λευκὸν γὰρ τὸ πέμμα. 5οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ πελάζειν καὶ ἱκετεύειν τοὺς θεοὺς δι’ αὐτῶν.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   In the proper sense, ‘pelanos’ is the light cake that people use for sacrifices, derived from (the fact of) its having been flattened (‘plat-’). Others say it also means anything that has solidified out of something moist. Some derive it from ‘paipalē’ (fine meal, flour), because for the most part ‘pelanos’ is made out of this. Alternatively, derived from ‘to besprinkle’ (‘palun-’) meaning ‘to whiten’. Homer (says): ‘(snow) lightly dusted (‘epalunen’) the fields (with white)’. For the cake is white. Others derive it from (the fact that people) ‘draw near’ (‘pelazein’) and supplicate the gods with them (the cakes).

LEMMA: MB, ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: MB      

APP. CRIT.:   1 κυρίως transp. after πέλ. BPrRw   |    πέλανος] Arsenius, πέλανον MBVCPr, μέλανον Rw   |    λευκόν Pr   |    ᾧ] ὃ MV   |    χρῆται Rw   |    2 ὁ δὲ φησὶ MBCPrRw   |    3 δὲ] MVRw, om. others   |    παρὰ τὸ πεπάλην VC, παρὰ τὴν πετάλην MPr (for this error compare Photius π 538 τὸ ἐκ τῆς πετάλης πέμμα)   |    4 εἰς γὰρ ταύτην M   |    τὸ om. Pr   |    5 παλῦναι] πλατύναι B, πλῦναι C   |    6 καὶ ὅμηρος VCPrRw   |    ἀργύρας Rw, ἀρούραις Pr   |    7 πέμμα] πέλημα M   |    8 οἱ δὲ] ἢ Rw   |    ἀπὸ τοῦ] παρὰ τὸ V, διὰ τὸ Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   5 παλύναι MPrRw   |    ἐστὶν M   |    λευκάναι MVCPrRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.119,19–130,5; Dind. II.85,1–6

COMMENT:   Similarly, sch. V Rhes. 430 ὡς πέμμα ξηρανθὲν τὸ αἷμα τοῦ φόνου. ἀκύρως δὲ κέχρηται τῷ πέλανος, ἄμεινον δὲ ἑτέρωθι [220] εἶπεν ‘ἀφρώδη πέλανον’ διὰ τὴν λευκότητα. κυρίως γὰρ ἔλεγον πελάνους τὰ πόπανα ἀπὸ τοῦ πεπλατύνθαι· ἢ ἀπὸ τῆς παιπάλης, ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ λεπτοτάτου κατασκευάζονται. καὶ Ὅμηρος τὸ λευκᾶναι παλῦναί φησιν [Hom. Il. 10.7]· ‘ὅτε πέρ τε χιὼν ἐπάλυνεν ἀρούρας’. Cf. Harpocration 44 Keaney πέλανος· Λυκοῦργος ἐν τῷ Περὶ τῆς ἱερείας. πολλάκις ἐστὶ τοὔνομα παρὰ πολλοῖς τῶν ἀρχαίων. Ἀπολλώνιος δ’ ὁ Ἀχαρνεὺς ἐν τῷ Περὶ τῶν ἑορτῶν οὕτω γράφει: ‘ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ὁ προσαγορευόμενος πέλανος. λέγεται δὲ πέμματά τινα τοῖς θεοῖς γινόμενα ἐκ τοῦ ἀφαιρεθέντος σίτου ἐκ τῆς ἅλω’. ⟨Σαννυρίων⟩ δ’ ἐν Γέλωτί φησι: ‘πέλανον ⟨καλοῦμεν ἡμεῖς οἱ θεοί⟩ / ἃ καλεῖτε σεμνῶς ἄλφιθ’ ὑμεῖς οἱ βροτοί.’ Δίδυμος δὲ κυρίως φησὶ τὸ ἐκ τῆς παιπάλης πέμμα, ἐξ ἧς ποιοῦνται πέμματα, ἢ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πεπλατύνθαι, ἢ ὅτι λευκά ἐστιν· Ὅμηρος: ‘ὅτε πέρ τε χιὼν ἐπάλυνεν ἀρούρας’. ἢ διὰ τὸ φανὸν εἶναι, ὅ ἐστι λευκόν. Εὐριπίδης μέντοι ἐν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ [219–220] ἰδίως φησὶν· ‘ἐκ δ’ ὄμορξον ἀθλίου / στόματος ἀφρώδη πέλανον’. ὅπερ τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ στόματος ἀφρὸν δηλοῖ (the latter half also in Photius and Suda s.v. πέλανος); Et. Magn. 659,15–25; Sch. Apoll. Rhod. 1.1075–77b, etc.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 220.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩: τὸν πεπηγότα ῥύπον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀφροῦ, ἀπὸ τοῦ παλύναι ὅ ἐστι λευκάναι. Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 10.7]· ‘ἐπάλυνεν ἀρούρας’. οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ πελάζειν καὶ ἱκετεύειν τοὺς θεοὺς.  —V3

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 220.07 (plan exeg) πέλανον:  1κυρίως πέλανος τὸ λεπτὸν πέμμα ᾧ χρῶνται πρὸς τὰς θυσίας.  2ἔνιοι δέ φασι καὶ πᾶν ἐξ ὑγροῦ πεπηγμένον.  3παρὰ τὸ παλῦναι, ὅ ἐστι λευκᾶναι.  4πέλανον ἐνταῦθα τὸν πεπηγότα ῥύπον ὑπὸ τοὺ ἀφροῦ.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa

TRANSLATION:   Properly speaking, ‘pelanos’ is the light cake/batter that people use for sacrifices. And some say it is also everything that is congealed from something liquid. Derived from ‘palunai’ meaning ‘whiten’. Here ‘pelanon’ is the dirty crust congealed from the foam (scil. of spittle or of tears).

LEMMA: ἀφρώδη πέλανον G; label μαξ in marg. Y       POSITION: cont. from sch. 220.12 X      

APP. CRIT.:   1 κυρίως transp. after πελ. Xo   |   πέλανος XoY, πέλανον others   |    3 παρὰ τὸ] ἀπὸ τοῦ G   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 παλύναι Aa, παλκῦναι Xb   |    λευκάναι X   |    4 ῥῦπον AaYf (perhaps ῥῶπον a.c. Yf)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.85,10–13

COMMENT:   Y labels this as Planudean; Yf has a cross, but there are many of these in Yf and their significance, if any, is unclear.   |   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   |   Planudes   


Or. 220.08 (rec gram) ⟨πέλανον⟩: πέλανος τὸ πλακούντιον ἀπὸ τοῦ πέλειν ἐν τοῖς ναοῖς.  —Pr

COMMENT:   For πέλανος glossed with or equated to πλακούντιον or πλακοῦς cf. Hesych. π 1284, Photius α 1675, Eust. in Il. 18.573 (4.263,12–15), Sch. A. Pers. 524.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 220.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩: πέλανος [καὶ] ὁ π[ερὶ τῷ στόματι] / πεπηγὼς ἀφρός [καὶ τὸ περι]/πεπηγὸς (?)ἐκ τοῦ(?) ἐξηρα[μμένου] / ὀπῶδες δάρκυ[ον].  —A2

REF. SYMBOL: A2       POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   obscured by damage and trimmed margin   

COMMENT:   The note is copied from Suda π 928 (a longer entry).   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original A fol. 21.    |   


Or. 220.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩:  1πέλανος προσηγορικὸν ὄνομα, ὁ ἀφρός·  2κατὰ παντὸς γὰρ ἀφροῦ λέγεται ἡ λέξις ἀπὸ τοῦ πελάζειν ἄνω ὡς κουφότερον·  3τὰ γὰρ κοῦφα τὰ ἄνω ζητοῦσιν, ὡς τὸ ἀσκός.  4ἀποσπόγγισον τὸν ἀφρώδῃ πέλανον·  5οἱ γὰρ δαιμονιζόμενοι καὶ ἐκ τῶν στομάτων αὐτῶν ἀφροὺς πέμπουσι, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ὀμμάτων δάκρυα, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν λήμας·  6πλεονάζει γὰρ τὸ ὑγρὸν, καὶ μὴ ἔχον ἔξοδον ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν·  7ἀπὸ γὰρ τῆς πλημμελείας τοῦ στομάχου πλεονάσαν τὸ ὑγρὸν, γίνονται αἱ ἀναθυμιάσεις,  8καὶ μὴ ἔχον ἔξοδον τὸ πνεῦμα ἀνέρχεται τὰ ἄνω μέρη ζητοῦν ἔξοδον,  9καὶ μὴ εὑρίσκον ἀθροιζόμενον ἐκεῖσε σκοτίζει τὸν ἐγκέφαλον, καὶ τὰ μέλη σπαράσσει ζητοῦν ἔξοδον,  10καὶ οὕτως σκοτισθέντος τοῦ ἐγκεφάλου γίνεται παράφρων ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἕως οὗ ἐκφορηθῇ τὸ πνεῦμα·  11οὕτως γὰρ εἰσέρχεται τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἐν τῇ γῇ καὶ σείει αὐτὴν, μὴ ἔχον τοῦ ἐξελθεῖν.   —Yf2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Pelanos’ is a common noun, (meaning) froth/foam. For the word is applied to every kind of froth, by derivation from ‘approaching upward’ (‘pelazein anō’) as being lighter. For light things seek the upper positions, like a leather-pouch (filled with air). Wipe off the foamy froth. For those afflicted by demons emit foam from their mouths and tears from their eyes and rheum from their eyes. For the wet element is in excess (in them), and not having a way out it emerges from the mouth and from the eyes. For when because of an imbalance of the stomach the wet element has become excessive, exhalations occur, and since the breath does not have a way out it rises up to the upper parts seeking an exit, and failing to find (one) it accumulates there and darkens the brain, and it causes convulsions of the limbs as it seeks an exit. And thus when the brain is darkened in this way the person becomes delirious, until the breath is borne outside. For in this way breath (‘pneuma’) enters also inside the earth and causes the earth to quake, since it is not able to get out.

APP. CRIT.:   2 κουφοτέρως (or ‑τερως) Yf2   |    11 ἔχον ποῦ ἐξελθεῖν tentatively Dind.   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.85,15–27

COMMENT:   No parallel for this discussion is found in TLG. But among the as yet unpublished scholia on Euripides there are similarities in sch. SSa Hec. 68 (ἀναθυμίασις rising and entering the brain to cause dreams), sch. SbS Hec. 324 (ἀναθυμίασις beneath the earth; see Prelim. Stud. 146–147). The latter is from a pre-Palaeologan source, and the same is probably true of what Yf2 has added here.   |    In 2 one could perhaps also consider κουφοτέρου (agreeing with ἀφροῦ), but in scripts like that of Yf and Yf2 the ον sign is often curved and similar to the sign for ως, so ον is the more likely origin of the error ως.   

COLLATION NOTES:   In the sloppy and crowded script of Yf2, ἀναθυμιάσεις was easily misread as ἀναθυμήσεις by Matthiae’s collator and thus corrected to ‑ιάσεις by Dindorf, but in fact the scribe wrote the correct form himself.   |   


Or. 220.12 (mosch exeg) πέλανον: τὸν πεπηγότα ῥύπον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  The caked crust.

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν om. XaXoYYfGr   |    ῥύπον om. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ῥῶπον a.c., ῥῦπον p.c. Yf   |   


Or. 220.13 (thom exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩: ἥγουν τὸν πεπηγότα σίελον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuAa

TRANSLATION:  The caked spittle.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν] λέγ(ει) Aa   |    τὸν ῥύπον add. Zb, ῥύπον add. Aa   

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu writes only σίελον, reusing Gr’s words.   |   


Or. 220.15 (rec gram) ⟨πέλανον⟩: ὁ ἀφρὸς, ἀπὸ τῶν πελάζειν ἄνω.  —MnPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ ἀφρὸς] om. Mn   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 220.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πέλανον⟩: τὸν λεπτὸν ῥύπον τὸν πεπηγότα  —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu       POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ῥῦπον Zu   |   


Or. 220.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩: τὸν ἐξ ἄφρου γενόμενον μολυσμόν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 220.19 (thom exeg) ⟨πέλανον⟩:  1πέλανος σημαίνει δύο, τὸν σίελον ὡς ἐνταῦθα, καὶ εἶδος θύματος ἤτοι τὸν πλακοῦντα,  2ὡς Αἰσχύλος ἐν τῷ τρίτῳ [Aesch. Pers. 204, 524] φησίν.   —ZbZlZmGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Pelanos’ has two meanings, spittle as here, and a type of sacrificial offering, that is, the flat cake, as Aeschylus uses it in the third play (of the Byzantine Aeschylean triad, i.e., Persians).

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ὡς καὶ Zb, but καὶ partly erased   |    φησίν om. Zl   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 αἰσχῦλος ZbZm   |    φησὶ Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.85,13–14

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aeschylus   


Or. 220.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀμμάτων τ’ ἐμῶν⟩: λείπει τὴν λήμην.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:  (With ‘of my eyes’) ‘the rheum’ is to be supplied.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 220.22 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀμμάτων τ’ ἐμῶν⟩: τὰς λήμας δηλονότι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  Obviously, (referring to) the flows of rheum (from the eyes).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς λήμης Za   


Or. 221.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἰδοὺ τὸ δούλευμ’ ἡδύ⟩: τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ γένους ἀνάγκην προβάλλεται πρὸς τὸ μὴ δυσωπῆσαι τῇ θεραπείᾳ τὸν ἀδελφόν  —MBVCPraPrbRbRw

TRANSLATION:   She puts forward the compulsion deriving from kinship in order not to cause embarrassment to her brother by her attending to him.

LEMMA: MVCRb, τὸ δούλευμ’ ἡδύ Rw, κ’οὐκ ἀναίνομαι ἀδελφ’ B, κοὐκ ἀναίνομαι Pra       REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: s.l. Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν] τὸν M; διὰ add. above τὴν V3   |    ἀπὸ om. V   |    μὴ om. BPraPrb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,9–10; Dind. II.86,8–10


Or. 221.02 (mosch exeg) ἰδού: ποιῶ δηλονότι ὃ λέγεις.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Idou’, ‘there’, indicates,) clearly, ‘I am doing what you say’.

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   δηλ. om. GZc   |    ὃ λέγεις om. Aa2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,1


Or. 221.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰδού⟩: ἤδη ποιῶ τοῦτο.  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 221.05 (recThom exeg) ⟨δούλευμα⟩: γρ. βούλευμα.  —MnZZa

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘douleuma’, ‘service’,) the reading ‘bouleuma’ (‘plan’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 221.07 (rec exeg) ⟨βούλευμα⟩: δούλευμα  —Aa2AbYf

LEMMA: βούλευμα in text all       REF. SYMBOL: Yf       POSITION: s.l. Aa2Ab, marg. Yf      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀλλαχοῦ γρ(άφεται) τὸ prep. Yf   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 221.09 (thom exeg) ⟨δούλευμα⟩: ὃ συμβουλεύεις μοι, ἢ τὸ ὑπούργημα  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   (If the reading is ‘bouleuma’, it means) that which you advise me to do, or (if the reading is ‘douleuma’, the meaning is) the helpful service.

LEMMA: βούλευμα in text ZbZlZm       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὃ … ἢ om. T   |    βουλεύεις Zl   |    ἢ τὸ om. Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,1–2


Or. 221.13 (thom exeg) ⟨κοὐκ ἀναίνομαι⟩: ἀπὸ γὰρ φρονήσεως λέγεις.  —ZZaZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   (I obey you) because you speak rationally.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,7


Or. 221.15 (plan gram) ἀναίνομαι:  1συναινῶ τὸ συμφωνῶ καὶ ἐπινεύω, ᾧ ἐναντίον τὸ ἀναίνομαι.  2παραινῶ τὸ συμβουλεύω, ἐπαινῶ τὸ εὖ λέγω.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   ‘Sunainō’ means ‘I agree’ and ‘I consent’, the opposite of which is ‘anainomai’. ‘Parainō’ means ‘I advise’, ‘epainō’ means ‘I speak well of’.

LEMMA: lemma ἰδοὺ τὸ βούλευμ’ ἡδύ, κοὐκ ἀναίνομαι G       POSITION: after sch. 222.03 X; cont. from sch. 220.07 Xa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐπινεύω] πιστεύω G   |    ἀπαναίνομαι G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 συμαίνω Y   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,5–6

COMMENT:   The label in Y beside sch. 220.07 seems also to apply to this note and to sch. 223.26, which are written closely after it, with a large gap before the next scholion in the side column.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Yf with cross.   |   


Or. 222.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀδέλφ’⟩: ἀδελφά, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀδελφικά.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:   (The spelling without elision is) ‘adelpha’, used in the sense ‘belonging to a brother’ (‘adelphika’).

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀδελφά om. XoYf   |    ἀδελφικῶς Xo   

COMMENT:   ἀδελφικῶς (as in Xo) is also reported by Günther as in Xp = Vat.gr. 1363, which I have not inspected.   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check Xp.   |   


Or. 222.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀδελφῇ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀδελφικῇ  —XXaXbT+YGr

TRANSLATION:   (The simple form ‘sister’ is) used in the sense ‘belonging to a sister’.

POSITION: s.l., except X (cont. from prev.)      


Or. 222.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀδελφῇ⟩: τὸ ἁπλοῦν ἀντὶ τοῦ κτητικοῦ  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   The simple (root‑)form is used instead of the (derived) possessive adjective.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 222.11 (tri metr) ⟨θεραπεύειν⟩: long mark(?) over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50

COMMENT:   The mark is definitely lighter than the other writing on this page. Although shorter than many long marks written by Triclinius, it matches in length and positioning the clear long mark over alpha of 214 εὐκτέα on the same page. This mark is absent from the copy Ta. It may be light because it was added at the latest stage of revision, for some late additions elsewhere are in a very light ink. Or Triclinius meant to erase it but did not do a complete job: erasure would imply a self-correction, from scanning the fourth foot of the trimeter as a split anapaest to scanning it rightly as a tribrach with resolution of the long.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original T 54v third from bottom, is it really ink?   |   


Or. 223.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ὑπόβαλε πλευροῖς πλευρά⟩: ἀστείως ταῦτα πεποίηται τοῖς λόγοις καὶ τοῖς ἤθεσι καὶ τῇ κατὰ τὴν σκηνὴν διαθέσει.  —MBVCMnRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   This passage has been composed in a charming and refined way in respect to the words, the characters, and the disposition on stage.

LEMMA: C, ὑπόβαλε πλευροῖς Rw, ὑπόβαλε πλευρά M, ὑπόβαλε MnRbSSa; ἄλλως V       REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: follows sch. 224.01 V      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν] τοῦ M, om. Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἥθεσι C   |   σκηνὴν] σὴν Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,11–12; Dind. II.86,11–12

KEYWORDS:  character, analysis of   |   praise of poet’s skill   |   staging, position or gesture of actors   


Or. 223.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὑπόβαλε πλευροῖς πλευρά⟩: ὑποβαλοῦσα τὰ σὰ πλευρὰ τοῖς ἐμοῖς ἀνόρθου τοὐμὸν δέμας. —C

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 223.07 (rec exeg) ⟨πλευροῖσι⟩: πλευρῇσι  —MnRSa

LEMMA: πλευροῖσι in text RSa,-ῇσι Mn       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 223.18 (223–224) (rec paraphr) ⟨καὐχμώδη … προσώπου⟩: καὶ αὐχμώδη κόμην ἄφελε προσώπου.  —VMnRbSSa

POSITION: cont. from sch. 219.01 in all, and in RbSSa followed by sch. 220.02 without division      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.84,24–25

COMMENT:   The paraphrase is apparently intended to clarify the crasis καὐχμώδη and indicate that the second acc. κόμην belongs with ἄφελε and not the verb in its own line.   |   


Or. 223.25 (rec paraphr) ⟨καὐχμώδη⟩: τὴν ξηρότητος μετέχουσαν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 223.26 (plan gram) καὐχμώδη:  1ἐπομβρία, ὅταν ἐπάλληλοι ὄμβροι ὦσιν, ᾧ ἐναντίον ἡ ἀνομβρία.  2αὐχμὸς δὲ ἡ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀνομβρίας ξηρότης, ἀφ’ οὗ αὐχμηρὸς καὶ αὐχμώδης, ἁπλῶς ὁ ξηρότητος μετέχων.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   A downpour (‘epombria’) is when rains are continuous; the opposite of this is absence of rain (‘anombria’). Drought (‘auchmos’) is the dryness resulting from absence of rain, and derived from it are (the adjectives) ‘auchmēros’ and ‘auchmōdēs’, meaning simply that which partakes of dryness.

LEMMA: G       POSITION: after sch. 224.11 X      

APP. CRIT.:   2 τῆς om. XoYYfGr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,15–17

COMMENT:   The label in Y beside sch. 220.07 seems still to apply to this note.   |   ἀνομβρία is the standard definition for αὐχμοί in the lexica. Compare in the Moschopulean περὶ σχεδῶν, p. 183, ὄμβος ἡ βροχή. ἀφ’ οὗ ἐπομβρία, ὅταν συνεχεῖς ὦσι βροχαὶ καὶ ἐπάλληλοι. ὄβριμον ὕδωρ, τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν ὄμβρων; also cf. sch. rec. Arist. Nub. 1120f Koster (from two mss of the second half of the 15th cent.): ἐπομβρία λέγεται, ὅταν ἐπάλληλοι ὄμβροι γίνωνται· οὗ/ἧς ἐναντίον ἡ ἀνομβρία.   


Or. 223.27 (rec gram) ⟨καὐχμώδη⟩:  1αὖχος τὸ ὄσπριον ἀρσενικῶς, καὶ αὐχμώδους ξηροῦ ῥυπῶντος.  2ξηρὸς ὁ ῥύπος.   —B4

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 αὔχος B4   |    2 ξιρὸς B4   |    ῥῦπος B4   |   

COMMENT:   Cf. Suda σ 4545 αὖχος· τὸ ὄσπριον ἀρσενικῶς; Photius α 3273, Suda σ 4544 αὐχμώδους, ξηροῦ, ῥυπῶντος.   


Or. 223.28 (rec exeg) ⟨κόμην⟩: τὴν οὖσαν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μου, [ …  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   remainder of note, if any, lost to trimmed margin   

COMMENT:   The comma is oddly large, and if it is a comma, it is hard to guess what may have followed. ἄφελε or τρίχα would not be separated by a comma; τὴν ἐμήν could be.   |   


Or. 224.01 (vet exeg) ἄφελε προσώπου:  1τουτέστιν· ἀποδιάστησον τὴν ἔμπροσθεν οὖσαν τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μου κόμην.  2ἀσθενῆ γὰρ λεύσσω ταῖς κόραις διὰ τὸ ἐπικεῖσθαί μοι τὰς τρίχας.   —MBVaCMnPraRbRwSSa, partial VbPrb

TRANSLATION:   That is, move away the hair that is in front of my eyes. For I see weakly with my eyes because my hair lies over them.

LEMMA: Rw, λεπτὰ γὰρ λεύσω κόραις MC, λεπτὰ γὰρ λεύσσω BVa, λεπτὰ γὰρ Pra, λεπτὸν γὰρ Rb(λευτὸν)MnS, λεπτὰ Sa      REF. SYMBOL: at λεπτὰ MBV, marg. Rb      POSITION: s.l. VbPrb(both starting above ἄφελε προσώπου)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τουτέστιν] ἀντὶ τοῦ VaRbMnSSa, om. VbPrb   |    διάστησον M, ἀποδιαστήσεις Pra   |    ἔμπρ. οὖν ὀφθαλμῶν μου οὖσαν κόμην Pra   |    οὖσαν ἔμπροσθεν transp. VbPrb   |    2 ἀσθενῆ κτλ om. VbPrb   |    ἀσθενὴς Rb   |    κόραις] κόμαις Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κώμην M   |    2 λεύσσω BPra, s.l. Rw, λεύσω others   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,13–15; Dind. II.86,18–20


Or. 224.07 (rec exeg) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: διὰ τὸ ἐπικεῖσθαί μοι τὰς τρίχας  —OAbMnSSa

REF. SYMBOL: Sa       POSITION: s.l. AbMnS, marg. OSa      

APP. CRIT.:   μοι om. Sa, μου Mn   


Or. 224.09 (rec exeg) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: σκιώδεις τινὰς τύπους  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 224.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: ἤγουν ἀμυδρὰ γὰρ βλέπω τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς.  —X

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,14–15


Or. 224.13 (thom exeg) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: ἀσθενῆ ἐπικειμένων τῶν τριχῶν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Lepta’, ‘small’, here means) ‘weak’, because the hair is lying over (the eyes).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 224.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λεπτὰ⟩: γρ. καὶ λευκά.  —F

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 224.16 (vet exeg) ⟨λεύσσω κόραις⟩:  1γράφεται λεύσσω νόσῳ,  2ἵν’ ᾖ ἡ νόσος με ποιεῖ λεπτὸν λεύσσειν.   —MBCPr, partial VaVbMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   There is also the reading ‘I see because of my illness’, so that the sense is: the sickness makes me see weakly.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 224.01 all except Va (cont. from sch. 223.01)       

APP. CRIT.:   1 γρ. … νόσῳ om. VaVbMnRbSSa   |    after γρ. add. καὶ λεπτὰ γὰρ BPr   |    2 ἵν’ ᾖ] οἷον VbMnRbSSa   |    λεπτὰ VbPrSSa, λατ()῀ Va   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λεύσω M   |    2 ποίει Va   |    λεύσειν VaVbCMnRbSSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,16–17; Dind. II.86,20–21

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 224.17 (rec exeg) ἢ ἡ νόσος με ποιεῖ ἀσθενῆ βλέπειν.  —AbMnSSa

POSITION: s.l. SMn, marg. AbSa; cont. from sch. 224.07 all      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀσθενεῖ S, ασθενὴ Mn   


Or. 224.19 (vet exeg) ⟨κόραις⟩: γρ. νόσῳ  —MC

TRANSLATION:   (For ‘korais’, ‘eyes’) the reading ‘nosōi’ is found.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 225.01 (vet exeg) ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες ἄθλιον κάρα:  1κατὰ ἀναστροφὴν εἶπεν·  2οὐ γάρ ἐστι τῶν βοστρύχων τὸ κάρα, ἀλλὰ τοῦ κάρατος οἱ βόστρυχοι.  3ἢ ὅτι οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐπιλείπεται τῇ κεφαλῇ ἢ μόνον οἱ βόστρυχοι, ἵν’ ᾖ οὕτως· ὦ τῶν βοστρύχων ἄθλιον κάρα.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   She spoke with an inversion. For the head does not belong to the locks of hair, but the locks belong to the head. Or (interpret it) that nothing else is left for the head except only the locks of hair, so that the meaning will be thus: o wretched head of (only) locks of hair.

LEMMA: MC, ὦ βοστ. πιν. V, ὦ βοστ. RbS, τῶν βοστ. MnSa, ἄθλιον κάρα Rw      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: cont. from 224.26 B, add. δὲ after ἀναστρ., cont. from sch. 225.15 Pr, add. δὲ after ἀναστ.      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντιστροφὴν MnSa   |    2 after ἐστι add. οἱ Mn   |    τοῦ κάρ. οἱ βόστρυχοι] οἱ βόστρυχοι MCRw, οἱ βόστρυχοι τῆς κεφαλῆς BPr   |    κάρατος] κάρα V   |    οἱ βοσ.] οἱ δὲ βοσ. Rb   |    3 ὅτι] ὅταν Mn   |    ἄλλο om. S   |    ἢ om. S   |    οὕτως Schw., ὅτι MC, om. others   |    ὦ om. VMnRbRwSSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κατ’ Pr   |    2 ἐστιν M   |    ἀλλ’ MBCPr   |    3 ἐπιλείπετε Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,21–121,1; Dind. II.87,1–3

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe (inversion of construction)   


Or. 225.02 (vet exeg) παρακαθίσασα δὲ ἐγγύθεν καὶ εἰς πλευρὸν δεξαμένη τὸν Ὀρέστην ταῦτα λέγει.  —MBCPrZu, partial O

TRANSLATION:   Having seated herself beside him nearby and having taken Orestes against her side, she says this.

REF. SYMBOL: Zu       POSITION: cont. from prev. MBCPr      

APP. CRIT.:   παρακαθ. … καὶ om. O   |    δὲ om. Zu   |    ἔγγυθεν Mastr., ἔξωθεν all (after ἔξωθεν add. ἡ ἠλέκτρα Zu)   |    πλευρὰν Zu   |    λέγει] φησί Zu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,1–2; Dind. II.87, app. on 3–4

COMMENT:   Transmitted ἔξωθεν, ‘on the outside, from the outside’, has no legitmate force here. Elsewhere it is used with verbs of sitting only with an accompanying genitive, ‘outside of some place or group’, or with such a place or group implied by the context. On the other hand, ἐγγύθεν is found several times with verbs of sitting, and is common in all periods of Greek prose.   

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors    


Or. 225.03 (rec exeg) παρακαθίσασα δὲ ἐγγύθεν εἰς πλευρὰν καὶ ἁψαμένη τῶν τριχῶν ταῦτα τῷ Ὀρέστῃ λέγει.  —VMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Having seated herself nearby against his side and having laid hold of his hair, she says this to Orestes.

POSITION: cont. from 225.01 all      

APP. CRIT.:   ἔγγυθεν Mastr., ἔξωθεν all   |    εἰς πλευρὰν] εἰς πλευρὰν εἰς πλευρὰν ὀρέστης Mn   |    τριχῶν] βοστρυχῶν Mn (thus accent)   |    ταῦτα … λέγει] ταῦτα φησὶ πρὸς τὸν ὀρέστην V   |    τῷ ὀρ. om. S   |    ἔλεγε Rb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   παρακαθήσασα MnRb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121, app. on 2; Dind. II.87,3–5

KEYWORDS:  staging, position or gesture of actors   |   addressee identified    


Or. 225.04 (rec exeg) ἀντὶ τοῦ ὦ βόστυχοι τῆς ἀθλίας κάρας πινώδεις  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 225.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες⟩: παρεπιγραφή  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   Implicit stage direction.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ σχῆμα add. Xo   

COMMENT:   Presumably, this is taken as an implied stage direction within the text because the vocative is taken to imply that Electra touches Orestes’ head/hair (cf. ἁψαμένη in 225.03).   |   

KEYWORDS:  παρεπιγραφή   |   staging, position or gesture of actors   


Or. 225.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες⟩: κατὰ ἀναστροφὴν συντάσσεται.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe (inversion of construction)   


Or. 225.07 (rec exeg) ἀντίστροφον  —Mn

POSITION: s.l. (above other glosses, over κάρα)      

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως   


Or. 225.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες⟩: ἀντίπτωσις  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίπτωσις   


Or. 225.09 (recMosch exeg) ⟨βοστρύχων⟩: βόστρυχοι  —V3ArAa2FMnXXaXbXoTYYfGrZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 225.14 (vet paraphr) πινῶδες: ἀντί τοῦ αὐχμηρὸν καὶ ῥυπῶδες  —BPr

LEMMA: ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες B      REF. SYMBOL: B       POSITION: Pr cont. from sch. 216.13       

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ αὐχμ. om. Pr   |    ῥυπώδης with ε s.l. Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.86,25


Or. 225.15 (vet exeg) πινῶδες: πῖνος ὁ ῥύπος· [Apoll. Rh. 2.200] ‘πίνῳ δέ οἱ αὐαλέος χρὼς ἐσκλήκει’.  —MBVCPraPrbRb

TRANSLATION:   ‘Pinos’ means ‘filth, dirt’: (as in a phrase in Apollonius) ‘his dry skin was hard with caked dirt’.

LEMMA: ὦ βοστρύχων πινῶδες Pra       POSITION: s.l. V; cont. from 224.14 BPrb, cont. from 225.13 VRb      

APP. CRIT.:   after πῖνος add. γὰρ BVPraPrbRb, add. δὲ λέγεται C   |    πίνῳ … ἐσκλήκει om. VPrb   |    αὐαλέϊ Pra   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πίνος C   |    ῥῦπος CPraPrb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.120,19–20; Dind. II.86,26

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Apollonius Rhodius   


Or. 225.17 (mosch exeg) ⟨πινῶδες⟩: ἐρρυπωμένοι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ῥερυπ‑ XaYZc, ‑μένον TYf   

COMMENT:   The nominative plural used by Moschopulus agrees with the gloss βόστρυχοι, indicating that it is the hair and not the head that is dirty. Cf. the next two glosses.   


Or. 225.18 (recMosch exeg) ⟨πινῶδες⟩: πινώδεις  —V3ArAa2MnXXaXbXoTYYfGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 225.20 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄθλιον κάρα⟩: αἱ τρίχες μόνον ἐναπελείφθησαν.  —AaPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 225.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄθλιον⟩: ἀθλίας  —V3ArFZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς ἀθλίας B3a   |   


Or. 225.22 (recMosch exeg) ⟨ἄθλιον⟩: ἀθλίου  —MnXXoTYfGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 225.24 (rec exeg) ⟨κάρα⟩: κρατὸς  —V3MnSB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κάρατος MnS (i.e., τος above κάρα)   


Or. 225.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κάρα⟩: κάρας  —ArAa3FZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 225.27 (tri metr) ⟨κάρα⟩: long mark over second alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 226.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὡς ἠγρίωσαι⟩: πρὸς τὴν κεφαλὴν ὁ λόγος.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 226.02 (mosch paraphr) λίαν ἠγριωμένοι ἐστὲ ὑπὸ μακροχρονίου.  —X

TRANSLATION:   You (locks of hair) have become very wild from the longstanding (lack of bathing).

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐσταὶ X   


Or. 227.06 (vet exeg) ὅταν μ’ ἀνῇ νόσος:  1περὶ γὰρ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς μανίας εὐτονοῦσιν οἱ μαινόμενοι ἐντεινομένων τῶν νεύρων καὶ πνεύματος πληρουμένων·  2χαλωμένης δὲ τῆς μανίας καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος ἐπιλείποντος παρίενται.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   For during the period of madness those insane are vigorous, with their sinews taut and filled with breath; but when the madness slackens and the breath fails, they become enfeebled.

LEMMA: MVCPr, ὅταν μ’ ἀνῇ νόσος μα() B      REF. SYMBOL: BV      POSITION: follows sch. 234.12 C; follows 241.05 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 παρὰ Rw   |    γὰρ τὸν om. VRw   |    ἐκτεινομ‑ MVPr, ἐκτεινουμ‑ Rw   |    πλεύμ. πληρ.] πληρουμένων ὑπὸ πνεύματος VRw   |    2 χαλουμένης MC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,3–6; Dind. II.87,9–12

COLLATION NOTES:   C’s lemma is preceded by number α as if the preceding sch. 234.12 should have been marked with β to indicate the correct order.   |   


Or. 227.08 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀνῇ⟩: ἐν ἀνέσει γενόμενος Ὀρέστης λέλυται.  —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Having come to be in a state of remission, Orestes is released/loosened.

POSITION: cont. from prev. MBCPr, with lemma ἀνῇ corrupted to ἐν ᾗ as part of note; cont. from prev. VRw, add. δὲ after ἀνέσει      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν ᾗ prep. MBCPr   |    γενόμενος Rw, γεγενημένος V, διαγενόμενος others   |    ὁ ὀρέστης Rw, and Pr transp. to beginnning   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,7; Dind. II.87,12–13

COMMENT:   I follow Rw in reading γενόμενος on the assumption that διὰ γεν- arose as a misreading of δὲ γεν-. But if διαγενόμενος is taken as the transmitted reading, the sense seems to be ‘having come through [scil. the period of madness?] (and arrived) in a state of remission’.   


Or. 227.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀνῇ⟩:  1τὸ ἀνῇ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀφήσει καταλείψει.  2τουτέστιν· ⟨ἐὰν⟩ ἐν ἀνέσει γένωμαι.   —VV3Rw

TRANSLATION:   The verb ‘anē’ is used in the sense ‘release, abandon’. That is, if I come to be in a state of remission.

POSITION: s.l. V3; follows sch. 231.01 V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ … τοῦ om. V3   |    ἀφήση V3   |    καταλ. om. V3   |    2 ἐὰν suppl. Schw.   |    γίνωμαι V3   

APP. CRIT. 2:   καταλή[ψ]ει V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,8–9; Dind. II.87,13–14


Or. 227.12 (227–228) (vet exeg) ⟨νόσος μανίας/μανιάς⟩:  1ἢ ἡ διὰ τῆς μανίας νόσος,  2ἢ ἐπιθετικῶς· μανιὰς νόσος.   —MBC

TRANSLATION:   Either the sickness (suffered) through madness (with ‘maniās’, gen. sing. of noun, accented on penultimate syllable), or taken as an adjective: crazed sickness (with ‘maniăs’, nom. sing. of adj., accented on last syllable).

LEMMA: ἄλλως C      POSITION: intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἢ ἡ] ἵν’ ᾖ M   |    2 μανιὰς νόσος] μανιας νόσος B (thus without accent), ἢ μανίας νόσου MC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,10; Dind. II.87,8–9


Or. 228.01 (thom exeg) ἤγουν οὐ δύναμαι χρῆσθαι ταῖς χερσὶ καὶ τοῖς ποσὶ πρὸς ὑπουργίαν καταβαλούσης τῆς νόσου.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, I am unable to use my arms and feet serviceably because the sickness has overthrown (me).

REF. SYMBOL: T       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   δυνατόν a.c. Za   |    χρῆσθαι om. Zb   |    τὴν νόσον Z   

APP. CRIT. 2:   χρήσθαι Z   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.87,16–18


Or. 228.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ἄναρθρος⟩: ἀδύναμος, μὴ δυνάμενος κεχρῆσθαι τοῖς ἄρθροις  —MBOVCPraPrbGu

TRANSLATION:   Without strength, being unable to make use of my bodily joints.

POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. VCPrbGu; cont. from 227.12 B, cont. from 227.08 Pra, both prep. ἄναρθρος δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀδύνατος VPraPrbGu   |    κεκτῆσθαι C   |    τὰ ἄρθρα V, τὰ μέλη τοῖς ἄρθροις MC   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀδύναμ(εν)ος app. B (abbrev. stroke on mu, suspended omicron = ος)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,11; Dind. II.87,15–16


Or. 228.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄναρθρος⟩: ⟨διὰ⟩ τὸ χρονίως ἐν τῇ κλίνῃ κεῖσθαι πάρετος.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Paralyzed because of lying in bed for a long time.

POSITION: between sch. 225.15 (Prb version) and sch. 220.08 (in disordered group, bottom 16v) Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   πάρετος Mastr., πάρετον Pr   

COMMENT:   Because of the disorder in the scholia on this page of Pr, the reference of the note is uncertain, but this seems the most likely lemma for it. It could be intended for ἀσθενῶ μέλη rather than ἄναρθρος. If πάρετον is not emended, it could be translated ‘because of lying inert in bed for a long time’ (with accusative because of the infinitive construction, here lacking the usual attraction of such an adjective into the nominative).   |   


Or. 228.16 (tri metr) ⟨κἀσθενῶ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 228.17 (mosch exeg) ⟨δέμας⟩: κατὰ τὸ σῶμα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (The accusative ‘demas’, poetic word for ‘body’, here is equivalent to the preposition phrase) ‘in respect to the body’.

LEMMA: δέμας in text all except TGZc      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Xo   

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross omitted by Ta.   |   


Or. 228.18 (pllgnTri exeg) ⟨μέλη⟩: γρ. δέμας. —GT

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘melē ’, ‘limbs’) the reading ‘demas’ (‘body’) is found.

POSITION: s.l. G, marg. T      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 229.01 (229–230) (rec paraphr) ἰδοὺ φίλον: τὸ κατακεῖσθαι ἐπαχθὲς μὲν ἐστὶ καὶ πονηρίας πλέων, ἀναγκαῖον δὲ τῷ νοσοῦντι.  —VPrMnRbSSa

LEMMA: Mn(φίλων)RbSSa       REF. SYMBOL: Sa       POSITION: s.l. VPr      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ … πλέων om. Sa, leaving blank space; suppl. Sar   |    κατακεῖσθαι] κατατήκεσθαι Sa, κατατήκεσθαι τὸ κατατήκεσθαι S, κατατίκτεσθαι Rb   |    καὶ πονηρίας] ἢ μοχθηρᾶς a.c. V, ἢ μοχθηρὸν p.c. V (if not vice versa), καὶ μοχθηρὸν Pr    |    πλέων Dindorf, πλέον PrRbSSa, app. Mn (damage), πνέον V   |    τῷ νοσοῦντι] τοῖς κάμνουσιν MnRbSSa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐστὶν Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.87,19–22

COMMENT:   The orthographic variant πλέον is a legitimate form in later Greek and perhaps should not be regularized to πλέων with Dindorf: see Eust. in Il. 2.226 (I.320,8–9) καὶ ὅτι προάρχει αὐτῶν ἀρσενικὸν ὁ πλέος κοινῶς, ὃ ἐκταθὲν Ἀττικῶς ποιεῖ τὸ ἔμπλεως καὶ ἀνάπλεως καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα; Eust. in Il. 8.162 (II.552,14–16).   


Or. 229.02 (mosch exeg) ἰδού: κλίνω σε δηλονότι  —XXaXbXoT*YYfGGrAa2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Idou’, ‘there’, here indicates,) clearly, ‘I lay you down’.

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 229.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ἰδού⟩: κλίνω  —ZZaZbZlZm(T)Ox2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Idou’, ‘there’, here indicates,) ‘I lay (you) down’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 229.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰδού⟩: [ … ]Ἠλέκτρα  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   damage, lost margin   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἡλέκτρα Aa   


Or. 229.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πεσοῦντι⟩: νοσοῦντι  —Ox2

LEMMA: πεσοῦντι in text Ox       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 229.14 (pllgn gram) ⟨δέμνιον⟩: ἡ κοίτη ἀπὸ + damaged traces of 4–6 short words —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The traces possibly fit ἀπὸ τοῦ μένειν ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸ δέμας (cf. sch. 44.17), but this is very uncertain.    

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Zl 58r.   |   


Or. 230.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνιαρὸν⟩:  ἐφόσον γὰρ νοσῶν ἐν τῇ κλίνῃ κεῖται φόβον ἑαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς ὁρῶσι παρέχει  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   (Painful) because, inasmuch as he lies sick in the bed, he instills fear in himself and the onlookers.

REF. SYMBOL: T       POSITION: s.l. except T      

APP. CRIT.:   νοσῶν] νοῦς Zb, τις Zl   |    ἐν τῇ] ἐπὶ Zl   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐφ’ ὅσον T   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.87,23–88,1


Or. 230.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἀνιαρὸν⟩: long mark over second alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 230.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ κτῆμα⟩: γρ. τὸ χρῆμα  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 230.11 (rec exeg) ⟨κτῆμα⟩: κτῆμα εἶπεν αὐτὸ τὸ κατακεῖσθαι.  —VPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτὸ κατακεῖσθαι κ⟨τ⟩ῆμα εἶπεν transp. Pr (τὸ om.)   


Or. 230.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναγκαῖον⟩: διὰ τὸ(?) [κατ]ακεῖ[σθαι … ]/ traces of 3 letters  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps τω changed to τὸ V3   |   first trace of second line perhaps χ   |   


Or. 230.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναγκαῖον⟩: ἡ ἀνάγκη γὰρ τῆς ἀσθενείας φέρει τοῦτο. —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 231.07 (vet exeg) ἀνακύκλει δέμας:  1ἀνακίνει ἀνόρθου ἐξέγειρε·  2συμβαίνει γὰρ τὸν κείμενον κυκλοτερῆ τὴν ἀνάστασιν ποιεῖσθαι.   —MBVCRbRwS, partial OMnPrSa

TRANSLATION:   Move, raise up, rouse up. For it comes about that the person who is lying down makes his rising motion in a circle-like form (that is, ‘circle-like’, ‘kukloterē’, explaining the verb of the lemma ‘anakuklei’).

LEMMA: MBOCPr, ἀνακύκλει RbRw      REF. SYMBOL: MBSa      POSITION: s.l. VS      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀνακίνει … ἐξέγειρε om. OMnSa   |    ἀνακίνει] ἀντὶ τοῦ κείνει V, ἀνακλίνει Pr, om. RwS   |    2 συμβαίνει κτλ om. Pr   |    σημαίνει Rw   |    τὸν] τὸ Rw   |    κείμενον] ἀνακείμενον οὐ V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐξέγειραι PrRw   |    2 κυκλωτερῆ B   |    συμ / συμβαίνει S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,12–13; Dind. II.88,3–5


Or. 231.08 (rec exeg) οἱ ἀσθενοῦντες κυκλοτερῆ ποιοῦνται τὴν ἔγερσιν.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Those who are ill make their rousing movement in a circle-like form.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 231.14 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀνακύκλει⟩: εἰς τοὐπίσω στρέψον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   στρέφε Zm, app. after erasure   


Or. 232.01 (vet exeg) οἱ γὰρ νοσοῦντες οὐκ ἀρέσκονται τοῖς παροῦσιν, ἀεὶ δὲ πρὸς τὸ μέλλον ὁρῶσιν.  —MBOVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   For those who are sick are not content with their present circumstances, but always look to the future.

POSITION: cont. from 231.07, except V cont. from sch. 227.08      

APP. CRIT.:   οἱ] οὐ M   |    ὁρῶ B (truncation mark omitted)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὁρῶσι OCPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,14–15; Dind. II.88,6–7


Or. 232.02 (pllgn exeg) κακῶς ἀρέσκει τοὺς νοσοῦντας ἐκ τῆς αὐτῶν ἀγανακτησέως(?) [ἅτι]να αὐτοῖς ἡ νόσος ἐμβά[λλει].  —Zl

TRANSLATION:   Whatever sickness brings upon them displeases those who are sick because of their irritation.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς] τῶν Zl   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Zl.   |   


Or. 232.03 (rec exeg) δυσθεράπευτον ἡ νόσος. μεταλαμβάνει τὸ πρόσωπον ὡς πρᾶγμα.  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   Illness is hard to treat. He (the poet) uses in substitution the person (i.e., ‘those who are sick’) for the thing (i.e., ‘the sickness’).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  μετάληψις/μεταλαμβάνειν   


Or. 232.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπορίας ὕπο⟩: ἀντίστροφον  —S

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντίστροφοι S   

KEYWORDS:  antistrophe (of word order)   |   ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως   


Or. 232.17 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀπορίας ὕπο⟩: ἀναστροφή  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  anastrophe (inversion of word order)   


Or. 232.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπορίας ὕπο⟩: ὑπὸ τῆς ἀπορίας  —F2GPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπορίας om. F2Pr   


Or. 232.22 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀπορίας⟩: ἣν αὐτοῖς ἡ νόσος ἐμβάλλει  —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Helplessness’ refer to) the one that the sickness imposes on them (the sick).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡ νόσ. αὐτοῖς transp. Za   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   αὐτῆς Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.88,9–10


Or. 233.01 (233–234) (rec exeg) 1ἦ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς ἐφίεσαι τοὺς πόδας κινῆσαι, ὅ ἐστι περιπατῆσαι;  2τὸ γὰρ τῇ γῇ ἁρμόσαι χρόνιον ἴχνος πάντων γλυκύτατον.  3ἡ γὰρ μεταβολή, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκ τόπου εἰς τόπον ἄμειψις, μεγίστην τὴν ὠφέλειαν παρέχει.  4τὸ δὲ χρόνιον ἴχνος σημαίνειν ⟨ … ⟩,  5οἱ δὲ τὸ κατακεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου·  6αὕτη γὰρ κώλυμα αὐτῷ τοῦ μὴ περιπατεῖν.   —C

TRANSLATION:   Do you indeed desire to move your feet upon the earth, that is, walk around? For to fix upon the earth one’s footstep after a long time is the sweetest thing of all. For the change, that is, the exchange of position from one place to another, affords a benefit that is very great. ⟨lacuna: e.g., Some say that⟩ ‘footstep after a long time’ means ⟨ lacuna ⟩, others (say that it indicates) his lying down because of the disease. For this (the disease) is what prevented him from walking around.

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   2 γλυκύτατον Schw., ‑τερον C   |    3 ὅ Schw., ἥ C   |    4 e.g. σημαίνειν ⟨τινές (or ἔνιοί) φασι … ⟩; σημαίνει ⟨ … ⟩ Schw.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,16–21


Or. 233.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κἀπὶ γαίας ἁρμόσαι πόδας⟩: μόλις πατῆσαι τὴν γῆν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 233.08 (tri metr) ⟨κἀπὶ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 234.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνιον ἴχνος⟩: διὰ πολλοῦ καιροῦ μὴ κινούμενον πόδα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 234.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨χρόνιον ἴχνος⟩: ὀλίγην βημάτισιν  —AaAbMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |    βημ. om. Aa (ὀλίγην erased when Aa2 gloss added)   |    βημάτησιν Ab   

COMMENT:   The noun βημάτισις is attested only twice in TLG (in Theodorus Studites). βηματισμός is only slightly more common.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 234.04 (mosch paraphr) χρόνιον ἴχνος: βραδεῖαν βάσιν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcAa2

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   βάδισιν Y   


Or. 234.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνιον ἴχνος⟩: βραδίονα βάσιν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 234.10 (tri metr) ⟨ἴχνος⟩: koine short over iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 234.12 (vet exeg) μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ:  1προσυπακουστέον τὸ κακῶν.  2κεκωμῴδηται δὲ ὁ στίχος.  3τὸ γὰρ ἐξ ὑγείας εἰς νόσον μεταβάλλειν οὔκ ἐστιν ἡδύ.  4φησὶ γοῦν ὁ κωμικός [Com. adespota 859 K–A, 115 Kock]·
      5‘ὁ πρῶτος εἰπὼν “μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ”
      6οὐχ ὑγίαινε, δέσποτ’ · ἐκ μὲν γὰρ κόπου
      7γλυκεῖ’ ἀνάπαυσις, ἐξ ἀλουσίας δ’ ὕδωρ’
8καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα·
      9‘ἢν δ’ ἐκ πλουσίου
      10πτωχὸν γενέσθαι, μεταβολὴ μέν, ἡδὺ δ’ οὔ.
      11ὥστ’ οὐχὶ πάντων ἐστὶ μεταβολὴ γλυκύ.’
       —MVCMnRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Change of all things is sweet: One must supply in addition the word ‘of evils’. The verse has been ridiculed in comedy. For the change from health to sickness is not pleasant. At any rate, the comic poet says: ‘The first person who said “change of all things is sweet” / was not in his right mind, master. For after heavy toil / cessation is sweet, and water after lack of bathing’ and (the passage continued with) such examples. ‘But if (it comes about) that instead of wealthy / one becomes impoverished, it is, to be sure, a change, but not sweet! / So not of all things is change sweet’.

LEMMA:  lemma MVC, μεταβολὴ RwSa, ἡ μεταβολὴ S, μεταβολῆ MnRb       REF. SYMBOL: MVRb      POSITION: out of order after sch. 225.02 C      

APP. CRIT.:   1–5 προσυπακουστέον … πάντων no longer legible in Ra, apparently washed from side margin (remainder faintly legible in bottom margin)   |    1 τὸ] τῶν MC, δὲ τὸ Rw   |    κακόν VS   |    2 δὲ om. M   |    3 μεταβαλεῖν CMnRb   |    4 φασὶ γοῦν οἱ κωμικοὶ Rw   |    γοῦν] γὰρ VMnRbSa, om. S   |    5 πρῶτον V, πρῶτ() MMn   |    μεταβολῆ MMn, μεταβολὴν Rw   |    γλυκύ] ἡδύ V, om. S   |    6 ὑγίαινε] Porson, ὑγιαίνει all   |    δέσποτ’] Porson, δέσποτα MCS, δέποτε MnSa, δέποτ RaRb, δὲ ποσῶς V   |    ἐκ μὲν] εἰς μὲν M   |    7 γλυκεῖ’] γλυκίαι Mn, γλυκύτατ’ MRw, γλυκύτατος C   |    ἀνάπασις M   |    ἐξαλούσας C   |    τὸ add. before ὕδωρ Rb [Ra]   |    8 τὰ τοιαῦτα] ἕτερα τοιαῦτα Rw   |    9 ἢν δ’] τὸ δέ σ’ Hermann, ἢν δέῃ δ’ Nauck   |    ἢν] ἀν SSa, ἂν Mn, εἰ Rw   |    ἐκ] εἰς M, καὶ ἐκ C   |    10 πτωχὸς γένηται MnRaRbSSa (πτωχῶν app. a.c. S, πτωχ()` Rb), accepted by Porson, Meineke; doubtfully πτωχὸς γένῃ σύ Schw.   |    ἥδε add. before ἡδὺ Rw   |    11 ὥστε] οὕτως MC   |    ἐστι] ἡ VMnRbSSa [Ra]   |    γλυκεῖα SSa, γλυκεία Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 στοῖχος a.c. Mn, στιχῶν changed to στίχων S   |    3 ὑγιείας Rb   |    4 κωμικὸς] κάμιξ Rb   |    5 μεταβολὺ S   |    7 γλυκεῖα VRaRbSSa   |    δ’] δὲ all   |    9 δ’] δὲ all   |    10 μεταβολὴ] μεταβολὺ V   |    11 δ’] δὲ all except M [Ra]   |    ὥστε VMnRbRwSSa [Ra]   |    οὐχὶ] οὐχ’ ἡ S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.121,22–122,7; Dind. II.88,14–89,2

COMMENT:   ὁ κωμικός (4) is elsewhere frequently Aristophanes (see Kassel and Austin on Arist. fr. 967 K–A), but scholars of comedy have concluded that this fragment is post-Aristophanic. For discussion of this and the next scholion see Prelim. Stud. 36–37.   |   See the app. crit. in Kassel and Austin for conjectures that tried to keep 8 καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα as part of the quoted trimeters.   

KEYWORDS:  criticism and defence of poet   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Com. adespota   


Or. 234.13 (vet exeg) μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ:  1προσυπακουστέον τὸ κακῶν.  2κεκωμῴδηται δὲ ὁ στίχος.  3τὸ γὰρ ἐξ ὑγείας εἰς νόσον μεταβαλεῖν οὔκ ἐστιν ἡδύ.  4φήσει γάρ τις ὡς ἐκ μὲν κόπου γλυκύτατον ἡ ἀνάπαυσις καὶ ἕτερα τοιαῦτα,  5ἐκ δὲ πλουσίου πτωχὸν γενέσθαι μεταβολὴ μέν, ἡδὺ δ’ οὔ,  6ὥστε οὐχὶ πάντων ἡ μεταβολὴ γλυκύ.   —BPr

TRANSLATION:   Change of all things is sweet: One must supply in addition the word ‘of evils’. The verse has been ridiculed in comedy. For the change from health to sickness is not pleasant. For someone will say that cessation from heavy toil is very sweet, and other such examples, but to become impoverished instead of wealthy is, to be sure, a change, but not pleasant! So not of all things is change sweet.

REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   6 γλυκεία Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 οὐκέστιν B   |    5 δὲ οὔ Pr   |   

KEYWORDS:  criticism and defence of poet   


Or. 234.14 (pllgn exeg) κεκωμώδηται οὗτος ὁ στίχος.  —G

POSITION: intermarg. at 236 G, sep. from s.l. gloss 236.19 by punctuation      

COMMENT:   It is possible that the scribe believed this remark applied to 236 rather than 234, assuming moral disapproval of the devaluation of truth.   


Or. 234.15 (thom exeg) ⟨μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ⟩:  1τὸ μεταβάλλεσθαι, εἴτε ἀπὸ χείρονος πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον εἴτε ἀπὸ τοῦ βελτίονος πρὸς τὸ χεῖρον, ἡδύτατόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ τῷ μεταβαλλομένῳ.  2οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν μετεβάλλετο εἰ μὴ ἥδετο τῇ μεταβολῇ.  3ὤστε οἱ λέγοντες τὸν Εὐριπίδην οὐκ ὀρθῶς εἰρηκέναι τοῦτο ληροῦσιν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   To change, whether it occurs from worse toward the better or from the better toward the worse, is most pleasant to the very person who experiences it. For he would not be making a change if he did not delight in the change. As a result those who say Euripides did not say this correctly are talking nonsense.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZl      

APP. CRIT.:   some words lost to trimming in Zl   |   1 first πρὸς] εἰς ZbZl   |    τοῦ om. ZZaGu   |    second πρὸς] εἰς Zl   |    ἤδετο] ἥδεται Z   |    3 ληροῦσιν] οὐκ ὀρθῶς αὐτοὶ λέγουσιν T, οὐ καλῶς λέγουσιν Gu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μεταβαλομένῳ Za   |    2 μεταβάλετο Zb, μετεβάλετο Za (λ add. s.l.)   |    εἴδετο Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.89,3–7

KEYWORDS:  Thomas critical of another view   |   criticism and defence of poet   


Or. 234.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μεταβολὴ πάντων γλυκύ⟩: λείπει τὸ κακῶν· ὅταν μεταβληθῇ τι ἀπὸ τῶν κακῶν εἰς καλὸν, γλυκύ.  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.89,7–8

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 234.17 (pllgn exeg) μεταβολὴ:  1κατὰ τὸν Θεσσαλονικέα ἐλλειπτικῶς εἴρηται κατὰ ποιητικὸν ἔθος·  2μεταβολὴ γὰρ πρᾶγμα ἐστὶ γλυκὺ οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἁπάντων ἀλλὰ πάντων τῶν κακῶν δῆλον ὅτι.   —G2

TRANSLATION:   According to the Thessalonican (scil. Eustathius)], this has been expressed elliptically in the poetic manner. For ‘change’ is a sweet thing not absolutely, that is, (alteration) of all things, but clearly (only) of all bad things.

LEMMA: G2      POSITION: in upper corner of folio, different hand, very light ink      

APP. CRIT.:   1 θεσσαλονίκης G2   

COMMENT:   I find no instances in TLG where Eustathius is referred to in this way. The passage referred to seems to be Eust. in Il. 17.36 (IV.9,8–13) ὅρα δὲ καὶ ὅτι ἐν τῷ ‘ἐχήρωσας’ λείπει κοινότερον τὸ ἀνδρός, σιγηθὲν διὰ τὸ πάνυ δῆλον. οὕτω δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ ‘χήρωσεν ἀγυιάς’ λείπει τὸ ἀνδρῶν ἢ πολιτῶν ἢ τοιοῦτόν τι. πολλαὶ δὲ καὶ ἄλλαι τοιαῦται ἐλλείψεις. Σοφοκλῆς οὖν ἐν τῷ ‘πρὸς τὸν ἔχονθ’ ὁ φθόνος ἕρπει’ παρῆκε τὸ ἀγαθὸν ὡς φανερόν. πάντως γὰρ ὁ ἔχων ἀγαθόν τι φθονεῖται. τοιοῦτον καὶ τὸ ‘μεταβολὴ πάντων ἡδύ’.   |    Note that Eust. knew of another attempt (not attested in scholia) to save Eur. from criticism by an interpretation involving a sophisticated grammatical usage (positive adjective used in place of comparative): in Od. 21.288 (II.261,5–8) τὸ δὲ, ἆ δειλὲ ξείνων, ἁπλοῦν ὂν ἀντὶ ὑπερθετικοῦ εἴληπται τοῦ δειλαιότατε. ἐρρέθη δὲ οὕτως ἢ ἀπαρατηρήτως διὰ θυμὸν, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως ἁπλούστερον κατὰ τὸ ‘νικᾷ γὰρ ἡ ἀρετή με τῆς ἔχθρας πολὺ’, ἤγουν πλεῖον· καὶ τὸ ‘μεταβολὴ πάντων ἡδὺ’, ὅ ἐστιν ἡδύτερον, ὥς τινες φασί.   

KEYWORDS:  ἐλλειπτικῶς   |   Eustathius   |   criticism and defence of poet   


Or. 234.18 (rec exeg) ⟨μεταβολὴ⟩: λείπει τῶν δεινῶν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 234.19 (rec exeg) ⟨μεταβολὴ⟩: ἡ ἐναλλαγὴ τῶν κακῶν  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 234.20 (mosch exeg) ⟨μεταβολὴ⟩: ἡ μεταβολὴ τῶν ἴσων.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (‘Metabolē’, ‘exchange’, here means) ‘the exchange of equals’ (things of equal value).

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 234.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γλυκύ⟩: γρ. ἡδύ.  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 234.29 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡδὺ⟩: γλυκύ  —Zl

LEMMA: ἡδὺ in text Zl       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 235.01 (235–236) (mosch exeg) μάλιστα δόξαν γάρ:  1καλὸν δὲ τὸ διεγείρεσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν τῇ δόξῃ τῆς ὑγείας ἢ τοιούτου τινὸς  2καὶ μὴ καταπίπτειν ἐν ταῖς νόσοις ἢ ἑτέροις τοιούτοις, κἂν μακρὰν ᾖ τῆς ἀληθείας ἡ δόξα.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   It is a good thing that the soul be stirred by the appearance of health or of something similar and that it not succumb in times of sickness or other such things, even if the appearance is far from the truth.

LEMMA: 234–235 μεταβολὴ πάντων ἡδυ· μάλιστα δόξαν γάρ G (last 10 letters in dark ink, previous letters by rubr.)       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   1 δὲ om. G   |    τὴν ψυχὺν om. G   |    2 μεταπίπτειν Yf   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ὑγιείας XG   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.89,17–20


Or. 235.03 (rec exeg) ⟨μάλιστα⟩: ναί  —F2GRfrOxXoZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 235.05 (thom exeg) ⟨μάλιστα⟩: ναὶ ἁρμόσαι βούλομαι τὸν πόδα τῇ γῇ.  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Very much so’ implies) ‘yes, I do want to fix my foot upon the earth’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τόν πόδα τῇ γῇ om. Za   


Or. 235.06 (vet exeg) δόξαν γὰρ τόδ’ ὑγιείας ἔχει:  1τὸ ἀναστῆναι.  2ὁπόταν γὰρ εὐθυμῇ ψυχὴ τῇ τῆς ἐλπίδος ὑπολήψει, συνδιασῴζεται τὸ σῶμα.  3καὶ Σιμωνίδης [Simonides PMG 598 = fr. 76 Bergk]· ‘τὸ δοκεῖν καὶ τὰν ἀλάθειαν βιᾶται’.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   For this thing has the appearance of health: (‘This thing’ is, namely,) to stand up. For whenever a soul feels cheered up by the assumption of hope, the body is saved along with it. And Simonides (says): ‘Seeming/belief overpowers even the truth’.

LEMMA: δόξαν γὰρ τόδ’ ὑγείας ἔχει MV(τόδε), δόξαν τόδ’ ὑγείας ἔχει C, δόξαν γὰρ τόδ’ ὑγιείας BPr(ὑγείας), δόξαν δ’ ὑγείας Rw       REF. SYMBOL: MBV      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἐνθύμη C, ἐνθυμηθῆ M   |    ψυχῇ MCRw   |    τῇ τῆς] τῆς τὴν Rw, τῆς τῆς Pr a.c.   |    ὑπολείψει M (from the odd spacing, perhaps Rw had this a.c., but obscure in water damage)   |    3 after σιμων. add. φησὶ V   |    τὰν ἀλάθειαν Plat. Rep. 365e (codices except D), τὴν ἀλήθειαν VRw, τὰ μάλα θεῖα MB(θεία)CPr    

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,8–10; Dind. II.89,14–16

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Simonides   


Or. 235.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τόδ’⟩: ἤγουν τὸ θεῖναι τὸν πόδα πρὸς γῆν  —F

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ] τῷ F   |   


Or. 235.13 (rec exeg) ⟨τόδ’⟩: τὸ ἀναστῆναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀπὸ τοῦ καββάτου καὶ ἀπερεῖσαι τοὺς πόδας εἰς τὴν γῆν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ] τοῦ Mn   |   ἀπερεῖσαι (or ἐπερεῖσαι) Mastr., ἐπαρεῖσαι Mn   

COMMENT:   For the two possible corrections, cf. for the former Lucian, Anacharsis 27 οὔτε βεβαίως ἀπερεῖσαι τὴν βάσιν καὶ οὔτε ἐπιστηρίξαι ῥᾴδιον and two instances with τοὺς πόδας in Michael Ephes., in librum de animalium incessu commentarium, CAG 22:2:138,15–17; for the latter Hesych. ε 5712 ἐρεῖσαι· ἐπερεῖσαι ἐπιστηρίξαι.   


Or. 236.06 (thom exeg) ⟨κρεῖσσον⟩: τοῦ μὴ δοκεῖν  —ZaZbZlZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 236.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δοκεῖν⟩: ἡ τῆς ὑγείας δόκησις  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 236.13 (tri metr) ⟨κἂν⟩: long mark over alpha —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 237.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨κασίγνητον κάρα⟩: ὦ ἀδελφὲ κατὰ περίφρασιν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Brotherly head’ means) ‘o brother’ by periphrasis.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Xo   |    ὦ om. G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.89,22

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 237.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κασίγνητον κάρα⟩: περιφραστικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ ὦ ἀδελφέ —B3a

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.89,21

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 237.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κάρα⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 237.07 (tri metr) ⟨κάρα⟩: long mark over second alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 238.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ἕως ἐῶσιν εὖ⟩: γρ. ἕως ἐῶσ’ εὖ.  —Ra

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 238.07 (pllgn exeg) εὖ φρονεῖν Ἐριννύες:  εἰσὶ τὰ τῶν Ἐριννύων ὀνόματα ταῦτα· Τισιφόνη ἀπὸ τοῦ τίω ὃ δηλοῖ τὸ τιμωροῦμαι· Μέγαιρα ἀπὸ τοῦ μεγαίρω ὃ δηλοῖ τὸ φθονῶ· Ἀληκτὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἂ στερητικοῦ μορίου καὶ τοῦ λήγω ὃ δηλοῖ τὸ παύω, ἡ μὴ παύουσα κακοποιεῖν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις.  —G

TRANSLATION:  The names of the Erinyes are the following: Tisiphone from ‘tiō’, which signifies ‘punish’; Megaera, from ‘megairō’, which signifies ‘begrudge’; Alecto from the alpha-privative particle and ‘lēgō’, which signifies ‘cease’, the one who does not cease doing harm to humans.

LEMMA: G       REF. SYMBOL: G       POSITION: after sch. 248.06 as last in block on this page      

COMMENT:   Cf. sch. 38.07 with comment.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology, of proper name   


Or. 238.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἐριννύες⟩: (?)διαφ⟨θ⟩αρτικαὶ(?) τῆς σῆς †ἀνάγκης  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Uncertain, check original Zl.   


Or. 238.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἐριννύες⟩: δαιμόνια μετερχόμενα τοὺς φονεῖς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοὺς] τοῦτο Zu   


Or. 239.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨λέξεις τι καινόν⟩: πάντως καινότερόν τι ἀπαγγελεῖς.  —MVCPr

TRANSLATION:   Evidently you are going to report something rather novel.

REF. SYMBOL: M       POSITION: s.l., except intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀγγέλ() V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπαγγέλεις M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,12; Dind. II.89,26


Or. 239.06 (rec exeg) ⟨κεἰ μὲν εὖ⟩: καὶ εἰ μὲν εἴπῃς καλῶς, φέρεις  —Ra

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 239.11 (rec exeg) ⟨εὖ⟩: ἐπὶ καλῷ ἡμῶν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l., except X (over καινόν G)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἡμῶν] τιμῶν X   


Or. 239.12 (vet exeg) ⟨χάριν φέρεις⟩: οἱ ἐν περιστάσει ὄντες ἀεὶ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα τοῦ μέλλοντος λέγεσθαι δεδοίκασιν.  —MaMbVCMnPrRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Those in a critical situation are always afraid of the declaration of what is about to be said.

LEMMA: MaV, καὶ εἰ μὲν εὖ χάριν φέρεις C, κεἰ μὲν εὖ Rb       REF. SYMBOL: MaVRb       POSITION: s.l. MbPr      

APP. CRIT.:   διὰ τοῦτο εἶπεν ὅτι prep. MnRaSSa   |    οἱ om. VPr   |    παραστάσει Rb   |    τὸ ἐπάγγελμα om. S   |    μέλλοντος om. C   |    λέγεσθαι om. Mb, γένεσθαι Pr   |    δεδοίκησιν Mn, δεδοίκαμεν Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπάγελμα Ra   |    δεδοίκασι CSa, δεδοίκα() V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,13–14; Dind. II.89,23–25


Or. 239.13 (mosch paraphr) ⟨χάριν φέρεις⟩: εὐχαριστίαν ἕξεις. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X (cont. from 239.11)      

APP. CRIT.:   εὐχαριστίας T (‑αν Ta)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -στείαν app. Yf   |    ἔξεις Aa2   


Or. 240.02 (rec exeg) ⟨βλάβην τιν’⟩: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ φέρεις.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 240.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βλάβην τίν’⟩: οὐ φέρεις χάριν.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 240.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἅλις ἔχω⟩: ἀρκούντως διάκειμαι ἕνεκα τοῦ δυστυχεῖν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X; as two sep. glosses TYf      

APP. CRIT.:   δυστυχεῖν om. G   


Or. 241.02 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαος⟩: long mark over alpha  —T


Or. 241.05 (vet exeg) σοῦ κασίγνητος πατρός:  1διὰ τοῦ ‘σοῦ κασίγνητος πατρός’ ψυχαγωγεῖ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ὑπομιμνήσκουσα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ ἐλπίδας ἀγαθὰς ὑποτίθεται διὰ τοῦ θείου.  2περιπαθέστερον δὲ ποιεῖ τὸ δρᾶμα καὶ πόρρωθεν διαβάλλουσα τὸν Μενέλαον,  3καθὸ ἐλπισθεὶς βοηθῆσαι οὐκ ἐβοήθησεν.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   By using the expression ‘brother of your father’ she encourages her brother, reminding him of his father, and through (the mention of) their uncle she sets good hopes before him. She makes the drama more emotionally affecting by criticizing Menelaus even from a far earlier point (than his arrival on stage), since although it was hoped that he would bring aid he did not help.

LEMMA: MBCPr, μενέλαος ἥκει VMnRwSSa, lemma ἥκει Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ σοῦ κασ. πατρὸς] τούτου BPr   |    τοῦ] τὸ MnSSa, om. Rb   |    σοῦ om. Rw   |    κασιγνήτ(ου) V   |    ψυχαγωγεῖται V   |    τοῦ πατρὸς] τῶ πατρὶ M   |    2 προσπαθέστερον MBCPrRw   |    ποιεῖται VMnSSa   |    τὸ om. Mn   |    καὶ τὸ πόρρ. BPr   |    διαβάλλεσθαι BPr, διαβάλλουσιν MCRw(‑σι CRw), ambig. διαβάλλουσ() V   |    τὸν πολέμιον τὸν μενέλαον Rw   |    3 καθὸ] καθὸν M, ἢ V   |    βοηθήσειν V   |    ἐβοήθεισαν Mn, ἐβοήθει γὰρ Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 δράμα MVCMnPrRbS   |    3 καθ’ ὃ Pr   |    βοηθεῖσαι Mn   |    ἐλπισθεὶς] ἐμπισθεὶς V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,16–20; Dind. II.90,7–11


Or. 242.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ναυπλίᾳ⟩: χώρα ἀπό τινος Ναυπλίου  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 242.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨σέλμαθ’ ὥρμισται νεῶν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ αἱ νῆες ὡρμίσθησαν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ om. Xb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὁρμ‑ X   |   


Or. 242.06 (rec exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’ … νεῶν⟩: περιφραστικῶς αἱ νῆες  —GKPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰς ναῦς Pr   

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 242.07 (rec exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’ … νεῶν⟩: τουτέστιν αἱ νῆες  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 242.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σέλμαθ’ … νεῶν⟩: καὶ αἱ καθέδραι τῶν πλοίων  —Ox, p.c. Cr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 242.15 (thom exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: αἱ καθέδραι ἤτοι αἱ νῆες περιφραστικῶς —ZZaZbZlZmTOx2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Selmata’, ‘benches’, are) the seats (of the rowers) or the ships by periphrasis.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αἳ] ἃ Zb   |    ἤτοι … περιφρ. add. Ox2 to right of Ox gloss 242.09   |    ἤγουν Za   

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 242.16 (thom exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν· μέρος γὰρ τῶν νεῶν τὰ σέλματα.  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  The whole (expressed) by a part. For the benches are a part of the ships.

LEMMA: cont. from sch. 242.26 Gu       REF. SYMBOL: Zm      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.90,13–14


Or. 242.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν  —B3a

TRANSLATION:  The whole (expressed) by a part.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 242.18 (rec exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩:  παρὰ τῶν ναυτῶν λεγόμενα ταυλία· ἀπὸ τοῦ σελὶς τὸ καταβατόν.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   (‘Selmata’, ‘benches’, are) what are called ‘tavlia’ by sailors. (Derived) from the word ‘selis’ meaning ‘page’.

POSITION: in left margin, written vertically      

COMMENT:   See LSJ s.v. ταβλίον, but ταβλ‑ words are commonly spelled ταυλ‑ in late Greek. The word is used in several contexts, most implying stripes or a sequence of rows or columns. The closest meaning offered in LBG s.v. ταβλίον is ‘planks of a deck’. For the derivation of σέλμα from σελίς, see Sch. A Il. 16.1 σέλμα ἐστὶ τὸ μεταξὺ τῶν σανιδωμάτων, ὃ σελὶς καλεῖται καὶ καθέδρα ἐστὶ τοῦ ἐρέτου. ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ σέλμα εὔσελμος ὡς σῶμα εὔσωμος. γέγονε δὲ παρὰ τὸ σέλλω τὸ σημαῖνον τὸ ὁρμῶ· ἐξ οὗ καὶ †σέλμος† ὁ μεθ’ ὁρμῆς ῥιπτούμενος λίθος; Eust. in Il. 16.1 (794, 9–11) ἔστι δέ, φασί, σέλμα, ὡς καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ ἐδηλώθη, τὸ μεταξὺ τῶν τοίχων τῆς νεώς, ὃ καὶ ζυγὸς καὶ σελὶς καλεῖται, καθέδρα ὂν ἐρέτου, ὅθεν εὔσελμος ναῦς. γίνεται δὲ τὸ ῥηθὲν σέλμα παρὰ τὸ σέλλω, τὸ ὁρμῶ, τὸ αἴτιον ὁρμῆς τῇ νηΐ.    

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 242.19 (rec exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: σέλματα λέγονται οἱ ζυγοὶ τῆς νηός· τὰ παρὰ τῶν ναυτῶν λεγόμενα ταόλια.  —Aa

APP. CRIT.:   ταυλία to be read?   

COMMENT:   See comment on previous. Aa’s ταόλια is either an error of a scribe who was not familiar with the word, or an otherwise unattested alternative spelling.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 242.20 (rec exeg) ⟨σέλμαθ’⟩: ταῖς καθίστραις τῆς νηὸς ἢ τῷ σέλματι τῆς νηός —V

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The author of this annotation takes σέλμαθ’ as σέλματι, against the usual view that it is the elided nominative σέλματα (but see 242.13 and 242.26 for σέλματα as accusative).   |   The noun καθίστρα is not currently in TLG, but there is one other instance in an inscription from Pisidia (SEG 2.727, probably to be dated to the period from Nerva to Caracalla) cited by LSJ, where the question mark about the equivalence to καθέδρα can be removed (note καθέδραι in 242.13–16).   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 242.26 (thom exeg) ⟨ὥρμισται⟩: ἐλλιμένισται, ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐλιμένισεν, ὅπερ εἰ εἴποις αἰτιατικὴν νοήσεις τὰ σέλματα.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Has been brought into harbor; or (it is used) instead of ‘he brought into harbor’, and if you adopt this view you will understand ‘the benches’ to be in the accusative.

REF. SYMBOL: Za       POSITION: s.l. ZZbZm, marg. Za      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ὥρμισται ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. T   |    after first word Zl mostly illegible   |    ἤγουν Zb   |    ἐλιμένισεν] ἑλλιμένισα Zb, ἐνελιμένισεν Ta   |    εἴπεις, s.l. perhaps ‑ης Zb   |    αἰτιατικὴ Zb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐλλιμένισται] ἐλιμ‑ Z, ἑλλ‑ Zb   |    ἐλιμένισεν] ἐλλιμένισεν Gu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.90,12–13

COMMENT:   This is the only perfect middle-passive form of (ἐλ)λιμενίζω attested, and it is found here and in the next scholion (derived from this one). It is apparently a late Greek perfect of the compound verb without reduplication, for which Jannaris §750d gives among his examples ἐμψυχωμένος and ἐγκεντρισμέναις. Note how Triclinius pedantically turned ἐλιμένισεν into ἐνελιμένισεν to make it match the earlier form. For transitive uses of ἐλλιμενίζω see LBG s.v., and for the middle-passive see DGE s.v. 2.   


Or. 242.27 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὥρμισται⟩: ἐλλιμένισται τὰ σέλματα δηλονότι.  —Zc2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 243.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φῶς⟩: βοήθεια, ἀπαλλαγὴ τῶν ἐμῶν κακῶν  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 243.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐμοῖς καὶ σοῖς κακοῖς⟩: ἐμῶν καὶ σῶν κακῶν  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 243.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐμοῖς καὶ σοῖς κακοῖ⟩: ἐπὶ ταῖς ἐμαῖς καὶ σαῖς δυστυχίαις  —XXaXbXoT+YGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   σωτηρίαις YGr, app. a.c. Xa   


Or. 244.04 (vet exeg) ⟨χάριτας ἔχων πατρός⟩: ἡ παρά καὶ τὸ ἐμοῦ προσληπτέον.  —MCr

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘from’ and the (adjective) ‘my’ are to be supplied (with the genitive ‘father’).

POSITION: intermarg. MCr (M beside 241–2)      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,15; Dind. II.89,25


Or. 244.05 (rec exeg) χάριτας ἔχων πατρός: λείπει τὸ παρὰ τοῦ ἐμοῦ —AbMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   ‘From my’ is to be understood (with ‘father’).

LEMMA: Rb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: s.l. except RaRb      

APP. CRIT.:   λείπει om. AbRa   |    τὸ om. AbSSa   |    π(ερὶ) Ra   |    ἐμοῦ] Rb, ἡμῶν RaSa, spaced as sep. gloss Mn, om. AbS   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 244.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χάριτας ἔχων πατρός⟩: ἤγουν ὅστις ἔχει πολλὰς χάριτας τοῦ πατρὸς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 244.07 (mosch exeg) χάριτας: ἃς ὁ πατὴρ ἐχαρίσατο αὐτῷ, ἤγουν ἔργα εὐχαριστίας ἄξια  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcAa2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Favors’ means the ones) with which his father obliged him, that is, deeds deserving gratitude.

LEMMA: XXoT       POSITION: s.l. except XXoT      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν κτλ om. ZcAa2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.90,16–17


Or. 244.09 (rec exeg) ⟨πατρὸς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐμοῦ πατρός  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 245.03 (vet exeg) τὸ πιστὸν τόδε λόγων:  1ἀντὶ τοῦ πίστευε τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις.  2πίστιν δέχου ταύτην βεβαίαν καὶ ἀσφαλῆ μαρτυρίαν, τὸ καὶ τὴν Ἑλένην αὐτῷ συνεπιδημῆσαι·  3ὅπου γὰρ Ἑλένη, πάντως που καὶ Μενέλαος.   —MBVCPrRwZu, partial O

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘have faith in my words’. As guarantee accept this sure and secure evidence, the fact that Helen too has arrived here with him. For wherever Helen is, by all means, surely, Menelaus is too.

LEMMA: MBCPr, τὸ πιστὸν τόδε Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: V cont. from next, without repeating first sentence (= last of 245.04); sep. in O 2 τὸ … συνεπιδημ. above 246 ἑλένην, 3 ὅπου γὰρ κτλ in margin at 246      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ἀντὶ … μαρτυρίαν om. O (but cf. 245.09   |    1 ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν Zu, ἀντὶ C   |    τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους M   |    2 πίστιν] πίστην C, πιστοῦ Pr   |    μαρτυρίαν ἀσφαλῆ transp. V   |    τὸ καὶ] τῷ καὶ BVPr, τε καὶ Rw, τὸ O   |    τὴν om. O   |    3 γὰρ] γε Rw   |    που] ἐκεῖ O   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.123,1–4; Dind. II.90,22–91,2


Or. 245.04 (rec exeg) τὸ πιστόν τόδε λόγων:  1τὸ ἑξῆς οὕτως· τοῦτο πιστὸν δέχου τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων.  2οἱ δὲ οὕτως· τὸ πιστὸν τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων δέχου τοῦτο·  3ἀντὶ τοῦ πίστευε τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις.   —VMnRbRwSSa, partial Ra

TRANSLATION:   The sequence is as follows: Accept this as a guarantee of my words. Others understand it this way: As the guarantee of my words accept this. Equivalent to ‘have faith in my words’.

LEMMA: Rw, ἥκει τὸ πιστόν τόδε λόγων V, ἥκει MnRbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ … οὕτως] καὶ Ra   |    τοῦτο τὸ Ra   |    ἔχου Ra   |    2–3 οἱ δὲ κτλ om. Ra   |    2 οἱ δὲ … λόγων om. Sa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 οὕτω Sa   |    2 οὕτω Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.122,21–22; Dind. II.90,20–23

COLLATION NOTES:   Sa lemma and first three words by rubric. in empty space.   |   


Or. 245.05 (rec paraphr) ἀντὶ τοῦ πίστευε τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις.  —AaMnSSaZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἤγουν Zu   |    πίστευσον S   |    τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους Zu   


Or. 245.06 (rec paraphr) τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐκ τῶν ἐμῶν μάνθανε λόγων.  —VPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 245.07 (pllgn exeg) μετ’ αὐτοῦ δὲ καὶ Ἑλένην ἐνδημῆσαι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 245.08 (mosch paraphr) δέχου τὴν πίστωσιν τήνδε τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l., except X      

APP. CRIT.:   δέχου transp. after λόγων G   |    τήνδε om. YfGZc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.90,19


Or. 245.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λόγων ἐμῶν δέχου⟩: καθὼς λέγω σοι δηλονότι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 246.01 (rec exeg) ἔρχεται καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ Ἑλένην ἄγει ἀπὸ τῆς Τροίας.  —Ra


Or. 246.02 (rec exeg) ἔρχεται ἄγων τὴν Ἑλένην· δέχου τὸ πιστὸν τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων.  —Mn

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἄγον Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.91,4–5


Or. 246.08 (rec exeg) ⟨Τρωϊκῶν ἐκ τειχέων⟩: περίφρασις  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  περίφρασις   


Or. 246.09 (thom exeg) ⟨Τρωϊκῶν ἐκ τειχέων⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς Τροίας περιφραστικῶς  —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘From Trojans walls’ means) ‘from Troy’ by periphrasis.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. ZZaZu   |    ἀπ’ αὐτῆς τῆς Zu   |    περιφραστικῶς om. ZZaZu   

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 246.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Τρωϊκῶν ἐκ τειχέων⟩: περιφραστικῶς ἐκ τῆς Τροίας  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 247.01 (vet exeg) ὡς τοῦ τὴν Ἑλένην ἀχθῆναι ἐπιμολύναντος τὴν εὐπραξίαν Μενελάου  —MVCRw

TRANSLATION:  (He says this) as if the fact that Helen was brought has befouled the good fortune of Menelaus.

LEMMA: (246) Ἑλένην ἀγόμενος V       REF. SYMBOL: V to 246       POSITION: cont. from 245.03 MCRw      

APP. CRIT.:   ὡς τοῦ] ὥστε V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.123,5–6; Dind. II.91,2–3


Or. 248.01 (rec paraphr) ἤγουν ⟨εἰ⟩ τὴν Ἑλένην γυναῖκα φέρει, διαβεβλημένον δύσφημον μέγα κακὸν αὕτη γέγονε τῇ Ἑλλάδι  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   διαβεβλημένη Sar   

COMMENT:   See on 248.14.   


Or. 248.06 (mosch gram) ἄγεται:  1ἄγεταί τις γυναῖκα ἀντὶ τοῦ λαμβάνει.  2ἐπάγεται δὲ δοῦλον ἢ ἕτερόν τι ἀντὶ τοῦ μεθ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἄγει.  3καὶ ἐπάγεται τόδε ἐν παθητικῇ σημασίᾳ ἀντὶ τοῦ μεθ’ ἕτερον ἢ μεθ’ ἕτερα ἄγεται.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   One leads for oneself (‘agetai’) a woman/wife in the sense of ‘takes’. One brings along (‘epagetai’) a slave or something else in the sense ‘leads with oneself’. And with a passive meaning, this thing is led along (‘epagetai’) in the sense ‘it is led after something else or after some other things’.

LEMMA: εἰ δ’ ἄλοχον ἄγεται G       POSITION: cont. from 246.06 X; beside 246 Xb      

APP. CRIT.:   2 δοῦλον ἢ ἕτερόν τι] ἕτερον ἢ ἕτερόν τις Gr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἄγεταί τις] ἅγεταί τις XaYf, ἄγεται τίς X   |    2 ἅγει Xa   |   3 ἅγεται Xa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.91,5–8


Or. 248.11 (rec exeg) κακὸν … μέγα: μέγα γὰρ κακὸν αὕτη γέγονε τῇ Ἑλλάδι.  —VAbMnPrRbS

LEMMA: κακὸν ἔχων Rb       REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: s.l. except R      

APP. CRIT.:   γὰρ om. AbMnRbS   |    αὕτη om. Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   αὐτὴ Rb, αὔτη Mn   |   

COMMENT:   One must wonder whether this is a corrupt version of 249.01, or vice versa. See also 248.01.   


Or. 248.12 (rec gram) ⟨κακὸν … μέγα⟩: τί ἐστι γυνή; μέγα κακόν.  —Pr

POSITION: upper marg.      

COMMENT:   For the juncture, compare Hipp. 627 τούτωι δὲ δῆλον ὡς γυνὴ κακὸν μέγα; Philemon fr. 132 Kock γυνὴ δὲ νικῶσ’ ἄνδρα κακόν ἐστιν μέγα; Joannes Chrysostom. PG 63.147,36–37 μέγα ἀγαθὸν γυνὴ, ὡσπεροῦν καὶ κακὸν μέγα; Epigr. exhortatoria et supplicatoria 84δ [Epigr. Anthologia III:414 Cougny] (εἰς τὸ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος) σφαγεὶς Ἀγαμέμνων δὲ συζύγου πάρα / βοᾷ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὡς κακὸν γυνὴ μέγα.   


Or. 248.13 (rec gram) ⟨κακὸν … μέγα⟩: ἑπτὰ· τὸν Θησέα, τὸν Πρωτέα, τὸν Ἀλέξανδρον, Μεν⟨έλαον⟩, Ἀχιλλ⟨έα⟩ ἐν ὀνείρῳ, καὶ Δηΐφοβον·  —Pr

POSITION: lower marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   μεν Pr, leaving a space of ca. 5 letters   

COMMENT:   The lists in sch. Andr. 229, Sch. Hom Il. 3.140a, Sch. Lycophr. 143b Leone (τῆς πενταλέκτρου: τῆς Ἑλένης· πέντε γὰρ αὐτὴν ἔγημαν· Θησεύς, Μενέλαος, Πάρις, Δηΐφοβος, Ἀχιλλεὺς κατ’ ὄναρ) do not include Proteus. Perhaps our scholar is being clever, adding Proteus on his own. But why is the number ἑπτὰ (clear and undamaged)? A careless mistake for ἕξ? There appears to be a dicolon after δηΐφοβον, indicating nothing followed. Could the original have been μενέλαον δὶς, another display of cleverness?   


Or. 248.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχων ἥκει⟩: ἔχει· Ἀττικὸν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This and the next scholion apparently reflect a teacher’s idea that ἔχων ἥκει is a literary periphrasis for ἔχει.   |   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 248.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχων ἥκει⟩: Ἀττικισμὸς  —S

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 249.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε Τυνδάρεως⟩: μέγα γὰρ αὐτὴν κακὸν τῇ Ἑλλάδι ἔτεκεν  —MC

POSITION: s.l. at 248 C; intermarg. M beside 248      

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτὴν Dind. and Schw. as if in M, αὐτῆ or αὐτὴ M, αὐτὴ C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.123,7; Dind. II.91,11–12

COMMENT:   See on 248.11. If this note really does belong to 248, then αὕτη should be printed and ἔτεκεν emended to ἐγένετο.   


Or. 249.02 (vet exeg) ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε Τυνδάρεως:  1Στησίχορός φησιν ὡς θύων τοῖς θεοῖς Τυνδάρεως Ἀφροδίτης ἐπελάθετο·  2διὸ ὀργισθεῖσαν τὴν θεὸν διγάμους τε καὶ τριγάμους καὶ λειψάνδρους αὐτοῦ τὰς θυγατέρας ποιῆσαι.  3ἔχει δὲ ἡ χρῆσις οὕτως [Stesichorus fr. 85 Davies–Finglass, PMG/PMGF 223]·  4‘οὕνεκά ποτε Τυνδάρεως ῥέζων πᾶσι θεοῖς μόνης λάθετ’ ἠπιοδώρου Κύπριδος,  5κείνα δὲ Τυνδάρεω κούραις χολωσαμένη διγάμους τε καὶ τριγάμους τίθησι καὶ λιπεσάνορας’.  6καὶ Ἡσίοδος δέ [Hes. fr. 176 M–W (93 Rzach)]·
      7‘τῇσιν δὲ φιλο⟨μ⟩μειδὴς Ἀφροδίτη /
      8ἠγάσθη προσιδοῦσα, κακῇ δέ σφ’ ἔμβαλε φήμῃ. /
      9Τιμάνδρη μὲν ἔπειτ’ Ἔχεμον προλιποῦσ’ ἐβεβήκει, /
      10ἵκετο δ’ ἐς Φυλῆα φίλον μακάρεσσι θεοῖσιν. /
      11ὣς δὲ Κλυταιμνήστρη ⟨προ⟩λιποῦσ’ Ἀγαμέμνονα δῖον /
      12Αἰγίσθῳ παρέλεκτο, καὶ εἵλετο χείρον’ ἀκοίτην. /
      13ὣς δ’ Ἑλένη ᾔσχυνε λέχος ξανθοῦ Μενελάου.’   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Stesichorus says that when sacrificing to the gods Tyndareus forgot Aphrodite. Angered because of this, the goddess (he says) made his daughters triple-married and husband-deserters. The passage is as follows: ‘Because Tyndareus once, when doing sacrifice to all the gods, forgot only Cypris of the gentle gifts, and that goddess becoming wrathful toward the daughters of Tyndareus makes them double-married and triple-married and husband-deserters’. And also Hesiod: ‘Laughter-loving Aphrodite, / looking upon them, grew resentful toward them, and cast evil report upon them. / Timandre then went off, abandoning Echemus, / and she came to Phyleus, a man dear to the immortal gods. / And likewise Clytemnestra, having abandoned godlike Agamemnon, / slept with Aegisthus, and chose a worse husband. / And likewise Helen shamed the bed of blond Menelaus’.

LEMMA: MCPr, ἐπίσημον: ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε Τυνδ() B, τὸ ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε V, ἐπίσημον ἔτεκε Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: punct. and rubricated in Rw as three scholia (1–2, 3–4, 5–13)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 θύων] θεοῦ M   |    ἀφροδίταν Pr   |    ἐλάθετο MVCRw   |    2 ὀργισθεῖσα MBPr   |    τὴν θεὸν] ἡ θεὸς B   |    τε om. V   |    λειχάνδρας Pr   |    τὰς θυγατέρας αὐτοῦ transp. V   |    ποιῆσαι Schw. (after Dind.), ἐποίησεν all   |    3 οὕτως om. MC   |    4 οὕνεκα Τυνδάρεος / ῥέζων ποκὰ Schneidewin (ποτὲ already transp. Suchfort)   |    ἅπασι BVPrRw   |    μόνης] VRw (μόνας Page), μιᾶς MBC, om. Pr   |    λήθετο Rw, λήθ()τ() V, ἐπελάθετο MC   |    ἡπιόδωρος V   |    5 κείνη Pr   |    τυνδ. κόραις del. Wilam. (as from Stes. fragment)   |    τυνδαρέου Schneidewin   |    κούραις] B, κούρου M, κούρας C, κόραις Rw, κόραισι V, κόρης Pr, κόρας Sitzler   |    χολωσαμένα Blomfield   |    τε om. VRw   |    ἐτίθει West   |    λιπεσάνορας scr. Schneidewin, λιπεσήνορας BCPr, λειπεσάνορας VRw, λιπεσιόρας M   |    6 δὲ om. BVPrRw   |    7 τοῖσι PrRw   |    φιλομμειδὴς Barnes, φιλομηδὴς C   |    8 προϊδοῦσα MVRw   |    κακῇ … φήμῃ Schw., κακὴν … φήμην all   |    σφ’] φη(σὶ) V, φ’ C, σφησιν Rw, φιν Nauck   |    ἥμβαλε app. M, ἔβαλλε VPr, ἔβαλε CRw   |    8–9 B punct. after φήμην, leaves blank space, om. Τιμάνδρη μὲν ἔπ; and on next line ειτ’ ἔχετον om. or washed out before προλιποῦσ’   |    9 τιμάνδρη… ἔχεμον] ἐτύχετον Pr   |    Τιμάνδρη] Geel (in C. Goettling, Hesiodi carmina, 2nd ed. 1843, prep. lx) from Eust. in Il. 2.616 (I.472,28), πεισάνδρη VRw, τις ἀνδρὶ M(τίς)C (om. BPr)   |    μὲν ἔπειτ’] V(μὲν ἐπεί τ’)Rw, μένει εἴτ’ MC (B blank space and possible traces of ειτ)   |    Ἔχεμον Geel, ἔχετον MVCRw (cf. corrupt ἐτύχετον Pr) (B unclear)   |    10 φιλία M, φλῆα VRw, φυλῆς Pr (φυλέα Eust. in four quotations, in Il. 1.404 [I.193,25 and I.194,11], in Il. 10.192 [III.43,19], in Od. 9.415 [I.353,21])   |    θεοῖσιν om. VRw, θεοῖς Pr   |    11 κλυταιμνήστρη Barnes (‑μήστρη Rzach, Merkelbach–West), ‑μνήστρα MPrRw, ‑μνῆστρα BVC   |    ⟨προ⟩ add. Cobet (λείπουσ’ Barnes, ἀτίουσα West)   |    12 αἰγίστω Pr   |    παράλεκτρος Rw, παρέλικτο Pr   |    χείραιν app. Pr   |    ἀκοίταν B   |    13 ὡδ’ or ὥδ’ M, ὡς δὴ Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 στησίχωρος Pr   |    3 χρήσις M   |    οὔνεκά MC   |    4 ἡπιοδώρου M   |    7 τῆσι MBVC   |    10 εἰς MBCPr   |    μακάρεσιν V, μακάρεσσιν Rw, μακάρεσι MC   |    θεοῖσι app. M   |    11 ὡς δὲ VCRw   |    λιποῦσα Rw   |    ἀγααμέμνονα Rw   |    13 ὡς δ’ VCRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.123,8–21; Dind. II.91,12–92,4

COMMENT:   G. Most in the Loeb edition of Hesiod retains (8) κακὴν δέ σφ’ ἔμβαλε φήμην. Epic idiom, however, supports Schw.’s correction, since there are no instances of such a metaphorical use of ἐμβάλλω; the usual usage has someone plant an emotion or quality or idea in a person. The juncture κακὴ φήμη is not common in classical poetry, but there is a later parallel in Manetho, Apotelesmatica 3.87–88 (in a context of adulterous persons; with ἀμφιβάλλω instead of ἐμβάλλω) καὶ δ’ αὐτοὺς φήμῃσι κακαῖς νεότητος ἐν ὥραις / ἀμφέβαλεν; compare the comparable metaphor in the proverbial phrase κακά τευ κακκέχυται φάμα. Nor is there an exact parallel for φήμην ἐμβάλλειν in φήμας βάλλειν as in Et. Gud. (di Stefani) s.v. βλάσφημος· παρὰ τὸ βλάβη καὶ τὸ φήμη γίνεται βλάσφημος, ὁ βλάβην λέγων· ἢ ὁ τὰς κακὰς φήμας κατά τινος βάλλων, ἤγουν ὁ λοίδορος.   |   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Stesichorus   |   Hesiod   


Or. 249.03 (rec paraphr) ὁ Τυνδάρεως ἐγέννησε γένος θυγατέρων πολυθρύλητον εἰς ψόγον.  —MnSSa

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ τυνδ. add. in blank space (as if lemma) Sar    |   ὁ om. S   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐγένησε S   |    πολλυθρύλλητον MnSSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,7–8


Or. 249.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπίσημον⟩: περίφρασις  —Y

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Perhaps this comments on ἐπίσημον εἰς τὸν ψόγον as an indirect way to say ἐπίψογον, δύσφημον, or the like.   

KEYWORDS:  περίφρασις   


Or. 249.13 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἔτεκε⟩: ση(μείωσαι) τὸ ἔτεκεν ὅπως ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον ἐπὶ γυναικῶν λέγεται.  —Ta2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 249.17 (vet exeg) ⟨τὸν ψόγον⟩: περισσὸν δὲ τὸ ἄρθρον.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   The article is superfluous.

POSITION: s.l., cont. from 249.04 MC      

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 250.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γένος θυγατέρων⟩: τὴν Ἑλένην καὶ τὴν [Κλυται]μνήστραν  —B3

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,9–10


Or. 250.02 (rec exeg) ⟨γένος⟩: Ἀττικον τὸ γένος.  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 250.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨δυσκλεές⟩: κακὴν φήμην ἔχον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἔχων Y   

COLLATION NOTES:   Günther 281 misreports the standard Moschopulean gloss here as having ἔχων.   |   


Or. 251.01 (251–252) (thom exeg) 1τουτέστιν ἐπείπερ ἐκείνας ὡς φαύλας κακίζεις, σκόκει μὴ καὶ αὐτὴ περιπέσῃς τοῖς ἴσοις.  2ἀλλ’ ἀποχὴν τῶν κακῶν ἔχε καὶ μὴ μόνον τὰ ἄριστα λέγε, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ νοῦν ἀεὶ ἔχουσα πρᾶττε.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, since you revile those women as base, be careful that you do not yourself meet with the same fate. Rather, keep distant from evils and do not merely say what is best, but also always bearing it in mind act (accordingly).

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   Zl partly lost to trimming, rest very faint   |    1 παρ’ add. before ἐκείνας ZbZl   |    2 τὰ ἄριστα] ἄριστε Zb   |    second καὶ om. ZZa   |    ἀεὶ] ἂν Za   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 πράττε ZaZbZmT (πρᾶττε Ta) [Zl illegible]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,11–14

COLLATION NOTES:   Note how Z’s manner of writing ἀεὶ features an ει that looks a lot like a ν, suggesting the sort of script that Za (or a source of Za) misread to get ἂν.   |   


Or. 251.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨σύ νυν διάφερε τῶν κακῶν⟩: σπεῦδε διαφέρειν τῶν κακῶν ἐν καλῷ.  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 251.12 (thom paraphr) ⟨διάφερε⟩: διαφορὰν λάμβανε καὶ ἀποχήν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,15–16


Or. 251.19 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔξεστι γάρ⟩:  1αὐτεξούσιος γὰρ ἡ ἀρετή·  2καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 6.444]· ‘ἐπεὶ μάθον ἔμμεναι ἐσθλός’.   —MVCMnRbSSa, partial OPrRa

TRANSLATION:   For virtue is a matter of free choice. And Homer: ‘ever since I learned to be excellent’.

LEMMA: σὺ νῦν διάφερε VRb       REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: s.l. CPr, intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   1 αὐτεξούσιον MC [ending illegible Sa]   |    γὰρ om. MCRb, app. Sa   |    2 καὶ ὅμ. κτλ om. OPrRa   |    ἐπειδὴ Sa   |    ἐσθλοῦ M   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἐθλὸς Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,2–3; Dind. II.92,18–19

COMMENT:   The association of τὸ αὐτεξούσιον and ἀρετή is common in Christian authors, but the only other passage where the adjective form is applied to ἀρετή is Procopius, commentarii in Isaiam, PG 87:2:2549, 30–31 ὃς καὶ αὐτεξούσιον δεικνὺς τὴν ἀρετὴν, φησίν· ἔσεσθέ μοι δίκαιοι.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 251.22 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔξεστι γάρ⟩: ἐνδεχόμενον γάρ ἐστι.  —GZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκδ‑ a.c. Zc   |    γάρ om. Zc   


Or. 251.23 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἔξεστι⟩: καλὸν ὑπάρχει σοι.  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 251.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔξεστι⟩: δυνατὸν ἔστι σοι τοῦτο.  —ZlZuP2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. P2   |    τοῦτο om. P2, σοι or σοι τοῦτο lost to trimming Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,20


Or. 252.01 (rec paraphr) τοῦτο τὸ κατηγορηθὲν μήτε λέγε μήτε φρόνει.  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κατηγορεῖν Mn   


Or. 252.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨λέγ’⟩: καὶ λοιδώρει ἑτέροις  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 252.06 (thom exeg) ⟨φρόνει τάδε⟩: ὄτι ἀπέχεις τῶν κακῶν  —ZZaZbZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Keep this mindset’, that is,) that you are distancing yourself from the wicked (women).

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ox2      


Or. 252.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρᾶττε⟩: γρ. φρόνει.  —Zl

LEMMA: πρᾶττε in text Zl       POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 252.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τάδε⟩: καὶ ταῦτα τὰ καλά  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 253.01 (rec paraphr) μέχρις ὧδε ⟨οὐ⟩ παρεφύρου τὰ ῥήματα.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Up to this point you (Orestes) were not confusing your words.

POSITION: between sch. 249.02 and sch. 253.06 ὄμμα Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ῥήματα] perhaps read ὄμματα   

COMMENT:   παραφύρω is in LBG, defined as ‘verwirren’ (confuse, bewilder). With ‘up to this point’ one needs to supplement here at least the negative adverb, and if the position of the scholion is correct, then the line ought to refer to 253 and ‘up to this point you were not disturbed in your eyes’ would make better sense as a paraphrase than ‘were not confusing your words, confused in your words’. If the order of the notes is wrong (and Pr often has notes out of order), then this may be a comment on 254 ἄρτι σωφρονῶν, and ῥήματα would be more apt.   |   


Or. 253.06 (vet exeg) ὄμμα σόν ταράσσεται:  1φυσικῶς·  2καθόλου γὰρ τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς παθῶν εἰκόνες οἱ ὀφθαλμοί.  3αἰφνίδιοι δὲ τῶν λυσσωδῶν νοσημάτων αἱ μεταβολαὶ γίνονται.   —MBOVCMnPrRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   (This detail can be explained) in terms of what is natural. For in general the eyes are the visible images of the affects of the soul. And the changes induced by diseases of madness occur suddenly.

LEMMA: BCPrRw, ὅμμα σὸν M, οἴμοι κασίγνητ’ ὄμμα V, οἴμοι κασίγνητος Rb      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 φυσικῶς om. OVMnRaRbSSa   |    3 καὶ add. before αἰφνίδιοι VMnRbSSa   |    αἰφνίδιον Rw   |    δὲ om. OVMnRwSSa, transp. after μεταβολαὶ Rb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,4–6; Dind. II.92,24–26


Or. 253.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ὄμμα σὸν ταράσσεται⟩: ὃ δεῖγμα τοῦ μεταπεσεῖν σε αὖθις εἰς μανίαν.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Which is an indication of your falling back into madness.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὃ om. Zl   |   final words lost to trimming Z   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.92,25–26


Or. 254.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨ταχὺς δὲ μετέθου⟩: ταχέως εἰς μανίαν μετεβλήθης ἄρτι σώας ἔχων τὰς φρένας  —MBVCPrRb

TRANSLATION:   Swiftly you have shifted into madness, though you just now had your wits in a sound state.

LEMMA: all (μετετέθης Pr) except ταχὺς δὲ Rb)       REF. SYMBOL: BVRb       POSITION: s.l.; between sch. 256.01 and sch. 257.02 in Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. B   |    after μανίαν add. εἰς λύσσαν Rb   |    μετεβλήθησαν μετεποιήθ() Rb   |    ἄρτι] ἀρτίως V   |    ἔχων σώας transp. V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,7–8; Dind. II.93,1–2


Or. 254.02 (rec exeg) 1ὁ νοῦς· μετεποιήθης καὶ μετεβλήθης εἰς λύσσαν, ἐν δὲ τῷ πρὸ τούτου ⟨* * *⟩ 2μεταθεῖς, ἀντὶ ⟨τοῦ⟩ μετατρέχεις.   —MC

TRANSLATION:   The sense is: you have been altered and shifted into madness, but in the ⟨colloquy/time⟩ before this ⟨lacuna: e.g., you were sane. There is also the reading⟩ ‘you pursue at a run’ (‘metatheis’, from ‘metatheō’ rather than from ‘metatithēmi’), meaning ‘you run after’.

POSITION: cont. from prev. MC      

APP. CRIT.:   after τούτῳ perhaps suppl. λόγῳ or χρόνῳ   |    1–2 ἐσωφρόνεις. γράφεται καὶ suppl. e.g. Schw.   |    2 μεταθεὶς ἀντὶ C, μετὰ θήσαντ() M   |    τοῦ suppl. Schw.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,9–10; Dind. II.93,2–3

COMMENT:   ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου without a noun seems not to be used in a temporal sense (it is found in commentaries with βιβλίῳ or προβλήματι or the like understood). ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου λόγῳ is very common, ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου χρόνῳ much less common.   |   See 254.09 for an indication of interpreting (impossibly) the form μετέθου as μετεθοῦ from μεταθέω.   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 254.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ταχὺς δὲ μετέθου⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ταχέως εἰς μανίαν μετετράπης.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 254.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ταχὺς δὲ μετέθου⟩: ταχέως μετεβλήθης εἰς λύσσαν.  —Ra

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 254.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ταχὺς⟩: Ἀττικισμὸς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 254.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ταχὺς⟩: μετὰ τὴν σωφροσύνην  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 254.14 (pllgn gram) ⟨μετέθου⟩: ἔστι καὶ τὸ ἐναντίον μετέθετό τις λύσσαν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπέθετο.  —ZbZlGu

TRANSLATION:   There exists also the opposite sense (with the same verb), ‘someone let go of madness’, equivalent to ‘he put it off from himself’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZl       POSITION: intermarg. Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   Zl partially illegible   |   τὸ] ὅτε Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.93,3–4

COLLATION NOTES:   Gu with cross.   |   


Or. 254.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λύσσαν⟩: καὶ εἰς τὴν μανίαν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 254.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄρτι σωφρονῶν⟩: δοκεῖ γὰρ φαντάζεσθαι αὐτάς.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   αὐτὰς must be the Erinyes (256); if the note is correctly placed here (and G is a rather carefully prepared copy), then its author is anticipating the following lines in an unusual way by using the pronoun.    |   


Or. 254.20 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἄρτι σωφρονῶν⟩: ἀρτίως ἔχων τὰς φρένας σώας  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 255.01 (rec exeg) ὦ μῆτερ: δοκεῖ τὸ εἴδωλον τῆς μητρὸς παριστάμενον ὁρᾶν καὶ ἐπισεῖον κατ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς Ἐριννύας.  —VPrRw, partial Rfr

TRANSLATION:   He seems to see the specter of his mother standing near him and violently stirring the Erinyes against him.

LEMMA: V, ὦ μῆτερ ἱκετεύω σε Rw       REF. SYMBOL: V       POSITION: s.l. PrRfr; follows sch. 261.13 in Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ] τι Pr   |    τῆς μητρὸς om. PrRfr   |    ὁρᾶν παριστ. transp. PrRfr   |    καὶ ἐπισεῖον κτλ om. Rfr   |    ἐπισείειν VRw   |    κατ’ om. Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,11–12; Dind. II.93,22–94,1, II.94,1–2


Or. 255.02 (vet paraphr) ὦ μῆτερ, τὰς αἱματωποὺς καὶ δρακοντώδεις κόρας ἐπ’ ἐμοὶ μὴ ἐπίσειε, ἤγουν μὴ μετακίνει.  —M

TRANSLATION:   O mother, do not shake the bloody-eyed and snakelike maidens against me, that is to say, do not impel them.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αἱματοποιοὺς M   |    first μὴ Schw., μαν M   |    ἐπίσει M, corr. Schw.   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπεμοὶ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,13–14


Or. 255.03 (pllgn exeg) ὦ μῆτερ, ἱκετεύω καὶ παρακαλῶ σε μὴ ἐπίσειέ μοι τὰς αἱματωποὺς καὶ δρακοντώδεις κόρας. ἐπισείειν λέγεται τις ὅταν μετὰ σεισμοῦ καὶ θορύβου καὶ βίας τι ἔρχεται.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Mother, I beseech and entreat you, do not shake threateningly at me the bloody-eyed and snakelike maidens. One is said to ‘shake at/against’ when something comes with shaking and noise and violence.

APP. CRIT.:   δρακοντώδεις κόρας om., add. in outer left margin of scholia block Y2   


Or. 255.04 (pllgn exeg) ἐφαίνετο οὗν τὸ εἴδωλον τῆς μητρὸς ἐφιστάμενον καὶ διερεθίζον τὰς Ἐριννύας κατὰ τὸν Ὀρέστην, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο παρακαλεῖ τὴν μητέρα.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   So then, the image of his mother appeared, standing by and prodding the Erinyes against Orestes, and for this reason he invokes his mother.

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   διερεθίζων V3   


Or. 255.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ μῆτερ⟩: ἤγουν τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν φησὶ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 255.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨᾿πίσειέ⟩: εἰς φόβον πρόφερε  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 256.01 (vet exeg) τὰς αἱματωπούς:  1τὰ συμβαίνοντα τοῖς πάσχουσί τι τοῖς προεστῶσι τοῦ πάθους θεοῖς ἀνατιθέασιν οἱ ποιηταί·  2οἷόν τι καὶ Ὅμηρός φησι περὶ τῶν Λιτῶν [Hom. Il. 9.503] ‘χωλαί τε ῥυσαί τε παραβλῶπές τ’ ὀφθαλμώ’, ἐκ τῶν ἀποβαινόντων παθῶν εἰδωλοποιήσας.  3καὶ τὸν Πλοῦτον τυφλὸν λέγουσιν, ὅτι ἀκρίτως ποιεῖ πλουσίους,  4καὶ τὸν Καιρὸν ὀπισθοφάλακρον, ὅτι τοῦ παρῳχημένου ἀδύνατον ἀντιλαβέσθαι·  5καὶ κωφὸν δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ Δημοσθένης [Dem. fr. incert. orat. 13.12 Baiter–Sauppe] φησὶν, ὅτι μετακαλούμενος οὐχ ὑπακούει.  6καὶ νῦν αἱματωποὺς εἶπε τὰς Ἐρινύας ὁ Εὐριπίδης ἐκ τοῦ τοὺς μαινομένους ὕφαιμον βλέπειν καὶ ταραχῶδες,  7ὡς Φοῖβος ὁ τοῦ φοιβᾶν τοὺς μάντεις, ὅ ἐστι μαίνεσθαι, αἴτιος καὶ [Eur. Phoen. 784] ‘πολύμοχθος Ἄρης’.   —MBVCPrRbRw

TRANSLATION:   The poets ascribe what happens to those who have a certain experience to the gods who are in charge of the experience. For instance, Homer says of the Litai ‘lame and wrinkled and with their eyes turned aside’, forming the image from the resulting experiences. And they say that Wealth is blind, because he makes people rich indiscriminately, and that Occasion is bald on the back of his head, because it is impossible to grasp that which (or the one who) has once passed by. And Demosthenes says that he (Occasion) is deaf too, because when summoned he pays no heed. And now Euripides has called the Erinyes bloody-eyed from the fact that those who are insane have bloodshot eyes and a disturbed gaze, just as Phoebus is the one responsible for the fact that prophets (‘manteis’) rave mantically (‘phoiban’), which is to say are out of their mind (‘mainesthai’), and (another example is) ‘Ares of many toils’.

LEMMA: all except ματωπούς Rw(rubr. did not add αἱ)      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: follows sch. 257.02 in Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   some parts illegible in M   |    1 τὰ om. Pr   |    τι Schw., τὰ MC, ταῦτα VRb, om. BPrRw   |    παρεστῶσι M   |    2 περὶ] ἐπὶ VRw   |    λιτῶν] αὐτῶν MBCPr   |    παραβ. τ’ ὀφθ. om. VRb   |    παραβλώπ’ ἐστοφθαλμῶν C [M obscure]   |    ὀφθαλμῶν MBCRw   |    ἐκ] καὶ Rb   |    ἀποβαινόντων] συμβαινόντων VRb   |    3–4 ὅτι φαλακρον ὅτι (ἀκρίτως … ὀπισθο om.) M   |    4 ἀδύνατον om. Pr   |    ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι MC, ἐπιλαβέσθαι V   |    5 δὲ om. VRb   |    μετὰ καλουμένου M   |    6 τὰς ἐρ. εἷπεν transp. BPr   |    ἐκ τοῦ] ἐκ Rb, ἐνδεῖ Pr   |    βλέπον Rb, βλέπειν transp. after ταραχῶδες BPr   |    7 ὡς] καὶ Rb   |    ὁ] ἐκ VRb   |    τοὺς μάντεις om. Pr   |    αἴτιον V, αἴτ() Rb   |    ὁ ἄρης VRbRw   |    at end add. καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα BPr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πάσχουσιν MBRb   |    app. πόθους a.c. Pr   |    2 ὅμηρος φησὶ all (φησὶν Rw, φη() M)   |    ῥυσσαί Pr, p.c. B   |    ὀφθαλμῶ Pr   |    εἰδωλοποήσας Rb   |    3 λέγουσι M   |    6 εἶπεν M   |    ἐριννύας VPrRw, p.c. B (later hand)   |    7 ἐστὶν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,15–25; Dind. II.93,9–19

COMMENT:  For Kairos being bald in back, compare Posidippus 142,7–10 Austin–Bastianini (Anth. Plan. 275) on Lysippus’s statue Kairos: —ἡ δὲ κόμη τί κατ’ ὄψιν; —ὑπαντιάσαντι λαβέσθαι, / νὴ Δία. —τἀξόπιθεν δ’ εἰς τί φαλακρὰ πέλει; / —τὸν γὰρ ἅπαξ πτηνοῖσι παραθρέξαντά με ποσσὶν / οὔτις ἔθ’ ἱμείρων δράξεται ἐξόπιθεν.   |    Demosth. fr. 12 in the edition of Baiter–Sauppe is from Tzetzes, who knew it from this scholion: Chil. 10.323, 282–3 [scil. χρόνον] καὶ Δημοσθένης δὲ κωφὸν καὶ φαλακρόν που λέγει, / ὡς τοῦτον ὄντως ἔγραψεν ὁ Λύσιππος ἐκεῖνος; cf. Chil. 8.200, 424–427 πανσόφως ἠγαλμάτωσε τοῦ χρόνου τὴν εἰκόνα, / πάντας ἐντεῦθεν νουθετῶν, χρόνον μὴ παρατρέχειν, / κωφόν, ὀπισθοφάλακρον, πτερόπουν ἐπὶ σφαίρας, / πρὸς τὸ κατόπιν μάχαιραν τινὶ διδόντα πλάσας.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation); citation of literature other than Homer; Demosthenes   


Or. 256.02 (thom exeg) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩:  1αἱματωποὺς τὰς Ἐριννῦς λέγει, ὡς τοὺς μαινομένους ὕφαιμον ποιούσας βλέπειν καὶ ταραχῶδες.  2τὰ συμβαίνοντα γὰρ τοῖς πάσχουσι τοῖς προεστῶσι θεοῖς τοῦ πάθους ἀνατιθέασιν οἱ ποιηταὶ,  3οἷόν τι καὶ Ὅμηρος φησὶ [Hom. Il. 9.503] ‘χωλαί τε ῥυσσαί τε παραβλῶπες τ’ ὀφθαλμώ’, ἐκ τῶν ἀποβαινόντων παθῶν εἰδωλοποιήσας αὐτάς.  4οὕτω καὶ τὸν Πλοῦτον τυφλὸν λέγουσιν ὅτι ἀκρίτως ποιεῖ πλουσίους.  5καὶ τὸν Καιρὸν ὀπισθοφάλακρον ὅτι τοῦ παρωχημένου λαβέσθαι ἀμήχανον.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   He says the Erinyes are bloody-eyed because they make those who are insane have bloodshot eyes and a disturbed gaze. For poets ascribe what happens to those who have an experience to the gods who are in charge (of it). For example, Homer says (of the Litai) ‘lame and wrinkled and with their eyes turned aside’, forming the image of them from the resulting experiences. Thus they also say that Wealth is blind, because he makes people rich indiscriminately, and that Occasion is bald on the back of his head, because there is no way to grasp that which (or the one who) has once passed by.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   Zl very faint, partly lost to trimming   |    1 ποιοῦσαι ZZa, ποιήσας Zbac   |    ὀφθαλμῶ Zb, ὀφθαλμῶν ZZaZmTGu, ὀφθαλμοῖς Zl   |    παθῶν] κακῶν ZZa   |    4 οὕτω … λέγουσιν om. Zm   |    καὶ οὕτω καὶ Zb   |    τοὺς add. before πλουσίους Zb   |    5 τῶν παρωχημένων Z(παροχ‑)Za   |    τοῦ om. ZbZl   |    ἐπιλαβέσθαι ZbZm   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 φησὶν Zb   |    3 παραβλῶτες Zb   |    ἐκ ὧν Zb   |    εἰδολοπ‑ ZbGu   |    5 ὀπισθοφάρακλον ZZa   |    παρῳχημήνεου Zm   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.93,7–8 and 9–15 app.

COMMENT:   For the very tiny ων abbrev. used by Za in 3 ὀφθαλμῶν, compare the one s.l. at 252 κακῶν on the same page.   


Or. 256.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: τὰ συμβαίνοντα τοῖς πάσχουσι ἔθος ἐστὶ τοῖς ποιηταῖς ἀνατιθέναι τοῖς προεστῶσι τοῦ πάθους θεοῖς.  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 256.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: Τισιφόνη Μέγαιρα καὶ Ἀληκτώ  —Aa

POSITION: in margin to right of 278–279 on 44r, at the level of 255–256 on the facing 43r      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μαίγερα Aa   

COLLATION NOTES:   With cross Aa.   |   


Or. 256.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: καὶ τὰς ποιούσας τὰς κόρας αἱματηρὰς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰς πλούσας app. Pr   |   


Or. 256.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: τὰς αἱματώδεις ἐχούσας προσόψεις καὶ καταπληκτικὰς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 256.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὰς αἱματωποὺς⟩: τὰς αἷμα ἐχούσας ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l. (second instance above 257 Ox, crossed out)      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰς ἐμὰς ἐχούσας αὐτὰς/ῶν(?) ὀφθαλμῶν Ox (both instances)   

COLLATION NOTES:   In both instances in Ox the abbreviated ending on αὐτ looks like a conflation of ας and ῶν.   |   


Or. 256.08 (rec exeg) ⟨αἱματωποὺς⟩: ἀλλοπαθὲς  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   (The adjective is) causative in sense.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Whereas in grammatical texts from antiquity this term is applied to distinguish non-reflexive pronouns from reflexive (αὐτοπαθές), in medieval sources it also means ‘transitive’ in reference to verbs (Eust., Tzetzes, other sch.) and also ‘causative’ in reference to adjectives (not noted in the lexica): Sch. Opp. Hal. 1.150 ἀΐδηλον· ἀφανῆ. ἀΐδηλον· καὶ ἀφανείας ἐμποιητικὸν θάνατον, ἐστὶ δὲ τοῦτο ἀλλοπαθές, also Sch. Opp. Hal. 1.559 πικρός· ὁ πικροποιὸς, καὶ θανατηφόρος, ὁ ἰοβόλος· ἀλλοπαθὲς τὸ σχῆμα, ἐπειδὴ ἄλλως πικραίνει ὁ ὄφις. So here ‘causative’, that is, ‘making eyes bloody’ rather than ‘having bloody eyes’.   


Or. 256.12 (rec exeg) ⟨αἱματώδους⟩: αἱματωποὺς  —Ab

LEMMA: αἱματώδους in text Ab       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 256.13 (rec exeg) ⟨δρακοντώδεις κόρας⟩: διὰ τὸ βλοσυρὸν λέγει αὐτὰς δρακοντώδεις.  —MnRSa

TRANSLATION:   He calls them snakelike because of their terrifying quality.

POSITION: s.l. MnSa, marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτὰς om. R   |    δρακοντώδεις om. Sa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   βλοσσυρὸν MnSa   |   


Or. 256.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δρακοντώδεις⟩: διὰ τὸ ἄγριον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 256.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δρακοντώδεις⟩: δρακοντώδεις δὲ λέγει τὰς ἔχουσας δράκοντος ἤτοι ὄφεως ὀδόντας.  —ZbZlGu

TRANSLATION:   He calls snakelike those (maidens) who have the teeth of a snake, that is, of a serpent.

POSITION: app. cont. from prev. Zl      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.93,21–22

COMMENT:   A particularly poor etymology.   |   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 257.01 (vet exeg) ⟨αὗται γὰρ αὗται⟩: τὰς Ἐρινύας ἐνθουσιαστικῶς φαντάζεται ὁρᾶν. —MBOVCPrRb

TRANSLATION:   In the manner of one possessed he (Orestes) imagines that he sees the Erinyes.

POSITION: intermarg. M (beside 257), s.l. C (above 256 δρακοντώδεις κόρας); cont. from sch. 259.02 BPr, cont. from sch. 256.01 VRb; beside 255–256 O      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅθεν καὶ οὗτος prep. B, αἱματωποὺς δὲ prep. VRb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐνσιαστικὸς Rb   |    ἐριννύας VPr, ἐρινὺς MC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.124,26; Dind. II.94,14


Or. 257.02 (vet exeg) αὗται γὰρ αὗται:  1ἐκ τοῦ ἀφανοῦς ὑπέθετο τὰς Ἐρινύας αὐτὸν διωκούσας, ἵνα τὴν δόξαν τοῦ μεμηνότος ἡμῖν παραστήσῃ·  2ὡς εἴγε παρήγαγεν αὐτὰς εἰς μέσον, ἐσωφρόνει ἂν Ὀρέστης τὰ αὐτὰ πᾶσιν ὁρῶν.  3ταῦτα δὲ νεώτερα·  4Ὅμηρος γὰρ οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον εἶπε περὶ Ὀρέστου.   —MBVCPr, partial Rw

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) created/assumed the scenario of the Erinyes pursuing him without being visible, so that he could instill in us the impression of one who is insane. Since if he had actually brought them (visibly) on stage, Orestes would be of sound mind, seeing the same things as everyone. This (treatment of the story) is an innovation (i.e., post-Homeric). For Homer said nothing like this about Orestes.

LEMMA: MBVCRw, αὗται γὰρ Pr      REF. SYMBOL: BV      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔθετο MBCPr   |    αὐτὰς Rw   |    διακούσας B, διοικούσας MCRw   |    τοῦ μεμ.] αὐτοῦ μεν. Pr   |    2 ὡς … αὐτὰς om. V, leaving blank space; suppl. V1   |    εἴγε] ἤγαγε Rw   |    αὐτὰς] αὐτοῦ V1   |    ἂν om. MCRw   |    2–4 ὀρέστης κτλ om. Rw   |    2 τὰ αὐτὰ] ταῦτα V   |    3 ταῦτα] τὰ MVC   |    δὲ om. VPr   |    4 καὶ ὅμηρος (γὰρ om.) V   |    τοιοῦτον om. MC, transp. after ὀρέστου V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐριννύας VPrRw (and as rewritten in B)   |    παραστήσει a.c. V   |    4 εἶπεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,1–5; Dind. II.94,4–8

KEYWORDS:  ὑπόθεσις (assumed scenario)   


Or. 257.03 (pllgn exeg) ‘αὗται γὰρ αὗται’ φανταζόμενος ὁ Ὀρέστης λέγει. οἱ γὰρ δαιμονιζόμενοι φαντάζονται προσδοκῶντες βλέπειν τι.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Orestes says ‘for these, these’ because he has a vision of them. For those afflicted by the supernatural have visions, supposing that they see something.


Or. 258.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀτρέμας⟩: ἐπίρρημα  —Aa3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 258.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀτρέμας⟩: πῶς  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 259.01 (vet exeg) ὁρᾷς γὰρ οὐδέν: τὰ γὰρ φαντασιώδη ἀνυπόστατα.  —MOVCMnPrRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   (She says that Orestes sees nothing) because the objects of mental representation are insubstantial.

LEMMA: Rb, ὧν δοκεῖς σαφ’ εἰδέναι VRw      REF. SYMBOL: VRb       POSITION: s.l. MCPrSSa, at level of 259 ORa      

APP. CRIT. 2:   φαντασιώδ(εις) Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,6; Dind. II.94,11


Or. 259.02 (vet exeg) ὁρᾷς γὰρ οὐδέν:  1ὃ γὰρ τὸ τῶν σωφρονούντων ὄμμα διαφεύγειν συμβέβηκεν,  2τοῦτο κατὰ τὴν πλάνην τοῖς μαινομένοις ὁρᾶσθαι συμβέβηκεν.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   For that which turns out to escape the sight of those of sound mind, this turns out to be seen by madmen during their frenzy.

LEMMA: MBCPr, ἄλλως VRw       REF. SYMBOL: B       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὃ] εἰ Rw   |    τὸ om. VCRw   |    ὄμμα] ἅπαντα VRw   |    διαφυγεῖν VRw   |    2 τοῦτο κτλ add. V1 in space left vacant by V   |    τὴν om. V1Rw   |    μαινομένοις] γινομένοις V1Rw   |    ὁρᾶσθαι om. MC; perhaps read ὁρᾶν   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 συμβέβηκε VRw   |    2 συμβέβηκε Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,7–8; Dind. II.94,12–13

COMMENT:   τοῖς μαινομένοις ὁρᾶν συμβέβηκεν would be better syntax, and the omission in MC may indicate that ὁρᾶσθαι is a repair of a defective text.   


Or. 259.03 (pllgn paraphr) ἀληθῶς οὐκ ἔστι τι ὧ⟨ν⟩ νομίζεις εἶναι.  —Y2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 259.05 (rec gram) ⟨ὁρᾷς⟩: ὁρῶ σωματικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ νοῶ, νοῶ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁρῶ.  —K

POSITION: marg. (beside 263, two lines lower in columnn than 259)      

COMMENT:   This appears to be a general comment on the Homeric/archaic sense of νοέω. LSJ s.v. νοέω quotes Aristot. de anima 427a26–27 πάντες γὰρ οὗτοι [scil. οἱ ἀρχαῖοι] τὸ νοεῖν σωματικὸν ὥσπερ τὸ αἰσθάνεσθαι ὑπολαμβάνουσιν. ‘Seeing in physical reality’ is not applicable to the usage in this passage.   


Or. 259.13 (mosch exeg) ⟨σάφ’⟩: σάφα ποιητικῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ σαφῶς  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Sapha’ (is used) poetically as equivalent to ‘saphōs’ (‘clearly, reliably’).

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   σάφα om. Xo, σάφα ποιητ. om. Aa2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.94,18


Or. 259.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σάφ’⟩: σαφῶς· τὸ σάφα ποιητικόν.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 259.20 (thom exeg) ⟨εἰδέναι⟩: βλέπειν εἰπεῖν ἔμελλεν, ὅτι δὲ ὃ βλέπει τις γινώσκει, οὕτως ἐξήνεγκεν.  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:   He was going to say ‘to see’ (‘blepein’), but because one recognizes/knows that which one sees, he expressed it this way (scil. with ‘to know’, ‘eidenai’).

REF. SYMBOL: Gu (note displaced from position over lemma)       POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.94,19–20


Or. 260.05 (rec exeg) ⟨αἱ κυνώπιδες⟩: αἱ ἀναίσχυντοι ἢ αἱ ποιοῦσαι τοὺς νοσοῦντας ἔχειν κυνὸς ὀφθαλμοὺς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 260.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κυνώπιδες⟩: αἱ ἔχουσαι ὦπας κυνῶν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 261.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: αἱ ἔχουσαι γοργοὺς τὰς ὦπας  —AaMnRSSaZu

POSITION: s.l., except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   ὦπας φοργοὺς (om. τὰς) Zu   


Or. 261.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: γορφῶπις ὁ γοργόφθαλμος  —B4

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   From Suda γ 398; cf. ps.-Zonaras 447, 34 s.v. γοργωπός   


Or. 261.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: ὦπας καταπληκτικοὺς ἔχουσαι  —R

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -πληκτηκοὺς R   |   


Or. 261.09 (thom paraphr) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: καταπληκτικαὶ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὡς αἱ γοργόνες add. ZZa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,5–6


Or. 261.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨γοργῶπες⟩: καταπληκτικὰ ἔχουσαι ὄμματα  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,6


Or. 261.12 (vet exeg) ἱέρειαι δειναὶ θεαί: τὸ ἱέριαι προπαροξύνουσιν ὡς τὸ τιμώριαι καὶ αἴτιαι  —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   They accent ‘hiériai’ on the antepenult just like ‘timṓriai’ and ‘aítiai’.

LEMMA: MC, ἱέρειαι Rw      POSITION: follows 257.01 B, add. δὲ; follows 256.01 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ἱέριαι om. Rw   |    τὸ δὲ BPr   |    ἱέριαι B, ἱέραι C, ἱέρειαι M, ἱέρεια Pr   |    προπαροξύ() B, παροξύτονον Pr   |    ὡς τὸ τιμώριαι καὶ om. Pr, τὸ τιμώριαι om. B   |    second τὸ] om. M, αἱ a.c. Rw   |    τιμώριαι Rw, τιμωρίαι MC   |    at end add. καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα BPr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,9–10; Dind. II.94,15

COMMENT:   On the claim about such accents, see Chandler, Greek Accentuation §214; Georg. Choerobosc. Gram.Gr. 4:1.403, 16–23 ἐπὶ γὰρ τοῦ μονογενοῦς ἡμέρα ἡμέραι παροξυτόνως· οἱ μέντοι Ἀθηναῖοι ἐπὶ ταύτης τῆς λέξεως, καὶ μάλιστα οἱ νεώτεροι, προπαροξύνουσιν· πέντε γὰρ ἥμεραι καὶ δέκα ἥμεραι φασὶ προπαροξυτόνως, ὡς ἀπαγγέλλουσιν οἱ περὶ Ἀττικῆς συνηθείας γράψαντες· οὐ μόνον δὲ ἐπὶ ταύτης τῆς λέξεως τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν, λέγω δὴ προπαροξύνουσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν παραληγομένων τῷ ι, οἷον εὐπράξιαι τιμώριαι αἴτιαι τραγῴδιαι ὁμίλιαι κωμῴδιαι· οὕτω γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν μονογενῶν προπαροξυτόνως λέγουσιν οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι. Cf. briefly ps.-Arcadius de accent., pp. 288–289 Roussou αἱ εἰς ΑΙ εὐθεῖαι παρεσχηματισμέναι ἀρσενικοῖς ὁμοτονοῦσι ταῖς εὐθείαις τῶν ἰδίων ἀρσενικῶν· τύπτοντες τύπτουσαι, χαρίεντες χαρίεσσαι, ταχέες ταχεῖαι (εἰ καὶ μὴ τὸν αὐτὸν τόνον), ἐναντίοι ἐναντίαι, Βυζάντιοι Βυζάντιαι, ἥμεροι ἥμεραι (τὸ τριγενές, ἡμέραι δὲ τὸ μονογενές). οἱ δὲ Ἀθηναῖοι προπαροξύνουσί τινα μονογενῆ· ἥμεραι εὐπράξιαι τιμώριαι αἴτιαι. Herodian seems to be the source of this doctrine, if by ‘later Attic’ he meant classical Attic as opposed to Homeric ‘Attic’: Sch. A Il. 2.339b, συνθεσίαι τε: οὕτως συνθεσίαι τε ὡς θυσίαι τε. ὅσοι δὲ προπαροξύνουσι, πταίουσι· τῆς γὰρ μεταγενεστέρας Ἀτθίδος ἡ τοιάδε ἀνάγνωσις (Gram.Gr. 3:2.34, 3–4); Sch. A Il. 5.54 οὕτως ἑκηβολίαι ὡς εὐστοχίαι· ἔφαμεν γὰρ ὅτι τὸ ἀναδιδόναι τὸν τόνον τῶν μεταγενεστέρων ἐστὶν Ἀττικῶν, ὅτε περὶ τοῦ ‘πῇ δὴ συνθεσίαι’ διελαμβάνομεν (Gram.Gr. 3:2.47, 37–39). See further Probert 2004: 66 n. 30; Probert 2006. [The passage in de prosod. cath. Gram.Gr. 3:1.423,5–11 is cobbled together by Lentz and need not be taken into account.] See also 425.03.   


Or. 261.13 (rec exeg) ἐνέρων ἱέρειαι:  1ἱερείας αὐτὰς καλεῖ παρόσον ἐξυπηρετοῦνται αὐτοῖς·  2ἀποστέλλουσι γὰρ αὐτοῖς τὰς ψυχάς.   —MBVCMnPrRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   He calls them priestesses (of those below) inasmuch as they serve them (the gods of the underworld). For they send the souls to them.

LEMMA: V       REF. SYMBOL: VRb       POSITION: marg. S; cont. from prev. MBCRw, add. δὲ; cont. from prev. add. γὰρ Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐξυπηρετεῖται MnRaRbSSa   |    αὐτοῖς] αὐτ()῀ V, αὐταῖς MnRaRbSSa   |    ἀποστέλλουσι γὰρ αὐτοῖς om. MnSSa   |    τύχας VRaRbMnS, τρίχας Sa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἱέρειας S, ἱρείας Mn, ἱερεῖα Pr   |    παρ’ ὅσον MnRbS   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,11–12; Dind. II.94,16–17


Or. 261.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐνέρων ἱέρειαι⟩: παρ’ ὅσον ὑπηρετοῦσιν αὐτοῖς —O

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτῶ O   


Or. 261.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐνέρων ἱέρειαι⟩: δίκην γὰρ ὑπουργῶν βοηθοῦσι τοῖς φονευθεῖσι τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς φονεῖς.  —G

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   For δίκην ὑπουργῶν, ‘help to afford or execute justice’, see Gennadius Scholarius, Refutatio erroris Iud. 286,25–26 οὗτοι τοῖς πρότερον μὲν γνησίοις υἱοῖς, τότε δὲ ἀλλοτριωθεῖσι, τὴν θείαν ὑπούργουν δίκην; contrast sch. Yf2 Hec. 843 ἀγαθοῦ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς ὑπάρχει τὸ ὑπουργεῖν καὶ τὸ ὑπηρετεῖν τῇ δίκῃ, ἤγουν τὸ πράττειν τὰ δίκαια.   


Or. 261.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐνέρων⟩: νεκρῶν τῶν ἀδίκως φονευθέντων  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   φονευθέντων] θνησκόντων Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,6–7


Or. 261.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: αἱ τιμωροῦσαι τοὺς φόνους τῶν νεκρῶν  —MnR

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 261.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: σφάκτριαι, ὡς ὁ τῶν θυμάτων ἱερεύς  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 261.29 (rec gram) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: ὑπουργῶ γενικῇ, ὡς τὸ ὑπουργήσασά σου τὸ σῶμα.  —Pr

POSITION: marg. (top margin of folio)      

COMMENT:   This teacher’s note reflects knowledge of the use of ὑπουργός as gloss here, although Pr itself does not have that word.   


Or. 261.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: ἱερεῖαι ἐλέγοντο αἱ τοῖς θεοῖς ἀνακείμεναι γυναῖκες  —Zb2

REF. SYMBOL: Zb2      


Or. 261.31 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἱέρειαι⟩: αἴτιαι  —B4

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The intended meaning is ‘the accent is like that of aítiai’.   


Or. 261.32 (tri exeg) ἡμέτερον:  1ἱερίαι γράφε Ἰωνικῶς, ἵν’ ἔχῃ πρὸς τὸ μέτρον ὀρθῶς.  2τὰ γὰρ διὰ τοῦ εια ταῦτα προπαροξύτονα Ἰωνικῶς οἱ ποιηταὶ παροξύτονα ποιοῦντες διὰ τοῦ ι γράφουσιν,  3τὸ αὐθάδεια αὐθαδία λέγοντες καὶ τὸ εὐσέβεια εὐσεβία καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, ὃ καὶ ἐξετάζων εὑρήσεις.   —T

TRANSLATION:   Write ‘hieríai’ in the Ionic manner, so that the reading may be correct with respect to the meter. For these words with accent on the antepenult ending in ‑eia the poets in the Ionic manner accent on the penult and spell with iota (that is, ending ‑ia in place of ‑eia); thus the poets say ‘authadía’ for ‘authádeia’ and ‘eusebía’ for ‘eusébeia’ and the like, which you will indeed discover by examination.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔχη Ta, ἔχει T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.95,8–12; de Fav. 50

COMMENT:   Triclinius probably knew of the spelling with iota in place of epsilon-iota from sch. 261.12 (or from O, where it is in the text), but the decision to make the word paroxytone instead of proparoxytone appears to be his own.   

KEYWORDS:  Triclinius, emendation by   


Or. 262.01 (rec exeg) ⟨οὔτοι μεθήσω⟩: παρεπιγραφή  —Rw

TRANSLATION:   Implicit stage direction.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  παρεπιγραφή   


Or. 262.03 (pllgn gram) ⟨οὔτοι⟩: σοι  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   If this is not a corruption of σε (meant for μεθήσω), then it is a teacher’s note to remind one about the equivalence in some places (not here) of τοι and σοι.   


Or. 262.15 (tri metr) ⟨ἐμπλέξασ’⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 264.01 (vet exeg) μέθες μί’ οὖσα:  1μία οὖσα τῶν κατ’ ἐμοῦ Ἐρινύων ἀπόστα.  2Ἐρινύων δὲ τῶν μανιῶν, ἵν’ ᾖ ἄνες με τῆς μανίας ἀναχωρήσασά μου.   —MBVCMnPraRaRbRwSSa, partial Prb

TRANSLATION:   Being one of the Erinyes afflicting me, get away (from me). By ‘of Erinyes’ (he means) ‘of the madnesses’, so that the sense is ‘release me from madness by withdrawing to a distance from me’.

LEMMA: BVCS, μέθες PraRb, also Rw (punct. as if 1 μί’ … ἐριννύων is also part of lemma), μί’ οὖσα M       REF. SYMBOL: BVRb       POSITION: s.l. Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ σὺ prep. VPrbRaRb, μέθες καὶ σὺ prep. SSa, σὺ μέθες καὶ σὺ prep. Mn   |    κατ’ ἐμοῦ BVPra, κατ’ ἐμὲ MC, ἐμῶν MnRaRbRwSSa, om. Prb   |    ἀπόστα MCPrb, ἀπόστηθι others   |    2 ἐρινύων δὲ κτλ om. Prb   |    ἐριν. δὲ] τινὲς δὲ ἐριν. VMnRaRbSa, τινὲς δὲ τῶν ἐριν. Rw, τινὲς ἐριν. S, om. Prb   |    μηνιῶν C   |    ἵν’ ᾖ] ἴν καῖς Rb, om. Pra   |    ἄφες Pra   |    με] μοι RwSa, om. Pra   |    ἀναχωρίσασαί M   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐριννύων VMnPraPrbRwSa   |    2 ἐριννύων VMnPraRwSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,13–15; Dind. II.95,18–20


Or. 264.07 (rec exeg) ⟨μ’ ἰοῦσα⟩: γρ. μέθες μι’ οὖσα  —MnRaSar

LEMMA: μ’ ἰοῦσα in text R, μί’ οὖσα in text Mn(μι’)Sa       POSITION: prep. to 264.01 MnSa      

COMMENT:   In Sa this looks like part of the lemma to 264.01, but it is a peculiarity of Sa that sometimes the rubricator had to supply more than just the lemma in the space left during the copying done with normal dark ink.   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 264.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῶν ἐμῶν Ἐριννύων⟩: αἵτινες κινοῦσιν ἐμὲ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 265.01 (rec exeg) ⟨μέσον μ’ ὀχμάζεις⟩:  1συνέχεις ἐπαίρεις.  2ἴδιον δὲ τῶν μαινομένων τὸ τοὺς κηδομένους ἀποσείεσθαι καὶ δοκεῖν βλάπτεσθαι μᾶλλον.   —MBOVCMnPrRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   You embrace, you lift up. It is distinctive of those out of their mind that they shake off those who try to tend to them and imagine rather that they are being harmed.

LEMMA: MCMn(ὀσχάζεις)RbSSa, ὀχμάζεις VPrRw       REF. SYMBOL: VRaRb       POSITION: cont. from 264.01 B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὀχμάζεις δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. B, ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Pr   |    συν. ἐπαίρεις om. O   |    καὶ ἐπαίρεις B, ἢ ἐπαίρεις VMnRaRbRwSSa   |    2 ἴδιον] ἰδία V[Ra]   |    δὲ om. OPr   |    τῶν μαιν. τὸ τοῦς κηδ.] τοὺς κηδομένους τῶν μαινομένων VRw   |    κηδομένους] κηδεμόνους M, μὴ μαινομένους Pr   |    δοκεῖ MnSa   |    μᾶλλον βλάπτεσθαι transp. VRw   |    at end add. παρ’ αὐτῶν BPr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,16–18; Dind. II.95,21–23

COMMENT:   M’s reading may point to κηδεμόνας, but κηδομένους is somewhat more likely to have been used in scholiastic language.   


Or. 265.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὀχμάζεις ἵνα βάλῃς⟩: συνέχεις με, κινεῖς με, ὡς βάλῃς με εἰς Τάρταρον.  —V

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς μὲ transp. V   


Or. 265.13 (tri metr) ⟨ὀχμάζεις⟩: koine short over omicron  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 265.17 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰς Τάρταρον⟩: εἰς μέσον τοῦ Ταρτάρου  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 266.02 (tri metr) ⟨οἴ⟩: koine short above  —T


Or. 266.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τίν’ ἐπικουρίαν λάβω⟩: τὸ ἀπορηματικὸν ὑποτάσσει.  —K

TRANSLATION:   He subordinates (in the subjunctive) the expression of doubt. (or: The expression of doubt entails the subjunctive.)

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 267.04 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ θεῖον⟩: ἢ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα ἢ τὰς Ἐριννύας  —PrZu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 267.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ θεῖον⟩: πραγματικῶς, τουτέστιν ὁ θεός  —K

TRANSLATION:   (The term is used) in a manner to express actual fact, that is, the god.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.01 (vet exeg) ⟨δὸς τόξα μοι⟩: τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν ὡς τῶν Ἐρινύων ἐψαυκυιῶν αὐτοῦ.  —MBOVCMnRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   He said this as if the Erinyes had touched him.

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. BC; cont. from 268.07 VMnRbRwSSa      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν] VRw, τὸ δὲ εἶπεν MnRbSSa, om. MBOC   |    τῶν] τὸ S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐριννύων OMnRw, ἐρινίων Rb   |    ἐψαυκύων MRbSa, ἐψαυκυίων S, ἐψαυκίων Mn, ἔψαν κύων C [only ἐψαυκ now readable in Rw (water damage)]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,19


Or. 268.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δὸς τόξα μοι⟩: μαινόμενος λέγει ταῦτα.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.05 (rec exeg) ⟨μου⟩: γρ. μοὶ  —AbS

LEMMA: μου in text AbS       POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 268.07 (vet exeg) κερουλκά:  1διὰ τῶν κεράτων ἕλκοντα τὴν νευρὰν ἢ τὸ βέλος, ὡς τὸ κεραελκὴς ταῦρος.  2ἢ παρὰ τὸ ἐκ κεράτων εἶναι καὶ ἕλκεσθαι.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSaZu

TRANSLATION:   Drawing by means of the horns the bow-string or the arrow, as used in the phrase ‘bull drawing (a plow or cart) by the horns’; or derived from being made of horn and being drawn.

LEMMA: MBVCPrRw, δὸς τόξα μοι κερουλκὰ MnRbSSa (‑λκᾶ S, κελεουρκὰ Mn),      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: s.l. Zu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὰ prep. MnPrRbSSaZu, τὰ τῶν prep. Ra   |    διὰ τῶν om. B   |    after κεράτων add. τὰ διὰ τῶν S   |    ἔχοντα Rb, ἑλκόντων Rw   |    ἢ] ἤτοι VRbRw, ἤγουν MnS   |    τὰ βέλη PrZu   |    ὡς τὸ κερ. ταῦρος om. Zu   |    ὡς τὸ] ἢ M, ὡς BCPr   |    κεραελκὴς V, κεραελκεῖς BPr, κεραλκῆς M, κεραλκὴς CRw, κεραλκ() Rb, κερουλκὸς MnSSa   |    ταύρους BPr   |    2 ἐκ] εἰς M   |    καὶ om. MnRw   |    at end add. τοῦ ὀρέστου MnRbSSa (i.e. ⟨ὑπὸ⟩ τοῦ ὀρέστου?)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἔλκοντα MRa   |    2 ἔλκεσθαι M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.125,20–22; Dind. II.96,11–14

COMMENT:   For κεραελκής with ταῦρος, cf. Call. hymn. Dian. 179 and schol. διὰ τὸ τοῖς κέρασιν ἕλκειν τὸ ἄροτρον; Oppian. Cyneg. 2.103, in a long series of epithets of οἱ Σύριοι ταῦροι (100). There are types of yoke that are secured to the horns (rather than with an oxbow around the neck).   |    For the different senses found in various scholia here, compare Nonnus’ uses of κεραελκής, usually just ‘having horns’, but once ‘dragged by the horns’ (ἐξ ἐλάφων κεραελκέα δίφρον, Dionys. 11.344), and once as here in Or. κεραελκέα τόξα (Dionys. 20.225, although Peek, Lexikon zu den Dionysiaka des Nonnos s.v. gives ‘made of horn’). See also E. Fernandez-Galiano, Lexico de los Himnos de Calimaco, 352–353 s.v. κεραελκής.   |   


Or. 268.08 (vet exeg) 1Στησιχόρῳ [Stesichorus fr. 181a–b Finglass–Davies, PMG 217] ἑπόμενος τόξα φησὶν αὐτὸν εἰληφέναι παρὰ Ἀπόλλωνος.  2ἔδει οὖν τὸν ὑποκριτὴν τόξα λαβόντα τοξεύειν.  3οἱ δὲ νῦν ὑποκρινόμενοι τὸν ἥρωα αἰτοῦσι μὲν τὰ τόξα, μὴ δεχόμενοι δὲ σχηματίζονται τοξεύειν.  4εἰ δὲ καὶ μαινόμενος ἐπ’ ἐνίων ὑγιαίνει, μὴ θαυμάσωμεν.  5ἡ γὰρ νόσος ποικίλη τῶν μεμηνότων, ὡς κἀν ταῖς Τρῳάσιν ἡ Κασάνδρα [Eur. Tro. 367]·  6‘τοσόνδε δ’ ἐκτὸς στήσομαι βακχευμάτων’.   —MBC, partial Pr

TRANSLATION:   Following Stesichorus, he (Euripides) says that he (Orestes) has received a bow and arrow from Apollo. So then, the actor should take a (real) bow and (actually) shoot. But those who nowadays enact the part of the hero ask for the bow and arrow, but not receiving it they make the gestures of shooting. And if even in his madness Orestes is sensible in some matters, let us not be surprised. For the sickness of those who have gone mad is complex, as also (seen when) in Troades Cassandra (says) ‘but to this extent I will stand outside of my ravings’.

POSITION: cont. from prev. all (B add. δὲ)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 στησίχορος MC   |    τόξον Pr   |    παρὰ om. MC   |    ἀπόλλων M   |    2 τόξα om. MC   |    3–5 οἱ δὲ νῦν … μεμηνότων om. Pr (same passage incomplete in B, with several blank spaces)   |    3 at beg. ὁ δὲ νοῦς + blank space (sufficient for οἱ δὲ νῦν ὑποκρι) + νόμενοι B   |    τὰ] τὸ B, then τόξον μὴ om. B (blank space)   |    μὴ ἐχόμενοι MC   |    ται τοξεύειν om. B (blank space)   |    4 ἀπ’] ὑπ’ MBC   |    ἐνίων ὑγίαιν om. B (blank space)   |    5 ὠς κἀν] οὐκ ἂν Pr   |    νόσος ποικίλη om. B (blank space)   |    6 τοσόνδ’ ἐκτὸς Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐπόμενος M   |    3 εχόμενοι M   |    4 ὑπἐνιων M, ὐπενίων C   |    5 κασσάνδρα B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,1–6; Dind. II.96,14–20

COMMENT:   Cf. the papyrus commentary on lyric poets (= Stes. fr. 181a Finglass–Davies), giving examples of tragic poets’ indebtedness to Stesichorus, which offers (after the example of the recognition in Aesch. Choe.): (lines 14–21, omitting minor restorations) Εὐριπίδης δὲ τὸ τόξον τὸ Ὀρέστου ὅτι ἐστὶν δεδομένον αὐτῷ δῶρον παρὰ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος· παρ’ ᾧ μὲν γὰρ λέγεται· [quotation of 268–269].   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Stesichorus   |   Euripides, Troades   


Or. 268.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τόξα⟩: πληθυντικῆς εἶπε τὰ τόξα ἤγουν τὸ τόξον.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.10 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: τὰ διὰ τῶν κεράτων ἕλκοντα τὴν νευρὰν ἢ τὸ βέλος  —ORa

TRANSLATION:  Drawing by means of the horns the bow-string or the arrow.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.11 (recThom exeg) ⟨κερουλκὰ⟩: τὰ διὰ τῶν κεράτων ἕλκοντα τὴν νευράν  —FKPrZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  Drawing by means of the horns the bow-string.

REF. SYMBOL: F       POSITION: s.l. except F      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν om. F   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.97,1


Or. 268.12 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: τὰ ἀπὸ κέρατος κατασκευασθέντα  —V

TRANSLATION:  The ones fashioned from horn.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.13 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: τὰ ἀπὸ κέρατος ἑλκόμενα  —Rw

TRANSLATION:  The ones drawn by the horn.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.14 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν κεράτων ἐσκευασμένα  —Sa

TRANSLATION:  The ones made out of horns.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.15 (mosch exeg) κερουλκά: τὰ ἐκ κεράτων κατεσκευασμένα καὶ ἑλκυόμενα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

TRANSLATION:  The ones made out of horns and being drawn.

LEMMA: T       REF. SYMBOL: XoT       POSITION: s.l. except XXo      

APP. CRIT.:   κατασκ‑ Y   |    καὶ ἑλκ. om. Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.96,23–24


Or. 268.16 (thom exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: ἢ τὰ ἐκ κεράτων συντεθειμένα  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  Or the ones put together out of horns.

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from gloss above ZmGu      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.97,2


Or. 268.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κερουλκά⟩: τὰ διὰ τῶν κεράτων ἑλκυόμενα ἤγουν κατεσκευασμένα  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἑλκόμενα a.c. G   


Or. 268.18 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκὰ⟩: τὰ διὰ τῶν κεράτων ἑλκόμενα  —CrRf2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ] καὶ CrOx   


Or. 268.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κερουλκὰ⟩: τὰ ἑλκόμενα διὰ τῶν κεράτων. εἰ γὰρ ἦσαν ξύλα, οὐκ ἂν εἵλκοντο.  —Y2


Or. 268.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κερουλκὰ⟩: τὰ διὰ κεράτων ἑλκόμενα ἢ τὰ κῆρα καὶ θανατηφόρον μοῖραν φέροντα.  —B2/3a

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.96,10–11

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 268.21 (rec exeg) ⟨κερουλκὰ⟩: τὸν βιὸν διὰ τῶν κεράτων ⟨ἑλκόμενον⟩  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 268.24 (rec exeg) ⟨δῶρα Λοξίου⟩: ὡς τῆς τοξικῆς ἐφόρου λέγει δῶρον αὐτοῦ.  —K

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀφόρου or εὐφόρου K   


Or. 268.25 (rec exeg) ⟨δῶρα Λοξίου⟩:  δʹ τέχναι ἀνατίθενται τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι· τοξικὴ μαντικὴ μουσικὴ καὶ ἰατρικὴ.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Compare two scholia on Il. 1.603 (from C. G. Heyne’s edition) τέσσαρες γὰρ τέχναι ἀνατίθενται τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι, μουσικὴ, τοξικὴ, ἰατρικὴ, μαντική; (from Genev. gr. 44, ed. J. Nicole) τέσσαρες τέχναι τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος· τοξικὴ μουσικὴ ἰατρικὴ μαντική; and Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Plut. 11 Massa Positano ἰατρὸς καὶ μάντις, ὅτι τέσσαρες τέχναι ἀνάκεινται τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι, τοξικὴ μουσικὴ ἰατρικὴ μαντική.   


Or. 268.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δῶρα Λοξίου⟩: ἔφορος γὰρ τῆς τοξικῆς ὁ Ἀπόλλων.  —Y2


Or. 268.27 (thom exeg) ⟨δῶρα Λοξίου⟩:  1τὸ δῶρα Λοξίου λέγει ἢ ὑπὸ τῆς μανίας δοκῶν χαρισθῆναι αὐτῷ ταῦτα παρὰ Ἀπόλλωνος  2ἢ διότι τοξικός ἐστιν ὁ θεός καὶ τὰ παρ’ ἀνθρώποις τόξα ὡσπερεὶ δῶρα ἐκείνου.   —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   He uses the expression ‘gifts of Loxias’ either because in his madness he thinks these have been given as a favor to him by Apollo, or because the god is connected to archery and the bow and arrow among human beings is, as it were, a gift of that (god).

REF. SYMBOL: ZZa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ om. Gu   |    ἀπόλλωνος] τοῦ ἀπ. begun by T, but corr. self, ἀπόλυσιν Zb   |    2 δῶρα] τόξα a.c. Gu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λοξέου Zb   |    παρ’ ZZa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.96,21–23


Or. 269.05 (rec gram) Ἀπόλλων: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀεὶ βάλλειν  —Mn

LEMMA: Mn      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.97,3

COMMENT:   I have not found this etymology elsewhere. Several other etymologies are offered in Et. Gud. (di Stefani) s.v. Ἀπόλλων· παρὰ τὸ ἀπόθετα βάλλειν· ἢ παρὰ τὸ ἄποθεν βάλλειν τὴν ὀργήν· ἢ ἀπελαύνων καὶ ἀπολύων ἀφ’ ἡμῶν τὰς νόσους· ἢ παρὰ τὸ ἁπλοῦν καὶ λύειν τὸ συνεστὸς τῆς οὐσίας καὶ τὸ σκότος.    

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 269.16 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: ἀμύνω τὸ βοηθῶ ἐνεργητικὸν δοτικῇ, ἀμύνομαι δὲ παθητικὸν τὸ μάχομαι αἰτιατικῇ.  —G

TRANSLATION:   ‘Amunō’ in the active voice meaning ‘go to the aid of’ is used with the dative, but ‘amunomai’ in the (middle‑)passive meaning ‘fight (against)’ with the accusative.

LEMMA: G      


Or. 269.17 (tri metr) ⟨ἐξαμύνασθαι⟩: long mark over upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 270.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐκφοβοῖεν⟩: εἰς φόβον ἄγοιεν  —XXaXbXoTYYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from 270.03 XoT      


Or. 270.08 (vet exeg) μανιάσιν λυσσήμασιν: ταῖς μανιώδεσι λύσσαις. σχῆμα δέ ἐστι περίφρασις.  —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION:   The insane frenzies. The schema is periphrasis.

LEMMA: μανιάσι λυσσήμασι C(μανιᾶσι)V, μανίαισιν λυσσήμασιν M, μανιάσι δὲ λυσσήμασι· prep. B(λυσσήμα())Pr       REF. SYMBOL: V       POSITION: marg. M; cont. from 268.08 B      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ δὲ σχῆμα (om. ἐστι) V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,7–8; Dind. II.97,12–13

KEYWORDS:  περίφρασις   


Or. 270.09 (vet exeg) ⟨μανιάσιν λυσσήμασιν⟩:  1ὡς τὸ [TGF adespota 566d] ‘φοίνικι λίνῳ’, ἀρσενικὸν μετὰ οὐδετέρου.  2ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ἡ μανιὰς τὸ μανιάσι.   —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   (The usage is) like that seen in ‘red thread/linen’, masculine form (‘phoinix’) with a neuter (‘linon’). And from (nominative) ‘hē manias’ comes (dative plural) ‘maniasi’.

POSITION: marg. M, cont. from prev. all      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ταῖς μανιαῖσι λυσσήμασι prep. M(‑σιν ‑σιν)C, ταῖς μανιάσι λυσσήμα() prep. B   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἡ μανίας M, ἡ μανὰς Pr   |    τὸ μανιᾶσιν C, τὸ μανίασιν, with another σ add. above σ, M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,9–10; Dind. II.97,13–15

COMMENT:   Cf. Sophronius, Gram.Gr. 4:2.408,26–29 οὐκ ἀγνοητέον δὲ ὡς εὑρίσκονται πτώσεις οὐδετέρως κείμεναι, οὐ μέντοι ἀπὸ οὐδετέρων κεκλιμέναι, ὡς ἔχει τὸ αἴθωνι βελέμνῳ καὶ φοίνικι λίνῳ καὶ γέροντι βάκτρῳ καὶ ἐθάδων ἐδεσμάτων καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα· ἅπαντα ἀρσενικὰ ὄντα ποιητικῶς οὐδετέροις συνετάγη. Similarly, but claiming fem. gender, Georg. Choerobosc. Gram.Gr. 4:2.339,14–16 οὐκ ἔστι δὲ ἄτοπον, εἰ ἀρσενικὸν ὂν ἢ θηλυκὸν οὐδετέρῳ ἄρθρῳ συνετάγη· ἰδοὺ γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ φοίνικι λίνῳ τὸ φοίνικι θηλυκὸν ὂν τῷ λίνῳ τῷ οὐδετέρῳ συνετάγη.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Trag. adespota   


Or. 270.10 (vet exeg) 1μανιώδεσι λυσσήμασιν·  2ἢ μανίαις καὶ λυσσήμασιν.   —MB

TRANSLATION:   Mad frenzies; or madnesses and frenzies.

POSITION: s.l. M; cont. from prev. B      

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λυσσήμασι M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,11; Dind. II.97,14–15

COLLATION NOTES:   By an oversight, Schw. lists this as being in C as well.   |   


Or. 270.11 (rec exeg) ⟨μανιάσι λυσσήμασι⟩: ἐν μανικαῖς λύσσαις  —Rw

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 270.12 (rec exeg) ⟨μανιάσιν λυσσήμασι⟩: τὸ σχῆμα κατὰ γένος.  —MnSB3d

TRANSLATION:   The schema is that according to gender.

LEMMA: μανιάσι in text MnS       POSITION: s.l. MnS, marg. B3d      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ om. B3d   

COMMENT:   This schema applies to expressions in which the adjective appears to be in a different gender from the noun it modifies. A fuller form of this note is found in Sch. Soph. Aj. 62b Christodoulou (from Laur. plut. 32.40, ca. 1300, perpendicular in inner margin of 3r): τὸ σχῆμα κατὰ γένος, ὡς τὸ [Nicand. Ther. 129] ‘ψολόεντος ἐχίδνης’ [ψολώεντος αἰχίδνης ms]. Christodoulou was wrong to assign this note to Aj. 62 τοὺς ζῶντας; it really goes with Aj. 59, which in this manuscript ends not with μανιάσιν νόσοις, but with μανιᾶσι λυσσήμασι, by reminiscence of Or. 270. Apart from these scholia, σχῆμα κατὰ γένος is not found elsewhere in a TLG search.   

KEYWORDS:  σχῆμα κατὰ γένος   


Or. 270.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μανιάσιν λυσσήμασιν⟩: ἡ λύσση ἡ μανιὰς  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 270.14 (thom exeg) ⟨μανιάσιν λυσσήμασιν⟩:  1πάντες τὸ μανιάσι πρὸς τὸ λυσσήμασιν συνάπτοντες οὕτω φασί· μανικοῖς λυσσήμασιν, ἀγνοοῦντες ὅτι τὸ μὲν μανιάσι θηλυκόν ἐστι, τὸ δὲ λυσσήμασιν οὐδέτερον.  2σὺ δὲ τούτους χαίρειν ἐάσας, κεχωρισμένως λέγε ἀσυνδέτως οὕτως·  3εἴ με ἐκφοβοῖεν ἐν μανιάσι καὶ μανίαις, ἐν λυσσήμασι καὶ μανίαις, ἵν’ ὦσιν ἀμφότερα τὸ αὐτό.   —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Attaching the word ‘maniasi’ to the word ‘lussēmasin’, everyone thus interprets this as ‘mad frenzies’, being unaware that ‘maniasi’ is feminine, but ‘lussēmasin’ is neuter. But for your own part, dismiss these interpreters and take the words separately in asyndeton as follows: if they should terrify me with ‘maniasi’ (that is, ‘madnessesÆ), with ‘lussēmasi’ (that is, ‘madnesses’), so that both may be the same thing.

LEMMA: μανιάσι in text ZZaZbGr, λυσσήμασι in text ZbZm       REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZm      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀγνοοῦντες … τὸ δὲ λυσσήμασιν om. Zb   |    2 χαίρειν om. TGu   |    ἀσυνδέτως λέγε κεχωρισμένως transp. Gu   |    3 εἴ με] εἰ μὴ Gu   |    first ἐν om. Gu   |    first μανίαις] ἐν μανίαις ZbZm   |    second μανίαις] ἐν μανίαις ZbZmTGu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1–2 μανιᾶσι (all three places) Gu   |    1 λυσσήμασι ZaZmTGu   |    φασί·] ZmT, φασὶ· Gu, φασὶν (no punct.) ZZaZb   |    2 οὕτως] οὕτω Gu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.97,6–11

KEYWORDS:  Thomas critical of another view   


Or. 270.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μανιάσι λυσσήμασι⟩: κεχωρισμένως λέγε ἀσυνδέτως  —Ox2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 270.20 (rec exeg) ⟨μανιάσιν⟩: μανιὰς μανιάδος  —K

POSITION: marg.      

COLLATION NOTES:   K app. started to crowd this gloss above the word, but found too little space, so erased it there.   |   


Or. 270.21 (rec exeg) ⟨λυσσήμασιν⟩: ἢ καὶ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original O.   


Or. 270.27 (rec exeg) ⟨λυσσήμασιν⟩: προσηγορικὸν  —K

TRANSLATION:   (This word is a) common noun.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Perhaps this observation is a way to indicate that μανιάσιν is adjectival modifying λυσσήμασιν.   


Or. 271.01 (rec paraphr) ἢ δύναται τρωθῆναί τις τῶν θεῶν ἐκ χειρὸς ἀνθρωπίνης;  —AaPr

REF. SYMBOL:  Aa       POSITION: s.l. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ om. Aa   |    ἐν χειρὶ ἀνθωπίνη Aa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   τρωθῆναι τίς AaPr   |   


Or. 271.02 (rec exeg) λείπει ἢ οὔ.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 271.11 (tri metr) ⟨θεῶν⟩: συνίζησις  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 271.12 (rec exeg) ⟨βροτησίᾳ χερί⟩: ὦ ἄφρον  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This vocative should be understood to be an address to Orestes by Electra, to whom this line is assigned in Ab and most mss. That assignment and the interpretation of 271 as a question presumably are motivated by reluctance, for philosophical, moral, or religious reasons, to take 271 as a threatening assertion. A similar concern may lie behind 270.01, 270.05 (note the unexpected aorist glossing a future perfect).   

KEYWORDS:  theological amelioration   


Or. 271.14 (mosch paraphr) ⟨βροτησίᾳ χερί⟩: διὰ χειρὸς ἀνθρωπίνης  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T   |    διὰ om. Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.97,16–17


Or. 271.16 (tri metr) ⟨βροτησίᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha —T

APP. CRIT.:   long mark om. Ta   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 272.01 (vet paraphr) εἰ μὴ ’ξαμείψει: εἰ μὴ ἀποστήσεταί τις τῶν Ἐρινύων τοῦ ἐμοῦ προσώπου.  —MBVCMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Unless any of the Erinyes will stand away from my face.

LEMMA: all except BRa (μὴξ ἀμείψῃ MRb, μηξαμείψη C, μὴξαμείψει VMnS, μὴ ἐξαμείψει Sa)       REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   τις] τί φησι V   |    after ἐριν. add. φησὶ MMnRaRbSSa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   after ἐριν. add. φησὶ MMnRaRbSSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,12–13; cf. Dind. II.97,18–19

COMMENT:   The appearance of φησὶ in M and others perhaps suggests that an abbreviation of δηλονότι after τις τῶν ἐρινύων was misread as an abbreviation of φησὶ.   


Or. 272.02 (pllgn exeg) πρὸς τὴν Ἠλέκτραν  —B3

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   The addressee is identified to conform to assigning 271 to Electra, 272 to Orestes. Similarly, several of the following scholia react to such assignments.   |   

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 272.03 (rec exeg) ὁ Ὀρέστης ἐπε(?)[  —V3

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   final letter uncertain, rest lost to damaged margin   |   


Or. 272.04 (rec exeg) λείπει πείσῃ κακὸν  —K

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 272.05 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰ μὴ⟩: ναὶ  —CrMnSSaZuB3aOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 272.06 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰ μὴ⟩: ναὶ βλήσετ(αι)  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Perhaps ⟨βε⟩βλήσεται, but there is one instance of βλήσεται in PG 89.90, 59 (Antiochus, Pandecta scripturae sacrae, 7th c.), and dozens of instances of future principal part βλήσω in etymological explanations of ‑βλη‑ by way of a supposed byform of βάλλω, βλῶ βλήσω.   


Or. 272.07 (thom exeg) ⟨εἰ μὴ⟩: ναὶ βεβλήσεται  —ZZaZbZmTGuP2

TRANSLATION:  (Before ‘ei mē’, ‘unless’, understand) ‘yes, one will be shot at’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ναὶ καὶ Zb   |   


Or. 272.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨εἰ μὴ⟩: ναὶ τοξευθήσεται  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa3aF

TRANSLATION:  (Before ‘ei mē’, ‘unless’, understand) ‘yes, one will be shot at with a bow and arrow’.

POSITION: s.l. except X and marg. Aa3      

COLLATION NOTES:   In this place T has a cross above the ναὶ of 272.07 and then another cross in front of τοξευθήσεται.   |   


Or. 272.21 (rec paraphr) ⟨’ξαμείψῃ⟩: ὑποστρέψῃ παλινδ⟨ρ⟩όμως  —Mn

LEMMA:  ἐξαμ‑ in text Mn       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑποστρέψω Mn   


Or. 272.22 (rec paraphr) ⟨’ξαμείψῃ⟩: σὺ ἡ Ἠλέκτρα παρέλθῃς  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 272.24 (pllgn gram) ⟨’ξαμείψει⟩:  ἀμείβω τὸ μακρὰν ἔρχομαι· οἱ γὰρ τρέχοντες ἀμείβουσι τοὺς πόδας αὐτῶν κατὰ διαδοχὴν τιθέντες τὸν ἕνα καὶ τὸν ἕτερον κινοῦντες. ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς ἀμοιβῆς δὲ τῶν ποδῶν λέγεται καὶ ἀμείβω τὸ μακρὰν ἀποχωρῶ· οἱ γὰρ ἀμείβοντες τοὺς πόδας αὐτῶν φεύγουσιν.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Ameibō’ (may have the sense) ‘I go far away’. For those who run interchange their feet, planting them in succession, moving one and then the other. So as if from the interchange of the feet (the plain verb) ‘ameibō’ is also used in the sense ‘I go far off’, for those who are interchanging their feet are fleeing.


Or. 273.01 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐκ εἰσακούετ’⟩: πρὸς τὰς Ἐριννῦς ὁ λόγος ὅτι οὐ θεωροῦνται, ὅπως μὴ τὸ κατατοξεῦσαι ὑμᾶς ᾖ πρὸς τὸν χορὸν τῶν γυναικῶν.  —Rw

TRANSLATION:   The speech is addressed to the Erinyes, because they are not seen, (to be so understood) in order that the words ‘shoot you (pl.)’ not be directed to the chorus of women.

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps θεωρεῖται Rw (damage)   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Rw.   |   

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 273.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐκ εἰσακούετ’⟩: ὁ λόγος πρὸς τὰς Ἐριννύας· ἀκούετε ζητοῦντος μου τὰ τόξα.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   written on either side of Y-gloss ἀκούετε, which it incorporates.   |   

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 273.03 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐκ εἰσακούετ’⟩: ὦ Ἐριννύες  —ZZaZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:  (Understand with ‘do you not listen’) ‘o Erinyes’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὦ om. Ox2   

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 273.04 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐκ εἰσακούσετ’⟩: γρ. οὐκ εἰσακού[ετε(?)].  —Ra

LEMMA: -ούσετε (changed from ‑ούετ’) in text R       POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 273.05 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰσακούετ’⟩: εἰσακούσετ’  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 273.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἑκηβόλων⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑκὰς καὶ πόρρωθεν βάλλεσθαι τὰ [τόξα]  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Dot before; end lost to damage.   |   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 273.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἑκηβόλων⟩: τῶν μακρόθεν βαλλόντων  —AaAbF2MnRSSaB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν om. F2   

COLLATION NOTES:   Aa damaged, and last letters in binding, but enough legible to confirm.   |   


Or. 273.10 (mosch paraphr) ἑκηβόλων: τῶν μακρὰν βαλλόντων —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   μακρῶν Y   

APP. CRIT. 2:   βαλόντων Zc   |   


Or. 273.11 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἑκηβόλων⟩: τῶν μακρὰν πεμπόντων τὰ βέλη  —ZZaZbZmTOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μακρῶν Za   


Or. 273.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἑκηβόλων⟩: τὰ βέλη τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος  —Gu

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 273.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἑκηβόλων⟩: καὶ τῶν μακρόθεν βαλλομένων καὶ πεμπομένων ἢ τῶν τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 274.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πτερωτὰς γλυφίδας⟩: πλή(ρη) γὰρ τῶν γλυφίδων τὰ πτερὰ  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 274.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γλυφίδας⟩: τὰ βέλη ἀπὸ μέρους  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 274.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γλυφίδας⟩: γλυφͅίδας τὰς χηλὰς τῆς ἀκίδος αἷς τὴν νευρὰν προσάγομεν, παρὰ τὸ ἐγγε[γλ]ύφθαι ὅ ἐστι κεκοιλάνθαι.  —A2

TRANSLATION:  ‘Gluphidas’ (‘notches’), the clefts of the arrow in which we insert the bowstring, derived from its having been chiseled in (verb ‘gluphō’), that is, hollowed out.

REF. SYMBOL: A2       POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   From Photius γ 153, Suda γ 321, or Lex. Segueriana, Anecdota Gr. Bachmann, I.185,32–186,2.   


Or. 274.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γλυφίδας⟩: γλυφὶς ἡ ἐκκωπὴ τοῦ βέλους, παρὰ τὸ ἐγγεγλύφθαι ὅ ἐστι κοιλάν⟨θ⟩αι, καὶ ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῦ κίονος, παρὰ τὸ γλάπτω γλαφὶς καὶ γλυφὶς. καὶ τὸ γλυφικὸν ἐργαλεῖον.  —B4

TRANSLATION:  ‘Gluphis’ is the notching of the arrow, derived from its having been chiseled in (verb ‘gluphō’), that is, hollowed out, and the head of a column, dervied from ‘glaptō’ (‘scrape, engrave’), (whence) ‘glaphis’ and ‘gluphis’. And (there is also the term) ‘gluphikon ergaleion’ (‘sculpture workshop’).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   γλάπτο B4    |    κλυφὶς B4   |   

COMMENT:   Cf. ps.-Zonaras 440,18–22 (which also has the same corruption κοιλάναι) and Et. Magn. s.v. γλυφίς.   


Or. 275.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: πρὸς τὰς Ἐριννύας  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 275.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: θαυμαστικὸν καὶ ἐκπληκτικὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως   


Or. 275.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: ἐπίρρημα ἐφεκτικόν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:   Adverb expressive of blocking/stopping.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐφετικόν XaY   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.97,23

COMMENT:   See on 145.01.   


Or. 275.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἆ ἆ⟩: ἐκφευκτικὸν ἐπίρρημα  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 275.05 (vet exeg) τί δῆτα μέλλετ’· ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα: στιγμὴ εἰς τὸ μέλλετε.  —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   Punctuation after ‘mellete’.

LEMMA: MC(μέλετ’), τί δῆτα μέλλετε BPr(μέλετε)       REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   στιγμὴ] στῶ μὴ Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μέλετε CPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,14–15; Dind. II.97,24


Or. 275.06 (rec paraphr) τί δῆτα μέλλετε:  1ὦ Ἐρινύες τί βραδύνετε·  2τὰ ἄκρα καταλαμβάνετε τοῦ ἀέρος καὶ παίετε τὸν αἰθέρα.   —MnaMnbSSa

TRANSLATION:   O Erinyes, why do you delay? Occupy the heights of the air, and strike the ether.

LEMMA: ἂ ἂ τί δῆτα μέλλετε Mn(μέλλεται)Sa       POSITION: s.l. except Mna      

APP. CRIT.:   2 after ἄκρα add. τοῦ αἰθέρος Mna, but deleted   |    τὸν ἀέρα Sa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐριννύες MnaMnbSa   |    βραδύνεται MnaMnb   |    2 ‑λαμβάνεται a.c. Mna   |    παίεται S   |   


Or. 275.09 (vet paraphr) ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα:  τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς εἰς τὰ ἄκρα τοῦ αἰθέρος πέτεσθε καὶ μέμφεσθε τὰ λόγια τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ μὴ ἐμέ.  —MBVCMnPrRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The whole sense is: fly to the heights of the ether and reproach the oracles of Apollo and not me.

LEMMA: VMnRb, ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰ S(incomplete)       REF. SYMBOL: V       POSITION: cont. from 275.05 MBCPrSa, follows next Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς om. VMnRaRbSSa   |    εἰς τὰ κτλ mostly washed out, perhaps part om. Ra   |    ἀπόλλωνος] ἡλίου V   |    at end add. μέμφεσθε V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐξῆς MC   |    πέτεσθαι Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,15–16; Dind. II.97,24–98,2


Or. 275.10 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: τὰ ἄκρα τοῦ αἰθέρος καταλαμβάνετε.  —MaMbCaCbORaZu

TRANSLATION:   Occupy the heights of the ether.

LEMMA: C       POSITION: s.l. except MaCaRa; cont. from prev. Ma, precedes prev. Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Mb, ἀντὶ prep. Cb   |    τὸ ἄκρον Zu   |    καταλ. τοῦ αἰθ. transp Zu   |    λαμβάνετε O, perhaps Ra(mostly washed out)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   καταλαμβάνεται Zu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,17; Dind. II.98,4


Or. 275.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα⟩: τῶν ἄκρων τοῦ αἰθέρος ἐπιλαμβάνεσθε καὶ πέτεσθε εἰς τὰ ἄκρα τοῦ αἰθέρος. —V

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶν ἄκρων] changed to τὸ ἄκρον by V3   

COMMENT:   See also 275.22.   


Or. 275.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα⟩: βαίνετε εἰς τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ αἰθέρος, ἢ δι’ ἄκρων πτερῶν αἰθέρα λαμβάνετε.  —PrRf

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   βαίνετε transp. after αἰθέρος Rf   |    ἢ κτλ om. Rf   


Or. 275.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα⟩: ἤγουν εἰς τὰ ἄκρα τοῦ αἰθέρος πέτεσθε ἢ διὰ τῶν ἄκρων πτερῶν καταλαμβάνετε τὸν αἰθέρα  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 275.14 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα⟩: εἰς τὸν ἄκρον αἰθέρα φθάσατε.  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 275.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα⟩: καὶ εἰς τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ αἰθέρος πορεύεσθε.  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 275.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα⟩: εἰς ἄκρον (?)αἰθέρος/ἀέρος(?) ἴτε.  —B3c

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Extremely faint and sloppy, damaged; check original B.   |   


Or. 275.17 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’ αἰθέρα⟩: πτερωτὰς δὲ καὶ οὗτος τὰς Ἐρινύας ὑπέθετο. —MBVCMnPrRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   This one too (Orestes) assumed that the Erinyes are winged. (or: This one too (the poet) posited that the Erinyes are winged.)

POSITION: cont. from sch. 275.10 MC, from 275.05 BPr, from 275.09 VRb, from 275.06 MnSSa; marg. Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   δὲ καὶ οὗτος om. Rb, καὶ οὗτος om. VMnSSa   |    καὶ om. Pr   |    ὑποτίθεται BPr, ἐπέθετο MnRbSSa, καλεῖ ἐπιθέτως Ra   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   οὔτως M   |    ἐριννύας MnPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,18; Dind. II.98,2

COMMENT:   Starting in the third quarter of the 5th cent. there are both winged and unwinged depictions of the Erinyes in vase painting. Aesch. Eum. 51 calls them ἄπτεροι, but Groeneboom pointed out that this condition could have been necessitated by the practicality of costuming the chorus. But what other character or poet did the commentator have in mind by saying ‘this one too’? If a character is meant, it may be an internal reference to the fact that the chorus makes them winged in lines 316–322. If a poet is meant, the most likely possibility is Homer. Although the Homeric ἠεροφοῖτις Ἐρινύς has a well-established explanation as ‘traveling invisibly in mist’, in sch. Or. 322.01 the commentator points to this Homeric phrase right after noting that the Erinyes are winged, and some later Greek authors treated the word as ‘flying through the sky’: ps.-Phocylides 171 (of a bee); Sch. Opp. Hal. 3.166 ἠερόφοιτα· ἀέρι πετόμενα; and Nonnus uses both ἠεροφοίτης and ἠερόφοιτος as ‘traveling through the air/sky’.   


Or. 275.21 (mosch paraphr) ἐξακρίζετε: εἰς τὸν ἄκρον αἰθέρα τρέχετε.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: T       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. T   |    ἄκρον om. Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.98,4–5


Or. 275.22 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’⟩: ἤγουν τῶν ἄκρων τοῦ ἀέρος ἐπιλαμβάνεσθε.  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. T   |    αἰθέρος ZZa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.98,6

COMMENT:   Apparently derived from 275.11.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Z washed out, but most of it confirmed by autopsy.   |   


Or. 275.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’⟩: ἀκρότατον πάντων ὁ αἰθὴρ, ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκρου δὲ αἰθέρος ἐξακρίζετε ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ αἰθέρος φεύγετε μακράν.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   The ether is the highest of all things, and based on(?) (the notion of) the lofty ether, ‘exakrizete’ is equivalent to ‘flee far off into the high point of the ether’.

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπὸ] read ἐπὶ?   

COMMENT:   It is far from clear that the translation suggested above for ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκρου δὲ αἰθέρος is legitimate. Emending to ἐπὶ would produce instead ‘and because (used) in application to the lofty ether … ’ (not very convincing either).   

COLLATION NOTES:   Cross in front.   |   


Or. 275.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξακρίζετ’⟩: ἀκρίζω τὸ ἄκρον κόπτω.  —B4

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.98,3

COMMENT:   Cf. Suda α 983.; Dindorf reports this from Arsenius (add. δὲ).   


Or. 276.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὰ Φοίβου δ’ αἰτιᾶσθε θέσφατα⟩: τὰ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος μέμφεσθε μαντεύματα, τὰ λόγια, καὶ μὴ ἐμέ.  —Ra

REF. SYMBOL: Ra (at θέσφατα)       POSITION: in lower margin      


Or. 276.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὰ Φοίβου δ’ αἰτιᾶσθε θέσφατα⟩: μέμφεσθε τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος τὰ μαντεύματα.  —Aa

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 276.05 (thom exeg) ⟨τὰ Φοίβου δ’ αἰτιᾶσθε θέσφατα⟩:  1τὸ τὰ Φοίβου θέσφατα αἰτιᾶσθε λέγει·  2καὶ γὰρ ἄνωθεν εἶπεν ὅταν ἀπῄτει τὴν Ἠλέκτραν τὰ τόξα ὡς Ἀπόλλων αὐτῷ ἐπέταξε μάχεσθαι Ἐριννύσι τοῖς τόξοις.   —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   He says ‘blame the oracles of Phoebus’; for in fact above he said, when he was asking Electra for the bow and arrow, that Apollo commanded him to fight the Erinyes with the bow and arrow.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZm       POSITION: in Zb on 38v (ending at 275 ἆ ἆ; 276 itself was on lost bifolium containing Or. 275–367)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ … λέγει om. ZmGu   |    θέσφατα] κελεύσματα Zb, θέσφατα ἤγουν κελεύσματα T   |    2 ὅτε Za   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἠλέκτρα Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.98,7–9


Or. 276.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨θέσφατα⟩: τὰ λόγια καὶ μὴ ἐμέ  —ORa

POSITION: s.l. O; cont. from sch. 276.07 Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ om. O   


Or. 276.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨θέσφατα⟩: τὰ ἀπὸ θεοῦ μαντεύματα  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.01 (vet exeg) ἔα: ἐκπληκτικὸν ἢ θαυμαστικὸν ἐπίρρημα τὸ ἔα.  —MVCMnRaRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   ‘Eā’ is an adverb expressive of astonishment or wonder.

LEMMA: VCRb      REF. SYMBOL: Rb       POSITION: s.l. MMnS, marg. Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐμπληκτ‑ S   |    ἢ] καὶ MnS, om. Sa   |    τὸ ἐπίρρ. MnRaRbSa   |    τὸ ἔα om. VMnRaRbSSa   |    at end add. δὲ τὴν ἅλην Rb [conflation from sch. 277.11]   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,19; Dind. II.98,10

KEYWORDS:  ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως   


Or. 277.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrB4

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπὶ] ἐπίρρημα Gr   

KEYWORDS:  ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως   


Or. 277.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἐκπληκτικὸν  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως   


Or. 277.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἐπίρρημα ἐφεκτικόν  —G

TRANSLATION:   Adverb expressive of blocking/stopping.

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Compare 275.03. It is possible that G has misplaced the annotation here accidentally, but the transfer could also be deliberate.   


Or. 277.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: θαυμαστικὸν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: νῦν ἦλθεν εἰς αἴσθησιν.  —FGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   Now he has come to (true) awareness.

POSITION: s.l. GuOx2, marg. F      

APP. CRIT.:   νῦν om. GuOx2   


Or. 277.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἐλθὼν εἰς ἑαυτὸν καὶ γνωρίσας οἷα πάσχει λέγει εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἔα θαυμαστ⟨ικ⟩ὸν.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Having come to his senses and realized what is happening to him, he addresses to himself ‘eā’ as an exclamation of amazement.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 277.10 (vet paraphr) τί χρῆμ’ ἀλύω: διὰ ποίαν αἰτίαν ἀδημονῶ;  —MBOC

LEMMA: MC       POSITION: intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ποῖαν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,20; Dind. II.98,11


Or. 277.11 (vet exeg) τί χρῆμ’ ἀλύω:  1τί τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ τίς ἡ νόσος αὕτη, καθ’ ἃ ἀδημονῶ καὶ ἠπόρημαι;  2παρὰ τὴν ἄλην [Hom. Il. 5.352]· ‘ἡ δ’ ἀλύουσ’ ἀπεβήσετο’.   —MBVCMnPraRbSSa, partial Prb

TRANSLATION:   What is the matter and what it this sickness, because of which I am distressed and left in confusion? (The verb ‘aluō’ is) derived from the noun ‘alē’ (‘wandering, distraction’): (Homer uses this verb:) ‘and she in sore distress went off’.

LEMMA: BVPr, τί χρῆμ’ Rb, τί χρῆμα MnSSa, ἄλλως C      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: s.l. Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ om. Rb   |    1–2 καθ’ ἃ κτλ om. Prb   |    1 καθ’ ἣν MnSSa   |    ἠπόρημαι καὶ ἀδημονῶ transp. BPra   |    2 περὶ VCPr   |    τὴν ἄλλην MV(om. τὴν)CPra, τῶν ἄλλων MnSSa   |    ἡ δ’ … ἀπεβήσετο om. VMnSSa   |    ἀπεβήσατο CPra   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πράγμα M   |    αὔτη Mn   |    καθὰ MCPraRb   |    2 ἅλην BRb   |    ἦ δ’ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,21–22; Dind. II.98,11–13

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 277.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί χρῆμ’ ἀλύω⟩: διὰ τί ἀδημονῶ; τί ἄρα ἔχω;  —Y2

POSITION: s.l., cont. from 277.08      


Or. 277.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί χρῆμ’ ἀλύω⟩: τίς ἡ νόσος μου;  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.21 (thom exeg) ⟨χρῆμα⟩: τοῦτο τὸ κατ’ ἐμέ  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.22 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀλύω⟩: ἐξηπόρημαι, παρὰ τὴν ἄλ{λ}ην.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   I have been left at a loss; (the verb is) derived from ‘alē’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐξ(ης) πόρημα M   |    πε(ρὶ) C   


Or. 277.25 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀλύω⟩: ἀδημονῶ διὰ τὰ προσόντα μοι κακά.  —ZZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.26 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀλύω⟩: ἐν ἀμηχανίᾳ εἰμί.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 277.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλύω⟩: ἀλύω σημ(αίνει) τό ἀδημονῶ δυσχεραίνω ἀθυμῶ ἀπορῶ.  —A2

REF. SYMBOL: A2       POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Cf. Hesych. α 3320 ἀλύω· ἀδημονῶ ἀθυμῶ; Et. Gen. s.v. ἀλύσκω: τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀλύω ἢ τὸ ἀδημονῶ σημαίνει καὶ ἀπορῶ; Sch. Thom. Aesch. Se. 391m: ἀλύων] ἀδημονῶν, δυσχεραίνων ὅτιπερ οὐκ ἐᾷ ὁ μάντις περᾶν.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Partly obscure; check original A.   |   


Or. 277.29 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλύω⟩: ἀλύει ἀδη[μο]νεῖ δυσ[χε]ραίνει ἀθυ[μ]εῖ ἀπορεῖ [καὶ] τὸ χαίρω ἐνίοτε.  —B4

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   δυσ[χε]ρένει B4   |   

COMMENT:   From Suda α 1427.   |   


Or. 277.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πνεῦμ’ ἀνεὶς ἐκ πλευμόνων⟩:  1μαινόμενος γὰρ μεγάλα ἄσθματα ἀπετέλει.  2ὡς ὅτε λέγεται κοινῶς λαφύσσει τις ὅταν τρέχῃ ἢ ὅταν πάσχῃ.  3ἐκ δὲ τοῦ πνεύμονος ἐξέρχεται τὸ πνεῦμα·  4σπογγοειδὴς γάρ ἐστι,  5καὶ τὸ μὲν καθαρώτατον πνεῦμα δέχεται, τὸ δὲ λιγνυῶδες ἀποπέμπει ἔξω.  6διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὅταν φθάσωσι καὶ φραγῶσιν ὀπαὶ, οὐδὲν δύναται ἀναπνεῦσαι ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὡς θέλει.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   For, being in state of madness, he was drawing great breaths. Just as when it is said in common parlance that someone gulps (air) when he runs or when he suffers. The breath comes out of the lung; for (the lung) is sponge-like. And it takes in the purest breath, but sends back out the polluted breath. And because of this indeed whenever the openings manage to become closed, a person cannot catch his breath as he wishes.

APP. CRIT.:   3 πνεύματος a.c. Y2   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τίς Y2   |    5 λιγνιῶδες Y2   |   

COMMENT:   No similar passage has been found in TLG.   


Or. 277.37 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀνεὶς⟩: ἐνδούς, πέμπων, ὅ ἐστι λειφθεὶς τῶν φρενῶν μου  —SSa

REF. SYMBOL: Sa       POSITION: s.l. S, marg. Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. S   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ληφθεὶς S   |   


Or. 279.01 (vet exeg) ἐκ κυμάτων γὰρ αὖθις αὖ γαλήν’ ὁρῶ:  1κεκωμῴδηται ὁ στίχος διὰ Ἡγέλοχον τὸν ὑποκριτήν·  2οὐ γὰρ φθάσαντα διελεῖν τὴν συναλοιφὴν ἐπιλείψαντος τοῦ πνεύματος τοῖς ἀκροωμένοις τὴν γαλῆν δόξαι λέγειν τὸ ζῷον, ἀλλ’ οὐχὶ τὰ γαληνά.  3πολλοὶ μὲν οὖν αὐτὸ διέπαιξαν τῶν κωμικῶν, Ἀριστοφάνης ⟨ … ⟩ καὶ Στράττις ἐν Ἀνθρωπορέστῃ [Strattis fr. 1 K–A (Kock)]·
      4‘καὶ τῶν μὲν ἄλλων οὐκ ἐμέλησέ μοι μελῶν,
      5Εὐριπίδου δὲ δρᾶμα δεξιώτατον
      6διέκναισ’ Ὀρέστην, Ἡγέλοχον τὸν Κυντάρου
      7μισθωσάμενος τὰ πρῶτα τῶν ἐπῶν λέγειν’.
8καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις παίζων φησί [Strattis fr. 63 K–A (60 Kock)]·
      9‘A: γαλήν’ ὁρῶ. B: ποῖ πρὸς θεῶν, ποῖ ποῖ γαλῆν;
      10A: γαληνά. B: ἐγὼ δ’ ᾤμην σε γαλῆν λέγειν ὁρῶ’.
11καὶ Σαννυρίων ἐν Δανάῃ [Sannyrion fr. 8 K–A (Kock)]·
      12‘τί οὖν γενόμενος εἰς ὀπὴν ἐνδύσομαι·
      13ζητητέον. φέρ’ εἰ γενοίμην ⟨ ‒ ⟩ γαλῆ·
      14ἀλλ’ Ἡγέλοχος ⟨εὐθύς⟩ με μηνύσειεν ⟨ἂν⟩
      15ὁ τραγικὸς ἀνακράγοι τ’ ἂν {εὐθὺς} εἰσιδὼν μέγα·
      16ἐκ κυμάτων γὰρ αὖθις αὖ γαλῆν ὁρῶ’.
       —MBCPr, partial VKRw

TRANSLATION:   The verse has been the butt of ridicule in comedy because of Hegelochus the actor. For (the story goes that) when he did not manage to express the division of the elision (‘galēn’ for ‘galēna’) because he ran out of breath, he seemed to the audience to be saying ‘galēn’ (‘weaselÆ), the animal, and not ‘galēna’ (‘calm conditions’). Accordingly many of the comic poets made a joke of it, such as Aristophanes ⟨lacuna: in Frogs 303–304?⟩ and Strattis in Anthroporestes: ‘I did not care about the other songs, / but he mutilated a very clever drama by Euripides, / Orestes, when he hired Hegelochus son of Cyntarus / to speak the first actor’s verses’. And in other lines he says in jest: ‘A: I see calm conditions (‘galēn’). B: Where, in the name of the gods, where, where do you see a weasel (‘galēn’)? / A: Calm conditions (‘galēna’). B: I thought you were saying “I see a weasel”.’ And Sannyrion in Danae: ‘What then shall I turn myself into to get into the chink-hole? / I have to think of an answer. Come, what if I should turn into a weasel? / But Hegelochus would right off inform against me, / the tragic actor, and he would cry out aloud when he spotted me: / “For after stormy seas I see again a weasel”.’

LEMMA: V(γαλῆν’), ἐκ κυμάτων γὰρ αὖθις γαλήν’ ὁρῶ MC, ἐκ κυμάτων γὰρ αὖ γαλήνην ὁρῶ Rw, αὖθις αὖ γαλήν’ ὁρῶ B, αὖθις γαλήν’ ὁρῶ Pr; label ἠγέλοχος add. in marg. B4      REF. SYMBOL: BV      

APP. CRIT.:   3–16 πολλοὶ μὲν κτλ om. K   |    3 οὖν om. Rw   |    ταῖς κωμικαῖς Rw   |    ἀριστ. δὲ καὶ Pr   |    στράγις VRw, στρα with blank space after alpha Pr   |    ἀνθρωποραίστῃ B (as in Arsenius), whence Schw. followed Matt., Dind., Meineke, and Kock in printing Ἀνθρωπορραίστῃ (an epithet of Dionysus)   |    4 ἠμέλησε Pr   |    5 εὐριπίδης B   |    6 διέκναισ’] δι’ αἰκνες V, διέκρινας Rw   |    ὀρέστῃ B, ὀρέστη CPr, ὀρέστην ἢ VRw   |    κύντρ (= κύντερον) VRw; Κιννάρου Bentley ClJ 12 (1815) 105, Κυννάρου Dindorf, Κυττάρου Kaibel   |    9 ποῖ πρὸς] ποῖ ποῖ πρὸς MBCPr   |    θεῶν] θεόν MC   |    9–10 ποῖ ποῖ … γαληνά om. Pr   |    9 after ποῖ ποῖ add. χρῆ με παρὰ τὸ θέλημα ποιεῖν VRw   |    10 σε … ὁρῶ] σε λέγειν γαλῆν ὁρῶ Bentley, γαλῆν λέγειν σ’ ὁρᾶν Dindorf   |    σε … λέγειν] ὁ … λέγων Pr   |    ὁρᾶν Pr, ὁρᾶς VRw   |    11–16 καὶ σαννυρίων κτλ om. VRw   |    11 ἐν δανάη Pr (as in Arsenius), ἐν θανάῃ MBC   |    13 φέρων MC   |    ⟨νῦν⟩ γαλῆ Dobree (P. P. Adversaria, Cambridge 1833, II.168), ⟨ἂν⟩ γαλῆ or ⟨δὴ⟩ γαλῆ Kassel, μυγαλῆ anonymous in Dind.   |    14 ἀγήλαχός Pr   |    εὐθὺς suppl. Schwartz, οὗτος suppl. Bergk 1838 and Dindorf, both transposing from next line   |    μήνυεν MC, μὴ νόσειεν Pr   |    ἂν suppl. Bergk   |    15 ὁ στρατηγικὸς Pr   |    εὐθὺς] MC (del. Schw.), οὗτος BPr, del. Bergk (and Dind., who believed that οὗτος was also in M)   |    εἰσίδην ἢ C, εἰσὶ δ’ ἢ M (acc. to Schw.; eta and its grave accent not now visible), εἰς ἐχθροὺς Arsen. (and eds. before Dind.)   |    16 αὖ om. MPr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἠγέλοχον BVPr, without breathing sign M [KRw illegible from damage]   |    2 συναλιφὴν MBC, app. K   |    τοῖς] τῆς app. Rw   |    τὴν γαλὴν MVCPr   |    3 διέπεξαν M   |    5 δράμα VCPr   |    6 ἠγέλοχον BVPrRw   |    9 γαλήν’] Bentley, γαλήν M, γαλῆν B, γαλὴν VCRw   |    γαλῆν] γαλὴν VCRw, γαλήν’ M   |    10 γαληνά] γαλῆνα MVRw   |    δ’] δὲ MBVCPr   |    γαλῆν] γαλὴν VCPrRw, γαλήν M   |    11 σαννιρίων Pr   |    13 γαλή MCPr   |    16 γαλῆν’ B, γαλὴν’ C, γαλὴν M, γαλήν’ Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.126,23–127,17; Dind. II.98,24–100.3

COMMENT:   For 6 τὰ πρῶτα λέγειν K–A compare Dem. 19.246 τὰ τρίτα λέγων, of Aeschines as third actor.   |   For other versions of the story of Hegelochus, see the many scholia on Arist. Ran. 303.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aristophanes   |   Strattis   |   Sannyrion   


Or. 279.02 (pllgn exeg) 1κεκωμωδεῖται ὁ στίχος παρὰ Ἀριστοφάνους καὶ ἑτέρων·  2οὐ φθάσας γὰρ διελεῖν τὴν συναλοιφὴν ἐπιλείψαντος τοῦ πνεύματος τοῖς ἀκροωμένοις τὴν γαλὴν δοκεῖν λέγειν τὸ ζῷον, οὐ τὰ γαληνά.   —V3

TRANSLATION:   The verse has been the butt of ridicule in comedy on the part of Aristophanes and others. For (he story goes) when he did not manage to express the division of the elision (‘galēn’ ’ for ‘galēna’, ‘calm conditions’) because he ran out of breath, he seemed to the audience to be saying ‘galēn’ (‘weasel’), the animal, and not ‘galēna’ (‘calm conditions’).

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀκροομένοις V3   


Or. 279.03 (rec paraphr) καὶ ἐκ τοῦ κλύδωνος τῆς μανίας μετετράπου εἰς ὑγιεινοτέραν κατάστασιν.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   From the sea-swell of madness you have shifted to a more healthy state.

COMMENT:   The commentator must have believed that a speech of Electra begins at 279 rather than 280 (where it begins in Pr and many others).   |   


Or. 279.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨γαλήν’ ὁρῶ⟩: ἤγουν ἐκ τῆς μανίας ἐγενόμην εἰς αἴσθησιν.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 279.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ κυμάτων⟩: τῶν τῆς μανίας  —V3Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps ἐκ prep. Aa (damage)   


Or. 279.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκ κυμάτων⟩: ἐκ τῶν τῆς μανίας ζαλῶν  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 279.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐκ κυμάτων⟩: ἤγουν ἀπὸ τοῦ τῆς μανίας κλύδωνος  —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘From waves’,) that is, from the billowing wave of madness.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Gu   


Or. 279.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ κυμάτων⟩: ἤγουν ἀπὸ τῶν κλυδισμάτων τῆς μανίας  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   κλύδισμα is not currently present in the TLG (nor is the corresponding verb in ‑ιζω). On unusual glosses in Zu, see Prelim. Stud. 66.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 279.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ κυμάτων⟩: ἤγουν ἀπὸ τῶν τρικυμιῶν τῶν τῆς μανίας  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 279.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ κυμάτων⟩: ἐκ τῶν μανιωδῶν λυσσημάτων  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 279.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αὖθις αὖ⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐκ παραλλήλου   


Or. 279.16 (rec exeg) ⟨γαλήν’ ὁρῶ⟩: γρ. γαλήνην ὁρῶ  —Ab

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   γαλήνην ὁρῶ is found in the lemma of 279.01 in Rw.   |   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 279.17 (rec exeg) ⟨γαλήν’⟩: τινὲς γαλῆν γράφουσι, λέγοντες ὡς ὅτε τὸ δρᾶμα ἀνεγίνωσκε ὁ ποιητὴς γαλῆν κρατῶν, ταύτην ἀπέλυσε μέσον.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Some choose the reading ‘galēn’, saying that when the poet was reading the play aloud while holding a weasel, he released it in the midst (of doing this).

POSITION: between sch. 286.02 and sch. 294.01      

APP. CRIT.:   γαλὴν (both places) Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   δράμα Pr   |   

COMMENT:   Perhaps ⟨εἰς⟩ μέσον, ‘into the open’, should be read.   |   


Or. 280.01 (pllgn exeg) σκόπ(ει)· τὰ πάντα ὁ Ὀρέστης φησὶ κἂν καὶ Ἠλέκτρα φαίνεται.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   Observe: Orestes speaks everything, even though Electra appears (to be speaking).

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   The comment reacts to the incorrect assignment of 280 to Electra, and there is extra ink on the personae nota here in V, not easy to notice but probably meant to cancel it. Note that in Z the pers. notae at 280 and 281 have been erased, and there is also a brief erased or damaged marginal note beside them, not now recoverable: it may have commented on the problem.   |   


Or. 280.05 (thom exeg) ⟨σύγγονε⟩: πρὸς τὴν Ἠλέκτραν  —ZZaZmGu

TRANSLATION:  Addressed to Electra (after the self-addressed lines that precede).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 280.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί κλάεις κρᾶτα⟩: διὰ τί κλαίεις τὸ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Apparently the comment takes κρᾶτα as the object of κλάεις rather than θεῖσ’ (κρᾶτα is to be added to the paraphrase from the line below). Another gloss in Aa (280.17) perhaps takes this view as well.   


Or. 280.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κλάεις⟩: Ἀττικόν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 280.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨θεῖσ’ εἴσω πέπλων⟩: καὶ κρύψας ἐντὸς τῶν ἱματίων  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐντὸς τῶν ἱματίων om. Cr   


Or. 281.02 (thom exeg) ⟨αἰσχύνομαι⟩: ἴσθι ὅτι ἐγὼ μᾶλλον  —Z2Za

TRANSLATION:  (To convey the connection of thought, understand ‘I am ashamed’ as) ‘know that I am very much (ashamed)’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 281.03 (tri metr) ⟨αἰσχύνομαι⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 281.04 (tri exeg) ⟨σε⟩: σοι  —Tz

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 281.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σοι⟩: σε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 282.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨νόσαις ἐμαῖς⟩: διὰ τῶν ἐμῶν νόσων  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T   

APP. CRIT. 2:   τὸν ἐμὸν Yf   |   


Or. 283.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἕκατι⟩: ἕκατι καὶ χάριν τῶν ἐμῶν κακῶν  —Aa

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 283.05 (recTri metr) ⟨ἕκατι⟩: long mark over alpha  —OT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 283.09 (mosch paraphr) ⟨συντήκου⟩: ἐν σεαυτῇ φθείρου, διαρρέου  —XXbXoT+YfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   διαρρέου om. Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.100,12


Or. 283.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨κακῶν⟩: ἕνεκα τῆς ἐμῆς κακοπαθείας  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 284.01 (vet exeg) σὺ μὲν γὰρ ἐπένευσας τάδ’, εἴργασται δ’ ἐμοί:  1ἐγὼ μὲν εἰργασάμην, σὺ δὲ ἐπένευσας.  2θέλει δὲ εἰπεῖν ὅτι οὐ μετέχεις τοῦ φόνου, ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ ἔπραξας·  3διὸ οὐδὲ ὀφείλεις ἄχθεσθαι.   —MBVCMnRaRbRwSSa, partial OPr

TRANSLATION:   I carried out the deed, and you assented to it. He means to say that you do not have a share in the murder, since neither did you perform it. Therefore neither should you be vexed.

LEMMA: MC, σὺ μὲν γὰρ ἐπένευσας τάδε Sa, σὺ μὲν γὰρ ἐπέν() B, σὺ μὲν ἐπένευσας Pr, σὺ μὲν γὰρ MnRbS, εἴργασται δ’ ἐμοὶ V, εἴργασται Rw      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: s.l. O      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ἐγὼ … ὅτι om. O   |    1 ἐγὼ … ἐπένευσας om. Pr   |    μὲν] μὴ M, μὲν γὰρ B, μὲν δὲ Rb, δὲ Sa   |    σὺ δ’ ἐπένευσας om. Sa   |    2 θέλει] θέλεις Sa, θέλουσι V   |    οὐδὲ] οὖν οὐκ V   |    3 διὸ om. V   |    οὐδὲ] οὐκ O   |    ὀφείλει Mn, ὀφείλ() V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.127,18–20; Dind. II.100,17–19


Or. 284.02 (pllgn paraphr) οὐ μετέχεις φησὶ τοῦ φόνου ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἔπραξας.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 284.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπένευσας τάδ’⟩: στίξον εἰς τὸ τάδε· εἴργασται δ’ ἐμοί.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:  Punctuate after ‘these things’ before ‘(they) have been done by me’.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 284.13 (mosch exeg) τάδ’: τὸ κτεῖναι τὴν μητέρα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (‘These things’ means) ‘the killing of our mother’.

LEMMA: τάδε X       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.100,15


Or. 284.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάδ’⟩: τὸ φονευθῆναι τὴν μητέρα  —G

TRANSLATION:  (‘These things’ means) ‘our mother’s being murdered’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 284.15 (thom exeg) ⟨τάδ’⟩: ἃ ἔπραξα  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘These things’ means) ‘what I carried out.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.100,16


Or. 285.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨μητρῷον αἷμα⟩: ὁ τῆς μητρὸς φόνος  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ transp. after μητρὸς Zc   


Or. 285.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μητρῷον αἷμα⟩: ἤγουν ὁ μητρικὸς φόνος  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 285.04 (rec exeg) ⟨μητρῷον αἷμα⟩: ποῖα ταῦτα; τὸ (μητρῷον αἷμα).  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This and the next scholion assume that τάδ’ is the subject of εἴργασται, and αἷμα is in apposition.   |   


Or. 285.05 (rec exeg) ⟨μητρῷον αἷμα⟩: λέγω  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λέγ() Mn   


Or. 285.09 (285–287) (vet exeg) Λοξίᾳ δὲ μέμφομαι: οὐ σοὶ μέμφομαι ἀλλὰ τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι, ὅτι πείσας με μητέρα φονεῦσαι οὐ βοηθεῖ.  —MBVCMnPrRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   I reproach not you, but Apollo, because after persuading me to kill my mother he does not come to my aid.

LEMMA: VC, λοξίᾳ δὲ MnRbSSa, μέμφομαι Rw, ἄλλως B(ἄλλως ι:~)Pr       REF. SYMBOL: VRbSa       POSITION: intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐ … ἀπόλλωνι] τῷ λοξίᾳ μέμφομαι ἤτοι τῷ ἀπόλλω(νι) καὶ οὐχὶ σοί BPr   |    μητ. φον.] π(ατέ)ρα φον. MC, φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα VMn(φωνῆσαι)PrRaRbRw(om. τὴν)SSa   |    νῦν add. before οὐ βοηθεῖ Pr   |    οὐ βοηθεῖ add. V1 in blank space left by V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,1–2; Dind. II.100,23–24, II.100.24–101,1


Or. 285.10 (285–287) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μέμφομαι⟩: πείσας με φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα ὁ Λοξίας οὐ βοηθεῖ.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μοι above end of πείσας, but deleted V3   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὀ V3   |   


Or. 285.11 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίᾳ δέ μέμφομαι⟩: δοτικῇ ποιητικῶς  —Ra

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 285.12 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίᾳ δέ μέμφομαι⟩: δοτικῇ  —MnSSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   -ικὴ Mn   


Or. 285.13 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίᾳ δέ μέμφομαι⟩: δοτικῇ, παρὰ δὲ τῷ Φάλαρι [Phalaris, epist. 2] αἰτιατικῇ ὡς τὸ ‘μέμφομαι τὴν ἀχαριστίαν’.  —Pr

POSITION: first word s.l., cont. in left margin with ref. symbol      

COMMENT:   Cf. Phalaris, epist. 2 οὐ μέμφομαι τὴν ἀχαριστίαν ὑμῶν πολλάκις εὐηργετημένων, ὅτι κτλ.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Phalaris   


Or. 285.14 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίᾳ⟩: οὐ σοὶ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 285.16 (rec exeg) ⟨Λοξίᾳ⟩: τίνι  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 285.18 (tri metr) ⟨Λοξίᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 50


Or. 286.01 (vet paraphr) ὅστις μ’ ἐπάρας: ἀναπτερώσας καὶ ἀναπείσας εἰς ἔργον ἀνοσιώτατον  —MVCMnRaRbRw

TRANSLATION:   Having made eager and persuaded toward a most unholy deed.

LEMMA: M(μεπάρας)VC, ἐπάρας MnRbRw       REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Mn   |    καὶ om. Rw   |    ἀνατείνας C, διατείνας M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,3–4; Dind. II.101,5–6


Or. 286.02 (vet paraphr) ⟨ὅστις μ’ ἐπάρας⟩: τοῦτο γὰρ σημαίνει τὸ ἐπάρας, ἀναπτερώσας καὶ πείσας εἰς ἔργον ἀνοσιώτατον.  —BPr

TRANSLATION:   For this is what ‘having raised up’ means (here): having made eager and persuaded toward a most unholy deed.

POSITION: cont. from 285.09 BPr      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς om. Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,3–4 app.; Dind. II.101,2–3


Or. 286.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅστις⟩: μετάκλησις, ὦ  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   A summons/address, (to be understood as) ‘o, (you who incited)’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὧ Mn   |   


Or. 286.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπάρας⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι ἐπάρσας.  —MnRSar

LEMMA: ἔσπαρας in text Mn       POSITION: s.l. MnSar, marg. R      

COLLATION NOTES:   With the new online image magnified it is clear that R wrote this and not ἐπ’ ἄρας as reported by Diggle’s apparatus in the OCT.   |   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 286.14 (recTri metr) ⟨ἐπάρας⟩: long mark over first alpha —OT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 286.15 (vet exeg) ἔργον ἀνοσιώτατον: ἀπειρηκὼς τῇ νόσῳ ὃ πρὶν εὐσεβὲς ᾤετο νῦν ἀνόσιον καλεῖ.  —MBOVCMnRaRbRwZm

TRANSLATION:   Exhausted by his sickness, that which he previously believed pious he now calls unholy.

LEMMA: MC       POSITION: intermarg. B, cont. from 287.01 VMnRaRbZm, cont. from sch. 286.01 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπειρηκὼς τῇ νόσῳ om. ORw   |    ἀπειρηκότος δὲ MnRaRb   |    πρὶν μὲν MCRw   |    εὐσεβὴς Mn   |    ἀνοσιώτατον Zm   |    ἀποκαλεῖ Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὦστο Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,5–6; Dind. II.101,7–8

COLLATION NOTES:   Schw. read M as ἀσεβὲς not εὐσεβὲς, but the ductus is similar to other cases of ευ in M and not similar to the alpha in ἀσεβήσαντας in arg. 1 on 42v.   |   


Or. 286.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔργον⟩: εἰς τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 287.01 (vet exeg) ⟨τοῖς μὲν λόγοις ηὔφρανε⟩: ὡς ὑποσχομένου τοῦ θεοῦ βοηθήσειν  —MOVCMnRaRb

TRANSLATION:   (He says ‘cheered with words’) because the god promised he would bring aid to him.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 286.01 all except O      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ θεοῦ ὑποσχομένου transp. O   |    βοηθῆσαι μοι V, βοήθειαν RaRb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὑποσχουμένου Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,7; Dind. II.101,9–10


Or. 287.03 (thom exeg) ⟨τοῖς μὲν λόγοις⟩: εἶπε γὰρ ὡς δεῖ ἐκδικητὴν τοῦ πατρώου φόνου γενέσθαι με.  —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   For he said that I must become the avenger of my father’s murder.

REF. SYMBOL: T       POSITION: s.l. except T      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.101,3–4


Or. 287.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῖς μὲν λόγοις⟩: τὸ φονεῦσαι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 287.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῖς μὲν λόγοις⟩: διὰ μὲν τῶν λόγων  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 287.09 (tri metr) ⟨ηὔφρανε⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 287.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὔ⟩: οὐκ ἐβοήθησεν ἡμῖν, οὐδαμῶς ηὔφρανεν.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 288.01 (288–293) (rec paraphr) 1εἰ τοῖς ἐμοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς εἶδον τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ αὐτὸν ἐξέταζον καὶ ἀνηρώτων εἰ κτεῖναι με προσήκει τὴν μητέρα μου, 2πολλὰ ἂν ἐλιτάνευσε καὶ τοῦ ἐμοῦ γενείου ἥπτετο καὶ ἀπέτρεπε τοῦ μὴ ὦσαι τὸ ξίφος κατὰ τῆς μητρός. 3ἐν ᾗ σφαγῇ οὔτε ἐκεῖνος ἀναζῆσαι πάλιν ἤμελλεν ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἐγὼ ὁ τλήμων ἔμελλον τοιάδ’ ἐκπλήσειν κακὰ διὰ τὸ σφάξαι τὴν μητέρα μου.   —C

TRANSLATION:   If I had seen my father with my own eyes and interrogated him and asked him whether it was suitable that I kill my mother, he would have made many entreaties and would have been grasping my chin and dissuading me from thrusting my sword against my mother. By which slaughter neither was that man going to come to life again, but instead I, wretched one, was destined to fulfill such sufferings for having killed my mother.

POSITION: follows 289.06 C      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῖς ἐμοῖς Mastr., τὰ ἐμὰ C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἐκπλήσσειν C   |   


Or. 288.02 (288–293) (rec paraphr) 1εἰ νῦν τὸν ἡμέτερον πατέρα κατ’ ὄψιν ἐξιστόρουν καὶ ἔδει ἵνα κτείνω τὴν μητέραν εἰς ἀναζώωσιν αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς ἀπαλλαγὴν τῶν ἐμῶν κακῶν,  2πολλὰς λιτὰς παρέσχε μοι ἂν, ἵνα ταύτην, ἐὰν μὴ ἐκεῖνος ἔμελλε ζῆν, μὴ κτείνω.   —Mn

TRANSLATION:   If now I were asking my father face to face and it were necessary that I kill my mother in order for him to return to life and for me to be freed of my troubles, he would have directed many prayers to me in order that I not kill this woman if he were not going to live.

POSITION: follows sch. 289.06 Mn      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὴν ἡμετέραν a.c., τὴν μητέραν p.c. Mn   |    2 μὴ κτείνω punct. as if a separate sch. Mn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.101,17–20

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 288.03 (288–293) (rec paraphr) 1νομίζω εἰ τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα ἐθεασάμην εἰς ὦπας, ἠρώτησα ἂν αὐτὸν εἰ δεῖ ἐμὲ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα μου,  2καὶ εἰ κεῖνος εἶπε μοι φόνευσον, ἔδει με πολλὰς παρακλήσεις δοῦναι.   —Ra

TRANSLATION:   I believe if I had looked my father in the face I would have asked him whether it was right for me to kill my mother, and if he had told me ‘kill (her)’, I would have had to produce many entreaties.

APP. CRIT.:   1 sch. 289.06 inserted between παρακλήσεις and δοῦναι Ra   

COMMENT:   For the false view that it was Orestes entreating Agamemnon, see also 290.04 and perhaps 289.09.   


Or. 288.04 (288–293) (pllgn paraphr) 1οἶμαι δὲ καὶ ὑπολαμβάνω ὅτι ἐὰν κατ’ ὄμματα καὶ φανερῶς καὶ ἐπὶ πρόσωπον ἔβλεπον τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα καὶ ἐξιστόρουν καὶ ἠρώτουν νιν καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν πατέρα ἐὰν χρὴ καὶ ἐνδέχεται φονεῦσαι ἐμὲ τὴν μητέρα,  2οἶμαι κατὰ κοινοῦ, πολλὰς ἂν λιτὰς καὶ ἱκετείας ἐκτεῖναι τὸν πατέρα κατὰ τοῦδε τοῦ γενείου ἤγουν κατὰ τοῦ ἐμοῦ μήπω καὶ μηδαμῶς ὦσαι καὶ ἐμβαλεῖν τὸ ξίφος εἰς τὰς σφαγὰς τῆς μητρός,  3εἰ καὶ ἐπειδὴ οὔτε ἐκεῖνος ἔμελλεν ἀναλαβεῖν φῶς ἤγουν ἐκ δευτέρου ζῆσαι φονευθεὶς παρὰ τῆς μητρός,  4ἐγὼ δὲ ὁ τλήμων ἔμελλον ἐκπληρῶσαι τοιαῦτα κακὰ ἤγουν μητροκτονῆσαι καὶ παραφρονῆσαι.   —Y2a

TRANSLATION:   I believe, that is, I assume, that if I were looking upon my father eye to eye and openly and face to face and interrogated, that is, asked him (poetic form ‘nin’), that is, him (prosaic form ‘auton’), my father, whether it is necessary, that is, it is proper, for me to kill my mother, I believe, (this verb being) understood in common (from before), my father would have extended many prayers, that is, supplications, to this chin, that is, to my chin, that I never, that is, in no way, thrust, that is, drive in, the sword for the slaughter of my mother, if, that is, since, neither was that man going to regain the light, that is, live for a second time after being slain by my mother, and I, wretched one, was destined to fulfill such evils, namely, killing my mother and going mad.

LEMMA: σύ(νταξις) in marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   λιτὰς] λύπας a.c. Y2   

COMMENT:   For this style of throughgoing paraphrase with glossing words added with καὶ, compare the Yv-paraphrast as illustrated in Prelim. Stud. 44–59.   


Or. 288.05 (rec rhet) ⟨οἶμαι δὲ πατέρα⟩: ὑποθετικὸν ὅταν λέγ() πρᾶγμα μὴ γεγονὸς.  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λέγῃ, λέγῃς, or λέγηται may be intended   

KEYWORDS:  ὑποθετικόν/καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν   


Or. 288.06 (rec rhet) ⟨οἶμαι δὲ πατέρα⟩: τὸ σχῆμα ὑποθετικὸν.  —S, app. F2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ perhaps om. F2   

KEYWORDS:  ὑποθετικόν/καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν   


Or. 288.07 (pllgn rhet) ⟨οἶμαι δὲ πατέρα⟩: καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν τὸ σχῆμα.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   For καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν see on 141.01. Similar identification of the schema occurs in 495.02, and in sch. V3Y2 Or. 507, sch. V Med. 386, 1107, and the term occurs in sch. BVC Or. 646.   

KEYWORDS:  ὑποθετικόν/καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν   


Or. 288.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἶμαι δὲ πατέρα⟩: εἴπερ ἦν δυνατὸν  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 288.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨κατ’ ὀμμάτων⟩: τὸν ἐμὸν πατέρα βλέπων  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   βλέπ() Pr   


Or. 288.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἰ κατ’ ὄμματα⟩: ἐὰν ὑπῆρχον βλέπω⟨ν⟩  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 288.16. (pllgn exeg) ⟨κατ’ ὄμματα⟩: ἐνώπιον μετὰ τὴν ἐκείνου θάνατον  —Ox2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   For μετὰ τὴν ἐκείνου θάνατον, compare the additional phrase reported in the apparatus for ZmGu in 289.02.   


Or. 289.01 (289–290) (thom exeg) τὸ νιν πρὸς τὸ ἐκτῖναι σύναπτε εἰς τὴν σύνταξιν, πρὸς δὲ τὸ ἱστόρουν τὸν πατέρα.  —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Attach the pronoun ‘nin’ (him) to the infinitive ‘pay in full’ for the construction, and attach ‘the father’ to the verb ‘interrogated’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaT      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκτίναι p.c. Zm, ‑τειναι a.c.; ἐκτεῖναι Gu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.101,24–25

COMMENT:   In the text of 289 we find ἐκτῖναι in Z and p.c. T, ἐκτίναι p.c. Zm. ἐκτῖναι is well attested in the note itself. Thomas’ gloss on the individual word is δοῦναι (230.18), which would be rather loose if he assumed ἐκτεῖναι, but rather more apposite if he really thought ἐκτῖναι should be read here.   


Or. 289.06 (vet gram) νιν: τὸ νίν ἐπὶ τῶν τριῶν γενῶν λαμβάνεται, αὐτόν, αὐτήν, αὐτό  —MBVCMnRaRwS

TRANSLATION:   The pronoun ‘nin’ is used in the three genders, as ‘him’, ‘her’, ‘it’.

LEMMA: ἐξιστόρουν νιν VRw, cont. from 289.02, add. δὲ, BC, inserted within 288.03 Ra       REF. SYMBOL: MV       POSITION: marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ νίν transp. after λαμβάνεται MnRaS   |    τῶν τριγενῶν Rw   |    γενῶν om. S   |    λαμβάνουσιν ἀντὶ τοῦ Rw   |    αὐτὸν … αὐτό om. Ra   |    αὐτό] αὐτή S   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,9; Dind. II.101,22


Or. 289.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰ κτεῖναί με χρὴ⟩: ἐὰν καὶ εἶπε μοι ‘φόνευσον’  —MnRaSSar

POSITION: s.l. except Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐὰν, καὶ S, om. Ra   |    φόνευσαν (changed to or from ‑σην?) S   

COMMENT:   See on 288.03.   


Or. 290.01 (rec exeg) οἶμαι ὅτι ὁ ἐμὸς πατὴρ  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 290.02 (pllgn paraphr) ἤτοι πολλὰ ἂν ἐπαρεκάλεσε ἐμὲ ὁ πατήρ μου ἵνα μὴ φονεύσω τὴν μητέρα μου.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   -κάλεσα αὐτὸν a.c. V3   


Or. 290.03 (pllgn paraphr) (?)ὁ π(ατ)ὴρ [ἐλιτά]νευσε ἐ[μὲ] πο[λλὰ]. —V3

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   Uncertain, obscured by damage and repair tape.   |   


Or. 290.04 (pllgn paraphr) εἰπόντος ἐκείνου χρή  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   See on 288.03.   


Or. 290.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γενείου⟩: ἁπτόμενος τοῦδε τοῦ γενείου δηλονότι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 290.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γενείου⟩: ἁψάμενον  —Aa2GOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   -μενος Aa2   


Or. 290.15 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐκτεῖναι⟩: διὰ τῆς ἐκτάσεως τῶν χειρῶν ποιῆσαι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

REF. SYMBOL: Xo       POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν πατέρα prep. Y2   


Or. 290.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκτεῖναι⟩: καὶ ἀνταποδοῦναι τὸν πατέρα  —FZu

REF. SYMBOL: F       POSITION: marg. F, s.l. Zu      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν πατέρα om. F   


Or. 290.20 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκτεῖναι⟩: ἔμελλεν ὁ πατήρ μου  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 291.01 (vet paraphr) μήποτε τεκούσης: μηδέποτε ἐπὶ τῇ σφαγῇ τῆς μητρὸς ὠθῆσαι τὸ ξίφος  —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION:   Never to thrust the sword for the slaughter of my mother.

LEMMA: μήπω τεκούσης M(μήπο)VC (as in text all)       REF. SYMBOL: V       POSITION: marg. B, s.l. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   μήποτε VPr   |    τῇ om. VPr   |    σφαγὴν Pr   |    ὠθῆσαι τὸ ξίφος om. V, leaving blank space   |    ὠθῆσαι] ὠθεῖ τίς Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,10–11; Dind. II.101,26–27


Or. 291.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μήποτε τεκούσης⟩: μήποτε τὸ ξίφος εἰς σφαγὰς τῆς μητρὸς ἐπιβαλεῖν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 291.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μήποτε τεκούσης⟩: ἤτοι μὴ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα μου —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 291.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εἰς σφαγὰς ὦσαι⟩: εἰς σφαγὴν κινῆσαι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 291.09 (plan gram) ⟨σφαγὰς⟩: σφαγὴ καὶ ὁ τόπος ἐν ᾧ σφάζεταί τις καὶ ἡ ἐνέργεια αὐτή.  —XoY

TRANSLATION:   ‘Sphagē’ is both the place (of the body) at which someone is slaughtered and the activity itself.

LEMMA: μαξ in marg. Y      

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτῆς Y   

COMMENT:   Cf. Hesych. σ 2826 σφαγή· ὁ κατὰ τὴν κατακλεῖδα τόπος; Sch. Aesch. Prom. 863 Herington (in DPPdW) σφαγαῖσι] τοῖς τόποις τοῦ σώματος ἐν αἷς καίριαι καὶ θανάσιμοι πληγαὶ γίνονται.   


Or. 291.10 (tri metr) ⟨σφαγὰς⟩: long mark over second alpha —T


Or. 292.01 (pllgn paraphr) εἰ καὶ ὁ πατήρ μου ἀποθανὼν ἔμελλε ζῆσαι φονεύσας ἐγὼ τὴν μητέρα μου  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The nominative φονεύσας ἐγὼ is perhaps used instead of the genitive absolute, a lapse from ‘correct’ style that is found in some younger scholia; but another possibility is that the words are meant to paraphrase ἐγὼ δ’ ὁ τλήμων in the next line.   |   


Or. 292.02 (pllgn paraphr) οὐ διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς ἔμελλε ἀναζῆσαι, ἤγουν οὐ μετὰ τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα ἔμελλεν ἀναζῆσαι ἐκεῖνος.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 292.03 (pllgn exeg) διὰ τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα  —Gu

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 292.04 (rec paraphr) ἐὰν μὴ ἐκεῖνος ἔμελλε ζῆν  —AbRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 292.05 (pllgn paraphr) εἰ μὴ ἔμελλεν ζῆν ἐκεῖνος  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 292.06 (pllgn paraphr) ἐπειδὴ οὔτε ἐκεῖνος ἔμελλε ζῆσαι  —V3

POSITION: intermarg.      

APP. CRIT.:   οὔτε] οὕτως V3   


Or. 292.07 (mosch paraphr) ἐπειδὴ οὔτε ἐκεῖνος ἀναβιῶναι —X


Or. 292.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μήτ’⟩: τὸ μὴ ἀντὶ τοῦ οὔ.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 293.04 (thom exeg) ⟨τοιάδ’⟩: οἷα νῦν πάσχω  —ZZaZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Of this kind’ means) ‘of the sort that I now suffer’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 293.18 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐκπλήσειν⟩: γρ. ἐκτλήσειν  —ZZaGu

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘ekplēsein’, ‘fulfill completely’) the reading ‘ektlēsein’ (‘endure to the end’) is found.

LEMMA: ἐκπλήσσειν in text Gu       POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 293.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκτλήσειν⟩: γρ. ἐκπλήσειν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκπληρώσειν.  —XoZm

LEMMA: ἐκτλήσειν in text XoZm       POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 294.01 (vet exeg) καὶ νῦν ἀνακάλυπτ’:  1τὴν ὄψιν δηλονότι·  2ἐσκεπάσατο γὰρ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ λυπεῖν τὸν ἀδελφὸν δακρύοις.   —MBVCPraPrbRw

TRANSLATION:   (Uncover) her face, obviously. For she (Electra) veiled herself in order not to vex her brother with tears.

LEMMA: MBV, καὶ νῦν ἀνακάλυπτω C, ἀνακάλυπτε Rw       REF. SYMBOL: BV       POSITION: cont. from sch. 279.17 Pra, prep. καὶ νῦν ἀνακαλύπτει; Prb in normal order      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἐσκέπαστο V, ἐσκευάσατο Rw   |    γὰρ om. Prb   |    ὑπὲρ τοῦ] ἐπὶ τῶ V, ἀπὸ τοῦ Rw   |    τὴν ἀδελφὴν Prb   |    δακρύοις om. V (after punct. καὶ δακρύων prep. to next sch.)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,12–13; Dind. II.102,7–8


Or. 294.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως:  1σεαυτὴν ἀποκάλυπτε·  2ἔκλαιε γὰρ [280] ‘κρᾶτα θεῖσ’ εἴσω πέπλων’.   —MBOVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Uncover yourself. For she (Electra) was crying, ‘having put her head inside her robes’.

LEMMA: MBCPrRw       POSITION: cont. from prev. V; ἑαυτὴν ἀποκάλυπτε s.l. O, rest in marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ δακρύων prep. V   |    σεαυτὸν ἀποκάλυπτω V   |    2 κρατηθεῖσα V, τὴν κρατὴ καταθεῖσα Pr   |    τῶν πέπλων Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 σἀυτὴν B, σαυτὴν Pr   |    2 κράτα MO   |    θεὶς MC, θεῖσα O   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,14–15; Dind. II.102,8–9


Or. 294.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἀνακάλυπτ’⟩: ἀνακάλυπτε σαυτὴν δηλονότι, ἤγουν ἀνακαλύπτου  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except XXoT      


Or. 294.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀνακάλυπτ’⟩: καὶ ἀνακαλύπτου τὴν ὄψιν δηλονότι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 294.13 (mosch exeg) ⟨κασίγνητον κάρα⟩: ὦ ἀδελφὴ κατὰ περίφρασιν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘Brotherly head’ means) ‘o brother’ by periphrasis.

POSITION: s.l. except XT; cont. from 294.07 T      

APP. CRIT.:   ὦ om. G   

KEYWORDS:  περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν   


Or. 295.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐκ δακρύων τ’ ἄπελθε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ παῦσαι τῶν δακρύων  —BOPr

POSITION: marg. B, s.l. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. O   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.102,13


Or. 295.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκ δακρύων τ’ ἄπελθε⟩: μηδὲν δακρύῃς  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 295.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκ δακρύων τ’ ἄπελθε⟩: ἤγουν μὴ κλαίῃς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   κλαίεις Zu   |   


Or. 295.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκ δακρύων τ’ ἄπελθε⟩: εἰς τὸ μὴ κλαίειν μετάβηθι  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.102,13–14


Or. 295.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκ δακρύων τ’ ἄπελθε⟩: παύθητι τῶν δακρύων  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 296.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅταν δὲ τἄμα θυμήσαντα ἴδῃς⟩: γράφεται ὅταν δ’ ἔτ’ ἔμ’ ἀθυσαντ’ ἴδῃς.  —SSar

LEMMA: thus in text S(τἄμμα)Sa       POSITION: s.l. S, under line Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   γράφεται ὅτα[ Sar, rest lost to damage    

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 296.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅταν δὲ τἄμ’ ἀθυμήσαντα ἴδῃς⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι ὅταν δέ τ’ ἔμαθον μήσαντες ἴδῃς.  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 296.07 (recMosch exeg) ⟨τἄμ’⟩: ἤγουν ἐμέ —Aa2PrRXXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘My things’,) that is, ‘me’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. PrR   


Or. 296.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τἄμ’⟩: εἶπε πληθυντικῶς τὰ ἐμὰ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐμέ, ὡς τὸ ὑγιαίνομεν ἡμεῖς ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐγώ. —Y2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 296.16 (tri metr) ⟨ἀθυμήσαντ’⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 297.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διαφθαρὲν⟩: καὶ τὸ διατραπὲν, ἤγουν τὸ λογιστικὸν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This apparently means ‘that which is twisted awry, namely, the reasoning mind (is what is being twisted awry)’; but one may contemplate τὸ διατραπὲν {ἤγουν} τοῦ λογιστικοῦ, ‘the distorted quality of your mind’ with λογιστικοῦ glossing φρενῶν.   |   


Or. 298.01 (vet exeg) ἴσχναινε:  1λέπτυνε.  2παρὰ τὸ ἴσχω ἰσχνῶ ἰσχναίνω παραγώγως·  3ὅθεν καὶ ἰσχάς.   —MBOVCMnRaRbRwSSaY2

TRANSLATION:   Reduce/attenuate. Derived from ‘ischō’ by a modification ‘ischnō’, ‘ischnainō’ (dry up). From which also one gets ‘ischas’ (dried fig).

LEMMA: MB(ἴσχαινε a.c.)C, ἴσχανε Rw       REF. SYMBOL: BSa       POSITION: cont. from 298.04 OVMnRaRbS, cont. from sch. 298.05 Sa; λέπτυνε in left marg., the rest in right marg. Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἴσχανε δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. V   |    λέπτυνε om. OY2, λέπτυνε παραμυθοῦ MnRaRbRwSSa   |    2 τὸ] τῶ Sa   |    ἴσχω ἰσχνῶ] Schw., ἴσχω VRw, ἰσχῶ RbY2, ἴσχε O, ἰχῶ M, ἰχνῶ C, ἰσχνῶ B, ἰσχνῶ MnRaSSa   |    ἰσχναίνω BY2, ἰχναίνω MC, ἰσχάνω VRw, ἰσχνήσω MnRaSSa, ἰσχήσω Rb, ἴσχανε O   |    παραγώγως om. O   |    3 καὶ om. MnSSa   |    ἰσχνάς MnRaSSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,16–17; Dind. II.102,15–16

COMMENT:   Schwartz’s supplement is based on the closely similar explanation found in many sources, starting from Orion 77,1–3 and Et. Gen. AB (ἰσχάδες· τὰ λεπτυνθέντα σύκα ἐν τῷ ξηραίνεσθαι. παρὰ τὸ ἴσχω παράγωγον ἰσχνῶ, καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἰσχνάδες αἱ λεπταί. καὶ ἀποβολῇ τοῦ ν̅ ἰσχάδες, [Theocr. 1.147] ‘καὶ ἀπ’ αἰγείρου ἰσχάδα τρώγοις’, conjectured to be from Philoxenus [fr. 506* Theodoridis]).   


Or. 298.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἴσχναινε⟩: ἰσχ⟨ν⟩ῶ ἰσχναίνω τὸ λεπτύνω, ὅθεν ἡ ἰσχάς.  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 298.03 (vet exeg) ⟨ἴσχναινε⟩: γράφεται καὶ ἴσχανε, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔπεχε πράϋνε κούφιζε  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   (For ‘ischnaine’, ‘dry out’) there is also the reading ‘ischane’, meaning ‘restrain’, ‘make gentle’, ‘lighten’.

POSITION: cont. from 298.01 all (M with dicolon before γράφεται)      

APP. CRIT.:   ἴσχαινε B   |    τοῦ om. C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,18; Dind. II.102,16–17

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 298.04 (rec exeg) ἴσχανε: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔπεχε πράϋνε κούφιζε —OVMnPraPrbRaRbRfrS

LEMMA: MnRbS, ἴσχανεν V, ἄλλως ἴσχναινε Pra       REF. SYMBOL: VRb       POSITION: s.l. PrbRfr; precedes 298.01 OVRaRb; follows sch. 307.01 Pra      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. ORfr   |    ἔπεχε om. Ra, ἐπέσχε Rb   |    πράϋνε κούφιζε] παῦε κούφιζε πράϋνε RaRbS   |    πράϋνε om. O   |    κούφιζε om. Prb   


Or. 298.05 (rec exeg) ἴσχανε: ἀντὶ τοῦ κράτει παῦε κώλυε κούφιζε  —Sa


Or. 298.06 (vet exeg) ⟨ἴσχανε⟩: γράφεται καὶ ἴσχναινε. —MC

TRANSLATION:   (For ‘ischane’, ‘restrain’) there is also the reading ‘ischnaine’ (‘dry out’).

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. C      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,19

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 298.14 (tri metr) ⟨παραμυθοῦ⟩: long mark over first upsilon —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 299.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡμᾶς παρόντας⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ παρόντα ἐμὲ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 299.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡμᾶς παρόντας⟩: ἐμὲ παρόντα  —PrY

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 299.03 (recMosch exeg) ⟨ἡμᾶς⟩: ἐμὲ  —RfXXaXbXoT+YfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (‘Us’ is here used for) ‘me’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T   


Or. 299.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡμᾶς⟩: καὶ ἐμὲ Ἀττικῶς  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 299.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡμᾶς⟩: Ἀττικὸν  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 299.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παρόντας⟩: ὑγιαίνοντας  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 299.07 (rec exeg) ⟨παρόντας⟩: ἤτοι φρονίμους ὄντας  —V1Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤτοι om. Pr   


Or. 299.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παρόντας⟩: ἤγουν φρονίμους ὄντας· ὁ γὰρ δαιμονιζόμενος οὐκ ἔστι παρών.  —Zu

TRANSLATION:   That is, being of sound mind. For the person afflicted by demons is not ‘present’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 299.10 (vet exeg) χρή σε νουθετεῖν φίλα:  1νουθετεῖν σε τὰ φίλα καὶ παραμυθεῖσθαί σε τὰ φίλα καὶ προσηνῆ λέγοντα.  2λείπει οὖν τὸ λέγοντα· τὰ φίλα λέγοντα.   —MBCMnPrRbRwS, partial Sa

TRANSLATION:   Admonish you with friendly advice, and encourage you by saying what is friendly and gentle. So ‘saying’ is to be understood: ‘saying friendly things’.

LEMMA: M(χρῆ)C, χρή σε νουθετεῖν MnPrRSSa       REF. SYMBOL: MRb      POSITION: marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 first σε τὰ φίλα del. Schw.   |    first τὰ om. Rb   |    first καὶ om. Rw   |    second καὶ om. CRw   |    second σε] με Pr   |    after προσηνῆ add. φίλα Sa   |    λέγοντα] λέγε Pr   |    2 λείπει οὖν κτλ om. Sa   |    λείπει] λοιπὸν Mn   |    λέγοντα τὰ om. S   |    τὰ om. BMnRbRw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.128,20–22; Dind. II.102,18–20

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 299.11 (rec exeg) χρή σε νουθετεῖν φίλα: νουθετεῖν σε τὰ φίλα καὶ παραμυθεῖσθαι τὰ φίλα, ἢ φίλα ἀντὶ τοῦ φίλως.  —V

TRANSLATION:   Admonish you with friendly advice, and encourage you with friendly encouragement, or else take ‘friendly things’ in the sense of ‘in a friendly manner’.

REF. SYMBOL: V      


Or. 299.12 (rec paraphr) ⟨νουθετεῖν φίλα⟩: παραμυθεῖσθαι λέγοντα σοι τὰ φίλα  —AbMnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.(above 298, first lineof page, Ab      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ φίλα λέγ. σοι transp. Sa   


Or. 299.13 (mosch paraphr) ⟨νουθετεῖν φίλα⟩: παραμυθεῖσθαι τὰ προσφιλῆ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X; as two sep. glosses TYfZc      

APP. CRIT.:   τὰ om. Zc   |    φίλα Gr, προσφιλῆ Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.102,20 and 21

COLLATION NOTES:   T also has a second cross above τὰ προσφιλῆ, already entered as Thoman.   |   


Or. 299.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νουθετεῖν φίλα⟩: ἐν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ σου  —Y2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 299.19 (vet exeg) ⟨φίλα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ φίλως  —MLp

TRANSLATION:   (The neuter accusative plural adjective ‘phila’ is used as) equivalent to (adverb) ‘philōs’ (‘in a friendly manner’).

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.102,21


Or. 299.20 (rec exeg) ⟨φίλα⟩: λείπει τὸ λέγοντα.  —R

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   λέγειν R   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 300.01 (rec paraphr) αἱ παραμυθίαι γίνονται τοῖς φίλοις καλαί.  —Ra


Or. 300.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπικουρίαι⟩: τὸ παρηγορεῖν φίλος τὸν φίλον ἢ ἀδελφὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Note the use of the nom. as subject of infinitive, which is found in a few Palaeologan scholia.   |   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 300.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπικουρίαι⟩: αἱ σαὶ καὶ ἐμαὶ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 300.07 (thom exeg) ⟨αἵδε⟩: αὗται αἱ παρ’ ἀλλήλων πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐπικαίρως γινόμεναι  —ZZaZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘These’ here conveys) ‘these (acts of assistance) that are given by each other to each other at the needful moment’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αὗται om. Za   |    ἐγκαίρως ZmTGu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.102,22–23


Or. 300.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καλαί⟩: λ(είπει) δὲ γίνονται.  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 302.01 (302–305) (vet paraphr) 1διὰ τούτων φησὶν μὴ ἄγαν ἀγρυπνίᾳ καὶ λιμῷ διάφθειρε σαυτὴν, ἵνα μὴ νοσήσῃς· 2εἰ γὰρ τῷ προσεδρεύειν μοι κτήσῃ νόσον τινὰ καὶ ἀποστῇς, κἀγὼ τῆς σῆς παρουσίας ἐστερημένος ἀπόλλυμαι.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSaY2

TRANSLATION:   With these words he says: ‘Do not thoroughly ruin yourself with sleeplessness and hunger, lest you fall ill. For if you catch some illness by sitting in tendance beside me and withdraw, I too am destroyed once deprived of your presence’.

LEMMA: 303 σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι MBC, σῖτον τ’ ὄρεξε (αι s.l.) Pr, lemma 304 εἰ γὰρ προλείψεις με VRw, εἰ γὰρ προλείψεις MnRbSa, οὐ γὰρ προλείψεις S      REF. SYMBOL: (to 304) VRbSa      POSITION: between 319.01 and 317.01 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διὰ τούτων φησὶν] πάρασχε σεαυτῇ βρώματα Y2   |    διὰ τοῦτο BVMnPrRbRwSSa   |    ἀγρυπνίᾳ VRwY2, ἀγρύπνει others (ἀγρύπνη Rb)   |    διαφθεῖραι MCRb(app. δηα‑ a.c.), διαφθείρεσαι Sa, διαφθείρη S, δη αὐθερήσης Mn (corr. to διαυ‑)   |    σαυτὴν om. Sa, αὐτὴν Mn, αὐτὰ Pr   |    2 γὰρ] γὰρ ἐν Y2   |    τῷ] τὸ MPrRbSa   |    μοι] μὴ CSa   |    κτήσειν Rb, κτήσει Pr   |    νόσω Mn, s.l. Rb   |    ἀποστῆ MPr, ἀποστήσης VRw, ἀποσταίης Y2   |    κἀγὼ] ἐγὼ Pr   |    σῆς om. C   |    ἐστερουμένος M   |    ἀπόλλυσθαι Pr (corr. from ἀπόλυσθαι)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λειμῶ MMn (perhaps corr. Mn)   |    σἀυτὴν B, σεαυτὴν S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,1–4; Dind. II.103,9–12


Or. 302.02 (302–305) (pllgn exeg) καὶ μὴ ἀγρύπνει καὶ λιμῷ διαφθείρου, ἀλλ’ ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τροφὴν. εἰ γὰρ καταλίπῃς με ἢ τινὰ νόσον ἀπὸ τῆς προσεδρείας κτήσῃ, ἀπόλλυμαι.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   Do not stay awake and be ruined by hunger, but stretch your hand out to nourishment. For if you abandon me or catch some sickness from your tendance (on me), I am destroyed.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 302.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὕπνῳ τ’ ἄυπνον … δός⟩: ἤγουν κοιμήθητι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 302.04 (recMosch exeg) ⟨ὕπνῷ τ’ ἄυπνον βλέφαρον⟩: (ὕπν)ον (ἀύπν)ῳ (βλεφάρ)ῳ  —MnRfSXXaXbXoTYYfGr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 302.09 (rec exeg) ⟨βλέφαρον⟩: ἀντίστροφον  —MnRwB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps ἀντιστρ[όφως Rw (damage, no accent visible over iota)   

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίστροφον/ἀντιστρόφως   


Or. 302.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκταθεῖσα⟩: οἱ γὰρ κοιμώμενοι ἐκτείνονται ἐν τοῖς στρώμασιν.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 302.13 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἐκταθεῖσα⟩: πρὸς τὴν κλίνην ἀνακλιθεῖσα —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀνακ. π. τ. κ. transp. T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.103,8


Or. 303.01 (mosch exeg) πρωθύστερον  —XXaXbXoT+YYf

TRANSLATION:  Prothusteron.

POSITION: marg. (beside 302 Yf)      

APP. CRIT.:   πρωθύστερα XbXoT   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.103,7

COMMENT:  The term πρωθύστερον can be attached either to the first item of the reversed pairing or to the second item. See Sch. Tri. Hec. 762 vs. the old sch. on the same line, Sch. Pr Hec. 226, and Sch. Hec. 266, where some witnesses place this designation over the first term and some over the second. If the term here applies to 303 only, the implication is that bathing properly comes before eating (as in Homeric hospitality). If the term applies to 303 as the second term paired with 302 (cf. Yf’s placement), the implication is that bathing and eating ought to have come before sleeping.   

KEYWORDS:  πρωθύστερον   


Or. 303.02 (vet paraphr) σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι: ἔκτεινον τὰς χεῖράς σου εἰς τροφήν.  —MBCPrRfr

TRANSLATION:   Extend your hands to nourishment.

POSITION: s.l., except marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰς τροφὴν τὰς χεῖρας transp. PrRfr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,5; Dind. II.103,12


Or. 303.03 (vet paraphr) σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκτείνασα τὴν χεῖρα λάβε.  —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to: ‘having extended your hand, take’.

POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. CPr      

APP. CRIT.:   βάλε M, βάλευ C; φάγε anonymi (Schw. I.xiv, Addenda)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,6; Dind. II.103,12–13


Or. 303.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨σίτων τ’ ὄρεξαι⟩: τροφῆς μετάλαβε  —AbMnRSSa

LEMMA: σίτον in text AbMnR, s.l. Sa; σῖτα S)      POSITION: s.l., except marg. R; as two sep. gl. AbMnS      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. to both words S   


Or. 303.07 (mosch paraphr) σῖτον: ἤγουν τροφὴν λάβε  —X


Or. 303.09 (rec exeg) ⟨σίτων⟩: σῖτον  —Sa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 303.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χροῒ⟩: γράφεται χρωτί.  —MnSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   χρωτοὶ Mn, changed to χρωῒ   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 303.27 (thom exeg) ⟨βάλευ⟩: βαλοῦ αἰολικόν  —ZZaZmZuGu

TRANSLATION:  (The form ‘baleu’, ‘throw for yourself’, is the Attic/Koine) ‘balou’, in Aeolic dialect.

LEMMA: βάλευ in text all      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αἰολικόν βαλοῦ transp. Gu   |   ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Zu   |   βάλε Zu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   αἰωλικὸν Zu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.103,16


Or. 303.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βάλε⟩: βαλοῦ  —Ox2

LEMMA: βάλε in text p.c. (βάλευ a.c.?)      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.01 (304–305) (vet paraphr) εἰ γὰρ καταλίπῃς με ἀπολιγωρήσασα τῆς νοσοκομίας ἀπόλλυμαι.  —BOC

TRANSLATION:   For if you abandon me, neglecting to tend to my sickness, I am destroyed.

POSITION: marg. B, s.l. OC      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰ γὰρ om. O   |   ἀπόλλυμαι om. OC   

APP. CRIT. 2:   καταλείπης a.c. O   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,6; Dind. II.103,18–19


Or. 304.03 (mosch gram) ζήτει  —XXa

REF. SYMBOL: Xa      POSITION: marg. X      

COMMENT:   Probably a reminder to seek an explanation of this line or something in it. Günther 288 commented on this note ‘ad 307 relatum’, which I do not understand.   


Or. 304.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: ἐάσεις, ἤγουν πρὸ τοῦ νενομισμένου καιροῦ θάνῃς  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: καὶ πρὸ καιροῦ καταλείψεις  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.09 (mosch paraphr) ⟨προλείψεις⟩: ἀφήσεις, ἤγουν ἐὰν ἀποθάνῃς  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   after ἀφήσεις add. καταλείψεις G   |    ἤγουν ἐὰν ἀποθ. om. Zc   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀφήσης XXaYfGr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.103,17


Or. 304.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἐν τῷ προσεδρεύειν μοι  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.15 (thom paraphr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἐν τῇ ἐμῇ προσκαθίσει  —ZZaZl2ZmGuOx2

LEMMA: -ρίᾳ in text Zm, ‑ρεία Gu, ‑ρία others      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -καθήσει Zl2   |   


Or. 304.16 (tri paraphr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἤγουν τῷ προσκαθῆσθαι ἐμοί  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: ἐν τῇ ἄγαν  —V3

LEMMA: -ρείᾳ in text V      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: καὶ ἐν τῇ παρακαθεδρίᾳ  —Zu

LEMMA: -ρεία changed from ‑ρία in text Zu      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: προσεδρείᾳ, αἰολικὸν  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προεδρείᾳ⟩: αἰολικὸν  —Gu

LEMMA: -ρεία in text Gr      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 304.22 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨προσεδρείᾳ⟩: τῇ ἐπιμονῇ σου  —GuB3a

LEMMA: -ρεία in text Gr      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τῇ and σου om. Gu   


Or. 304.26 (tri metr) ⟨προσεδρίᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 306.08 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 307.01 (vet exeg) οὐκ ἔστι· σὺν σοί: ἐπειδὴ εἶπεν αὐτῇ εἰ προλείψεις με, φησὶν οὐκ ἔστι, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ προλείψω σε.  —MBVCMnPrRbSaZu

TRANSLATION:   Since he said to her ‘if you will abandon me’, she says ‘it is not possible’, meaning ‘I will not abandon you’.

LEMMA: MC, οὐκ ἔστι· σὺν σοὶ κατθανεῖν V, οὐκ ἔστι· σὺν σοὶ θανεῖν Pr, οὐκ ἔστιν MnRbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: VRbSa      POSITION: marg. B, s.l. Zu; between sch. 299.10 and 298.04 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐπεὶ Zu   |    αὐτῇ] αὐτὸς V, αὐτὴν Mn, αὐτῶ Pr   |    εἰ γὰρ προλ. BVRbSSa   |    προλείψει Pr   |    ἐμὲ Rb   |    φησὶν om. B   |    οὐκ ἔστι, ἀντὶ τοῦ] ὅτι VMnRbSSa   |    τοῦ om. BC   |    σε om. PrZu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   φησὶ Mn   |    ἔστιν PrZu   |    προλήψω Sa, προλλείψω M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,7–9; Dind. II.104,1–2


Or. 307.02 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἔστι⟩: οὐχ ὑπάρχει τοῦτο παρ’ ἐμοὶ, ἤγουν οὐκ ἀποδέχομαι σὲ μὲν μόνον ἐᾶσαι ἐνταυθοῖ κεῖσθαι, αὐτὴ δὲ τροφαῖς τε καὶ ὕπνῳ προσέχειν.  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   This (action) is not present in me, that is, I do not accept letting you lie here alone while I myself attend to nourishment and sleep.

POSITION: s.l. except T      

APP. CRIT.:   παρ’ ἐμοῦ Gu   |    μὲν om. Gu   |    ἐνταυθοῖ κεῖσθαι om. Za   |    ἐνταῦθα T   |    αὐτὴν Zl   |    τε om. ZlZmT   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὑπάρπάρχει Zm   |    ἐάσαι ZlZm   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.104,2–4


Or. 307.03 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἔστι⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ προλείψω σε  —OV3G

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. V3G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.104,4


Or. 307.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἔστι⟩: οὐ γενήσεται τοῦτο  —CrSaOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. CrOx   


Or. 307.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔστι⟩: δυνατὸν τοῦτο, ἤγουν οὐ φάγω, οὐχ ὑπνώσω, οὐ καταλείψω σε.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦτο κτλ added to Y-gloss by Y2   


Or. 308.01 (vet exeg) ἔχει γὰρ ταὐτόν: 1τὸ ζῆν με καὶ ἀποθανεῖν ταὐτόν ἐστιν, ἐὰν σὺ τελευτήσῃς. 2ἢ τὸ ἔχει ἀντὶ τοῦ σχήσει· 3ὁ δὲ λόγος· ἐὰν σὺ ἀποθάνῃς, ταὐτόν μοι πάθος γενήσεται, 4ὅ ἐστι· κἀγὼ συντεθνήξομαί σοι.   —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION:   My living and my dying are the same (to me) if you die. Or take (present) ‘entail’ (‘echei’) as used for (future) ‘will entail’, and the sense (is this): If you die, the same experience will befall me, that is, I too will die along with you.

LEMMA: BPr, καὶ ζῆν· ἔχει γὰρ ταὐτόν MC, καὶ ζῆν V      REF. SYMBOL: BV      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔχει γὰρ prep. (om. ἐστιν later) V   |    after ἀποθανεῖν repeated με B (but deleted with dots)   |    σὺ] οὐ M   |    2 ἀντισχήσει (τοῦ om.) C   |    3 πάθος] παθεῖν V   |    4 τεθνήξομαι Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 σχήση M   |    3 ἀποθάνη M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,9–12; Dind. II.104,10–12


Or. 308.02 (rec paraphr) τὸ ζῆν με καὶ ἀποθανεῖν ταὐτόν ἐστιν ἐὰν σὺ φθαρῇς.  —MnRSSa

REF. SYMBOL: Sa      POSITION: marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅτι prep. R   |    με] μὲν Mn   |    καὶ τὸ ἀποθ. R   

APP. CRIT. 2:   απαθανεῖν Mn   |    ταὐτό R, ταυτόν SSa, αὐτόν Mn   |    φθρ(ῆς) R   |   


Or. 308.03 (rec paraphr) ὁ θάνατος ὁ μετὰ σοῦ καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἕν ἐστι.  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 308.04 (rec paraphr) ὁ θάνατος καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἡ μετὰ σοῦ ἕν εἰσιν.  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 308.05 (pllgn paraphr) 1τὸ ζῆν με καὶ ἀποθανεῖν ταυτόν ἐστιν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅμοιον καὶ ἕν. 2ὅπερ σὺ πάθῃς, τοῦτο καὶ ἐγώ.   —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 308.06 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταὐτόν⟩: ἕξει γὰρ ταὐτόν με πάθος, ὅπερ καὶ σέ.  —MOVC

TRANSLATION:   The very same fate will hold me that holds you.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. M; spaced out (with γὰρ and ταὐτὸν supplied from line) O      

APP. CRIT.:   ἕξεις Matt. (as if in O), ἤξ(εις) app. M, ἥξει OVC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,13; Dind. II.104,13–14


Or. 308.07 (thom exeg) ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν: 1ἤγουν ὁμοίως ἔχουσιν ἐμοὶ ἀμφότερα· 2 ὁ γὰρ σὸς θάνατος καὶ ἐμὸς θάνατός ἐστι, καὶ ἡ σὴ ζωὴ ἐμὴ ζωή. 3ἥκιστα γάρ μοι τὸ ζῆν ἥδιστον σοῦ θανόντος, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ νέκρωσις νομισθήσεται διὰ τὸ ἔρημον ἀπολειφθῆναι με βοηθείας.   —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, both things are the same for me. For your death is my death too, and your life my life. For living is not at all very sweet to me if you have died, but rather it will even be considered death because of my being left bereft of assistance.

LEMMA: T, ἔχει ταυτόν ZZa      REF. SYMBOL: all except T      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἤγουν ὁμοίως] ὁμοίως γὰρ ZlZm, ὁμοίως Gu   |    2 ἐμὸς] ἐμοὶ Gu   |    3 με om. Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.104,6–9


Or. 308.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: ἤτοι κἀγὼ συντεθνήξομαι  —O

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.104,14


Or. 308.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: συντεθνήξω κἀγὼ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 308.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ δῆλον  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 308.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: ἤγουν ταυτὸν ἔχω τὸ ζῆν καὶ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν.  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 308.12 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: τὸ ζῆν με καὶ ἀποθανεῖν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (They are the same,) that I live and that I die.

LEMMA: ταυτόν X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. X   |   τῷ G   


Or. 308.13 (thom exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: τὸ θανεῖν ἐμὲ μετὰ σοῦ καὶ ζῆν  —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (They are the same,) that I die with you and that I live (with you).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 308.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔχει γὰρ ταυτόν⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχει ἐν ἐμοὶ, ἤγουν τὸ θανεῖν ἐμέ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 309.05 (recTri metr) ⟨δράσω⟩: long mark over alpha  —OT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 309.08 (rec exeg) ⟨πόνη⟩: γρ. μόνη.  —Ab

LEMMA: πόνη in text Ab      POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 310.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀνάδελφος⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ α̅ στερητικοῦ μορίου καὶ τοῦ ἀδελφὸς, ὁ ἐστερημένος ἀδελφοῦ. καὶ διὰ τὴν χασμωδίαν πλεονασμῷ τοῦ ν ἐγένετο ἀνάδελφος εὐφωνοτερὸν ὥσπερ καὶ ἀνάργυρος.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   From alpha privative prefix and the word ‘adelphos’, the one who has been deprived of a brother. And because of the hiatus (between successive alphas) by the arbitrary addition of nu it became ‘anadelphos’, more euphonious, just as also in the case of ‘anarguros’ (without silver).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 310.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπάτωρ ἄφιλος⟩: χωρὶς πατρὸς καὶ φίλου  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   χωρὶς prep. Zl2 (Zl intended it to be supplied from prev. gloss)   


Or. 310.14 (310–311) (vet paraphr) εἰ δέ σοι δοκεῖ: τουτέστιν· εἰ βούλει με φαγεῖν, πείθομαι.  —MBOCMnRbS

TRANSLATION:   That is, if you want me to eat, I obey.

LEMMA: MnRbS      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. C      

APP. CRIT.:   τουτέστιν om. O   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,14; Dind. II.104,15


Or. 310.15 (310–311) (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰ δέ σοι δοκεῖ⟩: εἴ σοι ἀρέσκει φαγεῖν με, πείθομαι.  —R

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 310.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δοκεῖ⟩: ἤγουν τὸ ὑ[ … ]  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps ὑπάρχειν μόνον/μόνῳ or ἄνευ ἐμοῦ or similar   


Or. 310.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δοκεῖ⟩: τὸ φαγεῖν καὶ πιεῖν ἐμέ  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 311.01 (thom exeg) ⟨δρᾶν χρὴ τάδ’⟩: τὸ δρᾶν τάδε κατὰ συνεκδοχὴν καὶ πρὸς τὸ δοκεῖ καὶ πρὸς τὸ χρὴ ληπτέον.  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   The words ‘to do these things’ are to be taken, by shared construal (synecdoche), both with ‘it seems best’ and with ‘it is necessary’.

POSITION: s.l. ZlGu; cont. from sch. 308.07 ZZa      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.104,16–17

COMMENT:   Here synecdoche, rather than referring to the usual trope (Lausberg §§572–577), seems to have a literal, etymological sense, virtually the same as ἀπὸ κοινοῦ.   

KEYWORDS:  synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν   


Or. 311.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨δρᾶν χρὴ τάδ’⟩: χρεὼν νὰ τὰ πράξω  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 311.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨δρᾶν χρὴ τάδ’⟩: να πράξω τάδε  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 311.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάδ’⟩: ἅπερ δηλονότι λέγεις, τὸ λουθῆναι καὶ φαγεῖν  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 311.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάδ’⟩: τὸ ὑπνῶσαι με  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 312.01 (vet exeg) καὶ μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν ἄγαν ἀποδέχου: 1μὴ ἐν ὑποψίᾳ ἔχε μηδὲ φαντάζου τὸ ἐκφοβοῦν σε. 2ἀποδέχου δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑποδέχου προσδέχου.   —MBVCPrRb, partial HMnRaRwS

TRANSLATION:   Do not hold in fearful apprehension nor imagine that which panics you. And ‘accept/receive’ (compound with ‘apo’) is used in the sense of ‘receive hospitably’ (compound with ‘hupo’), ‘admit in’ (compound with ‘pros’).

LEMMA: MC, καὶ μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν VMnRwS, μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν Pr, καὶ μὴ ταρβοῦν Rb      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: marg. B; punct. as two notes in Rb, with second ref. symbol       

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ prep. B   |    μὴ om. MnRaRbS   |    ἐν ὑποψίᾳ VRaRbS, τὴν ὑποψίαν HMBCPrRw, ἀν ὑποψίαν Mn (perhaps corr. to ‑ία)   |    μηδὲ] μὴ Rb   |    τὸ om. Pr   |    εἰσφοβοῦν M   |    2 ἀποδέχου … προσδέχου om. MnRaS, ἀποδέχου … ὑποδέχου om. HRw   |    τοῦ om. C   |    προσδέχου] μηδὲ προσδέχου Rw, om. VRb, running on into sch. 313.10   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,15–16; Dind. II.104,18–20

COMMENT:   Since all three compounds of δέχομαι can be used with very similar meanings, the second half of the note is somewhat odd. Perhaps it is meant to forestall taking ἀποδέχου in the meaning ‘praise, approve’.   


Or. 312.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨καὶ μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν⟩: μὴ δοκῇς εἶναι ἀληθές  —K

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   δοκεῖς K   |   


Or. 312.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καὶ μὴ τὸ ταρβοῦν⟩: τὸ φοβοῦν ἔχε κατὰ νοῦν  —Zl2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἔχει Zl2   


Or. 312.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὸ ταρβοῦν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὸ ταρβεῖν ποιοῦν ἤγουν φοβεῖσθαι ποιοῦν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   first ποιοῦν om. Y   


Or. 312.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὸ ταρβοῦν⟩: τὸ φοβεῖσθαι, τὸ ταρβεῖν ποιοῦν, τὸ φεύγειν ποιοῦν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 312.13 (rec exeg) ⟨καὶ φοβοῦν⟩: γρ. κἀκφοβοῦν.  —MnRSa

LEMMA: καὶ φοβοῦν in text MnRSa      POSITION: s.l. MnSa, marg. R      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 313.01 (thom exeg) ἀποδέχου: 1τουτέστι μὴ ἔχε τὴν ὑποψίαν ἀεὶ κατὰ νοῦν τῆς μανίας. 2τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ ἄγαν ἀποδέχου. 3ταρβοῦν δὲ ἐκ δεμνίων λέγει οὐχ ὅτι τὰ δέμνια ἐποίει αὐτὸν μαίνεσθαι, 4ἀλλ’ ὅτι κείμενος ἐκεῖσε φόβον ἐξ Ἐριννύων ἐδέχετο κατεχόμενος τῇ μανίᾳ.   —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, do not always have the fearful apprehension of madness in your mind. For that is what is meant by ‘receive too much’. He says ‘causing terror from the bedsheets’ not because the bedsheets were causing him to be mad, but because while lying there he received terror from the Erinyes, being possessed by madness.

LEMMA: T      REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZmGu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 κατὰ νοῦν ἀεὶ transp. ZmTGu, app. Zl (also p.c. Ta, with s.l. β and a)   |    4 ἐκεῖ T   |   [ἐριν]νύος Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.104,20–23

COMMENT:   It is a little surprising that Triclinius did not modify Thomas’ implausible interpretation of ἐκ δεμνίων.   


Or. 313.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀποδέχου⟩: εἰς ὑποψίαν ἔχε  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 313.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀποδέχου⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ μὴ προσδόκα καὶ μὴ λογίζου  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 313.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨μένε δ’ ἐπὶ στρωτοῦ λέχους⟩: προσδόκα τῆς νυκτὸς  —VMnRbSSa

POSITION: s.l., except VRb continued from sch. 312.01      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς νυκτὸς] τὴν ἐκτός V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   προσδίκα S, πρὸσδόκα Mn   |   


Or. 314.01 (vet exeg) κἂν μὴ νοσῇς γάρ: 1Καλλίστρατος [Callistratus fr. 54 Montana LGGA] τὴν ἐκτὸς τοῦ σ̅ γραφὴν διδάσκει· 2‘κἂν μὴ νοσῇ γάρ, ἀλλὰ δοξάζῃ νοσεῖν’, 3ἵν’ ᾖ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ὀρέστου εἰς κοινὸν μεταβεβηκὼς ὁ λόγος.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Callistratus teaches the reading without the sigma (that is, verbs with third-person ending rather than second-person): ‘for even if one is not ill but believes he is ill’, so that the statement has transitioned from Orestes (the addressee) to general application.

LEMMA: all (νοσήσης MC, νοσῆ Pr, γὰρ om. Rw)      REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πεισίστρατος Pr   |    διδάσκει] δοξάζει C, δοκιμάζει Rw   |    2 νοσήσῃ MC   |    δοξάζει MC, δόξει Rw   |    3 ᾖ om. MC   |    τοῦ om. Rw   |    εἰς τὸ κοινὸν BRw   |    μεταβεβληκὼς Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 σίγματος Pr   |   3 ἵνα Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,18–20; Dind. II.104,24–105,2

KEYWORDS:  Callistratus   |   variant reading, specific scholar; citation of historian or scholar   


Or. 314.02 (rec exeg) ⟨κἂν μὴ νοσῇς γάρ⟩: 1Καλλίστρατος [54 Montana LGGA] χωρὶς τοῦ σ̅ γράφειν δοκιμάζει· 2‘κἂν μὴ νοσῇ, ἀλλὰ δοξάζῃ νοσεῖν’, 3ἵν’ ᾖ ἐκ τοῦ Ὀρέστου ἐπὶ τὸ κοινὸν μεταβεβηκὼς ὁ λόγος.   —V

LEMMA: ἀλλὰ δοξάζεις V      

APP. CRIT.:   2 νοσῆς … δοξάζεις V   |   νοσεῖν] s.l. V, in line p.c. V1, a.c. νοσ* (νοσῆ?) V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,18–20 app.; Dind. 105,2 app.


Or. 314.03 (pllgn rhet) ἀρχὴ  —Ta

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   This annotation, of uncertain meaning, is not present in T.   


Or. 314.04 (rec exeg) ⟨κἂν μὴ νόσῃς γὰρ⟩: γρ. κἂν μὴ νοσῇ γὰρ.  —B3

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 314.05 (rec paraphr) κἀν μὴ νοσῇ τις ἀλλὰ δοξάζῃ, δοκῇ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 314.06 (thom exeg) κἂν μὴ νόσῃς γὰρ: 1τοῦτο καθολικῶς ἔδει ἐξενεγκεῖν οὕτω· κἂν μὴ νοσῇ τις ἀλλα δοξάζει νοσεῖν, κάματος αὐτῷ καὶ ἀπορία γίνεται. 2νῦν δὲ τὸ μὲν ἥμισυ τοῦ γνωμικοῦ πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ἐπέφερε, τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ καθόλου εἶπεν. 3ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο καινόσχημον, εἰ καὶ ληρῶν ὁ Καλλίστρατος τὴν ἐκτὸς τοῦ σ̅ διδάσκει γραφήν. 4καὶ μὴν καὶ ἑτέρα καινότης ἔστιν ἐνταῦθα· 5ἡ γὰρ πρότασις ἑνικῶς ἐκφέρεται, ἡ δὲ ἀπόδοσις πληθυντικῶς, δηλοῦντος τοῦ ποιητοῦ ὅτι εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους τοῦτο γίνεται.   —ZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   This should have been expressed as a generalization thus: ‘Even if someone is not sick but believes he is sick, weariness and confusion befall him’. But as it is he applied half of the gnomic statement to Orestes, and spoke half of it universally. And this is innovatively (unusually) constructed, although Callistratus, speaking nonsense, teaches the reading without the sigma. And indeed there is also another unusual feature here: for the conditional clause is expressed in the singular, but the main clause in the plural, with the poet making clear that this occurs in reference to all human beings.

LEMMA: T      REF. SYMBOL: ZaZlZmGu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 νοσῇ] δοξάζη Gu   |    3 μονόσχημον Zm, κακόσχημον T   |    ληρῶν om. Gu   |    4 ἑτέρα καινοτ(ε)ρα Za   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 δοξάζη GuTa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,4–11

COMMENT:   Note the alternative designations of what Thomas tries to describe (or perhaps defend) as novel or unusual: in Zm καινόσχημον is replaced by μονόσχημον (if this is not merely a clumsy error, it perhaps means ‘uniquely constructed’ in the sense ‘unparalleled, unusual’—but that is not its meaning elsewhere, see on 31.03), while Triclinius seems to be more critical of Eur.’s style by using κακόσχημον (‘badly constructed, clumsy’). Triclinius elsewhere softens expressions like Thomas’ scornful ληρῶν, but here he retains it, and only in Gu is it edited out.   

KEYWORDS:  καινόσχημον   |   μονόσχημον   |   κακόσχημον   


Or. 314.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μὴ νοσῇς⟩: καὶ οὐ μαίνῃ ἄρτι  —P2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 314.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλλὰ δοξάζῃς νοσεῖν⟩: μετ’ ὀλίγον ὑπολαμβάνεις παραφρονῆσαι  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 314.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δοξάζῃς νοσεῖν⟩: δόκησιν ἔχῃς μανίας —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 314.12 (vet exeg) δοξάζῃς: ἀντὶ τοῦ δοξάζῃ τις, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 3.220] ‘φαίης κε ζάκοτόν τ’ ἔμμεναι’.  —MBC, partial Pr

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘(if) someone believes’, as in the passage ‘you might say that he was furious’.

LEMMA: M(‑εις)C, ἄλλως BPr      POSITION: cont. from 314.01 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντί τοῦ] κἂν μὴ νοσῇ τίς· ἀλλὰ BPr   |    τις om. BPr   |    ὡς τὸ κτλ om. Pr   |    τέ τιν’ ἐμμέναι Il. 3.220   |    ἔμμεναι om. B   

APP. CRIT. 2:   δοξάζει M    |   κεν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,21–22; Dind. II.105,2–3

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 314.14 (rec paraphr) ⟨δοξάζῃς⟩: καὶ δόξαν καὶ δόκησιν δίδως  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 314.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨δοξάζῃς⟩: καὶ δόξαν καὶ δόκησιν ἔχεις  —PrZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ δόξαν om. Zu   


Or. 314.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δοξάζῃς⟩: δόξαν ὑπόληψιν δίδως  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 314.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νοσεῖν⟩: ὑπὸ τῆς φορᾶς τῆς ἀνάγκης  —P2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 315.01 (pllgn exeg) ἕπεται γὰρ ἐκ τῆς νόσου τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀρτὶ ληγούσης ἡ ταλαιπωρία.  —P2

REF. SYMBOL: P2      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:  ταλεπωρία P2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,13–14


Or. 315.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κάματος⟩: ἐκ τούτου γὰρ τοῦ δοξάζειν ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς ἀπηλλαγμένους τῆς νόσου ἀμελεῖται, καὶ οὕτως γίνεται κάματος.  —Lp

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπηλαγμένους Lp   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,11–13


Or. 315.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κάματος⟩: ὁ διὰ τῆς νόσου κόπος  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 315.15 (rec exeg) ⟨βροτοῖσιν⟩: σοὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.105,15


Or. 315.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βροτοῖσιν⟩: καὶ ἐν τοῖς φίλοις αὐτοῦ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   αὐτῶ V3   


Or. 315.20 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀπορία τε γίνεται⟩: ἀσθένειαν, ἀπελπισμὸν προξενεῖ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 315.26 (tri metr) ⟨ἀπορία⟩: long mark over final alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 315.29 (tri metr) ⟨γίνεται⟩: long mark over iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 315.30 (tri metr) coronis  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 51


Or. 316.01 (316–331) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: αἶ αἶ:  0τὰ τοιαῦτα εἴδη τῶν χορῶν καλεῖται κατὰ σχέσιν, ὡς εἴρηται. ἔστι δὲ τὸ ᾆσμα μιᾶς στροφῆς. εἰσὶ δὲ τὰ κῶλα τῆς στροφῆς ιϛʹ, καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς τοσαῦτα.  1τὸ αʹ ἰαμβικὸν μονόμετρον βραχυκατάληκτον ἤτοι κώλου τμῆμα.  2τὸ δεύτερον παιωνικὸν δίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παιώνων δʹ δύο.  3τὸ γʹ ὅμοιον ἡμιόλιον, ἐκ παίωνος δʹ καὶ ἰάμβου.  4τὸ δʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐξ ἀντισπάστου, παίωνος αʹ καὶ δʹ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον.  5τὸ εʹ ὅμοιον τῷ γʹ.  6τὸ ϛʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐξ ἀντισπάστου, παίωνος αʹ καὶ κρητικοῦ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον.  7τὸ ζʹ χοριαμβικὸν τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ χοριάμβου, ἐπιτρίτου αʹ καὶ κρητικοῦ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον. τὸ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς δὲ κῶλον πεντασύλλαβον ἔχει τὸν ἐπίτριτον.  8τὸ ηʹ ἀσυνάρτητον ἐκ παιωνικῶν ἡμιολίων δύο συγκείμενον. ἕκαστον δὲ ἐκ παίωνος ἐστὶ δʹ καὶ ἰάμβου.  9–10τὸ θʹ καὶ ιʹ κατὰ πάντα ὅμοια.  11το ιαʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου αʹ, παίωνος αʹ καὶ συλλαβῆς. εἰ δὲ βούλει, ἀκατάληκτον τοῦ δευτέρου ποδὸς διτροχαίου πεντεσυλλάβου.  12τὸ ιβʹ χοριαμβικὸν δίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ χοριάμβου καὶ μολοσσοῦ. τὸ δέ γε τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς κῶλον ἐπίτριτον ἔχει γʹ ἀντὶ χοριάμβου.  13τὸ ιγʹ ἀντισπαστικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον ἐξ ἐπιτρίτου γʹ καὶ αʹ καὶ συλλαβῆς. τὸ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς δὲ κῶλον διαλελυμένην ἔχει τὴν τοιαύτην συλλαβὴν εἰς δύο βραχείας.  14τὸ ιδʹ ἰαμβικὸν δίμετρον ὑπερκατάληκτον, τῶν πρώτων δύο ποδῶν χορείων.  15τὸ ιεʹ παιωνικὸν τρίμετρον ἀκατάληκτον ἐκ παιώνων δʹ δύο, τοῦ δευτέρου ἐνταῦθα μὲν πεντασυλλάβου, ἐν δὲ τῷ τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς κώλῳ ἑξασυλλάβου, καὶ κρητικοῦ διὰ τὴν ἀδιάφορον.  16τὸ ιϛʹ ἰωνικὸν ἀπ’ ἐλάττονος τρίμετρον καταληκτικὸν ἐκ παίωνος δʹ ἀντὶ ἰωνικοῦ, διιάμβου καὶ κρητικοῦ.  17ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει τῆς μὲν στροφῆς παράγραφος, τῆς δὲ ἀντιστροφῆς κορωνίς.   —T

1316=332 ‒ ‒
αἶ αἶ
ὦ Ζεῦ
  2317=333 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑‒
δρομάδες ὦ πτεροφόροι
τίς ἔλεος, τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν
  3318=334 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
ποτνιάδες θεαί
φόνιος ἔρχεται
  4319=335 ⏑‒ ‒⏑,‒⏑⏑⏑,⏑⏑⏑‒
ἀβάκχευτον αἳ θίασον ἐλάχετ’ ἐν
θοάζων σε τὸν μέλεον; ὃ δάκρυα
  5320=336 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
δάκρυσι καὶ γόοις
δάκρυσι συμβάλλει
  6321=337 ⏑‒ ‒⏑,‒⏑⏑⏑,‒⏑‒
μελαγχρῶτες Εὐμενίδες, αἵτε τὸν
πορεύων τις ἐς δόμον ἀλαστόρων
  7322=338 ‒⏑⏑‒,⏑‒ ‒⏔,‒⏑‒
ταναὸν αἰθέρ’ ἀμπάλλεσθ’, αἵματος
ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει [koine short mark over ευ]
  8323=339 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
τινύμεναι δίκαν, τινύμεναι φόνον
κατολοφύρομαι κατολοφύρομαι
  9324=340 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
καθικετεύομαι καθικετεύομαι
ὁ μέγας ὄλβος οὐ μόνιμος ἐν βροτοῖς
  10325=341 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒
τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνον ἐάσατ’ ἐκ-
ἀνὰ δὲ λαῖφος ὥς τις ἀκάτου θοᾶ
  11326=342 ⏑‒ ‒ ‒,‒⏑⏑⏑,‒ / ⏑‒ ‒ ‒,‒⏑⏑͡⏑‒
λαθέσθαι λύσσας μανιάδος
τινάξας δαίμων κατέκλυσεν
  12327=343 ‒⏓⏑‒,‒ ‒ ‒
φοιταλέου. φεῦ μόχθων
δεινῶν πόνων ὡς πόντου
  13328=344 ‒ ‒⏑‒,⏑‒ ‒ ‒,⏔
οἵων, τάλας, ὀρεχθεὶς ἔρρεις
λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις ἐν κύμασιν
  14329=345 ⏑⏑͡⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,⏑‒⏑‒,⏑
τρίποδος ἀπόφατιν ἃν ὁ Φοῖβος
τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος οἶκον ἄλλον
  15330=346 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,‒⏑‒ = ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑⏑⏑⏑⏑͡⏑,‒⏑‒
ἔλακε δεξάμενος ἀνὰ δάπεδον
ἕτερον ἢ τὸν ἀπὸ θεογόνων γάμων
  16331=347 ⏑⏑⏑‒,⏑‒⏑‒,‒⏑‒
ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι λέγονται μυχοί
τὸν ἀπὸ Ταντάλου σέβεσθαί με χρή
 

TRANSLATION:   Such forms of choral songs are called ‘in responsion’, as has been said. And the song is of a single strophe, and the cola of the strophe number sixteen, and those of the antistophe are as many. The first colon is a brachycatalectic iambic monometer, or a portion of a colon. The second colon is an acatalectic paeonic dimeter consisting of two fourth paeons. The third colon is a one-and-a-half-measure line of the same rhythm, consisting of a fourth paeon and an iamb. The fourth colon is an acatalectic antispastic trimeter made of an antispast, a first paeon and a fourth paeon because of the final anceps syllable. The fifth colon is similar to the third. The sixth colon is a catalectic antispastic trimeter made of an antispast, a first paeon and a cretic because of the final anceps syllable. The seventh colon is a catalectic choriambic trimeter formed from a choriamb, a first epitrite, and a cretic because of the final anceps syllable, but the colon of the antistrophe has its epitrite in five-syllable form (with resolution of one long). The eighth colon is asynartete formed from a compound of two one-and-a-half-measure paeonic units, and each one consists of a fourth paeon and an iamb. The ninth and tenth cola are similar (to the eighth) in every respect. The eleventh colon is a hypercatalectic antispastic dimeter made of a first epitrite, a first paeon, and a syllable; but if you prefer, an acatalectic colon with the second foot a five-syllable ditrochee. The twelfth colon is a catalectic choriambic dimeter made of a choriamb and molossus, but the colon of the antistophe has a third epitrite in place of the choriamb. The thirteenth colon is a hypercatalectic antispastic dimeter formed by a third epitrite, a first epitrite, and syllable. But the colon of the antistrophe has such a syllable resolved into two shorts. The fourteenth is a hypercatalectic iambic dimeter, the first two feet being chorei. The fifteenth colon is an acatalectic paeonic trimeter made of two second paeons—the second being here (in the strophe) five syllables, but in the colon of the antistrophe six syllables—and a cretic because of the final anceps syllable. The sixteenth colon is a catalectic ionic a minore trimeter, formed by a fourth paeon in place of the ionic, a double iamb, and a cretic. At the end of the strophe a paragraphos, and of the antistrophe a coronis.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   4–6 καὶ δʹ διὰ … παίωνος αʹ om. Ta   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.12,30–13,21; de Fav. 51–52

COMMENT:   The scansion of colon 7 is problematic. What is said would make most sense if Triclinius had read ὅς σ’ in 338, with the third element long and resolution in the fourth element consisting of ἀνα-; but his text is ὅ σ’ ανα‑ and he places his note about resolution, ἀντὶ μιᾶς, over ὅ σ’ α-, which leaves the fourth element short and the metron an antispast and not an epitrite, unless without comment or justification he is counting the second alpha of ἀνα‑ as long. This may be a case where Triclinius changed his mind and did not bring his description into full accord with the text, or vice versa. Note also that in 338 he treats ευ as short before ει to make ‑βακχεύει a cretic (338.34).   


Or. 316.02 (316–331) (tri metr) στροφὴ κώλων ιϛʹ  —T

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 317.01 (vet exeg) δρομάδες ὦ πτεροφόροι: 1πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι καὶ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.  2ἢ περιτρέχειν ποιοῦσαι τοὺς μεμηνότας.   —MBVCKMnPrRbRwSSa, partial GRaRf

TRANSLATION:   (‘Dromades’ means) running around everywhere and punishing humans; or causing those who have gone mad to run around.

LEMMA: MBCPr, δρομάδες VMnRbRwSS      REF. SYMBOL: VRaRbRfSa      POSITION: s.l. GK      

APP. CRIT.:   αἱ prep. Rf   |    πανταχοῦ … καὶ om. Ra   |    πάντα τρέχουσαι G   |    τιμωροῦσαι VMnRaRbRfRwSSa   |    2 ἢ περιτρ. κτλ om. GRf   |    παρὰ τὸ τρέχειν SSa   |    καὶ add. before τοὺς μεμ. MnRbS   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.129,23–25; Dind. II.106,5–7


Or. 317.02 (rec exeg) ⟨δρομάδες ὦ πτεροφόροι ⟩: πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι καὶ τιμωροῦαι τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας ἢ περιφέρουσαι καὶ ποιοῦσαι τρέχειν τοὺς τιμωρουμένους.  —V

TRANSLATION:  (‘Dromades’ means) running around everywhere and punishing wrongdoers; or carrying around or causing to run those being punished.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 317.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δρομάδες ὦ πτεροφόροι⟩: δρομάδας λέγει ὡς ταχυτάτας. πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι καὶ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. τὸ γὰρ θεῖον πανταχοῦ πάρεστι. πτεροφόρους λέγουσι τοὺς δαίμονας ὡς καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους μὴ ὄντας· ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἄϋλοι, πῶς πτερὰ ἔχουσιν; ὅμως δὲ διότι ταχύτατα τῶν ζώων πτερὰ ἔχουσιν, κατὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοὺς δαίμονας ὡς ταχυτάτους λέγομεν ἔχειν πτερά.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   He calls them ‘dromades’ (running) as being very swift. Running around everywhere and punishing humans. For that which is divine is present everywhere. They call the minor divinities (i.e., the Erinyes) ‘wing-bearing’ just as (we so call) the angels, though angels are not so. For since they are not corporeal, how do they have wings? But nevertheless because the swiftest of animals have wings, on this principle we also say that the minor divinities, since they are very swift, have wings.


Or. 317.04 (pllgn exeg) αἱ πανταχοῦ περιτρέχουσαι εἰς τιμωρίαν τῶν κακῶς πραττόντων ἢ αἱ ποιοῦσαι περιτρέχειν τοὺς μεμηνότας  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 317.06 (thom exeg) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: αἱ πανταχοῦ τρέχουσαι ἢ αἱ πανταχοῦ τρέχειν ποιοῦσαι τοὺς μαινομένους  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Dromades’ means) ‘those running everywhere’ or ‘those causing the insane to run everywhere’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἢ αἱ κτλ om. Zm   


Or. 317.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨δρομάδες⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ τρέχω  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 317.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πτεροφόροι⟩: αἱ φέρουσαι πτερὰ ὡς ταχεῖαι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 317.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πτεροφόροι⟩: ταχύτατα γὰρ τὰ πτερὰ.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 318.01 (vet exeg) Ποτνιάδες θεαί: 1μανιοποιοί.  2Πότνιαι γὰρ χωρίον ἐστὶ Βοιωτίας, ἔνθα φαγοῦσαι βοτάνην αἱ Γλαύκου ἵπποι καὶ μανεῖσαι διεσπάσαντο τὸν ἴδιον δεσπότην Γλαῦκον τὸν Βελλεροφόντου πατέρα ἐν τῷ ἐπιταφίῳ Πελίου. ||  3Πότνιαι δὲ πόλις Βοιωτίας, ὅθεν καὶ Γλαῦκος ⟨ὁ Ἀνθηδόνιος⟩ ἁλιεὺς ⟨ * * καὶ αὐτὸς⟩ γευσάμενος ἐμμανὴς γέγονε καὶ ἥλατο εἰς θάλασσαν {ὁ Ἀνθηδόνιος}.   —MBVCMnPrRaRbRwSSa, partial HORf

TRANSLATION:   Instilling madness. For Potniae is a place in Boeotia, where the mares of Glaucus, having eaten a plant and gone mad, tore apart their own master, Glaucus the father of Bellerophon, at the funeral-games of Pelias. || And Potniae is a city of Boeotia, from which also Glaucus the Anthedonian, a fisherman ⟨lacuna: (missing words) — and himself⟩ having tasted it he went mad and jumped into the sea.

LEMMA: MVC, ὦ ποτνιάδες Sa; ποτνιάδες MnRbRwS (ἱστορία in marg. S)      REF. SYMBOL: VSa      POSITION: marg. H, s.l. O; cont. from 317.01 BPrRf, prep. ποτνιάδες δὲ BPr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 μανιοποιοί] οἱ μαν. Pr, om. RaRfRw   |    2 πότνια PrRw   |    γὰρ om. HRaRf   |    χωρίον ἐστὶ] ἐστὶ Pr, χώρά ἐστι V, compend. χώ() ἐστι H   |    τῆς Βοιωτίας Rf   |    words after Βοι‑ lost to trimming H, not enough room for whole remainder before next ref. symbol   |    αἱ om. MnRb   |    γλαύκου] γλαυκος V, corr. V2/3   |    διεσπάσαντο om. S   |    2–3 γλαῦκον τὸν κτλ om. Rf   |    2–3 ἐν τῷ κτλ om. O   |    2 ὡς ἐν τῶ MnRaSSa   |    πελίου] ὀρπεδίου V   |    3 πότνιαι] πότνια MCPrRw, ποτνιάδες VMn, τὸ ποτνιάδες RaRbSSa   |    δὲ] οὖν BPr, καὶ Rb, om. Mn   |    πόλις om. VMnRaRbSSa   |    καὶ om. MnPrRaRbS   |    ὁ ἀνθηδ. transp. here from end Mastr. (after Schw., quoting Et. Magn.)   |    γλαῦκος ἁλιεὺς Rw, γλαῦκος others   |    καὶ αὐτὸς suppl. e.g. Mastr.; ⟨ *** ⟩ γευσάμενον ⟨ *** ⟩ Schw. (from Et. Magn.)   |    γευσάμενος] δοξάμενος Ra, om. B (between γλαῦκος and ἐμμ‑ blank space ca. 12 ltrs.)   |    ἐκμανεὶς C   |    γεγονὼς Rw   |    εἰς τὴν θάλ. MnPrRw   |    ὁ ἀνθηδόνιος om. Pr, del. Schw.   |    ὁ] ὡς ὁ C; οὕτως Rw, om. BS (B leaving space for ca. 4 letters before ἀνθηδ())   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 πότναι Rb   |    βιωτίας Mn   |    βελεροφ. VRb, βελλερεφ. Ra, βελερεφ. Mn   |    πελίου] πελλίου C, πέλει MnSSa, πέλ() RaRb   |    3 βιωτίας MnRb, βοιοτ(ίας) Ra   |    ἐμμανεῖς Ra   |    γέγονεν M   |    ἤλατο MVRaRb, ἥλλατο BPrSa, ἤλλατο CMnRwS   |    ἀνθηδ() B, ἀνθης Rw, θηδόνιος RaRb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,1–6; Dind. II.106,9–14

COMMENT:   The note offers two different explanations of the epithet ‘Potnian’ based on the myths of two different mythological figures named Glaucus. These explanations are found in the same sequence in Et. Magn. 685,40–49 s.v. Ποτνιάδες θεαί (probably based on a fuller commentary on this play): αἱ μανιοποιοί. Εὐριπίδης Ὀρέστῃ, περὶ τῶν Ἐρινύων. Πότνιαι γὰρ χωρίον Βοιωτίας, ἔνθα φαγοῦσαι βοτάνην αἱ Γλαύκου ἵπποι τοῦ Βελλεροφόντου, καὶ μανεῖσαι, διεσπάσαντο τὸν ἴδιον δεσπότην. ἄλλως [Schw., ἀλλὰ codd.] καὶ Γλαῦκος ὁ Ἀνθηδόνιος ἁλιεὺς, ἑωρακὼς ἰχθῦν παρὰ ψάμμῳ βοτάνης γευσάμενον καὶ ἀναζήσαντα, φαγὼν καὶ αὐτὸς, ἐμμανὴς γέγονε καὶ ἥλατο εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. ἢ ὅτι ἀθάνατος μὲν, οὐκ ἀγήρως δὲ γεγονὼς, ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἑαυτὸν κατεπόντισεν. Clearly in the tradition of the scholia there was some damage to the last portion: ὁ ἀνθηδόνιος was part of the illegible text but was perhaps supplied in the margin at some point and later was inserted at the end of the note; ἀλιεὺς remarkably is still read in Rw, and since Rw does not restore anything else from the Et. Magn. version, this seems to be a genuine survival of a version where a little more of the damaged passage had been read (compare Rw’s sole testimony to τέχνημα in sch. 25.10). Schw. may be right to emend to γευσάμενον and assume a lacuna before and after it on the assumption that words like those in the Et. Magn. version were once present before and after the participle. But the original that was damaged may have had modified wording and with only one lacuna γευσάμενος could be kept in reference to Glaucus himself (‘having seen a fish … and himself tasting it’). The lacuna could even be quite short, e.g., ⟨βοτάνης τινὸς⟩ γευσάμενος, and one may wonder whether the similarity of (ἁ)λιευς and γευσ‑ may have prompted an omission (repaired in the margin, with the marginal words later becoming mostly illegible). See also sch. Or. 364.01, sch. Ph. 1124; Sch. Lycophr. 754a Leone (with the parallels there cited). For the Euboean Glaucus who became a sea-god, see Gantz 732–733, and for Glaucus of Potniae see Gantz 175.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check new image of H when available.   |   


Or. 318.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ποτνιάδες⟩: μανι⟨ο⟩ποιοί· Πότνια χώρα βοιωτίας, ἐν ᾗ ἀναφύεται βοτάνη θανατηρὰ καὶ μαν⟨ι⟩οποιά· ταύτην γὰρ φαγόντες οἱ τοῦ Γλαύκου ἵπποι ἀπεσφαίρισαν ἐκεῖνον καὶ φθορὰν ὑπέστη τὴν παντελῆ.  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 318.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ποτνιάδες⟩: 1ποτινάδες δὲ μαν⟨ι⟩οποιαί.  2Πότνια γὰρ χώρα ἐστὶ Βοιωτίας, ἔνθα μανεῖσαι αἱ Γλαύκου ἵπποι τὸν ἴδιον δεσπότην Γλαῦκον διεσπάραξαν.   —Lb

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἔστι Lb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.106,15–17


Or. 318.04 (pllgn exeg) ἄλλως: 1Ποτνιάδας φησὶ τὰς Ἐριννύας ἀφ’ ἱστορίας τοιαύτης.  2Πότνιά ἐστι τόπος ἐν τῇ Βοιωτίᾳ·  3ἐφύοντο γοῦν ἐκεῖ βοτάναι μανίας ἐμποιητικαὶ·  4εἰς ὃν, ὡς λόγος εἴρηται, παραγενόμενος καὶ Γλαῦκος μετὰ τῶν ἵππων αὐτοῦ,  5⟨γευσάμεναι⟩ τῶν βοτανῶν καὶ ἐμμανεῖσαι διέφθειραν τὸν Γλαῦκον.  6ἐπειδὴ καὶ Ἐριννύες αἴτιαι μανιῶν εἰσι, διὰ τοῦτο ταύτας φησὶ Ποτνιάδας.   —Lb

TRANSLATION:  He calls the Erinyes ‘Potniades’ because of a mythical tale like this: Potnia is a place in Boeoetia. Now, there grew in that place plants that instill madness. As the story has been told, when Glaucus too together with his horses arrived at this place, they (the horses), having tasted of the plants and gone made, killed Glaucus. Because the Erinyes too are responsible for fits of madness, for this reason he calls them ‘Potniades’.

LEMMA: Lb      

APP. CRIT.:   3 μανίας] Dind., μανίαι Lb (read as μανίαν by Matt.)   |    4 εἴρηται Mastr. ἐρεῖ Lb   |    5 suppl. e.g. Mastr. (i.e., with nominative absolute preceding) or ⟨αἳ γευσάμεναι⟩ with anacoluthon), ⟨γευσάμενος⟩ Dind.   |    6 ἐρίννυσι Lb, corr. Matt. after King   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐριννὰς Lb, corr. Matt.   |    τοιαῦτης Lb   |    2 πότνια ἐστὶ Lb   |    βοτᾶναι Lb   |    6 εἰσὶ Lb   |    ταῦτας Lb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.106,17–23


Or. 318.07 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἀπὸ ⟨τῶν⟩ Ποτνιάδων ἵππων μετήνεγκεν, αἳ μανεῖσαι ἔφαγον τὸν Γλαῦκον .  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   He (the poet) created a transferred sense (of the epithet) taken from the horses of Potniae, who went mad and ate Glaucus.

LEMMA: C      POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  τῶν Dindorf (as if in mss)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀποτνιάδων C   |    μανῆσαι M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,7–8; Dind. II.106,8–9


Or. 318.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ποτνιάδες⟩: αἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ποτνίου χωρίου  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦ om. Cr   

COMMENT:   The adjective Πότνιος is otherwise attested only in Steph. Byz. s.v. Πότνια.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 318.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: ἔστι κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν  —Ab

REF. SYMBOL: Ab      POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίφρασις   


Or. 318.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: ἄτιμοι κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  εὐφημισμός   


Or. 318.14 (thom exeg) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν  —ZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Potniades’, ‘honored ladies’, is used) by euphemism.

POSITION: s.l. Gu, marg. Zm      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.106.23

KEYWORDS:  εὐφημισμός   


Or. 318.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ποτνιάδες⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ μισηταὶ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.106,23


Or. 319.01 (vet exeg) ἀβάκχευτον αἳ θίασον: 1ἤτοι κακοβάκχευτον, τὸν κακὴν ἔχοντα βακχείαν οὐ πρέπουσαν τῷ Διονύσῳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν θρήνοις καὶ γόοις ἐξεργαζομένην.  2ἢ παρόσον ἄοινα καὶ νηφάλια ταῖς θεαῖς ταύταις τὰ ἱερὰ συντελεῖται.  3ἢ τὸν μεγάλως ἐκβακχεύοντα.   —MBVCPrRw, partial(?)H

TRANSLATION:   (‘Without revelry’,) that is, with harmful revelry, the one having a harmful revelry not suiting Dionysus but produced in dirges and lamentations. Or, inasmuch as the sacrifices that are accomplished for these goddesses are without wine and sober. Or, the one that rouses to a great frenzy.

LEMMA: MC(αἲ), ἀβάκχευτον θίασον B(θίασσον)Pr, ἀβάκχευτον VRw      REF. SYMBOL: HBV      

APP. CRIT.:   H mostly lost, length cannot be estimated accurately   |    1 ἥτοι om. Sa, ἤτοι τὸν Pr   |    τὸν] τὸ MC, ἢ τὸν Pr   |    ἐξεργαζομένην Mastr., ἐξεταζομένην all except διεξεταζομένην Pr   |    ταύταις] ταῦτα V   |    τὰ om. Pr   |    3 βακχεύοντα Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἥτοι M   |    2 ἄοιν M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,9–12; Dind. II.106,24–107,3

COMMENT:   This reflects three standard explanations of alpha-privative compounds in poetry: α‑ equivalent to κακο-, α‑ actually privative, and α‑ as an intensifier. Transmitted ἐξεταζομένην seems doubtful, since even when it means something like ‘be numbered among’ the context implies some kind of examination, which hardly applies here. Against ἐξεργαζομένην, however, one must admit that the passive use of this present participle is extremely rare (e.g., [Aristot.] Ath. Pol. 16.4 ἐξεργαζομένης τῆς χώρας).   


Or. 319.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον αἳ θίασον ἐλάχετ’⟩: οὐ βακχεύουσαι ὡς ὁ Βάκχος, ἀλλὰ κακῶς  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.107,4


Or. 319.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: κακοβάκχευτον, οὐ πρέποντα τῷ Διονύσῳ, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἐξεταζόμενον  —OC

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  πρέπουσαν C   |    τῷ om. O   |    ἀλλὰ τ. ἐξ. om. C   

COMMENT:   For ἐξεταζόμενον, which gives no apparent sense (the phrase is only in O), see on sch. 319.01. Perhaps this is a failed attempt to interpret ἐν θρήνοις καὶ γόοις ἐξεταζομένην.   


Or. 319.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: κακοβάκχευτον, ὅ ἐστι μὴ πρέποντα τῷ Βάκχῳ ἤγουν τῷ Διονύσῳ  —MnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤτοι S   

APP. CRIT. 2:   διονύσσω S   |   


Or. 319.10 (rec exeg) ἀβάκχευτον: ἤγουν τὴν κακὴν ἔχοντα βακχείαν καὶ οὐ πρέπουσαν τῷ Διονύσῳ  —V3Rf

LEMMA: Rf      POSITION: s.l. V3      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν om. V3   |    βακχείαν ἔχοντα transp, V3   |    τοῦ διονύσου Rf   


Or. 319.12 (thom exeg) ἀβάκχευτον: ποταπὸν λυπηρὸν, εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἔστι βακχεύσασθαι καὶ χαρῆναι  —ZZaZlZmT

TRANSLATION:  Of a certain quality, (namely) painful, one to which it is not possible to revel or take delight.

LEMMA: T      POSITION: s.l. except T      

APP. CRIT.:  ποταπὸν sep. s.l. T, om. ZaGu   


Or. 319.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: ἀβάκχευτον μὴ ἔχοντα χαράν, βάκχεια γὰρ ἡ χαρὰ καὶ ἡ μανία.  —Zm

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 319.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: οὐ προσήκοντα τῷ Διονύσῳ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 319.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: τὸ α̅ ἐπίτασιν δηλ(οῖ), τὸ πολύ  —Y2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 319.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀβάκχευτον⟩: πολὺ μεθὺ οὖσαι  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 319.23 (pllgn gram) ⟨θίασον⟩: θίασος τὸ ἀθροιζόμενον πλῆθος ἐπὶ τιμῇ θεῶν. τάττεται δὲ ἐπὶ παντὸς ἀθροίσματος. θιασῶται δὲ οἱ κοινωνοῦντες τοῦ θιάσου.  —B4

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Cf. Suda θ 380, Photius θ 180.   


Or. 319.24 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐλάχετ’⟩: ποιεῖτε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ταράσσειν  —SSa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 320.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐν δάκρυσι καὶ γόοις⟩: οὐχὶ ἐν χοροῖς καὶ μέλεσιν ὡς οἱ θίασοι τοῦ Διονύσου  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 321.01 (vet exeg) μελαγχρῶτες: 1μέλαιναι· χθόνιαι γάρ εἰσιν.  2ὡς καὶ πρὸς τὸν Μενέλαον Ὀρέστης φησὶν [408]· ‘ἔδοξ’ ἰδεῖν τρεῖς νυκτὶ προσφερεῖς κόρας’.   —MBVaCPrRw, partial OVbRb, app. H

TRANSLATION:   (‘Black-skinned’ means) black, for they are chthonic (deities). (Black,) just as Orestes in fact says to Menelaus: ‘I believed I saw three maidens similar to night’.

LEMMA: MCRw(BPr). lemma μελανοχρῶτες VaRb      REF. SYMBOL: HVaRb      POSITION: s.l. OVb; cont. from 319.01, prep. μελαγχρῶτες δὲ, BPr      

APP. CRIT.:   H lost except for a few letters in sentence 2   |    1 χθόνιοι Pr, οὖ χθόνια M, οὐ χθόνιαι C, ἐπεὶ χθόνιαι (γὰρ om.) O   |    after εἰσιν sch. 321.03 inserted MBVaCPrRw   |    2 ὡς καὶ κτλ om. OVbRb   |    ὁ ὁρέστης (sic) Va   |    ἔδοξεν MC   |    προσφορεῖς M   |    κόρας om. B   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μέλεναι Rb   |    γάρ εἰσίν M, γάρ εἰσι VbRb, γὰρ εἰσὶν VaRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,13–15; Dind. II.107,6–8

COMMENT:   The anomalous accentuation μελαγχρῶτες is universal in the manuscripts of the text and scholia here, and is also found in the editions of a few other texts. The expected accentuation μελάγχρωτες found in editions of Eur. and in Schwartz here is due to L. Dindorf.   


Or. 321.02 (rec exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: μέλαιναι, ὡς καταχθόνιαι οὖσαι  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 321.03 (vet exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: ἢ μελαίνουσαι τοὺς νοσοῦντας  —MBOVaVbCaCbPraPrbRw

TRANSLATION:   Or (it means) making black those who are ill.

POSITION: s.l. OCbVbPrb; inserted between sent. 1 and 2 of sch. 321.01 MBCaVaPraRw      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ] om. Cb, καὶ Vb, ἢ ὡς Pra, ἢ αἱ Prb   |    τοὺς νοσ. μελ. transp. Vb   |    μελαίνουσι M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,13–14; Dind. II.107,6–7


Or. 321.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: ὡς μέλαιναι οὖσαι ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς Νυκτὸς γινόμεναι καὶ τοῦ Ἐρέβους, ἢ ὅτι ὡς μελαίνουσαι τοὺς νοσοῦντας  —F

TRANSLATION:   As being black because born from Night and Erebus, or because making black those who are ill.

REF. SYMBOL: F      POSITION: marg.      


Or. 321.05 (rec exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: ὦ μέλαιναι μελανοχρόες, χθόνιαι γάρ εἰσιν.  —AbMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὦ om. Ab   |    μελανχρῶες (sic) μέλαιναι transp. Ab   |    χθόνιοι Sa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μελανογχρόες Sa   |   


Or. 321.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: καὶ μέλανα σώματα ἔχουσαι  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μέλαινα Ox (see on sch. 320.09)   |   


Or. 321.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: διότι πάντα τὰ ἐν τῇ γῇ μέλανα εἰσὶ.  —Aa

REF. SYMBOL: Aa      POSITION: marg.      


Or. 321.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: τὰ γὰρ δαιμόνια μέλαινα ὑπάρχουσιν ὡς καὶ ζωγράφουσιν αὐτά.  —Y2

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   In later Greek the masc./neuter stem could be μελαιν(ο)‑ as well as μελαν(ο)-; cf. μελαινονέφης, μελαινοφόρων, μελαινότερος and ‑τατος.   


Or. 321.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: αἱ ἔχουσαι τὸν χρῶτα μέλαινα  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   See on 320.09.   


Or. 321.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: αἱ μέλανα χρῶτα ἔχουσαι  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.107,8–9


Or. 321.12 (thom exeg) ⟨μελαγχρῶτες⟩: τοῦτο λέγει διὰ τὸ τοὺς μαινομένους μέλανας τὸ χρῶμα ποιεῖν.  —ZZaZlZmTG

TRANSLATION:  He says this (‘black-skinned’) because they make the insane black in color.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  first τὸ om. T   |    μέλαν T, μέλαινας Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.107,9–10


Or. 321.18 (recMosch exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδες⟩: κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν  —V3FPrXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZuB3a

TRANSLATION:  (‘Eumenides’ is the name used) in euphemism.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   κατ’ εὐφημισμῶν Zu, κατεφημισμόν Yf   |   

KEYWORDS:  εὐφημισμός   


Or. 321.21 (thom exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδες⟩: καὶ τοῦτο κατ’ εὐφημισμόν· δυσμενίδες γάρ εἰσι κατὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν καὶ ἀληθῆ λόγον.  —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   This word (‘Kindly Ones’) too is used euphemistically. For (these goddesses) are hostile according to a correct and truthful reckoning.

POSITION: s.l. Gu      

APP. CRIT.:  app. τοῦτο ὃ λέγει εὐμενίδες κατ’ εὐφημισμὸν φησὶ Zl (damage)   |    καὶ τοῦτο om. Gu   

COMMENT:   καὶ τοῦτο, ‘this too’, refers to 318.14 κατ’ εὐφημισμόν, applying to ποτνιάδες (only in ZmGu).   

KEYWORDS:  εὐφημισμός   


Or. 321.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Εὐμενίδες⟩: καὶ τιμωρητικαὶ θεαὶ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 322.01 (vet exeg) ταναὸν αἰθέρ’: 1ἀνὰ τὸν αἰθέρα πάλλεσθε πτερωταὶ οὖσαι.  2Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 9.571]· ‘ἠεροφοῖτις Ἐρινύς’.   —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   You leap/dart through the ether, being winged. Homer: ‘Erinys who travels in the air/mist’.

LEMMA: MC, τὸν ταναὸν αἰθέρα BPr, ἄλλως VRw      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: follows 322.03 VRw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀνὰ τὸν αἰθ. om. Pr (no punct. between lemma and note)   |    πτερωταῖς οὔσαις VRw   |    2 καὶ ὅμ. VRw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πάλλεσθαι VRw   |    2 ἱεροφοῖτις M, ἱεροφόνται Pr   |    ἐρινῦς B, ἐριννύς PrRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.130,16–17; Dind. II.107,14–15

COMMENT:   See on 275.17.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 322.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ταναὸν αἰθέρα τὸν λεπτομερῆ, τροπικῶς·  2τὰ γὰρ τεινόμενα τῶν σωμάτων λεπτύνεται.  3τὸ δὲ ἀμπάλλεσθε ὡς ἀνακινοῦσιν αὐτὸν τὸν ἀέρα ἐμφαντικῶς,  4τουτέστιν ἀναπάλλεσθε τοῖς πτεροῖς,  5κατὰ τὸν Ὁμηρικὸν [Hom. Il. 13.17–19] Ποσειδῶνα τὸν σείοντα τοῖς ποσὶ καὶ τῇ πορείᾳ τὸ ὄρος.   —MBCPr, partial O

TRANSLATION:   ‘Rarefied ether’ in the sense ‘composed of subtle particles’, figuratively. For those bodies that are stretched out are made subtle. And the word ‘you vibrate’ (is used) because they stir up the air itself, in a vivid usage. That is, you make (it) vibrate with your wings, similar to the Homeric Poseidon who with his feet and his movement makes the mountain shake.

LEMMA: M(in marg.)C      POSITION: cont. from 322.01, add. δὲ, BPr; 1–2 left marg., rest s.l. and right marg. O      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ταναὸν … λεπτομερῆ om. O   |    3 τὸ δὲ ἀμπ. ὡς] ὅτι O   |    δὲ om. MC   |    4 τουτέστιν· ἀναπάλλεσθε om. O   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τινόμενα M   |    4 τοῦτέστιν B, τουτἔστιν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,1–5; Dind. II.107,15–19

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer   


Or. 322.03 (rec exeg) τὸν ταναὸν αἰθέρα: 1τὸν λεπτομερῆ, μεταφορικῶς·  2τὰ γὰρ τεινόμενα τῶν σωμάτων λεπτύνεται.  3ἐμφαντικῶς τὸν αἰθέρα ἀμπάλλεσθε ὡς ἀνακινουσῶν αὐτῶν τὸν ἀέρα τοῖς πτεροῖς,  4κατὰ τὸν Ὁμηρικὸν [Hom. Il. 13.17–19] Ποσειδῶνα τὸν λείποντα καὶ τῇ πορείᾳ τοῖς ποσὶ σείοντα τὸ ὄρος.   —VMnRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   ‘Composed of subtle particles’, metaphorically. For those bodies that are stretched out are made subtle. In a vivid usage ‘you vibrate the ether’ as if they are stirring up the air with their wings, similar to the Homeric Poseidon who leaves and in his movement makes the mountain shake with his feet.

LEMMA: all      REF. SYMBOL: VRaRbSa      POSITION: follows sch. 326.02 S      

APP. CRIT.:   3–4 punct. and rubr. initial as if sep. scholion Rw   |    3 ἐμφ. om. S, ἐμφανῶς Rw   |    τὸν αἰθέρα om. MnRaRbSSa   |    ἀμπάλλεσθε] ἀμπάλεσθε a.c. V, ἐμπάλλεσθαι Rw, ἀπάλλεσθαι Ra, ἀπάλλεσθε Sa, ἀμπέλεσθαι Rb   |    ἀνακινοῦσαι RaRb   |    αὐτῶν] αὐτὸν Rb   |    after πτεροῖς add. αὐτῶν Ra   |    4 ὅμηρον V   |    λείποντα Sa, λειπόντα Mn, εἰπόντα others   |    τῇ om. a.c. V   |    τοὺς ὄρους Mn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.107,15–19 app.

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς   |   citation of Homer   


Or. 322.04 (pllgn paraphr) τὸν λεπτομερῆ αἰθέρα ἀνακινοῦσαι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 322.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨ταναὸν αἰθέρ’⟩: τὸν ἐπὶ πολὺ τεταμένον αἰθέρα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘Tanaon’ is applied to the ether in the sense) ‘the ether that is stretched out to a long distance’.

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 322.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: τὸν πολὺ τεταμένον  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 322.19 (tri metr) ⟨ταναὸν⟩: long mark over first alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 322.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἰθέρ’ ἀμπάλλεσθ’⟩: ὡς ἠεροφοίτης  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 322.35 (pllgn gram) ⟨αἵματος⟩: αἷμα ὁ φόνος. αἷμα τὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. καὶ αἷμα ἡ συγγένεια.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.01 (mosch paraphr) τινύμεναι δίκαν: 1τινύμεναι δίκην αἵματος, ἤγουν λαμβάνουσαι δίκην φόνου, τουτέστι κολάζουσαι διὰ φόνον.  2τινύμεναι φόνον, ἤγουν φονεύουσαι.   —AaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   Exacting a penalty for bloodshed, that is, taking a penalty for murder, that is, punishing because of murder. Exacting murder, that is, killing.

LEMMA: G(τιννύ‑)      

APP. CRIT.:  1 φόνου] φόνον Yf   |    κολάζουσι X   |    διὰ τὸν φόνον T   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τιννύ‑ AaG   |    2 τιννύ‑ AaXbG   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.108,10–12


Or. 323.02 (pllgn rhet) διπλασιάζει τὰς λέξεις.  —Y2

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   For διπλασιασμός indicating anaphora or epanaphora, cf. sch. Thom Ph. 1054 ὁ γὰρ τῶν ὀνομάτων διπλασιασμὸς ὑπερβολὴν θαύματος δηλοῖ.    

KEYWORDS:  διπλασιασμός   


Or. 323.03 (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: διὰ τὸ μέτρον ἓν ν̅ ὀφείλεις γράφειν εἰς τὸ τινύμεναι. οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει πρὸς τὸ κῶλον τῆς ἀντιστροφῆς οἰκείως.  —T

TRANSLATION:   Because of the meter you should write one nu in ‘tinumenai’ (not ‘tinnumenai’ with two, as in some manuscripts). For thus it is properly formed with respect to the colon of the antistrophe.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.13,22–23; de Fav. 52


Or. 323.04 (vet paraphr) first τινύμεναι: τιμωρίαν λαμβάνουσαι ὑπὲρ αἵματος καὶ φόνου  —MBVCPraPrbRb

TRANSLATION:   Exacting punishment for bloodshed and murder.

LEMMA: VRb, τινύμεναι φόνον C      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: intermarg. M; s.l. (above ἀμπάλλεσθ’ αἵματος) Prb; cont. from 322.02 BPra      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὸ τινύμεναι δίκαν ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. BPra(τιννύ-, δίκην Pra), πανταχοῦ prep. Prb   |    ὑπὲρ τοῦ C   |    καὶ om. Pra   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,6; Dind. II.107,20–21


Or. 323.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨first τινύμεναι⟩: τουτέστι κολάζουσαι διὰ φόνον  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.12 (tri metr) ⟨first τινύμεναι⟩: διὰ τὸ μέτρον  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 323.15 (thom exeg) ⟨τινύμεναι φόνον⟩: 1Ἐριννύες θεαὶ τρεῖς παρ’ Ἕλλησιν ἔφοροι φόνου καὶ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς φονεῖς.  2καλοῦνται δὲ Ἀληκτὼ Μέγαιρα καὶ Τισιφόνη.  3πῶς δὲ ἐνταῦθα λέγει ‘τιννύμεναι φόνον’;  4οὐ γὰρ ἀνταποδιδοῦσιν αὗται φόνον, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἐκδικοῦσιν τοὺς φόνους.  5λέγομεν οὖν ὅτι ἐξ ὧν ποιοῦσι τοὺς φονεῖς μαίνεσθαι παραπλήσιον ποιοῦσιν, ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ καὶ ἐφόνευον.  6ἢ τὸ τιννύμεναι φόνον ἀντὶ τοῦ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς φονεῖς νοητέον.  7τίω γάρ ἐστιν οὐ μόνον τὸ ἀνταποδίδωμι ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τιμῶ καὶ τὸ τιμωρῶ,  8ἵν’ ᾖ τὸ μὲν αἵματος τιννύμεναι δίκαν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνταποδιδοῦσαι, τὸ δὲ τιννύμεναι φόνον ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκδικοῦσαι τὸν φόνον καὶ τιμωρούμεναι τοὺς φονεῖς.  9ἢ εἰ τὸ φόνων μεγαλογραφεῖται λάβοις ἂν ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ δίκαν καὶ τὸ τιννύμεναι ὡς καὶ τὸ πρῶτον ἐρεῖς.   —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   The Erinyes are three goddesses among the Greeks who oversee murder and punish murderers. And they are called Alecto, Megaera, and Tisiphone. And how does he say here ‘exacting (‘tinnumenai’) murder’? For these goddesses do not give back murder in return, but rather punish murders. So we explain that from the way they make murderers go crazy they do almost the same as if in fact they were killing them. Or, one must understand the phrase ‘exacting murder’ to mean ‘punishing the murderers’. For the verb ‘tiō’ means not just ‘give back in return’, but it also means ‘honor’ and ‘avenge/punish’, so that ‘exacting (‘tinnumenai’) penalty of bloodshed’ means ‘giving back in return’, but ‘exacting (‘tinnumenai’) murder’ means ‘avenging the murder and punishing the murderers’. Or, if you write the word with a long vowel (genitive ‘of murders’ instead of accusative ‘murder’), you would take ‘penalty’ in common (with both phrases) and you will say ‘exacting’ (‘tinnumenai’) in the same way as the first one.

REF. SYMBOL: ZlZm at 321 εὐμενίδες; at 318 θεαί ZZa      POSITION: on fol. with 323–335 T, fol. with 321–346 Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἀλητὼ ZZaZmT, prob. Zl   |    καὶ om. Gu   |    3 λέγει ἐνταῦθα transp. Zm   |    3 φόνον] δίκην Gu   |    5 καὶ om. T   |    6 νοητέον τοὺς φονεῖς transp. ZlZmTGu   |    8 δίκην ZZaGu (δίκην in text ZZa)   |    9 δίκην Za [Zl ending washed out]   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐριννύαι Zm   |    2 μέγαρα Za   |    3–9 τινύμεναι T (all places)   |    4 ἐκδιοκοῦσι Gu   |    6 νοτέον Za   |    9 λάβης Zm   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.107,11–13 and 108,1–10


Or. 323.25 (rec exeg) ⟨φόνον⟩: τίνα; τοῦ Ὀρέστου δηλονότι.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῶ ὀρέ() Pr   


Or. 323.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φόνον⟩: χάριν τοῦ αἵματος  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.29 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φόνον⟩: φόνου  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 323.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φόνον⟩: φόνων  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 324.01 (324–326) (rec paraphr) καθικετεύω ὑμᾶς ἐᾶσαι τὸν τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος παῖδα ἐπιλαθέσθαι τῆς μανίας τῆς λύπης καὶ τῆς νόσου τῆς ἐπιφοιτώσης αὐτῷ εἰς μανίαν.  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὑμῖν K   |    καὶ add. before ἐπιλαθ. K   |    τὰς μανίας … τὰς ἐπιφοιτώσας K   |    καὶ om. G   |    αὐτὸν K   


Or. 324.03 (rec exeg) ⟨first καθικετεύομαι⟩: καὶ καθικετεύω, τὸ παθητικὸν ἀντὶ ἐνεργητικοῦ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 325.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γόνον⟩: γρ. δόμον.  —Za

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 325.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δόμον⟩: γρ. γόνον.  —Z

LEMMA: δόμον in text Z      POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 325.06 (325–326) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐάσατ’ ἐκλαθέσθαι⟩: καὶ ἐπιλήσμονες γένεσθε  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 325.09 (tri metr) ⟨ἐάσατ’⟩: long mark over first alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 326.01 (326–327) (vet exeg) ⟨λύσσας μανιάδος φοιταλέου⟩: λύσσα καὶ μανία καὶ φοῖτος ἕν ἐστιν.  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   Insanity (‘lussa’) and madness (‘mania’) and wandering (‘phoitos’) are one thing.

POSITION: intermarg.; appended to sch. 327.01, add. δὲ, M      

APP. CRIT. 2:   φοιτὸς C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,9; Dind. II.108,17


Or. 326.02 (326–327) (vet exeg) λύσσας μανιάδος φοιταλέου: τῆς λύσσης τῆς καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιούσης καὶ φοιτᾶν, ὅ ἐστι περιϊέναι  —MCMnRbSSa, partial O

TRANSLATION:   The mental disturbance that makes one both go mad and roam about, that is, ‘go around’.

LEMMA: λύσσας Sa, λύσας MnRb      POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. OC; between 319.07 and 322.03 S      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς λύσσης om. O   |    first τῆς om. S   |    τῆς καὶ] Schw., καὶ τοῦ MC, τοῦ ORb, καὶ τῆς τοῦ MnSSa   |    ποιοῦσαι MCRb, ποιοῦσα O   |    καὶ φοιτᾶν κτλ om. O   |    second καὶ om. MCRb   |    ὅ ἐ. περ. om. C   |    at end add. λύσσα καὶ μανία Rb (cf. sch. 326.01)   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   λύσης Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,7–8; Dind. II.108,14–15 app.


Or. 326.03 (326–327) (rec paraphr) ⟨λύσσας μανιάδος φοιταλέου⟩: τῆς ποιούσης τοὺς μαινομένους ὁρμᾶν μανίας  —AbMnRSSaGu

POSITION: s.l., except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   μανίας om. AbRGu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὁρμὰς Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.108,13–14


Or. 326.14 (326–327) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨φοιταλέου⟩: τῆς ἐμποιούσης φοῖτον, ἐνθουσιαστικῆς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 327.01 (vet exeg) φεῦ μόχθων: τὸ φεῦ μόχθων καθ’ ἑαυτό. τουτέστι δυστυχής ἐστι χάριν τῶν μόχθων.  —MBCKPr

TRANSLATION:   The phrase ‘alas for the toils’ is by itself. That is, he is unfortunate because of his toils.

LEMMA: BPr      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: intermarg. MC, s.l. K      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ φεῦ μόχθων] τοῦτο Pr, om. K   |    ἐστι καὶ MC   

APP. CRIT. 2:   καθεαυτὸ C, καθεαυτὸν M, καθ’ ἑαυτὸν Pr   |    τοῦτέστι B   |   τὸν μόχθον C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,10–11; Dind. II.108,16–17


Or. 327.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1τοῦτο κατ’ ἰδίαν ἀναπεφώνηται.  2ἢ τὸ φεῦ συντέτακται, ἵν’ ᾖ φεῦ {ἰὼ Ζεῦ} οἵων μόχθων ὁ τάλας ὀρεχθεὶς ἔρρεις.   —MC, app. H

TRANSLATION:   This phrase has been uttered by itself. Or the exclamation ‘pheu’ (‘alas’) has been connected syntactically, so that it means: ‘Alas for the sort of toils that you, poor man, reached for and were ruined’.

LEMMA: C      POSITION: follows 332.01 MVC (cf. sch. 332.02 in HO); H app. has it in proper sequence      

APP. CRIT.:   H almost entirely lost   |    1 ἀναπεφώνηκεν M [H]   |    2 ἰὼ ζεῦ del. Schw.   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κατιδίαν M   |    2 ὀρεχθεὶς by correction M (perhaps began ἔρρ)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,12–13; Dind. II.108,20–22

COMMENT:   The similarity of sch. 332.02 seems to have led to the displacement of this note and the interpolation of ἰὼ ζεῦ by a misunderstanding of 332.01, leading to the improbable idea that ἰὼ ζεῦ goes closely with φεῦ.   


Or. 327.03 (rec exeg) ⟨φεῦ μόχθων⟩: ὦ τῆς ἀνάγκης· φεῦ σοι τῷ δυστυχεῖ χάριν τῆς κακοπαθείας  —VPr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὦ τῆς ἀν. om. Pr   


Or. 327.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φεῦ μόχθων⟩: σοι τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 327.11 (thom exeg) ⟨μόχθων⟩: πόνων λέγω δὴ τοῦ τῆς μητρὸς φόνου  —ZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (Genitive ‘of toils’ means) ‘of the pains, I mean, (deriving) from the murder of the mother’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῶν prep. T   |    δὴ om. Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.108,18

COMMENT:   λέγω δὴ means that Thomas advocated taking μόχθων as in apposition to λύσσας, not as genitive of cause with the exclamation, as others did.   


Or. 327.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μόχθων⟩: ἐν ἄλλῳ μόχθων κακῶν  —Ar

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: ἐν ἄλλῳ   


Or. 327.16 (327–328) (vet exeg) οἵων ὁ τάλας ὀρεχθεὶς: 1πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπέτεινε τὸν λόγον·  2οἵων πραγμάτων ὁ τάλας ἐπιθυμήσας·  3λέγει δὲ τοῦ φόνου τοῦ κατὰ τῆς μητρός·  4οἴχῃ καὶ διέφθαρσαι ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίποδος δεξάμενος τὴν μαντείαν ἣν ὁ Φοῖβος ἔλακεν.   —MBCPr, app. H

TRANSLATION:   (The chorus) turned its speech to address him (Orestes): ‘Having longed for what sort of things, poor man’. (The chorus) is speaking of the murder directed at his mother: ‘You are gone and have been destroyed, having received from the tripod the oracle that Phoebus cried forth’.

LEMMA: BPr, ὀρεχθεὶς ἔρρεις C      REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   H almost totally lost   |    1 ὡς πρὸς BCPr   |    ἀποτίνει (om. τὸν λόγον) C   |    2 ὁ] σὺ ὁ BPr, ὦ C   |    4 διεφθάρης C   |    τοῦ om. M   |    ἃν M, ὃν Pr   |    ἐλάλησεν Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 ὤχη M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,16–18; Dind. II.108,22–109,2


Or. 327.17 (pllgn paraphr) δι’ οἵων κακῶν δηλονότι ἔρρεις ἑαυτὸν κτεῖναι  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,3


Or. 327.18 (rec exeg) ⟨οἵων⟩: πραγμάτων, φόνου τῆς μητρός  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 327.25 (rec exeg) ⟨ὁ⟩:  —Ab


Or. 327.27 (tri metr) ⟨τάλας⟩: long mark over second alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 328.01 (vet exeg) ὀρεχθεὶς: ἐπιθυμήσας· ἐκτείνεται γὰρ τὴν διάνοιαν ὁ ἐπιθυμῶν.  —MaMbCaCbV

TRANSLATION:   (‘Having reached for’ here means) ‘having longed for’. (This word is suitable) because the one who desires stretches forth his thought.

LEMMA: CbV      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: s.l. Mb, appended to sch. 332.01 Cb      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐκτείνονται … οἱ ἐπιθυμοῦντες MaV   |    ὁ ἐπιθυμ. τὴν διάνοιαν transp. Ca   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπιθυμὼν Ca   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,14–15; Dind. II.108,19–20


Or. 328.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ὀρεχθεὶς⟩: ἐπιθυμήσας· ὁ γὰρ ἐπιθυμῶν ἐντείνεται †ὥσπερ† τὴν διάνοιαν πρὸς τὸ ποθούμενον.  —B

TRANSLATION:   (‘Having reached for’ here means) ‘having longed for’. (This word is suitable) because the one who desires, as it were, stretches forth his thought toward the thing longed for.

POSITION: intermarg.      

APP. CRIT.:   perhaps transpose ὥσπερ ἐντείνεται τὴν διάνοιαν or ὥσπερ πρὸς τὸ ποθ.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,14–15; Dind. II.108,19–20 app.


Or. 328.05a (rec exeg) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: γρ. ἔρρῃ.  —R

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 328.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: 1τὸ ἐνεργητικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ παθητικοῦ·  2τὸ γὰρ ἔρρω καὶ ἡ ἐνέργεια πάθος ση(μαίνει), ὡς καὶ τὸ χαίρομαι τὸ παθητικὸν χαρὰν ση(μαίνει). οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ ἐνεργητικὸν πάθος ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 8.164] ‘ἔρρε, κακὴ γλήνη’.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   The active voice used with a passive sense. For with the verb ‘errō’ even the activity indicates passivity, just as also in the case of ‘chairomai’, the passive indicates delight. Thus too here the passive form indicates passivity, as in (the Homeric phrase) ‘off with you, poor sissy’.

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 328.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἔρρεις⟩: 1ἔρρω τὸ φθείρω πρωτότυπον. ὁ μέλλων ἐρρήσω.  2οὐ γὰρ ἐστὶν ὁ μέλλων ἐρῶ δι’ ἑνὸς ρ̅ ἵνα μὴ συνεμπέσῃ τὸ ἐρῶ καὶ λέξω.  3ὅπου μαρτυρεῖ καὶ ὁ Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Eq. 4]· ‘ἀφ’ οὗ γὰρ εἰσηρρησεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν’.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Errō’ meaning ‘I ruin’ is the base form. The future is ‘errēsō’. For the future is not ‘erō’ written with one rho, in order that the form not coincide with ‘erō’ meaning ‘I will say’. Since Aristophanes too gives evidence: ‘because ever since he made his damned way (‘eisērrēsen’) into the house’.

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aristophanes   


Or. 329.01 (329–330) (rec paraphr) δεξάμενος σὺ τὴν μαντείαν ἣν Ἀπόλλων ἐλάλει ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίποδος εἰς τὴν γῆν  —Ra


Or. 329.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τρίποδος ἄπο φάτιν⟩: καὶ τὴν γενομένην ἀπὸ τοῦ ναοῦ  —AbMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ τὴν γεν. om. AbMn   


Or. 329.03 (rec exeg) ⟨τρίποδος ἄπο φάτιν⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ μαντ(είου) τοῦ ὄντος που  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 329.04 (rec exeg) ⟨τρίποδος ἀπόφασιν⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς μαντείας  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 329.08 (vet exeg) ἀπόφατιν: ἀπόφασιν πρόσταξιν  —BOVC

TRANSLATION:   (Meaning) declaration, command.

LEMMA: C      POSITION: intermarg. B, cont. from 328.02, add. δὲ; s.l. OV      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ prep. C   |    πρόσταξιν ἀπόφασιν transp. B, πρόσταξιν om. O   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,19; Dind. II.109,5


Or. 329.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφατιν⟩: διὰ τὴν ἀπόφασιν. πρόσταξιν τὴν κακήν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  formed by adding words to V gloss 329.08   


Or. 329.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφατιν⟩: γρ. ἀπόφασιν καὶ ἀπόφατιν.  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 329.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄπο φάτιν⟩: γρ. ἀπόφασιν.  —R

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 329.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄπο, φάτην⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι ἀπόφατιν.  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 329.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπόφασιν⟩: γράφεται ἄπο φάτιν.  —Zm

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 329.20 (rec metr) ⟨ἃν⟩: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 329.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἃν⟩: Δωρικὸν  —B3d

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 330.12 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: κατ’ ἐκεῖνο τὸ πέδον  —BOC

TRANSLATION:   In that land.

POSITION: s.l. O, marg. B; cont. from 329.08 (with no punct.) BC      

APP. CRIT.:   πεδίον O, δάπεδον C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,20


Or. 330.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: ἀνὰ πλατὺ πέδον  —V

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐκεῖνον (sic) add. V3   


Or. 330.14 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν τόπον ἤγουν τὸ οἴκημα  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 330.15 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: κατὰ τὴν γῆν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,6–7


Or. 330.16 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνὰ δάπεδον⟩: ἤγουν εἰς τὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος οἴκημα τὸ καλούμενον Δελφούς  —ZZlZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   That is, at the dwelling of Apollo called Delphi.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν om. T   |    εἰς om. GuOx2   |    τοῦ om. Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,7–8


Or. 330.23 (tri metr) ⟨δάπεδον⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52

COMMENT:   Triclinius wrongly adjusts the length of the alpha to suit his scheme. He apparently treated the alpha as short in the trimeter Or. 1645 (no mark) as well as in Andr. 117, Ion 121, and IA 756 (all in L).   


Or. 331.01 (vet exeg) ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι λέγονται: 1ὀμφαλὸς κέκληται ἡ Πυθὼ παρὰ τὰς ὀμφὰς τὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ χρηστηριαζομένας.  2ἢ παρὰ τὸ εἶναι ἐν μέσῳ τῆς οἰκουμένης τὴν Πυθώ.  3λέγεται γὰρ τὸν Δία μαθεῖν βουλόμενον τὸ μέσον τῆς γῆς δύο ἀετοὺς ἰσοταχεῖς ἀφεῖναι, τὸν μὲν ἀπὸ δύσεως, τὸν δὲ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς,  4καὶ ἐκεῖσε αὐτοὺς ἀπαντῆσαι, ὅθεν ὀμφαλὸς ἐκλήθη.  5ἀνακεῖσθαί τε χρυσοῦς ἀετούς φασι τῶν μυθευομένων ἀετῶν ὑπομνήματα.   —(H)MBOCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Pytho is called ‘navelÆ (‘omphalos’) by derivation from the prophetic utterances (‘omphai’) given as oracles by the god. Or because Pytho is in the middle of the inhabited world. For it is said that when Zeus wanted to determine the midpoint of the earth he released two equally swift eagles, one from the west and one from the east, and they met at that place, wherefore it was called navel. And they say that golden eagles have been set up as dedications memorializing the eagles told of in the mythical story.

LEMMA: MC(prep. ἄλλως), μεσόμφαλοι Rw; label ἱστορία in marg. Pr      REF. SYMBOL: H      POSITION: follows 322.02 in M, follows next in C; follows sch. 327.16 (with punct.), add. δὲ, B      

APP. CRIT.:   only small traces survive in H   |    1–2 ὀμφαλὸς … ἢ om. O   |    1 κέκληται] λέγεται Rw   |    ἡ πυθία Pr   |    παρὰ τὰς Schw. (from next sch.), παρὰ τὸ τὰς MBRw, παρὰ τὸ CPr, H uncertain   |    second τὰς om. M   |    ὑπὸ θεοῦ BPr   |    after χρηστ. add. λέγειν BPr   |    2 εἶναι om. C, transp. after οἰκουμένης O   |    τὴν πυθώ om. BPr   |    3 δύο ταχεῖς ἀφεῖναι ἀετοὺς Pr   |    ἀφιέναι MOCRw   |    μὲν] δὲ O   |    4 συναντῆσαι BPr   |    ὅθεν καὶ HPr   |    5 τε δύο ἀετοὺς χρυσοῦς H   |    ἀετούς] ἀε M   |    φη(σὶν) Pr   |    μεμυθευμένων O   |    ὑπομνήματα] μνημεῖα H, ἀπομιμήματα Valckenaer    |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 πυθῶα (sic) M   |    2 πυθῶ M   |    5 χρυσοὺς Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,1–7; Dind. II.109,9–15

COMMENT:   The addition of λέγειν after χρηστηριαζομένας provides the infinitive expected with παρὰ τὸ and could conceivably be meant to provide the lambda that a full etymology would want to account for. But it likely to be secondary, that is, a correction in the B-tradition after the accidental intrusion of τὸ.   |   Valckenaer’s emendation is to be found in Theocriti decem Idyllia ... cum notis edidit eiusdemque Adoniazusas uberioribus adnotationibus instruxit L. C. Valckenaer (Leiden 1773) 402–403, where he reports an excerpt from this scholion with the reading ἀπομνήματα (found in Barnes’ edition, although Arsenius correctly printed ὑπομνήματα).   


Or. 331.02 (vet exeg) ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι λέγονται μυχοί: ἡ Δῆλος γὰρ μεσαιτάτη ἐστὶ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου. ἢ τῶν Κυκλάδων νήσων. ἢ παρὰ τὰς ὀμφὰς καὶ τὰς φήμας.  —BC

TRANSLATION:   (‘Mesomphalos’, ‘in the midmost navel’ is used) because Delos is at the very middle of the entire world. Or (in the middle of) the Cycladic islands. Or (‘mesomphalos’) is derived from the oracular voices and pronouncements.

LEMMA: C; ἄλλως in marg. B      POSITION: precedes prev. in C      

APP. CRIT.:   παρὰ τὸ τὰς C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.131,21–23; Dind. II.109,15–17

COMMENT:   Outside the scholia on this play, there is no other extant claim that Delos is at the midpoint of the world, and the most likely explanation of the origin of the note is that in a short note stating that Delphi was at the center of the world the proper name was corrupted to Delos by some combination of visual similarity and mental association. (Proper names of mythological persons, gods, and places are sometimes accidentally substituted for one another both by ancient scribes and by modern scholars.) Once this error occurred, someone added the more traditional doctrine that Delos is in the middle of the Cyclades, found in Sch. Hom. Od. 5.123c1 Pontani, sch. Callimachus Hymn. 4.325a, and elsewhere. The idea of Delos as a midpoint in a different sense is found once in Galen, when he names it as a temperate midpoint between hot Africa and cold Scythia: in Hipp. prognost. comm. iii, 18b:314,5–8 Kühn Λιβύηϲ μὲν γὰρ ὡϲ θερμῆϲ, Ϲκυθίαϲ δ’ ὡϲ ψυχρᾶϲ, Δήλου δ’ ὡϲ εὐκράτου καὶ μέϲηϲ ἀμφοῖν, ἕνεκα παραδείγματοϲ ἐμνημόνευϲεν.   


Or. 331.03 (rec exeg) ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι λέγονται: 1ἡ Δῆλος γὰρ μεσαίτατον ἐστὶ παντὸς τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τῶν Κυκλάδων νήσων.  2ἢ ὀμφαλὸν τὴν Πυθὼ λέγει.  3λέγεται γὰρ τὸν Δία μαθεῖν βουλόμενον τὸ μέσον τῆς γῆς δύο ἀετοὺς ἀφεῖναι ἰσοταχεῖς, τὸν μὲν ἀπὸ δύσεως, τὸν δὲ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς,  4καὶ ἐκεῖσε αὐτοὺς ἀπαντῆσαι.  5ὀμφαλὸς δὲ κέκληται ἡ Πυθὼ παρὰ τὰς ὀμφὰς τὰς ὑπὸ θεοῦ χρηστηριαζομένας.   —VMnRbSSa, partial Ra

TRANSLATION:   (‘Mesomphalos’, ‘in the midmost navel’ is used) because Delos is at the very middle of the entire world and of the Cycladic islands. Or by ‘omphalos’ he means Pytho. For it is said that when Zeus wanted to determine the midpoint of the earth he released two equally swift eagles, one from the west and one from the east, and they met there. Pytho is called navel by derivation from the prophetic utterances (‘omphai’) given as oracles by the god.

LEMMA: V, ἵνα μεσόφαλοι (sic) Rb, μεσόμφαλοι MnS      REF. SYMBOL: VSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 ἡ δῆλος … λέγει om. Ra   |    2 λέγειν V   |    3 γὰρ om. RaRb   |    ἀνατολῆς] ἀνατ()λ()῀ VRa, ἀνατολῶν RbMnSSa   |    5 παρὰ τὰς RaRb, παρὰ τὸ VMnSSa   |    at end add. λέγειν V, add. ἤτοι μαντευομένας Ra   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 πυθῶ a.c. Mn   |   5 πυθῶ Ra   |   χρηστηριζομένας Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,9 app.


Or. 331.04 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἡ Δῆλος γὰρ μεσαίτατον ἐστὶ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου, ἢ τῶν Κυκλάδων νήσων.  2ἢ παρὰ ⟨τὸ⟩ τὰς ὀμφὰς καὶ τὰς φήμας ἅλλεσθαι.   —Pr

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἢ] ἡ Pr   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 331.05 (thom exeg) ἵνα μεσόμφαλοι: 1βουλόμενος ὁ Ζεὺς τὸ μέσον τῆς γῆς μαθεῖν δύο ἀετοὺς ἰσοπετεῖς εἰληφὼς ἀφῆκε, τὸν μὲν ἐξ ἀνατολῆς, τὸν δὲ ἐκ δυσμῶν.  2συνηντήθησαν οὖν εἰς Δελφούς, ἔνθα τὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐστὶ μαντεῖον.  3ὅθεν καὶ εἰς τοῦτο κατασκευάσαντες χρυσοῦς ἀετοὺς δύο ἀνέθεσαν ἐκεῖ εἰς ὑπόμνημα τῶν πρόσθεν ἀετῶν.   —ZZaZlZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   When Zeus wanted to determine the midpoint of the earth, he took two eagles that flew at the same pace and released them, one from the east, the other from the west. The came together, then, at Delphi, where the oracle of Apollo is. Therefore also in response to this, having procured two golden eagles, they dedicated them there as a remembrance of the earlier eagles.

LEMMA: T      REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZmGu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἰσοταχεῖς T   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 αἰετοὺς ZGu   |   ἀφῆκεν Zm   |   2 συνητήθησαν Ox2   |   3 αἰετῶν Z, αὐτῶν Zl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109 app. on 12


Or. 331.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: οἱ μέσοι τόποι τῆς γῆς  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 331.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: τόποι τῆς γῆς οἱ μεσόμφαλοι  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 331.12 (thom paraphr) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: οἱ μέσοι ὀμφαλοί  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 331.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: ὅπου, γίνωσκε, ὁ Παρνασσὸς τυγχάνει ἐν τῇ Πυθίᾳ.  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 331.16 (pllgn gram) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: παρὰ τὸ (?)ὀμφαλὸν(?) εἶναι ἐν μέσῳ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   mostly erased   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 331.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μεσόμφαλοι⟩: βʹ ὁ (?)Δῆλος(?) ὀμφ(ά)λη(?) / ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἐλέγοντο.  —B3a

POSITION: marg. beside 323–324      

COMMENT:   The reading is extremely uncertain, and the note seems incomplete, but the possibility that Delos and ‘omphal‑’ are mentioned suggests the note belongs here. The words have no discernible relevance to 323–324.   


Or. 331.26 (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: περισσὸν ἦν τὸ γᾶς· ἤγουν μυχοὶ γᾶς. διὸ καὶ ἐξεβλήθη παρ’ ἐμοῦ. ἀρκεῖ γὰρ τὸ δάπεδον.  —T

TRANSLATION:   The word ‘gās’ was superfluous (scil. in the reading ‘muchoi gās’ found in the manuscripts). (‘Hollows’ by itself) means ‘hollows of the earth’. Therefore the word has been removed from the text by me. For the word ‘ground/land’ (330 ‘dapedon’) is sufficient (to indicate the meaning).

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.109,20–21; de Fav. 52

KEYWORDS:  Triclinius, emendation by   |   περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 331.30 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 332.01 (vet exeg) ἰὼ Ζεῦ: πρὸς τὰ ἄνω τοῦτο σχετλιαστικῶς μετὰ ἤθους ἀναπεφώνηται.  —MCPr

TRANSLATION:   In reaction to the preceding words, this is enunciated complainingly with controlled emotion.

LEMMA: MC      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: s.l. Pr; after (out-of-order) sch. 335.19 M      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ἄνω printed by Dind. (and Schw.) without note   |    τοῦτο om. M, transp. before πρὸς Pr   |    σχετλιαστικὸν MC   |    μετὰ] μέτρον Pr   |    at end add. ἰὼ ζεῦ μόχθων ὁ τάλας ὀρεχθεὶς ἔρρει Pr, cont. with sch. 328.01 MC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,8–9; Dind. II.110,4–5

COMMENT:   See on 136.02.   

KEYWORDS:  μετὰ ἤθους   


Or. 332.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ἰὼ Ζεῦ⟩: τοῦτο κατ’ ἰδίαν ἀναπεφώνηται.  —HO

TRANSLATION:   This is enunciated on its own.

POSITION: intermarg. H      


Or. 332.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰὼ Ζεῦ⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ὁ λόγος.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 332.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨Ζεῦ⟩: ἐπὶ ἀποτροπῇ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (The invocation of Zeus is spoken) apotropaically.

POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from prev. X, from 332.06 T      

APP. CRIT.:  φεῦ prep. X   |    ἀποτροπῆς Xo, ἀποτροπ()῀ T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.110,6

COMMENT:   The usual construction in describing exclamations is ἐπὶ + gen., as in the more common ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως, and the gen. is found here in Xo and in sch. rec. Arist. Nub. 1372c alpha Koster ὥσπερ ἐστὶ τὸ ‘ὦ Ἄπολλον’ ἐπὶ ἀποτροπῆς, οὕτω καὶ τὸ ‘ὦ ἀλεξίκακε’· τὸ δὲ ‘ὦ Ἡράκλεις’ ἐπὶ θαυμασμοῦ λαμβάνεται. On the other hand, ἐπὶ ἀποτροπῇ + objective gen. is quite common in various authors, and that usage may have influenced the choice of dative, if that was Moschopulus’ choice.   


Or. 333.01 (vet exeg) τίς ἔλεος: 1εἰς τὸ τίς ἔλεος στιγμὴν δεδωκότες λείπειν τῷ λόγῳ φήσομεν τὸ γενήσεται καὶ τὸ ἄλλο τίς ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδείς,  2ἵν’ ᾖ ὁ νοῦς οὕτως· τίς ἔλεος γενήσεται, ἀντὶ τοῦ τίς ἐλεήσει σε, Ὀρέστα;   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Having placed punctuation at ‘what pity’ we shall say that the verb ‘will come about’ is missing in the phrase and that the second ‘what’ is to be understood as ‘none’, so that the sense is as follows: ‘what pity will come about?’ meaning ‘who will have pity on you, Orestes?’

REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: follows 327.16 in M      

APP. CRIT.:   1 στιγμὴν δεδωκ.] στίξαντες Pr   |    στιγμὴ M   |    ἄλλο del. Matt.   |    2 ὁ νοῦς om. Pr   |    τίς ἔλεος γενήσεται om. Rw   |    after γενήσεται add. τῷ ὀρέστῃ BPr   |    second τίς] τίς τοῦτον ἐλεήσει, τίς ἄρα Rw   |    σε ὀρέστα] τὸν ὀρέστην Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,11–13; Dind. II.110,7–10

COMMENT:   Taking the second τίς as equivalent to ‘no one’ implies punctuation after the second τίς. The many mss I have checked have punctuation and/or extra space after ἔλεος, but none after the second τίς, except F (where it appears to be by the text hand) and V, where is it clearly added by corrector V2. Cf. the glosses with οὐδείς, 333.10, 333.18, as well as 333.05, which says correctly that the answer to the rhetorical question τίς ἔλεος must be supplied mentally (ἔξωθεν). The present note would make good sense if ἄλλο were deleted with Matthiae so that the remark applied to the first τίς, but ἄλλο appears to be confirmed by δεύτερον in 333.28 and the suprelinear note 333.29 (although these could of course have been derived from the discursive note after it was corrupted).    

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 333.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: στιγμή  —H4

POSITION: intermarg.      


Or. 333.03 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: 1τίς ἄρα, φησὶ, τοῦτον ἐλεήσει,  2τίς δὲ ὁ κίνδυνος οὗτος καὶ ἡ μανιώδης νόσος ἐπέρχεται ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον, ταχύνων σε καὶ ἐξεγείρων.  3τουτέστιν· ἆρα δαίμων τις ἐπιπέμπει τούτῳ τὰς Ἐρινύας;   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Who, then, (the chorus) says, will pity this man? And what danger is this and what insanity-like sickness that comes upon you, wretched man, speeding you and arousing you? That is, is some divinity sending the Erinyes against this man?

LEMMA: MC, in marg. B      POSITION: cont. from 333.01 PrRw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τίς … ἐλεήσει om. Rw (cf. app. to prev.)   |    2 ἐπὶ σὲ] ἐπὶ δὲ Pr   |    ταχύνων] ταχίστων Rw   |    3 δαίμων ἆρα transp. M   |    ἀποπέμπει Rw   |    τούτῳ] om. Rw, οὕτω Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἄρα] ἆρα M   |   3 ἆρα] ἄρα C   |   ἐριννύας PrRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,14–16; Dind. II.110,10–13


Or. 333.04 (rec paraphr) τίς ἔλεος: λείπει τὸ γενήσεται ἵν’ ἦ ὁ νοῦς· τίς ἐλεήσει σε, Ὀρέστα, τίς δὲ ὁ κίνδυνος οὗτος καὶ ἡ μανιώδης νόσος ἐπέρχεται ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον, ταχύνων καὶ ἐξεγείρων.  —V

TRANSLATION:   The verb ‘will come about’ is to be understood so that the sense is: Who will pity you, Orestes, and what danger, that is, insanity-like sickness, is this that comes upon you, wretched man, speeding and arousing (you)?

LEMMA: ἰὼ ζεῦ τίς ἔλεος V      REF. SYMBOL: V      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,11–6 app.; Dind. II.110,7 app.

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 333.05 (vet exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: 1τίς ἐλεήσει αὐτόν·  2ἔξωθεν ἀκουσόμεθα τὸ οὐδείς.  3διὰ τί; οὗτος γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ κίνδυνος, ὁ ἐκ τῶν Ἐρινύων, ἐπέρχεται φόνιος, μεθ’ ὁρμῆς φερόμενος ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Who will pity him? We will supply from outside (the answer) ‘no one’. Why (will no one pity him)? Because this danger, the one from the Erinyes, is coming upon him in bloody fashion, carried along with strong impulse against you, wretched man.

LEMMA: M, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως C, ἢ ἄλλως PrRw(ἄλλος), ἄλλως in marg. B      POSITION: cont. from 333.03 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἀκουσώμεθα M, ἀκουστέον Pr   |    3 οὗτος] app. οὐτω or οὔτω M   |    αὐτοῦ Pr   |    second ὁ om. Rw   |    ἐκ om. C   |    ἔρχεται BPrRw   |    after ἔρχεται scholion-ending punct. Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἐριννύων Pr   |   μεθορμῆς MC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,17–19; Dind. II.110,13–15

COMMENT:   See on 333.01.   


Or. 333.06 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: 1τίς ἔλεός ἐστι τούτῳ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ, τίς, ὦ Ζεῦ,  2ᾧ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμβάλλεταί τις ἀλάστωρ, πορεύων εἰς δόμους, ἀντὶ τοῦ περιέλκων αὐτὸν τῇ μανίᾳ καὶ ἀναβακχεύων κατὰ τὸν οἶκον,  3ὅστις, ὁ ἀλάστωρ, ἐγείρει τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρός.   —MBVCPraPrb

TRANSLATION:   What pity is there for this Orestes, what pity, o Zeus, (for this one) for whom some avenging demon (‘alastōr’) adds tears upon tears, making (him) enter the house, meaning dragging him around in madness and making him revel thoughout the house; who, the avenging demon, arouses the blood of his mother.

LEMMA: VCPra, in marg. MB      POSITION: follows 335.01 M, follows 335.19 V; Prb version follows Prb version of 338.10      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τίς ἔλεος … ζεῦ om. Prb   |    τίς ὦ ζεῦ om. BPra   |    2 ἀλαστόρων V, τῶν ἀλαστόρων Prb   |    δόμους αὐτοὺς VPrb, δόμον Pra   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ] καὶ Prb   |    ἕλκων B, ἥκων Pra   |    αὐτὸν] om. VPrb, αὐτῷ C   |    after μανίᾳ add. τὸ γὰρ πορεύων δηλοῖ τὸ περιέλκον αὐτὸν τῆ μανία C   |    καὶ ἀναβακχεύων del. Schw.   |    καὶ om. Prb   |    ἀναβακχεύω V   |    κατὰ τῶν οἴκων VPrb   |    3 ὁ M, om. others   |    ἀλαστόρων V   |    ἐγείρει] om. Pra, ἀνεγείρει V   |    at end add. V sch. 337.17, add. Pra πορεύεσθαι καὶ διατρέχειν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὸν οἶκον ποιοῦντα   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐστὶν M   |   2 ᾧ] ὦ C   |   συμβάλεται C   |   ἀλλάστωρ M   |   3 ἀλλάστωρ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,20–23; Dind. II.110,16–111,2


Or. 333.07 (rec paraphr) ἢ ᾧτινι σοι τῷ Ὀρέστῃ πορεύων ἤτοι φέρων εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς δόμους τοῦ ᾍδου τὴν σὴν μητέρα ἐπὶ τοῖς δάκρυσι δάκρυα συμμίγει. ἢ οὕτως· ἐν ᾧτινι τῷ φόβῳ καὶ τῷ κινδύνῳ καὶ τῇ μανιώδει νόσῳ δάκρυα ἐπὶ τοῖς δάκρυσιν.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Or, for whom, that is, for you, Orestes, (the struggle) conveying or bringing your mother into the house of the avenging demons, meaning into the house of Hades, mixes tears upon tears. Or this way: in which, (namely) the fear and danger and insane sickness, (the struggle mixes) tears upon tears.

POSITION: cont. from Prb version of 333.06      


Or. 333.08 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1τίς ἔλεός ἐστι τούτῳ, ᾧ δάκρυα ἐπιβάλλει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων δαιμόνων, τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρὸς πορεύεσθαι καὶ διατρέχειν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὸν οἶκον ποιοῦν;  2τινὲς δὲ ἤκουσαν εἰς ἀλαστόρων δόμον ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς Ἅιδου, εἰς τὸν οἶκον τῶν ἀλαστόρων·  3καὶ τίς δὲ ἡ νόσος πορεύεσθαι αὐτὸν ποιοῦσα εἰς Ἅιδου;  4ἡ δὲ περικοπή· οἵων μόχθων ἐπιθυμήσας, ὦ τάλας, διέφθαρσαι, δεξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίποδος τὴν μαντείαν, ἣν ὁ Ἀπόλλων εἶπε κατὰ τοὺς Δελφοὺς, ἔνθα γῆς ὀμφαλὸς λέγεται.  5τίς ἐλεήσει αὐτὸν, ὦ Ζεῦ;  6τί; οὗτος γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ ἀγὼν ἐκ τῶν Ἐρινύων ἐπέρχεται διὰ τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον, μεθ’ ὁρμῆς φερόμενος ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν μέλεον.  7μετέβαλε δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγου εἰς τὸν πρὸς αὐτόν.   —BC, partial Pr

TRANSLATION:   What pity is there for this man, upon whom one of the alastor-demons imposes tears, the blood of his mother causing him to go and to run throughout the house? Some have understood (that the phrasing is) to the house of the alastors, meaning to Hades, to the dwelling of the alastors. And what is the sickness causing him to go to Hades? And the passage as a whole runs: having set your heart on what toils, o wretched man, you have been ruined, after receiving the oracle from the tripod, which Apollo spoke in Delphi, where the navel of the earth is said to be. Who will pity him, o Zeus? Why (do I ask this)? Because this struggle comes upon him from the Erinyes because of the murder of his mother, carried along with strong impulse against you, wretched man. The chorus shifted from speaking about him to speaking to him.

LEMMA: BC      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τίς … ποιοῦν om. Pr   |    τούτῳ τῷ ὀρέστῃ B   |    διατρέχων αὐτὸ C   |    ποιεῖ C   |    2 first εἰς] τὸ B   |    τοῦ om. C   |    εἰς τὸν] κατὰ τὸν B, rewritten as εἰς τὸν later   |    3 εἰς ἅδην Pr   |    4 οἷον C   |    τοὺς δελφοὺς] τὴν ἀδελφὴν Pr   |    5–7 τίς ἐλεήσει κτλ om. Pr   |    6 τί, οὗτος C, τοιοῦτος B   |    τὸν om. C   |    after ὁρμῆς add. δὲ B   |    φερομένη C   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   6 μεθορμῆς C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.133,1–11; Dind. II.111, 3–13


Or. 333.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: τίς ἐλεήσει τοῦτον;  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 333.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: τίς ἔλεος γενήσεται, ὦ Ὀρέστα, τίς, ἤγουν οὐδεὶς.  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 333.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: τίς ἐλεήσει σε;  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 333.12 (mosch exeg) τίς ἔλεος: ἀντὶ τοῦ πόθεν ἂν γένοιτο ἔλεος;  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to: from where might pity come?

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G   |    ἂν γέν. ἔλεος om. Aa2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,17–18


Or. 333.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: ὑπάρξει ἐν τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 333.14 (thom paraphr) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: ἔσται σοὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —ZZaZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,17


Or. 333.15 (vet exeg) ⟨τίς ἔλεος⟩: λείπει τὸ γενήσεται.  —H

TRANSLATION:   (The verb phrase) ‘will there be’ is to be understood.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 333.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδείς  —Pr

POSITION: below the word, because space above full      


Or. 333.21 (333–338) (vet paraphr) τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν ⟨φόνιος⟩ ἔρχεται ἕως τοῦ ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς ⟨ὅ σ’⟩ ἀναβακχεύει: 1τὸ ἑξῆς τίς φόνιος οὗτος ἀγὼν, ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς ὅ σε ἀναβακχεύει, ἔρχεται θοάζων σὲ τὸν μέλεον,  2ᾧτινι, τῷ ἀγῶνι, δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμμίσγει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων μαίνεσθαί σε ποιῶν κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους.   —MCMnRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The run of the sense (is): What (is) this bloody struggle, the blood of your mother that makes you revel, (that) comes agitating you, the wretched one? For/In/With which, that is, the struggle, one of the alastors mixes tears with tears, causing you to rave in madness throughout the house.

LEMMA: M(om. τίς)C(ὃ δ’), τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν ἕως τοῦ ὃς ἀναβακχεύει MnRaRb(‑εύειν)S(ὃς ναβακ‑)Sa, τίς εἰς δόμους Rw      REF. SYMBOL: RaRbSa      POSITION: intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἑξῆς] MC, om. others   |    σῆς Rw   |    ὅ σε] Rw (ὃς s.l.), ὅ σ’ MnSSa, ὅτι MCRb [Ra]   |    ἀναβακχεύει] sch.-ending punct. after this word Sa (ἔρχεται … μέλεον by rubr.)   |    ἔρχεται om. Rw   |    μέλεον] sch.-ending punct. after this word M   |    2 συμμίσγει] συμμίγει RaSa, συμμίσγεις Rb   |    σε] σοι C, a.c. M, om. Ra   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 app. οὑτὸς or οὑτὸ M   |    θοάζων σε MRaS   |    2 ὦτινι M   |    συμισγεῖ Mn   |    τίς all (except τῆς Rb)   |    ἀλλαστόρων Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.133,12–16; Dind. II.111 app. at 7


Or. 333.22 (rec paraphr) τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν φόνιος ἔρχεται ἕως τοῦ ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς: 1τίς οὗτός σε φόνιος ἀγὼν ἔρχεται θοάζων μέλεον,  2ᾧτινι, τῷ ἀγῶνι, δάκρυα δάκρυσι συνεισάγει ⟨τις⟩ τῶν ἀλαστόρων,  3ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς, ὃς ἀναβακχεύει καὶ ἀνακινεῖ πορεύων καὶ μαίνεσθαί ⟨σε ποιῶν⟩ κατὰ τοὺς δόμους.   —VC

TRANSLATION:   What is this bloody struggle that comes agitating you, wretched one, to which, namely the struggle, one of the alastors contributes tears upon tears, the blood of your mother, (the alastor, or the struggle) which makes you revel and stirs you to motion, conveying (you) and making you go mad throughout the house?

LEMMA: V (but punct. and rubr. as if note begins with ἔως), ἄλλως C      REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τίς … ἀγὼν] τὸ ἑξῆς τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν φόνιος V   |    2 τῷ om. V   |    3 ματέρος om. C   |    ἀναβ. καὶ om. V   |    ἀναβακχεύει] cf. prev. sch., ‑εύων C   |    πορεῦον V   |    μαίνεσθαι] σημαίνεσθαι C   |    σε ποιῶν suppl. from prev. sch.   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   οὗτος σε C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.133,12–16 app.; Dind. II.110 app. at 7


Or. 333.23 (338–338) (mosch paraphr) τίς ὅδ’ ἀγών: 1τίς ὅδε ὁ κίνδυνος φόνιος ἔρχεται παροξύνων σε τὸν μέλεον,  2ᾧτινι ἤγουν σοὶ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συνάπτει τις ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν  3πορεύων εἰς τοὺς δόμους τὸ αἷμα ἤγουν τὸν φόνον τῆς σῆς μητρός, ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   What is this murderous danger that comes sharply urging you on, wretched man, for whom, that is, for you, one among the hostile (spirits) joins tears to tears, conveying into the house the blood, that is, the murder of your mother, which makes you revel in madness?

LEMMA: G      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἔρχεται φόνιος transp. a.c. Xo   |    2 ᾧτινι ἤγουν σοὶ] ὃς T   |    δάκρυσι] δάκρυα G   |    ἀπὸ] λέγω T   |    3 χορεύων, πο s.l. G (same reading and s.l. variant in text G)   |    εἰς τὸν δόμον T, εἰς τούσδε G   |    τῆς om. Xo   |    ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει om. X, ὃς ἀναβακχεύει (‑εύων a.c.) G   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τίς all except τὶς G   |    3 σ’] σε T   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,13–16


Or. 333.25 (rec paraphr) ⟨τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν⟩: ποία αὕτη ἡ ἀνάγκη καὶ ἡ βία καὶ ὁ κίνδυνος καὶ ὁ φόνος  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 333.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τίς ὅδ’ ἀγὼν⟩: πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 333.28 (vet exeg) ⟨second τίς⟩: τὸ δεύτερον τίς ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδείς.  —M

TRANSLATION:   The second ‘tis’ (‘which?’) conveys the sense of ‘none’.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.132,10

COMMENT:   For this note and the next two, see above on 333.01.   


Or. 333.29 (vet exeg) ⟨second τίς⟩: ἢ οὐδείς  —HOCSa

TRANSLATION:   Or (to put it in other words) ‘none’.

POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. C      

APP. CRIT.:  ἢ] ἀντὶ τοῦ CSa, om. O   


Or. 333.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨second τίς⟩: οὐδεὶς· ἢ οὕτως· τίς τοῦτ’ ἐλεήσει;  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 333.32 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅδ’ ἀγὼν⟩: ἡ καταλαμβάνουσά σε μανία  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘This struggle’ here refers to) the madness that possesses you.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,18–19


Or. 333.34 (333–335) (rec paraphr) φόνιος ἔρχεται: ὁ κίνδυνος ὁ ἐκ τῶν Ἐριννύων ἔρχεται φόνιος μεθ’ ὁρμῆς ἐπιφερόμενος ἐπὶ σὲ τὸν ἄθλιον.  —Rf

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐρριννύων Rf   |   


Or. 333.35 (333–334) (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀγὼν φόνιος ἔρχεται⟩: ἐπέρχεται κίνδυνος καὶ φόνος  —MB

TRANSLATION:   Danger and killing approach.

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  φόβος M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,20–21


Or. 333.39 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀγὼν⟩: ἤγουν ἡ μανιώδης νόσος  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μανιοδὴς Zu   |   


Or. 335.01 (vet exeg) θοάζων: 1ἐπιδιώκων ταχύνων διεγείρων ἐκμαίνων.  2‘κῆτος θοάζον’ [Eur. Andromeda fr. 145.2] Ἀνδρομέδᾳ.   —MaCaB, partial MbCbRw

TRANSLATION:   Pursuing, hastening along, agitating, driving mad. ‘Sea-monster speeding along’ in Andromeda.

LEMMA: Rw      POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. MbCb, cont. from 333.05, add. δὲ, MbCb      

APP. CRIT.:   2 κῆτος κτλ om. MbCbRw   |    θοάζον Plut. de aud. poetis 6 (Mor. 22E), θοάζων MaBCa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀνδρομέδ() MaB (‑μέδᾳ printed by Dindorf), ἀνδρομέδη Ca   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.133,17–18; Dind. II.111,22–23

COMMENT:   The Andromeda passage contains an intransitive use, according to Plutarch (κινεῖσθαι), and that is certain if line 1 of Eur. fr. 145 (ὁρῶ δὲ πρὸς τὰ παρθένου θοινάματα / κῆτος θοάζον ἐξ Ἀτλαντικῆς ἁλός) is correctly joined to line 2 (as Fritzsche first proposed). The reading θοάζων within the isolated line provides the typical commentator’s support for the transitive or causative sense offered by the four gloss-words. Perhaps the line was cited in a commentary that offered transitive and intransitive examples from more than one text, and when the note was shortened at a later stage to include only the Andromeda example (because from Eur. himself?), someone felt the need to change θοάζον to θοάζων to make the example work.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Euripides, Andromeda   


Or. 335.04 (rec exeg) ⟨θοάζων⟩: ἤτοι τὸν Ὀρέστην διεγείρων διώκων  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.19 (335–338) (vet exeg) ᾧ δάκρυα δάκρυσι: 1συνάγει καὶ συμμίσγει ἐπάλληλα δάκρυα.  2Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 4.453]· ‘συμβάλλετον ὄβριμον ὕδωρ’.  3ἢ συνάπτει, ἵνα ᾖ ἡ μεταφορὰ ἀπὸ τῶν συμβαλλόντων τοῖς σχοινίοις ἕτερα καὶ ἐπιμηκέστερα ποιούντων,  4οἷον· ἐπὶ τοῖς δάκρυσι συνάπτει δάκρυα.  5Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Pac. 36–37]· ‘ὥσπερ οἱ σχοινία / συμβάλλοντες εἰς τὰς ὁλκάδας’.   —MBCPr, partial HVRw

TRANSLATION:   He brings together and mixes together tears in close succession. Homer: ‘the two (torrents) combine their mighty streams of water’. Or (the meaning is) ‘ties together’, so that the metaphor is from those who combine other things with ropes and make the things greater in length, as if to say ‘he joins tears to the tears’. Aristophanes: ‘just like those who plait ropes for towed barges’.

LEMMA: MC(δάκρυσιν)Rw, ᾧ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμβάλλει B(δά() δάκρυ())Pr, ᾧ δάκρυσιν V      REF. SYMBOL: HBV      POSITION: between sch. 331.01 and 332.01 M; follows next C      

APP. CRIT.:   1 συνάγει ἀλλεπάλληλα δάκρυα καὶ συμμίσγει H(δάκρυα om.)Rw   |    συνάγει] ἄγει MVC (ἄγει καὶ crossed out by a later hand in V)   |    ἀλλεπάλληλα δακρύων V   |    2–3 ὅμηρος … ποιούντων om. V, ὅμηρος … ᾖ om. H, ὄμηρος … ἢ om. Rw   |    2 καὶ add. before ὅμ. M   |    2–5 συμβάλλετον] συμ[. rest lost to trimming H   |    2 συμβάλλετον] συμβάλλει τὸ BPr [H]   |    ὄβριμον B, ὄμβριμον MCPr, s.l. B   |    3–4 ἕτερα … ἐπὶ] ἕτε (ρα … ἐπὶ om.) M   |    3 ἕτερον ἑτερ(ον) Rw   |    καὶ om. C   |    ποιούντων] τοιούτων Rw, om. Pr   |    4 συνάπτειν C   |    5 ἀριστοφάνης κτλ om. VRw   |    οἱ om. BPr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 συμμίγει Pr   |    2 συμβάλετον MC   |    3 ἵν’ Pr   |    συμβαλόντων MC   |    5 ὀλκάδας Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.133,19–23; Dind. II.111,25–112,3

COMMENT:   The quotation is inexact; for σχοινία Arist. has τὰ σχοινία / τὰ παχέα.   

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aristophanes   


Or. 335.20 (335–338) (vet paraphr) ᾧ δάκρυα: ᾧ, τῷ Ὀρέστῃ, δάκρυα δαίμων τις κακὸς ἀλλεπάλληλα συνάπτει, δίκην τοῦ αἵματος τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ εἰσπραττόμενος.  —MCRw, partial H

TRANSLATION:   For whom, namely Orestes, some evil demon joins together tears in close succession, exacting punishment for the bloodshed of his mother.

LEMMA: M(ὦ)C; ἄλλως Rw      POSITION: intermarg. MH; precedes prev. in C; follows 333.21 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   ᾧ, τῷ] ᾥτινι HRw   |    κακὸς om. H   |    δίκην κτλ om. H   |    τοῦ δὲ αἵματος Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὦ M   |   ἀλλ’ ἐπάλληλα MC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,1–2

COLLATION NOTES:   Daitz gives the last words in H as συν⟨άπτ⟩ε⟨ι δίκην⟩, but there does not seem to be enough space in the intermarg. corner for δίκην (also the truncated scholion would be misconceived, since δίκην goes with εἰσπραττόμενος). Check new images of H when available.   |   


Or. 335.21 (335–338) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ᾧ δάκρυα⟩: τίς τῶν ἀλαστόρων περιέλκων σε καὶ τῷ μανιώδει νόσῳ ἀναβακχεύων κατὰ τὸν οἶκον διὰ τὸν φόνιον ἀγῶνα τῆς μητρὸς μαίνεσθαι σε ποιεῖ τοῖς δάκρυσι δάκρυα συνάπτων.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   Which one of the alastors, dragging you around and with the insanity-like sickness making you revel throughout the house, because of the bloody struggle of your mother makes you be insane, joining tears to tears?

REF. SYMBOL: V3      POSITION: marg.      


Or. 335.22 (335–338) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: ὃ δάκρυα:  1ὃ γράφε ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅστις καὶ δόμον μὴ δόμους, λέγων οὕτως·  2ὃ καὶ ὅστις ὁ ἀγὼν δηλονότι ὁ φόνιος συμβάλλει καὶ συνάπτει τοῖς δάκρυσι δάκρυα.  3ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἐποίει ταῦτα ὁ ἀγών, ἀλλά τις τῶν θεῶν, ἐπήγαγε,  4τις λέγω τῶν ἀλαστόρων καὶ τῶν ἐχθρῶν πορεύων καὶ ἐπιφέρων εἰς τὸν δόμον τὸ αἷμα τῆς σῆς μητρὸς ὅπερ σε ποιεῖ μαίνεσθαι.  5οἱ δὲ γράφοντες τὸ ω μέγα διὰ τὸ συμβάλλει ἀγνοοῦσι τὰ μέτρα.   —T

TRANSLATION:   Write here ‘ho’ meaning ‘hostis’ (masculine relative pronoun) and ‘domon’ not ‘domous’, explaining it thus: which, that is, which contest, obviously, the bloody one, brings together and joins together tears with tears. But since the contest was not doing these things, but rather one of the gods, he continued with: one (I mean) of the alastors and the hostile (spirits) conveying and bringing into the house the blood of your mother, which makes you go mad. And those who write an omega (that is, ‘hō’ = ‘hōi’, dative relative pronoun) on account of ‘sumballei’ (which often takes a dative) do not understand the meter.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. (barely visible now; τρικλινίου in marg. Ta)      POSITION: on next page T (lemma last line of its page)      

APP. CRIT.:  2 first ὁ om. Ta   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 τίς T   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.112,5–11; de Fav. 52


Or. 335.24 (rec exeg) ⟨ᾧ⟩: τῷ ἀγῶνι δηλονότι ἢ ᾧτινι σοὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ  —VMnSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὥτινι prep. Sa   |    δηλονότι om. MnSSa   |    σοὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ om. S, σὺ τὼ μελέω Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὦ αγῶνι] ὦ αγών ἢ a.c. Mn   |   


Or. 335.25 (rec exeg) ⟨ᾧ⟩: τῷ ἀγῶνι ἢ τῷ μελέῳ σοί  —Pr

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 335.31 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ᾧ⟩: καὶ ᾧτινι τῷ Ὀρέστῃ ἤγουν σοὶ  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 335.32 (thom exeg) ⟨ᾧ⟩: σοὶ ἢ τῷ ἀγῶνι  —ZZaZlZmGuOx2

TRANSLATION:  (The masculine relative pronoun has as antecedent) ‘you’ or ‘the struggle’.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.111,24


Or. 335.34 (tri exeg) ⟨ὃ⟩: ὅστις ἀγών  —T

TRANSLATION:  (The relative pronoun ‘ho’ is here masculine, meaning) ‘which struggle’ (with ‘which’ in its relative use).

LEMMA: ὃ in text T      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 337.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨πορεύων τις εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων⟩: πορευόμενος ἢ πορεύων τὸν Ὀρέστην ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνακινῶν κατὰ τοὺς δόμους καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιῶν  —V

TRANSLATION:   Conveying himself, or conveying Orestes, equivalent to making him move throughout the house and making him insane.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 337.12 (rec exeg) ⟨πορεύων⟩: καὶ πορευόμενος, τὸ ἐνεργητικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ παθητικοῦ  —S

TRANSLATION:   That is, conveying himself; the active form used in place of the passive.

POSITION: below the line, last of page      

APP. CRIT.:  παθητικὸν … ἐνεργητικοῦ S   


Or. 337.16 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων⟩: ἢ εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς δόμους τοῦ Ἅιδου τὴν σὴν μητέρα ἢ σέ, τὸν Ὀρέστην  —V

TRANSLATION:   Alternatively, (the syntax is) to the house of the alastors, meaning to the house of Hades, (carrying) your mother or you, Orestes.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,3–4

COMMENT:   Schw. ignores or suppresses the initial ἢ and treats εἰς δ. ἀλ. as a lemma, but V does not rubricate the initial of ἀντὶ.   


Or. 337.17 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς δόμους ἀλαστόρων⟩: τινὲς δὲ ἤκουσαν εἰς ἀλαστόρων δόμον ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς Ἅιδου πορεύεσθαι αὐτὸν ποιεῖ εἰς τοὺς καταχθονίους.  —V

TRANSLATION:   Some have understood it as to the house of the alastors, meaning ‘makes him go to Hades to those below’.

POSITION: appended to sch. 333.06 V      

APP. CRIT.:  αὐτῶ V   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.133 app. at 1–11


Or. 337.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: τιμωρητικῶν θεῶν  —MnRSSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τιμωριτ‑ RMn   |   


Or. 337.24 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: τιμωρητικῶν δαιμόνων  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Alastores’ are) punishing divinities.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τιμωρητικῶν ὀργάνων· δαιμόνων Za   


Or. 337.29 (rec gram) ⟨ἀλαστόρων⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀλῶ τὸ πλανῶ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 338.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ματέρος αἷμα⟩: ἕνεκεν τοῦ αἵματος τῆς σῆς μητρὸς ὅπερ σε μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ.  —R

REF. SYMBOL: R       POSITION: marg.      


Or. 338.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ματέρος αἷμα⟩: ἕνεκεν τοῦ αἵματος  —AbMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.134,13


Or. 338.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ματέρος αἷμα⟩: διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 338.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: διὰ τὸν φόνον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 338.10 (vet exeg) ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει: 1διχῶς στίζουσιν ΟΣ ἀναβακχεύει.  2ἀποδίδοται οὖν πρὸς μὲν τὴν πρώτην στιγμήν·  3τίς οὗτος φόνιος ἔρχεται ἀγὼν, ᾧ ἀγῶνι δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμμίσγει καὶ συμβάλλει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων  4πορεύεσθαι ποιῶν τὸ αἷμα τῆς σῆς μητρὸς εἰς τοὺς οἴκους καὶ μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν ἀτιμώρητον,  5[ἢ] ὅ σε, τὸ αἷμα δηλονότι, ἀναβακχεύει καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ.  6πρὸς δὲ τὴν δευτέραν στιγμὴν οὕτως·  7τίς οὗτος ἔρχεται φόνιος ἀγὼν, ⟨ᾧ, τῷ ἀγῶνι,⟩ δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμμίσγει τις τῶν ἀλαστόρων,  8ὅς σε ἀναβακχεύει πορεύων καὶ περιέλκων ματέρος αἷμα σᾶς,  9ὅ ἐστιν· ἀνακινῶν τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρός σου κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους καὶ μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν ἀτιμώρητον.   —MBCPra, partial Prb

TRANSLATION:   They punctuate/segment ‘os anabackcheuei’ in two different ways. Now then, it is rendered with the first segmentation (that is, ‘ho s’’, neuter relative pronoun with elided pronoun ‘se’): What bloody contest is this that comes, to which contest one of the alastors mixes in and adds tears to tears, causing the blood of your mother to move into the house and not permitting it to rest unavenged, which thing, the blood clearly, makes you revel and causes you to go mad? With the second segmentation (that is, ‘hos’, masculine relative pronoun without a pronoun), (it is rendered) as follows: What bloody contest is this that comes, for which, that is, the contest, one of the alastors mixes tears with tears, (one) who makes you revel, conveying (or: making dance?) and forcing around the blood of your mother, that is, causing the blood of your mother to move through the house and not allowing it to rest unavenged?

LEMMA: BPra(‑χεύσει), ὃς ἀναβακχεύει C, ὥς (or ὅς) ἀναβακχεύει app. M      POSITION: between 340.02 and 341.01 C, between 351.01 and 333.06 Prb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 διχῶς … πρώτην στιγμὴν om. Prb   |    1 ΟΣ ἀναβακχεύει] ὃς ἀναβ. C, ὡς ἀναβ. M, om. BPra   |    2 μὲν] μίαν Pra   |    3 δάκρυα om. PraPrb   |    4 ποιῶν πορεύεσθαι transp. BPraPrb   |    σῆς om. BPraPrb   |    εἰς τοὺς] prob. thus B, κατὰ τοὺς after rewriting of faded ink at a later time   |    5 ἢ del. Schw.   |    ὅ σε] ὅς σε M   |    δηλονότι om. BPraPrb   |    6–9 πρὸς δὲ τὴν δευτ. κτλ om. Prb   |    6–7 οὕτως· τίς οὗτος Schw., ὅτι τοσοῦτον all   |    7 after ἀγὼν add. καὶ BPra, ᾧ τῷ ἀγῶνι suppl. Schw.   |    8 πορεύων] om. Pra, χορεύων C   |    σᾶς om. Pra   |    9 σου om. Pra   |    μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν] Pra, οὐκ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν B, μὴ ἠρεμῶν αὐτὸ εἶναι M(‑μὸν or ‑μὼν)C, μὴ ἠρεμεῖν αὐτὸ ἐῶν Schw.    |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 διχὸς M   |    3 ᾧ] ὦ M   |    συμμίγει PraPrb   |    συμβάλει C   |    ἀλλαστόρων M   |    7 συμμίγει Pra   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,5–14; Dind. II.112,17–26


Or. 338.11 (vet exeg) ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει: 1τινὲς στίζουσιν ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει, ἵν’ ᾖ ὅπερ σε, τὸ αἷμα.  2γράφεται δὲ καὶ ὅς σε ἀναβακχεύει, ὁ ἀλάστωρ ⟨ὅς⟩ σε ἀνακινεῖ καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ.   —MCMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Some punctuate/segment (with neuter relative pronoun and elided pronoun, ‘ho s’’) ‘which makes you revel’, so that the sense may be ‘which very thing … you’, (namely) the blood. But it is also written (as one word ‘hos’, masculine relative pronoun) ‘who makes you revel’, (namely) the alastor who agitates you and makes you go mad.

LEMMA: Mn, ὥς or ὅς ἀν. M, ὃς ἀν. CRb, ὁς or ὅς ἀν. S, Sa faded and illegible      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   1 after στίζ. add. εἰς τὸ MCRb   |    ὅ σ’] Sa, ὄ σ’ Mn, ο̅ς̅ Rb, ὃς MC, ὅς S   |    πόντου add. before ἵν’ Rb   |    2 γράφεται δὲ om. MnRbSSa   |    ὁ om. MCMn   |    ὃς suppl. Schw.   |    ποιεῖ μαίνεσθαι transp. MnSSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἵνα MnRbSSa   |    2 ἀλάστωρ written over ἵνα ἦ (repeated from prev. sentence) Mn   |    ἀνακεινεῖ Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,15–17; Dind. II.112,14–17

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 338.12 (vet exeg) ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει: τουτέστιν· ὅπερ, ⟨τὸ αἷμα⟩ τῆς μητρὸς, ἀναβακχεύει σε καὶ μαίνεσθαι ποιεῖ. ἢ ὅστις ἀλαστόρων ἀνακινεῖ τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρός σου μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν ἀτιμώρητον.  —B

TRANSLATION:   That is, which thing (neuter relative pronoun), ⟨the blood⟩ of your mother, makes you revel and makes you insane. Or, which (masculine relative pronoun) of the alastors arouses the blood of your mother, not allowing it to rest unavenged.

POSITION: follows 333.08 with period, not scholion-ending punct.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,18–20; Dind. II.112,12–14


Or. 338.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ὅπερ μαίνεσθαί σε ποιεῖ  —AbMn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  σε] με Mn   


Or. 338.14 (tri paraphr) ⟨ὅ σ’ ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ὅπερ σε ἐκμαίνει  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 338.15 (tri metr) ⟨ὅ σ’ ἀν(αβακχεύει)⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52

COMMENT:   The note is above the first two syllables. This does not agree with the description of the colon in 316.01, which indicates that at some point Triclinius read ὅς σ’ ἀνα- and treated ανα as the resolution. See on 316.01.   


Or. 338.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅ⟩: ἢ ὃ καὶ ὅπερ τὸ αἷμα  —SSa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἢ ὃ om. S   |    ὅπερ τὸ αἷμα] ὕπερ τίνα S   


Or. 338.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅ⟩: ἤγουν τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρὸς  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 338.20 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ κινεῖ, μαίνεσθαι κατὰ σοῦ ποιεῖ.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   Meaning sets in motion, causes to rage madly against you.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦ om. C   


Or. 338.25 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ἤτοι μὴ ἐῶν αὐτὸ ἠρεμεῖν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 338.33 (pllgn gram) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: ⟨βάκχος⟩ ἢ ὁ οἶνος ἀπὸ τοῦ χέειν βοήν. ⟨ἢ⟩ βάκχος ὁ μαινόμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βοᾶν τὸν Ἴακχον, τουτέστι τὸν Διόνυσον. πίνοντες γὰρ εἰς τὰς τοῦ Διονύσου ἑορτὰς ἐβόων τὸ Ἴακχε.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Bacchus’ either means wine, from pouring a loud cry (‘boēn cheein’); or ‘bacchus’ means the one who rages madly, from shouting (the name of) Iacchus, that is, Dionysus. For when people were drinking in the festivals of Dionysus, they used to shout ‘Iacchus’.

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 338.34 (tri metr) ⟨ἀναβακχεύει⟩: koine short over ευ  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 339.01 (tri metr) ⟨κατολοφύρομαι κατολοφύρομαι⟩: long mark over each upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 52


Or. 340.01 (340–344) (vet exeg) ὁ μέγας ὄλβος: περισσὸν τὸ ἓν ὡς.  —MVCMnRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   One (instance of) ‘as’ (in 341 or in 343) is superfluous.

LEMMA: all (ὄλβος om. Rb)      REF. SYMBOL: VRbSa      POSITION: marg. M      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἓν] ἐνὰς Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,21; Dind. II.113,6

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 340.02 (340–344) (vet exeg) ὁ μέγας ὄλβος οὐ μόνιμος: 1καὶ ἔσται ὁ λόγος· οὐ μόνιμος ὁ μέγας ὄλβος.  2κατέκλυσε γὰρ αὐτὸν δαίμων τις, ὡσεὶ λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς τινάξας κατέκλυσε τοῖς ὀλεθρίοις καὶ λάβροις κύμασι πόντου.  3τὸ δὲ δεινῶν πόνων ἐν μέσῳ ἀναπεφώνηται.  4ἢ οὕτως· ὡς δὲ πόντου λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις ἐν κύμασι δαίμων τις ἀκάτου θοᾶς λαῖφος κατέκλυσεν,  5οὕτως καὶ τὸν μέγαν ὄλβον κατέκλυσε τινάξας ὑπὸ δεινῶν πόνων.   —MBCPrRw, partial H

TRANSLATION:   And the sense (of the whole long sequence) will be: Great prosperity is not lasting. For some divinity has overwhelmed it, as if he has shaken violently the sail of a swift vessel and overwhelmed it with the destructive and violent waves of the sea. The words ‘of terrible sufferings’ are pronounced separately in the middle. Or (take it) this way: just as in the violent destructive waves of the sea some divinity has overwhelmed the sail of a swift vessel, so too he has shaken violently and overwhelmed great prosperity with terrible sufferings.

LEMMA: BPr      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: marg. M; cont. from prev. MCRw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 καὶ ἔσται ὁ λόγος om. BPr [H]   |    οὐ … ὄλβος om. Pr   |    2 first κατέκλυσε] κατέλυσε M(‑εν)C   |    τις transp. before αὐτὸν M   |    ὡσεὶ] ὡς εἰς Pr   |    λαῖφος transp. after θοᾶς Pr   |    second κατέκλυσε] κατέκλυσεν ἐν M, κατέκλεισε C   |    πόντου] πάντως Rw   |    4–5 ἢ οὕτως κτλ om. H   |    4 ἢ om. Rw   |    4–5 κατέκλυσεν … ὄλβον om. M   |    5 ὑπὸ om. Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τίς all except H (uncertain, damaged)   |    λάβροισι Rw   |    κύμασι] κύμασιν M   |    4 τίς all   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,22–135,2; Dind. II.113,6–9


Or. 340.03 (340–344) (rec exeg) 1ὁ λόγος δὲ οὐ μόνιμος ὁ μέγας ὄλβος.  2κατέκλυσε γὰρ αὐτὸν δαίμων τις, ὡσεὶ λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς τινάξας κατέκλυσε τοῖς ὀλεθρίοις καὶ λάβροις κύμασι πόντου.  3οὕτω καὶ τὸν ὄλβον κατέκλυσε τινάξας ὑπὸ δεινῶν πόνων.  4ὅσον γὰρ δύναται πνεῦμα κατὰ νηὸς ἐν θαλάσσῃ, τοσοῦτον ἀνθρώπων ἡ τύχη.   —VMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The sense is ‘great prosperity is not lasting’. For some divinity has overwhelmed it, as if he has shaken violently the sail of a swift vessel and overwhelmed it with the destructive and violent waves of the sea. So too he has shaken violently and overwhelmed prosperity with terrible sufferings. For as much power as wind has over a ship in the sea, so much does fortune have over humans (or: so much does the fortune of human beings have).

POSITION: cont. from prev. all      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὁ δὲ λόγος transp. V   |    2 first κατέκλυσε] κατέλυσε MnSa   |    γὰρ] τὸν Sa   |    second κατέκλυσε] κατέλυσε Sa   |    4 οὐ δύναται Sa   |    κατὰ νηὸς πνεῦμα transp. MnSSa   |    ἐκ θαλάσσης Rb   |    ἄνθρωπον V, ἀν(θρώπ)ου Rb, τῶν ἁνθρώπων S   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 θοὰς S, θεὰς Mn   |    λαύροι Mn   |    πνότου Mn   |    3 οὕτως V   |    τεινάξας Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134,22–24 app.; Dind. II.113,6–10


Or. 340.04 (340–344) (rec paraphr) ἄλλως: ὡς ἐν πόντῳ λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις ἐν κύμασι δαίμων τις ἀκάτου θοᾶς λαῖφος κατέκλυσεν, οὕτως καὶ τὸν μέγαν ὄλβον κατέκλυσε τινάξας ὑπὸ δεινῶν πόνων.  —V

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.134 app.; Dind. II.113,11–13


Or. 340.05 (340–344) (rec paraphr) 1σύνταξις οὕτως· ἀνατινάξας τις δαίμων κατέκλυσε τὸν ὄλβον ὑπὸ τῶν δεινῶν πόνων  2καθώσπερ τις ἄνεμος κατέκλυσεν ἐν λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι τοῦ πόντου τὸ λαῖφος τῆς ἀκάτου θοᾶς ἢ τῆς ταχυτάτης νηός.   —MnRaRbSSa

POSITION: cont. from prev. without punct. SSaRb      

APP. CRIT.:  1 σύνταξις οὕτως Rb, om. others   |    2 κατέλυσεν Sa, κατέκλυσεν τὸν ὄλβον S   |    τὸ λαῖφος … ἢ] Rb, τὸ ἅρμενον others (ἄρμ‑ Mn)   |    at end add. ὅσον γὰρ δύναται πνεῦμα κατὰ νηὸς, τοσοῦτον ἀνθρώπων ἡ τύχη Ra   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀντινάξας S   |   τίς all   |   2 λαύροις Mn   |   


Or. 340.06 (rec paraphr) ἡ εὐδαιμονία ἐν τοῖς βροτοῖς οὐκ ἐπιμένει.  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 340.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὐ μόνιμος⟩: οὐκ ἐν μονῇ ἐστὶν, ἤγουν οὐ μένει  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  οὐ om. Xo   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.115,6


Or. 341.01 (341–344) (vet exeg) ἀνὰ δὲ λαῖφος: 1ἀνατινάξας δέ τις δαίμων τὸν ὄλβον κατέκλυσεν αὐτὸν καὶ κατεπόντισεν, ὡς ἀκάτου θοᾶς λαῖφος πόντου λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασιν.  2ὅσον γὰρ δύναται πνεῦμα κατὰ νηὸς ἐν θαλάσσῃ, τοσοῦτον κατὰ τὸν βίον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ τύχη.   —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION:   Some divinity, having shaken prosperity violently, has overwhelmed it and sunk it in the sea, like the sail of a swift vessel with the sea’s violent destructive waves. For just as much force as wind has against a ship at sea, so much does fortune have in the life of humans.

LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως BPr      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: cont. from 341.04 V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πόντου om. Pr   |    λάβ. καὶ ὀλ. BPr   |    κύμασι transp. before λάβροις Pr   |    2 ὅσον] ὃς M   |    γὰρ om. MC   |    τοσοῦτον καὶ κατὰ BV   |    ἡ τύχη τῶν ἀνθρώπων transp. MC   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 δὲ τίς MV   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.135,2–6; Dind. II.114,4–7 and 113,20–23


Or. 341.02 (341–344) (rec exeg) 1ἀνατινάξας δὲ δαίμων τις τὸν ὄλβον, ὡς λαῖφος τι ἀκάτου θοᾶς κατέκλυσε λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι.  2τὸ δὲ δεινῶν πόνων ἐμ μέσῳ καταπεφώνηται.  3ὅσον γὰρ δύναται πνεῦμα κατὰ νηὸς ἐν θαλάσσῃ, τοσοῦτον κατὰ τὸν βίον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ τύχη.   —O

APP. CRIT.:   3 νηὸς perhaps corr. from νῆα O   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τίς O   |   λέφος τί O   |   


Or. 341.03 (341–344) (rec paraphr) ἀνὰ δὲ λαῖφος: 1οὕτως κλύζεσθαι δαίμων τις παρεσκεύασεν ὑπὸ ἀστάτων ἔργων, δηλονότι τὸν ὄλβον,  2ὡς λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς ἀνατινάξας κλύζεσθαι ἐποίησεν ἐν κύμασι πόντου λάβροις καὶ ὀλεθρίοις.   —VCRw

TRANSLATION:   In such a way some divinity caused (it) to be flooded by unceasing actions, (it being) namely prosperity, in the same way that, having shaken violently the sail of a swift vessel, he caused it to be washed in the violent and destructive waves of the sea.

LEMMA: all (prep.ἄλλως C)      REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ὡς] ἢ Rw   |    ἐποίησεν added by V1 in space left by V   |    ἐν λάβροις V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τίς Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.135,12–14; Dind. II.113,13–16


Or. 341.04 (341–344) (rec exeg) καὶ ἄλλως: 1ἀνατινάξας γὰρ δαίμων τις, ὅ ἐστιν ἄνωθεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πνεύσας, δηλονότι τὸν ὄλβον,  2οὕτως κλύζεσθαι ἐποίησεν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀστάτων ἔργων ὡς ναῦν ἐν κύμασι πόντου λάβροις καὶ ὀλεθρίοις.  3τὸ γὰρ λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς περιφραστικῶς τὴν ναῦν.   —VC, partial Rw

TRANSLATION:   For some divinity, having shaken (it) violently, which is to say having blown from above from heaven, (it being) namely prosperity, has caused it to be flooded by unceasing actions just like a ship in the sea’s violent and destructive waves. For ‘sail of a swift vessel’ is used periphrastically for ‘ship’.

LEMMA: V      POSITION: cont. from prev. CRw, prep. ἢ οὕτω      

APP. CRIT.:   1 γὰρ om. Rw   |    πνεύσας Mastr., πέμψας all   |    2–3 ὑπὸ τῶν κτλ om. Rw   |    2 τῶν om. C   |    3 γὰρ om. C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τίς all   |   οῦρανοῦ] ὀρὰν Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.135,15–18; Dind. II.113,16–20


Or. 341.05 (341–344) (mosch exeg) τινάξας δαίμων: 1ἀνατινάξας δέ τις δαίμων αὐτὸν δηλονότι τὸν ὄλβον ὥσπερ λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοῆς κατέκλυσεν ὥσπερ ἐν κύμασι πόντου λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις.  2τὸ δὲ δεινῶν πόνων διὰ μέσου, ἀντὶ τοῦ φεῦ ἕνεκα τῶν δεινῶν πόνων.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   Some divinity having violently shaken it, prosperity itself, just like the sail of a swift vessel, flooded (it) as if in the sea’s violent destructive waves. The words ‘of terrible sufferings’ are parenthetic, meaning ‘alas because of the terrible sufferings’.

LEMMA: G      

APP. CRIT.:   1 δὲ om. Gr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 δῆλον ὅτι G   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.114,13–16

KEYWORDS:  διὰ μέσου   


Or. 341.11 (341–342) (pllgn exeg) τὸ ἀνά εἰς τὸ τινάξ[ας]  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 341.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ὥς τις⟩: ὤστης  —AbPrZc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 341.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ὤστης⟩: ὥς τις  —Mn

LEMMA: ὤστης in text Mn      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 342.10 (vet exeg) κατέκλυσεν δεινῶν: 1κλύζεσθαι παρεσκεύασεν, ἄστατον ὄντα ὑπὸ τῶν δεινῶν πόνων, τουτέστιν ἔργων.  2Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 1.467]· ‘αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ παύσαντο πόνου’.  3ὡς γὰρ κλύζεται ναῦς ἐν θαλάσσῃ, οὕτω καὶ ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τύχη ὑπὸ ἀστάτων ἔργων.  4[Men. Georg. fr. 4.5 Sandbach = 94 Kock, 1 Koerte] ‘τὸ τῆς τύχης γὰρ ῥεῦμα μεταπίπτει ταχύ’.   —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   Caused (prosperity) to be washed over, being unstable because of the terrible toils, that is, deeds. (‘Ponos’ is used as in) Homer, ‘but when they ceased from toil’. For just as a ship is washed over in the sea, thus too the fortune of humans (is affected) by unceasing actions. (Menander writes:) ‘For the flow of fortune shifts quickly’.

LEMMA: M(‑σε)C, ἢ οὕτως BPr      REF. SYMBOL: M      

APP. CRIT.:   1 παρεσκεύασέν τις θεῶν τὸν ὄλβον ἄστατον BPr (‑ασε τίς Pr)   |    ἀπὸ Pr   |    3 κλύζεσθαι Pr   |    οὕτω … ταχύ] τοσοῦτον καὶ κατὰ τὸν βίον ἡ τύχη τῶν ἀνθρώπων MC [from sch. 341.01 above]   |    4 τῆς τύχης γὰρ Menander, γὰρ τῆς τύχης all   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τοῦτέστιν B   |    3 οὕτως Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.135,7–11; Dind. II.114,7–12

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation); citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation); Menander   


Or. 342.19 (rec exeg) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: κατὰ τῶν κυμάτων τῶν δεινῶν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 342.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κατέκλυσε⟩: ἐν τοῖς κύμασι  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 342.21 (342–343) (rec exeg) ⟨δεινῶν πόνων⟩: ὑπὸ τῶν  —OAbFMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἢ prep. Pr   |    ἀπὸ Ab   |    τῶν om. OAbMn   |    δεινῶν add. S   


Or. 342.22 (342–343) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δεινῶν πόνων⟩: τῶν μακρῶν πόνων (?)καὶ(?) [ ]πιλύν(?)  —P2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  obscured by fold in parchment   


Or. 342.23 (342–343) (rec exeg) ⟨δεινῶν πόνων⟩: ἐλλειπτικτὸν, φεῦ καμάτων  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐλλειπτικῶς   


Or. 342.24 (342–343) (mosch exeg) ⟨δεινῶν πόνων⟩: φεῦ ἕνεκα  —XXaXbXo2T+YYfGGrAa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἕνεκεν Aa2   |    τῶν add. Xo2, τῶν χαλεπῶν δυστυχιῶν add. T (from Thoman glosses 342.25, 343.06)   


Or. 343.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὡς πόντου⟩: καὶ καθώσπερ ἄνεμος κατέκλυσε τῆς θαλάσσης  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 343.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς πόντου⟩: λείπει ἄνεμος  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 343.16 (thom exeg) ⟨λάβροις⟩: 1τὸ λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις ἐν κύμασι πρὸς τὸ δεινῶν πόνων σύναπτε, καὶ μὴ λάμβανε ὑπὸ ἔξωθεν,  2μηδὲ τὸ ὡς πόντου μετὰ τόνου τὸ ὥς ἔκφερε, ὥς τινές φασιν. οὕτω δέ·  3ὁ μέγας ὄλβος καὶ ἡ μεγάλη εὐδαιμονία οὐ μόνιμος καὶ διηνεκής ἐστιν ἐν τοῖς βροτοῖς,  4ἀνατινάξας δὲ καὶ ταράξας αὐτόν τις δαίμων ὥσπερ λαῖφος ἀκάτου καὶ νηὸς θοᾶς καὶ ταχείας κατέκλυσε  5καὶ ἠφάνισεν ἐν λάβροις καὶ σφοδροῖς ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι δεινῶν πόνων καὶ δυστυχιῶν, ὥσπερ πόντου κύμασι δηλονότι.  6ἰστέον δὲ ὅτι ἐπειδὴ λαῖφος εἶπε διὰ τοῦτο καὶ κατέκλυσεν εἶπε καὶ κύμασι,  7δεικνὺς ὅτι ἡ τοῦ ὄλβου ἀνατροπὴ ἀνατροπῇ λαίφους ἔοικε καὶ αἱ τῶν δεινῶν πόνων ἐπελεύσεις κύμασιν ὀλεθρίοις.  8τὸ δὲ [346] ‘θεογόνων γάμων’ λέγει ἐπειδὴ καὶ ὁ Τάνταλος υἱὸς ἦν Διός.   —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Join ‘in violent destructive waves’ to ‘of terrible sufferings’, and do not understand from outside ‘by means of/because of’ (‘hupo’); and do not pronounce ‘as of the sea’ with an accent as ‘thus (of the sea)’, as some say, but rather (the sense is) like this: Great prosperity, that is, great wealth/success, is not lasting, that is, continuous, among mortals, but some divinity, having shaken it violently and disturbed it just like the sail of a vessel, that is, a ship, a speedy one, that is, a swift one, has engulfed, that is, destroyed, it in violent, that is, intense, destructive waves of terrible sufferings, that is, misfortunes, just as if with waves of the sea, obviously. One should understand that since he (the poet) spoke of a sail, for this reason he also used ‘engulfed’ and ‘with waves’, showing that the overturning of prosperity is similar to the overturning of a sail, and the attacks of terrible sufferings (are similar) to destructive waves. And he uses the term ‘of god-born marriages’ because in fact Tantalus was a son of Zeus.

LEMMA: ἡ σύνταξις in marg. Z (at level of sentence 3)       REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐν om. Zl   |    2 first τὸ om. Gu   |    τόνου] πόνου Zl   |    4 ταράξας] ἀναταράξας Zl   |    5 first κύμασι transp. before λάβροις T   |    6 first καὶ om. Zl   |    7 ἀνατροπῇ om. Gu   |    ἀπελεύσεις Zl   |    κύμασιν] κύμασι θαλάσσοις [sic] T (θαλάσσης Ta)   |    8 διὸς ἦν υἱός transp. Za   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 μὴ δὲ all   |    τινες φασὶν Zl   |    3 εὐδαινία Za   |    7 ἔοικεν Zl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.114,16–115,1

COMMENT:   The target of Thomas’ disagreement about understanding ὑπὸ with δεινῶν πόνων is to be found in earlier scholia such as 340.02–05, 340.10, 342.21. As for his other objection, concerning the second ὡς (in ὡς πόντου), there is the later evidence of 343.10, and of the almost 50 mss I checked, the following have ὣς πόντου (or ὣς, πόντου) in the text: (contemporary with Thomas) AL and (later) B3dNYvZd. For the earlier ὡς of ὥς τις being taken as οὕτως one can cite 341.16, earlier than or nearly contemporary with Thomas. But that gloss is ambiguous: it could mean either that ὥς is to be treated as οὕτως here, or that one should paraphrase οὕτως (scil. τὸν ὄλβον ἀνετίναξεν) ὡς.   

KEYWORDS:  Thomas critical of another view   


Or. 343.17 (thom exeg) 1ἢ οὕτω· κατέκλυσε δὲ αὐτόν τις δαίμων, ὥσπερ ἐν λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι δεινῶν πόνων,  2ὥσπερ κατακλύζει λαῖφος ἀκάτου θοᾶς ἐν λάβροις ὀλεθρίοις κύμασι πόντου, ἀνατινάξας καὶ ἀνατρέψας τοῦτο.   —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   Or (paraphrase it) in this way: Some divinity engulfed it, as if in violent destructive waves of terrible sufferings, just as he engulfs the sail of a swift vessel in violent destructive waves of the sea, having violently shaken and overturned this (sail of a ship).

POSITION: sep. from prev. by space Zm, by dot Gu, by small cross Zl      

APP. CRIT.:  2 ἀνατρέψας] ἀναταράξας Zl   |    τοῦτον Gu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 οὕτως Zl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.115,1–5


Or. 343.23 (tri metr) ⟨ὀλεθρίοις⟩: koine long over epsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 344.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐν κύμασι⟩: κατέκλυσε τὴν ναῦν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 344.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐν κύμασι⟩: τινάξας τὸ λαῖφος  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 344.03 (tri metr) ⟨κύμασιν⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 344.04 (tri metr) ⟨(κύ)μασιν⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 345.01 (vet exeg) τίνα γὰρ: 1ἀλγῶ οὖν, φησὶν, τὴν ψυχὴν ὡς ἐπὶ ἰδίοις κακοῖς καὶ συνυποφέρομαι τὴν τύχην.  2τίς γὰρ ἕτερος οἶκός ἐστι σέβεσθαι παρ’ ἡμῶν ἄξιος ἢ οὗτος, ὃς ἐκ θεῶν ἔχει τὴν καταβολήν.  3ἀρχηγὸς γὰρ τῆς γονῆς ὁ Ζεὺς, ὅστις ἐφύτευσε Τάνταλον Πλουτοῖ συνελθών.   —MBCMnPrRbRwSSa, partial (H)OV

TRANSLATION:   Therefore I am pained, the chorus says, as if over personal sufferings and I suffer along with (them, Orestes and Electra) their misfortune. For what other house is worthy to be revered by us compared to this one, which has its origin from the gods? For Zeus is the first origin of their birth, he who begot Tantalus when he had intercourse with Pluto.

LEMMA: M, τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος VCMnRbSSa, lemma τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος οἶκον BPr, τίνα γὰρ πρὸς οἶκον Rw      REF. SYMBOL: HMBVRbSa      POSITION: marg. O      

APP. CRIT.:   in H all that survives is the ref. symbol at the text and possible remants of ἰδίοις and σέβεσθαι in the left margin.   |    1–2 ἀλγῶ … καταβολήν om. O   |    1 ἀλγῶ … τύχην om. V   |    οὖν om. BMnPrRbS   |    τὴν ψυχὴν om. BPr   |    ὡς om. PrRw   |    συνυποφέρομαι τὴν τύχην Schw., συναποφέρομαι τὴν ψυχὴν all   |    2 τίνα γὰρ ἕτερον V(ἕτερον corr. to ἕτερος V1)   |    ἕτερος om. PrRw   |    οἶκος ἔστι om. V, add. in blank space V1   |    ἐστι om. BPr   |    παρ’ ἡμῖν V   |    ἄξιος ἢ … ἐκ om. V, ἢ οὕτως ὅτι ἐκ add. in blank space V1   |    ἄξιος BPr, om. others   |    ἢ] ὡς Rw   |    οὗτος] οὕτως Pr   |    ὃς] BPr, ὅτι others   |    ἔχειν M, ἔχων V(ἔχω with ν above ω)   |    καταβολήν] καταμονήν V   |    3 ἀρχηγὸς om. V, add. in blank space V1, ἀρχηγός ἐστι Rw   |    τῆς om. O   |    γονῆς] ζωῆς MnRbSSa   |    ὅστις … ταντάλου om. V, add in blank space V1   |    ὅστις] ὃς BOPr   |    τὸν τάνταλον CRw   |    πλουτοῖ συνελθών om. VMnSSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 πλουτοὶ M, πλούτω Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.135,19–22; Dind. II.115,8–12

COMMENT:   Schwartz restored συνυποφερ‑ from Sch. Or. 1.04 συνυποφέρει τῷ ἀδελφῷ τὴν τύχην and the same sense is seen in Maximus Conf. Capita de caritate 3.79 φίλος ἐκεῖνός ἐστι γνήσιος ὁ τὰς ἐκ περιστάσεως θλίψεις καὶ ἀνάγκας καὶ συμφορὰς ἐν καιρῷ πειρασμοῦ συνυποφέρων τῷ πλησίον ὡς ἰδίας ἀθορύβως καὶ ἀταράχως (cf. 4.93). The verb is not common (and some instances in TLG may be corruptions of συναποφερ‑), and the use of the middle here appears to be unique, apparently reinforcing the idea of making the burden one’s own.   |   The note was clearly corrupt or hard to decipher in V’s source, and the variants suggest other difficulties from a corrupt tradition. Possibly the majority reading ὅτι (2) is right and BPr’s ὃς a rewriting. Certainly, their omission of τὴν ψυχὴν early in the first sentence is best understood as an intervention to remove repetition after τύχην became ψυχήν, since ἀλγῶ τὴν ψυχήν is well attested in scholia and elsewhere. On the same lines, BPr’s ἄξιος could simply be a repair of a lost word of different appearance.   |   Schwartz noted of the first sentence ‘referenda sunt ad vs. 339’ (i.e., κατολοφύρομαι κατολοφύρομαι). I do not know whether he intended to say the words were originally a note on 339. The periphrasis offered here shares the view of the next note that this passage carries on the thought of 339.   


Or. 345.02 (vet exeg) 1πρὸς τὰ ἄνω.  2πρὸς τὸ [339] ‘κατολοφύρομαι’ τὸ ‘τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος’.   —HMBC

TRANSLATION:   (Uttered) with reference to the passage above. The phrase ‘for which in preference’ (has its causal meaning) in reference to ‘I lament’.

POSITION: marg. H, s.l. MC, intermarg. B (beside 342; also wrote first three words at 345, but erased them)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἄνω Schw. (after Dindorf), ἄνω κακά· τοῦτέστιν HB, ἄνω κακά C, ἄνω καὶ κατα κάτω M   |    κατολοφύρομαι Schw. (after Dindorf, sch. Mosch.), ὀλοφύρομαι MBH, ὁλοφυρόμενον C   |    second τὸ H (suppl. Schw.), om. MBC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.135,23–24; Dind. II.115,13


Or. 345.03 (mosch exeg) τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος: πρὸς τὸ [339] ‘κατολοφύρομαι’ ἀποδίδοται  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   (This clause of explanation) refers back to ‘I lament’.

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀπὸ δοτικῆς G   |   τὸ τίνα add. T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.115,13–14


Or. 345.04 (rec exeg) ⟨τίνα γὰρ ἔτι πάρος⟩: ἀλγῶ ὡς ἐπὶ ἰδίῳ κακῷ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 345.16 (345–346) (rec exeg) ⟨ἄλλον ἕτερον ἢ⟩: μόνον  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 345.17 (345–346) (tri exeg) ⟨ἄλλον ἕτερον⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ ἄλλον ἕτερον.  —T

TRANSLATION:  ‘Other another’ is ‘in parallel’ (a pleonastic pairing of synonyms).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐκ παραλλήλου   


Or. 345.18 (345–346) (mosch exeg) ⟨ἄλλον⟩: γρ. ἕτερον.  —Xo

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘allon’, ‘other’), the reading ‘heteron’ (‘another’) is found.

LEMMA: ἕτερον om. in text Xo      POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 346.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν ἀπὸ θεογόνων⟩: ἤγουν τὸν ἐκ τοῦ Διὸς  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 346.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεογόνων γάμων⟩: θεογόνων γάμων λέγει τὴν Ἀγαμεμνόνειον γενεὰν· ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ Ταντάλου κατήγοντο.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 346.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεογόνων γάμων⟩: ἤτοι τοῦ Ταντάλου· ὁ γὰρ Τάνταλος ἀπὸ τοῦ Διὸς εἶχε τὸ γένος.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 346.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θεογόνων γάμων⟩: Τμώλου καὶ Πλουτοῦς ὁ Τάνταλος  —Vrec

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τμόλου Vrec   |   


Or. 346.12 (tri metr) ⟨θεο(γόνων)⟩: ἀντὶ μιᾶς  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 347.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῶν ἀπὸ Ταντάλου⟩: ὅτι υἱὸς τοῦ Διὸς ὁ Τάνταλος  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 347.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν ἀπὸ Ταντάλου⟩: [(?)ὁ Τάνταλ]ο[ς] ἦν υἱὸς τοῦ Διὸς.  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 347.10 (tri metr) coronis  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 348.01 (348–355) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: καὶ μὴν βασιλεὺς: 1τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπωδὸς ὡς ἄν τις ἴσως οἰηθείη διὰ τὸ κεῖσθαι μετὰ τὴν στροφὴν καὶ ἀντιστροφὴν, ἀλλὰ καλεῖτα σύστημα ἐπιφθεγματικὸν ὡς προσφθεγγόμενον τὸν Μενέλαον προσιόντα.  2αἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐπωδοὶ οὐκ εἰσὶ μονοειδοῦς μέτρου ἀλλὰ διαφόρων, τοῦτο δὲ μονοειδοῦς·  3κώλων γάρ ἐστιν ἀναπαιστικῶν ηʹ, ὧν τὸ τρίτον καὶ τὸ ϛʹ μονόμετρα, ἤτοι ἀναπαιστικὴ βάσις.  4τὰ λοιπὰ δίμετρα ἀκατάληκτα, τὸ δὲ ηʹ καταληκτικὸν ἤτοι ἑφθημιμερὲς ὃ καλεῖται παροιμιακόν.  5ἐπὶ τῷ τέλει μόνη παράγραφος.   —T

1348 ‒ ‒⏑⏑‒,⏑⏑‒ ‒ ‒
καὶ μὴν βασιλεὺς ὅδε δὴ στείχει
  2349 ⏑⏑‒⏑⏑‒,‒⏑⏑⏑⏑‒
Μενέλαος ἄναξ, πολλῇ ἁβροσύνηι,
  3350 ‒⏑⏑‒ ‒
δῆλος ὁρᾶσθαι
  4351 ‒ ‒⏑⏑‒,‒ ‒⏑⏑‒
τῶν Τανταλιδῶν ἐξ αἵματος ὤν.
  5352 ‒ ‒⏑⏑‒,⏑⏑‒ ‒ ‒
ὦ χιλιόναυν στρατὸν ὁρμήσας
  6353 ‒ ‒⏑⏑‒
εἰς γῆν Ἀσίαν,
  7354 ‒ ‒⏑⏑‒,‒⏑⏑‒ ‒
χαῖρ’· εὐτυχίᾳ δ’ αὐτὸς ὁμιλεῖς,
  8355 ⏑⏑‒ ‒ ‒,⏑⏑‒ ‒
θεόθεν πράξας ἅπερ ηὔχου.
 

TRANSLATION:   This is not an epode, as one might perhaps believe because it is placed after the strophe and antistrophe. Rather, it is called an epiphthegmatic system since it addresses Menelaus as he approaches. For epodes are not formed of a meter of a single type but of different types, whereas this one has a single type. For it consists of eight anapaestic cola, of which the third and sixth are monometers, or an anapaestic base. The rest are acatalectic dimeters, but the eighth is catalectic, or the three-and-a-half-foot measure that is called paroemiac. At the end a sole paragraphos.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.13,24–31; de Fav. 53

COMMENT:   On the term σύστημα ἐπιφθεγματικόν see Smith 1075, 206 n. 82. It is found many times in the Triclinian scholia on Aeschylus, but not in extant texts by anyone else.   


Or. 348.02 (348–355) (tri metr) σύστημα ἐπιφθεγματικὸν κώλων ηʹ  —T

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 348.03 (vet exeg) καὶ μὴν βασιλεύς: ἐν τοῖς τέλεσιν εἰώθασιν οἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ μεταλλάττειν φεύγοντες τὴν μονῳδίαν τοῦ λόγου.  —MBaBbVCPr

TRANSLATION:   At the ends (of choral odes) the chorus members are accustomed to make a shift, avoiding (the use of) a monotonous delivery of their speech.

LEMMA: BaV, καὶ μὴν ὅδε βασιλεύς Pr      REF. SYMBOL: BaV      POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. BbC      

APP. CRIT.:   τέλεσιν om. V, leaving blank   |    οἱ ἀπὸ] τί κατὰ V   |    μεταλλάττειν] πλάττειν τι V   |    φεύγ. … λόγου om. MBaPr   |    λόγου] λέγειν V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μεταλάττειν MBaBbC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,1–2 ; Dind. II.115,16–17

COMMENT:   For μονῳδία as ‘monotony’, a sense omitted by dictionaries, see Plut. Mor. 7C μονῳδία γὰρ ἐν ἅπασίν ἐστι πλήσμιον καὶ πρόσαντες, ἡ δὲ ποικιλία τερπνόν, καθάπερ κἀν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν, οἷον ἀκούσμασιν ἢ θεάμασιν (where Babbitt in the Loeb translation appropriately renders with ‘monotony’).   


Or. 348.04 (vet paraphr) καὶ μὴν βασιλεύς: 1τὸ ἑξῆς καὶ μὴν βασιλεὺς ὅδε δὴ στείχει Μενέλαος ἄναξ,  2τῶν Τανταλιδῶν ἐξ αἵματος ὤν, πολλῇ δ’ ἁβροσύνῃ δῆλος ὁρᾶσθαι.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   The run of the sense (with the word order simplified) is: And, behold, here comes the king, lord Menelaus, being of the blood of the Tantalids, and conspicuous to see with much luxurious glamor.

LEMMA: MC, καὶ μὴν βασιλεὺς ὧδε στείχει Rw      POSITION: cont. from prev. BPr, add. δὲ      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ ἑξῆς … στείχει om. Rw   |    ὅδε] ὧδε C, ὦδε M   |    δὴ om. MCPr   |    2 πολλὴ MC (with ἁβροσύνη), πολὺ B, πολὺς Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐξῆς M   |   2 πολλή δ’ C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,3–5; Dind. II.115,17–19


Or. 348.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅδε⟩: γρ. ὧδε.  —SarXo

LEMMA: ὅτε in text Sa      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   γρ. om. Xo   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 348.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨στείχει⟩: ἔρχεται διὰ τοῦ ποδὸς, ποδί  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἔρχεται of Gr (348.13) reused by Gu   


Or. 349.01 (tri exeg) ⟨Μενέλαος ἄναξ⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ βασιλεὺς ἄναξ.  —T

TRANSLATION:  ‘King lord’ is ‘in parallel’ (a pleonastic pairing of synonyms).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐκ παραλλήλου   


Or. 349.03 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαος⟩: long mark over alpha  —T


Or. 349.06 (349–350) (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πολλῇ δ’ ἁβροσύνῃ δῆλος ὁρᾶται⟩: ὁρᾶται δῆλος ἐν πολλῇ ἁβροσίᾳ.  —Lp

LEMMA: this in text Lp      POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,3

COMMENT:   This is the only attestation known so far for ἀβροσία, a formation that is contrary to analogy. It may have arisen from a misunderstanding of a truncated form of ἀβροσύνῃ, which is the word one would expect in a paraphrase that simply rearranges the word order.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 349.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πολλῇ δ’ ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: διὰ τῆς πολλῆς δὲ ἁβροσύνης ἤγουν τρυφερότητος  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X and marg. Yf      

APP. CRIT.:   τῆς om. G   |    δὲ] ἐξ X, om. TG (δ’ om. in text T)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.115,22–23


Or. 349.10 (rec exeg) ⟨πολλῇ⟩: πολὺς  —V3Rw

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 349.12 (tri metr) ⟨πολλῇ⟩: koine short over eta  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 349.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δ’⟩: γρ. γ’  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 349.14 (vet exeg) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: τῇ τρυφῇ τοῦ βαδίσματος ἢ τῆς ὄψεως  —MVC, app. H

TRANSLATION:   With luxuriance of walk or of appearance.

POSITION: s.l. MVC (in M above whole line); punct. after τρυφῇ as if two notes V      

APP. CRIT.:   only σμα survives in trimmed margin of H   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,7; Dind. II.116,1–2


Or. 349.18 (thom exeg) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: τρυφῇ ἱματίων καὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν ἀκολούθων  —ZZaZlZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   With luxuriance of garments and of the attendants accompanying him.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τρυφῆς Za   |    καὶ τῶν κτλ om. Ox2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,1


Or. 349.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁβροσύνῃ⟩: ἔστι καὶ ἁβροσύνη ὅταν τις καὶ φιλοτίμως ἐστόλισται.  —GK

TRANSLATION:  It is in fact a (mark of) luxury whenever one has attired oneself lavishly.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 350.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨δῆλος ὁρᾶσθαι⟩: φανερὸς ὑπάρχει εἰς τὸ ὁρᾶσθαι  —AbKMnPrRSSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑπάρχων S, ὑπάρχ() Ab, ἐστὶ RK   |    εἰς τὸ ὁρᾶσθαι transp. before φανερός ἐστι K   |    ὁρᾶσθαι om. R   


Or. 350.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁρᾶται⟩: ὁρᾶσθαι  —Gu

LEMMA: ὁρᾶται in text Gr      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 351.01 (vet exeg) τῶν Τανταλιδῶν ἐξ αἵματος ὤν: ὅ ἐστι διὰ τῆς ὄψεως ἐμφαίνει τὴν εὐγένειαν.  —MBOVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   That is, through his appearance he indicates indirectly his noble birth.

LEMMA: BC, δῆλος ὁρᾶσθαι πολὺ δ’ ἁβροσύνη V      REF. SYMBOL: V (at δῆλος, in prev. line)      POSITION: s.l. MO (above ὁρᾶσθαι in prev. line O); cont. from 348.04 PrRw      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅ ἐστι] ἤτοι O   |    after ἐστι add. πολὺ δ’ ἁβρότατος ἰδεῖν καὶ V   |    διὰ om. Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,6; Dind. II.115,20


Or. 351.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τῶν Τανταλιδῶν⟩: τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ταντάλου  —XXaXbXoYYfGrF2

POSITION: s.l. except X      


Or. 351.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τῶν Τανταλιδῶν⟩: τῶν τοῦ γένους τοῦ Ταντάλου  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 352.01 (vetThom exeg) ὦ χιλιόναυν στρατὸν ὁρμήσας: δι’ ὧν δοκεῖ αὐτὸν ἐπαινεῖν, διὰ τούτων λυπεῖ ἀναμιμνήσκουσα τῶν ἀπολομένων ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ.  —HMBVCMnPrRbRwaRwbSSaZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   Through the words with which (the chorus) seems to praise him, through these they pain him by reminding him of those killed at Troy.

LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως: ὦ χιλιόναυν B; ἄλλως Rwa, εἰς γῆν ἀσίαν MnPrRbS      REF. SYMBOL: (at χιλιόναυν) MZmZlGu, (at 353 εἰς γῆν)PrRb      POSITION: beside 353–354 εἰς γῆν … εὐτυχίᾳ H; cont. from 352.02 B, cont. from or follows 352.03 VMnPrRbRwbSSa      

APP. CRIT.:   δι’ … ἐπαινεῖν om. Sa   |    between ὧν and δοκεῖ a line drawn of ca. 10 letters width V   |    ἐπαινεῖν] τιμᾶν H   |    τούτων λυπεῖ] τὰ τῶν λυπηρῶν Rwa   |    διὰ τοῦτο Rb, διὰ τοῦτο δὲ Rwb   |    μιμνήσκουσα M   |    τῶν ἀπολομένων Rb, τοὺς ἀπολλυμένους Rwb, τῶν ἀπολλυμένων others (ἀπολυ‑ V, ἀπωλλυ‑ Gu, ἀπολλύμενον Mn)   |    ἐν τροίᾳ Rwa, εἰς τὴν τροίαν VRwb, εἰς τροίαν MnPrRbSSaZlGu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   διὧν BRwaRwb   |    διατούτων MMn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,8–10; Dind. II.116,6–8


Or. 352.02 (vet exeg) ὦ χιλιόναυν στρατὸν: 1ἀπὸ τούτων αὐτὸν ἐγκωμιάζει, ἀφ’ ὧν ἐμεγαλύνετο.  2τῷ δὲ ἀπηρτισμένῳ ἀριθμῷ ἐχρήσατο· τοσαῦται γὰρ ἦσαν αἱ νῆες τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ͵α̅ρ̅π̅ϛ̅.   —(H)MBC

TRANSLATION:   (The chorus) praises him on the basis of those deeds on which he prided himself. He (the poet) (or it, the chorus) used the rounded number, for the ships of the Greeks (at Troy) were this many: 1,186.

LEMMA: B, 353 εἰς γὴν ἀσίαν MC      REF. SYMBOL: M(to 353 εἰς γῆν)B      POSITION: precedes 352.01 B      

APP. CRIT.:   H mostly lost, but [τοσαῦτ]αι γὰρ suggests it had this version, not 352.03   |    2 ἐχρήσατο ἀριθμῷ transp. B   |    χίλιαι πρὸς ρ̅ π̅ ϛ̅ B   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀφῶν M, ἀφὧν B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,11–13; Dind. II.


Or. 352.03 (rec exeg) ὦ χιλιόναυν: 1ἀπὸ τούτων αὐτὸν ἐγκωμιάζει, ἀφ’ ὧν ἐσεμνύνετο.  2τῷ ἀπηρτισμένῳ δὲ ἀριθμῷ ἐχρήσατο· ἦσαν γὰρ αἱ νῆες τῶν Ἑλλήνων ͵α̅ρ̅π̅ϛ̅.   —VMnPrRaRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The chorus praises him on the basis of those deeds for which he prided himself. He used the rounded number, for the ships of the Greeks were 1,186.

LEMMA: all except Ra (‑ναυ RbMnS; χιόναυν a.c. Rw)      REF. SYMBOL: VPrRbSa      POSITION: precedes 352.01 VPrRbSSaMn; follows 356.02 Rw; cont. from 352.08, add. δὲ, Ra      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐγκωμίαζεν ἀφ’ ὧ Sa   |    2 τῶ ἀπαρτισμένω Sa, τῶν ἀπηρτισμένων Rw   |    ϛ̅] VRw, ζ̅ the others   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀφὧν Mn   |   2 εἶσαν Ra   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,11–13 app.; Dind. II.116,4–6 app.


Or. 352.04 (pllgn exeg) ἀποστροφὴ πρὸς τὸν Μενέλαον  —Xo2

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  apostrophe; addressee identified   


Or. 352.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὦ χιλιόναυν στρατὸν ὁρμήσας⟩: πλῆθος νηῶν ὁρμήσας καὶ στρατὸν πολὺν  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 352.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ χιλιόναυν⟩: ἐγκωμιάζει ὁ χορὸς τὸν Μενέλαον.  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 352.08 (rec exeg) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: ἔχοντα χιλίας καὶ ρ̅ π̅ ζ̅ ναῦς  —Ra

REF. SYMBOL: Ra      


Or. 352.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: χίλιαι ἑκατὸν π̅ϛ̅ νῆες ἔπλευσαν πρὸς τὴν Τροίαν, ἐνταῦθα δὲ τῷ ἀπηρτισμένῳ μέτρῳ ἐχρήσατο.  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 352.11 (thom exeg) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: τῷ ἀπηρτισμένῳ ἐχρήσατο ἀριθμῷ. αἱ νῆες γὰρ τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ͵α̅ πρὸς ταῖς ρ̅π̅ζ̅ ἦσαν.  —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:  He used the rounded number, for the ships of the Greeks were 1000 in addition to 186.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm      POSITION: follows sch. 352.01 Zm, cont. from 352.01 ZlGu      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐχρήσατο δὲ τῷ ἀπηρτισμένῳ ἀρ. GuZl   |    νῆες om. Zm   |    ͵α̅] χιλίαι GuZl   


Or. 352.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: καίτοι γε πλεῖσται ἦσαν αἱ νῆες παρὸ χίλιαι. ὅμως δὲ διὰ τὸ πολὺ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ ἐκάλεσεν οὕτως. οὐ γὰρ εἶχεν ἄλλως εἰπεῖν.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Truly, however, the ships were very many, more than one thousand. But nevertheless because of the large size of the number he described (the expedition) thus. For he could not say it otherwise.


Or. 352.14 (tri metr) ⟨χιλιόναυν⟩: long mark over first iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 352.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩: ὁρμίσας  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 352.24 (tri metr) ⟨ὁρμήσας⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 353.01 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς γῆν Ἀσίαν⟩: εἰς τὴν Τροίαν  —AbMnPrSSar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 353.02 (thom exeg) ⟨εἰς γῆν Ἀσίαν⟩: εἰς τὴν ἀνατολὴν ἢ εἰς τὴν Τροίαν  —ZZa

TRANSLATION:  (‘To the land Asia’ means) ‘to the east’ or ‘to Troy’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  first εἰς τὴν om. Z   |    ἤτοι Z   


Or. 353.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰς γῆν Ἀσίαν⟩: κατὰ τὴν Τροίαν  —Zc

TRANSLATION:  (‘To the land Asia’ means) ‘in Troy’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 353.04 (vet exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: νεώτερον τὸ τῆς Ἀσίας ὄνομα.  —BVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   The name Asia is more recent (i.e., not used by Homer).

POSITION: marg. B, intermarg. C; cont. from 352.01, add. δὲ, others (from Rwb version Rw) except Rb       

APP. CRIT. 2:   νεωτὰς Sa   |    ἁσίας Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,14; Dind. II.116,15


Or. 353.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: Ἀσιανήν, τὴν Τροίαν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘Asia’ is to be taken as adjectival,) ‘Asian’, (‘Asian land’ thus meaning) ‘Troy’.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. XXoYf   |    ἀθανασίαν a.c. Y   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,14


Or. 353.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: Ἀσίαν νῦν τὴν Τροίαν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 353.08 (thom exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: ἐν γὰρ τῇ Ἀσίᾳ ἡ Τροία.  —ZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Asia’) because Troy is in Asia.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 353.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: ἀνατολικήν. ἔστι δὲ τὸ ἁπλοῦν ἀντὶ κτητικοῦ οἷον ἐστὶ καὶ τὸ [Aesch. Pers. 2] ‘Ἑλλάδ’ ἐς αἶαν’.  —Zm

TRANSLATION:   (‘Asia’ is here adjectival in meaning) ‘of the east’. It is an instance of the simple noun used instead of the (derived) possessive adjective, such as also in (Aeschylus’) phrase ‘to the Grecian land’.

POSITION: marg.      

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 353.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀσίαν⟩: τὴν ἀνατολικήν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 354.01 (vet exeg) εὐτυχίᾳ δ’ αὐτὸς ὁμιλεῖς: σὺ, φησὶν, οὐ μετέχεις τῆς δυστυχίας τῶν Τανταλιδῶν.  —MBVCK

TRANSLATION:   You, (the chorus) says, do not share in the misfortune of the Tantalids.

LEMMA: χαίρ’ εὐτυχία C      REF. SYMBOL: M (at χαῖρ’)      POSITION: s.l. VK (K above 350 τῶν ταντ. ἐξ αἱμ.), intermarg. M, marg. B      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,15; Dind. II.116,11


Or. 354.02 (rec exeg) ⟨εὐτυχίᾳ δ’ αὐτὸς ὁμιλεῖς⟩: σὺ μὲν οὐ μετέχεις τῆς δυστυχίας τῶν Τανταλιδῶν, ὁ δὲ Ὀρέστης δυστυχεῖ.  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 354.06 (tri metr) ⟨εὐτυχίᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 354.14 (tri metr) ⟨ὁμιλεῖς⟩: long mark over iota  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 355.01 (vet exeg) θεόθεν πράξας ἅπερ ηὔχου: 1τὸν γὰρ πόλεμον κατορθώσας ἔλαβε τὴν Ἑλένην.  2σὺ μὲν οὖν, φησὶν, εὐτυχῶς ἀπηλλάχθης, ὁ δὲ Ὀρέστης δυστυχεῖ.   —(H)MaMbBCaCbVPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   (Menelaus had success) because, having succeeded in the war, he captured Helen. You, then, (the chorus) says, ended up with good fortune, but Orestes suffers misfortune.

LEMMA: MaC, θεόθεν πράξας VMnPrRbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: MaVRb      POSITION: s.l. Mb; 1 intermarg., 2 s.l. at 354 Cb; follows 353.04 Sa, cont. from 352.01 B      

APP. CRIT.:   only small traces survive in H   |    τὸ δὲ θεόθεν πράξας ἅπερ ηὔχου προσέθηκεν ἐπειδὴ prep. B   |    1 τὸν … ἑλένην om. Mb   |    τὸν γὰρ] γὰρ τὸν transp. S, τὸν B   |    2 μὲν οὖν om. Cb, οὖν om. BSa   |    ἀπηλάχθαι Mb   |    ὁ δὲ δυστυχῶς (om. ὀρ.) MbCbV ([ … δυστυχ]εῖ H)   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀπηλάγχθης MaRb, ἀπηλλέχθης Sa   |   ρέ(στης) Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,16–18; Dind. II.116,8–10


Or. 355.02 (mosch paraphr) ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τελέσας ἅπερ δι’ εὐχῆς ἐποιοῦ.  —X


Or. 355.03 (thom paraphr) ἤγουν τῇ τῶν θεῶν βοηθείᾳ τὴν σὴν λαβὼν ξυνάορον  —ZZa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 355.09 (tri metr) ⟨πράξας⟩: long mark over second alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 355.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἅπερ ηὔχου⟩: τὴν ἑλένην ἔλαβες.  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 355.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εὔχου⟩: δι’ εὐχῆς ἐποιοῦ  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.116,17–18


Or. 355.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εὔχου⟩: ηὔχου  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 355.17 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T


Or. 356.01 (356–728) (tri metr) ἡμέτερον: ὦ δῶμα τῇ μέν σε: 1αἱ ἑξῆς αὗται περίοδοι στίχων εἰσὶ τριμέτρων ἀκαταλήκτων τοαʹ [=371], ὧν τελευταῖος [728] ‘κρείσσων γαλήνης ναυτίλοισιν εἰσορᾶν’.  2ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀποθέσεσι παράγραφος, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τέλει κορωνίς.   —T

TRANSLATION:   The following groups of lines [356–728] consist of 371 acatalectic (iambic) trimeters, of which the last is ‘better to see than a calm sea for sailors’. At the sense-divisions a paragraphos, and at the end a coronis.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.13,32–14,2; de Fav. 53

COMMENT:   The count of lines is correct. 356–728 is only 371 lines because numbers 499 and 719 are skipped in the modern conventional numeration.   


Or. 356.02 (vet exeg) ὦ δῶμα: 1ἀπὸ πρώτης παρόδου σημειοῦται τὸ κακόηθες τῆς γνώμης Μενελάου.  2καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ εἰς Σπάρτην ἀνήχθη, ἀλλὰ πρότερον εἰς Ἄργος ὡς ἐξελάσων Ὀρέστην, ὡς ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς δῆλός ἐστι.  3καίτοι παρὰ τῷ ποιητῇ εὑρίσκεται τῶν πάλαι πολεμίων φειδόμενος·  4ἐν γὰρ τῇ Ζ ῥαψῳδίᾳ [Hom. Il. 6.37–65] κωμῳδεῖται συγχωρῶν ζῆν τὸν Ἄδραστον δόσιν χρημάτων ἐπαγγελλόμενον.   —MBVCRw, partial H

TRANSLATION:   From his first entrance, the malice of Menelaus’ attitude is marked as noteworthy. For he did not even land his vessel at Sparta, but first moored at Argos in order to drive Orestes out, as is clear about him in what follows. And yet in the poet (Homer) he is found to be one who spares even his longtime enemies. For in Book 6 (of the Iliad) he is mocked for granting life to Adrastus when the latter was promising a payment of money.

LEMMA: MB, ὦ δῶμα τῆ μὲν σ’ ἡδέως C, 357 τροίαθεν ἐλθὼν V, ἄλλως Rw      REF. SYMBOL: HMBV      POSITION: follows 352.01 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   only line ends extant in H   |    1 ἀπὸ τῆς πρ. V [H]   |    πρώτου προόδου Rw   |    2 οὐδὲ … πρότερον] πρότερον οὐκ εἰς σπάρτην κατήχθη ἀλλ’ V   |    οὐδὲ written twice C   |    σπάρτην] πράπειν M   |    ἀνηνέχθη M   |    πρότερος MC   |    εἰς τὸ ἄργος Rw   |    first ὡς om. MCRw   |    after ὀρέστην add. τῶν οἴκων V   |    second ὡς] ὡς καὶ BV   |    ἔσται Rw   |    3–4 καίτοι κτλ om. H   |    3 καίτοι] καὶ MVCRw   |    παρὰ … φειδόμενος] παρ’ ὁμήρῳ VRw   |    παρὰ … εὑρίσκεται om. B   |    παρὰ τὸ (abbrev.) M   |    εὑρίσκεται τῶν] ἔρις τοῦτον M [not τούτου as Schw.]   |    4 γὰρ om. VRw   |    κωμωδεῖται παρὰ τῷ ποιητῇ B   |    ζῆν om. MC   |    ἄδραστον] ἄνδρα τὸν V, ἀνδρ() τὸν Rw   |    ἐπαγγειλάμενον C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἐξῆς M   |    ἐστὶν M   |    4 Ζ] ἑβδόμῃ C   |    ἐπαγγελόμενον MVRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.136,19–137,2; Dind. II.117,18–23

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 356.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ δῶμα⟩: οὐ πρὸς Σπάρτην ἀνήχθη ἀλλὰ πρότερον εἰς Ἄργος ὡς ἐξελάσων Ὀρέστην.  —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:  Menelaus did land his vessel at Sparta, but first at Argos, intending to drive Orestes into exile.

REF. SYMBOL: Zm      POSITION: beside 361 Gu, beside 351–352 Zl      

APP. CRIT.:  ὡς om. ZlGu   


Or. 356.04 (rec paraphr) ὦ οἴκημα καὶ ἡμετέρα γῆ πότε σε καλῶς προσόψομαι;  —Rf


Or. 356.06 (vet exeg) ⟨τῇ μέν⟩: τῇ μὲν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν μέρει  —B

TRANSLATION:   ‘In this respect’ is used for ‘in part’.

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.117,23


Or. 356.07 (rec exeg) ⟨τῆδε μὲν⟩: κατά τι  —O

LEMMA: τῆδε μὲν in text O      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 356.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨τῇ μὲν⟩: τῇ μὲν ἑτέρᾳ μερίδι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

TRANSLATION:  (‘In this respect’ is used for) ‘in one part (of two)’.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μερήδι Aa2   |   


Or. 356.09 (rec exeg) ⟨πῆ μὲν⟩: ἐνταῦθα ἐν τῷ ἑνὶ μέρει  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 356.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῆ μὲν⟩: ἀναμέρος  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 356.11 (rec exeg) ⟨τῇ⟩: γρ. πῆ  —AbRa1Ra2SGu

LEMMA: πῆ in text Ab      POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ra2      

APP. CRIT.:  γρ. Ra2, om. others   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 356.12 (rec exeg) ⟨τῇ⟩: ποτὲ  —V1AbRSB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   μὲν add. AbR   


Or. 356.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: ποῦ  —V3

LEMMA: in text πῆ by V2      POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   In this and the next scholion the gloss may be meant to be indefinite, our που and πως; but note the interrogative interpretation in 356.04.   


Or. 356.14 (recThom exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: πῶς  —GMnZZaZlZmTGu

LEMMA: τῇ in text TGu      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 356.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: τῇ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 356.23 (rec paraphr) ⟨προσδέρκομαι⟩: καθορῶ †καταλάβει† νῦν πρός σε  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  app. καθορῶ by corr. (from καθωρᾶ?) Mn (but rho is not clear)   |    corruption of καταβλέπω? ει written over or corrected to ω?   


Or. 357.04 (recTri metr) ⟨Τροίαθεν⟩: long mark over alpha  —OT


Or. 357.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῆ δ’⟩: τῷ δὲ ἑτέρῳ μέρει  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 357.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: τῇ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 357.09 (rec exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: ποτὲ  —AbRSB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  δὲ add. AbR   


Or. 357.10 (rec exeg) ⟨τῇ⟩: γρ. πῆ.  —AbRSGu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:  γρ. om. AbS   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 357.11 (recThom exeg) ⟨πῆ⟩: πῶς  —MnPrZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  

LEMMA: ποῖ in text Zl, τῇ TGu      POSITION: s.l. (above πῆ of 357.10 Gu)      

COMMENT:   Either this means that πῆ is to be understood adverbially, a typical us of πῶς, or despite its accent πῶς is intended to be the indefinite, ‘in some way’ (perhaps disagreeing with the view in 357.09 that ‘at some time’ is a suitable gloss).   


Or. 358.01 (358–359) (rec paraphr) τοῖς κακοῖς κυκλωθεῖσαν σε ὁρῶ, ὡς οὔπω ἄλλον ὑπὸ δυστυχιῶν.  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὑπὸ δυστυχιῶν om. K   


Or. 358.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨εἱλιχθεῖσαν⟩: ἑλίσσω τὸ συστρέφω  —B4

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   From Et. Magn., ps-Zonaras.   


Or. 358.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀθλίοις κακοῖς⟩: ὑπὸ ἀθλίων δυστυχιῶν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZcAa2B3d

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. T   |    ἀπὸ Yf   


Or. 358.13 (tri metr) ⟨ἀθλίοις⟩: koine long over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 359.10 (tri metr) ⟨ἑστίαν⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 360.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τύχας⟩: ἤγουν τὰ συμβεβηκότα τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB3d

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν om. GZc   |    τῷ ἀγ. om. Zc   


Or. 360.05 (recTri metr) ⟨τύχας⟩: long mark over alpha  —OT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 361.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨καὶ θάνατον οἵῳ⟩: οἵῳ θανάτῳ δηλονότι παρὰ τῆς γυναικός  —C

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  περὶ C   


Or. 361.02 (rec gram) ⟨καὶ θάνατον οἵῳ⟩: κλίσις καὶ μετάκλισις  —V1

TRANSLATION:   Case and change of case.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Apparently, another way to point out that the poet does not use οἵῳ θανάτῳ with both forms in the same case.   


Or. 362.01 (vet exeg) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ὄρος Λακωνικῆς· καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Od. 3.287]· ‘Μαλειάων ὄρος αἰπύ’.  —HBVC

TRANSLATION:   A mountain of Laconia. And Homer (refers to it): ‘the steep mountain of Maleae’.

REF. SYMBOL: app. H      POSITION: s.l. VC, marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  after λακωνικῆς add. ἐστι τὸ μάλεον B   |    καὶ om. B   |    second ὄρος om. V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὅρος (both) C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,3–4; Dind. II.117,27–118,1

COLLATION NOTES:   V does carry αἰπύ, contra Schw.   |   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 362.02 (rec exeg) τὴν ναῦν τῷ Μαλέῳ προσπελάσας ὄρει Λακωνικῆς· καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Od. 3.287] ‘Μαλ⟨ε⟩ιάων ὄρος αἰπύ’.  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  προσπελάζων G   |    λακωνικῷ G   |    μαλίδων G   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 362.03 (pllgn exeg) Μαλέᾳ: ὄρος Λακεδαιμονίας  —GB3c

LEMMA: G       POSITION: marg. G, s.l. B3c      

APP. CRIT.:  τὸ prep. B3c   


Or. 362.06 (recMosch exeg) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἀκρωτήριον τῆς Λακωνικῆς  —FPrRSSaXXoYf

TRANSLATION:  (Malea is) an promontory of Laconia.

POSITION: s.l. PrSSar, marg. FRYf      

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ Μαλέας prep. F   |    after ἀκρ. add. ἐστὶ F   


Or. 362.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἀκρωτήριον ἐν τοῖς Λακωνικοῖς  —XaXbT+YGr

TRANSLATION:  (Malea is) an promontory in Laconian territory.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 362.09 (thom exeg) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: ἀκρωτήριόν ἐστιν ὁ Μαλέας περὶ Λακεδαιμονίαν, λεγόμενον παρά τισιν ἰδιωτικῶς ὄνου κατωμάγουλον.  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Maleas is a promontory around Lacedaemonia, which is called by some in ordinary (uncultured) language ‘lower jaw of the ass’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlGu      

APP. CRIT. 2:   κατομ‑ Za   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,1–3

COMMENT:   κατωμάγουλον appears in TLG only here and in Digenes Akritas; see LBG s.v. The ancient equivalent was Ὄνου γνάθος, mentioned in Strabo 8.5.1–2, Paus. 3.22.10, 3.23.1, lexica and scholia.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   |   Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 362.10 (pllgn exeg) ὁ αὐτὸς δὲ λέγεται καὶ Ξυλοφάγος.  —ZlGu

TRANSLATION:   And the same is also called ‘Timber-devourer’.

POSITION: cont. from prev. ZlGu      

APP. CRIT.:  ξυλοφάγος damaged or erased in Gu, partially obscured in Zl   

COMMENT:   For this as the name of Cape Caphereus in Euboea see ps.-Apollodorus, Bibl. epitome 6.11 and Sch. Lycophr. Alex. 373, 1095, and the Thoman 432.02 below; of an unspecified cape, Joannes Apocaucus, Notit. et epist. 65,27; of Maleas, Georg. Pachymeres, Hist. brevis 507,4.   


Or. 362.17 (rec metr) ⟨Μαλέᾳ⟩: long mark over second alpha  —O


Or. 362.18 (rec paraphr) ⟨προσίσχων πρώραν⟩: προσσκαλώσας νῆα  —H4

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The Byzantine verb σκαλόω/σκαλώνω is known; this compound occurs only here.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 362.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨προσίσχων πρώραν⟩: τότε ἔμαθον τὸν φόνον τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου. περὶ δὲ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας τί οὐκ ἐγίνωσκε;  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   That is when I learned of the murder of my brother. But why did he not learn about Clytemnestra?

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 362.20 (rec exeg) ⟨προσίσχων⟩: προσορμίζων. τὸ δὲ ἴσχω ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔχω τὸ ἐλαύνω· καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 5.829, etc.] ‘ἔχε μώνυχας ἵππους’ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔλαυνε.  —V

TRANSLATION:   Bringing to mooring near. And (the root verb) ‘ischō’ is from ‘echō’ in the sense ‘drive’. And Homer (uses this verb in) ‘hold the single-hooved horses’ in the sense ‘drive’.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 362.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρώραν⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν.  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 362.32 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκ δὲ κυμάτων⟩: ἐξελθὼν ὁ Γλαῦκος  —PrRSSar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 362.33 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκ δὲ κυμάτων⟩: λείπει ἐξελθὼν.  —AbF

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  λείπει om. Ab   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 362.34 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ δὲ κυμάτων⟩: ἤγουν ἐκβὰς ἐκ τῶν κυμάτων  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 362.35 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ δὲ κυμάτων⟩: προκύψ[ας]  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ψ uncertain, ύ very faint (damage)   


Or. 362.39 (rec metr) ⟨κυμάτων⟩: long mark over upsilon  —O


Or. 363.01 (rec exeg) ὁ ναυτίλοισι ⟨μάντις⟩: τοῖς γὰρ ναύταις οὗτος, ὃς φίλος καὶ θαλάσσῃ ἐστὶ καὶ ἰχθύσι, τὰ πεπρωμένα βάζει  —VMnPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   For this (being), who is friendly both to the sea and to fish, speaks to sailors what is fated.

LEMMA: all      REF. SYMBOL: VSa, (to νηρέως προφ.) Rb      POSITION: follows 364.01 Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   ταῖς S   |    ὡς] ὃς Schw.   |    βάζει om. Sa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ναῦτες a.c. Mn   |   φίλως (a.c.?) Mn   |   ἰχθῦσι S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,5–6; Dind. II.118,6–7


Or. 363.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὁ ναυτίλοισι μάντις⟩: ὁ ναυτῶν μάντις  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 363.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐξήγγειλέ μοι⟩: εἶπε μοι πάντα  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 363.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐξήγγειλέ⟩: ἤτοι τὸν θάνατον τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος  —MnPrRSSar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 363.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐξήνεγκε⟩: ἐξήγγειλε  —Rf

LEMMA: thus in text Rf      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 364.01 (vetThom exeg) Νηρέως προφήτης: 1οὗτος Ἀνθηδόνιος ἁλιεύς·  2ἑωρακὼς δὲ ἰχθὺν παρὰ τὴν ψάμμον βοτάνης γευσάμενον καὶ ἀναζήσαντα, φαγὼν καὶ αὐτὸς γέγονεν ἀθάνατος, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀγήραος,  3ἐφ’ ᾧ κατεπόντισεν ἑαυτόν.  4μαντεύεται δὲ ὡς ὁ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ [Hom. Od. 4.365 sq.] Πρωτεὺς καὶ παρὰ Πινδάρῳ [Pyth. 4.20] Τρίτων τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις.   —HMBOVCCrMnPrRbRwSaZlZmGuOx

TRANSLATION:   This was a fisherman from Anthedon. (or: This was Anthedonius, a fisherman.) And having observed a fish (marooned and dying) on the beach that tasted a plant and came back to life, by eating (the plant) himself too he became immortal, but not free of old age; for which reason he threw himself into the sea. He gives prophecies as (do) the Proteus in Homer and, in Pindar, Triton to the Argonauts.

LEMMA: MBCMnPrRbSa, 363 ὁ ναυτίλοισιν Rw      REF. SYMBOL: HMBPr, (at 363 ὁ ναυτίλοισι) Rb, (at γλαῦκος) ZlZmGu      POSITION: precedes 363.01 in Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 Ἀνθηδόνιος] ὁ ἀνθ. Rb, ὁ ἀνθ. ὁ ἀπὸ ἀνθηδονίας πόλεως ὢν MnPrSa, ὁ γλαῦκος ἀνθ. Zl   |    ἦν add. before ἁλιεὺς OVMnPrRZlZmGubSa   |    2 δὲ om. CrRwOx   |    παρὰ] περὶ MnPrSaRb ZlZmGu   |    τὴν om. VMnPrSaRb   |    βοτάνην MOCRw, βοτάν(ην) φαγόντα καὶ H   |    γεγευμένον Sa [H]   |    first καὶ om. CrPrSaZlZmGuOx, app. Mn (damage)   |    after φαγὼν add. ὁ γλαῦκος MnPrSa   |    γέγονεν] ἔμεινεν CrOx   |    ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀγήραος om. Gu   |    ἀγήρατος V, αγήρμως (sic) Sa, ἀγήρως RwOx, ἀγήραιος Pr   |    3 ἐφ’ ᾧ … ἑαυτόν om. VPrRbSaZlZmGu   |    4 ὡς ὁ] ὡς V, καὶ OCrRwOx, ὡς καὶ MnPrRbSaZlZmGu [H]   |    πρωτεὺς κτλ om. HO   |    παρὰ πινδάρῳ] πατὼν Sa, παπινδ(άρῳ) PrMn, πινδάρω CrRwOx   |    τρίτων BZlZmGu, τριτο M, τρίτον CCrRwOx, τριπ() V, τρισσοῖς (om. τοῖς) MnPrSa, τρισὶν (om. τοῖς) Rb (with a second σ above σ)   |    ἀργαυτῶν (or ‑αιτῶν?) corr. to ἀργαύτην (or ‑αίτην) app. M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀνθιδόνιος M, ἀναθηδόνιος Mn   |    ἀλιεύς MRb   |    2 ἰχθῦν BRb   |    φαγῶν B   |    3 ἐαυτὸν M, αὑτὸν O, αὐτὸν Rw   |    4 πρῶτον Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,6–11; Dind. II.118,8–12

COMMENT:   See on 318.01. For the belief that Ἀνθηδόνιος was a proper name here, cf. 364.09.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer   |   citation of literature other than Homer   |   Pindar   


Or. 364.02 (thom exeg) τὴν δὲ βοτάνην ἧς ἐγεύσατο φασί τινες ἀείζωον εἶναι.  —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   And some say that the plant he tasted is houseleek (in Greek, ‘ever-living’).

POSITION: cont. from prev. all      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,12–13


Or. 364.03 (pllgn exeg) 1ὁ Γλαῦκος ὡς λέγεται κολυμβητὴς ἦν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν ἄριστος.  2συνέβη δὲ κατὰ τύχην μίαν καταβῆναι εἰς τὸ τῆς θαλάσσης βάθος καὶ εὑρὼν βοτάνην ἔφαγεν αὐτην καὶ φαγὼν ἀπηθανατίσθη, γενόμενος καὶ μάντις.  3ἦν γοῦν ἀπὸ τότε καιροῦ ἐντὸς τῆς θαλάσσης.  4καὶ ἐπεὶ μάντις ἦν, ἐγίνωσκε τὰ συμβαίνοντα ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ.  5ὃς προγνοὺς καὶ τὸν τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος θάνατον διαβαίνοντος ἐκεῖσε τοῦ Μενελάου μετὰ τῶν νηῶν ἐξεῖπε περὶ τοῦτον πρὸς αὐτόν.  6οὕτω γὰρ διαβαινόντων ἐκεῖσε τινῶν γινώσκων ἐκεῖνος τὰ ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις αὐτῶν ἐξερχόμενος τῶν κυμάτων ἔλεγε ταῦτα.  7κατὰ τούτου λέγεται ὡς μάντις τῶν ναυτῶν Νηρέως προφήτης ἤτοι τοῦ θαλασσίου δαίμονος.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Glaucus, the story is told, was an excellent diver into the sea. It came about on one occasion that he went down to the depths of the sea and, finding a plant, ate it and after eating it was rendered immortal, becoming also a prophet. So, then, from that moment on he was in the sea. And since he was a prophet, he knew about events taking place in the world. Knowing in advance of the death of Agamemnon too, when Menelaus was crossing the sea there with his ships, he spoke out about this to him. For in this way when people were crossing there, he, knowing the affairs in their houses, used to come out of the waves and tell these things. In this respect he is spoken of as ‘seer of sailors, prophet of Nereus’, that is, of the sea divinity.

APP. CRIT.:   6 διαβαινόντων] Mastr., διαβαινομένων Y2   

COMMENT:   For Glaucus as diver, see Athenaeus 7.47 (Mnaseas fr. 12, FHG III.151). Compare the rationalized version of the story in Michael Apostolius 5.49 [Paroem. Gr. II.346 Leutsch].   |   The few instances of διαβαινόμενος in TLG are all passive in sense, and no other middle-passive forms from the present stem διαβαίνω are found.   


Or. 364.08 (tri metr) ⟨Νηρέως⟩: συνίζησις  —T

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 53


Or. 364.12 (rec exeg) ⟨Γλαῦκος⟩: γρ. μάντις.  —S

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 364.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Γλαῦκος⟩: ὁ λεγόμενος ἰδιωτικῶς γλάρος  —Zc

TRANSLATION:   The one called in vernacular speech ‘seagull’ (‘glaros’).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 365.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅς μοι τάδ’ εἶπεν⟩: Ὁμηρικὸς ζῆλος τὸ ἐξήγγειλε καὶ τὸ εἶπεν.  —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   (It is an example of) Homeric emulation (to use both) ‘he announced’ (in 363) and ‘he said’ (in 365).

REF. SYMBOL: Gu      POSITION: s.l. Zm, marg. Zl      

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἶπε Zl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,4–5

COMMENT:   The term Ὁμηρικὸς ζῆλος is applied in scholia and Eustathius to a variety of features of vocabulary, syntax, and narrative technique. For other cases in the Eur. scholia cf. sch. Vo Andr. 17 Schw. (perhaps really belonging to Andr. 20, to judge from a similar note by V3 on 20 Θετίδειον), sch. Andr. 107, sch. Thom. Hec. 976, Ph. 17 and 88. The point of interest here is apparently the duplication of the verbs of saying introducing direct speech, and the commentator may have in mind phrases like ἐνένιπεν ἔπος τ’ ἔφατ’ ἔκ τ’ ὀνόναζεν (Od. 16.416, 19.89, etc.) or εἶπεν ἔπος τ’ ἔφατ’ ἔκ τ’ ὀνόμαζεν (Od. 7.330, 21.248).   

KEYWORDS:  Ὁμηρικὸς ζῆλος   


Or. 365.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὅς μοι τάδ’ εἶπεν⟩: ὅς μοι πλησίον σταθεὶς τάδε εἶπεν ἐμφανῶς.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2

REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. XaTYGrAa2, marg. Yf      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τάδ’ Gr   |   εἶπε Aa2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,16


Or. 365.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐμφανῶς κατασταθείς⟩: εἰς πρόσωπον ἐλθών  —GK

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 365.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐμφανῶς κατασταθείς⟩: τουτέστιν οὐκ ἐντὸς θαλάσσης ὢν καὶ ἀφανῶς μοι τοῦτο εἰπών, ἀλλ’ ἐμφανῶς καὶ ἐνώπιον στὰς καὶ διηγησάμενος.  —ZrZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, not being within the sea and having invisibly told me this, but having stood visibly and face to face and told the story.

POSITION: s.l. Zm      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐνφανῶς Zm   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,14–16


Or. 365.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ἐμφανῶς⟩: φανερῶς καὶ οὐ διά τινος φαντάσματος  —ZZaZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  Openly and not by some kind of apparition.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  οὐ om. Za   |    φάσματος ZlT   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,17–18


Or. 365.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κατασταθείς⟩: ἤγουν πλησίον ἐμοῦ σταθεὶς  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 366.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: λέγων τοῦτο  —Aa2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 366.03 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: long mark over alpha  —T


Or. 367.01 (rec exeg) ⟨λουτροῖσιν ἀλόχου⟩: λουσαμένῳ γὰρ τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι τὸν χιτῶνα προσήνεγκεν.  —OV3

TRANSLATION:   For after Agamemnon bathed, she brought the (entrapping) robe upon him.

POSITION: s.l. V3      

APP. CRIT.:  τῷ ἀγαμ. om. V3   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ήνεγκε V3   |   


Or. 367.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨λουτροῖσιν ἀλόχου⟩: ἃ ἡ ἄλοχος ἔλουσεν αὐτὸν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2

TRANSLATION:   (The bath) that his wife gave him.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118, 19


Or. 367.03 (thom paraphr) λουτροῖσιν ἀλόχου: τουτέστιν ἐν λουτροῖς ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας γυναικὸς ἀνῃρέθη.  —ZZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, he was killed during his bath by his own wife.

LEMMA: T(λουτροῖς)      POSITION: s.l. except ZmT      

APP. CRIT.:  after τουτέστιν add. περιπεσὼν Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.118,19–20


Or. 367.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λουτροῖσιν ἀλόχου⟩: ἡ γὰρ Κλυταιμνήστρα ἔλουσε τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα ὅταν ἐφονεύθη.  —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu      POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:  κλυτ.] ἑλένη Zu   


Or. 367.11 (vet exeg) περιπεσὼν πανυστάτοις: 1περισσὴ ἡ περί.  2καί ἐστιν ὁ νοῦς· ἀποθανὼν, πεσὼν, ἀπολωλὼς τοῖς πανυστάτοις λουτροῖς τῆς ἀλόχου.  3ἢ περιπεσών ἀντὶ τοῦ συντυχὼν τοῖς λουτροῖς τῆς ἀλόχου·  4λουσαμένῳ γὰρ τὸν χιτῶνα περιήγαγεν·  5ὡς ἐν Ἑκάβῃ [1281]· ‘κτεῖν’, ὡς ἐν Ἄργει φόνια λουτρά σ’ ἀναμένει’.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   The prefix/preposition ‘peri’ is superfluous. And the sense is ‘having died, having fallen, having been destroyed by the final bath given by his wife’. Or else, (the compound with ‘peri’ means) ‘falling in with’ in the sense ‘meeting with the bath given by his wife’. For as he was bathing she wrapped the robe around him. As in Hecuba: ‘go ahead and kill me, since in Argos a murderous bath awaits you’.

LEMMA: MBVC, περιπεσὼν MnPrSa, πανυστάτοις Rb, λουτροῖσι Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MBVPrRbSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 περισσὴ … ἀλόχου] παρὰ τοῖς πανύστοις λουτροῖς τῆς ἀλόχου πεσὼν ὅ ἐστιν ἀπολωλὼς Rw   |    1 ἢ prep. C   |    2 ἀποθανὼν … ἀπολωλὼς om. B   |    after ἀλόχου add. πεσών· ὅ ἐστιν ἀπολωλῶς B   |    3 ἢ … ἀλόχου om. VMnSa   |    4 γὰρ τὸν om. M   |    after γὰρ add. ἀγαμέ(μνονι) B, τῷ ἀγαμέμνονι Rw   |    πε(ρι)ἤγαγεν M, προσήγαγεν C, προσήγαγ() V, προσήγαγε MnPrRbSa, προσήνεγκε BRw   |    5 ὡς] καὶ VMnRbRwSa   |    ἐν ἐκάβῃ] ἐν ἑκάστω Mn(ἓν)Pr   |    ἑκάβῃ φησὶ B   |    κτεῖν’ om. VMnPrRbSa   |    φόνια λουτρὰ om. Rb   |    λουτρά σ’ ἀναμένει] λουτρ’ ἀναμένει C, λουτρά M, om. B   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀπωλωλὼς Sa   |    5 κτεῖναι Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,12–16; Dind. II.118,21–119,2

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 367.12 (rec exeg) ⟨περιπεσὼν⟩: ἀποθανὼν. καὶ ἔστι περισσὴ ἡ περὶ. ⟨περι⟩πεσὼν ἀντὶ συντυχών  —C

POSITION: intermarg.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἔτι C, perhaps corrected by a later hand   |    ⟨περι⟩ suppl. from prev.   

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 367.19 (pllgn gram) ⟨πανυστάτοις⟩: πανύστατον πάντων ἔσχατον  —B4

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Cf. Hesych. π 428 (similar in Photius, Suda, etc.).   


Or. 369.01 (vet exeg) ἐπεὶ δὲ Ναυπλίας: ἀπὸ Ναυπλίου τοῦ πατρὸς Παλαμήδους  —MBOCPrMnRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   Derived from Nauplius the father of Palamedes.

LEMMA: MnPrRb(ἐπειδὴ δὲ)Sa, ναυπλίας Rw      REF. SYMBOL: Rb      POSITION: s.l. MC, marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦ om. OC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,17; Dind. II.119,4


Or. 369.04 (mosch exeg) Ναυπλίας: Ναύπλιος λιμήν· ἀπὸ τούτου καὶ Ναυπλία χθών.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2

TRANSLATION:   Nauplius (is) a harbor, and from this also (derives) Nauplia, a country.

LEMMA: ἐπεὶ δὲ ναυπλίας G      REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGr, above 368 Aa2      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ ναυπλία χθών om. Aa2 (no punct. before ἀπὸ)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.119,3–4


Or. 370.01 (rec exeg) ἤδη δάμαρτος: μέμνηται τῆς γυναικὸς οὐκ ἐν δέοντι, ἔρωτι δὲ μεγίστῳ μᾶλλον.  —VPrMnRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   He mentions his wife not in an opportune (rhetorically suitable) moment, but rather because of very great love (for her).

LEMMA: all except Mn      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: follows 371.01 MnRbSa, follows 376.01 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   δὲ μεγίστῳ] Mastr., μεγίστῳ VRw, μεγίστω δὲ MnPrRbSa   |    at end add. δοκῶν ὀρέστου παῖδα Rw (corrupt lemma for 371.01)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,18–19; Dind. II.119,6–7

COMMENT:   Punctuation is found after ἔρωτι in PrSa, and Dind. and Schw. punctuate there as well, but the other mss have no punctuation. οὐκ ἐν δέοντι is a standard phrase in criticism, so the punctuation must be there. I have moved δὲ on the assumption that after accidental omission, it was restored in the wrong position in the ancestor of the witnesses that carry it. Alternatively, one could accept that ἔρωτι μεγίστῳ cohere as a unit and that the conjunction follows the unit.   


Or. 371.01 (vet exeg) δοκῶν Ὀρέστην: 1ὕπουλα πάντα τὰ ῥήματα Μενελάου,  2ἀφ’ οὗ ὁ ποιητὴς τὸ ἄστατον τῆς Λακεδαιμονίων γνώμης κωμῳδεῖ,  3ὡς καὶ ἐν Ἀνδρομάχῃ [445–446]· ‘ὦ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποισιν ἔχθιστοι βροτῶν, / Σπάρτης ἔνοικοι, δόλια βουλευτήρια’.  4πρὸ γὰρ Διοκλέους, ἐφ’ οὗ τὸν Ὀρέστην ἐδίδαξε, Λακεδαιμονίων πρεσβευσαμένων περὶ εἰρήνης,  5ἀπιστήσαντες Ἀθηναῖοι οὐ προσήκαντο, ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος Θεοπόμπου, ὅ ἐστι ⟨ἔτεσιν β̅⟩ πρὸ Διοκλέους.  6οὕτως ἱστορεῖ Φιλόχορος [Philochorus FGrHist 328 F 139a].   —MBVCRw, partial OMnPrRbSa

TRANSLATION:   All the words of Menelaus are deceitful, (a portrayal) by which the poet mocks the unreliability of the Lacedaemonians’ attitude/mind, as also in Andromache: ‘O, most hateful of mortals for all people, / dwellers in Sparta, deceitful counselors’. For before Diocles, in whose archonship [409–408] he produced Orestes, when the Lacedaemonians sent ambassadors about peace, the Athenians, distrusting them, did not accept it, during the archonship of Theopompus, that is, two years before Diocles. Thus Philochorus records it.

LEMMA: MBC, δοκῶν Ὀρέστην παῖδα V(but not punct. as lemma)      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: cont. from 370.01 V, from 369. 01, add. δὲ, MnPrRbRwSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πάντα om. MnPrRbSa   |    τοῦ μενελάου OSa, τῶ μενελ() Rb   |    2–6 ἀφ’ οὗ κτλ om. O   |    2 ὁ ποιητὴς om. Rb   |    γνώμης λακεδαιμονίων transp. MnPrRbRwSa   |    ἐκωμώδει MVC, καμωδεῖ Rb   |    3 ὡς … ὦ om. MnPrRbSa   |    ἀροδρομάχην (or ἀρειδρομάχην?) Rw   |    ὦ] ὡς MVC   |    ἀνθρώποισιν om. MnPrRbRwSa   |    βροτοὶ PrSa, βροτοῖς MnRbRw   |    3–6 δόλια βουλευτ. κτλ om. PrRbSa, βουλευτήρια κτλ om. Mn   |    4 ἀφ’ οὗ VRw   |    πρεσβευσάμενος V   |    5 ἀθηναῖοι om. V   |    προσήκουσαν Rw   |    5–6 ἐπὶ … οὕτως om. VRw   |    5 ὅ ἐστι] ὃς ἦν B   |    ἔτεσιν β̅ suppl. Jacoby   |    6 οὕτως] ὡς B, οὒ των app. M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 λακιδαιμ‑ Mn   |    3 σπάρτοις Rb   |    βουλευτηρία M   |    4 ἐδίδαξεν MV   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.137,20–138,2; Dind. II.119,8–14

COMMENT:   Poets are usually said to satirize someone with the present κωμῳδεῖ. The imperfect ἐκωμῳδεῖτο with the target of ridicule as the subject is found in sch. Arist., but the present κωμῳδεῖται is about seven times more common in the same sense. Thus active ἐκωμῴδει as in MCV need not be preferred to B’s κωμῳδεῖ.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of historian or scholar   |   Philochorus   |   Euripides, Andromache   


Or. 372.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨φίλαισι χερσὶ περιβαλεῖν⟩: προσφιλέσι, φιλικαῖς χερσὶ περιπτύξασθαι  —X


Or. 372.14 (mosch gram) περιβαλεῖν: 1περιβάλλω τινὰ ἀντὶ τοῦ περιπτύσσομαι.  2καὶ ‘περιβάλλει ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐν νεφέλαις’ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐνδύει.  3καὶ παρὰ Φιλοστράτῳ [Philostratus Jun. 1.4.2] ‘περιβάλλων τοῖς τείχεσιν ἄνδρας ὡπλισμένους’ ἀντὶ τοῦ κύκλῳ τιθείς.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   ‘I cast around someone’ in the sense ‘I embrace’. And ‘god surrounds the sky in clouds’ in the sense ‘clothes it’. And in Philostratus, ‘casting armed men around the walls’ in the sense ‘placing them in a circle around’.

LEMMA: χερσὶ περιβαλεῖν G      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἐν om. XoTYfG   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 περιφάλλων a.c. Y   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.119,15–18

COMMENT:   The first quotation is based on Psalm 146:8 τῷ περιβάλλοντι τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐν νεφέλαις, which is often paraphrased in Christian writers with the participle in the nominative or converted to the indicative.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Psalms   


Or. 373.01 (vet exeg) ὡς εὐτυχοῦντας: 1εἰώθασιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὰς τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀτυχίας εὐτελεῖς λογίζεσθαι βουλόμενοι μέχρι θανάτου τὴν ἀτυχίαν αὐτῶν προκόπτειν.  2καὶ ὁ Μενέλαος τοίνυν ἔφεδρος ὢν τῇ τοῦ Ὀρέστου ἀρχῇ μόνον τὸ ζῆν αὐτὸν εὐτυχίαν ὁρίζεται.   —MBVCRbRw, partial MnPrSSa

TRANSLATION:   People are accustomed to reckon the misfortunes of their enemies as unimportant, because they want their misfortune to proceed to the point of death. And Menelaus, accordingly, being the successor looming over Orestes’ realm, defines his merely being alive as good fortune.

LEMMA: MBC, 371 δοκῶν ὀρέστην Rw, ἄλλως V, καὶ ἄλλως MnPrRbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: follows 373.06 VMnPrRbSSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 εἰώθασιν μὲν M, εἰώθαμεν VMnPrRbSSa   |    οἱ om. Rb   |    τῶν om. MnPrRbSSa   |    ἀποτυχίας Rw   |    εὐτελεῖς] εὐτυχεῖς MnPrRbSSa   |    θανάτου δὲ Rb   |    ἀτυχίαν] εὐτυχίαν Sa   |    αὐτῶν] αὐτοῖς Schw. (as if it were in M; cf. αὐτοῖς in O’s 373.04), αὐτὸν Mn, αὐτὴν Rw   |    2 καὶ ὁ μεν. κτλ om. MnPrSSa   |    ἔφεδρος ὢν] C, ἐφέδρ(ας) ὦν M, ἐφεδρεύων BVRbRw   |    ἀρχὴ δὲ μόνον Rb   |    χωρίζεται Rb, πορίζεται Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,4–7; Dind. II.119,21–120,3


Or. 373.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1τὰ κατὰ τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα ἠπιστάμην καὶ τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον ἐδάκρυσα,  2ἐλπίζων δὲ περιπτύσσεσθαι τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὴν μητέρα ὡς σῳζομένους,  3παρ’ ἐλπίδας ἤκουσα τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας τὸν θάνατον.  4τὸ γὰρ εὐτυχοῦντας ἀντὶ τοῦ σώους καὶ ὑγιεῖς.   —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   I knew of what happened to Agamemnon and I wept for his death, but hoping I would embrace Orestes and his mother as safely surviving, contrary to my hopes I heard of the death of Clytemnestra. For (he uses) the word ‘having good fortune’ in the sense ‘safe and healthy’.

LEMMA: corrupted to ἀλλὰ in all      POSITION: cont. from prev. in all      

APP. CRIT.:   περιπτύσσεσθαι transp. after ὀρέστην Rw   |    τὴν αὐτοῦ μητέρα Rw   |    τοῦ om. M   |    καὶ om. Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 περιπτύσεσθαι MRw   |    3 παρελπιδας MRw   |    κλυτεμν‑ M   |    4 σῷους B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,8–11; Dind. II.120,3–7


Or. 373.03 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: 1τὰ κατὰ τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνονος ἠπιστάμην καὶ τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον ἐδάκρυσα,  2ἐλπίζων δὲ τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὴν μητέρα περιπτύσσεσθαι ὡς σῳζομένους,  3ἤκουσα τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας ἀνόσιον φόνον.   —VRb

TRANSLATION:   I knew of what happened to Agamemnon and I wept for his death, but hoping I would embrace Orestes and his mother as safely surviving, I heard of the unholy murder of Clytemnestra.

LEMMA: corrupted to ἀλλὰ VRb      POSITION: cont. from prev. VRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὰ κατὰ] ἐν Rb   |    2 ἐλπίζω Rb   |    3 καὶ add. before ἤκουσα V   |    ἀνόσιον] ἀλλόσιον Rb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 περιπτύσεσθαι Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,8–11 app.; Dind. II.120,3–7 app.


Or. 373.04 (rec exeg) 1ἔθος ἐστὶ τὰς τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀτυχίας εὐτελεῖς λογίζεσθαι βουλόμενοι μέχρι θανάτου τὴν ἀτυχίαν αὐτοῖς προκόπτειν.  2καὶ ὁ Μενέλαος οὖν ἐφεδρεύων τῇ τοῦ Ὀρέστου ἀρχῇ μόνην τὴν ζωὴν αὐτοῦ εὐτυχίαν ὁρίζεται.  3κἂν τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς ἐδάκρυον θάνατον, ἤλπιζον σὲ καὶ τὴν σὴν μητέρα ὑγιεῖς περιπτύσσεσθαι.   —O

TRANSLATION:   It is customary to reckon the misfortunes of enemies as unimportant, wanting misfortune to proceed to the point of death for them. And Menelaus, accordingly, looming over Orestes’ realm as successor, defines his merely being alive as good fortune. Even though I was weeping for the death of your father, I was hoping to embrace you and your mother in good health.


Or. 373.05 (vet exeg) τὸ εὐτυχοῦντας κακοήθως.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   The word ‘enjoying good fortune’ (is used) maliciously.

POSITION: cont. from 373.02 without punct. MC      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,12; Dind. II.119,21 app.

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 373.06 (rec exeg) ὡς εὐτυχοῦντας: κακοήθως, ὡς ὑγιῶς ἔχοντας  —VMnPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Maliciously (expressed), as if (meaning) in a healthy condition.

LEMMA: all (ὡς τοὺς εὐτ. Rb)      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: cont. from 370.01 without marking of lemma Sa; precedes sch. 373.01 Pr      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,12 app.; Dind. II.119,21

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 373.12 (vet exeg) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: 1τῶν ἁλιέων, ἀπὸ τοῦ κτυπεῖν ταῖς κώπαις.  2ἢ τῶν ναυτῶν.   —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   (Meaning) of the fishermen, (the word being) derived from ‘strike with oars’. Or (meaning) of the sailors.

REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. B, s.l. C      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τῶν om. BRw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,13; Dind. II.120,7–8


Or. 373.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: τῶν ἐν ἁλὶ κτυπούντων ἠχούντων  —V

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Cf. Sch. M Hipp. 754b Cavarzeran κῦμ’ ἁλίκτυπον] τὸ ἐν τῇ ἁλὶ κτυποῦν; Sch. M Hipp. 754c Cavarzeran κῦμ’ ἁλίκτυπον] τὸ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ ἠχοῦν.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 373.16 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: πλεόντων ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 373.18 (mosch exeg) ἁλικτύπων: ἁλιέων, οἳ ταῖς κώπαις τύπτουσι τὴν θάλασσαν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   Of fishermen, who strike the sea with their oars.

LEMMA: ἁλιτύπων (as in text) Yf      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἁλιέων om. Yf   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.120,8–9


Or. 373.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: τῶν κτυπούντων τὴν θάλασσαν  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 373.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁλικτύπων⟩: ἁλιέων, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐν τῇ ἁλὶ κτύπον ποιεῖ  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 373.23 (rec exeg) ⟨τινὸς⟩: λείπει τὸ λέγοντος.  —GMnPrRSSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  λείπει om. S, λείπει τὸ om. G   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 374.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τῆς Τυνδαρείας⟩: ἡ κτητικὴ ἀντὶ γενικῆς  —K

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 374.05 (vet exeg) ⟨παιδὸς⟩: γράφεται θυγατρός.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   (For ‘paidos’, ‘child’) the reading ‘thugatros’ (‘daughter’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,16; Dind. II.120,16

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 374.06 (rec exeg) ⟨θυγατρὸς⟩: γρ. παιδὸς.  —SXo

LEMMA: θυγατρὸς in text SXo      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  γρ. om. S   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 374.07 (vet exeg) ἀνόσιον φόνον: δέον εἰπεῖν εὐσεβῆ φόνον, κακοήθως ἀνόσιον καὶ ἀσεβῆ φόνον καλεῖ τὴν τιμωρίαν Κλυταιμνήστρας.  —BCRw

TRANSLATION:   Although he should have said ‘pious murder’, maliciously he calls the punishment of Clytemnestra ‘unholy and impious murder’.

LEMMA: Rw      POSITION: marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   δέον ἦν Rw   |    first φόνον] φη(σι) Rw   |    after κακοήθως add. οὖν Rw   |    τὸν φόνον καλεῖ (om. τὴν τιμ.) Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,14–15; Dind. II.120,11–12

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 374.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀνόσιον φόνον⟩: δέον εἰπεῖν εὐσεβῆ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 374.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνόσιον φόνον⟩: 1ἀνόσιον φόνον λέγει τὸν τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας ὅτι ὑπὸ τοῦ ταύτης υἱοῦ Ὀρέστου ἐπράχθη.  2ἔδει μὲν γὰρ αὐτὴν οὐχ ἅπαξ ἀλλὰ καὶ μυριάκις ἀπολωλέναι, αὐτόχειρα ἤτοι φονέα τοῦ οἰκείου ἀνδρὸς γενομένην.  3ἔδει δὲ ὑπ’ ἄλλου του καὶ οὐχ ὑπὸ Ὀρέστου γεγενῆσθαι τοῦτο.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   He calls the killing of Clytemnestra unholy murder because it was done by this woman’s son, Orestes. For she should have been put to death not once but countless times, because she proved to be the ‘autocheir’, that is, murderer of her own husband. But this should have come about at someone else’s hands, not at Orestes’.

LEMMA: ση() written twice above the note in Z      REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὀρέστης Zb   |    2 καὶ om. ZbZl   |    ἤτοι] ἤγουν Zb   |    γενομένη Zb   |    3 ὑπ’] καὶ ἀπ’ Zb   |    τοῦτοΐ ZmTGu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ὑπ’ ὀρέστου Zl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.120,10–11 and 12–15


Or. 374.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ξένον⟩: φόνον  —Rf

LEMMA: ξένον in text Rf      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 375.01 (375–376) (vet paraphr) ἀντὶ τοῦ ὅπου ἐστὶν ὁ Ἀγαμέμνονος γόνος  —M

TRANSLATION:   (The interrupted word order is) equivalent to ‘where the offspring of Agamemnon is’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   γώνος app. M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,17; Dind. II.120,17–18


Or. 375.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νεάνιδες⟩: πρὸς τὸν χορὸν τοῦτο φησίν  —AaZa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦτο om. Aa   

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 375.07 (rec metr) ⟨νεάνιδες⟩: long mark over alpha  —O


Or. 376.05 (vet exeg) ὃς τὰ δείν’ ἔτλη κακά: 1καὶ ἐκ τούτου δῆλός ἐστιν ὁ Μενέλαος πονηρῶς ταῦτα λέγων.  2δέον γὰρ εἰπεῖν ‘ὃς ἤμυνε τῷ πατρί’, φησὶν ‘ὃς τὰ δεινὰ εἰργάσατο κακά’.   —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   From this detail too it is clear that Menelaus says these things maliciously. For when he should have said ‘who avenged his father’, he says ‘who accomplished the dreadful evils’.

LEMMA: C, ὃς τὰ δείν’ ἔτλη M      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: intermarg. B (at 377 on next page)      

APP. CRIT.:   2 δέον] δὲ M   |    first ὃς] ὡς Rw   |    εἴργασται MBRw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κἀκ τούτων B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,18–20; Dind. II.120,19–21

COLLATION NOTES:   κακά in M is blurred and ambiguously written, but it probably is κακά rather than καλά, as Schw. read.   |   


Or. 376.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ὃς τὰ δείν’ ἔτλη κακά⟩: δῆλος ἐστὶ πονηρ[ὸς ὁ] Μενέλαος· δέον [γὰρ] εἰπεῖν ‘ὃς ἤμυνε τῷ πατρὶ’.  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  Restored letters obscured in binding.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.120,22–23


Or. 376.08 (thom exeg) ⟨τὰ δείν’⟩: τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον  —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘The terrible evils’ refers to) the murder of his mother.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τὸν φθόνον τῆς μητρὸς transp. Zb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.120,21


Or. 377.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τότ’⟩: ὁπότε ἀπεδήμησα δηλονότι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 378.06 (pllgn gram) ⟨μέλαθρον⟩: οἴκημα, τὸ μέσον τῆς στέγης ξύλον  —B4

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Cf. ps.-Zonaras 1347,12–14 μέλαθρον· οἴκημα. κυρίως δὲ τὸ μέσον τῆς στέγης ξύλον, ὃ καλοῦμεν ὑπότονον. ἀπὸ τοῦ μελαίνεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ καπνοῦ.   


Or. 378.07 (tri metr) ⟨Τροίαν⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 379.01 (mosch exeg) ὥστ’ οὐκ ἂν γνωρίσαιμ’ ἄν: ὅτε ἐν ἑνὶ ῥήματι δύο λέγεται ἂν, ὡς ἐνταῦθα, τὸ μὲν ἓν ἐστὶ δυνητικὸς σύνδεσμος, τὸ δέ ἕτερον παραπληρωματικὸς ἀντὶ τοῦ δή.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   When in a single clause two (instances of the particle) ‘an’ are spoken, as here, the one is the particle of potentiality, and the other is a filler particle used in the sense of ‘dē’ (‘indeed’).

LEMMA: G (γνωρίσοιμ’ with αι s.l. above οι)      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐν om. TYYf   |    λέγεται δύο transp. X   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.120,24–26


Or. 379.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐκ ἂν αὐτὸν γνωρίσαιμ’ ἄν⟩: διὸ ἦν βρέφος  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 379.06 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T


Or. 380.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅδ’⟩: ὧδε —RfSarP2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  γρ. prep. P2   


Or. 380.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦδ’⟩: ὅδ’  —MnZc

LEMMA: ὧδ’ in text Zc, ὦδ’ Mn      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 380.09 (vet exeg) ὃν ἱστορεῖς: 1ἢ περὶ οὗ ἐρωτᾷς, ἢ ὃν ὁρᾷς.   2εἴρηται γὰρ ἡ ὄψις ἱστορία, ὡς ἂν εἴποιμεν ‘ἱστόρησα τὴν πόλιν’.   —BCRw

TRANSLATION:   Either ‘concerning whom you are asking’, or ‘whom you see’. For vision is called ‘historia’, as we might say ‘I saw (‘historēsa’) the city’.

LEMMA: CRw      POSITION: intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  1 οὗ] ὃν C   |    2 ὄψις om. Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,21–22; Dind. II.121,8–9

COMMENT:   For the juncture in the example, see Plutarch, Pompey 40.1 βουλόμενος ἱστορῆσαι τὴν πόλιν, Julian. epist. 79,11 (also a few times in Byzantine authors).   


Or. 380.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ὃν ἱστορεῖς⟩: ὅντινα ἐρωτᾷς ἢ ὃν ὁρᾷς  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 380.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὃν ἱστορεῖς⟩: ἢ ὃν θεωρεῖς  —MnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  in Mn damaged continuation, perhap [ἢ] περ[ὶ οὗ] ἐρωτᾶς (the ἐρωτᾶς of 380.16 is separate)   


Or. 380.15 (rec exeg) ⟨ἱστορεῖς⟩: 1ἢ ἐρωτᾷς, ἢ βλέπεις.   2εἴρηται γὰρ ἡ ὄψις ἱστορία.   —OV3

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  1 first ἢ om. O   |    ἢ βλέπεις om. O   


Or. 380.20 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἱστορεῖς⟩: ὁρᾷς οὐ γνωρίζων  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.121,10


Or. 381.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨τἀμά⟩: ἤγουν ἐμαυτὸν οὕτω κακῶς ἔχοντα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘My ills’,) that is, myself being in such a bad state.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν om. G   |    κακῶς Gr changed to καλῶς by Gu or later hand   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.121,11


Or. 381.09 (tri metr) ⟨τἀμά⟩: long mark over first alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 382.02 (vet exeg) πρωτόλεια θιγγάνω: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ πρὸ πάντων σε λιτανεύω καὶ ταύτην πρώτην ἱκεσίαν ἐπὶ σὲ ποιοῦμαι οὐπώποτέ τινα ἄλλον ἱκετεύσας.  2πρωτόλεια δὲ κυρίως ἡ τῆς λείας ἀπαρχή·  3νῦν δὲ πρωτόλειά φησι τῆς ἱκεσίας τὴν ἀπαρχήν.  4καταχρηστικῶς γὰρ πρωτόλεια πάντα τὰ πρῶτά φασιν.   —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   Meaning ‘I beseech you before all else and I direct toward you this supplication as my first, never yet having supplicated anyone else’. ‘Prōtoleia’ is properly the firstfruits of plunder, but now he uses it to mean the firstfruits of supplication. For they (authors) use the term catachrestically of all things that are first.

LEMMA: MBC, θιγγάνω Rw      REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ πρὸ πάντων] ἀντιπροσωπούντων C   |    ἱκεσίαν πρώτην transp. Rw   |    ἐπὶ σοῦ B, σοῦ Rw   |    3 πρωτόλειαν φησὶ Rw   |    ἱκέτευσα Rw   |    4 γὰρ] δὲ CRw   |    πρωτόλεια om. Rw   |    φασιν Dindorf, φη(σί) all (φησὶ transp. before πάντα B)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.138,23–27; Dind. II.121,13–17

KEYWORDS:  catachresis   


Or. 382.03 (rec exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια θιγγάνω⟩: 1πρὸ πάντων σε λιτανεύω.   2κυρίως δὲ ἡ ἀπαρχὴ τῆς λείας.   —OV3

POSITION: as sep. phrases in sep. margins O, s.l. V3      

APP. CRIT.:  2 after δὲ add. πρωτόλεια V3   |    ἡ τῆς λείας ἀπαρχή transp. V3   |    ἀρχὴ O   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.121,21–22


Or. 382.04 (rec exeg) τῶν σῶν δὲ γονάτων πρωτόλεια: πρωτόλειον μὲν κυρίως λέγεται τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς λείας ἐξαίρετον, τὸ ἀνατιθέμενον τῷ θεῷ· ἐνταῦθα δὲ τὸ πρωτόλειον ὡς ἐπίρρημα ἐδέξατο ἀντὶ τοῦ κατὰ πρῶτον λόγον ἢ πρωτοτύπως.  —V

TRANSLATION:   ‘Prōtoleia’ is used properly of the choice portion of the plunder, the part dedicated to the god. But here he interpreted the word as an adverb, equivalent to ‘in first speech’ or ‘in the first instance’.

LEMMA: V      REF. SYMBOL: V      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.139,2–5; Dind. II.121,18–20


Or. 382.06 (vet exeg) πρωτόλεια: ἀντὶ τοῦ πρῶτον, σύνθετον ἀντὶ ἁπλοῦ  —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   Used for ‘prōton’ (‘first’), compound form in place of simple form.

LEMMA: B       POSITION: cont. from 382.02 Rw, s.l. MC, intermarg. B      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.139,1; Dind. II.121,17–18


Or. 382.07 (rec exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς ἱκεσίας  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῆς] τὴν O   


Or. 382.09 (rec exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: ἐπίρρημα ἀντὶ τοῦ πρώτως  —AbMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πρῶτος Mn   |   


Or. 382.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: πρωτόλεια κυρίως τὸ πρῶτον τῶν κούρσων, καταχρηστικῶς δὲ ἐτέθη ἐνταῦθα.  —Y2

COMMENT:   κοῦρσον is a mid-Byzantine word for ‘marauding party’ (GLRBP and Kriaras s.vv. κούρσο, κούρσος).   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 382.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: κατὰ πρῶτον λόγον  —V3Y2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καί prep. Zu, ἢ prep. V3   |    κατὰ om. Y2    


Or. 382.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Rewritten by B3d.   |   


Or. 382.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρωτόλεια⟩: σύνθετον ἀντὶ ἁπλοῦ, πρωτόλεια ἀντὶ τοῦ πρῶτα πάντων  —Lp

APP. CRIT. 2:   πρώτα Lp   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.121,20–21


Or. 383.01 (vet exeg) ἱκέτης ἀφύλλου στόματος: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄνευ στεμμάτων  —HMOVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘without garlands’.

LEMMA: MCSa, ἄλλως ἱκέτης ἀφύλλου στόματος V, ἱκέτης ἀφύλλου MnPrRbRwS      REF. SYMBOL: HRb      POSITION: follows 383.06 V      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ om. OVRbSa, τοῦ om. C   |    στέμματος V, στόματος MnPrRbSSa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.139,6; Dind. II.122,9


Or. 383.02 (vet exeg) 1τὴν φυλλάδα ἱκετεύοντες προέτεινον, ὡς παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ [Hom. Il. 1.14] ὁ Χρύσης ‘στέμματ’ ἔχων ἐν χερσίν’.  2κέκληται δὲ φυλλάς, ἐπεὶ ἐκ φύλλων ἤτοι ἐλαίας ἢ δάφνης {ἢ, ὥς τινες, τὸ ἐκ τούτων ἄνθος} ἐστί,  3καὶ ταύτην τῶν γονάτων ἐξάπτουσι τῶν ἱκετευομένων.  4ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔθος ἐστὶ τοῖς ἱκετεύουσι φυλλάδα προτείνειν, τοῦτο δὲ νῦν οὐ πάρεστι, διὰ τοῦτό φησι τὴν ἐκ στόματος καὶ λόγων μόνων ἱκεσίαν ποιεῖσθαι.  5τὸ δὲ ἐξάπτων ἔφη παρόσον οὓς ἱκέτευον, τούτοις παρετίθεσαν τὰς ἱκετηρίας.  6Ἀχαιὸς Ἀζᾶσι [Achaeus TrGF 20 F 2]·
      7‘νῦν οὖν ἡμεῖς ἱκέται θαλλούς
      8τε θεῶν τε σέβας τίθεμεν πρὸ ποδῶν
      9τῶν σῶν λῆξαι τῆς ἀστερόπου
      10Ζηνὸς θυσίας’.
11τινὲς δὲ ἀφύλλου στόματος ἤκουσαν τοῦ κατεξηραμμένου διὰ τὴν νόσον {ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄνευ ἱκετηρίας}  12ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν δένδρων, ἅτινα μὴ ἔχοντα φύλλα ὡς ἐπὶ πολὺ ξηρὰ εὑρίσκεται.   —MBCRw

TRANSLATION:   When supplicating, they used to hold out the leafy branch, as in Homer Chryses ‘having garlands in his hands’. (This branch) is called ‘phullas’ because it is made of leaves (‘phulla’) either of olive or laurel {or as some say the blossom from these}, and they hang these from the knees of those supplicated. Now, since it is customary for those supplicating to hold out a leafy branch, and this is not possible at this moment, for this reason he says he is making the supplication that comes from his mouth and from words alone. And he said ‘attach/hang from’ because they used to set the suppliant branches beside the people whom they were supplicating. Achaeus (attests this) in his Azanes: ‘Now, then, we suppliants place before your feet the branches and the respectful offering to the gods, asking that we cease from the sacrifice to flashing Zeus’. Some have understood ‘mouth without foliage’ to mean ‘dried out by the sickness’ {equivalent to ‘without suppliant branch’} by a metaphor from trees, which, if they do not have foliage, are generally found to be dry.

POSITION: cont. from prev. all, except cont. from 382.02 B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀφύλλου δὲ στόματος ὅτι prep. B   |    τὴν om. Rw   |    προέτειναν S   |    στέμμ’ Rw   |    after χερσὶν add. ἑκη() B, add. ἑκηβολ() ἀπόλλων Rw   |    2 κέκληται δὲ Schw., ἢ κέκληται δὲ MC, ἢ κέκληται BRw   |    καὶ add. before φυλλὰς M   |    ἐκ φύλλων] εἰς φύλλον MC   |    ἢ ὡς … ἄνθος del. Schw.   |    second ἐκ] εἰς M   |    2–3 ἐστὶ καὶ ταύτην om. B   |    4 τοῦτο δὲ] Rw (cf. 383.03), τούτῳ δὲ others   |    παρῆν Rw   |    μόνην Rw   |    5 δὲ om. M   |    ἐξάπτειν Rw   |    ἔφησε Rw   |    οὓς] οἷς MC   |    παρεπίθεσαν M, παρετίθεντο Rw   |    6 ἀχαιὸς ἀζᾶσι om. M   |    7 οὖν om. Rw   |    8 τε θεῶν] στεφέων Wilam. Kl.Schr. 4.672   |    θών or θεόν M, θεοῦ Rw   |    τε σέβας] γέρας Arsen. (editions before Dind.; γέρας del. Matt.)   |    τίθεμαι M   |    πεδῶν app. Rw   |    9 τῆς] τὰς Rw   |    ἀστεροπῆς C, ἀστεράπ() Rw, ἀστόργου Wilam.   |    11 second τοῦ om. C   |    12 ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ BRw   |    εὑρίσκονται Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 προύτεινον B   |    3 ἐξάπτουσιν M   |    4 πάρεστιν M   |   τοῦτο φησὶ BC (MRw unclear)   |    5 παρ’ὅσον B   |    6 ἀζάσι B, ἄζασι Rw   |    7 θαλούς BC   |    11 κατεξηραμέν(ου) MRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.139,8–19; Dind. II.122,9–21

COMMENT:   In the quoted fragment of Achaeus, Wilamowitz’s two emendations would change the translation to ‘the branches and the respectful offering of crowns’ and ‘from the sacrifice to cruel Zeus’.   

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Achaeus   


Or. 383.03 (rec exeg) 1τὴν γὰρ φυλλάδα ἱκετεύοντες προέτεινον, καὶ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ [Hom. Il. 1.14] Χρύσης ‘στέμματ’ ἔχων’.  2ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔθος τοῖς ἱκετεύουσι φυλλάδα προτείνειν, τοῦτο δὲ νῦν οὐ πάρεστι, διὰ τοῦτό φησι τῶν ἐκ στόματος λόγων μόνον ἱκεσίαν ποιεῖσθαι.  3τινὲς δὲ ἀφύλλου τοῦ κατεξηραμμένου διὰ τὴν νόσον {ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄνευ ἱκετηρίας}  4ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν δένδρων, ἅτινα μὴ ἔχοντα φύλλα ξηρὰ εὑρίσκονται.   —VMnPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   For when supplicating, they used to hold out the leafy branch, and in Homer Chryses ‘having garlands’. So, since it was a custom for those supplicating to hold out a branch, and this is not possible at this moment, for this reason he says he is making his supplication with words from his mouth alone. Some (understand) ‘without foliage’ to mean ‘dried out by the sicknessÆ {equivalent to ‘without suppliant branch’} by a metaphor from trees, which, if they do not have foliage, are found to be dry.

POSITION: cont. from. 383.01 all      

APP. CRIT.:   1 προέτειναν S   |    χρύσης om. MnPrSSa   |    ἔχων] ἔχω τε corr. to ἔχω γε Mn   |    2 φυλλάδα] φῦλλον Sa, φύλλειν S, φύλλων MnPr, φυλλ()΄ Rb   |    τοῦτο δὲ] τὸν τῶνδε V, τότε δὲ S   |    παρ[έ]στη Mn (damage)   |    στομάτ() Rb   |    μόνον om. Rb. transp. after ἱκεσίαν S   |    3–4 τοῦ κατεξηραμ. … φύλλα om. Rb   |    4 after φύλλα add. ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ Pr   |    ξηρὰ δὲ εὑρ. Sa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 στέματ’ Mn   |    2 πάρεστιν Rb, π(αρα)/ἐστι Sa   |   διατοῦτο VPrRbSa [Mn]   |   τοῦτο φησὶ all   |    3 ἀφύλου a.c. Mn   |    κατὰ ξηρ‑ Mn, ‑ξηραμένου all except Sa (om. Rb)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.139,8–19 app.; Dind. II.123,5–11

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/μεταφορικῶς   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 383.04 (vet exeg) εἰώθασι γὰρ οἱ λιτανεύοντες κλάδους φ[έρειν … ὡς] παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ. διὰ τοῦτο φησὶ φύλλων μὴ ὄντων τὴν ἐκ στόματος μό[ν…  —H

TRANSLATION:   Those making prayers in supplication are accustomed to carry branches [ … as] in Homer. For this reason he says that, there being no leaves, [he makes] the [supplication] from his mouth only.

POSITION: cont. from 383.01 H      

APP. CRIT.:   extent of first gap undetermined; e.g., τοῖς ἱκετευομένοις or καὶ τῶν γονάτων ἐξάπτων   |    e.g. μό[νου ἱκεσίαν ποιεῖσθαι] Daitz   


Or. 383.05 (rec exeg) ἐκ φυλλάδων ἐστεφανοῦντο τὸ πρότερον  —O

TRANSLATION:   They (suppliants) were crowned with leafy branches in previous time.

POSITION: cont. from 383.01      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐστεφάνοντο O   


Or. 383.06 (vet exeg) ἀφύλλου στόματος ἐξάπτων λιτάς: 1τὸ ‘ἀφύλλους λιτάς’ ἐνταῦθα εἰς τιμὴν τοῦ Μενελάου Ὀρέστης εἶπε ταῖς μεγίσταις τιμαῖς βιάζων ἐκεῖνον γενέσθαι αὐτῷ εἰς βοηθόν.  2οἱ γὰρ ποιούμενοι τὰς λιτὰς πρὸς τὸ θεῖον ἀεὶ κλάδους ἐπεφέροντο νεωστὶ δρεφθέντας ἐκ δένδρων καὶ θάλλοντας καὶ φύλλων κομῶντας καὶ εἰρίοις πολυχρόοις ἀναδεδεμένους, οὓς καὶ εἰρεσιώνας ἐκάλουν.  3τρόπον οὖν τινα ταῦτα λέγει ὁ Ὀρέστης πρὸς τὸν Μενέλαον ὅτι ἔδει τὰς λιτὰς ὡς θεῷ σοι προσαγαγεῖν μετὰ κλάδων,  4νῦν δὲ διὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι τοῦτο, ἐπειδὴ πανταχόθεν εἰλοῦμαι παγχάλκοις ὅπλοις καὶ κωλύομαι, τοῦ ἐκ στόματος προαγομένου ⟨λόγου⟩ ταύτας προσάγω.   —V

TRANSLATION:   Orestes said here ‘suppliant prayers without foliage’ to honor Menelaus, trying to force him by very great honors to become his rescuer. For those who made their suppliant prayers to divinity always used to carry branches freshly cut from trees and flourishing and covered with leaves and bound up with wool strips (‘eiria’) of many colors, which they in fact used to call ‘eiresiōnai’. Thus in a certain way Orestes says this to Menelaus, that ‘I should have brought suppliant prayers to you as to a god along with branches, but as it is, because I cannot do this, since I am surrounded on all sides by bronze armor and am prevented, I bring these prayers of speech conveyed from my mouth.’

REF. SYMBOL: V (above ἱκέτης)      

APP. CRIT.:   2 δρεθέντας V   |    4 κωλύομαι Schw., κωλυόμενος V   |    λόγου suppl. Mastr. (cf. 383.03 τῶν ἐκ στόματος λόγων ἱκεσίας); τὰς ἐκ στ. προαγομένας Schw.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.139,20–140,3; Dind. II.122,22–123,4

COLLATION NOTES:   For δρεθέντας rather than δρεσθέντας as read by Schw., compare εθ in ἔθος 12 lines later in V.   |   


Or. 383.07 (thom exeg) 1εἰώθασιν οἱ παλαιοὶ ὅτε ἱκέτευον τοὺς ὑπερέχοντας φέρειν ἐν χερσὶ στέφανον ἐκ φύλλων ἢ δάφνης ἢ ἐλαίας.  2ὁ δὲ νοῦς τοιοῦτος· πρὶν διηγήσομαι τὰ ἐμὰ κακά, ἅπτομαι τῶν σῶν γονάτων ἐξάπτων καὶ φέρων παρακλήσεις ἐξ ἀφύλλου στόματος.  3τουτέστι μόνον διὰ λόγων δέομαι καὶ οὐ προτείνω κλάδον ὡς ἔθος.  4ἢ τὸ ἀφύλλου στόματος νοητέον ἀντὶ τοῦ καταξήρου ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου.  5περιαιρεθέντων γὰρ τῶν φύλλων ἐκ τῶν δένδρων ξηρὰ τὰ δένδρα τυγχάνει.  6διὰ τί δὲ ἐκ δάφνης ἢ ἐξ ἐλαίας φύλλα προέτεινον καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἄλλου φυτοῦ;  7φαμὲν ὡς ἐπεὶ ταῦτα τὰ φυτὰ ἀειθαλῆ τυγχάνει καὶ ἱερά,  8ἡ μὲν γὰρ δάφνη τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι ὡς μαντικῷ ἀνετίθετο, ἡ δὲ ἐλαία τῇ Ἀθηνᾷ ὡς καταδειξάσῃ πρώτῃ αὐτὴν ἐν Ἀθήναις,  9διὰ τοῦτο ἐξιλεοῦντο τούτοις μόνοις καὶ οὐκ ἄλλοις τισὶ φυτοῖς.  10πρωτόλεια δὲ κυρίως αἱ πρῶται τῆς λείας ἀπαρχαί, ἃς ἀνέφερον τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς αἰτίοις τῆς νίκης.  11δέον δὲ εἰπεῖν ἱκετικῶς, ἱκέτης εἶπε πρὸς τὸ θιγγάνω.   —ZZaZbZmTGu, partial Ox2

TRANSLATION:   The ancients were accustomed, when they were supplicating those superior to them, to carry in their hands a crown made of leaves either of laurel or olive. The overall sense is like this: before I explain my troubles, I clasp your knees, attaching and bringing prayers from a leafless mouth. That is, I beg solely through words and do not hold forth a branch according to custom. Or else one should take ‘leafless mouth’ to mean ‘dried up by illness’. For once the leaves have been stripped off from the trees, the trees are dry. And why did they hold forth leaves from laurel or from olive and not from another plant? We say that because these plants are evergreen and sacred—for the laurel was dedicated to Apollo as the prophetic god, and the olive to Athena as the one who first revealed it in Athens—for this reason they used to propitiate with these alone and not some other plants. ‘Prōtoleia’ are properly the first selected offerings from the plunder, which they used to offer to the gods as responsible for their victory. And though it would have been proper to say (using the adverb) ‘in the suppliant manner’, he said (using the noun) ‘suppliant’ construed with (the unexpressed subject of) ‘I touch’.

REF. SYMBOL: at ἀφύλλου ZZa, at στόματος Zl, at ἐξάπτων Zm, at λίτας Zb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–9 om. Ox2   |    1 τὸν ὑπερέχοντα Zb   |    3 μόνον διὰ λόγου Zl, διὰ λόγων μόνον transp. ZZa   |    4 τοῦ add. before ἀφύλλου Zb   |    5 δένδρα] φύλλα ZZa   |    6 φύλλα] κλάδους Zl   |    7 καὶ add. before φαμέν Zl   |    8 ἀνετέθη Za   |    πρώτην Zb   |    αὐτῆ, ὴν s.l., Gu   |    9 τισὶ om. Za   |    10 αἰτίοις] αἰτίον changed from αἰτίος (accent thus) Ox2   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 προτίνω Zb   |    8 καταδίξαση ZT (not Ta)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.121,25–122,8 and 121,22–24


Or. 383.08 (pllgn exeg) ἔθος εἶχον οἱ ἱκετεύοντες κρατεῖν ἐν ταῖν χεροῖν καὶ τεθηλὸς κλάδον. νῦν δὲ ὁ Ὀρέστης ἱκετεύων καὶ μὴ κρατῶν κλάδον λέγει πρὸς τὸν Μενέλαον τῶν σῶν γονάτων πρωτόλεια καὶ κατὰ πρῶτον λόγον θιγγάνω, ἱκέτης ὑπάρχων ἐξάπτων καὶ κρεμῶν λιτὰς ἀφύλλου στόματος, ἤγουν κλάδον μὴ κρατοῦντος.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   I find no parallel for κλάδον treated as neuter as here (neuter κλάδος, κλάδους is attested in LBG).   


Or. 383.09 (pllgn exeg) ἔθος ἦν τοῖς παλαιοῖς τοῖς περί τι ἱκετεύουσι κλάδον ἐλαίας ἢ φύλλον κατέχειν ἐν τῷ στόματι διὰ τὸν ἔλεον. φησὶν οὖν ὁ Ὀρέστης ἐνταῦθα πρὸς τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα ὅτι τίθημι λιτὰς ἐκ τοῦ ἀφύλλου στόματος, μὴ κατέχων κλάδον ἐλαίας.  —Yf2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀγαμέμνονα sic, by error of association for μενέλαον   


Or. 383.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: τοῦ κατεξηραμμένου διὰ τὴν νόσον, ἀπὸ μεταφορᾶς τῶν δένδρων  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  μεταφορά/παρέλκειμεταφορικῶς   


Or. 383.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: ἢ τοῦ καταξήρου· τὸ γὰρ φύλλον ὑγρόν.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 383.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: καταξήρου ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου, ξηροῦ  —Gu, app. B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 383.20 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: ξηροῦ, τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος τινὰ ὑγρότητα  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 383.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: ἀφύλλους  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 383.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: ἤγουν χωρὶς κλάδου ποιοῦντος ἱκεσίαν  —B4

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 383.27 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: ἤγουν μὴ ἔχοντος κλάδους· ἔθος γὰρ τοῖς ἱκετεύουσι κλαδηφορεῖν, ὡς καὶ παρ’ Ὁμήρῳ ‘στέμματ’ ἔχων ἐν χερσίν’ ἢ φυλλάδας· ἤγουν καταξηροῦ.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  φυλλάδας] φυλλ() Zu   


Or. 383.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀφύλλου⟩: καὶ ἀφίλου  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀφίλου] only ί written above ύ Zu   


Or. 384.01 (pllgn exeg) ἢ σῶσον ἐμὲ ἀπὸ τῶν κακῶν, ἢ ἀφῖξαι εἰς καιρὸν τῶν κακῶν τῶν ἡμετέρων  —Y2

COMMENT:   The first paraphrase assumes the parenthesis proposed by Brunck on the basis of punctuation in ms A (faint raised dot after μ’ and comma after καιρὸν). A comma after καιρὸν also occurs in Aa.   


Or. 384.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀφῖξαι δ’ αὐτὸς⟩: ὅτι καὶ σὺ  —AbMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 384.09 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εἰς καιρὸν κακῶν⟩: εἰς τὴν ἀκμὴν τῶν κακῶν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν and κακῶν om. G   


Or. 384.10 (thom paraphr) ⟨εἰς καιρὸν κακῶν⟩: ἤγουν ἐγκαίρως καὶ συμφερόντως τοῖς ἐμοῖς κακοῖς  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Gu   |    τοῖς ἐμ. κακ. om. or lost to trimming Zl   


Or. 384.17 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 385.01 (pllgn exeg) ἰδὼν ὁ Μενέλαος Ὀρέστην ταῦτα σχετλιάζων φησί.  —Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.123,12–13


Or. 385.02 (tri metr) ⟨θεοί⟩: συνίζησις  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 385.03 (mosch paraphr) τί βλέπω; τίνα βλέπω ἀπὸ τῶν κάτω;  —X

TRANSLATION:   What do I see? Whom of those below do I see?


Or. 385.04 (vet paraphr) ⟨τίνα δέδορκα νερτέρων⟩: τίνα ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν βλέπω  —M

TRANSLATION:   Whom of the dead do I see?

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.140,4; Dind. II.123,13–14


Or. 385.07 (rec exeg) ⟨δέρκομαι⟩: γρ. δέδορκα  —MnPrRS

LEMMA: δέρκομαι in text all      POSITION: s.l. except marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:  τί add. before δέδ. R   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 385.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δέδορκα⟩: δέρκομαι  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 385.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νερτέρων⟩: δοκῶν ὅτι εἴδωλον βλέπει τινὸς τῶν νεκρῶν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 385.12 (mosch paraphr) ⟨νερτέρων⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν κάτω ἤγουν τῶν νεκρῶν  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. except Xo      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀπὸ om. TZc    |    ἤγουν τῶν om. GZc   |    second τῶν om. Y   


Or. 386.01 (vet exeg) εὖ γ’ εἶπας: 1καλῶς με νεκρὸν ἐκάλεσας·  2οὐ γὰρ ζῶ ὑπὸ τῶν κακῶν.   3ὅσον ἥκει εἰς τὰ κακά, ⟨οὐ⟩ ζῶ.   —HMBC, partial VAaSar

TRANSLATION:   You correctly called me a corpse. For I am not alive because of my troubles. As far as pertains to my troubles, I am ⟨not⟩ alive.

LEMMA: MCSa      POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. VAaSar      

APP. CRIT.:   1 φησὶ (or e.g. [εἰκότως]/ φησὶ?) prep. H   |    νεκρὸν με transp. Aa   |    ἐκάλεσας] ὠνόμασας B   |    2–3 οὐ γὰρ κτλ om. Aa   |    2 οὐ] οὕτως C   |    ζῶ] ζῶν C   |    3 ὅσον … ζῶ om. VSar   |    ὅσον δὲ ἐπὶ τ[ H, rest lost in cut margin   |    ἥκει Schw., ἧκεν MBC [H]   |    οὐ suppl. Schw.   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.140,5–6; Dind. II.123,15–16

COMMENT:   In the first sentence in H we cannot tell whether any preceding word occurred in the lost margin. Beginning a scholion with the word φησὶ is rare, but attested. In the third sentence, with δὲ included, it is possible that H had a different version, paraphrasing φάος δ’ ὁρῶ, such as ὅσον δὲ ἐπὶ τ[ὸ φῶς ὁρᾶν ζῶ].   


Or. 386.03 (thom exeg) ⟨εὖ γ’ εἶπας⟩: ὅτι νεκρὸς εἰμί  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘You said well’) that I am one dead.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 386.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εὖ γ’ εἶπας⟩: ὅτι τινὰ νερτέρων δέδορκας.  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.123,17–18


Or. 386.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ γὰρ ζῶ κακοῖς⟩: ἐν τοῖς κακοῖς ὑπάρχω, οὐ ζῶ.  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 386.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ γὰρ ζῶ⟩: οὐκ ἄλλο κέκτημαι τῶν ζώντων εἰ μὴ μόνον τὸ ὁρᾶν τὸ φάος.  —Lp

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.123,18–19


Or. 387.01 (mosch paraphr) λίαν ἠγριωμένος εἶ κατὰ τὸν πλόκαμον τὸν κατάξηρον.  —X

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.123,20–21


Or. 387.06 (rec exeg) ⟨πλόκαμον αὐχμηρὸν⟩: ἔχων σὺ  —AaAbMnPrRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔχον Mn   |   


Or. 387.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨πλόκαμον αὐχμηρὸν⟩: κατὰ τὸν πλόκαμον τὸν κατάξηρον  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (The plain accusative ‘parched hair’ means) ‘in respect to my dry hair’.

POSITION: s.l.; as two sep. glosses GZc      


Or. 387.12 (thom exeg) ⟨αὐχμηρὸν⟩: ποταπὸν κατάξηρον. ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο ἑρμηνεία τοῦ ἠγρίωσαι.  —ZZaZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Of some sort, (namely) dry. And this is an explanation of ‘you have become wild’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ποταπὸν om. ZaGu(Ta)   |    κατάξηρον] ξηρόν a.c. Zm, om. Gu (allowing Gr’s κατάξηρον below to serve)   |    ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο ἑρμηνεία] ἑρμηνεία δέ ἐστι T, τὸ αὐχμηρὸν ἐρμηνεία ἐστὶ ZbZmGu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.123,21–22


Or. 388.01 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐχ ἡ πρόσοψις⟩: λυπεῖ ἐμὲ  —MnSSar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 388.02 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐχ ἡ πρόσοψις⟩: τὸ ‘οὐχ ἡ πρόσοψις’ οὐ πρὸς τὸν λόγον τοῦ μέσου τὸ [387] ‘ἠγρίωσαι’ ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ [385] ‘τίνα δέδορκα νερτέρων’.  —ZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   The words ‘not the sight’ are not a response to the statement of the intervening line, ‘you have been made wild’, but to the (earlier) line ‘whom of the dead do I see?’.

REF. SYMBOL: ZbZlT      POSITION: s.l. ZmGu      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦ μέσου TGu, τοῦ μενελάου others (truncated μεν() ZbZm)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.123,24–25

COMMENT:   This unconvincing view is a rejection of the kind of interpretation offered in several of the following scholia and glosses. The Mosch. gloss 388.08 ἡ θεωρία perhaps espouses a similar view.    


Or. 388.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐχ ἡ πρόσοψις⟩: 1οὐχὶ τὸ εἶναι με τακερὸν καὶ ὠχριωμένον καὶ πανταχῶς πινώδη αἰκίζεται ἤγουν λυπεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἔργον ὃ εἰς τὴν μητέρα ἐπεπράχειν.  2μετανοῶν δὲ τοῦτο φησι.  3οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου πάσχω αὐχμηροῦ ὄντος ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων ὧν ἔπραξα.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   It is not the fact of my being wasted and ghostly pale and entirely filthy that torments, that is, pains, but the deed which I accomplished against my mother. He says this in repentance. I do not suffer from my visage, which is dry, but from the deeds that I did.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  3 second ἀπὸ] ὑπὸ a.c. Y2   


Or. 388.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ πρόσοψις⟩: τὰ ἔξω φαινόμενα  —VSar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 388.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ πρόσοψις⟩: ἤγουν ἡ πιναρότης τοῦ προσώπου  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The only instance of πιναρότης in TLG is Eust. in Od. 6.230 (I.251,33).   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 388.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλλὰ τἄργ’⟩: ἀλλὰ τὸ ἔργον ὃ εἰς τὴν μητέρα ἐπεπράχθει  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 388.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τἄργ’⟩: ἔργον ἤγουν ὁ φόνος  —Y

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 388.11 (pllgn gram) ⟨τἄργ’⟩: πληθυντικῶς γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῇ λογογραφίᾳ  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   For (the word ‘ergon’, ‘deed’, is used) in the plural also in prose writings.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 388.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τἄργ’⟩: τὰ ἔργα  —AaF2Xo

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Aa   


Or. 388.19 (thom paraphr) ⟨αἰκίζεται⟩: ἀφανίζει, λυπεῖ εἰς μνήμην ἰόντα  —ZZbZlZmTGuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τουτέστιν prep. Zl   |    ἀφαν. λυπεῖ om. Ox2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.123,26


Or. 389.06 (rec exeg) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: πῶς  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 389.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: δεινῶς  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 389.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀμμάτων ξηραῖς κόραι⟩: τῶν γὰρ ἀύπνων οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ξηροί.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   For the eyes of people who lack sleep are dry.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.124,3–4


Or. 389.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀμμάτων ξηραῖς κόραις⟩: ἐξέλιπε γὰρ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀμμάτων τὸ ὑγρὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν δακρύων.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   For the moisture has been lost from the eyes because of the multitude of tears shed.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 389.15 (rec gram) ⟨ξηραῖς⟩: ξηρὸν ᾄδει· ξηραὶ κόραι· ὑγραὶ κόραι· ὑγρὸν ᾄδει.  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   He sings hoarsely (‘xēron’); dry (‘xērai’) eyes; moist (‘hugrai’) eyes; he sings with wavering(‘hugron’) voice.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   after second κόραι punct. in Mn as if end of note (:~)   

COMMENT:   Apparently this illustrates some possible sense of ‘dry’ and ‘moist’. I find no other collocation of ξηρόν with ἀείδω, but Oppian Hal. 2.412 has ὑγρὸν ἀείδων (of a drunk man as he walks home at night); medical writers attest phrases such as τὸ κατὰ τὴν κόρην ὑγρόν, τὸ ὑγρὸν τῆς κόρης, but no instances are found where ὑγρός modifies κόρη.   


Or. 390.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον⟩: ἐστὶ δηλονότι, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἠφάνισται ὑπερβολικῶς.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:   Understand ‘is’, with the meaning ‘has been destroyed’, used in hyperbole.

POSITION: s.l. except X; over second half of line Y      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐστὶ δηλονότι om. Y   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.124,7–8

KEYWORDS:  ὑπερβολή/ὑπερβολικῶς   


Or. 390.03 (thom exeg) ⟨τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον⟩: 1ἐπεὶ ὁ Μενέλαος εἶπε πρὸς τὸν Ὀρέστην ὅτι [389] ‘δεινὸν λεύσσεις ὀμμάτων ξηραῖς κόραις’,  2ἀποκρινόμενος ὁ Ὀρέστης φησί·  3τί λέγεις; ἅπαν μου τὸ σῶμα ἀπωλώλει, καὶ σὺ περὶ τῶν ὀμμάτων μου μόνον λόγον ποιῇ;   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Because Menelaus said to Orestes ‘you have a fearsome gaze because of the dry pupils of your eyes’, in reply Orestes says: ‘What are you saying? My entire body was destroyed, and you speak only about my eyes?’

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πρὸς om. Zl   |    2 ὁ om. T   |    3 second μου om. Zm   |    λόγον ποιῇ] ποιῆ τὸν λόγον a.c. Gu, p.c. τὸν deleted and α, β added to restore order λόγον ποιῆ   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λεύσεις all except T   |   2 φησὶν Zb   |   3 ἀπολώλει ZbGu [Zl]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.124,10–13


Or. 390.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον⟩: τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον γενήσεται· τὸ δὲ ὄνομα ἤγουν τὸ καλεῖσθαι με φονέα οὐκ ἐκλείπεται.  —Zu

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:  φροῦδον] φρονηκὸν Zu; alternative conj. φθόριμον   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκλήπεται (ἐκλ corr. from ἐκπι) Zu   |   


Or. 390.08 (pllgn gram) ⟨φροῦδον⟩: τὸ πρὸ ὁδοῦ γενόμενον  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 390.09 (vet exeg) τὸ δ’ ὄνομ’ οὐ λέλοιπέ μοι: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς ὄνομα μόνον λείπεται τὰ ἐμά.  2καὶ εἰς ὄνομα μόνον σαλεύει τὰ κατ’ ἐμέ, ἐπεὶ τὸ σῶμα ἅπαν μοι φροῦδον γέγονεν.   —HMBVCPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘my situation/existence is left (reduced) to a name alone’. And the situation with me is storm-tossed/totters, (reduced) to a name alone, since my entire body is gone.

LEMMA: V, perhaps Sa (faded), lemma τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον MC, οὐ λέλοιπέ μοι Mn(app. a.c. λέπέ)PrRbS(λέλειπέ)      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς ὄνομα] ἐν ὀνόματι B [H, Sa now illegible]   |    τοῦ om. C   |    τὸ add. before ὄνομα MnPrRbS   |    after ἐμὰ repeated καὶ εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα λείπεται τὰ ἐμὰ Rb   |    2 καὶ εἰς ὄν. μόν. om. MnPrRbSSa   |    σαλεύει] λείπεται M(‑ετε)C   |    ἐπειδὴ H   |    πᾶν V, πάνυ MnPrRbSSa [H]   |    γεγονός V   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λείπεται] λείπετε M   |   2 γέγονε Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.140,7–9; Dind. II.124,5–7


Or. 390.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὄνομ’⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι ὄμμα.  —MnPr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 390.12 (thom exeg) ⟨ὄνομ’⟩: τὸ καλεῖσθαι Ὀρέστην  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Name’ here means) ‘my being called Orestes’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  after καλεῖσθαι add. με Zl   |    ὀρέστης Z, ὀρέστης ἢ φονεύς ZcZa, ὀρέσ() ZlZm   


Or. 390.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὄνομ’⟩: ἤγουν τὸ καλεῖσθαι με φονέα  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 390.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὄνομ’⟩: τὸ καλεῖσθαι με μητροκτόνον  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 390.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐ λέλοιπέ με⟩: μόνον κατελείφθη ἐν ἐμοί  —Y2

POSITION: s.l., cont. from 390.05 above τὸ σῶμα φροῦδον      


Or. 391.03 (rec exeg) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: γρ. παρὰ λόγον(?)  —MnPrR

POSITION: s.l. MnPr, marg. R      

APP. CRIT.:   γρ. om. R   |    π(αρα)λόγ‑ Pr, περιλόγ‑ Mn   |   ending sign uncertain in MnPr, possibly ως rather ον (or even ους Pr); see 391.06.    

COMMENT:   παρὰ λόγον is in the text only in P, and there is a small grave as well as large acute on παρα in O (the grave is not large enough or positioned in a way that would make it certain that it is the correction; it may have been written first and corrected in scribendo). Aa has an apparent dot added between παρά and λογον, which is perhaps meant to indicated παρὰ λόγον as a correction.   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 391.09 (rec exeg) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: πῶς  —GKSaB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ prep. Sa   


Or. 391.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: ἤγουν παρ’ ἐλπίδα διὰ τὸ πραχθὲν παρὰ σοῦ, ἢ παρὰ τὸ πρέπον  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 391.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παράλογόν⟩: διὰ τὸ παράνομον ὅπερ ἐποίησας  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 392.01 (vet exeg) ὅδ’ εἰμὶ μητρὸς τῆς ταλαιπώρου φονεύς: 1ἤτοι ὅτι μετανοεῖ ἀνελὼν αὐτήν, ταλαίπωρόν φησιν·  2οὐ γὰρ πρὸ πράξεως καὶ μετὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν οἱ αὐτοὶ τυγχάνομεν·  3ἢ προαγόμενος αὐτὸν εἰς ἔλεον διὰ τοῦ καθομολογεῖν τὴν ἀνοσίαν ἑαυτοῦ πρᾶξιν·  4ἢ ὑπομιμνήσκων αὐτὸν ὅτι ἔκδικος τοῦ πατρὸς ὑπάρχει.  5τὸ δὲ ταλαίπωρος παρὰ τὴν πώρην, ὃ δηλοῖ τὸ πένθος.  6Ἀντίμαχος [Antimachus fr. 54 Matthews = 48 Wyss]· ‘πωρητὺν ἀλόχοισι καὶ οἷς τεκέεσσιν ἕκαστος’, ἀντὶ τοῦ πένθος.   —MBC, partial VMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Either because he regrets having killed her, he uses ‘unhappy’ (‘talaipōros’). For we are not in fact the same (in our judgment) before action and after the action. Or (he uses the term) because he is inducing him to feel pity by admitting his own unholy action. Or because he is reminding him (Menelaus) that he (Orestes) is the avenger of his father. And the word ‘talaipōros’ is derived from ‘pōrē’, which means grief. Antimachus (uses this root): ‘they each of them (caused) grief for their wives and children’, (with ‘pōrē’) equivalent to ‘penthos’ (grief).

LEMMA: V, ὅδ’ εἰμὶ μητρὸς τῆς ταλαι() B, ὅδ’ εἰμὶ μητρὸς MCRw, ὧδ’ εἰμὶ MnPrRbSSa (ὦδ’ MnRb; εἶμι MnPrS, app. Sa)      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–3 ἤτοι … διὰ τοῦ add. in blank space V1   |    1 μετανοεῖ ἀνελὼν] ἀνεῖλεν V1Rb, ἀνεῖλον MnPrSSa, μετανοῶν Rw   |    αὐτὴν τὴν MnPrRbSSa   |    ταλαίπωρον ἔφη BRw   |    2 οὐ γὰρ … τυγχάνομεν om. V1MnPrRbRwSSa, transp. after 3 ἑαυτοῦ πρᾶξιν B   |    οὐ γὰρ B, εἰ γὰρ MC   |    after τυγχάνομεν add. ταλαίπωρον ἔφη MC   |    3 ἢ om. BRw   |    προαγ‑ RbS, προσαγ‑ others (except προσώμενος Sa), ‑όμενον MV1C   |    διὰ τὸ MBCRwSa   |    τὴν ἀνόσιον VMnRwSSa, τὸ ἀνόσιον Rb   |    ἑαυτοῦ BV, αὐτοῦ others [Pr]   |    4 ἢ om. M   |    μιμνήσκων M   |    αὐτὸν] ἑαυτὸν V   |    ἔνδικος S   |    τοῦ om. Rb   |    5–6 τὸ δὲ ταλαίπωρος κτλ om. VMnPrRbSSa   |    τὸ δὲ ταλαίπωρος] τὸ δὲ ταλαιπώρου MC, ταλαίπωρος δὲ B, ταλαίπωρος Rw   |    6 ἀντίμαχος κτλ om. Rw   |    πωρητὺν Dind. (after Sopingius), πώρητυ ἀλόχοισι B, πωρηαλέχοισιν M, πώρηαλόχοισι C   |    τέκεσι M   |    τοῦ om. C   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἤτοι] εἴ τι S   |   3 πράξιν Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.140,10–16; Dind. II.124,16–22

COMMENT:   For the statement in 2, since σύνεσις appears strikingly a few lines later, it may be relevant that commentators on Aristotle note the difference between φρόνησις and σύνεσις in similar terms of before and after: e.g. Eustratius CAG 20:369,4–5 ἡ μὲν γὰρ πρὸ τῆς πράξεως καὶ τοῦ τέλους, ἡ φρόνησις, ἡ δὲ (scil. σύνεσις) μετὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν καὶ τὸ τέλος.   |   In 3 προάγειν εἰς ἔλεον is attested in Lycurg. in Leocrat. 33 and Aristot. Rhet. 1354a25, while προσάγειν εἰς ἔλεον is not attested.   |   The third explanation (in 4) is hard to understand unless it reflects an alternative, far-fetched construal in which the adj. refers to Orestes, ‘the mother of a wretched man’.   |   For Antimachus (6), see Matthews, Wyss, and Sch. Soph. OC 14 Xenis. G. Sopingius restored the correct spelling πωρητὺν in the quotation in Sch. Soph. OC 14 in his note on Hesychius πωρητὺς· ταλαιπωρία, πένθος, p. 808 of ΗΣΥΧΙΟΥ ΛΕΞΙΚΟΝ cum variis doctorum virorum notis etc., Leiden 1668.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Antimachus   


Or. 393.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἤκουσα⟩: ἐγὼ αὐτὸ ἤκουσα  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 393.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἤκουσα⟩: ὅτι σὺ ἐφόνευσας σὴν μητέρα  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 393.03 (vet exeg) φείδου δ’ ὀλιγάκις λέγειν κακά: 1λείπει τὸ ὥστε·  2ἤκουσα, ὥστε φείδου λέγειν τὰ κακά.  3οἷον παραιτοῦ τὰ κακὰ πολλάκις λέγειν.  4ὀλιγάκις δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐδ’ ὅλως, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 5.800] ‘ἦ ὀλίγον οἱ παῖδα ἐοικότα γείνατο Τυδεύς’.   —MBC, partial VMnPrRbRwSSaGu

TRANSLATION:   ‘So that/and so’ is to be supplied. I heard, and so spare speaking of the evils. As if to say, refrain from mentioning the evils repeatedly. And ‘few times’ is used in place of ‘not at all’, as in the (Homeric) line ‘Indeed Tydeus fathered a son little similar to himself’.

LEMMA: MC, φείδου δ’ ὀλιγάκις others except Gu      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–3 λείπει … λέγειν] φείδου δὲ καὶ παραιτοῦ Gu   |    1–2 λείπει … κακά om. Rw   |    1 λείπει τὸ ὥστε] ἵν’ ᾖ VMnPrRbSSa   |    τὸ om. M   |    2 τὰ om. VMnPrRbSSa   |    3 οἷον … λέγειν om. VMnRbSSa   |    4 ὀλιγάκις δὲ] ὀλιγάκις RwGu, τὸ δὲ ὀλιγάκις VMnPrRbSSa   |    τοῦ om. C   |    ὡς τὸ κτλ om. MnPrSSa   |    ὡς τὸ] ὅμηρος Rw   |    παῖδες (ἐοικότα γ. τ. om.) VRb   |    ἐοικότες (om. γείνατο τυδεύς) Rw   |    τυδεύς om. M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 οὐδ’ ὅλως B, οὐδόλως Gu, οὐδὲ ὅλως others (ὀδὲ ὅλως Mn) [M illegible]   |   ἧ B, ἢ VRb [M]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.140,17–20; Dind. II.125,2–5, 125,7–9

COMMENT:   The full explanation applies ὥστε to the connection between ἤκουσα and φείδου, but since a conjunction is present, λείπει is oddly applied (e.g. for ἀντὶ τοῦ). Perhaps at an earlier stage λείπει τὸ ὥστε was intended to apply to λέγειν, since that has to be taken as an epexegetic infinitive if one does not emend the line, and such an infinitive often attracts as gloss ὥστε or λείπει ὥστε (as in 393.22).   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   |   citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 393.04 (vet exeg) ⟨ἤκουσα· φείδου δ’⟩: λείπει τὸ ὥστε  —H

TRANSLATION:   ‘So that/and so’ is to be supplied.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 393.05 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: οὕτως συντάξεις· φείδου λέγειν τὰ κακά, ἀντὶ τοῦ πεφεισμένως λέγε τὰ κακά. ⟨ἢ⟩ ‘ὀλιγάκις δὲ’ ἀντὶ τοῦ ‘καὶ ὀλιγάκις’, τοῦ δέ ἐνταῦθα ἀντὶ τοῦ καί κειμένου.  —VRw

TRANSLATION:   You will construe it like this: ‘spare speaking of the evils’, meaning ‘speak of the evils in a sparing manner’. ⟨Or⟩ ‘and/but few times’ is used for ‘and few times’, with the conjunction ‘de’ (‘and/but’) here being used in the sense of ‘kai’ (‘and’).

LEMMA: V      

APP. CRIT.:  ⟨ἢ⟩ Mastr., or ⟨τὸ⟩ or ⟨ἢ τὸ⟩ J. Benjamins (personal communication)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,1–3

COMMENT:   In the second explanation, it is uncertain whether the original comment quoted the transmitted text δ’ (or δὲ) ὀλιγάκις and then the citation was corrupted to ὀλιγάκις δὲ, or the commentator was just careless. This commentator must be taking λέγειν as equivalent to an imperative, as does Moschopulos.   


Or. 393.06 (thom exeg) ⟨φείδου δ’ ὀλιγάκις⟩: ἤγουν ἡ φειδὼ μὴ ἄλλη τις ἔστω σοι ἢ τὸ λέγειν τὰ κακὰ ὀλιγάκις.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, let the sparing be nothing other for you than speaking of the evils (only) a few times.

POSITION: s.l. except T      

APP. CRIT. 2:   κακὰ] κὰ Za   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.125,6–7

COMMENT:   Thomas appears to interpret the infinitive as epexegetic.   


Or. 393.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀλιγάκις⟩: πλειστάκις κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίφρασις   


Or. 393.25 (mosch exeg) ⟨λέγειν⟩: θέλε λέγειν, ἀντὶ τοῦ λέγε  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:   ‘Be willing to speak’, (infinitive used as) equivalent to (imperative) ‘speak’.

POSITION: s.l. except XXo      

APP. CRIT.:  θέλε λέγειν om. G   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ λέγε om. Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.125,10–11


Or. 394.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φειδόμεθ’⟩: λέγειν τὰ κακὰ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 394.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φειδόμεθ’⟩: φείδομαι τὸ ἐλεῶ, τὸ ἀκριβολογοῦμαι καὶ τὸ ὑποστέλλομαι, ὡς ἐνταῦθα.  —Lp

REF. SYMBOL: Lp      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀκριβολογοῦμου (changed from ‑ούμου) Lp   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.125,14–15


Or. 394.05 (vet exeg) ⟨ὁ δαίμων … πλούσιος κακῶν⟩: διὸ λέγειν ἀναγκάζεται πλουσίως καὶ πολυτελῶς ἔχων τὰ κακά.  —MBVC

TRANSLATION:   For that reason he is compelled to speak, having his ills richly and sumptuously.

POSITION: s.l., except cont. from 393.03 B      

APP. CRIT.:  διὸ λ. ἀναγ. om. V   |    after ἀναγκάζεται add. ὁ ὀρέστης B   |    ἔχω B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,4–5; Dind. II.125,5–6


Or. 394.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πλούσιος κακῶν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πλουσίως ἔχω τῶν κακῶν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 395.01 (pllgn paraphr) διὰ ποίαν αἰτίαν ἢ τίνα νόσον  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ποῖαν Zu   |   


Or. 395.07 (tri metr) ⟨ἀπόλλυσιν⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 396.01 (vet exeg) ἡ σύνεσις ὅτι σύνοιδα: 1ἐγκαλοῦσί τινες·  2πῶς γὰρ, φασὶν, αἰτιᾶται τὴν σύνεσιν, τὸ πᾶν αἴτιον τῶν Ἐρινύων ἐχουσῶν;  3ἀγνοοῦσι δὲ ὅτι ὑπὸ δισσῶν φησιν ἀπόλλυσθαι, περὶ μὲν τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ὑγιείας ὑπὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως, ἐν δὲ τῇ λύσσῃ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἐρινύων·  4ὃ καὶ ἐπάγει [400]· ‘μανίαι τε’.   —MBVCRw, partial O

TRANSLATION:   Some find fault (with this line). For how, they say, does he blame awareness/conscience when the Erinyes are fully responsible? They do not realize that he is saying he is destroyed by two things, during the time of his (mental) health by his consciousness (of his crime), and in his madness by the Erinyes, as he in fact mentions hereafter, ‘and fits of madness’.

LEMMA: MVC, ἡ σύνεσις BRw      REF. SYMBOL: BV      POSITION: between sch. 397.01 and sch. 397.02 Rw; in two parts O, with (3) ἐν δὲ … ἐριννύων written beside 400 and a line from συνειδήσεως to ἐν      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 om. O   |    2 γὰρ om. C   |    φασὶν Dindorf, φη(σὶν) all   |    αἰτιατικῆ Rw   |    σύνεσιν] σύνταξιν a.c. Rw   |    ἐρινύων om. Rw   |    3 ὑπὲρ δισσῶν V   |    φησιν ἀπόλλυσθαι] ἀπόλλυμι O (a.c. ἀπόλυμι)   |    περὶ] παρὰ VRwO   |    τῶ καιρῶ O   |    second ὑπὸ] ὑπὲρ V, ἐκ MC, ἀπὸ Rw   |    4 ὃ … μανίαι τε om. O   |    at end add. μητρός add. M(app.)CRw, add. defective version of sch. 400.01 (beginning with μητρός θ’) B   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 παναίτιον V, παραίτιον Rw   |    ἐριννύων V   |    3 ὑγείας OCRw   |    ἐριννύων OVRw   |    4 ἐπάγη C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,7–11; Dind. II.125,19–24

COMMENT:   περὶ τὸν καιρόν is common in all periods of Greek, and in tragic scholia see sch. 227.06 περὶ [παρὰ Rw] γὰρ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς μανίας, Sch. Aesch. Prom. 55a περὶ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ σοῦ γάμου. In contrast, παρὰ (τὸν) καιρόν is common in the sense ‘contrary to what the occasion demands’, but for a temporal sense see perhaps Sch. Soph. OC 1530–4 Xenis παρὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς τελευτῆς (παρὰ L and T, περὶ others, but they also omit τῆς τελευτῆς).   

KEYWORDS:  criticism and defence of poet   


Or. 396.02 (vet exeg) σύνοιδα: μετὰ γὰρ τὴν μανίαν ἡ ἔννοια τῶν κακῶν αὐτὸν ἐδάμαζεν.  —MBOVCMnPrRbSa

TRANSLATION:   For after his madness the thought of his evils overcame him.

LEMMA: MnPrRbSa, ὅτι σύνοιδα δεῖν’ εἰργασμένος (not punct. as start of sch.) BV(δείν’)C(δεῖν)       POSITION: s.l. (at 395 τίς ἀπ. νόσος) M, beside 395 O; cont. from prev. V, cont. from 397.02 BC      

APP. CRIT.:   μετὰ] κατὰ Sa   |    γὰρ om. MnPrRbSa   |    μανίαν] κακίαν M   |    αὐτὸν om. MO, αὐτῶν C   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐδάμαζε CSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,12; Dind. II.125,17–18; 126,14–15


Or. 396.03 (pllgn exeg) ἐκ τῆς συνέσεως γεννᾶται ἡ λύπη.  —V3Y

TRANSLATION:   From the sense of awareness is begotten pain.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 396.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ σύνεσις⟩: ἡ μετεμέλ⟨ε⟩ια· μέση λέξις  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  μέση λέξις   


Or. 396.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἡ σύνεσις⟩: ἡ ἐνθύμησις τῶν κακῶν  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 396.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ σύνεσις⟩: ἀπόλλυσιν ἐμέ  —V3Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 396.12 (rec gram) συνέσις ἡ συνείδησις καὶ ἡ μίξις τῶν ποταμῶν  —RfRw

TRANSLATION:   ‘Sunesis’ means (both) consciousness and the confluence of rivers.

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἡ συνείδησις om. Rf   

COMMENT:   The latter sense is attested only in Od. 10.515 and references to it in scholia and in Eustathius (in Od. 10.515 [I.392,5–8] and in Il. 1.8 [I.36,1]).   


Or. 396.13 (mosch gram) ⟨σύνοιδα δείν’ εἰργασμένος⟩: σύνοιδα δεινὰ εἰργασμένος, καὶ σύνοιδα ἐμαυτῷ δεινὰ εἰργασμένῳ.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

APP. CRIT.:  first three words punct. as lemma G   |    second δεινὰ om. XaXbYGGr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.126,2–3

COMMENT:   A comment on the two possible supplementary participle constructions with σύνοιδα.   


Or. 396.19 (rec gram) ⟨σύνοιδα⟩: τὰ γνωστικὰ ῥήματα μετὰ μετοχῆς συντάσσονται.  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   Verbs of knowledge are construed with a participle.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This sch. is close to sch. Hec. 244 in Gu (misplaced above 249) πάντα τὰ γνωστικὰ ῥήματα καὶ τὰ ἐναντία τούτων μετὰ μετοχῆς συντάσσονται. The only other instance of γνωστικὰ ῥήματα in TLG at present is from Max. Planudes, dialogus de grammatica, Anecdota Gr. II.84,14 Bachmann· Ὅμηρος τὰ γνωστικὰ ῥήματα γενικῇ συντάσσει, οἷον ‘τόξων εὖ εἰδώς’.   

KEYWORDS:  Planudes   


Or. 397.01 (vet exeg) πῶς φῄς: διὰ τὸ μὴ πρὸς ἔπος ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἀπόκρισιν, τούτου ἕνεκεν λέγει αὐτὸν ἀσαφῶς εἰρηκέναι.  —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa

TRANSLATION:   Because he (Orestes) did not reply with a (clear, exact) fit to the (preceding) utterance, for this reason he (Menelaus) says he has spoken unclearly.

LEMMA: all, except σοφόν τοι τὸ σαφές B      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦτον V, τούτων Rw   |    λέγειν V   |    ἀσαφῶς] BC, σαφῶς VMnPrRbSa, ἄσα ὅτι M, om. Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   τοῦτου a.c. Mn   |   ἔνεκεν Mn, ἕνεκα VRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,14–15; Dind. II.126,9–10


Or. 397.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἐπεὶ αὐτὸς μὲν τὴν ἰδέαν ἐπύθετο τῆς νόσου, ὁ δὲ τὸ συνειδὸς ἔφη, τοῦτο δὲ οὐ πάντως νόσος,  2τούτου χάριν φησὶν αὐτὸν ἀσαφῶς εἰρηκέναι.  3τίς οὖν ἐστιν ἡ ἀπὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως νόσος;  4ἡ λύπη, ὡς ἑξῆς λέγει.   —BVCRw

TRANSLATION:   Since he himself asked for the form of the sickness, but the other replied with ‘consciousness’, and this is not in every circumstance a sickness, for this reason he (Menelaus) says that he (Orestes) has spoken unclearly. What, then, is the sickness from consciousness? Anguish, as he says next.

LEMMA: B(repeated in marg.)C, σοφόν τοι τὸ σαφές VRw      REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 μὲν om. C   |    πύθετο Rw   |    ὁ] ὡς C   |    τὸ συνειδὸς] συνειδὼς Rw   |    2 αὐτὸν] αὐτῶ V   |    ἀσαφὲς Rw   |    at end add. sch. 396.02 BC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,16–19; Dind. II.126,10–14


Or. 397.03 (rec exeg) τὴν ἰδέαν ἠρώτησα, σὺ περὶ τῆς συνειδήσεως λέγεις.  —O

TRANSLATION:   I asked for the type (of the sickness), you speak about consciousness.


Or. 397.04 (pllgn exeg) ἀκούσας ὁ Μενέλαος τὸν Ὀρέστην λέγοντα ὅτι ὑπὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως αὐτοῦ ἀπόλλυται, μὴ νοήσας τί λέγει ἀνταποκρίνεται πρὸς αὐτὸν ὡς ἀσαφῶς εἰρηκότα.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   When Menelaus heard Orestes saying that he is being undone by his consciousness, failing to understand what he means, he replies to him as to one who has spoken unclearly.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 397.06 (vet paraphr) οὐ τὸ μὴ σαφὲς λέγειν ἐστὶ σοφόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ σαφὲς λέγειν.  —M

TRANSLATION:  

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ λέγειν σαφές M, transp. Mastr.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,20; Dind. II.


Or. 397.07 (vet paraphr) οὐ τὸ μὴ σαφῶς λέγειν ἐστὶ σοφόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ σαφῶς.  —B

TRANSLATION:   It is not speaking unclearly that is wise, but (speaking) clearly.

POSITION: intermarg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,20 app.; Dind. II.126,15–16


Or. 397.08 (pllgn gram) τὸ σοφὸν καὶ σαφὲς ὑπάρχει. οὐ μὴν δὲ τὸ σαφὲς καὶ σοφὸν.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   What is wise is also clear. However, what is clear is not (necessarily) also wise.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 397.09 (thom exeg) ⟨σοφόν τι⟩: 1τοῦτο ἔμφασιν ἔχει ὅτι μόνον τὸ σύνεσις ἤκουσε Μενέλαος καὶ οὐ τὸ ὅτι σύνοιδα.  2τοῦτο γὰρ σαφέστατόν ἐστι.  3τὸ δὲ σύνεσις μόνον ἔχει τὴν ἀσαφείαν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   This phrase carries an indication that Menelaus heard only the word ‘consciousness’ and not the words ‘because I am aware (that I have done terrible things)’. For this (latter phrase) is utterly clear. But the word ‘consciousness’ alone involves lack of clarity.

REF. SYMBOL:  ZZaZlGu, (to σαφὲς) Zb      POSITION: s.l. Zm      

APP. CRIT.:  1 ἔμφασιν written twice a.c. Gu   |    ἤκουσεν ὁ μεν. Zl   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἀσαφεία Za   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.126,6–8


Or. 397.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸ σαφές⟩: ἤγουν τὸ λέγειν εὐκόλως, εὐλύτως  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 397.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ τὸ μὴ σαφές⟩: ὃ νοεῖ τις, ἐκεῖνο ἀποφαίνεται καὶ σοφὸν εἶναι· ὃ δὲ μὴ νοεῖ οὐδὲ σοφὸν δύναται ἐπιγνῶναι.  —G

TRANSLATION:   What someone comprehends, that he declares also to be wise. What he does not comprehend, he is unable even to recognize as wise.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  οὔτε G   


Or. 398.01 (rec exeg) ⟨λύπη μάλιστα γ’ ἡ διαφθείρουσά με⟩: γρ. λύπη γάρ ἐστιν ἡ διαφθείρουσα, κατὰ κοινοῦ δέ.  —C

TRANSLATION:   It is also written ‘for it is anguish that is destroying (me)’, and (the phrase) is to be taken in common (with the nominatives in line 400).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 398.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λύπη⟩: ἣν διὰ μνήμης φέρω  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 398.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἡ διαφθείρουσα⟩: ἡ θεὸς ἤτοι ἡ λύπη  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 399.02 (thom exeg) ⟨δεινὴ⟩: ναὶ ἀφόρητος, μεγάλη  —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (Supply) ‘yes’ (and then take ‘deinē’ as) ‘irresistible, great’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ναὶ] om. Z, ναὶ γὰρ Gu   


Or. 399.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἡ θεός⟩: θεὸν καλεῖ τὴν λύπην· πάντα γὰρ τὰ πράγματα παρὰ τοῖς παλαιοῖς εἶχον θεούς.  —Lp

TRANSLATION:  He calls the pain (‘lupē’) a god. For among the ancients they considered all things to be gods.

REF. SYMBOL: Lp      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.126,19–21


Or. 399.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀλλ’ ὅμως⟩: πρόσεστι τῇ λύπῃ καὶ χαρά.  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This seems an odd comment, as if ἰάσιμος were not there or were separate from ἀλλ ὅμως. The phrase does not appear to be proverbial.   


Or. 399.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰάσιμος⟩: ἐν παραμυθίαις  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 399.15 (tri metr) ⟨ἰάσιμος⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 400.01 (vet exeg) μανίαι τε μητρὸς αἵματος τιμωρίαι: 1αἱ τιμωρητικαὶ τοῦ αἵματος τῆς μητρὸς,  2ἃς ὑφίσταμαι τιμωρίαν ταύτην διδοὺς ὑπὲρ τοῦ τῆς μητρὸς φόνου.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa, partial O

TRANSLATION:   The ones that take vengeance for the bloodshed of my mother, the ones that I endure in giving this atonement for the killing of my mother.

LEMMA: M(θ’ αἵματος)C(om. τε), μανίαι τε μητρὸς Rw, μητρός θ’ αἵματος (not punct. as lemma) B, αἵματος τιμωρίαι others except O      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: cont. from 396.01 B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 αἱ τιμωρητικαὶ τοῦ αἵματος om. B, αἱ om. O   |    αἵματος] φόνου s.l. O   |    2 ἃς τιμωρ. κτλ om. O; punct. and rubr. as if ἃς begins new sch. Mn   |    ἃς] ἣν B   |    τιμωρίαν … τῆς om. Sa   |    φόνου τῆς μητρός transp. Rw   |    φόνου] μόρου MnPrRbSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τιμωριτ‑ a.c. Mn   |    αἷματος M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,21–23; Dind. II.126,22–23


Or. 400.02 (pllgn exeg) μανιάδες ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν ἤτοι αἱ Ἐριννύες, ὡς ἄντικρυς δὲ οὖσαι μανίαι ὠνόμασεν αὐτὰς οὕτως.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   He should have said (instead of ‘maniai’, ‘madnesses’) goddesses of madness (‘maniades’) or ‘the Erinyes’; but since they are precisely (nothing other than) madnesses, he named them thus.


Or. 400.03 (mosch paraphr) μανίαι τε μητρός: μανίαι τέ με διαφθείρουσι καὶ ἐκδικήσεις τοῦ φόνου τῆς μητρός.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

TRANSLATION:   And the fits of madness and the punishments for the killing of my mother are destroying me.

LEMMA: G      POSITION: s.l. XaXbYYfGrZcAa2; καὶ ἐκδ. κτλ sep. in marg. with ref. Aa2      

APP. CRIT.:   αἱ prep. T   |    μανίαι τέ με om. Aa2   |    καὶ αἱ ἐκδ. T, καὶ ἡ ἐκδίκησις Zc   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.126,24–25


Or. 400.04 (rec exeg) ⟨μανίαι τε μητρός⟩: φθείρουσί με  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 400.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μανίαι τε μητρός⟩: ἐμὲ φθείρουσι  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 400.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μανίαι τε μητρός⟩: καὶ φθείρουσι  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 400.07 (thom exeg) ⟨μανίαι τε μητρός⟩: αἱ διαφθείρουσαι εἰσί  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 400.13 (vet exeg) ⟨αἵματος τιμωρίαι⟩: κατὰ κοινοῦ τὸ [398] ‘διαφθείρουσά με’.  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   Understand ‘destroying me’ in common here.

POSITION: s.l. MC, intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀπὸ κοινοῦ C   |    διαφθείρουσά Schw., ‑ουσί M, ‑ουσι BC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,24; Dind. II.126,25–26


Or. 400.23 (tri metr) ⟨τιμωρίαι⟩: long mark over first iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 401.01 (vet exeg) ἤρξω δὲ λύσσης πότε: 1καὶ τοῦτο πονηρῶς.  2θέλων γὰρ ἐλέγξαι ὡς θεομισῆ φησιν ‘ἤρξω δὲ λύσσης πότε’.  3ἤθελε γὰρ μαθεῖν εἰ χρόνιόν ἐστι τὸ νόσημα καὶ δυσίατον.   —MBVC

TRANSLATION:   This too (he says) maliciously. For it is because he (Menelaus) wants to convict him (Orestes) of being hated by the gods that he says ‘when did you begin your madness?’ For he wanted to ascertain whether the sickness is longstanding and hard to cure.

LEMMA: MBV, ἤρξω δὲ λύσσης C      REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   2 μὴ θέλων MVC   |    ἐξελέγξαι τὸν ἀνέψιον B   |    δὲ om. V   |    3 ἐθελ‑ initially M, but corrected   |    δύσ at end of line, om. ιατον V; on next line with ecthesis and enlarged capital, ἄψαυστον followed by three-dot punctuation (usual mark of separation between end of one scholion and lemma of the next)   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐστὶν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.141,25–27; Dind. II.127,1–3

COMMENT:   Unless there has been a major confusion of two notes expressing different opinions, μὴ θέλων in MVC must be an accidental mistake, or a very clumsy attempt to make Menelaus more kindly toward Orestes. Compare the absence of μὴ in O’s version 401.02.   


Or. 401.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἤρξω δὲ λύσσης πότε⟩: κακοήθως καὶ τοῦτο ἐξετάζει ἵνα εἴσεται εἰ χρόνιον ἐστὶ καὶ ⟨μὴ⟩ ἰάσιμον τὸ νόσημα.  —O

TRANSLATION:   This point too he (Menelaus) examines maliciously, in order to ascertain whether the sickness is longstanding and ⟨not⟩ curable.

APP. CRIT.:   μὴ suppl. Mastr.   |    κακοῆθος O   

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 401.03 (pllgn rhet) [π]αράλληλος [ἡ] δεῖξις.  —F

TRANSLATION:   The demonstration is parallel (or pleonastic).

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   This must be a reflection on the essentially similar meanings of the two questions in the line, although one would rather expect ἐκ παραλλήλου αἱ ἐρώτησεις. I find no other combination of παράλληλος (or ἐκ παραλλήλου) with δεῖξις, nor with ἀπόδειξις except in a difficult sentence in Concilium universale Constantinopolitanum tertium (680–681), Concilii actiones I–XVIII, document 11, 504,23–24 + 506,1–4 ἐκ δὲ τῶν τοιούτων συγγραμμάτων πρὸς παράλληλον ἀπόδειξιν τῆς ὁμοφροσύνης τῶν ἤδη προκομισθεισῶν αἱρετικῶν χρήσεων παρὰ τῶν τοῦ μέρους τοῦ ἀποστολικοῦ θρόνου τῆς πρεσβυτέρας Ῥώμης τὰς ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν συγγραμμάτων προφανεῖς βλασφημίας παρεκβληθῆναι καὶ συνταγῆναι τοῖσδε τοῖς πεπραγμένοις δέον καθέστηκε.   


Or. 401.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἤρξω⟩: ἀρχὴν πότε ἔλαβες τῆς αὐτῶν ἀνάγκης;  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 401.12 (tri metr) ⟨ἡμέρα⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 401.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τότ’⟩: ὅτε τοῦτο συνέβη σοι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 402.01 (vet paraphr) ἐν ᾗ τάλαιναν μητέρ’ ἐξώγκουν: ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ ὑψηλοποίουν τὸ τῆς μητρὸς μνῆμα.  —MVC

TRANSLATION:   On the day on which I built high the tomb of my mother.

LEMMA: MC(μῆτερ), ἐν ᾗ τάλαιναν V      REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μνήμα M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,1–2; Dind. II.127,9–10


Or. 402.02 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἐν ᾗ τάλαιναν μητέρ’ ἐξώγκουν⟩: ὁ δὲ φησὶν ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ τὸ τῆς μητρὸς μνῆμα ἐξώγκουν [ταύτην] τιμῶν, καὶ τὸ χῶμα ἐπιβάλλων ὑψηλοποίουν.  —B

TRANSLATION:   He (Orestes) says ‘(it was) on the day on which I heaped up the tomb of my mother, honoring her, and by placing the mound on top I built (it) high’.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 401.01      

APP. CRIT.:   ταύτην suppl. Mastr. (damage in B)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὑψιλοποίουν B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,1–2 app.; Dind. II.127,3–4


Or. 402.03 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐν ᾗ τάλαιναν μητέρ’ ἐξώγκουν ταφῷ⟩: γράφεται ἐν ᾗ ταλαίνης μητρὸς ἐξώγκουν τάφον.  —MB

TRANSLATION:   There is (also) the reading ‘(day) on which I heaped up the tomb (with accusative instead of dative) of my wretched mother’ (with genitive instead of accusative).

POSITION: cont. from sch. 402.01 M; intermarg. B       

APP. CRIT.:   τάλαιναν M, and perhaps μ(ητ)ρ(ὸ)ς corrected to μ(ητέ)ρ’   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,3; Dind. II.127,5–6

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 402.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τάλαιναν μητέρ’ ἐξώγκουν⟩: τῇ ταλαίνῃ μητρὶ ἐξώγκουν τὸν τάφον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T   |    τῇ om. Zc   |    ἐξώγκουν] ἀντίστων G   |    τὸν om. TZc, a.c. Y   

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits cross.   |   


Or. 402.09 (rec exeg) ⟨τάλαιναν μητέρ’⟩: γρ. ταλαίνῃ μητέρι  —KZmB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   γρ. μητέρι Zm, and separately η over (τάλαιν)αν   |   γρ. om. B3d   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 402.14 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐξώγκουν τάφῳ⟩: ὅ ἐστι· τὸ χῶμα ἐπέβαλλον.  —MOV3C

TRANSLATION:   Which means: I placed the mound on top.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 402.03 M, from 402.01 C, s.l. OV3      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅ ἐστι om. OV3   |    τῶ O   |    ὑπέβαλον O   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐπέβαλον C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,4; Dind. II.127,6 (cf. 127,14)


Or. 402.15 (thom exeg) ἐξώγκουν τάφῳ: 1εἰκότως δὲ εἶπε τὸ ἐξώγκουν·  2οἱ γὰρ τῶν παλαιῶν τάφοι συναγωγὴ χώματος ἦσαν εἰς ὕψος διήκουσα βουνῷ ἐοικυῖα.  3ὅθεν καὶ μέχρι τοῦ νῦν τύμβην ταύτην κατονομάζουσιν.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   With good reason he used the word ‘I caused to be heaped up’, for the tombs of the ancients were a gathering of heaped earth reaching to a height, similar to a mound. Therefore even up to the present they term this (gathering of earth) ‘tumbē’ (‘mound’).

LEMMA: T      REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZmT, Zb to μητέρ’      

APP. CRIT.:   1 κατεχώννυον ἐκάλυπτον (402.13) prep. TZb, δὲ add. after εἰκότως T, after τὸ Zb   |    2 συναγωγὴν Zb, συναγωγοὶ Gu   |    εἰς ὕψος om. Zb   |    βουνοῦ Zl   |    3 ὅθεν κτλ. T, om. others   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐξώκουν Za (in text ἐξώγγουν)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.127,10–13

COMMENT:   The third sentence appears to be a Triclinian contribution. τύμβη (not in LSJ or other lexica so far) is a Byzantine vernacular term for a mound. Joannes Pediasimus uses it several times of mounds of various large dimensions, and the Acta of several monasteries use the term in describing heaps that hold boundary markers referred to in legal descriptions of land parcels. I do not believe it is necessary to emend τύμβην to τύμβον with Arsenius (followed by subsequent editors, who did not know of the reading of T).   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 402.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξώγκουν τάφῳ⟩: καὶ ἐπάνω τοῦ τάφου ὄγκον ἤτοι λίθον ἐτίθουν.  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 402.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξώγκουν⟩: ὄγκον εἶπεν διὰ τὸ μνῆμα· ἀναχωματίζοντες γὰρ οἱ Ἕλληνες τὰ μνήματα ὄγκους ἐποίουν, οἱονεὶ ἐπαναστήματα τινά.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   He said ‘heap/mound’ (‘ongkon’) because of the tomb. For by heaping up earth on top the Greeks used to make their tombs mounds, like some sort of eminences.


Or. 402.27 (rec exeg) ⟨τάφῳ⟩: τάφον  —KXoZuB3a

LEMMA: τάφων in text Zu       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 403.01 (vet exeg) πότερα κατ’ οἴκους: 1ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἤρξω, τουτέστιν ἐν ποίᾳ ἡμέρᾳ ἤρξω καὶ ἐν ποίῳ τόπῳ.  2κακοήθως δὲ καὶ τοῦτο.   —MBVCRw

TRANSLATION:   Understand ‘did you begin’ from the earlier use: in other words, on what day and in what place did you begin? This point too (is made) maliciously.

LEMMA: all (κατοἴκους M, κατοίκους C) except 401 ἤρξω δὲ Rw      REF. SYMBOL: BV      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ ἤρξω om. Rw   |    τουτέστιν … ἤρξω] δὲ ποίαν ἡμέραν (punct. after κοινοῦ) V   |    τουτέστιν] τοῦ δέ ἐστιν M   |    ἐν ποίᾳ] ἐμποῖα M   |    2 κακόηθες (δὲ …. τοῦτο om.) V   |    δὲ om. Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,6–8; Dind. II.127,16–18

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 403.02 (vet exeg) ⟨πότερα κατ’ οἴκους⟩: κακοήθως καὶ τοῦτο.  —H

TRANSLATION:   This point too (is made) maliciously.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 403.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πότερα κατ’ οἴκους⟩: ἆρα ἐν τῇ πυρκαϊᾷ τῆς μητρὸς καθήμενος ἥ κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους; —G

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 403.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨πότερα κατ’ οἴκους⟩: ἐν ποίῳ τόπῳ  —O


Or. 403.08 (moschThom exeg) ⟨κατ’ οἴκους⟩: ἤρξω τῆς λύσσης  —XaXbYYfGGrZZaZbZlZmT*

TRANSLATION:  (Supply as predicate in the elliptical question) ‘began your madness’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 403.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κατ’ οἴκους⟩: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἤρξω.  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 403.14 (thom exeg) ⟨πυρᾷ⟩: τῇ τοῦ σώματος καύσει  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Pura’ here means) ‘the burning of the body’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ σώματος om. ZbZl   |    αὐτῆς add. after σώμ. ZmT   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.127,20–21

COMMENT:   We can here observe the occasional split between ZZa and ZmTGu, since the latter confine themselves to the single interpretation that takes πυρᾷ as the burning of the corpse rather than the place where the burning occurs, but the former offers both possibilities, the gloss τῷ τάφῳ being known from the tradition as carried in the recentiores or from Moschopulus. Note that Triclinius considers τῷ τάφῳ to be a Moschopulean contribution, not one common to both him and Thomas.   


Or. 404.01 (vet exeg) νυκτὸς φυλάσσων: 1ὁ δὲ φιλαλήθως [ca. 10–12 letters washed out] πέπονθα·  2μήποτέ τις ἀφέληται τὰ ὀστᾶ.  3ἢ παρατηρῶν πότε σβεσθείσης τῆς φλογὸς ἀφέλωμαι τὰ ὀστᾶ.   —B, partial OVCRbRw

TRANSLATION:   And he (Orestes) truthfully [says ‘by night(?)] I suffered’. (The sense is: watching) lest anyone take away the bones. Or ‘watching for the moment when, the flame having died out, I may pick out the bones (for burial)’.

LEMMA: CRw; ὀστέων ἀναίρεσιν V, ὀστέων Rb      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: cont. from sch. 403.01 B; O has second sentence s.l., third in margin      

APP. CRIT.:   1 in B only; for washed out letters, Arsenius gives λέγει κατὰ τὴν νύκτα   |    2 μή τις O   |    3 σβεσθείσης] ἀφεθείσης C   |    3 τὰ ὀστᾶ] ταῦτα VRb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἀφέλ() V   |    2 ὀστά OCRb   |    3 ἀφέλομαι OVCRb, ἀφέληται Rw   |    3 ὀστά OC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,9–10; Dind. II.127,18 app.


Or. 404.02 (vet exeg) ⟨νυκτὸς φυλάσσων⟩: φυλάττων πότε σβεσθῇ [ἡ(?)] κα[ῦσις(?)] ἵν[α] μὴ (?)ἀφέληται(?) τὰ ὀστᾶ.  —H

TRANSLATION:   Watching for the moment when the burning would be extinguished so that (someone?) not could remove the bones.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   either σβεσθεῖ or ‑ῆ H   |   


Or. 404.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νυκτὸς φυλάσσων⟩: τηρῶν πότε ἀφέλωμαι τῆς φλογὸς τὰ ὀστᾶ μή τις ἀφέληται ταῦτα. ἀναιρῶ γὰρ τὸ λαμβάνω.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Watching for the moment when I might pick up the bones from the flame, in order that no one remove them. For ‘anhairō’ (here) means ‘take’.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ποτὲ Y2   |    ἀφέλομαι Y2   |   


Or. 404.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νυκτὸς φυλάσσων⟩: τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἀναιρέσεως νυκτὸς τηρῶν μή τις ἀφέληται τὰ ὀστᾶ τῆς μητρὸς, ἢ ἐκδεχόμενος σβεσθῆναι τὴν πυράν  —G

TRANSLATION:   Watching for the proper moment of the night for picking up (the bones), lest anyone take away the bones of my mother, or waiting for the pyre to be extinguished.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 404.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νυκτὸς φυλάσσων⟩: μή τις ἀφέληται ταῦτα  —V3G

POSITION: intermarg. V3      


Or. 404.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔννυκτος⟩: καὶ κατὰ μέσην τῆν νύκτα  —Cr

LEMMA: ἔννυκτος in text Cr       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 404.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἔννυκτος⟩: καὶ κατὰ τὸ μέσον τῆς νυκτὸς  —Ox

LEMMA: ἔννυκτος in text Ox       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 404.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νυκτὸς⟩: οἱ γὰρ δαιμονιζόμενοι ἐξαιρέτως κατὰ τὴν νύκτα δαιμονίζονται.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   For those who are afflicted by demonic powers are so afflicted especially during the night.


Or. 404.16 (thom exeg) ὀστέων ἀναίρεσιν: 1ἤγουν πότε τὸ σῶμα ἀναλωθὲν ἡμεῖς τὰ ὀστᾶ λάβωμεν.  2ἢ ἀναίρεσιν ἀντὶ τοῦ φθοράν, ἤγουν σκοπῶν μὴ τὰ ὀστᾶ φθαρῇ τῷ πυρί.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, when, the body having been consumed, we may take the bones. Or (interpret) ‘anhairesin’ as meaning ‘destruction’, that is, watching to see that the bones not be destroyed by the fire.

LEMMA: ZZaZb      REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbT      POSITION: ZlZmGu s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀνάληψιν add. before ἤγουν Zb (cf. sch. 404.24, 404.25)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 λάβομεν ZZa   |   2 ὀστὰ Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.127,22–128,1


Or. 404.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: κλοπήν, καταδάμασιν  —V

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The simplex noun δάμασις is attested only a few times (the oldest instance probably in Sch. Pind. O. 13.98b). Neither καταδάμασις nor any other compound form is currently attested elsewhere.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 404.19 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: συλλογὴν ἢ ἀφαίρεσιν  —AbMnPrRSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   καὶ τὴν prep. Mn   


Or. 404.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: συλλογήν  —YGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.128,2


Or. 404.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: καὶ τὴν ἀφαίρεσιν  —CrOxZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν om. Zu   


Or. 404.22 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: κλοπὴν τὴν ἀφαίρεσιν. ἢ μὴ κύων ἁρπάσῃ αὐτά.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κύων μὴ transp. Y2   


Or. 404.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: τὴν κλοπὴν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 404.24 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: ἀνάληψιν ἢ φθοράν  —ZZa

TRANSLATION:  (‘Anhairesis’ here means either) ‘picking up’ or ‘destruction’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 404.25 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: ἀνάληψιν  —ZbZlZm1TGuXo

TRANSLATION:  (‘Anhairesis’ here means) ‘picking up’.

POSITION: s.l.; second instance prep. to 404.16 Zb      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν τὴν prep. Xo   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.128,1–2

COLLATION NOTES:   In Xo, in the dark ink of the scholia rather than the light ink of most glosses, but same hand.   |   


Or. 404.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: ἤγουν ἀνακομιδὴν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.128,1


Or. 404.27 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: ἀφανισμὸν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 404.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναίρεσιν⟩: ἔπαρσιν  —B3c, app. F2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν prep. F2   


Or. 405.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὃς σὸν ὤρθευεν δέμας⟩: καὶ παρεκίνει τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα σου.  —V3

REF. SYMBOL: V3      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 405.07 (mosch exeg) ⟨ὤρθευεν δέμας⟩: σφαλλόμενον δηλονότι ὑπὸ τῆς μανίας  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2

TRANSLATION:  (‘Held your body upright’ is said because his body was) rendered unstable, clearly, by the madness.

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   δηλονότι om. GZc   

APP. CRIT. 2:   σφαλόμ‑ YGrAa2   |   


Or. 405.08 (pllgn metr) ⟨ὤρθευεν δέμας⟩: τὸ ν̅ διὰ τὸ μέτρον ἐνταῦθα εἰ καὶ σύμφωνον ἐπιφέρεται τὸ δ̅.  —Za

TRANSLATION:   The nu (is added to the verbal ending) here because of the meter, even though the consonant delta follows.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 406.01 (recThom exeg) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: ναὶ  —SarZZbZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (Supply) ‘yes’ (to precede this line).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 406.03 (rec exeg) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ Φανοτέως, ἤτοι ὁ ἐξάδελφός μου  —V1

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   As in sch. 33.06 in V, Phanoteus is here treated as a personal name, not a toponymic adjective, possibly from a misunderstanding of Soph. El. 45; cf. Sch. Soph. El. 45 Xenis, which has, after the correct explanation, τινὲς δὲ ὄνομά φασι τὸ Φανοτέως.   

COLLATION NOTES:   V represents ἐξάδελφος by placing a stigma = ἕξ in front of αδελφος.   |   


Or. 406.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Πυλάδης⟩: πρωτεξάδελφος τοῦ Ὀρέστου, τῆς Ἀναξιβοίας υἱὸς  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The word πρωτεξάδελφος is mainly used in legal texts and is probably not attested before the 11th century.   


Or. 406.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἷμα καὶ μητρὸς φόνον⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ αὐτό.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐκ παραλλήλου   


Or. 407.01 (pllgn paraphr) ἤγουν τίς φαντασία ποιεῖ σε νοσεῖν ταῦτα ἃ νοσεῖς;  —Lp

APP. CRIT. 2:   σὲ Lp   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.128,9


Or. 407.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκ φασμάτων⟩: φαντασμάτων  —F2RZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 407.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐκ φασμάτων⟩: ὑπὸ φοβημάτων ποίων πανθάνῃ ταῦτα καὶ φαντασμάτων;  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   πανθάνω is late Greek for πάσχω and all attestations in TLG are active, but G has pedantically formed a middle-passive.   


Or. 407.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκφασμάτων⟩: ἓν μέρος λόγου  —V3

TRANSLATION:   A single unit of speech (not a prepositional phrase).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἓν] αʹ V   |   

COMMENT:  Compare the next, and the ὑφ’ ἕν symbol added in B by B3d.   


Or. 407.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκφασμάτων⟩: τινὲς λέγουσι τοῦτ’ εἶναι δύο μέρη τοῦ λόγου· ἀλλ’ οὐχί· ἔστι δὲ ἔκφασμα ἓν μέρος λόγου.  —Aa

TRANSLATION:   Some say this is two units of speech, but not so: the word is ‘ekphasma’, one unit of speech.

LEMMA: Aa       REF. SYMBOL: Aa      


Or. 407.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φαντασμάτων⟩: γρ. ἐκ φασμάτων  —Y

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 407.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τάδε⟩: ἤγουν τὸ τῆς †ναι***μαινόμεν[ον]  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Water damage in Aa: it could be ναλ rather than ναι, but hardly any words begin with ναλ; nor does ναι suggest anything promising.   |   


Or. 407.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ποίων ὕπο⟩: ἢ ὑπὸ ἄλλων ποίων δη[λονότι]  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 408.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τρεῖς νυκτὶ προσφερεῖς⟩: τρεῖς κόρας νυκτὶ ὁμοίας ἤγουν μελαίνας  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrAa2, partial GXo2ZcZu

POSITION: s.l. except X (cont. from sch. 408.01) and Xo      

APP. CRIT.:   τρεῖς … ἤγουν om. GZu, but G adds ὁμοίας νυκτὶ as separate   |    τρεῖς … ὁμοίας om. Xo2   |    νυκτὶ … ἤγουν om. Zc, separating into two parts   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.11–12

COLLATION NOTES:   Water damage Aa, last two words very uncertain.   |   


Or. 408.05 (vet exeg) νυκτὶ προσφερεῖς: ἀντὶ τοῦ φοβεράς· νυκτὶ ὁμοίας, ὡς ὁ ποιητής [Hom. Il. 1.47]· ‘νυκτὶ ἐοικώς’.  —MBPr

TRANSLATION:   (‘Similar to night’ is here) equivalent to ‘terrifying’. ‘Like the night’, as the poet (Homer puts it): ‘appearing like the night’.

LEMMA: Pr with preposed τὸ δὲ      POSITION: s.l. M, marg. B; cont. from sch. 410.07 Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ φοβεράς om. BPr   |    νυκτί ὁμοίας om. M. ὁμοίας νυκτὶ transp. Pr   |    ὁ om. Pr   |    after ποιητής add. φη(σι) Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,11–12; Dind. II.128,10–11

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 408.06 (rec exeg) ⟨νυκτὶ προσφερεῖς⟩: Ὁμηρικῶς λέγει.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l. (above κόρας)      


Or. 409.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὀνομάσαι⟩: εἰπεῖν τὸ ὄνομα  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 409.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀνομάσαι⟩: εἰπεῖν αὐτὰς ὁποῖαι εἰσὶ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 409.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀνομάσαι⟩: καὶ εἰπεῖν Ἐριννύας  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 410.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨σεμναὶ γάρ⟩: ὅτι σεμναί εἰσι  —AbMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἰσὶν Ab   |   


Or. 410.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σεμναὶ γάρ⟩: κατ’ εἰρωνείαν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς   


Or. 410.06 (vet exeg) εὐπαίδευτα δ’ ἀποτρέπου: 1κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπαιδεύτως.  2ἢ οὕτως· εὐπαιδεύτως δὲ ποιεῖς ὀνομάζειν αὐτὰς Ἐρινύας παραιτούμενος.   —MBCRw, partial V3

TRANSLATION:   By use of the opposite term, used instead of ‘boorishly/ignorantly’. Or interpret in this way: you act in a well-educated manner in declining to call them by the name Erinyes.

LEMMA: MC; ἄλλως· εὐπαίδευτα B; σεμναὶ γὰρ εὐπαίδευτα Rw      POSITION: follows sch. 410.07 in B      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 κατὰ … οὕτως om. V3   |    1 τοῦ om. C   |    2 δὲ om. MV3   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ὀνομάζ M   |   ἐριννύας RwV3   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.127,13–15; Dind. II.128,21–23

COLLATION NOTES:   After the scholion-ending mark Rw fills the small remainder of last line of the scholia block on fol. 18v with τίς φερ(ὲς)(?) συμφερ(ὲς)(?) and possibly καὶ(?) π[ appears below (erased, washed out?).   |   

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίφρασις   


Or. 410.07 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἀπαιδεύτως φυλάττου ὀνομάζειν αὐτάς.  2πῶς δὲ ἀπαιδεύτως;  3καλῶν αὐτὰς Ἐρινύας.   —MBVCMnPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Guard yourself from boorishly/ignorantly naming them. And in what sense ignorantly? By calling them Erinyes.

LEMMA: MC; εὐπαίδευτα BV(‑δευτ())Rb, ἀπαίδευτα Mn(ἀπέδ‑)PrSSa      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: precedes 410.06 in B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. BVMnPrRbSSa, before that δὲ καλῶν αὐτὰς ἐρινύας crossed out Rb    |    ἀπαιδεύτως] ἀπαίδευτα VSSa, ἀπαιδεύτους C, ἀπαίδευτα εὐπαίδευτα Rb   |    φυλάττουσιν V   |    αὐτοῖς S, αὐτὰ app. Mn   |    2 πῶς … 3 αὐτὰς om. Pr   |    2 ἀπαιδεύτως] ἀπαίδευτα MnRbSSa, a.c. V (corr. V1)   |    3 καλῶν written in blank space by V1   |    after ἐριν. add. παραιτούμενος Pr (cf. 410.06)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀπεδεύτως Mn   |    2 ἀπέδευτα Mn   |    3 ἐριννύας VMnPrSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,16–17; Dind. II.128,20–21


Or. 410.08 (rec exeg) εἰρω(νικῶς)· φυλάττουσιν ὀνομάζειν. πῶς δ’ οὐκ ἀπαίδευτον καλεῖν αὐτὰς Ἐριννύς;  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   (Expressed) ironically: people avoid naming (them). And how is it not ignorant to call them Erinyes?

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   corruption of φυλάττου σὺ?   

COMMENT:   There is a punct. dot after εἰρω(), and indeed the word is not quite on the level of the following phrase and may have been intended to be a separate annotation.   

KEYWORDS:  εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς   


Or. 410.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εὐπαίδευτα δ’ ἀποτρέπου⟩: ἀποτρέπου δὲ λέγειν αὐτὰς τὸ εὔφημον ὄνομα τὸ Εὐμενίδες ἀπαιδεύτως. καὶ λέγε ‘φονεύτριαι Ἐριννύες’.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Avoid calling them by the euphemistic name Eumenides, ignorantly. And say ‘murderous Erinyes’.

APP. CRIT.:   αὐταῖς Y2   |    ἀπαίδευτον Y2   

COMMENT:   Cf. 410.22 for a closely similar note. If one adds punctuation after ὄνομα, it is possible to keep ἀπαίδευτον, translating ‘the name Eumenides is ignorant’.    


Or. 410.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπαίδευτον δ’ ἀποτρέπ()⟩: τοῦ μὴ ὀνομάζειν  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 410.11 (rec exeg) ⟨εὐπαίδευτ’ ἀποτρέπου⟩: εὐπαίδευτόν ἐστι τὸ μὴ ταύτας ὀνομάζειν.  —K

TRANSLATION:   It is well-educated not to name these (maidens).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 410.12 (rec exeg) ⟨εὐπαίδευτα⟩: ἀντίφρασις ἀπαι(δεύτ)ως  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίφρασις   


Or. 410.17 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀπαίδευτα⟩: τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν  —AbMnS

LEMMA: ἀπαίδευτο(ν) in text S      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 410.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπαίδευτ’⟩: καὶ ἀπαιδεύτως, ὅτι οὐ θέλεις εἰπεῖν τὰ αὐτῶν ὀνόματα. —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 410.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀπαίδευτ’⟩: πῶς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 410.20 (tri metr) [ἡμέτερον:] ἀπαίδευτον: ἀπαίδευτός ἐστιν ὁ ἐνταῦθα γράφων ἀπαίδευτα καὶ τῶν μέτρων παντάπασιν ἀμαθής. σὺ δ’ εἰ βούλει μὴ ἀπαίδευτος εἶναι, ἀπαίδευτον ἑνικῶς γράφε. οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει πρὸς τὸ μέτρον ὀρθῶς.  —T

TRANSLATION:   Uneducated is the person who writes here ‘apaideuta’ (‘uneducated’, neuter plural), and completely ignorant of meters. As for you, if you want not to be uneducated, write ‘apaideuton’ in the singular. For in this way it is correct with respect to the meter.

LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. lost to damage (τρικλινίου in marg. Ta)      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.128,17–19; de Fav. 54

COLLATION NOTES:   Written in light ink by T3.   |   


Or. 410.21 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἀποτρέπου λέγειν⟩: ἤγουν μέμφεσθαι αὐτὰς ἀφίστασο.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν om. Gu   |    αὐτοὺς Zb   |    ἀφίστατο Za   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.128,15–16


Or. 410.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀποτρέπου λέγειν⟩: τὸ λέγειν ταύτας Εὐμενίδας καὶ λέγε αὐτὰς φονευτρίας Ἐριννύας.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   (Avoid) calling them Eumenides and call them murderous Erinyes.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   See on 410.09 above.   


Or. 410.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀποτρέπου⟩: ἔδει εἰπεῖν ἀπ()τρέπ()· τὸ σχῆμα παρὰ πολλοῖς ἦν.  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The note apparently means ‘he should have said “you avoid” (ἀποτρέπῃ)’ or ‘he should have said “you avoided” (ἀπετρέπου)’. The unnamed schema would then appear to be a substitution of imperative for indicative.    


Or. 410.30 (tri metr) ⟨ἀποτρέπου⟩: koine long sign over ποτ  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 411.01 (vet exeg) αὗταί σε βακχεύουσι: 1κακοήθως τῷ ὀνόματι ἐχρήσατο ⟨ἀντὶ⟩ τῆς μανίας.  2κακόηθες δὲ καὶ τὸ ὑπομιμνήσκειν αὐτὸν τοῦ φόνου τῆς μητρός.  3ἤρκει γὰρ ‘αὗταί σε βακχεύουσι’.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSa, partial H

TRANSLATION:   Maliciously he used the word (‘bakcheuō’, ‘make rave, afflict with divine madness’) instead of ‘madness’ (‘mania’). And it is also malicious that he reminds him (Orestes) of the murder of his mother. For it was sufficient to say ‘these (goddesses) make you rave’.

LEMMA: M(‑ουσιν)BVCPr, αὗταί σε Rb, συγγενεῖ φόνω Rw      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῖς ὀνόμασιν V   |    ἐχρήσαντο MC   |    ⟨ἀντὶ⟩ τῆς Schw., τὸν τῆς M, τῆς others   |    τῆς μανίας transp. before ἐχρήσατο H   |    2–4 κακόηθες κτλ om. H   |    2 κακόηθες] κακοήθως M   |    καὶ om. RbRw   |    τὸ ὑπομιμνήσκειν] τὸ μὴ εἴπης ἀνακωχὴν τῶν κακῶν τὸν θάνατον ὑπομιμνήσκειν Sa (cf. sch. 415.06)   |    αὐτὸν om. V   |    3 ἤρκει γὰρ treated as beginning of new note Mn(punct.)Sa(first words by rubr.)   |    γὰρ] γὰρ τὸ VS, τὸ Rb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 βακχεύουσιν MCPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,18–20; Dind. II.128,26–129,1

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   |   κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 411.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αὗταί σε βακχεύουσι⟩: ἃς εὐτελίζεις καὶ ἐξουθενεῖς  —V3Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εὐτελίζειν Y2   |   app. ἐξουθενοῖς V3   


Or. 411.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨βακχεύουσι συγγενεῖ φόνῳ⟩: ἀναταράσσουσί σε χάριν τοῦ φόνου  —VPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 411.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βακχεύουσιν⟩: καὶ ἐμμανῆ ποιοῦσι καὶ ἀναταράττουσιν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 411.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βακχεύουσι⟩: καὶ μανικὸν ποιοῦσι σὲ  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 411.13 (vet exeg) ⟨συγγενεῖ φόνῳ⟩: λείπει ἡ διά, ἵν’ ᾖ διὰ τὸν συγγενῆ φόνον.  —HMaMbBC

TRANSLATION:   The preposition ‘dia’ is to be understood, so that the sense is ‘because of the kindred murder’.

LEMMA: συγγενῆ φόνον in text Rw (φόνον alone s.l. in M)      POSITION: s.l. HMbC, marg. B, cont. from 411.01, add. δὲ, Ma      

APP. CRIT.:   λείπει om. or compend. obscured under overwritten text H   |    ἵν’ ᾖ] H, om. MbBC   |    τὸ MbC   |    φόνον om. MbC (unless s.l. (φόν)ον in M is meant to be a continuation of note positioned somewhat to the left)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   συγγενὴ Mb, συγγενεῖ H   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,20–21; Dind. II.129,8–9

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 411.14 (rec exeg) ⟨συγγενεῖ φόνῳ⟩: τὸ δὲ συγγενεῖ φόνῳ διὰ τὴν μητέρα φησίν.  —VMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   He (Menelaus) says ‘by kindred murder’ because of (Orestes’) mother.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 411.01 all      

APP. CRIT.:   τῶ δὲ MnSSa   |    φησίν om. V   

APP. CRIT. 2:  συγκενεῖ a.c. Mn   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,22; Dind. II.129,5


Or. 411.15 (rec exeg) ⟨συγγενεῖ φόνῳ⟩: διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς  —AbMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸν om. S   


Or. 411.16 (rec exeg) ⟨συγγενεῖ φόνῳ⟩: διὰ τὸν συγγενῆ φόνον  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 411.17 (mosch exeg) ⟨συγγενεῖ φόνῳ⟩: ὑπὸ τοῦ συγγενοῦς φόνου κινούμεναι δηλονότι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (‘By the kindred murder’ is used in that the Erinyes were) aroused to action, clearly, by the kindred murder.

REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. except XXo      

APP. CRIT.:   φόνον Y   |   δηλονότι om. Zc   


Or. 411.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨συγγενεῖ φόνῳ⟩: χάριν τοῦ συγγόνου φόνου  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 412.01 (rec exeg) ⟨οἴμοι⟩: ὡς ἔοικεν αὖθις μανὼν λέγει ταῦτα.  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   As it appears, he says this having become crazed again.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   μανὼν is formed from the aorist ἔμανον, coined by late grammarians as a step in etymologizing principal parts of μαίνομαι (Georg. Choerobosc. Gram.Gr. 4:2.141,17, Et. Parv. μ 32, Et. Gud. s.v. μηνιεῖ).   


Or. 412.02 (pllgn paraphr) ὑφ’ ὧν διωγμῶν ἐλαύνομαι ὁ τάλας.  —G

POSITION: s.l., misplaced above 409      


Or. 412.03 (pllgn exeg) πρὸς τὰς Ἐριννῦς  —B3a

POSITION: s.l. (above τάλας)      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 412.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐλαύνομαι⟩: πειράζομαι ὑπ’ αὐτῶν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 413.01 (vet exeg) οὐ δεινὰ: 1γυμνὸν ἐνταῦθα δείκνυται τὸ ἦθος τοῦ Μενελάου·  2κατέκρινε γὰρ αὐτὸν χώρις κρίσεως.   —MBCMnPraPrbRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Here the character of Menelaus is shown laid bare: for he condemned him (Orestes) without a trial.

LEMMA: RSSa, app. Mn([οὐ] δείνα sic], οὐ δεινὰ πάσχειν Rw      POSITION: cont. from sch. 411.01 BPra; s.l. MCPrb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 prep. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὸ (τῶ B) εἰπεῖν· οὐ δεινὰ (δεῖνα Pra) πάσχειν δεινὰ τοὺς εἰργασμένους. BPra   |    γυμνὸν] γυμνῶς PrbRw, om. MnRbSSa   |    ἐνταῦθα om. BPra   |    δείκνυται] φαίνεται C   |    ἦθος τοῦ] κακόηθες B, ἦθος τὸ κακὸν Pra   |    τοῦ om. Rw   |    2 κατακρίν() Prb   |    χωρὶς] ἄνευ Schw., incorrectly implying it is in M (χω()΄)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.143,1–2; Dind. II.129,1–5

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 413.02 (rec exeg) ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἀναφορὰ τῆς συμφορᾶς Ὀρέστης εἶπεν, ὁ δὲ Μενέλαος οὐ δεινὰ πάσχειν δεινὰ τοὺς πεπραγμένους καὶ κατέκρινεν αὐτὸν {φησὶν Ὀρέστης} χωρὶς κρίσεως.  —V

POSITION: cont. from sch. 411.14      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.142,22–25; Dind. II.129,5–8

COMMENT:   A confused note, either jumbled in transmission or very badly paraphrasing as if 414 preceded 413.   


Or. 413.03 (pllgn paraphr) σεαυτὸν μέμφου, μὴ τὰς θεὰς, ἐπειδὴ χρὴ παθεῖν σε κακὰ ὡς κακὰ πράξαντα.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 413.04 (pllgn paraphr) μὴ μέμφου τὰς θεὰς ἀλλ’ ἑαυτόν· οὐ γὰρ ἄδικον τὸ πάσχειν δεινὰ τὸν πράξαντα δεινά.  —Y2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 413.05 (pllgn gram) ὡς φίλα φίλον, ἀχθεινὰ ἀχθεινὸν, οὕτως καὶ δεινὰ ἀντὶ τοῦ δεινὸν.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   As (neuter plural) ‘phila’ (can mean singular) ‘philon’ (‘dear’), and (neuter plural) ‘achtheina’ (can mean singular) ‘achtheinon’ (‘painful’), so too (plural) ‘deina’ is used instead of (singular) ‘deinon’ (‘terrible’).

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 413.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐ δεινὰ πάσχειν⟩: οὐκ ἄξιον πάσχειν  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 413.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐ δεινὰ⟩: {οὐ} δίκαια· οὐ θαυμαστὰ ὑπάρχει  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 413.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐ δεινὰ⟩: οὐ δεινὸν ὑπάρχει  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 413.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐ δεινὸν⟩: δεινὰ  —PrZc

LEMMA: οὐ δεινὸν in text PrZc       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 413.17 (rec exeg) ⟨πάσχειν⟩: ⟨διὰ⟩ τό τι ποιεῖν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   τὸ τὶ Pr   


Or. 413.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨second δεινὰ⟩: καὶ δίκαια  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 414.01 (414–415) (mosch exeg) 1τὸ ἑξῆς οὕτως· ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἀναφορὰ τῆς συμφορᾶς ὁ Φοῖβος κελεύσας διαπράξασθαι τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον.  2ὁ δὲ Μενέλαος διακόψας τὸν λόγον φησί· μὴ θάνατον εἴπῃς τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς δηλονότι.  3ὑπελάμβανε γὰρ τοῦτο βούλεσθαι προτείνειν αὐτόν.   —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   The continuous text (would be) as follows: But we have as a recourse for our misfortune Phoebus, who ordered (me) to accomplish the killing of my mother. But Menelaus interrupts the utterance and says: Do not speak of the death, namely, that of your father. For he (Menelaus) assumed that he (Orestes) wanted to put forward this claim.

LEMMA: ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡμῖν G      REF. SYMBOL: T      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός XaY   |    2 εἰπεῖν a.c. Yf   |    τοῦτο] τοῦτον Dindorf   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ξυμφορὰς Yf   |   2 δῆλον ὅτι G   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.129,15–19

COLLATION NOTES:   ὁ Φοῖβος κελεύσας] ἐφ’ οἷς ἐκέλευσας Ta (because T here has a barbell beta that could be mistaken for lunate sigma, and the omicron (= ος) above that beta is exceedingly small).   |   


Or. 414.02 (414–415) (thom exeg) 1ὁ μὲν Ὀρέστης διὰ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα εἶπεν, ὡς κελεύσαντα τὸν φόνον, τὸ ‘ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἀναφορὰ τῆς συμφορᾶς’. 2τουτέστιν εἰς Ἀπόλλωνα ἀναφέρομεν τὴν αἰτίαν τῶν παρόντων. 3ὁ δὲ Μενέλαος, οἰόμενος αὐτὸν λέγειν τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς θάνατον, ἐκλύων αὐτὸν τῆς ἀπολογίας φησί·  4μὴ τὸν θάνατον τοῦ πατρὸς προβαλλόμενος λέγε ὡς δι’ ἐκεῖνον τὴν μητέρα ἀποκτείνας εἰς τὰ παρόντα ἐμπέπτωκα.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Orestes said ‘we have as a recourse for our misfortune’ because of Apollo, on the grounds that he ordered the killing. That is, we refer the cause/blame for the present situation to Apollo. But Menelaus, supposing that he is speaking of the death of his father, says, depriving him of his defence: Do not put forth the death of your father as a defence and say that ‘it is because I killed my mother on his behalf that I have fallen into the present difficulties’.

REF. SYMBOL: all (at 414 ἀναφορά ZZa, at 415 θάνατον others)      

APP. CRIT.:   4 τοῦ πατρὸς om. Zb, app. Zl   |    ἐμπέπτωκας ZbZlTGu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 φησίν ZbGu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.129,19–24

COLLATION NOTES:   4 προβαλλόμενος om. Ta   |   


Or. 414.03 (414–415) (rec exeg) ὁ μὲν Ὀρέστης τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα λέγει αἴτιον τῆς μανίας, ὁ δὲ Μενέλαος ᾤετο τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς λέγειν θάνατον. —Rf

POSITION: beside 416–417, first lines of 121v      


Or. 414.04 (vet exeg) ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἀναφορά: 1ἐπεὶ εἶπεν ὁ Μενέλαος [413] ‘οὐ δεινὰ πάσχειν δεινὰ τοὺς εἰργασμένους’ καὶ κατέκρινεν αὐτὸν δεινὰ πεπραχέναι, φησὶν Ὀρέστης·  2ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡμῖν τῆς συμβάσης τύχης ἀναφορά, ὅ ἐστι·  3δυνάμεθα τοῦ συμβάντος πράγματος τὴν αἰτίαν ἀναγαγεῖν εἴς τινα, ὥστε μὴ εἶναι ἡμᾶς αἰτίους δεινῶν πράξεων.  4εἶτα ὁ Μενέλαος· μὴ θάνατον εἴπῃς τοῦ πατρός· οὐ γὰρ σοφόν.  5εἰ γὰρ καὶ διὰ τὸν πατέρα ἀνεῖλες τὴν μητέρα, δεινὰ πέπραχας·  6σὺ γὰρ οὐκ ὤφειλες θάνατον ἐπαγαγεῖν τῇ μητρί, ἀλλ’ ἡ δημοσία κρίσις.  7εἶτα Ὀρέστης λέγει ὅτι ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἔκρινε καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ δεινὰ διεπραξάμην, εἴγε θεὸς ὁ κρίνας καὶ κελεύσας.  8εἶτα ὁ Μενέλαος· τοῦτο τὸ δεινὸν ἔκρινεν ἀμαθὴς ὤν.  9εἶτα Ὀρέστης· εἴτε ἀμαθεῖς εἴτε σοφοὶ οἱ θεοὶ οὐκ οἶδα, τοῦτο δὲ οἶδα ὅτι δουλεύομεν καὶ πειθόμεθα αὐτοῖς, ὁποῖοι ἄν εἰσιν, εἴτε σοφοὶ εἴτε φαῦλοι.  10εἶτα ὁ Μενέλαος· εἰ αὐτός σοι ἐκέλευσε, πῶς οὐκ ἐλεεῖ νοσοῦντα καὶ μαινόμενον;  11εἶτα Ὀρέστης· ἴσως ἐλεήσει, ἀεὶ γὰρ βραδύνει τὸ θεῖον.   —MaBVCPr, partial Mb

TRANSLATION:   Because Menelaus had said ‘it is not a shocking thing for those who have done terrible things to suffer the same’ and had condemned him as having done terrible things, Orestes says: But we have a recourse for the fortune that has befallen us, which is to say, we can refer the cause/blame for what happened to someone (else) so that we not be responsible for terrible deeds. Then Menelaus: Do not speak of the death of your father. That is not wise. For even if you killed your mother because of your father, you have done terrible things. For you should not have been the one imposing death on your mother, but (it should) rather (have been) the verdict of the people. Next, Orestes says that Apollo decided it and therefore I did not do terrible things, since the one who decided and commanded was a god. Then Menelaus: He decided on this terrible act, being ignorant. Then Orestes: I do not know whether the gods are ignorant or wise, but this I do know, that we are their slaves and we obey them, of whatever nature they are, whether wise or unwise. Then Menelaus: If he himself commanded you, how is it that he does not pity you in your sickness and madness? Then Orestes: Perhaps he will show pity, for the divine always acts slowly.

LEMMA: MaCPr, ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἀναφορά B, ἀναφορὰ τῆς συμφορᾶς V      REF. SYMBOL: BV      POSITION: Mb s.l. at 415; as three sep. notes Pr (1–7, and after intervening sch. 416.01, 8–10 and 11)      

APP. CRIT.:   1–4 ἐπεὶ εἶπεν … μενέλαος om. Mb   |    1–2 ἐπεὶ … ἀναφορά om. V   |    1 second δεινὰ om. CPr   |    τοῖς εἰργασμένοις MaC   |    κατέκρικεν app. Ma   |    δεινὰ πεπραχέναι] Schw., δεινὰ κεκρικέναι MaC, om. BPr   |    2 ὅ ἐστι] ἢ V, corr. V1   |    3 ἀγαγεῖν Pr   |    μὴ] νῦν Pr, om. V, with ἀναιτίους for αἰτίους   |    δεινῶν] δεῖνα Pr   |    4 τοῦ] τὸν τοῦ V   |    οὐ γὰρ] τοῦτο γὰρ οὐ BPr (οὐ s.l. Pr)   |    5 εἰ γὰρ καὶ] καὶ γὰρ Pr   |    διὰ τὸν] διὰ τὸν σὸν V, διὰ Mb   |    ἀνεῖλες] ἀνἦιλες Ma, ἀνῆλες Mb, πρὸς V   |    πέπρακας MaMbC   |    6–11 om. Mb   |    7 λέγει] ἀντιλέγει V   |    ὅτι ὁ ἀπόλλων] ὁ φοῖβος V   |    διεπράξαμεν C   |    εἴγε] εἰ γὰρ Ma   |    8 ἀμαθὴς ὢν transp. before τοῦτο B, ἀμαθὴς ὢν τοῦ καλοῦ transp. before τοῦτο Pr, ἀμαθὴς ὢν τοῦ καλοῦ V (without transposition)   |    9 οἱ om., add. s.l. B   |    δουλευόμεθα C   |    after αὐτοῖς add. ὅτι θεοὶ V   |    10 αὐτός] οὗτος V   |    σοι] σε Pr   |    11 ἀεὶ … θεῖον] τὸ δὲ θεῖον ἀεὶ μακροθυμεῖ V   |    after θεῖον add. καὶ μακροθυμεῖ Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   7 ἔκρινεν Ma   |    9 (second) εἴτε ] εἶτε Ma   |    9 (third) εἴτε ] εἶτε Ma   |    10 ἐκέλευσεν Ma   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.143,4–18; Dind. II.129,25–130,14


Or. 414.05 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: 1ὅρα τὸ εὐφυὲς τοῦ ποιητοῦ, πῶς δι’ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν προσώπων τούτων, τοῦ Ὀρέστου καὶ τοῦ Μενελάου, τὰς ἐναντίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων δόξας ὑποδηλοῖ.  2ἐπεὶ γὰρ οἱ μὲν τῶν ἀνθρώπων λέγουσι τιμωρεῖν τὸ θεῖον τοῖς πάσχουσιν, οἱ δ’ ⟨ὅτι οἱ θεοὶ⟩ ἀδιαφοροῦσι, διὰ μὲν τοῦ Ὀρέστου τὸ βοηθεῖσθαι παρὰ τοῦ θείου τοὺς κάμνοντας συνίστησι, διὰ δὲ τοῦ Μενελάου σοφιστικῶς ἀπαγορεύει.  3ἐκεῖθεν δὲ τὴν ὑφὴν τοῦ λόγου προὐκατεσκεύασεν.  4εἰπόντος γὰρ τοῦ Μενελάου ἀπὸ τοῦ [409] ‘οἶδα μὲν αὐτὰς, ὀνομάσαι δ’ οὐ βούλομαι’ καὶ καθεξῆς, τοῦ Ὀρέστου εἰς μομφὴν τῶν Εὐμενίδων κινηθέντος ὁ Μενέλαος τρόπον τινὰ τοῦτον ἀπεστρέψατο  5εἰπὼν [411] ‘αὗταί σε βακχεύουσι συγγενεῖ φόνῳ’, δηλονότι ἃς κατευτελίζεις καὶ οὐ θέλεις καλεῖσθαι Εὐμενίδας λέγων [410] ‘εὐπαίδευτα δ’ ἀποτρέπου λέγειν’,  6ἤτοι ἀπόφευγε τὸ προστιθέμενον αὐταῖς ὄνομα, τὸ Εὐμενίδες, παρὰ τῶν εὖ πεπαιδευμένων καὶ σοφῶν λέγειν καὶ λέγε δήπουθεν τὸ οἰκεῖον αὐταῖς ὄνομα ἤγουν αἱ ἀλάστορες, αἱ Τελχῖνες, αἱ φονεύτριαι.  7πρὸς τὸ βακχεύουσιν ὁ Ὀρέστης ἐπιτατικῶς εἶπε τὸ [412] ‘οἴμοι διωγμῶν οἷς ἐλαύνομαι τάλας’, ὁ δ’ ἀντεῖπεν [413] ‘οὐ δεινὰ πάσχειν δεινὰ τοὺς εἰργασμένους’ ἤγουν μὴ τὰς θεὰς μέμφου, ἑαυτὸν δὲ τὸν αἴτιον τοῦ πάσχειν τὰ δεινὰ ὡς δεινὰ ἐργασάμενον.  8εἶτα ἐκείνου φεύγοντος τὴν πρᾶξιν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Φοῖβον ταύτην ἀναφέροντος ὁ Μενέλαος ἀπεστρέψατο μὴ εἶναι λέγων τὸ θεῖον ἀμαθὲς τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ τοῦ δικαίου.  9ἐκείνου δὲ ἐπιμείναντος τῇ ἐνστάσει καὶ λέξαντος ὅτι δουλεύομεν τοῖς θεοῖς, ἤτοι ποιοῦμεν ἃ παρ’ αὐτῶν κελευόμεθα κἂν μὴ λίαν ἐπιστάμεθα τί πρᾶγμά εἰσιν οἱ θεοί,  10ὁ Μενέλαος τὸν οἰκεῖον βουλόμενος συστῆσαι λόγον ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ θεοῦ ἐκεῖνο, ἀλλ’ ἐκ θυμοῦ τὸ πραχθέν, φησὶν ὅτι πάντως ἂν ἐβοήθησέ σοι ὁ θεὸς, εἴπερ καὶ προσέταξεν.  11ὡς δ’ εἶπεν ἐκεῖνος μέλλει τὸ θεῖον, ἤτοι βραδύνει ἐν ταῖς ἀντιδόσεσι ταῖς φαύλαις τε καὶ ταῖς ἀγαθαῖς ὡς ὂν φύσει τοιοῦτον, σοφιστικῶς ἐκεῖνος ἐπήγαγε τὸ [423] ‘ὡς ταχὺ μετῆλθόν σ’ αἷμα μητρὸς αἱ θεαί’, ἤτοι ἀπῄτησαν.  12ἔκλεψε δ’ αὐτὸν διὰ τῆς μέσης ἐρωτήσεως τῆς [421] ‘πόσον χρόνον δὲ μητρὸς οἴχονται πνοαί’.  13ἀποκριθέντος δ’ ἐκείνου τὸ πόσον τοῦ καιροῦ, ἀνεῖλεν ἐκεῖ τὸ μέλλει τὸ θεῖον διὰ τοῦ [423] ‘ὡς ταχὺ μετῆλθόν σ’ αἷμα μητρός’.   —V

TRANSLATION:   Observe the natural talent of the poet, how through both these characters, Orestes and Menelaus, he suggests the contradictory opinions of humans. For since some people say that the divine avenges those who suffer, while others say that the gods are indifferent, through Orestes he affirms the view that those in distress are aided by the divine, but through Menelaus he denies this through sophistic argumentation. From that point he made a preliminary exposure of the web of the argument. For after Menelaus has pronounced his speech from the line ‘I know them, but I do not want to name them’ and what follows that, and Orestes has been moved toward reproach of the Eumenides, Menelaus in a certain way turned him away from his point, by saying ‘these (goddesses) drive you mad because of kindred bloodshed’, namely (the goddesses) whom you (Orestes) disparage and do not want to be called Eumenides when you say ‘avoid speaking in the manner of a well-educated person’, in other words, avoid speaking the name Eumenides that is applied to them by those who are well educated and wise, and say rather the name that is proper to them, that is, ‘alastores’ (‘avenging demons’), Telchines, murderesses. In response to ‘they drive you mad’ Orestes said with intensity ‘Woe is me for the persecution by which I am driven, wretched man’, and the other said in contradiction ‘It is not a shocking thing for those who have done terrible things to suffer the same’, meaning do not reproach the goddesses, but rather yourself, the one responsible for suffering terrible things because you did them. Next, when Orestes tries to disown the deed and refers it to Phoebus, Menelaus rejected this point by saying the divine is not ignorant of what is good and just. When he (Orestes) persisted in the objection and said ‘we are slaves to the gods’, that is, we do what we are commanded to do by them even if we do not really understand what the gods are, Menelaus, desiring to confirm his own argument that that deed did not come from a god, but from strong emotion, says that by all means the god would have come to your rescue if he had in fact given the order. And when that one (Orestes) said ‘the divine procrastinates’, that is, acts slowly both in bad and good repayments (for human action), because the divine is such by nature, that other (Menelaus) added sophistically the point ‘how swiftly the goddesses pursued you for the bloodshed of your mother’, that is, demanded their due. He tricked him (Orestes) with the intervening question, ‘how long since your mother breathed her last?’ When that one (Orestes) replied with the quantity of time, he (Menelaus) refuted at the point the claim ‘the divine procrastinates’ with his ‘How swiftly they pursued you for the bloodshed of your mother’.

APP. CRIT.:   2 suppl. Mastr.   |   4 ἀπεστρέψατο Schw., ἀπεπέμψατο V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.143,19–144,23; Dind. II.130,15–131,21

COMMENT:   See Prelim. Stud. 200–203.   


Or. 414.12 (rec gram) ⟨ἀναφορὰ⟩: θεία λέξις  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Term properly applicable to gods. (or: Divine utterance.)

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   θεία λέξις is a specifically Eustathian expression with the meaning ‘term properly applicable to gods’; he applies it to ἄναξ, σέβειν, καθαίρειν, παντοῦργος, πάπας, etc. Once in ps-Chrysostomus the juncture is found with the meaning ‘divine utterance’ (de sacerdotio, Bk. 7, PG 48.1070, 35).   


Or. 414.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀναφορὰ⟩: εἰς Ἀπόλλωνα γὰρ ἀναφέρει  —ZlGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   γὰρ ἀναφέρει om. Zl   


Or. 414.18 (tri metr) ⟨ἀναφορὰ⟩: long mark over final alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 414.19 (vet paraphr) ⟨τῆς ξυμφορᾶς⟩: τῶν συμβάντων πραγμάτων  —MBPr

TRANSLATION:   (‘Of the event’ here means) ‘of the events that occurred’.

POSITION: s.l. MPr, marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ συμβὰν τῶν πραγμάτων Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.143,3; Dind. II.129,25


Or. 415.01 (vet exeg) μὴ θάνατον εἴπῃς: 1ὁ μὲν τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα ᾐνίξατο αἴτιον τῆς μανίας, ὁ δὲ ᾤετο τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς λέγειν θάνατον.  2ἐκκλείων οὖν αὐτὸν ἀπολογίας φησὶ·  3μὴ λέγε τὸν θάνατον τοῦ πατρὸς μηδ’ αὐτὸς ἁμαρτὼν εἰς τὸν πατέρα ἀνάφερε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν.  4εὔηθες γὰρ τὸ αὐτόν τινα ἁμαρτάνοντα ἄλλῳ περιτιθέναι τὴν αἰτίαν.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   The one (Orestes) hinted that Apollo was responsible for his madness, but the other (Menelaus) thought he was speaking of the death of his father. Therefore, blocking him out of a defence, he says: ‘Do not speak of the death of your father, nor when you yourself did the wrong refer the wrong to your father’. For it is foolish for a person who has himself committed a wrong to attach the blame to another.

LEMMA: MBCPr; φοῖβος Rw       REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ πατρὸς] τῆς μητρὸς MC   |    2 ἀποκλείων MCRw, ἐγκλείων Pr   |    αὐτὸν ἀπολογίας] αὐτὸν Rw, αὐτῷ MC   |    3 τοῦ πατρὸς] σοι τῆς μητρὸς ἀπὸ μανίας MC, τοῦ πατρὸς ἀπὸ μανίας Rw   |    ἁμαρτήσας B   |    εἰς τὴν μητέρα MCRw   |    ἀνάφερε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν] ἁμαρτίαν εἰς ἄλλον ἀνατίθει Rw   |    4 τὸν αὐτὸν τινὰ MCRw   |    ἄλλῳ] ἀλλα M   |    αἰτίαν] ἁμαρτίαν BPr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 μὴ δὲ Pr   |    ἁμαρτῶν MC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.144,24–28; Dind. II.131,29–132,3

COMMENT:   The version of MC is extraordinarily different. Perhaps an instance of πρϲ was misread as μρϲ and then other instances were made to conform. But there are corruptions beyond that, and MC may descend from unsuccessful decipherment of a damaged note in an exemplar. See also 415.09 for the view that it is the mother’s death and not the father’s.   


Or. 415.02 (vet exeg) ⟨μὴ θάνατον εἴπῃς⟩: 1σὺ γὰρ, φησὶν, αὐτὸς αἴτιος τυγχάνεις. ἢ οὕτω·  2μὴ ὀνομάσῃς τὸν {περὶ} μητρὸς φόνον μηδὲ λέγε ὅτι τοῦτον προστέταξαι παρὰ τοῦ κρείττονος πράττειν.  3οὐ γὰρ ἁρμόζει θεῷ τὸ πρόσταγμα, ὅθεν σιώπα καὶ κρύπτε τὸ ἀμαθὲς τοῦ δαίμονος.  4ἢ μὴ εἰς τὴν εἱμαρμένην καὶ τὸν θάνατον ἀνενέγκῃς·  5οὐ γάρ ἐστι σοφὸν τοῦτο.   —MCRw

TRANSLATION:   (Do not mention death) because, he (Menelaus) says, you yourself are to blame. Or take it this way: Do not mention the killing of your mother nor claim that you were commanded to carry this out by a stronger power. For the command is not fitting for a god, and therefore keep silent about and conceal the folly of the divinity. Or (the sense is) do not refer the matter to destiny and death. For that is not wise.

POSITION: cont. from sch. 415.01 all      

APP. CRIT.:   1 αἴτιος αὐτὸς transp. Rw   |    2 περὶ del. Schw.   |    τῆς μητρὸς Rw   |    προσέταξε περὶ C   |    3 ἁρμόζει θεῷ] θεῶν C   |    τοῦτο add. before τὸ Rw   |    πρόσταγμα] πράγμα (sic) M   |    ἀπαθὲς MCRw   |    4 ἢ μὴ] εἰ μὴ M   |    ἀνενέγκης αἰτίαν C, ἀπενέγκης τὴν αἰτίαν Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 οὕτω] οὕτως CRw, changed to οὗτος C   |    3 ἀρμόζει M   |    4 ἡμαρμ() M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.144,29–145,2; Dind. II.132,3–7


Or. 415.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: τὸν θάνατον τοῦ πατρός. τοῦτο γὰρ οὐ βέβαιον· οὐ γὰρ δεῖ ἀντιφονεύειν τοὺς φονέας.  —MCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   (He means) the death of his father. For this is not a secure point. For one should not kill the killers in return.

LEMMA: M (ἀλλὰ); μὴ θάνατον εἴπης Rw      POSITION: cont. from 415.02 MC; s.l. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   βέβαιον] δίκαιον Pr   |    οὐ γὰρ om. M   

APP. CRIT. 2:   βαίβεον M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,3–4; Dind. II.132,7–8


Or. 415.04 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: ὁ Μενέλαος βουλόμενος αὐτὸν θανεῖν λέγει †τὸ νομίζον ὅτι μέλλει λέγειν θάνατον, ἐν ἑαυτῷ βουλόμενος τὸν θάνατον ἀγαγεῖν.†  —CRw

TRANSLATION:   Menelaus, wanting him to die, (remainder is corrupt in Greek; if emended, the sense might be:) uses the term ‘death’ (or: says this?), as if believing that he (Orestes) is about to say mention ‘death’, because he wants to impose death on himself.

LEMMA: ἄλλως C, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως Rw      POSITION: cont. from sch. 415.03 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ νομιζόμενον ὅτι μέλλει⟨ς⟩ λέγειν θάνατον {ἐν ἑαυτῷ βουλόμενος θανεῖν} conj. Schw.; τὸ ⟨θάνατον⟩ (or ⟨τοῦ⟩το), ⟨ὥσπερ⟩ νομίζων ὅτι μέλλει λέγειν θανεῖν {ἐν} ἑαυτῷ βουλόμενος τὸν θάνατον ἀγαγεῖν Mastr. (cf. next sch.)   |    ἐν αὐτῷ Rw   |    τὸν θάνατον om. C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,5–6


Or. 415.05 (rec exeg) ⟨μὴ θάνατον εἴπῃς⟩: εἰ σὺ ἁμαρτὼν ἀναφέρεις εἰς τὸν πατέρα τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. ἢ θάνατον βούλει ἀγαγεῖν ἑαυτῷ;  —O

TRANSLATION:   (Do not say this) if, having yourself committed a wrong, you refer the wrongdoing to your father. Or (the sense is) do you want to impose death on yourself?


Or. 415.06 (rec exeg) ⟨μὴ θάνατον εἴπῃς⟩: μὴ εἴπῃς ἀνακωχὴν τῶν κακῶν τὸν θάνατον.  —AbMnSa

TRANSLATION:   Do not speak of death as a cessation of troubles.

POSITION: s.l. Mn; in Sa phrase wrongly inserted before ὑπομιμνήσκειν in sch. 411.01      

APP. CRIT.:   εἶπ a.c. Mn (app. corr. by rubr.)   |   ἀνακ. τῶν κακ. om. Ab   


Or. 415.07 (pllgn exeg)⟨μὴ θάνατον⟩: τοῦ πατρὸς εἴπῃς καὶ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα ἢ τὴν τύχην ἢ τὴν εἱμαρμένην αἰτιάσῃ· οὐ γὰρ σοφὸν τοῦτο.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   Do (not) mention (the death) of your father and blame Apollo or fortune or destiny. For that is not wise.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 415.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θάνατον εἴπῃς⟩: τοῦ πατρὸς ἀναφέρῃς  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 415.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θάνατον⟩: τὸ φονεῦσαι σε σεαυτὸν  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:  A later hand has cancelled these words with two thin lines in yellowish ink.   


Or. 415.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θάνατον⟩: ἤτοι (?)ἀϊστῶσαι σε  —B3c

POSITION: s.l.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Very faint; certainly not room for τὸ θανατῶσαι or even just θανατῶσαι, which one might expect.   |   


Or. 415.12 (mosch exeg) ⟨θάνατον⟩: τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς δηλονότι  —XaXbXoT*YYfGrZcAa2CrOx

TRANSLATION:  (‘Death’, that is,) clearly, that of his father.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τόν om. CrOx   |   

COLLATION NOTES:  Aa2 writes τὸν at some distance before Aa’s τοῦ πατρὸς and adds δηλ. right after it.   


Or. 415.13 (recThom exeg) ⟨θάνατον⟩: τοῦ πατρὸς  —V3AaFGKZZmZb

POSITION: s.l. (above εἴπῃς)      


Or. 415.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτο⟩: τὸ λέγειν τὴν αἰτίαν δι’ ἣν ἀπέθανεν ὁ πατήρ  —Xo2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 416.01 (rec exeg) Φοῖβος κελεύσας: 1ἀπὸ κοινοῦ οὕτως συντάξεις ὅτι ἐκέλευσεν ἂν τοῦτο ὁ Φοῖβος καὶ ἐπιστεύθης ἀληθεύειν, ἐὰν ἦν ἀμαθέστερος καὶ πλέον σοῦ ἀμαθὴς τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ τοῦ δικαίου.  2τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν ὡς φαυλίσας τὴν ἀναφοράν, ὡς τάχα ψευσαμένου τοῦ Ὀρέστου καὶ τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ φεύγοντος τὴν μομφὴν τοῦ μητρικοῦ φόνου.  3κρείσσων γὰρ ἂν ἦν ἡ αἰτία, ἐὰν ἦν αὕτη ὁ θάνατος τοῦ πατρός, τοῦ θεὸν ⟨* * * ⟩   —VPr

TRANSLATION:   You will construe this in common (‘apo koinou’, i.e., continuing the syntax from the previous line) in this way, that Phoebus would have commanded this and you would have been believed to be speaking truly, if he (the god) were more ignorant (‘amathesteros’), that is to say, more ignorant than you of what is fine and just. He (Menelaus) said this as one who dismissed as unimportant the reference (of the action to the god) on the grounds that perhaps Orestes made the story up and is trying in this way to escape the reproach for the murder of his mother. For the cause would have been greater, if this (cause) were the death of his father, †(gen.) the (acc.) god … (left unfinished)

REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀμαθῶς VPr, corr. Schw.   |    2 φεύγοντι Pr   |    3 κρεῖσσον VPr, corr. Schw.   |    ἂν om. V   |    at end empty space left by V (more than half a full-width line) and sign of omission added in marg.; Pr ends with normal punctuation for end of sch.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,7–12; Dind. II.131,22–27


Or. 416.02 (rec exeg) ὁ Ἀπόλλων ἔκρινε καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ δεινὰ ἐπράξαμεν εἴ γε ὁ θεὸς ἔκρινεν.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 416.03 (pllgn paraphr) οὐ τοῦτο βούλομαι εἰπεῖν δηλονότι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Φοῖβος.  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.132,10–11


Or. 416.09 (thom exeg) ⟨κελεύσας⟩: ἐμὲ τοῦτον ἐργάσασθαι  —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (With ‘having ordered’ supply) ‘me to perform this (murder)’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σεσθαι Zb   |   


Or. 417.01 (vet exeg) ἀμαθέστερός γ’ ὤν: 1εἰ τοῦτο ἐκέλευσεν, ἀμαθής ἐστιν, ἵνα ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων δηλώσῃ ὅτι οὐκ ἐκέλευσεν ὁ θεός·  2οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς ἀμαθής.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   If he commanded this, he is ignorant, (which Menelaus says) in order to show from the opposite that the god did not command (it). For the god is not ignorant.

LEMMA: MBVPr, ἀμαθέστερός γ’ ὢν τοῦ καλοῦ C, ἀμαθέστερὸς ὢν MnRbRwSSa(in dark ink as if start of note)      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: cont. from sch. 413.01 Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 εἰ] εἰς BPr   |    τοῦτο om. Rb   |    φησὶν add. after first ἐκέλ. BPrRw   |    ἐστιν] ὢν Pr   |    ἐκ τῶν ἐκ τῶν V   |    τοῦ ἐναντίου BPr   |    δουλώση Mn   |    second ἐκέλευσεν] ἔλεξεν Pr   |    2 οὐ γὰρ … ἀμαθής] οὐδὲ προσέταξε τοῦτο ποιῆσαι V, δηλονότι οὐ προσέταξε τοῦτο ποιῆσαι MnRb(προέτ‑)SSa   |    ἐστι θεὸς Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 first ἐκέλευσε BPrRw   |    ἐστι MnS   |    ἵν’ app. B   |    perhaps δηλώσει M   |    second ἑκέλευσε B   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,13–15; Dind. II.132,13–15


Or. 417.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1μετὰ συλλογισμοῦ τοῦτο εἴρηκεν·  2εἰ γὰρ οὐκ ἀμαθὴς ὁ θεός, δῆλον ὅτι οὐδὲ προσέταξε τοῦτο ποιεῖν.   —MBVCMnPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Menelaus said this using a syllogism. For if the god is not ignorant, it is clear that neither did he command (Orestes) to do this.

LEMMA: MBCPr, καὶ ἄλλως MnRbSSa, ἀλλὰ V      POSITION: cont. from sch. 417.01 V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 μετὰ … εἴρηκεν] τοῦτο ἐκ συλλ. εἴρηκεν V, τοῦτο ἐκ συλλ. εἴρηται MnRbSSa   |    2 εἰ] οὐ Rb   |    δῆλον ὅτι om. VMnSSa   |    οὐδὲ] οὐ VMnRbSSa   |    τοῦτο ποιεῖν] blank space left by V, ποιῆσαι add. V1   |    ποιεῖν om. MnSSa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,16–17; Dind. II.132,15–16

KEYWORDS:  συλλογισμός   


Or. 417.03 (rec exeg) συλλογίζεται  —Pr

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 417.04 (rec exeg) γρ. ἀμαθέστερός γ’ ὢν τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ τῆς δίκης.  —MnR

POSITION: marg. R, between 423.01 and 424.01 Mn      

APP. CRIT.:   γρ. om. Mn   |    γ’ ὢν] γ’ ὢ Mn, om. R   

COMMENT:   MnR are among the many mss that lack γ’ in this line, hence the annotation of the correct version.   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 417.05 (rec exeg) κατ’ ἐρώτησιν  —AbMnRS

POSITION: marg. R, s.l. AbMnS      

COMMENT:   Reinterpretation of a statement as a question is a strategy for removing something that seems objectionable (cf. 97.02, 97.03); here the strategy satisfies an educational or philosophical/religious viewpoint.   

KEYWORDS:  theological amelioration   


Or. 417.06 (rec exeg) διότι ἆρα  —R

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 417.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: 1θέλει ἐνταῦθα δεῖξαι ὁ Μενέλαος τῷ Ὀρέστῃ ὅτι οὐχ ὁ Ἀπόλλων προσέταξεν αὐτῷ τὸν τῆς μητρὸς φόνον, ἀλλ’ οἴκοθεν ἐργασάμενος τοῦτον, ἐπεὶ δυστυχεῖ, προβάλλεται τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα.  2ἐδήλωσε δὲ τοῦτο διὰ τὸ εἰπεῖν ‘ἀμαθέστερος ὢν’.  3πρὸς ὃ ὁ Ὀρέστης ἀπαντᾷ λέγων·  4ὑποτασσόμεθα τοῖς θεοῖς, ὅ τι ἄρα εἰσί, εἴτε ἀμαθεῖς εἴτε μή.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Menelaus here wants to show Orestes that Apollo did not command him (to carry out) the killing of his mother, but that having performed this of his own volition, once he suffers misfortune, he puts Apollo forward as a pretext. He (Menelaus) indicated this by saying ‘being rather ignorant’. To which Orestes counters by saying: We are subordinate to the gods, whatever they in fact are, whether ignorant or not.

REF. SYMBOL: all      POSITION: after 420.18 Zm (correct order marked with β and α)      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οἴκοθεν] οἴ Zb   |    ἐπειδὴ ZmGu [Zl lost to trimming]   |    2 διὰ τοῦ εἰπεῖν ZbTGu [Zl]   |    after ὢν add. τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ τῆς δίκης Za   |    3 ὁ om. ZbTGu [Zl]   |    4 ὅ τι ZZa, ὅπερ ZbZmTGu [Zl]   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 ἆρα Zb [Zl]   |    εἰσίν ZlT   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.132,17–21


Or. 417.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: τοῦτο ἐπρόσταξεν  —O

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:  ἐπρόσταξα for προσέταξα is common in medieval Greek, and there are other verbs in προσ‑ that sometimes show the same kind of augment in Byzantine Greek.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 417.14 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀμαθής ἐστιν  —MBVC

POSITION: s.l., except B marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἐν ἤθει ἵν’ ᾖ B, om. C   |    ἐστιν om. BVC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,18; Dind. II.132,12–13


Or. 417.15 (recMosch exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: ἀμαθὴς  —MnPrXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa2ZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. PrZu   

COMMENT:   The unfinished gloss ἀ on this word in S may have been the beginning of ἀμαθὴς (or of ἀπόλλων, 417.24).   


Or. 417.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: ὡς τὸ ‘νεώτερος ἐγενόμην’ [Psalm 36.25] ἀντὶ τοῦ νέος.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   (The comparative adjective is used) as in (the phrase) ‘I became younger’ meaning ‘young’.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Symmachus (quoted by Eusebius, comm. in Psalm., PG 23.333,6) explains the passage in Psalm 36 as equivalent to νέος ἐγενόμην.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Psalms   


Or. 417.17 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: τὸ συγκριτικὸν ⟨ἀντὶ ἁπλοῦ⟩  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 417.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: ἀντὶ ἁπλοῦ  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 417.19 (rec gram) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: Ἀττικὸν  —VPr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 417.20 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: σαρκασμὸς  —Rf

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἀρκασμ()` Rf   

COMMENT:   Rf’s ἀρκασμός is not an attested word (note, however, Hesych. ε 5922 ἐρκάζειν· σκώπτειν, a hapax). The next two notes support the correction.   

COLLATION NOTES:   There is no suspended omicron over the final mu, only a diagonal that I interpret as grave accent; it is less likely to be the abbreviation for ‑ον (with accent omitted).   |   


Or. 417.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: σαρδώνιος γέλως  —Rw

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 417.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀμαθέστερος⟩: κατ’ εἰρωνείαν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς   


Or. 417.27 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῆς δίκης⟩: τῆς δικαιοσύνης εἰ τοῦτο ἐκέλευσεν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 417.29 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῆς δίκης⟩: ἐκέλευσε σὲ τοιαῦτα πρᾶξαι.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 418.01 (vet exeg) δουλεύομεν θεοῖς: 1†ἀνθρώπων ἐχόντων τὴν μορφήν.†  2ἢ ὁποίας ὦσι δυνάμεως ἢ κρίσεως, δουλεύομεν αὐτοῖς.  3τοῦτο δὲ πρὸς τὸ ‘ἀμαθέστερός γ’ ὤν’.   —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   (corrupt phrase untranslated) or, of whatever power or judgment the gods may be, we are slaves to them. This is directed at the words ‘being rather ignorant’.

LEMMA: δουλεύσομεν θεοῖς Pr       REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 δουλεύομεν αὐτοῖς ἀνθρώπων ἔχουσι τ. μ. Barnes (but mss punctuate first two words as lemma); a corruption of the first sentence of sch. 418.02, as Schw. indicated   |    2 (second) ἢ] B, καὶ C, om. M   |    αὐτοῖς] αὐτὴν Pr   |    3 γ’ ὤν om. MC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,19–21; Dind. II.132,25–133,2


Or. 418.02 (rec exeg) δουλεύομεν θεοῖς: 1ἀνεπίγνωστον γὰρ ἔχουσι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὴν γνώμην.  2ὁποίας ἄρα, φησὶν, εἰσὶ δυνάμεως, δουλεύομεν αὐτοῖς.   —VMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   For they (the gods) keep their judgment inscrutable to humans. He says, of whatever power they are then, we are slaves to them.

LEMMA: Rb, δουλεύομεν V(washed out)MnSSa      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῖς ἀνθ. om., in marg. add. Mn   |    2 ὁποῖα S   |    καὶ ὅμως add. before δουλεύομεν MnRbSSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἆρα S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,25–6; Dind. II.132,23–25


Or. 418.03 (rec exeg) δουλεύομεν θεοῖς: εἴτε ἀμαθεῖς εἴτε σοφοὶ οἱ θεοὶ οὐκ οἶδα, τοῦτο δὲ οἶδα ὅτι δουλεύομεν καὶ πειθόμεθα αὐτοῖς, ὁποῖοι ἄν εἰσιν, εἴτε σοφοὶ εἴτε φαῦλοι.  —Pr

COMMENT:   Cf. sch. 414.04 (9).   


Or. 418.10 (vet exeg) ὅ τι ποτ’ εἰσὶν ⟨οἱ⟩ θεοί: 1ἀκαίρως τοῦτο·  2ἑώρακε γὰρ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα καὶ ἀκήκοεν αὐτοῦ {αἴτιον}·  3ὡσεί τις ἰδὼν ἀετὸν λέγει· τί ποτέ ἐστιν; ἦ ἀετός;   —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   This comment (is made) inopportunely. For he (Orestes) saw Apollo and heard him. It is as if someone who saw an eagle says: ‘What in the world is it? An eagle?’.

LEMMA: M(εἰσὶ)C(ὅτί), ὅτί ποτ’ εἰσί (ἄλλως in marg.) B, ἄλλως· ὅτι πάντα εἰσιν Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τούτου a.c. Pr   |    2 ἑωρακὼς MC   |    τόν ἀπόλλωνα καὶ ἀκ. αὐτοῦ] ἀκήκοε τὸν ἀπόλλωνα BPr   |    ἀκηκοὼς MC   |    αὐτοῦ] αὐτὸν Dind. (as if in M), om. BPr   |    αἴτιον del. Mastr.   |    3 ὡσεί] εἴ MC   |    ἀετὸν om., add. s.l. C   |    ἦ] Schw., ἢ BCPr, om. M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.145,22–25; Dind. II.133,2–4

COMMENT:   αἴτιον could be a corruption of a variant αὐτὸν for αὐτοῦ, or of an anticipation of ἀετὸν.   


Or. 418.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅ τι ποτ’ εἰσὶν θεοί⟩: ὁποῖοι εἰσιν ἢ καλοὶ ἢ φαῦλοι, πρέπον ἀκούειν αὐτοὺς.  —Gu

LEMMA: thus in text Gu (ὅτί)       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 418.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ὅ τι ποτ’ εἰσὶ θεοὶ⟩: μὴ εἰδότες ὁποῖοι εἰσὶν κἄντε ἀγαθοὶ κἄντε κακοὶ  —MnPr

LEMMA: thus in text Pr(πότ’), ὅτί ποτι’ εἰσὶ θεοὶ in text Mn       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ ποῖοι Mn   |   


Or. 418.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅ τι ποτ’ εἰσὶν οἱ θεοὶ⟩: ὁποίας ὦσι δυνάμεως οὐκ οἴδαμεν ἢ κρίσεως  —Y2

LEMMA: thus in text Y(πότ’)       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 418.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅ τι ποτ’ εἰσὶ θεοὶ⟩: ἤτοι ὁποίας εἰσὶ δυνάμεως οὐ γινώσκομεν ἢ ὅτι εἰσὶ  —V3

LEMMA: thus in text V(ὅτί)       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 418.17 (thom exeg) ⟨ὅ τι ποτ’ εἰσὶ θεοί⟩: ἀμαθεῖς εἴτε τοὐναντίον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Whatever the gods are’, namely,) ignorant or the opposite.

LEMMA: thus in text ZZaTGuZu(ὅτί all, εἰσὶν TGu), ὅτί ποτ’ εἰσιν οἱ θεοί Zl, ὅτ’ εἰσί ποτε θεοί Zm       POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἴτε prep. ZaT, ἢ prep. Zl   |    εἴτε] ἢ ZZbZl   


Or. 418.21 (rec exeg) ⟨ποτ’⟩: παρέλκον  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   (The word ‘pote’ is) superfluous.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  παρέλκει/παρέλκον   


Or. 419.01 (vet exeg) κᾆτ’ οὐκ ἀμύνει: 1πανούργως ἔχει πᾶσα ἡ ἐρώτησις.  2ὁ μὲν γάρ φησιν ὅτι ὁ Ἀπόλλων μοι ἐκέλευσεν ἀνελεῖν τὴν μητέρα, ὁ δὲ ἀντεπάγει·  3καὶ πῶς ὁ κελεύσας ἀνελεῖν τὴν μητέρα οὐκ ἐλεεῖ σε μαινόμενον;  4τοῦ δὲ εἰπόντος ὅτι μελλητικόν ἐστι τὸ θεῖον, πάλιν ὁ Μενέλαός φησι·  5πῶς οὖν Ἐρινύες σε ταχέως μετῆλθον; οὐκ εἰσὶ καὶ αὗται θεαί;  6ἐλέγχει οὖν αὐτὸν ὡς καταψευδόμενον.   —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   The entire interrogation is malicious. For the one (Orestes) says: Apollo ordered me to kill my mother, but the other (Menelaus) counters: And how is it that the one who ordered you to kill your mother shows no pity for you in your madness? After Orestes says that the divine is given to slow action, in return Menelaus says: How is it then that the Erinyes came after you swiftly? Are not these gods as well? Thus he refutes him (Orestes) as presenting a false claim.

LEMMA: M(κατουκαμύνει)BC(κατ’)Rw      REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πανούργως … 2 μητέρα om. Pr   |    1 πανοῦργος (ἔχει om.) BRw   |    2 φασιν Rw   |    second ὁ om. Rw   |    ἀνελεῖν] σε ἀναιρεῖν M   |    3 ὁ κελεύσας] ἐκέλευσας Rw   |    3 ἀνελεῖν τ. μ. om. Rw   |    ἐλεεῖ σε] ἐλεῆσαι Rw   |    ἀλλὰ μέλλει add. after μαινόμενον Rw   |    4 τοῦ] τούτου M   |    5 πῶς οὖν] λίαν Rw   |    αἱ add. before ἐριν. BPr   |    ταχὺ Rw   |    σε om. BPr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐκέλευσε Rw   |    2 ἀντεπάγη C   |    3 ἐλεῆ C   |    4 μελητικόν C, μελωτικὸν Pr   |    5 ἐριννύες PrRw   |    αὐταὶ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.146,1–6; Dind. II.133,6–11


Or. 419.02 (rec exeg) εἰ αὐτός σε ἐκέλευσε, πῶς οὐκ ἐλεεῖ νοσοῦντα;  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰ αὐτὸς Mastr., ὁ αὐτ with ambig. ending Pr (αὐτὸ with ῶν above?)   


Or. 419.04 (pllgn gram) ⟨κᾷτ’⟩: ἔκθλιψις κρᾶσις συναίρεσις  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   (In this form are found) ecthlipsis, crasis, synaeresis.

LEMMA: κᾶτ’ in text Y       POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This is taken from the doctrine of grammarians: in καὶ εἶτα the iota of καὶ is removed by ecthlipsis, the alpha combines with the epsilon in crasis, and the incorporation of the iota of ει with the alpha as ᾳ is synaeresis. E.g., Epimer. Homer. π 165 Dyck ἔκθλιψις δὲ καὶ κρᾶσις καὶ συναίρεσις ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ οἱ αἰπόλοι ᾡπόλοι· ἐκθλίβεται γὰρ τὸ ι τῆς οἱ, καὶ κιρνᾶται τὸ ο καὶ α εἰς ω, καὶ συναιρεῖται τὸ ω καὶ τὸ ι εἰς τὴν ῳ δίφθογγον; Tryphon, περὶ παθῶν 1.24,12–13 κατ’ ἔκθλιψιν, κρᾶσιν καὶ συναίρεσιν, οἷον καὶ εἶτα κᾷτα, οἱ αἰπόλοι ᾡπόλοι.   


Or. 419.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἀμύνει⟩: οὐ συνεργεῖ ὁ Ἀπόλλων  —Rf2

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.133,12


Or. 419.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκ ἀμύνει⟩: καὶ οὐ βοηθήσει σε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 419.11 (tri metr) ⟨ἀμύνει⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 420.07 (rec exeg) τὸ θεῖον δ’ ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον φύσει: ἀεὶ τὸ θεῖον ὀκνηρὸν ἐστὶ πρὸς τὰς ἀμοιβὰς γυμνάζον ἡμῶν τὴν γνώμην.  —VMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The divine is always sluggish in reciprocation (for good or bad behavior), training our resolve by practice.

LEMMA: MnSSa; μέλλει Rb      REF. SYMBOL: R      POSITION:  s.l. V      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν μέλλει prep. MnSSa   |    τὸ θεῖον τὸ θεῖον S (no punctuation between them)   |    ἐστὶ] εἶναι Sa   |    γυμναζόντων Rb   |    γνώμην V, διάνοιαν MnRbSSa   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.133,19–20

COMMENT:   The idea of exercising or testing the sufferers may have a Christian tinge. See also the Thoman version of this idea in 420.17.   


Or. 420.08 (rec exeg) ἴσως ἐλεήσει· ἀεὶ γὰρ βραδύνει τὸ θεῖον· ὀκνηρὸν γὰρ πρὸς τὰς τοιαύτας ἀμοιβὰς γυμνάζον ἡμῶν τὴν γνώμην.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Perhaps he will show pity (eventually). For the divine always acts slowly. For it is sluggish in such cases of reciprocation, training our resolve by practice.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 420.09 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ θεῖον δ’ ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον φύσει⟩: βραδύνει ἀεὶ τὸ θεῖον γυμνάζον τὴν διάνοιαν ἡμῶν.  —R

TRANSLATION:   The divine always acts slowly, training our attitude of mind by practice.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 420.10 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸ θεῖον δ’ ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον φύσει⟩: βραδύνει γὰρ τὸ θεῖον ἐν ταῖς ἀντιδόσεσι ταῖς χρησταῖς καὶ ταῖς φαύλαις.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   For the divine acts slowly in good repayments and in bad ones.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 420.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὸ θεῖον δ’ ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον φύσει⟩: τὸ θεῖον δὲ ἐν τῆ φύσει τοιοῦτον ἔνι ἵνα μακροθυμῇ.  —Gu

TRANSLATION:   The divine is such in its nature that it is slow (or slow to help?).

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The sense of μακροθυμέω is commonly ‘to be patient’, but for ‘be slow to help’ in a context of testing the sufferers see Joannes Chrysostom., In Matthaeum, PG 57.351,13–15 καὶ γὰρ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πολλάκις ἀφῆκεν αὐτοὺς εἰς χαλεπωτέρους χειμῶνας πραγμάτων ἐμπεσεῖν, καὶ ἐμακροθύμησε. See also 420.02.   


Or. 420.12 (pllgn rhet) ⟨τὸ θεῖον δ’ ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον φύσει⟩: ἀνθυποφορά  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Anthypophora (rejoinder to an objection).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἀνθυποφορά   


Or. 420.17 (thom exeg) ⟨τοιοῦτον⟩: ἤγουν μέλλει καὶ πρὸς βοήθειαν καὶ πρὸς κόλασιν, πρὸς μὲν βοήθειαν ἵνα δοκίμιον λήψεται τῆς προαιρέσεως τῶν τῆς βοηθείας αὐτοῦ ἀπολαύσειν μελλόντων, πρὸς δὲ κόλασιν ἵνα τῷ χρόνῳ ἐπανάξῃ αὐτοὺς πρὸς ἃ δεῖ.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, he delays both in helping and in punishing: in helping in order that he may get proof of the resolve of those who are to benefit from his help, and in punishing in order that by the passage of some time he may bring them back to what is required.

REF. SYMBOL: ZaZmT      POSITION: ZZbZl s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   δόκιμον ZbZl   |    αὐτοῦ om. Za   |    ἀπολαύειν Za   |    αὐτοὺς om. Za   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μέλει a.c. Gu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.133,15–18


Or. 420.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοιοῦτον⟩: ἤγουν βραδύ πρὸς βοήθειαν —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 420.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοιοῦτον⟩: εἰς βοήθειαν βραδύ  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 421.01 (vet exeg) δὲ μητρὸς οἴχονται πνοαί: ἐχρῆν εἰπεῖν πόσῳ χρόνῳ. τὸ δὲ μητρός κακοήθως καὶ δυσωπητικῶς.  —MBCPrRw, partial Aa

TRANSLATION:  He ought to have said ‘within how much time’ (dative instead of accusative). And (using) the word ‘mother’ (is done) maliciously and in a manner meant to shame and disturb him.

LEMMA: M; πόσον χρόνον δὲ μητρὸς BCPr, πόσον χρόνον Rw      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: s.l. Aa      

APP. CRIT.:   ἐν add. before πόσω Aa   |    τὸ δὲ κτλ om. Aa   |    καὶ om. M   |    δυσωπητικῶς mostly lost to damage Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.146,7–8; Dind. II.133,23–24

COMMENT:   The plain accusative of duration was confusing to some later readers (although it is perfectly idiomatic in classical Greek), as a few of the subsequent scholia show. The claim that the dative πόσῳ χρόνῳ would have been appropriate is slightly odd, since ‘in/within how much time?’ is much more commonly ἐν πόσῳ χρόνῳ than plain πόσῳ χρόνῳ.   

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 421.02 (pllgn rhet) σχῆμα βίαιον  —V3

TRANSLATION:   Powerful/violent schema.

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   This schema is called simply βίαιον in ps.-Hermogenes περὶ εὑρέσεως 3.3 ἔστι καὶ τρίτον εἶδος λύσεως, τὸ παραδοξότατον καὶ ἰσχυρότατον καὶ νικητικώτατον, ὃ καὶ βίαιον κέκληται· γίνεται δέ, ὅταν εἰς τὸ ἐναντίον περιιστάναι δυνώμεθα τὸν λόγον ἐξ αὐτῶν αἱροῦντες τὸν ἀντίδικον, οἷς θαρρῶν εἰσέρχεται. It refers to the entrapment effected by this seemingly harmless question, as described in more detail in sch. 414.05. The phrase σχῆμα βίαιον may reflect the influence of Tzetzes, who uses it in Exeg. in Hom. Il. 355 Papathomopoulos; Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Plut. 590a Massa Positano βίαιον τὸ σχῆμα. See also sch. rec. Arist. Plut. 587a Chantry τοῦτο τὸ σχῆμα λέγε⟨τα⟩ι παρὰ τοῖς ῥήτορσι ‘βίαιον’, ὅταν τις κλέψῃ τι, δοκῶν εἶναι ἐκεῖνο ἀναμφίβολον—καὶ οἷον ἀναπολόγητον—, μᾶλλον ἀπὸ τούτου κρατηθῇ, ὡς νῦν ἡ Πενία, δοκοῦσα λέγειν ἀναμφίβολα, μᾶλλον ἐκ τούτου ἐφάνη μὴ ἔχειν οὕτως.   

KEYWORDS:  σχῆμα βίαιον   


Or. 421.03 (pllgn paraphr) πόσον χρόνον ἔχει ἡ μήτηρ ἐσφαγμένη;  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 421.05 (rec exeg) ⟨πόσον χρόνον⟩: οὕτως σύνταξον· ἐν πόσῳ χρόνῳ ἢ κατὰ πόσον χρόνον  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 421.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πόσον χρόνον⟩: μέχρι τοῦ νῦν χρόνου  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   χρόνου om. Gu   


Or. 422.01 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τόδ’ ἦμαρ⟩: ἤγουν ἡ παροῦσα ἡμέρα  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 422.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἦμαρ⟩: ἐξ οὗ εἰσὶν ἐφθαρμέναι  —XXaXoT+YYfGrZcAa2

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰσὶν om. Aa2, with ἐξ οὗ to left of and ἐφθαρμέναι to right of 422.05 ὑπάρχει (written at different time, probably earlier)   


Or. 422.09 (recThom exeg) ⟨πυρὰ⟩: ὁ τόπος ἐν ᾧ τὸ σῶμα ἐκαύθη  —PrZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Pura’ is) the place in which the body was burned.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ σῶμα om. Pr, transp. after ἐκαύθη Gu   |    ἐκαφθάρη p.c. Zm, a.c. ἐκάφ**   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκάφθη Pr   |   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Zm.   |   


Or. 422.10 (tri metr) ⟨πυρὰ⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 423.01 (vet exeg) ὡς ταχὺ μετῆλθόν σ’: 1διὰ τούτων ἐλέγχει αὐτὸν ὡς ἀθέως πεπραχότα τὸν φόνον, ὅπου γε αἱ μὲν Ἐρινύες εὐθέως τῇ μητρὶ συνεμάχησαν, ὁ δὲ Ἀπόλλων ἀναβάλλεται τὴν συμμαχίαν.  2καὶ ἀνθυποφορά ἐστι τοῦ εἰρημένου ὑπὸ Ὀρέστου [420] ‘τὸ θεῖόν ἐστι τοιοῦτον φύσει’.   —MBVCMnRbRwSSa, partial O

TRANSLATION:   With these words he (Menelaus) refutes him (Orestes), showing that he carried out the killing impiously, inasmuch as the Erinyes immediately fought on the side of his mother while Apollo delays his help. And this is a rejoinder to the objection stated by Orestes: ‘The divine is such by nature’.

LEMMA: MRw(σε), ὡς ταχὺ μετῆλθον VMnSSa, ὡς ταχὺ Rb      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: between 425.03 and 427.01 C      

APP. CRIT.:   1 διὰ τούτων] καὶ διὰ τοῦ εἰπεῖν δὲ ὡς (δὲ ὡς om. Pr) ταχὺ μετῆλθον σε BPr, καὶ διὰ τούτων VMnRbSSa, om. O   |    αὐτὸν om. Sa   |    ἀθεεὶ VMnRbS, θεοὶ Sa   |    τὸν φόνον om. Sa   |    ὅπου γε … συμμαχίαν om. O, but sep. s.l. (at θεαί) ὁ Ἀπόλλων δὲ ἀναβάλλεται    |    γε om. Pr   |    ἀπόλλων] ἥλιος VMnRbSSa   |    2 καὶ ἀνθυπ. κτλ om. SSa, καὶ om. O   |    ἀνυποφορά V   |    ἐστι om. Rw   |    τὸ εἰρημένον C, πρὸς τὸ εἰρημένον O, τὰ εἰρημένα V (after this sch., punct. as if a sch., Pr has γρ. ἀν⟨θ⟩υποφορὰ ἐστὶ τὰ εἰρημένα)   |    ὑπὸ] παρὰ τοῦ Pr   |    τῆ φύσει Rw, φύσει τοιοῦτον transp. Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐλλέχει Rb   |    ἀθεεῖ Rb, accent lost to damage Mn   |    πεπρακότα MnS   |    ἐριννύες VMnPrRwSa   |    συμαχίαν S   |    2 ἀνθ’ ὑποφορά M   |    ἐστὶν M (both places)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.146,9–13; Dind. II.133,24–134,2

KEYWORDS:  ἀνθυποφορά   


Or. 423.02 (mosch paraphr) λίαν ταχέως ἤγουν τάχιστα ἐτιμωρήσαντό σε διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa

POSITION: s.l. except Xo; TZc treat this as two separate items, dividing after ταχέως (a second cross before ἤγουν T); Gr as three, dividing after ταχέως and τάχιστα, Aa as three, dividing after ταχέως and ἐτιμ.; G separates λίαν      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν τάχιστα om. AaGZc   |    ἐτιμώρησαν Aa   |   σε om. AaG   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.134,11–12


Or. 423.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς⟩: (?)[ἐν] εἰρων(είᾳ)(?)  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   damage (wormhole), and possibly the gloss was crossed out   

KEYWORDS:  εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς   


Or. 423.07 (thom exeg) ⟨μετῆλθον⟩: 1τὸ μετῆλθον, εἰ μὲν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐτιμωρήσαντο εἴπῃς, εὐθεῖαν τὸ αἷμα νοήσεις, οὕτω· 2 λίαν ταχὺ ἐτιμωρήσαντο σὲ αἱ θεαὶ, τὸ αἷμα καὶ ὁ φόνος τῆς μητρός.  3εἰ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπῄτησαν, αἰτιατικὴν οὕτω·  4λίαν ταχέως ἀπῄτησαν σὲ αἱ θεαὶ τὸ αἷμα καὶ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρός.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   If you interpret ‘they pursued’ in the sense ‘they punished’, then you will interpret ‘blood’ as nominative case (in apposition), as follows: very swiftly the goddesses, the blood and killing of your mother, punished you. But if (you interpret it) as ‘they demanded back’, (take it as) accusative, as follows: very swiftly the goddesses demanded back from you the blood and killing of your mother.

REF. SYMBOL: all except Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸ μετ. … αἷμα lost to trimming Zl   |    τοὶ μὲν μετῆλθον Zb   |    εἴποις ZbTGu   |    3 οὕτω om. ZZa, s.l. add. Z   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 οὕτως Za   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.134,7–11


Or. 423.14 (rec exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: ὑπὲρ αἵματος  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 423.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: διὰ τὸν φόνον  —Xo2GuZl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 423.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἕνεκεν τοῦ αἵματος  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.134,13


Or. 424.01 (vet exeg) οὐ σοφός: 1οὐ σοφὸς διαρρήδην μοι ὀνειδίζων τῆς μητρὸς τὸ αἷμα, ἀληθὴς δέ.  2ἀληθεύει γὰρ διὰ τὸν φόνον ἀμύνεσθαι αὐτὸν τὰς Ἐρινύας.   —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSa, partial O

TRANSLATION:   (You are) not wise/clever openly reproaching me for my mother’s bloodshed, but you are truthful. For he (Menelaus) states truly that the Erinyes are avenging him because of the murder.

LEMMA: MBVCRb, οὐ σοφόν app. Rw      REF. SYMBOL: BVRbSa      POSITION: intermarg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐ σοφὸς om. OVRw, after οὐ σοφὸς add. εἷ BPr, add. ὑπάρχεις MnSSa, ὑπάρχ() Rb   |    ὀνειδίζων μοι transp. MnRbSSa, ὀνειδίζει (om. μοι) Rw   |    τὸ αἷμα τῆς μητρὸς transp. OVMnRbSSa, τὸ τῆς μητρὸς αἷμα Rw   |    ἀληθὲς Rw   |    2 ἀληθ. κτλ om. O   |    ἀληθεύειν V, ἀληθεὶς δὲ φόνου δοτικὴ· ἀληθεύεις Mn, ἀληθὲς Schw.   |    γὰρ] om. VMn   |    λέγων add. after γάρ BRw, after φόνον Pr   |    ἀμύνασθαι PrRwSSa   |    αὐτὸν om. Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἐρίννυας MnPrRwSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.146,14–16; Dind. II.134,15–17

COLLATION NOTES:  Entire note written by rubr. in Sa.   


Or. 424.02 (rec exeg) οὐ σοφὸς: 1πρὸς ὃ κλαπεὶς ὁ Ὀρέστης εἰς κολακείαν αὐτοῦ προὔθετο τὸ ‘οὐ σοφὸς, ἀληθὴς δ’ εἰς φίλους ἔφυς κακός’.  2τοῦτο δὲ τὸ ἔπος ἐναντιοφανές ἐστιν.  3ἐναντιοφανῆ δὲ λέγεται τὰ ῥητὰ τὰ μὴ τῇ ἄνωθεν ἑαυτῶν {τῆ ἀπάτη} κειμένῃ φράσει συναρμοζόμενα, νοήματι δὲ ἢ συντάξει θεραπευόμενα.  4σκόπει γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς ὕβριν ἐστὶ τοῦ Μενελάου τὸ οὕτως εἰπεῖν ‘οὐ σοφὸς ἔφυς, ἀληθὴς δὲ καὶ τέλειος κακὸς εἰς τοὺς φίλους’ καί που δέον τὸν ἱκέτην ὑβρίζειν τὸν ἱκετευόμενον.  5θεραπεύεται δὲ τὸ ἔπος τῇ συντάξει οὕτως·  6οὐ σοφὸς κακὸς εἰς φίλους ἔφυς, ἀληθὴς δὲ ἔφυς σοφός.  7τὸ δὲ νόημα τοιοῦτον· σοφὸς μὲν ἀληθὴς λέγεται ὁ ὄντως σοφός, σοφὸς δὲ κακὸς ὁ σοφιστὴς καὶ ἀπατεὼν καὶ πιθανολογούμενος.  8λέγει τοίνυν αὐτῷ κολακικῶς ὅτι ⟨οὐκ⟩ ἐσόφισάς με, ὦ Μενέλαε, εἰπόντα βραδὺ εἶναι τὸ θεῖον πρὸς συνασπισμὸν ἀντειπὼν ‘ὡς ταχὺ μετῆλθόν σ’ αἷμα μητέρος θεαί’, σὺ δὲ ἀληθὴς εἶ σοφὸς, οὐ κακὸς σοφὸς εἰς φίλους, ἤγουν διὰ τῆς σοφιστείας καὶ πιθανότητος πλανήτης τῶν φίλων.   —VRw

TRANSLATION:   Tricked in relation to this (the sophistic move in the preceding lines 421–423), to flatter him (Menelaus), Orestes offered the reply ‘not wise, but you are a true villain toward your friends/kin’. This verse is one with an apparent contradiction. We speak of as apparently contradictory the utterances that do not fit with the phrase positioned before them, but are ameliorated by thought or construal. For observe that it is insulting to Menelaus to put it this way, ‘You are not wise, but a true and complete villain toward your friends/kin’, as if it were the proper thing for the suppliant to abuse the one he supplicates. But the verse is ameliorated by the construal as follows: ‘You are not a clever villain toward your friends, but you are a true wise man’. The thought is like this: One who is really wise is called a true wise man, but the sophist and deceiver and speaker of mere plausibilities is called a clever villain. So he (Orestes) is saying to him (Menelaus) by way of flattery: You did not trip me up sophistically, Menelaus, after I said that the divine is slow to help out, by retorting ‘How quickly the goddesses pursued you for the bloodshed of your mother’, but you are a true wise man, not a clever villain toward your friends, in other words, not one who misleads his friends with sophistry and plausibility.

LEMMA: Rw, ἄλλως V      POSITION: follows out-of-sequence 427.01 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πρὸς ὃ Schw., πρὸς ὃν VRw   |    κλαπεὶς] τραπεὶς Rw   |    after εἰς add. οὐ Rw, but crossed out   |    τὸ om. Rw   |    3 λέγονται Rw   |    τὰ ῥήματα Rw   |    τῇ Schwartz, τοῖς V, om. Rw   |    ἄνωθεν ἑαυτῶν τῆ ἀπάτη del. Schw., τῆ ἀπάτη del. Mastr.   |    ἑαυτῶν] Rw, p.c. V (ἑα written over τη)   |    δὲ transp. before νοήματι Rw (punct. at φράσει)   |    4 καί που] Mastr., καὶ ποῦ VRw   |    δεῖ Rw   |    6 second σοφός] κακός Rw   |    7 τὸ add. before τοιοῦτον Rw   |    8 λέγει τοίνυν κτλ om. Rw   |    ⟨οὐκ⟩ Schw.   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.146,17–147,2; Dind. II.134,18–135,5

COMMENT:   A continuation of sch. 414.05 above. For discussion see Prelim. Stud. 201–203 (but I now consider interrogative ποῦ δέον worthy of more consideration; ποῦ δεῖ is attractive but likely to be secondary).   

KEYWORDS:  ἐναντιοφανές   


Or. 424.03 (rec rhet) σχῆμα ἐναντιοφανές  —FPr

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   σχῆμα om. F   

KEYWORDS:  ἐναντιοφανές   


Or. 424.04 (pllgn rhet) 1οὐ σοφὸς κακὸς ἔφυς εἰς τοὺς φίλους, ἀληθὴς δὲ σοφὸς ἔφυς.  2ἔστι δὲ τὸ σχῆμα ἐναντιοφανές.  3ἐναντιοφανὲς ἐστι τὸ ἄλλως λεγόμενον καὶ ἄλλως θεραπευόμενον κατά τε νοῦν καὶ σύνταξιν.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   You are not a clever villain toward your friends, but a true wise man. The schema is apparent contradiction. An apparent contradiction is that which is spoken one way and ameliorated another way in sense and construal.

APP. CRIT.:   2 ἀντιοφανὲς Y2   

KEYWORDS:  ἐναντιοφανές   


Or. 424.05 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφός⟩: πανοῦργος ὡς σχηματίζεσθαι μὲν φιλίαν, τὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν δὲ φρονεῖν.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Malicious so as to pretend friendship, but to have the intentions that enemies would have.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.135,12


Or. 424.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφὸς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ κρύφιος ἀλλὰ διάδηλος  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.16 (thom exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφός⟩: 1ὀνειδίζοντος Μενελάου Ὀρέστην, φησὶν οὗτος πρὸς αὐτὸν·  2ἐπεὶ διαρρήδην ἡμᾶς ὀνειδίζεις, οὐ σοφὸς εἶ,  3ἀληθὴς δὲ κακός, ἀληθὴς μὲν ὡς οὐδὲν ὧν κατ’ ἐμοῦ λέγεις ψευδῶς λέγων (ἀληθεύεις γὰρ διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς μητρὸς λέγων ἀμύνασθαι τὰς Ἐριννύας ἐμέ), κακὸς δὲ ὡς ἐναργῶς ὀνειδίζων.  4ἐχρῆν γάρ σε χρωματίζοντα τοὺς λόγους ἐκφέρειν πρὸς παραμυθίαν, ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς λύπην, εἴπερ σοφὸς ἦσθα κακός.  5νῦν δὲ ἀφ’ ὧν ποιεῖς ἀναφανδὸν δεικνύεις τὴν σεαυτοῦ κακίαν.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   When Menelaus reproaches Orestes, the latter says to him: Since you reproach me openly, you are not clever, but a truthful villain, truthful in that you are saying falsely nothing that you say against me—for you speak truly when you say the Erinyes are avenging me because of the murder of my mother—, but villainous in that you are reproaching me in very clear terms. For you should have colored your words and pronounced them with a view to consolation rather than to causing pain, if you were a clever villain. But now by what you are doing you manifestly show your own villainy.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZmT      

APP. CRIT.:   3 μὲν] δὲ ZbZl   |    ὧν om. Gu   |    first λέγων erased in Gu   |    ἀληθεύεις … ἐμέ om. ZZaT   |    τῆς μητρὸς om. ZlZmGu   |    ἀμύνεσθαι ZbZl   |    5 νῦν δὲ κτλ. Za, om. others   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 second λέγων] γων Zb   |    4 σοφῶς Zl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.135,6–10


Or. 424.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφός⟩:  1ὑπάρχεις διότι με ἐλέγχεις, ὅμως δὲ ἀληθὴς ὑπάρχεις.  2εἰς τοὺς φίλους δὲ ἔφυς κακὸς.   —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  1 (first) ὐπάρχω a.c. Zu   |    ἐλέγχως Zu (app. not corrected)   


Or. 424.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφὸς⟩: ὑπάρχεις ἐν τῷ ὀνειδίζειν με  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.19 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀληθὴς δ’⟩: κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἦς φίλος.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.20 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀληθὴς δ’⟩: ἀλλὰ ὀρθῶς, ἀλλ’ ἰθὺς  —S

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀλλὰ] ἀλλα S   |   

COMMENT:   It is unclear whether the adverbs were intended to paraphrase adjectival ἀληθὴς or originated in a text that had ἀληθῶς δ’ in the line (as Bothe and Paley conjectured here).   


Or. 424.22 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀληθὴς⟩: ὀρθὸς κατ’ ἀλήθειαν —AbMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   κατ’ ἀλήθ. om. R   |   


Or. 424.30 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰπὼν κακῶς⟩: ἔφυς κακός  —Y

LEMMA: thus in text Y       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.31 (rec exeg) ⟨εἰς φίλους κακὸς⟩: ἔφυς  —Mn

LEMMA: ἔφυς om. in text Mn       POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.36 (tri exeg) ⟨ἔφυς⟩: γρ. εἰπὼν  —T

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘ephus’, ‘you are’) the reading ‘eipōn’ (‘having spoken’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 424.37 (tri metr) ⟨ἔφυς⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 424.38 (rec exeg) ⟨κακὸς⟩: ἔλεγχος  —AbMnRSSar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 424.39 (rec exeg) ⟨κακός⟩: σοφὸς κακὸς, ὁ ἀπατεών  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 425.01 (vet exeg) πατρὸς δὲ δὴ τί σ’ ὠφελεῖ τιμωρία: 1ἐν ἐρωτήσει ὁ λόγος ἀντὶ τοῦ   2τὸ τῆς ἀναιρέσεως τοῦ πατρὸς τιμωρίαν σε λαμβάνοντα φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα τί δύναται συνάρασθαί σοι πρὸς τὸ μηδὲν παθεῖν ὡς φονέα;  3ἢ οὐ προέστη σου ὁ πατὴρ, ὥστε ἀποσοβῆσαι τὰς Ἐρινύας;   —MVCRw

TRANSLATION:   The line is interrogative, meaning: As for the fact that you killed your mother because you were exacting vengeance for the killing of your father, what force does that have to assist you toward not suffering anything as a murderer? Or; Did not your father protect you and frighten off the Erinyes?

LEMMA: MC(δή τις), πατρὸς δέ δὴ τίς V, πατρὸς δὲ δὴ Rw      REF. SYMBOL: V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τοῦ om. C   |    2 τὸ om. MCRw, transp. after πατρὸς V, placed here by Schw.   |    τῆς om. M   |    λαβόντα C   |    τί Schw., τίς all   |    συνάρασθαί (B next sch.)] συναρέσθαι V, συνερᾶσθαί MCRw   |    3 πρόσεστί V, προέστημεν Rw   |    σου (B next sch.)] σοι MVC, om. Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἐριννύας Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,4-8; Dind. II.135,17–19


Or. 425.02 (vet exeg) πατρὸς δὲ δὴ τί σ’ ὠφελεῖ: 1ἐν ἐρωτήσει ὁ λόγος· ὠφελεῖ τί σε ἡ εἰς τὸν πατέρα γενομένη ἐκδικία;  2ἢ οὕτως· οὐ προέστη σου ὁ πατὴρ, ὥστε ἀποσοβῆσαι τὰς Ἐρινύας;  3ἄλλως· τῆς ἀναιρέσεως τοῦ πατρὸς τιμωρίαν σοῦ λαμβάνοντος τὸ φονεῦσαι τὴν μητέρα τί δύναται συνάρασθαί σοι πρὸς τὸ μηδὲν παθεῖν ὡς φονέα;  —BPr

TRANSLATION:   The line is interrogative: What benefit is it to you that vengeance occurred for your father? Or like this: Did not your father protect you and frighten off the Erinyes? Another way: As for the fact that you killed your mother because you were exacting vengeance for the killing of your father, what force does that have to assist you toward not suffering anything as a murderer?

REF. SYMBOL: B      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐκδικίαι B   |    3 σοῦ λαμβ. τὸ] συλλαμβ. τοῦ Pr   |    τί Schw., τίς BPr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,4-8 app.; Dind. II.135,15–19


Or. 425.03 (vet exeg) πατρὸς δὲ δὴ τί σ’ ὠφελεῖ τιμωρία: 1οἱ Ἀττικοὶ προπαροξύνουσι μόνον τὸ τιμώρια⟨ι⟩.  2τὸ δὲ ⟨δη⟩ τι σ’ ἄμεινον βαρύνειν· δὴ τί σ’.   —MBCPrRwLp

TRANSLATION:   Attic-speakers accent the antepenult only of the (nominative plural) ‘timōriai’ (whereas the other cases are accented on the penult). The sequence ‘dē ti’ is better accented with a grave (on the first word), (that is) ‘dḕ tí s’ ’ (with interrogative ‘ti’; not with acute on ‘dē’ and indefinite ‘ti’).

LEMMA: πατρὸς δὲ δὴ τίς ὠφελεῖ M(δή τίς)C, πατρὸς δέ Lp      REF. SYMBOL: Lp      POSITION: marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:   τὸ δὲ τιμωρία prep. BPr   |    οἱ om. MCRw   |    μόνον τὸ Mastr., μόνον τοῦτο MCLp, τοῦτο μόνον transp. Rw, om. BPr, del. Schw.   |    τιμώρια⟨ι⟩ Mastr.   |    2 τὸ δὲ] καὶ τὸ B, καὶ Pr   |    ⟨δη⟩ Schw.   |    τίς σ’ ἄμ. B, τίς σε ἄμ. Pr, τίς ἄμ. MCRwLp   |    βαρύ() B, βαρυτονοῦσι Pr   |    δὴ τί σ’ Schw., δή τις σ’ BPr, δή τίς MLp, δή τις CRw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τιμωρια or τιμωρία Rw, τιμωρία Pr, τιμώρα Lp   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,9–10; Dind. II.135,20–21

COMMENT:   See the comment on 261.12.   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικοί   


Or. 425.04 (vet exeg) ἐν ἐρωτήσει ἀναγνωστέον.  —MC

TRANSLATION:   One should read (this) as a question.

POSITION: M s.l., C intermarg.      


Or. 425.05 (rec paraphr) ἕνεκεν τῆς τιμωρίας τοῦ πατρὸς τί ὠφελήθης;  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 425.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σ’⟩: ἢ σὲ ἢ σοί· τὸ γὰρ ὠφελῶ καὶ πρὸς δοτικὴν συντάσσεται ὡς ἔχει καὶ τὸ τοῦ Αἰσχύλου [Aesch. Pers. 842] ‘ὡς τοῖς θανοῦσι χρήματ’ οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ’. ἔστι δὲ καὶ πρόσθεν μικρὸν [402] εἰς τὸ παρὸν δρᾶμα.  —Zm

TRANSLATION:   (The unelided form of ‘you’ is) either (accusative) ‘se’ or (dative) ‘soi’. For the verb ‘ōphelō’ is construed also with the dative, as is shown in the line of Aeschylus ‘since money is no benefit to the dead’. It is found also a little earlier in the present play.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   δράμα Zm   |   

COMMENT:   The text of Aeschylus has πλοῦτος, not χρήματ’, although G. Hermann in his edition II.246 notes that χρήματ’ is found in his Cantabr. 1 [= Lc of modern editions, Bibl. Univ. Nn.III.17A]; see also Sch. Thom. Or. 681, Sch. Thom. Aesch. Prom. 342 Smyth, Sch. Thom. Soph. Ant. 560 (Squire), and Thom. Mag. Ecloga 408, 12 Ritschl.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Aeschylus   


Or. 425.12 (tri metr) ⟨τιμωρία⟩: long marks over first iota and over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 426.01 (pllgn paraphr) ἀκμὴν οὐκ ἐβοήθησε μοι ὁ πατήρ μου. τὸ μέλλον δὲ ἴσον ὑπάρχει τῇ ἀπραξίᾳ. οὕτως ὑπάρχει τὸ μέλλον ὡς ἄπρακτον.  —Y2


Or. 426.02 (mosch paraphr) οὔπω ὠφέλησε, μέλλει δὲ ὠφελήσειν δηλονότι.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcAa

POSITION: s.l. except XXo; GZc as two sep. notes      

APP. CRIT.:  μᾶλλον δὲ ὠφελήσει T   |    δηλονότι] ἀρτίως Aa2, om. GZc (both separating into two parts)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὠφέλησιν Aa2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.135,23–24


Or. 426.08 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐ⟩: οὔπω  —Rf

LEMMA: οὐ in text Rf      POSITION: marg.      


Or. 426.17 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἴσον ἀπραξίᾳ λέγω⟩: ἐπίσης τῇ ἀποτυχίᾳ νομίζω.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 426.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λέγω⟩: λείπει τὸ οὔ.  —V2/3Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   In V this is added above ἀπραξίᾳ, while in Y it is above λέγω (but the space above ἀπραξίᾳ was already taken by two glosses). The intention of this analysis is opaque, but perhaps it is a morally inspiring interpretation, turning Orestes’ despairing comment into an expression of hope. See the note on the next sch.   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 426.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λέγω⟩: ἢ εἰς τὸ λέγω ὑποδιαστολή (or ‑στέλλεται?) / καὶ λαμβάνεται ἀντὶ τοῦ λέξ[ω]  —B3d

TRANSLATION:   Or (interpret as follows): a minor pause is marked before ‘I say’, and the word is taken as equivalent to ‘I will say’.

REF. SYMBOL: B3d      POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὑποδιαστέλλεται] or perhaps ὑποδιαστολή (ending is obscured in images by the curvature of the binding)   

COMMENT:   Among the many mss I have checked, I find that Y2 has added punctuation before λέγω in Y, and in F there is a mark that may be punctuation added in the ink of F scholia (or it may not be punctuation or not ink, since F contains stray marks and stains here and there).    |   This recommendation may make some sense if the interpreter is viewing τὸ μέλλον δ’ ἴσον ἀπραξίᾳ as parenthetic, so that the main sentence is οὔπω λέξω, ‘I will not yet say (that it helps)’.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original B 35v.   |   


Or. 426.27 (pllgn gram) ἀργὸν τὸ δῶρον, ματαία ἡ χάρις  —Yf

TRANSLATION:   The gift is ineffective (or slow?), the favor in vain.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.136,2

COMMENT:   The note sounds proverbial, and while the first half seems unparalleled, Arethas confirms the proverbial status of the second part in Scripta minora, Opus 38, 294,11–16 ἢ οὐκ οἶσθα τὸ σοφὸν τοῦτο καὶ χαριεντισμοῦ πλῆρες γράμμα, ὅ φησιν οὕτως· ‘ὠκεῖαι χάριτες γλυκερώτεραι· ἢν δὲ βραδύνῃ, / πᾶσα χάρις κενεή, μηδὲ λέγοιτο χάρις’· καὶ τὸ δημῶδες τοῦτο ‘βραδεῖα δόσις, ματαία χάρις’. The juncture ματαία χάρις is also attested in Theognis 105 and Aesch. Agam. 422, and a few times in Christian authors.    


Or. 427.01 (vet exeg) τὰ πρὸς πόλιν δὲ πῶς ἔχεις: πονηρῶς πάλιν ἐρωτᾷ, ἵνα, εἰ μὲν εὐμενεῖς ἔχει τοὺς πολίτας, ἀφέξηται τοῦ ἐπιχειρήματος, εἰ δὲ ἐχθραίνοντας, ἐπιθέμενος κρατήσῃ.  —MBOVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Maliciously again he asks the question, so that, if he (Orestes) has the citizens favorably disposed toward him, he (Menelaus) may refrain from his attempt against him, but if (the citizens) hate (Orestes), he may attack him and overpower him.

LEMMA: M, τὰ πρὸς πόλιν δὲ πῶς ἔχεις δράσας BCPr(δράσας ἔχεις transp.), πρὸς πόλιν δὲ V, τὰ πρὸς πόλιν Rw      REF. SYMBOL: BV      POSITION: between 424.01 and 424.02 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   εἰ μὲν om. V   |    εὐμενὲς V   |    ἔχη VC   |    ἀφέξεται BOVC, ἀφίξεται Rw   |    ἐχθραίν. ἐπιθέμενος] διἐχθραίνοντας ἔπει (sic) V   |    κρατήσειν C, κρατήσει O, κρατήσ() Rw, κρατ(ῆ)σ() V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,11–13; Dind. II.136,5–7


Or. 427.02 (rec paraphr) ὁποῖα δὲ ἐστὶ τὰ πρὸς πόλιν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁποῖος Mn   |    πρὸς λόγους Mn   |   


Or. 427.03 (rec paraphr) πράξας σὺ ταῦτα πῶς ἔχουν οἱ πολῖται ⟨πρὸς⟩ σὲ.  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πολίται Mn   |   


Or. 427.04 (thom paraphr) τουτέστι πῶς διάκεινται περὶ σὲ οἱ πολῖται τὸν τῆς μητρὸς ἐργασάμενον φόνον.  —ZaZbZlZmTGu

REF. SYMBOL: T      POSITION: s.l. except T      

APP. CRIT.:  τουτέστι] ἤγουν Gu   |    πρὸς σὲ Za   |    φόνον ἐργασ. transp. Za   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.136,3–5


Or. 427.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔχεις δράσας τάδε⟩: γρ. ἔχει δράσαντος σοῦ  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 427.16 (tri metr) ⟨δράσας⟩: long mark over first alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 428.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὥστε μὴ προσεννέπειν⟩: καὶ τόσον ὅσον μὴ ἐστὶ δυνατὸν εἰπεῖν  —AbRaSSar

POSITION: s.l. except Ra      


Or. 428.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὥστε μὴ προσεννέπειν⟩: ὡς μηδὲ συλλαλεῖν  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 428.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μὴ προσεννέπειν⟩: μὴ προσαγορεύειν ἡμᾶς ποτε  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This is a slight modification of 428.10.   


Or. 428.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨προσεννέπειν⟩: προσαγορεύειν ἡμᾶς τινα  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  τινὰ ἡμᾶς transp. Zc   

COMMENT:   See also G’s modification 428.05.   


Or. 428.11 (thom paraphr) ⟨προσεννέπειν⟩: προσφθέγγεσθαι τινὰ τῶν πολιτῶν ἡμᾶς  —ZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  -φθέγγηται Zb   


Or. 429.01 (vet exeg) οὐδ’ ἥγνισαι σὸν αἷμα: 1νόμος γὰρ ἀποκαθαίρεσθαι τοὺς ἐμφύλιον φόνον πεπραχότας.  2ὁ δὲ νοῦς· οὐκ ἐκαθάρθης ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑπὸ σοῦ πεπραγμένου φόνου.  3ἢ σὸν αἷμα ἀντὶ τοῦ συγγενικὸν φόνον.   —MVCRbRw, partial MnSY2

TRANSLATION:   For it was the custom/law that those who had committed kin-murder be ritually purified. The sense (runs): You have not been cleansed from the murder carried out by you. Or else ‘your blood’ means ‘kindred bloodshed’.

LEMMA: M(ἤγν.)C, οὐδ’ ἥγνισαι V(ἤγν.)Rb, οὐδ’ ἥγνισται MnRw      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: marg. S      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀποκαθαίρεσθαι] αὐτοῖς καθαίρεσθαι V, αὐτοῖς καθαιρεῖσθαι RbS, αὐτοῖς καθαρεῖσθαι Mn   |    ἐμφυλίους φόνους S, ἐμφίλους φόνους Mn   |    φόνον] πόλεμον VCRbRw   |    πεπραχότας] δρῶντας Rw   |    2–3 ὁ δὲ νοῦς κτλ om. MnSY2   |    ὁ δὲ νοῦς om. Rw   |    πεπραγμ.] γενομένου Rw   |    3 ἢ σὸν αἷμα om. Rb   |    ἢ om. V   |    τοῦ om. C   |    συγγενῆ VRb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 πεπραμένα app. Rb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,14–17; Dind. II.126,11–14


Or. 429.02 (vet exeg) 1τὸ δὲ οὐδ’ ἥγνισαι σὸν αἷμα φησὶν ἐπειδὴ νόμος ἀποκαθαίρεσθαι τὸν ἐμφύλιον δράσαντα φόνον.  2ὁ δὲ νοῦς· οὐκ ἐκαθάρθης ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑπὸ σοῦ πεπραγμένου φόνου.  3ἢ σὸν αἷμα ἀντὶ τοῦ συγγενικὸν.   —BPr

TRANSLATION:   He says ‘have you not even been purified of your blood-pollution’ since it was the custom/law that the one who had done kin-murder be ritually purified. The sense runs: You have not been cleansed from the murder carried out by you. Or else ‘your blood’ means ‘kindred bloodshed’.

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐδ’ om. Pr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,14–17 app.; Dind. II.136,11–14 app.


Or. 429.03 (vet exeg) νόμος γὰρ ἐκκαθαίρεσθαι τοὺς ἐμφύλιον φόνον δράσαντας.  —MOC

TRANSLATION:   For it was a custom for those who have done kin-murder to be ritually purified.

POSITION: s.l. MC      

APP. CRIT.:  φόνον] νόμον M, πόλεμον O   |    δρῶντας O   


Or. 429.04 (mosch paraphr) οὐδὲ ἐκαθάρθης κατὰ τοὺς νόμους τὸν φόνον τῶν σῶν χειρῶν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except XXoT; spaced as three sep. glosses G      

APP. CRIT.:   κατὰ τοὺς νόμους om. G   |   σῶν om. YfZc   

APP. CRIT. 2:   οὐδ’ GZc   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.136,10–11


Or. 429.05 (thom exeg) οὐκ ἐκαθάρθης εἰς τὸν φόνον ὃν ἐποίησας, καθώς ἐστι νόμος καθαίρεσθαι τοὺς φονεῖς τὰς χεῖρας τὰς ἐργασαμένας τὸν φόνον.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   You have not been cleansed in regard to the murder which you did, according to the law/custom that murderers purify the hands that accomplished the murder.

REF. SYMBOL: all (at ἥγνισαι) except Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐκ] οὐδ’ Zb, οὐδὲ Zl   |    καθά ZZa   

APP. CRIT. 2:   νόμως Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.136,15–17


Or. 429.06 (pllgn exeg) νόμος γὰρ ἦν αὐτοῖς τοὺς ἐμφύλιον πεπραχότας φόνον καθαγνίζεσθαι.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐμφύλιον] ἀμφὶ Zu   


Or. 429.10 (rec exeg) ⟨σὸν αἷμα⟩: τοῦ σοῦ αἵματος, ἀντίπτωσις, ἀντὶ τοῦ παρὰ σοῦ πεπραγμένου φόνου.  —AbMnS

TRANSLATION:   Of your (act of) bloodshed; antiptosis (exchange of cases, accusative for genitive) equivalent to ‘of the murder performed by you’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Mn   |    περὶ Mn (S ambig.)   |    φόν. om. Mn (or hidden in binding)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πεπταγμένον (πεφρα‑ a.c.) Mn   |   

KEYWORDS:  ἀντίπτωσις   


Or. 429.13 (rec exeg) ⟨σὸν αἷμα⟩: ἤτοι ἀπὸ τοῦ συγγενικοῦ φόνου  —V3K

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὑπὸ V3   |    φόνου om. K   


Or. 429.14 (thom exeg) ⟨σὸν αἷμα⟩: ἤγουν ὅνπερ ἔδρασας φόνον  —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Your bloodshed’), that is, the murder you carried out.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν om. ZmGu   |    οὗπερ … φόνου T   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.136,17


Or. 429.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σὸν αἷμα⟩: ἤγουν τὸν φόνον ὃν σὺ πεποίηκας  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 429.19 (rec exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: διὰ  —V3PrXo

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἢ διὰ τὸ Pr   


Or. 429.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἷμα⟩: διὰ τὸ μητρικὸν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 429.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κατὰ νόμους⟩: καὶ καθὼς νόμιμον ὑπάρχει  —Xo

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 429.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νόμους⟩: νόμον  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 430.01 (pllgn paraphr) εἰς οἷον δὲ οἶκον ἔλθω, οὐκ ἐῶσι με ἐντὸς εἰσελθεῖν· καὶ πῶς μέλλω ἁγνισθῆναι;  —Y2


Or. 430.02 (pllgnTri exeg) ⟨ἐκκλείομαι γὰρ⟩: οὐχί  —Aa2XYfZcTGu

TRANSLATION:  (Supply) ‘no’ (before this sentence).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  οὐ Gu, a.c. T   

COMMENT:   This (obvious) gloss certainly is attested in witnesses that carry many Moschopulean glosses, but its absence from XaXbXoGr along with the lack of a cross in T have led to its being classified not as Moschopulean, but as in a category shared with 30 other glosses in Or. 1–500, where Triclinius has a gloss that is not attested in at least two other standard Thoman sources but is shared with Palaeologan witnesses that have eclectic collections of glosses.   


Or. 430.05 (mosch gram) ἐκκλείομαι: ἐκβάλλεται ὁ ἔνδον ὤν, ἐκκλείεται δὲ ὁ μὴ εἰσελθεῖν συγχωρούμενος.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfG

TRANSLATION:   A person who is inside is (said to be) cast out, but one who is not allowed to enter is (said to be) shut out.

LEMMA: G(add. γὰρ)      REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. XaXbYYf      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἔνδων Y   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.136,20–21

COMMENT:   This is possibly a place where Moschopulus is reacting to an inferior gloss in the previous teaching tradition (430.03), or even a rare instance in which he is (modestly) indicating a choice between available readings of the text (since some recentiores have ἐκβάλλομαι).   


Or. 430.06 (thom paraphr) ⟨ἐκκλείομαι⟩: ἔξω κλείομαι καὶ οὐκ ἐῶμαι εἰσελθεῖν.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   I am shut outside and I am not allowed to enter.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. Zm   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.136,19


Or. 430.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκβάλλομαι⟩: ἐκ⟨κ⟩λείομαι  —S

LEMMA: this in text S      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 430.19 (thom exeg) ⟨μόλω⟩: ἐπὶ τὸ ἁγνισθῆναι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘I go’, namely,) to be given purification.

POSITION: s.l.; cont. from 430.06 Zl      

APP. CRIT.:  τῷ ZbZlT   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.136,20


Or. 431.04 (tri metr) ⟨πολιτῶν⟩: long mark over iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 431.05 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνταί σε γῆς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ φιλονεικοῦσιν, ἐκβαλεῖν σε τῆς γῆς σπουδάζοντες.  —MBVC

TRANSLATION:   In the sense ‘they strive bitterly, eagerly seeking to exile you from the land’.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B; cont. from prev. 431.08 BV      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀντὶ τοῦ om. BV, τοῦ om. C   |    ἐκβαλεῖν] C, ἐκβάλλειν M, ἐκβάλλ[ B (ending illegible on images), ἐκβάλλουσι V   |    τῆς om. V   |    σπουδάζ(ου)σ(ι) V (σπουδ corr. from σπουξ)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,18–19; Dind. II.136,23–24

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original B.   |   


Or. 431.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται σε γῆς⟩: ἐκβάλλουσι σε γῆς  —OSarGY2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  σε γῆς om. SarG, γῆς om. Y2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.137,2–3


Or. 431.07 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνταί σε γῆς⟩: ἐκβαλεῖν τῆς γῆς σπεύδουσιν  —XXaXbXoT+YfGrZc

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  σπεύδ. ἐκβ. transp. Zc, om. τῆς γῆς   


Or. 431.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐξαμιλλῶνται⟩: ὡς ἔοικε γὰρ, τρέχων ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἁμιλλῶνται οἱ πόδες, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀγωνίζονται τίς μέλλει ἔρχεσθαι ἔμπροσθεν. ὅθεν καὶ ἅμιλλα ἡ μετὰ σπουδῆς φυγή.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   For, as it appears, when a person is running, his feet compete against each other, in the sense that they contest which one is going to go in front (of the other). Whence flight made in haste can also be (called) ‘competition’.

COMMENT:   I have added the comma after γὰρ and translated on the assumption that ἄνθρωπος is not the subject of ἔοικε (which would give a clumsy construction), but a nominativus pendens or (in Byzantine vernacular terms) nominative absolute participial phrase.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 432.01 (vet exeg) Οἴαξ τὸ Τροίας μῖσος: 1Ναυπλίου καὶ Κλυμένης τῆς Κατρέως ἐγένοντο Οἴαξ καὶ Παλαμήδης.  2ὁ δὲ Παλαμήδης ἀπελθὼν εἰς Τροίαν τὰ μέγιστα ὤνησε τὸν Ἑλληνικὸν λαόν.  3λιμωσσόντων γὰρ ἐν Αὐλίδι καὶ περὶ τὴν διανομὴν τοῦ σίτου δυσχεραινόντων τε καὶ στασιαζόντων, πρῶτον μὲν τὰ Φοινίκια διδάξας γράμματα αὐτοὺς ἴσην καὶ ἀνεπίληπτον τὴν διανομὴν ἐν τούτοις ἐπραγματεύσατο.  4ἔπειτα καὶ περὶ κύβους ἔτρεψεν αὐτῶν τὴν ὀλιγωρίαν, καὶ μέτρα ἐξεῦρε καὶ ψῆφον ὥστε μέγα σχεῖν ὄνομα παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν.  5ἐπὶ τούτῳ δὲ φθονήσαντες οἱ περὶ Ἀγαμέμνονα καὶ Ὀδυσσέα καὶ Διομήδην τοιόνδε τι σκευωροῦσι κατ’ αὐτοῦ.  6λαβόντες γὰρ Φρύγα αἰχμάλωτον χρυσίον κομίζοντα Σαρπηδόνι ἠνάγκασαν γράψαι Φρυγίοις γράμμασι περὶ προδοσίας ὡς παρὰ Πριάμου πρὸς Παλαμήδην.  7καὶ τοῦτον μὲν φονεύουσι, θεράποντα δὲ Παλαμήδους πείθουσι χρήμασιν ἅμα τοῖς Τρωϊκοῖς χρήμασι καὶ τὸ γραφὲν πινάκιον ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην θέσθαι Παλαμήδους.  8αὐτοὶ δὲ παρελθόντες προδοσίαν κατήγγελλον τοῦ ἥρωος καὶ φωραθῆναι τὴν σκηνὴν ἐκέλευον.  9εὑρεθέντος δὲ τοῦ πινακίου καὶ τῶν χρημάτων ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην λίθοις φονεύεται Παλαμήδης.  10Ναύπλιος δὲ ἀκούσας ἧκεν εἰς Ἴλιον δικάσαι τὸν φόνον τοῦ παιδός.  11τῶν δὲ Ἑλλήνων κατολιγωρούντων αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸ κεχαρισμένον τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν ἀποπλεύσας εἰς τὴν πατρίδα καὶ πυθόμενος ἀποπλεῖν τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἧκεν εἰς Εὔβοιαν  12καὶ χειμῶνα φυλάξας φρυκτωρίας ἧψε περὶ τὰς ἄκρας τῆς Εὐβοίας.  13οἱ δὲ εὐεπίβατον νομίσαντες τὸν τόπον προσορμίζονται καὶ ἐν ταῖς πέτραις ἀπόλλυνται.   —MBOVCPrRw, partial Rf

TRANSLATION:   From Nauplius and Clymene the daughter of Catreus were born Oeax and Palamedes. Palamedes went off to Troy and produced the greatest benefits for the Greek army. For when they were suffering famine in Aulis and were displeased and disagreeing about the distribution of the grain, first by teaching them Phoenician letters he arranged that the distribution was equitable and beyond reproach among them. Secondly, also by busying them with dice games he overcame their apathy (or disrespect, i.e., of the leaders’ authority?), and he discovered measures and pebbles for counting/voting so that he acquired a big name among the Greeks. Agamemnon, Odysseus, and Diomedes became jealous because of this and contrive the following sort of plot against him. For they took a Phrygian captive while he was carrying money to Sarpedon and they compelled him to write about betrayal in the Phrygian alphabet, as if it were a letter from Priam to Palamedes. This fellow they put to death, but they bribe an attendant of Palamedes to place the written tablet together with the Trojan money under Palamedes’ cot. They themselves came forward (in assembly) and denounced the hero for treason and ordered that his tent be searched. When the tablet and the money were discovered under the cot, Palamedes is killed by stoning. Hearing of this, Nauplius came to Ilium to seek justice for the killing of his son, but when the Greeks disrespected him in order to please their kings, having sailed back to his homeland and having learned (later) that the Greeks were sailing home, he went to Euboea; and having watched for a storm, he lit signal fires around the headlands of Euboea. The Greeks, believing the place to offer a good landing-place, approach it for mooring and are destroyed on the rocks.

LEMMA: MBCPr, οἴαξ VRw      REF. SYMBOL: BV      

APP. CRIT.:   1–3 ναυπλίου … σίτου partly lost to trimming O   |    1 ναυπλίας MC [O]   |    τῆς om. M   |    κἀτρέως B, καστρέως Rw, ἀτρέως M, τοῦ ἀτρέως Pr, κεντρέως C, κρατεροῦ V, κεστέ(ως) app. O, κρανέως Rf   |    ἐγένετο VPr, υἱοὶ Rf   |    2 ὁ δὲ παλαμήδης] ὃς ORfRw, om. Pr   |    ἐπελθὼν Rf   |    τὰ μέγιστα] om. Rw, τὰ ὡς μέγιστα V, μέγιστα Rf   |    λαόν] λεών Rw, στρατὸν Rf   |    3–13 λιμωσσόντων κτλ om. Rf   |    3 γὰρ] δὲ Rw   |    first καὶ om. V   |    παρὰ Pr   |    τοῦ σίτου] αὐτῶν MV   |    δυσχεραίνοντες … στασιάζοντες V   |    τε om. OVRw   |    δυστασιαζόντων Rw   |    πρῶτα ORw   |    τὰ φοινίκων M   |    γράμματα Schw. after Dind., om. MOV, ἦγεν BCPrRw   |    αὐτοὺς ἴσην Schw., αὐτοῖς ἴσην BCPr, ἴσην αὐτοῖς MV, αὐτοῖς Rw, αὐτοὺς O   |    καὶ] τε καὶ BPr   |    ἀνεπίληστον OCRw, perhaps B (appearance could be caused by rewriting)   |    ἐν τούτοις om. OVRw, ἐκείνοις Pr   |    ἐπραγματεύσαντο M   |    4 ἔτρεψεν] ἐράϊσεν V   |    αὐτῶν] αὐτοῖς V, αὐτὴν O   |    καὶ μέτρα … ψῆφον om. V   |    ὄνομα σχεῖν transp. O, ἔχειν ὄνομα V   |    παρὰ ἕλλησιν V, παρὰ τῶν ἑλλήνων C   |    5 ἐπὶ om. BPr   |    τούτῳ] τοῦτο MB, τούτοις O   |    τι om. ORw   |    σκαιοροῦσι BORw   |    6 αἰχμάλωτον φρύγα transp. O   |    φρύγια γράμματα VPr(φρύγεια)   |    περὶ πριάμου C, παράμου Rw, ἀπὸ πριάμου Pr   |    7 first καὶ om. M   |    first χρήμασι corr. from γράμμασι Rw, transp. after ἅμα O   |    second χρήμασι om. CRw, χρήματα OPr   |    πιττάκιον Rw, πινακίδιον Pr   |    8 παρελθόντες om. Rw   |    προδοσίαν] προδοσίας BV   |    κατήγγειλον OV, κατήγγελον MC [Rw]   |    σκηνὴν] σκῆψιν V   |    9 εὑρεθέντων Rw   |    πιττακίου Rw, app. πινακιδίου Pr (compend.), πινα[κ(?)]άκου O (small high trace suits upper right of kappa)   |    καὶ … κλίνην om. V   |    λίθοις φον.] καταλύεται V   |    10 ἧκεν] ἦλθεν Pr   |    εἰς om. V   |    τοῦ παιδὸς δικάσαι τὸν φόνον transp. Pr   |    11 δὲ om. O   |    ὀλιγωρούντων V   |    πευθόμενος V, πειθόμενος Pr   |    ἦκεν εἰς εὔβοιαν om. Rw   |    12–13 καὶ χειμῶνα κτλ om. O   |    12 ἧψε φρυκτ. transp. Rw   |    after φρυκτωρίας Pr inserts from next sch. (but crosses out) καὶ μέτρα καὶ σταθμοὺς καὶ πεττοὺς καὶ γράμματα καὶ φυλακὰς καὶ δίκας καὶ ἀστρολογίας   |    παρὰ MRw, πρὸς Pr   |    ἀκτὰς BCPrRw   |    τῆς app. om. Rw   |    13 καὶ προσορμίσαντες ἐν Rw   |    τε καὶ BV   |    at end add. πάμπολλοι BPrRw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ὤνησεν M [O], ὄνησε Rf   |    3 λιμωττόντων BOCPrRw   |    φοινίκεια Pr   |    4 ἐξεῦρεν M   |    ἕλλησι Pr   |    5 ὀδυσέα O   |    τοῖονδέ τι M   |    σκευοροῦσι M   |    6 γρᾶψαι app. M   |    γράμμασιν M   |    7 φονεύουσιν M   |    πείθουσιν M   |    ἇμα M   |    second χρήμασιν M   |    10 δικᾶσαι M   |    11 κατωλιγωρούντων MC, κατηγ‑ changed to κατολιγ‑ Rw   |    κεχωρισμένον app. Rw   |    εὐοίαν V, εὔβοιαν p.c. O (perhaps εὔζοιαν a.c.)   |    12 εὐοίας V   |    13 ἀπώλυνται Rw, ἀπόλυνται V, ἀπόλλονται M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.147,21–148,19; Dind. II.137,7–138,15

COMMENT:   Schwartz’s solution in 3 (αὐτοὺς ἴσην) seems best, although it is also possible that it is secondary to αὐτοῖς ἴσην and that M’s ἴσην αὐτοῖς is original (but in that case it would be best to delete ἐν τούτοις).   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Rw for 8 κατήγγελλον (obscured by damage).   |   


Or. 432.02 (thom exeg) 1ἡ περὶ τοῦ Παλαμήδους ἱστορία πλατυκώτερον καὶ ἀκριβέστερον οὕτως ἔχει.  2Ναυπλίου καὶ Κλυμένης τῆς Ἀτρέως ἐγένοντο Οἴαξ καὶ Παλαμήδης. ὃς ἀπελθὼν εἰς Τροίαν μέγιστα ὤνησε τὸν Ἑλληνικὸν λαόν.  3λιμώττοντας γὰρ παρεμυθήσατο γράμματά τε ἐξευρὼν καὶ κύβους καὶ ἄλλ’ ἄττα παίγνια,  4ἐν οἷς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς τρέποντες διέφερον τὴν ἔνδειαν ὥστε διὰ ταῦτα μέγα τόν Παλαμήδην σχεῖν ὄνομα.  5φθονήσαντες δὲ τούτῳ οἱ περὶ Ὀδυσσέα καὶ Διομήδην καὶ Ἀγαμέμνονα τοιόνδε σκαιωροῦσι κατ’ αὐτοῦ.  6λαβόντες γὰρ αἰχμάλωτον Φρύγα χρυσίον κομίζοντα Σαρπηδόνι ἠνάγκασαν γράψαι Φρυγίοις γράμμασι περὶ προδοσίας ὡς παρὰ Πριάμου πρὸς Παλαμήδην.  7καὶ τοῦτον μὲν φονεύουσι, θεράποντα δὲ Παλαμήδους πείθουσι τά τε χρήματα καὶ τὴν συσκευασθεῖσαν ταύτην γραφὴν ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην θέσθαι Παλαμήδους,  8αὐτοὶ δὲ παρελθόντες εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον προδοσίαν κατήγγελον τοῦ ἥρωος καὶ φοραθῆναι τὴν σκηνὴν διετείνοντο.  9εὑρεθέντων δὲ τῶν χρημάτων καὶ τῆς γραφῆς ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην λίθοις φονεύεται Παλαμήδης.  10ὃς ὅτε ἔθνησκεν ἔφη [Tzetzes, carmina Iliaca 1.385] ‘χαῖρε ἀλήθεια κυδρή. πρόθανες γὰρ ἐμοῖο’.  11Ναύπλιος δὲ ἀκούσας ἦλθεν εἰς Ἴλιον δικάσαι τὸν φόνον τοῦ παιδός.  12τῶν δὲ Ἑλλήνων κατολιγωρούντων αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸ κεχαρισμένον τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν ἀπῆλθεν ἄπρακτος.  13καὶ πρότερον μὲν παραπλέων τὰς Ἑλληνίδας χώρας παρεσκεύασε τὰς τῶν Ἑλλήνων γυναῖκας ἑτέρους ἁρμόσασθαι, ὡς ἐκείνων ἀπολωλότων.  14ἔπειτα τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀκούσας ἐπάνοδον ἧψε φρυκτοὺς περὶ τὰ κοῖλα τῆς Εὐβοίας ἃ Καφηρεὺς καὶ Ξυλοφάγος καλεῖται,  15ὅποι προσπελάσαντες ἐν τῷ δοκεῖν λιμένα εἶναι διεφθάρησαν.   —ZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   The story about Palamedes in a more extensive and more detailed version goes thus. From Nauplius and Clymene the daughter of Atreus were born Oeax and Palamedes. The latter went off to Troy and produced the greatest benefits for the Greek army. For when they were suffering famine he assuaged them by his invention of letters and dice games with tokens and some other amusements, turning themselves toward which they postponed their feeling of lack, so that because of these things Palamedes acquired great renown. Odysseus, Diomedes, and Agamemnon became jealous of this and conspire in the following plot against him. For they took a Phrygian captive while he was carrying money to Sarpedon and they compelled him to write about betrayal in the Phrygian alphabet, as if it were a letter from Priam to Palamedes. This fellow they put to death, but they persuade an attendant of Palamedes to place under Palamedes’ cot both the money and this letter they had trumped up. They themselves came forward before the army and denounced the hero for treason and insisted that his tent be searched. When the money and the letter were discovered under the cot, Palamedes is killed by stoning. As he was dying, he said: ‘Farewell, glorious Truth. For you died before me’. Hearing of this, Nauplius came to Ilium to seek justice for the killing of his son, but when the Greeks disrespected him in order to please their kings, he left with nothing accomplished. And first sailing along the Greek territories he arranged that the wives of the Greeks should take other men as husbands, in the belief that those (at Troy) had perished. Then, when he heard of the return voyage of the Greeks, he lit signal fires around the hollows of Euboea that are called Caphareus and Timber-devourer. Drawing close to this place in their belief that there was a harbor, they were completely destroyed.

LEMMA: ἱστορία in marg. Zm      POSITION: follows 432.05 in all      

APP. CRIT.:   1 περὶ τοῦ] τοῦ Gu, περὶ Zl   |    2 λαόν] στρατὸν Zl   |    3 λιμώττοντες Gu   |    γράμματ’ ἐξευρὼν Gu   |    4 τὸν παλ. μέγα transp. ZbZlGu   |    5 δὲ om. Zb   |    τούτῳ] τοῦτο a.c. Zb   |    6 ἠνάγκασεν Zb   |    7 σκευασθεῖσαν Zl, σκλασθεῖσαν Zb   |    ταύτην τὴν γραφὴν Zb   |    8 φοραθῆναι ταῦτα κατὰ τὴν σκ. Gu   |    10 ὅτε] ὅτι Zl   |    ἔθνησκεν] τέθνηκεν Zl   |    ἐμεῖο Tzetzes (ed. 1840 Lehrs and Dübner)   |    12 αὐτοῦ] τῶ Zb   |    13 περιπλέων app. Gu   |    14 ἔπειτα δὲ ZbZlGu   |    φρυκτοὺς] φανοὺς Zl   |    15 ὅποι] ὅπου Gu, καὶ ὅπου ZbZl   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ἄλλἀτα GuZl   |    8 κατήγγειλον Zb   |    10 ὅτε] ὅτ’ Gu   |    προύθανες Zb, προέθανες Gu, πρόφανες Zl   |    χαῖρ’ Zl   |    12 κατωλιγ‑ Zb   |    13 ἀπωλωλότων Gu   |    14 ἧψαι Zb   |    15 λιμέναν Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.137, app. 7

COMMENT:   For Ξυλοφάγος see on 362.10.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Tzetzes   


Or. 432.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1τὸν Παλαμήδους θάνατον οἱ μὲν ἐν Γεραιστῷ, οἱ δὲ ἐν Τενέδῳ, οἱ δὲ ἐν Κολωναῖς τῆς Τρῳάδος ὑποτίθενται.  2φασὶ δὲ αὐτὸν εὑρεῖν φρυκτωρίας καὶ μέτρα καὶ σταθμοὺς καὶ πεττοὺς καὶ γράμματα καὶ φυλακὰς καὶ ἀστρολογίας.   —MBCPr, partial V

TRANSLATION:   Some posit that the death of Palamedes (took place) in Geraestus, some in Tenedus, some in Colonae in the Troad. They say he invented signal fires, measures of length and weight, board-games with tokens, writing, guardwatch systems, and the studies of the stars.

LEMMA: CPr, ἄλλως in marg. B (with τὸν παλ. θάν. punct. as lemma)      POSITION: cont. from 432.01 V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸν παλ. … ὑποτίθενται om. V   |    τὸν] τὸν δὲ παλ. MC, om. Pr   |    κολωνοῖς all, corr. Schw.   |    2 φασὶ … εὑρεῖν] τὸν δὲ παλαμήδην φησὶν εὑρηκέναι V   |    φησὶ Pr   |    φρυκτωρίαν C, φρυκτήρια V, φρυκτωρί() M (ambig. stroke, ω or α or ων?)   |    πεττείας BC   |    πεττοὺς γράμματα φυλακὰς V   |    after φυλακὰς add. καὶ δίσκους B, add. καὶ δίκας Pr   |    ἀστρολογίας] ἀστραγάλους Matt.   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ὑποτίθονται C   |   2 εὐρεῖν M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.148,20–23; Dind. II.138,15–19

COMMENT:   Matthiae’s emendation ἀστραγάλους inserts a term too similar to πεττοὺς, whereas explanation of the movements of the stars is associated with Palamedes elsewhere (Soph. Nauplius, fr. 432 Radt; Philostratus, Heroicus 33.7; Sch. Hom. Od. 5.272k Pontani) and also is among the gifts of the alternative discoverer, Prometheus (Aesch. Prom. 457–458).    


Or. 432.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Οἴαξ⟩: 1Οἴαξ ἦν πατὴρ τοῦ Παλαμήδους.  2τοῦ μὲν Παλαμήδους κατηγορηθέντος ὑπὸ τοῦ Ὀδυσσέως, προσέταξεν ὁ Ἀγαμέμνων καὶ ἐλίθασαν αὐτὸν.  3καὶ οὕτως ἐτελεύτησεν ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ ἀδίκως ὑπὸ τῶν λιθοβολιῶν.   —MnSSaRb

TRANSLATION:   Oeax was father of Palamedes. When Palamedes was accused by Odysseus, Agamemnon gave the order and they (the Greeks) stoned him. And thus he died at Troy unjustly by stoning.

LEMMA: ἱστορία in marg. S      REF. SYMBOL: Sa, (to 433) Rb      

APP. CRIT.:  1 οἴαξ ἦν] ὁ Rb   |    2 ἐλίθαξαν Rb   |    3 οὕτως om. Rb   |    ἀδίκως transp. after λιθοβολιῶν Rb   |    at end add. τινὲς δὲ φασὶν Rb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.138, app. 20


Or. 432.05 (thom exeg) ⟨Οἴαξ⟩: 1Οἴαξ ἀδελφὸς ἦν Παλαμήδους,  2ὃς εἰς Τροίαν μετὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων στρατεύσας καὶ θαυμασθεὶς ὡς οὐδείς πω τῶν πώποτε γενομένων ἐπὶ σοφίᾳ, φθονηθεὶς ὑπὸ Ὀδυσσέως καὶ Διομήδους καὶ Ἀγαμέμνονος ἀνῃρέθη λίθοις,  3ἀνθ’ ὧν ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ Οἴαξ ἀμυνόμενος Ἀγαμέμνονα,  4τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ Τροίας μίσος ἀναφέρων πατρὶ,  5συναγωνίζεται τὸν κατὰ τοῦ Ὀρέστου θάνατον.  6διὸ καὶ ὁ Ὀρέστης ἐρωτηθεὶς ὑπὸ Μενελάου τίς ἐστὶν ὁ διώκων αὐτὸν ‘Οἴαξ’ φησίν.  7οὗτος ὁ Παλαμήδης λέγεται εὑρηκέναι ιζ γράμματα μήπω τότε ὄντα, ἀλλὰ Φοινίκων ἐχρῶντο γράμμασιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλα.  8εὗρε δὲ καὶ πεττοὺς πρὸς παραμυθίαν τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ φρυκτωρίας καὶ σταθμοὺς καὶ ψήφους καὶ ἀστρολογίας.   —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Oeax was the brother of Palamedes, who having gone to war at Troy along with the Greeks and having earned admiration for wisdom like no one yet of those who had ever existed, incurred the envy of Odysseus, Diomedes, and Agamemnon and was killed by stoning. Because of this, his brother Oeax, trying to take vengeance on Agamemnon—for that is what is meant by ‘assigning to my father the blame for the hateful deed at Troy’—joins in seeking the death penalty against Orestes. That is also why when Orestes is asked by Menelaus who it is who pursues him, he says ‘Oeax’. This Palamedes is said to have invented seventeen letters that were not yet in existence at that time, but people were using the letters of the Phoenicians, different groups (using) different sets of them. He also invented board games with tokens to assuage the Greeks, and signal fires and weights and pebbles for counting/voting and studies of the stars.

LEMMA: in marg. ἱστορία περὶ παλαμήδους T      REF. SYMBOL: all except ZmGu      POSITION: precedes 432.02 ZbZlZmGu      

APP. CRIT.:   2 εἰς τὴν τροίαν Zb   |    5 τοῦ κατὰ transp. Gu   |    6 first ὁ om. Gu   |    ὁ add. before οἴαξ ZbZlZmTGu   |    7 λέγεται om. Zb, leaving blank   |    δεκαεπτὰ ZbZmTGu   |    οἱ om. TGu   |    8 καὶ φρυκτωρίας κτλ om. ZZaT   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   μίσος ZZa   |   app. πεσσοὺς a.c. T; πετοὺς ZZaZbTGu, T after initial correction (πεττοὺς after second corr. T)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.138,20–139,10


Or. 432.06 (rec exeg) ⟨Οἴαξ⟩: ὁ ἀδελφὸς τοῦ Παλαμήδους  —CrKPrRfOxZu

POSITION: s.l. except marg. K      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. CrOx   |    ὁ om. PrRf   |    τοῦ om. PrRf   |    τοῦ παλ. transp. before ὁ ἀδ. CrOx   


Or. 432.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Οἴαξ⟩: Ναύπλιος ἔσχε δύ[ο υἱοὺς] τὸν Οἴακα καὶ τὸν Παλαμήδη.  —F

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  or δύ[ο παῖδας] F   


Or. 432.09 (vet exeg) τὸ Τροίας μῖσος: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ τὸ ἐπὶ Τροίας μῖσος τοῦ πατρὸς ἀναφέρων εἰς ἐμέ·  2ἐνήλλακται ἡ πτῶσις·  3πατρὶ γὰρ εἶπεν ἀντὶ τοῦ πατρός.   —MaBVCPrRw, partial Mb

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘referring/applying to me his hatred of my father at Troy’. The case has been exchanged, for he said (dative) ‘patri’ for (genitive) ‘patros’.

LEMMA: οἴαξ τὸ τροίας μῖσος C, τροίας μίσος Rw      POSITION: s.l. MaVCPr, marg. B, cont. from 431.08 Mb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ … ἐμέ om. Mb   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ om. B, τοῦ om. C   |    τὸ om. MaVPrRw   |    τροία B   |    εἰς ἐμέ] ἐμέ V, ἐμοὶ Pr   |    2 δὲ ἡ MbRw   |    3 πατρὶ γὰρ κτλ B, om. others   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 μίσος B   |   2 ἐνἤλακται Mb, ἐνήλακται Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,1–2; Dind. II.139,11–12


Or. 432.10 (mosch paraphr) τὴν ἐν Τροίᾳ ἔχθραν ἀνατιθεὶς τῷ πατρί  —X

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 432.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τὸ Τροίας μῖσος⟩: τὴν ἐν Τροίᾳ ἔχθραν  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐν] ἐπὶ τῇ G   


Or. 432.13 (rec exeg) ⟨μῖσος⟩: τὸ πρὸς Παλαμήδην γεγονὸς  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   γεγονὼς Mn   |   


Or. 432.14 (pllgn gram) ⟨μῖσος⟩: μύσος τὸ μίασμα ἀπὸ τοῦ μύω τὸ καμμύω καὶ τοῦ ὄσσος ὁ ὀφθαλμός. ὁ γὰρ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ ἀνέχεται βλέπειν τοιαῦτα. μῖσος δὲ ἡ μανία καὶ ἡ μάχη ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ ἔχειν ἰσότητα.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Musos’ meaning ‘miasma’ is from ‘muō’ meaning ‘close (one’s eyes)’ and from ‘ossos’ meaning ‘eye’. For the eye cannot endure looking upon such things. ‘Misos’ meaning ‘madness’ and ‘battle’ is from not (‘mē’) having equality (‘iso-’).

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The first etymology includes the traditional connection with μύω; other sources lack the explicit claim about ὄσσος, but Eust. in Il. 3.262 (I.649,5–7) comes close, τὸ γοῦν μῖσος ἐκ τοῦ μύειν παρῆκται, ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ τὸ μῦσος· μύει γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ὁ μισῶν, ἤγουν ἀλλὰ ὄσσε πάλιν κλίνει μηδὲ εἰσορᾶν ἐθέλων; also Eust. in Il. 20.9 (IV.358,6–7) ὡς γὰρ μύω μύσω, φασί, μῦσος, εἰς ὃ μύομεν μὴ ἐμβλέπειν ἀνεχόμενοι, ἢ πρὸς ὃ τὰ χείλη μύομεν οὐ προσφωνοῦντες; cf. Sch. Opp. Hal. 1.6 μῖσος τὸ μῖ ι δηλονότι ἀπὸ τοῦ μισῶ, μῦσος δὲ τὸ ἁμάρτημα ἀπὸ τοῦ μύω τὸ καμμύω· καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἰδὼν ἁμάρτημα αἰσχρὸν μύει. The second etymology is a more elaborate version of that in Orion 98,18 μῖσος. παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἴσον εἶναι; Et. Magn. 588,50–52 μῖσος: παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἴσος εἶναι, ὡς ἀνάρσιος ὁ ἐχθρός· ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ μύω μύσω, μύσος καὶ μῖσος, ὃ πάντες μύοντες ἐκφεύγομεν.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 433.06 (mosch paraphr) ⟨Παλαμήδους σε τιμωρεῖ φόνου⟩: τιμωρεῖται σε ἤγουν κολάζει ἕνεκα τοῦ φόνου τοῦ Παλαμήδους.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

POSITION: s.l. except XXo      

APP. CRIT.:  after κολάζει add.. σε Xo   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἕνεκεν XaXbYYf   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.139,14–15


Or. 433.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Παλαμήδους σε τιμωρεῖ φόνου⟩: ἕνεκα τοῦ φόνου τοῦ Παλαμήδους κολάζει.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 433.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨Παλαμήδους σε τιμωρεῖ φόνος⟩: μετῆλθεν ὁ φόνος τοῦ Παλαμήδους.  —Gu

LEMMA: φόνου in text Gr (but φόνος in Thoman mss)      POSITION: crowded beneath συνῆκα and gloss ἐκεῖνος on 434      


Or. 433.12 (thom exeg) τιμωρεῖ: 1κολάζει· δι’ ἐκεῖνον γάρ σοι μάχεται Οἴαξ.  2τιμωρῶ δὲ οὐ μόνον τὸ βοηθῶ ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ κολάζω, ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ τιμωροῦμαι κατ’ ἀμφοτέρας εὑρήσεις τὰς χρήσεις.   —ZZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   He punishes, for because of that man (Palamedes), Oeax is fighting you. And (the active verb) ‘timōrō’ means not only ‘to come to the aid of’ but also ‘to punish’, just as you will find (the middle form) ‘timōroumai’ too in both senses.

LEMMA: T      REF. SYMBOL: T      POSITION: s.l. except TGu; as two sep. notes Zl      

APP. CRIT.:  1 ἤγουν prep. T, τιμωρεῖ καὶ prep. Gu   |    2 δὲ om. Zl   |    εὑρήσεις τὰς χρήσεις om. Zl   |    εὑρήσεις om. Zb, εὕροις TGu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.139,15–18


Or. 433.15 (tri metr) ⟨τιμωρεῖ⟩: long mark over iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 434.01 (pllgn paraphr) οὐ μετουσία ὑπῆρχεν ἐμοὶ τοῦ φόνου, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἄλλων ἀπόλλυμαι.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὐκοῦν μετῆν μοι⟩: οὐ μέλει μοι περὶ τοῦ φόνου τοῦ Παλαμήδους.  —PrY2

LEMMA: thus in text Y; οὔ γ’ οὐ μετῆν in text Pr      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μέλλει PrY2   |   


Or. 434.03 (mosch paraphr) οὐκοῦν μετῆν μοι: οὔκουν μετουσία ἦν μοι τοῦ φόνου, ἤγουν οὐ μετεῖχον, οὐκ ἐκοινώνουν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: G      REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. except XXoG      

APP. CRIT.:  οὔκουν] X, οὐ T, οὐκ G, om. others (i.e., to be supplied from οὔκουν in line)   |    μετουσία … ἤγουν om. Zc   |    ἦν ἐμοὶ μετουσία transp. G   |    οὐκ] οὐδ’ Zc   |    ἐκοινώνησα G   |    add. ἐγὼ τὸν φόνον ἐκεῖνον Y2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.139,19–20


Or. 434.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκοῦν μετῆν μοι⟩: οὐδαμῶς μετουσία ἦν ἐμοὶ.  —Zb2

LEMMA: thus in text p.c. Zb (a.c. οὗ γ’ οὐ)      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  app. οὐδὲ a.c. Zb2   


Or. 434.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨μετῆν μοι⟩: μετουσία ὑπῆρχεν ἐμοὶ  —CrKOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. CrOx   |    ἐμοὶ om. CrOx   


Or. 434.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨μετῆν⟩: ἡ μετουσία τῶν δρωμένων ὑπῆρχε.  —AbRS, perhaps Sar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὑπῆρχε om. AbS   


Or. 434.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨μετῆν⟩: ἡ μετουσία ὑπάρχει  —V1MnZaZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zu   |    ἡ om. ZaZu   |    μοι add. Mn   


Or. 434.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μετῆν⟩: μετουσία ὑπάρχει ἤγουν φροντὶς.  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨μετῆν⟩: μετουσία ὑπῆρχε τοῦ φόνου.  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.17 (vet exeg) διὰ τριῶν δ’ ἀπόλλυμαι: 1πρῶτον τῶν πολιτῶν, δεύτερον Οἴακος.  2διὸ ἐπάγει ‘τίς ἄλλος’, ἵνα πληρώσῃ τοὺς τρεῖς.  3τινὲς δὲ τριῶν φασι τῶν Ἐρινύων.  4προεῖπε γὰρ [408] ‘ἔδοξ’ ἰδεῖν τρεῖς νυκτὶ προσφερεῖς κόρας’.  5τινὲς δέ φασι τῆς συνέσεως, τῆς λύπης καὶ τῆς μανίας.  6ἐν δὲ τοῖς Καλλιστράτου γέγραπται·  7ἐπιζητήσειεν ἄν τις πῶς διὰ τριῶν εἴρηκεν, εἰ μὴ διὰ τὸ Ἀγαμέμνονα καὶ Διομήδην καὶ Ὀδυσσέα μετασχεῖν τοῦ φόνου Παλαμήδους.   —MBC, partial VMnPrRaRbRwSaSbScSa

TRANSLATION:   First the citizens, secondly Oeax. Therefore he (Menelaus) follows up with ‘who else?’ so that he may fill out the three. Some say by three he (Orestes) means the Erinyes, because he said previously ‘I thought I saw three maidens similar to night’. Some (others) say the three are awareness (of guilt), pain, and madness. And in the commentaries of Callistratus (this) is written: ‘One might seek (in vain) an answer to the problem in what sense he has said ‘through three’, unless (it is) because Agamemnon, Diomedes, and Odysseus participated in the murder of Palamedes’.

LEMMA: MBC, (435) τίς δ’ ἄλλος VMnRbRwScSa      REF. SYMBOL: B, (at 435 τίς δ’ ἄλλος) VRbSa      POSITION: s.l. (at 435) Pr; between 439.02 and 457.04 Rw; in S, two incomplete versions SaSb are followed by lemma and version Sc      

APP. CRIT.:   1–4 om. RaSaSb   |    2 διὸ ἐπάγει] ἐπάγει δὲ VMnPrRbRwScSa   |    δ’ ἄλλος B   |    3 τινὲς] τίνων C   |    δὲ om. RbSc   |    φασι τριῶν transp. BRbRw, τριῶν om. MnPrScSa   |    ἐρινύων ἐστὶν M   |    4 προεῖπε … κόρας om. Pr   |    γὰρ om. Sa (punct. προεῖπε as end of sch., quoted line rubr. as if a lemma)   |    ἰδεῖν] εἰδέναι VRw   |    νυκτὶ om. MnScSa   |    κόρας om. B   |    5 δὲ om. MnRb   |    φασι om. Pr   |    τῆς συνέσεως om. Sb   |    first τῆς om. Rb   |    λύπης] λύσσης C   |    καὶ τῆς om. M, καὶ om. VMn   |    6–7 ἐν δὲ κτλ om. VMnPrRaRbRwSaSbScSa   |    7 εἰρήκει B   |    διὰ τὸ] διὰ τὸν M, διὰ τὸ τὸν B   |    ὀδ. καὶ διομ. transp. B   |    at end add. χρήσης M   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἐπάγη C   |    3 ἐριννύων MnPrRwSa   |    4 προεῖπεν MB   |    πρὸς φερεῖς Rb, πρὸς φέρειν Mn   |    ἔδοξα M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,3–9; Dind. II.139,22–140,3

COLLATION NOTES:   Schw. reported B as εἰρήκοι in 7; I cannot see this on the image, but there is rewriting here, and it may be visible by autopsy. Check original B.   |   

KEYWORDS:  Callistratus   


Or. 434.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ πολλῶν  —MC

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀντὶ τοῦ om. C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,10; Dind. II.140,4


Or. 434.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ διὰ πολλῶν· ἄλλως γὰρ νοεῖσθαι οὐ δύναται.  —Lp

REF. SYMBOL: Lp      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.140,4–5


Or. 434.20 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: οἱ μὲν διὰ πολλῶν, οἱ δὲ διὰ συνέσεως καὶ λύπης καὶ μανίας.  —V

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.21 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: ὑπὸ τῶν Ἐρινύων  —V1AbRRfSZcZuB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. AbSZu, ἤτοι V1   |    ὑπὸ τῶν om. RfZc, ὑπὸ om. V1ZuB3a   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐριννύων V1RRfZcZu   |   


Or. 434.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: 1[σύνεσ]ις, λύπη, μανία ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Ἐρ[ιννύ]ων·  2ἢ τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ τοῦ Οἴακος καὶ ἔτι Ἐριν[νύων] καὶ τούτων τριῶν·  3ἤγουν τῶν ἀπ’ Αἰγίσθου φίλων.   —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 434.24 (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: σύνεσις λύπη μανία  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.25 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: τῶν πολιτῶν, τοῦ Οἴακος καὶ τῶν Ἐριννύων· τινὲς δὲ λέγουσι τὴν σύνεσιν τὴν λύπην καὶ τὴν μανίαν.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 434.26 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: διὰ τῶν Ἐριννύων ἢ τῆς συνέσεως τῆς λύπης καὶ τῆς μανίας, ἢ Ἀγαμέμνονος Ὀδυσσέως καὶ Διομήδους.  —Gu

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:  διὰ app. crossed out   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.140,5–6


Or. 434.27 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: διὰ τῶν πολιτῶν  —B3d

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 434.28 (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ τριῶν⟩: ἤγουν διὰ πολλῶν ἤγουν τῶν Ἐριννύων  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 435.01 (rec exeg) ⟨τίς δ’ ἄλλος⟩: τιμωρεῖ ἀπὸ κοινοῦ  —MnZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀπὸ κοινοῦ om. Mn   


Or. 436.01 (pllgn paraphr) ἐκεῖνοι ὑβρίζουσιν ἐμὲ ὧν ἀκούει ἡ πόλις.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐμοὶ Y2   

COMMENT:   I could find no evidence of the dative with ὑβρίζω in late Greek authors.   


Or. 436.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὗτοι⟩:  ἤτοι οἱ φίλοι τοῦ Αἰγίσθου  —V1

POSITION: s.l. (above ὧν πόλις)      


Or. 436.03 (mosch paraphr) οὗτοι: ἤγουν οἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ Αἰγίσθου  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZc

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν] οὗτοι Xo   


Or. 436.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὗτοι⟩: οἱ συγγενεῖς τοῦ Αἰγίσθου  —Zb2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  οἱ om. Gu (συγγενεῖς add. above Gr’s τοῦ αἰγίσθου)   |   


Or. 436.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὗτοι⟩: οἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ Αἰγίσθου· καθ’ ὑπόληψιν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The meaning of καθ’ ὑπόληψιν is uncertain. It is not attested in scholia or rhetorical texts. In others it usually appears to mean ‘by (mere) assumption’; it might mean ‘by continuation (of the interlocutor’s thought)’, which fits the passage somewhat better.   

KEYWORDS:  ὑπόληψις   


Or. 436.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὧν πόλις τὰ νῦν κλύει⟩: ὧντινων φίλων τῶν ἀπ’ Αἰγίσθου ἀκούει ἡ πόλις.  —AbS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπαἰγ‑ AbS, ‑γίστω Ab   |   


Or. 436.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὧν⟩: καὶ ὧντινων τὰς ὕβρεις  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 436.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κλύει⟩: ὀνομάζεται ἢ ἀκούει  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.140,11


Or. 437.01 (vet exeg) Ἀγαμέμνονος δὲ σκῆπτρ’: πάλιν φιλοπράγμονος ὁ Μενέλαος παραγυμνοῖ τὸ ἦθος φροντίζων περὶ τῆς βασιλείας.  —MBVCMnPrRbRwSSaY2

TRANSLATION:   Again Menelaus indirectly bares his character as meddlesome, showing his concern for the kingship.

LEMMA: C, ἀγ. δὲ σκ. ἐᾷ σ’ B, ἀγαμ. σκῆπτρα ἐῶσα Pr, ἀγαμέμνονος δέ VRw, ἀγαμέμνονος MnRbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: s.l. M      

APP. CRIT.:   πάλιν φασὶ Rb, but φασὶ del.   |    φιλοπράγμονος Schw., ‑πραγμόνως all except ‑πραγμονεῖ MCY2   |    καὶ παραγ. Y2   |    perhaps περιγυμνοῖ MnRb   |    ἦθος] εἶδος VMnSSaRbY2   |    περὶ] παρὰ S, om. Y2   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   παραγυμνεῖ Sa   |    φροντίζον Sa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,11–12; Dind. II.140,13–14


Or. 437.02 (pllgn exeg) Μενέλαος Σπάρτην, Ἀγαμέμνων Μυκήνας  —V2

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:  μυκ. ἀγαμ. transp. a.c. V2   


Or. 437.04 (rec exeg) ⟨σκῆπτρ’⟩: συνεκδοχικὸν, ἀπὸ συμβόλου τὸ κύριον.  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   Synecdochic, from the symbol (scepter) the proper term (kingship).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  synecdoche/συνεκδοχικόν   


Or. 438.01 (vet exeg) πῶς οἵτινες ζῆν: τὸ οἵτινες οὐ πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει  —MVaVbCPr

TRANSLATION:   The relative pronoun (masculine plural) does not agree with the city (feminine singular) but with those in the city.

LEMMA: Va      REF. SYMBOL: Va      POSITION: s.l. except Va      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅτι prep. Va   |    πρὸς om. Pr   |    τὴν om. Va   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,13–14; Dind. II.140,15–16


Or. 438.02 (mosch paraphr) πῶς οἵτινες ζῆν: κατὰ τίνα τρόπον ἐάσουσιν ἔχειν τὰ σκῆπτρα οἵτινες οὐκέτι ἐῶσιν ἡμᾶς ζῆν;  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGaGbGr

LEMMA: πῶς οἵ γε ζῆν Ga(as in text G)      REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. except XXoYfGa      

APP. CRIT.:  οὐκέτι] οὐκ GaGb   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.140,16–17

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits cross.   |   


Or. 438.03 (rec exeg) ⟨πῶς⟩: ἐάσουσι βασιλεύειν  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 438.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῶς⟩: μέλλουσιν ἐᾶσαι βασιλεύειν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 438.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πῶς⟩: ἔνι τοῦτο δυνατὸν γενέσθαι  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 439.01 (vet exeg) τί δρῶντες: 1εἰπέ μοι σαφῶς ὃ ἔχεις εἰπεῖν·  2τί δρῶντες οὐκ ἐῶσί σε ζῆν.  3οὐ γὰρ αἰτιῶδες νῦν τὸ ὅτι, ἀλλὰ ἀντὶ τοῦ τί Ἀττικῶς.   —MBCPrRw, partial VMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Tell me clearly what you have to say: By doing what do they not allow you to live? For in this place the word ‘hoti’ is not causal, but used for (interrogative) ‘what’ in the Attic manner.

LEMMA: MBVCPrRw      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 εἰπὲ … δρῶντες om. V   |    1 εἰπὲ … εἰπεῖν om. MnRbSSa (ἐστι MnS)   |    2 οὐκ ἐῶσι] ἀκεῶσι S   |    σε om. Sa   |    γάρ ἐστιν BVPrMnRbRwSSa   |    3 αἰτιῶδες] αἰτιολογικὸν MnSSa   |    νῦν] τὸ νῦν Mn, om. Pr   |    punct. after αἰτιῶδες, then as sep. note τὸ ὅτι γὰρ ἀντὶ κτλ Pr   |    τὸ] δὲ V   |    ἀλλὰ … ἀττικῶς] om. VMnRbSSa   |    ἀττικὸν PrRw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ζὴν Mn   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,15–16; Dind. II.140,19–21

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 439.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ὁ λόγος· εἰπέ μοι σαφῶς ὅ τι δρῶντες οὐκ ἐῶσί σε ζῆν.  2καὶ ἔστιν Ἀττικὸν, τὸ ὅτι ἀντὶ τοῦ τί.  3ἐὰν δὲ γράφηται ‘ἢ τί’, ὁ στίχος οὕτως·  4τί δρῶντες· ἢ τί καὶ σαφὲς εἰπεῖν ἔχεις.   —BCPrRw, partial MVMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The run of the sense (is): Tell me clearly by doing what they do not allow you to live. And it is an Attic construction, ‘hoti’ used for ‘ti’ (what). But if the reading is ‘ē ti’ (‘or what’), the verse (is to be taken) as follows: ‘Doing what? Or what can you say that is indeed clear?’

LEMMA: BRw      POSITION: cont. from prev. Pr; cont. from prev., add. δὲ, MVCMnRbSSa; follows next Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀττικός prep. B, τὸ ἀττικὸν καὶ prep. Rw   |    1–2 ὁ λόγος … τοῦ τί om. Pr   |    1 σαφὲς B   |    1–4 οὐκ ἐῶσί κτλ om. VMnRbSSa   |    1–2 οὐκ ἐῶσί … τοῦ τί om. M   |    2 καὶ ἔστιν … τοῦ τί] τὸ ὅτι γὰρ ἀντὶ τοῦ τί ἀττικ() B   |    καὶ] ἀλλ’ Rw   |    3 γράφηται] γρ() M   |    3–4 οὕτως· τί] ἐστὶν ὅτι Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,17–19; Dind. II.140,21–23

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 439.03 (rec exeg) ἄλλως· τί δρῶντες ὅτι καὶ σαφὲς: 1⟨τί⟩ ποιοῦντες;  2ἔχεις τι καὶ σαφὲς εἰπεῖν ἐμοί;  3τὸ γὰρ ὅτι νῦν ἀορίστως κεῖται.   —Rw

TRANSLATION:   Doing what? Can you tell me anything that is indeed clear? For ‘hoti’ is used in this place indefinitely.

LEMMA: Rw      POSITION: between 439.01 and 439.02      

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τί Rw   |   


Or. 439.04 (pllgn paraphr) ἢ ⟨τί⟩ δρῶντες, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἐῶσιν ὑμᾶς ζῆν;  —G

LEMMA: thus in text G      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 439.05 (rec exeg) ⟨τί δρῶντες⟩: οὐκ ἐῶσι σοι ζῆν ἐκεῖ  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 439.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨τί δρῶντες⟩: οὐκέτι δηλονότι ἐῶσιν ὑμᾶς ζῆν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (With the elliptical question supply the predicate), clearly, ‘no longer allow you to live’.

REF. SYMBOL: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐῶσιν δηλονότι transp. XaY   


Or. 439.07 (thom exeg) ⟨τί δρῶντες⟩: οὐκ ἐῶσιν  —ZZaZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (With the elliptical question supply the predicate) ‘do not allow’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐῶσι Zl   |   


Or. 439.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅτι καὶ σαφὲς ἔχεις εἰπεῖν ἐμοὶ⟩: εἰπὲ σαφῶς ὃ ἔχεις εἰπεῖν.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 440.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨⟩: τὸ οἴσεται ἐνεργητικὴν ἔχον σημασίαν καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ κομίσει λαμβανόμενον ἐνταῦθα παθητικὴν ἔχει καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐξενεχθήσεται λαμβάνεται.  —Lp

TRANSLATION:  The (so-called future middle) form ‘oisetai’, having an active sense and being (normally) taken as ‘he/she/it will convey’, here has a passive sense and is taken as ‘he/she/it will be brought forth’.

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.141,1–3


Or. 440.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τῇδ’ ἡμέρᾷ⟩: κατὰ τήνδε τὴν ἡμέραν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from 440.05 X      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. T   


Or. 441.01 (rec exeg) ἐπαινεῖται ὁ στίχος.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   The line is praised.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   One would like to know why the line was praised (by a schoolmaster or teacher of rhetoric?). Perhaps because of the neat balance of the two halves. Contrast the rejection of 440–441 by Weil, Diggle, Willink, and Kovacs, with Willink’s aspersions on this line in particular.   


Or. 441.05 (rec exeg) ⟨πόλιν⟩: ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως, ὡς τὸ [Anacreontea fr. 4 West] ‘τί με φεύγεις τὸν γέροντα;’  —Mn

TRANSLATION:   (‘City’, the accusative object of ‘flee’, is equivalent to) ‘away from the city’, as in the line ‘Why do you flee from me, the old man?’

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Bergk (Poetae Lyrici Graeci 4th ed. fr. 61 = 3rd ed. fr. 64) identified this as a poetic fragment from Sch. Gu Hec. 1064 in Dindorf. This scholion was assumed to be Thoman by West, but, like a number of other notes of Gu, is revealed not to be Thoman by its absence from the standard Thoman witnesses and from T. The phrase is also found in longer quotations in Nicephorus Callistus Xanthopulus, Hist. ecclesiastica 2.42,77 (PG 145:872B), and (without τὸν) in ps.-Sophronius, Vita Mariae Aegyptiacae, chap. 1 (PG 87:3.3705,34).   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Anacreontea   


Or. 441.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πόλιν⟩: ἤγουν ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς πόλεως  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 441.08 (thom exeg) ⟨μὴ θανεῖν⟩: ἀλλ’ ἑτέρως κολασθῆναι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Not to die’,) but rather be punished in another way.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 442.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ὑπ’ ἀστῶν⟩: γρ(άφεται) ὑπ’ αὐτῶν.  —ZZaZbZm

TRANSLATION:  (For ‘hup’ astōn’, ‘at the hands of the citizens’) the reading ‘hup’ autōn’ (‘at their hands’) is found.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 442.08 (rec exeg) ⟨πετρώματι⟩: †γρ. βλησήματι†  —V

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  app. βλησίματι p.c. (or second eta blotted out, intending βλήσματι (but accent has not been changed)   

COMMENT:   It seems likely that this derives from a misunderstanding of a damaged or corrupt gloss. If the gloss was on πετρώματι, both βλῆσις and βλῆμα exist, and this could be a conflation of them. Alternatively, there may have been a gloss such as λιθοβολήματι, πετροβολήματι, λιθοβολησίμῳ or even *λιθοβλησίμῳ (unattested, but there is one example of an adj. μεταβλήσιμα in Sch. vet. Hes. Theog. 81), damaged and then mistaken for a γράφεται variant (adjusting the form to the shape of πετρώματι could have produced βλησήματι).   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 443.05 (thom exeg) ⟨φεύγεις⟩: ἵνα μὴ τοῦτο πείσῃ  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Flee’, that is,) in order that you not suffer this (stoning by the citizens).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 443.06 (mosch exeg) ⟨γῆς⟩: τῆς γῆς τῆς σῆς δηλονότι ἤγουν τῆς πατρίδος σου  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘Of the land’, namely,) your land, obviously, that is, your fatherland.

POSITION: s.l. except XXoYf      

APP. CRIT.:  σου om. XaY   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.141,9–10

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta no cross.   |   


Or. 443.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨γῆς⟩: τῆς σῆς πατρίδος  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 444.01 (mosch exeg) οὐ δύναμαι, περικυκλούμεθα γὰρ ἀνδράσιν ὡπλισμένοις ἤγουν ὑπὸ ἀνδρῶν ὡπλισμένων.  —X

TRANSLATION:  (Supply) ‘I cannot (flee)’ (and take the remainder as) ‘because I am encircled by armed men (dative phrase without preposition), that is, by armed men (prepositional phrase with ‘hupo’).

REF. SYMBOL: X      


Or. 444.02 (rec exeg) ⟨κύκλῳ γὰρ⟩: λείπει οὐ δύναμαι  —AbR

TRANSLATION:  ‘I cannot (flee)’ is to be understood.

POSITION: marg. beside 443      

APP. CRIT.:  δύναμαι] δυνασ() app. R   

COMMENT:   The suspended character above alpha in R is uncertainly read as a sigma. If it is sigma, R means δύνασαι, the person of the gloss having perhaps been adapted to seem to fit 443.   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 444.03 (rec exeg) ⟨κύκλῳ γὰρ⟩: οὐ δύναμαι φεύγειν  —GK

TRANSLATION:  (Supply) ‘I cannot flee’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 444.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨κύκλῳ γὰρ⟩: οὐ δύναμαι  —XaXbXoTYYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (Supply) ‘I cannot (flee)’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 444.05 (thom exeg) ⟨κύκλῳ γὰρ⟩: οὐ δυνατόν  —ZZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (Supply) ‘it is impossible’ (to flee).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 444.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κύκλῳ γὰρ⟩: οὔ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  changed to οὐχί Aa2   


Or. 444.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εἱλισσόμεθα παγχάλκοις ὅπλοις⟩: συγκλειόμεθα γὰρ ὑπ’ ἀνδρῶν ὁπλισμένων.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 444.10 (thom exeg) εἱλίσσομεθα: τουτέστι φυλασσόμεθα ὑπ’ ἀνδρῶν ὡπλισμένων ἵνα εἰ βουληθείημεν φυγεῖν μὴ σχῶμεν ἄδειαν.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, we are being guarded by armed men so that, if we should wish to escape, we may not find a safe way to do so.

LEMMA: T      POSITION: s.l. except T      

APP. CRIT.:  οὐκ ἔστι δυν. prep. Za   

APP. CRIT. 2:   τουτέστιν Zb   |   ὑπὸ ZbZlTGu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.141,14–15


Or. 444.16 (pllgn gram) ⟨εἱλίσσομεθα⟩: εἱλίσσω οὐχὶ ἑλίσσω  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 444.17 (mosch exeg) ⟨παγχάλκοις ὅπλοις⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνδράσιν ὡπλισμένοις ἤγουν ὑπὸ ἀνδρῶν ὡπλισμένων  —XaXbXoT+YYfGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘By means of all-bronze weapons’ is) equivalent to ‘by armed men’ (dative phrase without preposition), that is, ‘by armed men’ (prepositional phrase with ‘hupo’).

POSITION: s.l. except XoYf      

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits cross.   |   


Or. 444.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨παγχάλκοις ὅπλοις⟩: καὶ παγχρύσοις ἅρμασι δηλονότι  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 445.01 (rec exeg) 1τουτέστι κοινῇ φρουρήσει φυλάττῃ ἢ ἰδίᾳ;  2τουτέστι παρὰ τινῶν ἐχθρῶν φυλάττῃ ἢ παρὰ τῆς πόλεως ὅλης;   —MnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   That is, are you guarded by a common watching or an individual one? That is, are you guarded by some enemies or by the entire city?

POSITION: follows sch. 456.01+458.01 in Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τουτέστι om. Rb   |    2 second παρὰ] perhaps περὶ Rb   |    ὅλως Rb   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 κοινὴ Mn   |    φρουρήση S   |    φυλάττει Mn   |    ἡ ἰδία S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.141,16–18


Or. 445.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἰδίᾳ πρὸς ἐχθρῶν⟩: μονομερῶς παρὰ τῶν  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 445.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰδίᾳ⟩: πῶς  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 445.09 (thom exeg) ⟨πρὸς ἐχθρῶν⟩: φυλάσσεσθε  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 445.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρὸς ἐχθρῶν⟩: παραφυλάσσεσθε  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   -εσθαι Zu   |   


Or. 445.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐχθρῶν⟩: ἤτοι τὸ στράτευμα τοῦ Αἰγίσθου  —V1PrY2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤτοι] τουτέστι Y2   

APP. CRIT. 2:   αἰγίστου Y2   |   


Or. 445.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐχθρῶν⟩: τῶν τοῦ Αἰγίσθου ἢ τοῦ Οἴακος  —F

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 445.21 (rec exeg) ⟨χερός⟩: γράφεται χθονός.  —VCAbPrSar

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,20

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 445.22 (pllgn exeg) ⟨χθονός⟩: γρ. χερὸς.  —S

LEMMA: thus in text S      POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 446.01 (thom exeg) ⟨πρὸς ἀστῶν⟩: εἱλίσσομαι  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (Supply with ‘by (all) the citizens’) ‘I am encircled’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  εἱλισσόμεθα ZaZlGu   


Or. 446.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πρὸς ἀστῶν⟩: καὶ παρὰ τῶν πολιτῶν  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 446.07 (vet exeg) ⟨βραχὺς λόγος⟩: 1τοῦτο καθ’ ἑαυτό.  2βραχέως, φησὶ, καὶ συντόμως εἴρηκα ὅπερ ἔδει.   —MBCaCbVPr

TRANSLATION:   This phrase stands by itself. Briefly, he says, and concisely I have said what was necessary.

LEMMA: πάντων πρὸς ἀστῶν MC      POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. BCb, s.l. VPr      

APP. CRIT.:  1 ambig. καθεαυτ(ὸ) or καθεαυτ(οῦ) V, καθ’ ἑαυτῶ Pr   |    2 βραχέως] εἴρηκα VPr   |    εἴρηκα ὅπερ ἔδει om. M   |    ὥσπερ V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 καθεαυτό B, καθεαυτὸν M, καθ’ ἑαυτὸν Cb, καθαυτὸν Ca   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,21–22; Dind. II.141,21–22


Or. 446.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨βραχὺς λόγος⟩: ὡς ἐν συντόμῳ εἴπω  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 446.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βραχὺς λόγος⟩: τὸ βραχύτατον, τὸ μικρόν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 446.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βραχὺς λόγος⟩: ἤτοι με φυλάσσουσι.  —B3d

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 446.13 (mosch gram) ⟨βραχὺς⟩: τῷ βραχεῖ ἐναντίον τὸ μακρόν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr

REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. XaXbYGr      

APP. CRIT.:  τῶ βραχύ Yf   


Or. 447.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ὦ μέλεος⟩: τάχα θλίβεται, πλὴν κακοήθως ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν ἦλθες εἰς τὴν τελευταίαν ψῆφον τοῦ θανάτου.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Perhaps he (Menelaus) is distressed, but (it is spoken, or he speaks) maliciously starting with ‘now you have come to the final vote of death’.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The commentator recognizes that the lemma does not agree well with the view advocated repeatedly in the old scholia that Menelaus speaks to Orestes maliciously from the beginning of the scene, but he tries to save the viewpoint.   

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 447.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἥκεις⟩: Ἀττικὸν  —B3d

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 447.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πρὸς τοὔσχατον⟩: πρὸς τὴν ἀκμὴν τῆς συμφορᾶς  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA: πρὸς in text all except GTZc      POSITION: s.l. except XXo      


Or. 448.01 (pllgn paraphr) ἡ ἐμὴ ἐλπὶς εἰς σὲ ἔχει τὰς καταφυγάς.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καταφυγάς Mastr., κατὰ Y2   


Or. 448.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨καταφυγὰς⟩: ἤγουν τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῶν κακῶν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 448.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨καταφυγὰς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ καταφυγήν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (The plural form ‘kataphugas’ is) used for the (singular) ‘kataphugēn’ (‘refuge’).

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἔχει add. G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.141,33


Or. 448.11 (mosch exeg) ⟨κακῶν⟩: ἕνεκα τῶν δυστυχιῶν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

TRANSLATION:  (Interpret the genitive ‘of evils’ as) ‘for the sake of my misfortunes’ (or ‘as far as concerns my misfortunes’).

REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. except XXo      


Or. 449.13 (rec gram) ⟨μολών⟩: τὸ θέμα μόλω τὸ παραγίνομαι, ὁ μέλλων μολῶ.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 451.01 (vet exeg) καὶ μὴ μόνος τὸ χρηστὸν ἀπολαβὼν ἔχε: 1Ἀττικὸν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπόλαβε τὰ κατὰ σαυτὸν φυλάσσων.  2ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ [Soph. fr. 893 Radt] ‘εὐφημίαν μὲν πρῶτα κήρυξας ἔχω’, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκήρυξα.   —MBVC, partial Pr

TRANSLATION:   (The periphrasis with ‘echō’ and aorist participle is) an Attic construction, giving the sense ‘preserving your own state of affairs, keep it separate’. It is similar to the line ‘having first proclaimed ritual silence I keep it so’, equivalent to ‘I proclaimed’.

LEMMA: MC, καὶ μὴ μόνος τῶν χρηστῶν V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀττικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ] B, om. MC, μὴ μόνος VPr   |    ἀπολάμβανε B, ἀπόλαυε VPr   |    after σαυτὸν add. μόνον B   |    2 ὅμοιον κτλ om. Pr   |    ὅμοιον δέ V   |    τῷ] τὸ MVC   |    ἔχω om. V   |    ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐκήρυξα] ἀνακεκηρυχέναι V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.149,23–25; Dind. II.142,5–7

COMMENT:   Compare sch. B Med. 33 ἀτιμάσας ἔχει: Ἀττικῶς, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἠτίμασε. τὸ γὰρ ἔχει ἐκ περισσοῦ. Σοφοκλῆς [Soph. fr. 892 Radt] ‘παῖδας γὰρ οὓς ἔφυσ’ ἀναλώσας ἔχει’ καὶ πάλιν [Soph. fr. 893 Radt] ‘εὐφημίαν μὲν πρῶτα κηρύξας ἔχω’.   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Sophocles   


Or. 451.02 (pllgn paraphr) ἤγουν μὴ τρύφα τὴν σὴν εὐτυχίαν μόνος.  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 451.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μὴ μόνος⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ μὴ μόνον  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 451.08 (rec exeg) ἀπολαβὼν ἔχε: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀπολάμβανε  —VPrY2

LEMMA: V (as incorporated first words)      POSITION: s.l. PrY2; cont. from 451.01 V      


Or. 452.04 (mosch gram) ἀντιλάζου: τὸ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι λέγεται ὅταν τι διώκῃ καὶ ἅπτηταί τινος δεόμενον ἢ καὶ καθ’ ἕτερόν τινα τρόπον, τὸ δὲ ἀναδέχηται καὶ οὐκ ἀποστρέφηται.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   The word ‘antilambanesthai’ (‘to latch onto’) is used whenever something seeks and grasps something, being in need of it or else in some other manner, and that thing accepts (the grasping) and does not turn away.

LEMMA: ἀλλ’ ἀντιλάζου G      

APP. CRIT.:  διώκηται T   |    δεόμενος XaY   |    second καὶ om. G   |    δὲ om. Xo   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὅτάν τι all (ὅτ’ ἄν τι G)   |   ἅπτηται τινὸς all except G   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.142,10–12


Or. 452.05 (rec exeg) ⟨πόνων⟩: τῶν συγγενικῶν ἤγουν τῶν ἐμῶν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 452.07 (thom exeg) ⟨πόνων⟩: κόπων τῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘Toils’, that is,) ‘pains on our behalf’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῶν prep. Gu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   εἱμῶν Zl   |   


Or. 452.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐν τῷ μέρει⟩: μερικῶς τῆς συγγενείας σου  —G

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Perhaps the intended sense is ‘particularly (the toils) of your relatives’; otherwise the genitive is obscure. The correct interpretation of ἐν τῷ μέρει in terms of reciprocation (‘in your turn’) is recognized in the next glosses.   


Or. 453.01 (mosch exeg) χάριτας: ἤγουν ἃς ὁ πατὴρ ἐποίησεν  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:  (‘Favors’), that is, the ones that his father (Agamemnon) did.

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν om. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -σε XoG   |   


Or. 453.02 (tri metr) ⟨πατρώας⟩: long mark over second alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 453.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨οὓς⟩: ἐκείνους τοὺς ἀνθρώπους  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 453.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὓς⟩: ἐκγόνους  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 454.01 (454–455) (pllgn exeg) κ̅ δ̅ χρόν(ον) τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι Ἡλίῳ  —V2

TRANSLATION:   For the twenty-fourth year for Apollo Helios.

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   It is unclear what this means or whether its insertion is inspired by anything in the text in the vicinity of these lines. There is no reason to believe that someone calculated the age of Orestes as 24 years old. For the possible connection of that number with Helios, Michael Zellmann-Rohrer notes (in personal communication) that in one astrological system known from Ptolem. Apotelesmatica (Tetrabiblos) 4.10.4–12 the 24th year falls within the division of human life that is under the power of Helios.   


Or. 454.02 (454–455) (vet paraphr) ὄνομα γὰρ: 1οἱ φίλοι, εἰ μὴ ἐπὶ ταῖς συμφοραῖς τῶν φίλων εἰσὶ φίλοι, οὐδέ εἰσι φίλοι,  2ἀλλὰ λόγῳ μέν εἰσιν, ἔργῳ δ’ οὔ.   —MBPr

TRANSLATION:   Friends, if they are not friends amidst the misfortunes of their friends, are not even friends, but they are so in name, not in reality.

LEMMA: Pr      REF. SYMBOL: M (at οἱ μὴ 455)      POSITION: intermarg. MB      

APP. CRIT.:   1 εἰ … first εἰσὶ] οἱ … εἰσὶ Pr, οἱ … ὄντες B   |    οὐδέ] ὥστε οὐδέ M, οὐκ B   |    2 εἰσιν] εἰσὶ φίλοι Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 δὲ οὔ Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,3–4; Dind. II.142,14–16


Or. 454.03 (pllgn exeg) οὐ γὰρ τὸ ὄνομα τὴν ἐνέργειαν παριστᾷ, ἀλλ’ ἡ ἐνέργεια τὸ ὄνομα· τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ πατρὸς καὶ ἀδελφοῦ καὶ μητρὸς καὶ παντὸς συγγενοῦς.  —Lb

TRANSLATION:  For the (mere) word does not give proof of the actuality, but the actuality (gives proof of) the word. This applies to (the terms) ‘father’ and ‘brother’ and ‘mother’ and every (term for a) kinsman.

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐνεργείαν … ἐνεργεία Lb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.142,16–18


Or. 454.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὄνομα γὰρ⟩: (ὄνομα) γὰρ μόνον ἔχουσι φίλου.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 454.10 (rec exeg) ἔργον δὲ οὐκ ἔχουσιν οἱ φίλοι: καὶ γὰρ τοιούτους οἱ σοφοὶ λέγουσιν ὁμωνύμως καλεῖσθαι, οὐ μὴν συνωνύμως. φίλοι γὰρ συνωνύμως οἱ καὶ ὄνομα καὶ ἔργον ἔχοντες φίλου.  —Rw

TRANSLATION:   For in fact the wise say that such (friends) are so called by homonymy (equivocally, having the same name but different natures/definitions), not indeed by synonymy (having the same name and the same nature/definition). For those who possess both the name and the action of a friend are friends by synonymy.

LEMMA: Rw      POSITION: follows sch. 457.04 Rw with only high stop and small space      

COMMENT:   The contrast of ὁμωνύμως/συνωνύμως is very common in commentators on Aristotle’s Categories from late antiquity through to late Byzantine authors and crops up in Photius, Arethas, and Psellus; but no connection specifically with the word φίλος is found in TLG.   


Or. 454.11 (vet exeg) ⟨φίλοι⟩: ἔδει οἱ συγγενεῖς εἰπεῖν.  —B

TRANSLATION:   He should have used the expression ‘the kinsmen’.

POSITION: intermarg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,2


Or. 455.01 (rec exeg) ⟨οἱ μὴ ἐπὶ ταῖς συμφοραῖς⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι οἱ μὴ ’πὶ ταῖς συμφοραῖς.  —Mn

LEMMA: thus in text Mn      POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μὴπὶ Mn   |   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 455.06 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 456.01 (vet paraphr) καὶ μὴν γέροντι: τὸ ἑξῆς γέροντι ποδὶ βαδίζει ἐνταῦθα.  —MBVAbMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   The run of the sense is: with an aged foot he walks here.

LEMMA: VRb, καὶ μὴν γέροντι δεῦρο MnSSa      REF. SYMBOL: VRb      POSITION: s.l. MAb, intermarg. B      

APP. CRIT.:   ποδὶ κτλ om. V, add. V1 in blank space   |    βαδίζει transp. before γέροντι Ab   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,5; Dind. II.142,20


Or. 456.02 (mosch paraphr) καὶ μὴν γέροντι: σπεύδει δεῦρο ποδὶ γεροντικῷ ἤγουν μετὰ σπουδῆς ἔρχεται ὧδε.  —XXaXbT+YYfGr

LEMMA: καὶ μὴν γέροντικῷ X (but in text γέροντι X)      POSITION: s.l. except XTYf      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ᾧδε XXb   |   


Or. 456.08 (rec exeg) ⟨γέροντι⟩: τὸ ἁπλοῦν ἀντὶ κτητικοῦ.  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 456.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨δεῦρ’ ἁμιλλᾶται⟩: ὧδε μετὰ σπουδῆς ἔρχεται.  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 456.19 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἁμιλλᾶται⟩: ἤγουν σπουδαίως καὶ μετὰ ἁμίλλης καὶ ἀγῶνος ἔρχεται.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 456.20 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἁμιλλᾶται⟩: ἀγωνιστικῶς βαδίζει, ἔρχεται  —Y2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 457.01 (mosch paraphr) ὁ Σπαρτιάτης: ὁ ἀπὸ τῆς Σπάρτης  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZlZmZu

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. XZu   |    ἀπὸ] ἐκ Zl   


Or. 457.04 (vet exeg) Τυνδάρεως μελάμπεπλος: 1Οἰβάλου τοῦ Περιήρους παῖδες οὗτοι·  2Τυνδάρεως, Ἰκάριος, Ἀρήνη, καὶ νόθος ἐκ Νικοστράτης Ἱπποκόων.  3οὗτοι μετὰ θάνατον Οἰβάλου ἐστασίασαν περὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς.  4Ἰκάριος δὲ συνθέμενος μετὰ Ἱπποκόωντος ἐξελαύνει τὸν Τυνδάρεων τῆς Σπάρτης.  5ὁ δὲ οἰκεῖ ἐν τοῖς ἐσχάτοις τῆς Λακεδαιμονίας καὶ γαμεῖ Λήδαν τὴν Θεστίου τοῦ Αἰτωλοῦ,  6ἐξ ἧς ἔσχε Κάστορα καὶ Πολυδεύκην καὶ Τιμάνδραν καὶ Κλυταιμνήστραν καὶ Ἑλένην.  7ὕστερον δὲ Ἡρακλῆς ἐπὶ τῷ φόνῳ τοῦ Οἰωνοῦ φονεύσας Ἱπποκόωντα ἅμα τοῖς παισὶ καὶ καταγαγὼν τὸν Τυνδάρεων ἀπὸ Φρίξης καὶ Πελλάνης ἐγχειρεῖ αὐτῷ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς Σπάρτης.  8ἐγάμει γὰρ Ἡρακλῆς Δηϊάνειραν τὴν Λήδας ἀδελφιδῆν.   —MBCPrRw, partial VMnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   These are the children of Oebalus the son of Perieres: Tyndareus, Icarius, Arene, and an illegitimate son Hippocoon born of Nicostrate. After the death of Oebalus these children fell into strife over ruling. Icarius, having made a compact with Hippocoon, drives Tyndareus from Sparta. The latter resides in the farthest outskirts of Lacedaemonia and marries Leda, daughter of Thestius son of Aetolus. And from her he got as children Castor and Polydeuces and Timandra and Clytemnestra and Helen. But later Heracles, having slain Hippocoon and his sons on the occasion of their killing of Oeonus and having brought Tyndareus home from Phrixe and Pellane, entrusts the rule of Sparta to him. For Heracles was married to Deinaneira the niece of Leda.

LEMMA: MC, τυνδάρεως MnSSa, ὁ σπαρτιάτης BPr, (459) τυνδάρεως ὅδε V, τυνδ. ὧδε στείχει Rw, ὧδε Rb (without punct.)      REF. SYMBOL: B, (to 459) V      POSITION: cont. from sch. 456.01 without punct. Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 Οἰβάλου] (blank space left)βάλου B, βάλου Pr, οἰβάρου S   |    Περιήρους] B, περιήρου VMnPrRbSa, περὶ οἴρου S, π(ερι) ἥρος M, περίηρ(ος) Rw, περιῆρος C   |    οὗτοι] οἵδε V, p.c. Rb, οἳ αἵδε SSa, a.c. Rb, αἵδε Mn   |    2 and 4 Ἰκάριος Pk (in 457.05), whence King here (cf. Apollodorus), ἴκαρος all (ἵκαρος Rw), and witnesses of several other sources (see comment)   |    ἀρήνη Apollodorus, ἄρνη all except ἄρηου or ἄρνου (with omicron above ου) Rb   |    Νικοστράτης] στρατονίκης VMnRbSSa   |    2–4 Ἱπποκόων … μετὰ om. M   |    3 οὗτοι] οὕτως Sa, οὗτοῦ Rb, οὗτος MnS   |    βάλου BPrRw   |    ἐστασίασε Mn, ἐστίασε SSa   |    τῆς om. VCMnRbSSa   |    4 ἐξελαύνει τὸν] τῆ γεγονυῖα ἐπὶ ἐξελαύνει τῶ πένθει:~ τὸν Mn (extra words displaced from sch. 458.15)   |    τὸν om. Rw   |    ἀπὸ τῆς σπ. Sa, ἐκ τῆς σπ. MnS   |    5 ὤκει RbSSa, ὤκεις Mn   |    ἐν ἐσχατιᾶ VMnRb(αἰσχ.)SSa, ἑαυτὸν ἐσχάτης Rw   |    τῆς λακεδαίμονος VRbSa   |    ἐγάμει VMnRbSSa   |    λήδα V, ληδην Rb   |    τὴν θυεστίου C, τοῦ θυέστου Sa, (τὴν om.) θαιστίου Rw, τοῦτ(εστι) app. Mn   |    τοῦ αἰτωλῶν VS, τοῦ αἰτολικῶν Rb, τῶν αἰτωλῶν Sa, τοῦ αἰτῶλος Mn   |    6 second καὶ om. Rb   |    6–8 καὶ τιμάνδραν κτλ. om. V(τιμάνδραν καὶ ἑλένην:~ add. V1)MnSSa   |    6–8 καὶ κλυτ. κτλ om. Rb   |    7 ἐπὶ τὸν φόνον MC   |    τοῦ υἱωνοῦ BPr, τοῦ ὑωνοῦ (or υἱω-?) a.c. M, τῶν υἱῶν Rw   |    ἱπποθόοντα M   |    φρίζης a.c. or p.c. M   |    Πελλάνης Matt. (after Πελλήνης Meursius), πέλλης MBCPr, πέλης Rw   |    ἐγχειρίζει BPr   |    8 ἀδελφιδῆν Barnes, ἀδελφήν all   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 οἱβάλλου Rb   |    2 ἱπποκόου Mn   |    3 οἱβάλου Rb   |    4 ἱπποκόοντος VMn, p.c. Rw, ἱπποκόεντος SSa, ὑπηκόοντος Rb   |    τυνδάρεον Mn   |    6 perhaps ἔσχεν M   |    ποδεύκην Rb   |    7 ἱπποκόοντα Rw   |    8 δϊϊάνειραν Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,6–15; Dind. II.142,24–143,9

COMMENT:   For the genealogy and names, cf. ps.-Apollodorus, Bibl. 3.117, 3.123 [where the names Arene and Icarius are correctly transmitted], Sch. Hom. Il. 2.581–6 [ἴκαρος and ἄρνη codd.], Od. 15.16 [ἰκάριος with no variant in the witnesses checked by F. Pontani], Sch. vet. Lycophr. 547a Leone [ἴκαρος codd.], Sch. Tzetz. Lycophr. 511b [ἴκαρος and ἄρνη codd.]. The corruption to Hippothoon seen in one place in M is matched in the mss of Sch. Hom. Il. 2.581–6, where Bekker corrected the name.   |   For Pellana in Laconia as the residence in exile of Tyndareus, see Paus. 3.1.4 and 3.21.2. Schwartz accepted Meursius’ Πελλήνης (Johann Meurs, Miscellanea Laconica, Amsterdam 1661, 4.8, p. 275), but Pellene normally refers to a city in Achaea near Sicyon. Phrixa is in Triphylia, a region which could be said to be Elean or Arcadian, and the location is nowhere else associated with Tyndareus (or with Heracles or Hippocoon or Oeonus). Thus it is not clear why it is included here.   |   In the outer margin beside this sch. V2 has added λήδα on one line and after a blank line ζεὺς τῆς / κρήτης / βασιλεὺς. This is probably a comment on the adjacent sch., indicating the alternative parentage of Polydeuces and Helen with the rationalizing variant that Zeus was really a human king. This seems more likely than that it is meant to be a note on 464 Λήδα.   |   Deianeira is daughter of Althaea, who is sister of Leda; hence Barnes’ correction ἀδελφιδῆν.   

KEYWORDS:  genealogy   |   mythography, genealogical   


Or. 457.05 (pllgn exeg) 1Οἰβάλου παῖδες οὗτοι·  2Τυνδάρεως, Ἰκάριος, Ἀρήνη, καὶ νόθος ἐκ Νικοστράτης Ἱπποκόων.  3ἀποθανόντος δὲ τοῦ Οἰβάλου ἐστασίασαν περὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς οἱ παῖδες.  4Ἰκάριος δὲ συνθέμενος εἰς τὸν Ἱπποκόωντα ἐξελαύνει τὸν Τυνδάρεων τῆς Σπάρτης.  5ὁ δὲ οἰκεῖ ἐν Λακεδαίμονι ὅπου ἔφυγε καὶ γαμεῖ Λήδαν τὴν Θεστίου τοῦ Αἰτωλοῦ,  6ἐξ ἧς ἔσχε Κάστορα καὶ Πολυδεύκην καὶ Κλυταιμνήστραν καὶ Ἑλένην.  7ὕστερον δὲ Ἡρακλῆς φονεύσας τὸν Ἱπποκόωντα ἅμα τοῖς παισὶ ἀπαγαγὼν τὸν Τυνδάρεων ἐνεχείρισεν αὐτῷ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς Σπάρτης.  8ἐγάμει γὰρ Ἡρακλῆς Δηϊάνειραν τὴν Λήδας ἀδελφιδῆν.   —Pk

APP. CRIT.:  2 ἄρνη καὶ νῆθος Pk   |    8 ἀδελφὴν Pk   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 οἱβάλλου Pk   |    3 οἰβάλλου Pk   |    5 λήδεν Pk   |    αἰτώλου Pk   |    6 κλυτεμνήστραν Pk   |   

KEYWORDS:  genealogy   |   mythography, genealogical   


Or. 458.01 (vet exeg) κουρᾷ τε θυγατρός: δείκνυται τῇ κουρᾷ τῇ ἐκθέσμῳ ὅτι ἐπὶ πένθει ἐξύρηται. —MV1MnRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   It is shown by the abnormal haircut that he has been shorn close to express mourning.

LEMMA: Mn(ται)SSa      REF. SYMBOL: Sa      POSITION: s.l. M; cont. from 456.01, prep. κοῦρα (κουρᾶ p.c. V1) τε θυγατρὸς, V1Rb      

APP. CRIT.:   δείκνυται Schw., δεικτικὴ κεῖται V1, καὶ δοτικὴ κεῖται MMn, καὶ δοτικῶς κεῖται RbSa, καὶ δοτι κεῖται S   |    τῇ ἐκθέσμῳ Schw., τῆς ἐν θέσμω M, om. others   |    ὅτι] ὅ ἐστι M   |    ἐπὶ τῶ πένθει V1, ἐπὶ πένθους M, ἐπὶ τῶν πενθῶν RbSSa, ἐπὶ πενθῶν Mn   |    ἐξύρηται Schw., ἐξεύρηται all   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,17; Dind. II.143,11


Or. 458.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨κουρᾷ τε θυγατρὸς⟩: τῇ γεγονυίᾳ ἕνεκεν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.143,10


Or. 458.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨κουρᾷ⟩: τῇ τῶν τριχῶν ἐκκοπῇ  —AbMnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῇ om. R   |    τῆ ἐκκ. τῶν τρ. transp. Ab   


Or. 458.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨κεκαρμένος⟩: λελυπημένος τῇ ἐκκοπῇ τῶν τριχῶν τῇ γεγονυίᾳ ἐπὶ τῷ πένθει  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῇ γεγον. κτλ om. Mn (but the words are conflated within 457.04)   


Or. 458.21 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 459.01 (pllgn exeg) ἰδὼν Ὀρέστης τὸν πάππον αὐτοῦ ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῷ θεάσασθαι τὸν Μενέλαον, ἀκούσαντα ὅτι εἰς τὸ Ἄργος ἦλθε, καὶ αἰδεσθεὶς αὐτὸν διότι πολλῶν ἔτυχε παρ’ αὐτοῦ τῶν καλῶν, ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἐφόνευσε τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ, λέγει αἰδεσθεὶς ‘ἀπωλόμην, Μενέλαε’.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Orestes, spotting his grandfather coming to see Menelaus, because he (Tyndareus) heard that he (Menelaus) had arrived at Argos, and feeling shame before him (Tyndareus) because he received many fine things from him, but he killed his mother, says in his shame ‘I am destroyed, Menelaus’.


Or. 459.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἀπωλόμην⟩: συμφορᾷ περιέπεσον  —VPr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 459.06 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: long mark over alpha  —T


Or. 460.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὗ μάλιστ’ αἰδώς μ’ ἔχει⟩: ὅντινα μάλιστα αἰδοῦμαι  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrCr2ZcOx

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν preo. T, περὶ prep. Ox   |    οὗτινα Yf   |    μάλιστα om. Zc   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὄντινα Cr2   |   


Or. 460.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὗ μάλιστ’ αἰδώς μ’ ἔχει⟩: ὅντινα μᾶλλον εὐλαβοῦμαι  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 461.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨εἰς ὄμματ’ ἐλθεῖν⟩: τουτέστι νὰ τὸν ἴδω  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 461.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨εἰς ὄμματ’ ἐλθεῖν⟩: εἰς ὄψιν ὥστε ἐλθεῖν  —X


Or. 461.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἐξειργασμένοις⟩: ἐν τοῖς ἡμαρτημένοις  —MnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐν om. Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   -ημένος Mn (and in line a.c. ‑ασμένος)   |   


Or. 461.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἐξειργασμένοις⟩: διὰ τὰ πεπραγμένα  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 461.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἐξειργασμένοι⟩: διὰ τὰ πραχθέντα  —B3a

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 461.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἐξειργασμένοις⟩: ἕνεκα τῶν ἐξειργασμένων  —CrKMnRfOxB3d

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τῶν om. Rf   


Or. 461.11 (recTri paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἐξειργασμένοις⟩: διὰ τὰ ἐξειργασμένα  —AbT+Zc

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   Note that Triclinius marks the gloss as Moschopulean even though he has adapted 461.12 to his preferred reading in the text.   


Or. 461.12 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἡμαρτημένοις⟩: διὰ τὰ ἡμαρτημένα  —XaXbXaXbXoYYfGGrCr2

LEMMA: thus in text all except G      POSITION: s.l. except Xa      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. Cr2   |    only διὰ Xb   


Or. 461.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἡμαρτημένοις⟩: ἕνεκα τῶν ἡμαρτημάτων  —V2

LEMMA: this in text V      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 461.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοῖσιν ἡμαρτημένοις⟩: χάριν τῶν ἡμαρτημένων  —Y2

LEMMA: this in text Y      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 462.04 (462–463) (vet exeg) πολλὰ δὲ φιλήματ’ ἐξέπλησε: ἀντὶ τοῦ πολλῶν φιλημάτων με ἐξεπλήρωσεν, ὡς τὸ [Hom. Il. 10.298] ‘διά τ’ ἔντεα καὶ μέλαν αἷμα’. —MBVCMnPrRbSa

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘he filled me with many kisses’, (with the accusative used instead of expected genitive) just as in the (Homeric) example ‘through the coat of mail and black blood’.

LEMMA: M(‑σεν)BCPr(‑ματα, ‑σεν), πολλὰ δὲ VRbSa      REF. SYMBOL: BVRb      POSITION: follows 462.07 in Sa      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ om. C   |    πολλῶν] ἀπὸ πολλῶν δὲ VRb, πολλῶν δὲ Mn   |    φιλ. με ἐξεπλ. om. VMnRbSa   |    ἐπλήρωσεν Pr   |    διά τ’ ἔντεα] διὰ τοὺς διένους καύτῶν κανστατην καὶ πολυδεύκην: τ’ ἔντεα Mn (app. conflated from a note like R’s at 465.16)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   δία τ’ M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,20–21; Dind. II.144,9–10

COMMENT:   This Homeric example was at first used to explain case usage with διά (as in sch. 103.15) but later was also cited for any use of the accusative in place of the genitive, as here and in Sch. Phoen. 350, Sch. Soph. Trach. 50.   

KEYWORDS:  citation of Homer (with direct quotation)   


Or. 462.05 (462–463) (rec exeg) πολλὰ δὲ φιλήματ’ ἐξέπλησε: πολλῶν με φιλημάτων ἐξεπλήρωσεν.  —O


Or. 462.06 (462–463) (pllgn exeg) ⟨πολλὰ δὲ φιλήματ’ ἐξέπλησε⟩: ἐξηριθμήσατο καὶ ἐπλήρωσε τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν.  —VMnRbSa

POSITION: cont. from 462.04 all      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.150,23


Or. 462.07 (462–463) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τῶν φιλημάτων εἰς ἐμὲ ἐτέλεσεν. —MBVCMnPrRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘he fulfilled upon me his desire for kisses’.

LEMMA: BC, in marg. M, φιλήματ’ ἐξέπλη() V, φιλήματα Mn, φιλήματι Sa, φιλήματ() Rb      POSITION: s.l. Pr      

APP. CRIT.:   τοῦ om. C   |    εἰς ἐμὲ transp. before τὴν ἐπιθ. VMnPrRbSSa   |    ἐτέλεσας Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐτέλεσε Sa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,1; Dind. II.144,10–11


Or. 462.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πολλὰ δὲ φιλήματ’⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πολλῶν φιλημάτων  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 462.09 (462–463) (rec exeg) ⟨πολλὰ⟩: πολλῶν  —FGPrRfYZu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Pr   


Or. 463.01 (rec exeg) ⟨φιλήματ’⟩: φιλημάτων  —FGRf

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 463.07 (vet exeg) τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος: 1ὡς περὶ ἑτέρου φησίν.  2ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν περιφέρων ἐμὲ εἶπε τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐμὲ, παῖδα ὄντα.  —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   He speaks as if about someone else. Instead of saying ‘carrying me around’, he said ‘the son of Agamemnon’, meaning ‘me, being son (of Agamemnon)’.

LEMMA: M      POSITION: marg. C; cont. from 462.07 BPr, prep. τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος παῖδα      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὡς περὶ] ὥσπερ Pr   |    ὡς om. MC   |    δέ add. before φη() BPr   |    2 τοῦ εἰπεῖν om. C   |    τὸν ἀγαμ. om. MC   |    second τοῦ om. C   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἶπεν BC   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,3–4; Dind. II.144,12–13


Or. 463.08 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος⟩: ὁ δὲ λόγος περιφέρων καὶ περιάγων ἐμέ.  —VMnRbSa

TRANSLATION:   The sense (with adjusted word order) is ‘bearing around and carrying around me’.

POSITION: cont. from 462.04 all      

APP. CRIT. 2:   π(ερί)γων Rb   |   


Or. 463.09 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονος⟩: σεμνύνεται ἐνταῦθα τῷ πατρικῷ.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   He takes pride here in his father’s name.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 464.09 (464–465) (mosch paraphr) Λήδᾳ θ’ ἅμα: καὶ ἅμα τῇ Λήδᾳ τιμῶντες με οὐδὲν ἔλαττον ἢ τοὺς Διοσκούρους, ἤγουν τὸν Κάστορα καὶ τὸν Πολυδεύκην.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrCr2Ox

LEMMA: G      POSITION: s.l. (above 465) XaXbYGrCr2Ox      

APP. CRIT.:  after οὐδὲν add. καὶ Cr2Ox (also high stop at οὐδὲν Ox)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   λύδᾳ X   |   

COMMENT:   The added καὶ in Cr results from Cr2 incorporating Cr’s καὶ ἔλαττον (465.11). Here it seems certain that Ox is derived directly or indirectly from Cr.   


Or. 464.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Λήδα⟩: ἡ Λήδα ἦν γυνὴ τοῦ Τυνδάρεως ὡς μυθεύονται. ἐμοίχησε δὲ ταύτην ὁ Ζεύς. ἐξ ἧς ὁ μὲν Τυνδάρεως εἶχε τὴν Κλυταιμνήστραν μετὰ ταύτης, ὁ δὲ Ζεὺς ἐποίησε τὴν Ἑλένην καὶ τοὺς Διοσκούρους. εἰς χῆνα δὲ μεταβληθεῖσαν συνεγένετο μετ’ αὐτῆς ἐπεὶ καὶ ὠὸν ἀπέτεκεν ⟦αὐτὴν⟧, ἀφ’ οὗ ὁμοῦ ἐγένοντο οἱ Διόσκουροι.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Leda was wife of Tyndareus, as they are said to be in the mythical story. Zeus committed adultery with her. And from her (Leda), Tyndareus had Clytemnestra with her, while Zeus begot Helen and the Dioscuri. And when she (Leda) had been changed into a goose he (Zeus) had intercourse with her, since she in fact gave birth to an egg, from which the Dioscuri were born together.

COMMENT:   It is possible that μυθεύονται is middle rather than passive: ‘as people tell the mythical story’.   


Or. 464.17 (tri metr) ⟨Λήδᾳ⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 465.01 (vet exeg) τιμῶντε μ’ οὐδὲν ἧσσον: 1τιμῶντές με οὐδὲν ἧττον ἢ τοὺς Διοσκόρους.  2Ἀττικὴ δὲ ἡ σύνταξις, ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐκ ἔλαττον τῶν Διοσκόρων.  —MBCPraPrb, partial MnRb

TRANSLATION:   Honoring me no less than (they honored) the Dioscuri. The syntax is Attic, used instead of ‘no less than the Dioscuri’ (i.e., with Dioscuri as genitive of comparison without ‘than’).

LEMMA: M, διοσκούρω MnRb      POSITION: intermarg. C, s.l. Prb; cont. from 463.07 BPra      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τιμῶντες … διοσκόρους om. MnRb   |    τιμῶντές με οὐδὲν] τιμῶν με B, τιμῶν μὲν Pra, ἤτοι ἐμὲ παῖδα ὄντα τιμῶντες Prb   |    οὐδὲν] οὐχ B, οὐχ’ PraPrb   |    με] σε C   |    διοσκούρους PraPrb   |    2 δὲ om. MnRb   |    τοῦ om. C   |    διοσκόρων BC, διοσκούρων others   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ὡσκ ἔλλαττον Mn, οὐχ’ ἔλαττον PraPrb (app. ἕλαττον a.c. Prb)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,5–7; Dind. II.144,13–15

COLLATION NOTES:   In 1 Schw. reports τιμῶμεν for B (last line of 36r), but B certainly has τιμῶν and the suspended sign over the following mu is a compendious form of epsilon used elsewhere in B: while it is very similar to the suspended sign for εν, it is still distinguishable (compare εἶπ(εν) in the penultimate line of this page).   |   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 465.02 (pllgn paraphr) οὐδέν ἔλαττον τῶν Διὸς κόρων  —O


Or. 465.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τιμῶντε⟩: ὁ Τυνδάρεως καὶ ἡ Λήδα  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 465.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τιμῶντε⟩: δυϊκόν  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 465.06 (tri metr) ⟨τιμῶντε⟩: long mark over iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 465.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐδὲν … Διοσκόρω⟩: οὐδὲν ἔλαττον ἢ τοὺς Διοσκούρους Κάστορα καὶ Πολυδεύκην· ἡ ἀπόφασις ἔχει τὸ ἔλαττον τῆς καταφάσεως.  —G

TRANSLATION:   No less than the Dioscuri Castor and Polydeuces. The negative expression has the lesser (lesser force?) than the affirmative statement.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   διοσκόρους a.c. G   |   

COMMENT:   The translation is uncertain. If the intended meaning is as interpreted here, why is it not simply ἔχει ἔλαττον?   


Or. 465.12 (thom exeg) ⟨ἢ Διοσκόρω⟩: Ἀττικὴ ἡ σύνταξις  —ZmGu

REF. SYMBOL: Zm      POSITION: marg. Zm, below line Gu (space above full)      

APP. CRIT.:  σύνταξις ἀττικὴ (ἡ om.) transp. Gu   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   


Or. 465.15 (thom exeg) ⟨Διοσκόρω⟩: 1ὁ Ζεὺς κύκνος γενόμενος καὶ συγγενόμενος Λήδᾳ τῇ Τυνδάρεω γυναικί, ἐποίησεν αὐτὴν δύο ὠὰ τεκεῖν, τὸ μὲν μονολέκυθον, τὸ δὲ διλέκυθον.  2καὶ ἐκ μὲν τοῦ ἕνα ἔχοντος λέκυθον γενέσθαι φασὶ τὴν Ἑλένην, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ δύο ἔχοντος Κάστορα καὶ Πολυδεύκην, οἳ παρ’ ἡμέραν ἔζων.  3τὸ δ’ αἴτιον τῆς τοιαύτης ζωῆς ἦν τοῦτο.  4ὅσον μὲν γὰρ ἦν ἐν τῷ διλεκύθῳ ὠῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Τυνδάρεω σπορᾶς, Κάστωρ ἔγένετο καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἦν θνητός, ἅτε θνητοῦ υἱὸς τοῦ Τυνδάρεω.  5ὅσον δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ Διὸς σπορᾶς, Πολυδεύκης ἐγένετο καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἦν ἀθάνατος.  6μέλλοντος οὖν Κάστορος τελευτᾶν, ἐδεήθη Πολυδεύκης Διὸς ἵνα Κάστορα κοινωνὸν τῆς αὐτοῦ λάβῃ ἀθανασίας καὶ αὐτὸς συμμετάσχῃ τῆς ἐκείνου θνητότητος.  7διὰ ταῦτα οὖν παρ’ ἡμέραν ἔζων ἀμφότεροι, οὓς καὶ ἀλληγοροῦσιν εἰς ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Zeus, turning into a swan and having intercourse with Leda, the wife of Tyndareus, caused her to give birth to two eggs, one with a single yolk, the other with two yolks. And from the egg having a single yolk they say that Helen was born, but from the one with two, Castor and Polydeuces, who lived on alternate days. And the cause of such a form of life was this. For whatever in the two-yolked egg came from the semen of Tyndareus became Castor, and therefore he was mortal, since he was the son of a mortal, Tyndareus. But whatever came from the semen of Zeus became Polydeuces, and therefore he was immortal. So then, when Castor was about to die, Polydeuces begged Zeus that he be given Castor as the companion of his own immortality and that he himself share in Castor’s mortality. For this reason, then, both of them lived on alternate days. People also interpret them as an allegory of day and night.

LEMMA: in marg. ἱστορία περὶ τῶν διοσκούρων T      REF. SYMBOL: all      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὁ om. Zl   |    τοῦ add. before τυνδ. Gu   |    τυνδάρεως Za   |    after μονολέκυθον add. τουτέστι μονό[ ] Zl (trimmed margin]   |    2 ἕνα] ἑνὸς Zb, app. Zl   |    ἔχοντος λέκυθον] [μο]νολεκύθου Zl   |    φησὶν Zb   |    4 τυνδάρεως Za   |    καὶ add. before θνητὸς Zl   |    τοῦ om. Zb   |    6 after κοινωνὸν add. αὐτοῦ Zb   |    λάβη τῆς αὐτοῦ ἀθαν. transp. Zl   |    7 οὖν om. Zb   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 δὲ Zl   |    4 κάστορ Zb, corr. s.l.   |    7 ἀληγορ. Gu   |    νύκταν a.c. Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.144,17–145,5

COMMENT:   I have found no other source for the idea of the single-yolked and double-yolked eggs, which is perhaps Thomas’ own clever detail.   |   Dind. notes here that λεκυθ‑ for λεκιθ‑ is ‘frequens in libris scriptura’, and see also the evidence in Thes. Graecae Linguae s.v. λέκιθος (col. 178). Since the manuscripts cited here are unanimous in using the form in upsilon, this was clearly how Thomas and his circles believed it should be spelled, and I do not change it. The compounds μονο‑ and διλέκυθος are not attested elsewhere.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   |   allegory   


Or. 465.16 (rec exeg) ⟨Διοσκόρω⟩: τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς αὐτῶν Κάστορα καὶ Πολυδεύκην  —R

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   See also the app. at 462.04 for a corrupt version of this conflated into that note in Mn.   


Or. 465.17 (thom exeg) ⟨Διοσκόρω⟩: τὸν Κάστορα καὶ τὸν Πολυδεύκην  —ZZaZlZmT

TRANSLATION:  (‘Dioskorō’ are) Castor and Polydeuces.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  second τὸν om. ZZl   


Or. 466.01 (466–467) (pllgn exeg) τοῖς φιλήμασιν ἀπέδωκεν οὐ καλὰς ἀμοιβάς· εἶτα ‘ὦ τάλαινα καρδία’.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 466.02 (recThom exeg) ⟨οἷς⟩: τῷ Τυνδάρεω καὶ τῇ Λήδᾳ  —V2/3AbKPrZZaZbZlZmZuTGuXo2

TRANSLATION:  (‘To whom’, namely,) Tyndareus and Leda.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. PrXo2Zu, τουτέστι app. prep. K   |    τῷ om. V2/3Ab   |    τῆς λήδας Zu, τῆ ἑλένη Pr   |    τῇ om. Ab   |   


Or. 466.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οἷς⟩: ἤγουν ὁ Τυνδάρεως καὶ ἡ Λήδα  —AaMnRSSar

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ om. MnRS   |    καὶ ἡ om. R, ἡ om. MnS   |    λήδας S   


Or. 466.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὦ τάλαινα καρδία⟩: διὰ μέσου —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  διὰ μέσου   


Or. 467.03 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀμοιβὰς οὐ καλάς⟩: ἔκτεινα γὰρ τὴν αὐτῶν θυγατέρα  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   (A return that was not fine) because I killed their daughter.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  αὐτοῦ Zl   

APP. CRIT. 2:   θυγατέραν Zb   |   


Or. 467.08 (vet exeg) ⟨τίνα σκότον λάβω⟩: λείπει ἵνα μὴ ὁρῶμαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ. —MOVCPrV3Y2

TRANSLATION:   One must supply ‘in order that I not be seen by him’.

POSITION: s.l. (above 468 λάβω M, above 467 C, above end of 469 V, cont. from 468.06 Pr) except marg. OV3Y2 (beside 467 V3, beside 468–469 OY2      

APP. CRIT.:   λείπει MC, om. others   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   αὐτάς C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,11; Dind. II.145,7 app.

COMMENT:   With the inclusion of λείπει (as in MC) this remark fits betters with τίνα σκότον λάβω than with 469 γέροντος ὀμμάτων φεύγων κόρας. But when the phrase is divorced from λείπει, it fits the latter very well, as the position in other witnesses suggests. I have left the alternative version of this in BPr as part of 468.07 on the supposition that someone has consciously adapted it to paraphrase 469.   

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 468.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λάβω⟩: πῶς συγκαλύψω ἐμαυτόν  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 468.06 (vet exeg) ποῖον ἐπίπροσθεν νέφος: ποίαν Ἄϊδος κυνέην ἢ ποῖον νέφος προβάλωμαι; —MPr

TRANSLATION:   What helmet of Hades (helmet of invisibility) or what cloud am I to put before me as protection?

LEMMA: M(ἐπίπροσθε)      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: s.l. Pr, starting above 467 τίνα σκότον, cont. over 468      

APP. CRIT.:   ἢ om. Pr   |    προβάλωμαι] Arsenius, προβάλλομαι Pr, προσβάλλομαι M,   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,8–9; Dind. II.145,6–7


Or. 468.07 (vet paraphr) ποῖον ἐπίπροσθεν νέφος: ποίαν Ἄϊδος κυνέην ἢ ποῖον νέφος προβάλωμαι ἵνα μὴ ὁρῶμαι ὑπὸ τοῦ γέροντος;  —BPr

TRANSLATION:   What helmet of Hades (helmet of invisibility) or what cloud am I to put before me as protection, in order that I not be seen by the old man?

LEMMA: Pr(ἐπίπροσθε)      POSITION: marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  προβάλωμαι] Arsenius, προβάλλομαι BPr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,11 app.; Dind. II.145,6–7

COMMENT:   See on 467.08.   


Or. 468.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐπίπροσθεν⟩: ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ προσώπου  —MnXo2GuZl

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦ προσώπου om. Xo2   |    μου add. Mn   


Or. 468.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νέφος⟩: ἐπὶ κακὸν λαμβάνεται.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   The word (‘nephos’, ‘cloud’) is applied in a pejorative sense.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 469.01 (vet paraphr) ⟨θῶμαι⟩: ἐν προσώπῳ θῶμαι  —MC

TRANSLATION:   Am I to place before my face.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  θεῶμαι C   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,10; Dind. II.145,8


Or. 469.04 (rec exeg) ⟨γέροντος ὀμμάτων φεύγων κόρας⟩: παρόσον οἱ γέροντες μελαγχολικοὶ εἰσὶν  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Inasmuch as old men are irrascible.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 469.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨γέροντος ὀμμάτων φεύγων κόρας⟩: ἤγουν μὴ ὁρῶμαι ὑπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 469.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨γέροντος ὀμμάτων φεύγων κόρας⟩: φεύγων θεαθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ  —Lb

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.145,9


Or. 469.13 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 470.01 (vet exeg) ποῦ ποῦ θυγατρὸς: οὐκ ἐπιζητεῖ τὴν Ἑλένην δυσαρεστῶν τοῖς πεπραγμένοις αὐτῇ. —MBOPr

TRANSLATION:   He does not seek Helen (but rather asks for Menelaus) because he is displeased at what she has done.

LEMMA: BPr      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: s.l. M      

APP. CRIT.:   τὴν om. M   |    πεπραγμένοις] πραχθεῖσιν O   

APP. CRIT. 2:   αὐτῇ] αὐτή M [O]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,12; Dind. II.145,14–15


Or. 470.02 (rec exeg) ποῦ ποῦ θυγατρὸς: οὐκ ἐπιζητεῖ τὴν Ἑλένην Τυνδάρεως δυσαρεστῶν οἷ’ ἔπραξεν αὐτή. —VRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   Tyndareus does not seek Helen because he is displeased at the sorts of things she herself did.

LEMMA: VRw, ποῦ ποῦ RbSSa      REF. SYMBOL: VRbSa      

APP. CRIT.:   ὁ τυνδ. SSa   |    οἷ’] οἷς Rw   |    αὐτή] αὐτὴ ἡ ἑλένη SSa, αὐτῆ VRb, αὐτούς Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   οἷα SSa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151, app. 12; Dind. II.145,14 app.


Or. 471.02 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαον⟩: long mark over alpha  —T


Or. 472.01 (vet exeg) χοὰς χεόμενος: 1εὐοικονομήτως ἐποίησε τὸν Τυνδάρεων ἀπὸ τῆς Σπάρτης διὰ τὰς χοὰς τῆς θυγατρὸς ἐληλυθέναι,  2ἵνα εὐκαίρως τῷ Μενελάῳ καὶ τῷ Ὀρέστῃ διαλεχθῇ.  —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   With skillful arrangement of the plot he (the poet) represented Tyndareus as having come from Sparta because of the libations for his daughter, in order that he may opportunely converse with Menelaus and Orestes.

LEMMA: M(χεύμενος)      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: cont. from 470.01, add. δὲ, BPr      

APP. CRIT.:   1 τὸν om. C    |    2 καὶ μεν. καὶ ὀρέστη Pr   |    at end add. μενέλαον καὶ ἑλένην C   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐποίησεν M   |   2 ἵν’ Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,14–16; Dind. II.145,15–17

COMMENT:   See Nünlist 27–28.   

KEYWORDS:  οἰκονομία   


Or. 472.02 (rec exeg) 1οἰκονομικῶς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς Σπάρτης ποιεῖται τὸν Τυνδάρεων προσεληλυθότα  2ἵνα χοὰς τῇ Κλυταιμνήστρᾳ προσαγάγῃ καὶ συντύχῃ Μενελάῳ καὶ Ὀρέστῃ.  —VRbRwSSa

TRANSLATION:   With skillful arrangement he (the poet) represents Tyndareus as having come from Sparta in order that he bring libations for Clytemnestra and cross paths with Menelaus and Orestes.

POSITION: cont. from 470.02 all      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐληλυθότα VRw   |    τὸν] τῶν Rb   |    2 προσαγάγη] om. V, ἐπιχέη Rw   |    first καὶ om. Rw   |    συντύχημα καὶ ὀρέ() V, συντύχη· ἅμα δὲ καὶ ὀρέ() Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τυνδάρεω V, τυνδ()ρ() S   |   2 συντύχει S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,14–16 app.; Dind. II.145,14 app.

KEYWORDS:  οἰκονομία   


Or. 472.03 (rec exeg) ⟨χοὰς χεόμενος⟩: εἰς Ἄργος ἀπὸ τῆς Σπάρτης ἐλθὼν  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 472.04 (recThom rhet) ⟨χοὰς χεόμενος⟩: τρόπος ἐτυμολογικός  —V2GKZmGu

TRANSLATION:   Figura etymologica.

POSITION: s.l. except marg. K      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐτυμ. τρόπος transp. K   |    ἐτυμολογίας G   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.145,18

KEYWORDS:  figura etymologica   


Or. 472.05 (rec exeg) ⟨χοὰς χεόμενος⟩: Ἀττικῶς  —Pr

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   Either this note treats the figura etymologica as ‘Attic’, in the sense ‘literary’ or ‘stylistically artful’; or the note refers to the rare use of the χεόμενος with a future sense.   

KEYWORDS:  Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς   |   figura etymologica   


Or. 472.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ναυπλίαν⟩: ἀπὸ τινὸς ἀνθρώπου Ναυπλίου  —V2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 473.01 (mosch paraphr) ἦλθε σὺν γυναικὶ διὰ πολλῶν ἐτῶν  —X


Or. 473.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἥκει⟩: ἥκοι  —Mn

LEMMA: ἥκει in text Mn      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 473.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨πολυετὴς⟩: μετὰ πολλῶν ἐτῶν  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 473.10 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πολυετὴς⟩: διὰ πολλῶν ἐτῶν  —XaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCr2Ox

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Ox   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πολῶν Cr2   |   


Or. 473.13 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πολυετὴς⟩: ἤγουν μετὰ πολλὰ ἔτη  —ZmGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.145,19–20


Or. 473.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πολυετὴς⟩: ὁ ἐ[λθὼν(?)] διὰ πολλῶν χρόνων  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  first two letters tiny and very uncertain   


Or. 473.15 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πολυετὴς⟩: ἤγουν ὑπὸ πολλῶν ἐτῶν  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 474.01 (474–475) (pllgn paraphr) φέρετέ με πρὸς τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ, θέλω γὰρ στὰς ἀσπάσασθαι.  —Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 474.04 (474–475) (pllgn paraphr) στὰς πρὸς τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ θέλω ἀσπάσασθαι αὐτὸν  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 474.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄγετε⟩: πρὸς τοὺς προσπόλους  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 474.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄγετε⟩: πρὸς τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 474.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ἄγετε⟩: ὦ θεράποντες  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:  (With imperative ‘lead’ understand) ‘o attendants’.

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.145,23

KEYWORDS:  addressee identified   


Or. 474.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πρὸς δεξιὰν⟩: πλησίον τῆς δεξιᾶς  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 474.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρὸς δεξιὰν⟩: τιμιώτερος γὰρ ἦν ὁ Τυνδάρεως.  —Lp

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.145,23–24


Or. 474.16 (tri metr) ⟨δεξιὰν⟩: long mark over alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 54


Or. 475.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨χρόνιον⟩: διὰ πολλῶν χρόνων  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 475.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨χρόνιον⟩: βραδέως, μετὰ πολὺν χρόνον  —XXaXbXoT+YYfG GrZcZmCr2Ox

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. Zm   |    βραδέως om. ZcZm, transp. after χρόνον G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   πολλὸν Zc   |   


Or. 475.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνιον⟩: διὰ μακροῦ χρόνου  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 475.15 (pllgn gram) ⟨φίλον⟩: πᾶς συγγενὴς καὶ φίλος· οὐ πᾶς δὲ φίλος καὶ συγγενής.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Every kinsman is also a ‘philos’ (‘friend’ or ‘close associate’), but not every ‘philos’ is also a kinsman.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 475.17 (tri metr) paragraphos  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 55


Or. 476.01 (rec paraphr) ὦ ἔντιμε καὶ ὁμόλεκτ(ρε) τοῦ Διὸς κεφαλή  —Rf


Or. 476.04 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χαῖρε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔχε χαρὰν  —Ox

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 476.05 (rec exeg) ⟨Ζηνὸς ὁμόλεκτρον κάρα⟩: φασὶν ὅτι ὁ Ζεὺς ἐμίγη τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ Λήδᾳ.  —SSa

TRANSLATION:   They say that Zeus had intercourse with his (Tyndareus’) wife Leda.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐμίγη ὁ ζεὺς transp. S   


Or. 476.06 (rec exeg) ⟨Ζηνὸς ὁμόλεκτρον κάρα⟩: τὴν γὰρ Λήδαν Ζεὺς καὶ Τυνδ(άρεως) ἔγημαν.  —C

TRANSLATION:   For Zeus and Tyndareus made Leda their wife/sexual partner.


Or. 476.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ζηνὸς ὁμόλεκτρον κάρα⟩: διὰ τὸ συνευνᾶσθαι τὸν Δία τῇ Λήδᾳ.  —F

TRANSLATION:   Because of the fact that Zeus slept with Leda.

REF. SYMBOL: F      


Or. 476.08 (pllgn exeg) Ζηνὸς ὁμόλεκτρον κάρα: ἐπεὶ, ὡς εἴρηται, ἐπεμίγνυτο καὶ ὁ Ζεὺς τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ. ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁμοῦ ἔχετε τὴν κοίτην περιφραστικῶς τὴν γυναῖκα.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Since, as has been said, Zeus too used to have intercourse with his (Tyndareus’) wife. Equivalent to ‘you (both) possess the bed in common’, (‘the bed’ being) a periphrasis for the woman/wife.

LEMMA: Y2      


Or. 476.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ζηνὸς ὁμόλεκτρον κάρα⟩: διὰ τὴν Λήδα⟨ν⟩ τοῦτο φησί.  —Xo2

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 476.13 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὁμόλεκτρον⟩: ὅμοιον ἔχων  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 476.15 (thom paraphr) ⟨ὁμόλεκτρον⟩: ὁμόκοιτον, τουτέστιν ἅμα τῷ Διὶ τὴν κοίτην ἔχον  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   With shared bed, that is, that has a bed/wife together with Zeus.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἔχων Za, a.c. ZmT   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.145,27–28

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Z 45v inner margin (app. ἔχο[ν] but not entirely certain).   |   


Or. 476.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὁμόλεκτρον⟩: τῇ Λήδᾳ ᾗ συνεκοιμᾶτο ὁ Τυνδάρεως αὐτῇ καὶ ὁ Ζεύς  —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu      POSITION: marg.      


Or. 476.20 (rec exeg) ⟨κάρα⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐντιμοτέρου μέρους τὸ πᾶν.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   (Implying) the whole (person) from the more respected part (the head).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 476.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κάρα⟩: ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν.  —Y2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 476.23 (tri metr) ⟨κάρα⟩: long mark over second alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 55


Or. 477.04 (vet paraphr) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ κηδεστὰ ἐμέ  —BO

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘my kinsman by marriage’.

POSITION: marg. BO      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.145,29–30


Or. 477.05 (rec paraphr) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: ὁ ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς  —O

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 477.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: συγγένεια, γαμβρὸς, ὁ ἐμὸς συγγενὴς  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   γαμβρὸς] γαμικὸς Mn   |   ὁ om. Mn   

APP. CRIT. 2:   συγκένεια Mn   |   


Or. 477.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: συγγένεια ἢ ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς  —Ab

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἡ app. Ab   |   


Or. 477.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: κηδεστά μου  —XXbXoT+YYfGZcCr2B4

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  μου om. B4   


Or. 477.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: ἔγγονός μου  —Zu

POSITION: s.l., misplaced above 482 στύγημ’ ἐμόν      


Or. 477.11 (rec gram) ⟨κήδευμ’ ἐμόν⟩: τὸ ἐμὸν ἐνταφίασμα  —Rf2

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   This is an alternative sense of κήδευμα, not the one in this passage: see 477.15.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 477.15 (pllgn gram) ⟨κήδευμ’⟩: κήδευμα τὸ γάμβρευμα· κήδευμα τὸ ἐνταφίασμα· ὅθεν κῆδος ὁ τάφος.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   ‘Kēdeuma’ (may mean) ‘kinship by marriage’. ‘Kēdeuma’ (may mean) ‘funerary preparation/rite’.

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   ἐνταφίασμα is a rare, late word, otherwise cited only from Sch. Hom. Od. 1.291 Ludwich and two authors from the 16th century or later. See also 477.11.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 478.01 (vet paraphr) ἔα· τὸ μέλλον ὡς κακὸν τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι: 1εἰ γὰρ ᾔδειν παρόντα Ὀρέστην, ἥκιστα ἂν ἐληλύθειν.  2ἔοικε, φησὶ, τῷ ὄντι κακὸν εἶναι τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι τὸ μέλλον.  3ἦ γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἦλθον, εἰ τοῦτον προσεδόκων ἐνθάδε.  —MVCRbRfRwSSa, partial BOPr

TRANSLATION:   For if I knew that Orestes was present, I would scarcely have come. It seems, he says, that in reality not knowing the future is a bad thing. For surely I would not have come if I expected this man here.

LEMMA: MCRbSSa, τὸ μέλλον ὡς κακὸν BPr, lemma ἔα τὸ μέλλον VRw      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRbRfSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1–2 εἰ γὰρ … ἐληλύθειν transp. after ἔοικε … μέλλον BPr   |    ἥκιστα] οὐκ Pr   |    2–3 ἔοικε κτλ om. O   |    2 ἔοικε δὲ M(‑κεν)C   |    φασὶ Rw   |    τῷ ὄντι om. Rf, transp. before φη(σι) MPr   |    κακὸν εἶναι transp. after μέλλον Rf   |    3 ἦ γὰρ κτλ om. BPr   |    ἂν om. Rf   |    εἰ τοῦτον om. Sa   |    εἰ] εἰς MRbS   |    τοῦτον] RfRw, τοῦτο MVCRbS   |    προσεδόκων] προσεδρεύων RbSSa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἤδει Rf   |    2 φησὶν C   |    3 ἦ] ἡ app. M, ἢ S   |    προσεδόκουν Rf, προσδόκων Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,18–21; Dind. II.146,4–6


Or. 478.02 (rec paraphr) ἐὰν γὰρ ἤδειν ὅτι ἐνταῦθα ἐστὶν ὁ Ὀρέστης οὐκ ἂν ἐλήλυθειν.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 478.03 (rec paraphr) ὅτι ἐὰν ἐγίνωσκον ὅτι ἐνταῦθα παρῆν ὁ φονεὺς οὗτος, οὐκ ἂν ἐλήλυθα ὧδε.  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 478.04 (pllgn exeg) 1ἰδὼν ὁ Τυνδάρεως τὸν Ὀρέστην ἐξαίφνης κείμενον καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς μανίας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ ἀστράπτοντας λέγει  2‘ἔα· τὸ μέλλον ὡς καὶ λίαν κακὸν ὑπάρχει ἐν τῷ μὴ εἰδέναι καὶ ἐν τῷ μὴ γινώσκειν’.  3ὁ γὰρ Τυνδάρεως οὐκ ἤλπιζεν εὑρεῖν ἐκεῖσε τὸν Ὀρέστην,  4καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὡς ἀνελπίστως αὐτὸν ἰδὼν λέγει ἐκπληκτικῶς ὡς κακὸν ὑπάρχει τὸ μέλλον.  5τοιοῦτοι γὰρ οἱ μαινόμενοι, ἄγριοι τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὥσπερ δράκων τις.  6τοῦ γὰρ δράκοντος ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς ὡς πυρὸς οὕτως ἐκβάλλει τὰς ἀστραπὰς.   —Y2

TRANSLATION:   When Tyndareus suddenly saw Orestes lying there and saw his eyes gleaming with madness, he says ‘Oh! How, that is, (with ‘hōs’ in the sense) excessively, the future is an evil in one’s not knowing (it), that is, not recognizing (it)’. For Tyndareus did not expect to find Orestes there, and therefore having spotted him unexpectedly he says in astonishment that the future is an evil. For the insane are like this, wild in their eyes like some serpent. For the eye of a serpent casts forth gleaming flashes just as (the gleams) of fire.

APP. CRIT.:  4 ἰδόντα Y2 (which could be kept as vernacular form)   |    6 perhaps emend to πῦρ   

KEYWORDS:  ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως   


Or. 478.05 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἰδὼν τὸν Ὀρέστην κείμενον λέγει τὸ ‘ἔα’.  —Sar

TRANSLATION:   Spotting Orestes lying (there), he says ‘Oh!’

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 478.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: καταπληκτικὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 478.07 (mosch exeg) ἔα: ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrCr2Ox

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except XYf and marg. T      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκπλίξεως Cr2   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.146,7

KEYWORDS:  ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως   


Or. 478.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἐκπληκτικὸν καὶ ἐπιτιμητικὸν· ἐπιτιμᾶται αὑτὸν ὡς μὴ προειδότα τὰ μέλλοντα.  —V3

TRANSLATION:   Expressive of astonishment and of reproach. He reproaches himself for not having foreseen future events.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως   


Or. 478.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: ἐκπληκτικὸν  —ZcB3a

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐκπληκτικόν/ἐπὶ ἐκπλήξεως   


Or. 478.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔα⟩: παρεπιγραφή  —Zm

TRANSLATION:   Implicit stage direction.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  παρεπιγραφή   


Or. 478.14 (tri metr) ⟨ἔα⟩: long mark over alpha  —T


Or. 478.15 (thom exeg) ⟨τὸ μέλλον ὡς κακὸν⟩: ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνελπίστως τὸν Ὀρέστην ἰδὼν ἐταράχθην.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   Since even I myself have been shaken by seeing Orestes unexpectedly.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τὸν ὀρ.] τοῦτον ZbZlTGu   |    εἰσιδὼν Gu   |    ἐταράχθη Zb   


Or. 478.17 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὡς κακὸν⟩: ὡς κακὸν τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι τὸ μέλλον.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrCr2

POSITION: s.l. except XYf, Yf cont. from 478.07      

APP. CRIT. 2:   μέλον Cr2   |   


Or. 478.21 (tri metr) ⟨μὴ⟩: koine short above  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 55


Or. 479.01 (rec exeg) ⟨ὁ μητροφόντης⟩: μητροφόντην εἶπε τὸν Ὀρέστην.  —Rf

TRANSLATION:   By ‘mother-killer’ he meant Orestes.

REF. SYMBOL: Rf      


Or. 479.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὁ μητροφόντης⟩: ὁ τῆς μητρὸς φονεύς  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCr2Zl

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ om. Zc   


Or. 479.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὁ μητροφόντης⟩: ὁ τὴν μητέρα φονεύσας  —CrOxZb2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὁ φον. τὴν μητ. transp. Zb2   


Or. 479.07 (vet exeg) πρὸ δωμάτων δράκων: 1εἶδος ἀντὶ εἴδους ἔλαβεν·  2γένος μὲν γὰρ ὁ ὄφις, εἶδος δὲ ὁ δράκων καὶ ἔχις καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν ὄφεων·  3νῦν δὲ δράκων ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔχις.  4οὗτοι γὰρ οὐκ ἐξ ὠῶν γεννῶνται, ἀλλὰ ζῳοτοκοῦνται καὶ τικτόμενοι διαρρηγνύουσι τὰς τῶν μητέρων γαστέρας,  5ὥς φησι Νίκανδρος [Nic. Ther. 134]· ‘γαστέρ’ ἀναβρώσαντες ἀμήτορες ἐξεγένοντο’.  6διὸ ἔχιν αὐτὸν ὡς μητροκτόνον φησίν.  —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   He substituted one species for another species. For the genus is ‘ophis’ (snake), and ‘drakōn’ is a species, as also ‘echis’ and the rest of the snakes. And here ‘drakōn’ is used for ‘echis’. For these latter are not born from eggs, but they are born alive and as they are being born they break apart the bellies of their mothers, as Nicander says: ‘Having devoured the belly they were born motherless’. Therefore he says he (Orestes) is an ‘echis’ as a mother-killer.

LEMMA: all except V (δάρακων M), ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: B      POSITION: follows 479.09 in V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ MPr   |    εἴδους] γένους Brec, γένη Pr (app. γένης a.c.)    |    2 both ὁ om. Pr   |    3 τοῦ om. C   |    4 ἐξ ὠῶν γεννῶνται Rw, ἐξωῶνται V, ἐκ ζώων γεννῶνται others   |    ἀλλὰ ζῳοτ. om. M   |    τικτόμενος M   |    διαρρήγνυσι V   |    τῶν om. Pr   |    5 γαστέρ’ V, γαστέρων others (γαστέρρων M)   |    ἀναβρόξαντες M, ἀναβρώξαντες C   |    6 αὐτὸν repeated after μητροκτόνον B   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἔλαβε VCPrRw   |    3 νὺν M   |    5 ὡς φησὶν C   |    6 δι’ ὃ M   |    φησὶ Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.151,22–152,2; Dind. II.146,11–16

COMMENT:   The printing of the first words as εἶδος ἀντὶ γένους had been passed along in all editions since Arsenius (who may have gotten it from Mu, a copy of B) until Schw. in his Addenda et Corrigenda (I.xiv) noted that the γένους still printed in his text should be changed to εἴδους; Dindorf had already collated the correct reading εἶδος ἀντὶ εἴδους. It is not clear how early the sloppy correction was made in B; one would have guessed in the 15th or 16th century, but note that the original hand in Pr ca. 1300 wrote γένη here. (It appears that he first wrote γένης to make a genitive ending to suit ἀντὶ, but immediately he covered the small sigma with the large epsilon of ἔλαβε.)   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check Mu.   |   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Nicander   


Or. 479.08 (rec exeg) 1ὡς δράκων ἤγουν ἔχιδνα·  2αὕτη γὰρ τικτομένη δια⟨ρ⟩ρήγνυσι τὰς τῶν μητέρων γαστέρας, ⟨καὶ⟩ ἐξέρχονται,  3ὡς φησὶ Νίκανδρος [Nic. Ther. 134] ‘γαστέρ’ ἀναβρώσαντες ἀμήτορες ἐξεγένοντο’.   —Rf

TRANSLATION:   Like a serpent (‘drakōn’), that is, an ‘echidna’. For this snake when being born breaks apart the bellies of the mothers, and they come out, as Nicander says: ‘Having devoured the belly they were born motherless’.

POSITION: cont. from 479.01      

APP. CRIT.:  3 ἐξεγένετο Rf   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Nicander   


Or. 479.09 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄγριος ὡς δράκων, ὅτι ὠμῶς ἔπραξεν.  2λείπει δὲ τὸ ὡς, ἵν’ ᾖ ὡς δράκων.   —BaCaVPra, partial MBbCbPrbRw

TRANSLATION:   (‘Drakōn’, ‘serpent’, is used) with the meaning ‘fierce like a serpent’, because he acted savagely. The word ‘like’ is to be understood, so that it is ‘like a serpent’.

LEMMA: BaCaPra, καὶ ἄλλως Rw, πρὸ δωμάτων δράκων V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: s.l. MCbPrb, marg. Bb; precedes 479.07 in V      

APP. CRIT.:  1 ἀντὶ τοῦ om. Rw, τοῦ om. CaCb   |    1–2 ὅτι ὠμῶς κτλ om. MBbCbPrbRw   |    1 ὠμῶς] ὡς μὲν Pra   |    2 λείπει] C, ἐλλείπει others (ἐνλείπει V)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἔπραξε Ca   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,3–4; Dind. II.146,16–17

KEYWORDS:  λείπει   


Or. 479.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨πρὸ δωμάτων⟩: ἔξω τῶν (δωμάτων)  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἔσω Pr   


Or. 479.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨πρὸ δωμάτων⟩: ἔμπροσθεν τῶν δωμάτων  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  δωμάτων om. Yf   


Or. 479.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨πρὸ δωμάτων⟩: καὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν οἰκημάτων  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ τῶν δωμάτων add. Cr2   


Or. 479.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δράκων⟩: τὸ δράκων εἶπεν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔχις, εἶδος ἀντὶ εἴδους.  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 479.17 (thom exeg) ⟨δράκων⟩: 1δράκοντα εἶπε τὸν Ὀρέστην ὠς μητροκτόνον,  2ἐπεὶ καὶ αἱ ἔχιδναι κτείνουσι τὰς ἑαυτῶν μητέρας, τιτρώσκουσαι τὰς γαστέρας αὐτῶν, ὅτε εἰς φῶς προελθεῖν μέλλουσιν.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:   He called Orestes a serpent as (being) a mother-killer, since (the snakes called) ‘echidnai’ also kill their own mothers, wounding their bellies when they are about to emerge into the light.

REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZbZlZm      POSITION: marg. Gu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 εἶπε τὸν ὀρ.] τὸν ὀρ. λέγει Zl   |    εἶπε om. Zb   |    ὡς] καὶ Ox2   |    2 αἰ om. ZZa   |    τιτρώσκουσι γὰρ Zl, τιτρώσκουσι Zb   |    προελθεῖν om. Zl   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 κτείνουσι] τὰς ἑονουσι or τὰς ἑ·νουσι Zb   |   μέλλουσι ZbGu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.146,18–20


Or. 480.01 (vet exeg) ⟨στίλβει νοσώδεις ἀστραπάς⟩: τὴν μανίαν λέγει.  —MBVPr

TRANSLATION:   He is speaking of the madness (of Orestes).

REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: marg. B, s.l. VPr; cont. from 480.03 B, add. δὲ after μανίαν      

APP. CRIT.:  at end add. νόσον B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,5; Dind. II.146,21 and 22–23


Or. 480.02 (vet exeg) στίλβει νοσώδεις ἀστραπάς: 1νόσον δηλονότι. ὅ ἐστιν †ὠδίνει†.  —MV

TRANSLATION:   (‘He gleams with sickly flashes’ means ‘he gleams with) sickness’, clearly. Which is to say, he †gives birth to (sickly flashes)/he is in great pain.†

LEMMA: στίλβει νοσώδεις V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: follows 481.01 in V      

APP. CRIT.:   νόσον] νόσων M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,6; Dind. II.146,21–22


Or. 480.03 (vet exeg) ⟨στίλβει νοσώδεις ἀστραπάς⟩: ἀντὶ ⟨τοῦ⟩ νοσεῖ  —B

TRANSLATION:   Equivalent to ‘he is sick’.

POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.146,22


Or. 480.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨στίλβει νοσώδεις ἀστραπάς⟩: ἀποπάλλει μανιώδεις ἀστραπάς  —X

LEMMA: X      


Or. 480.09 (thom paraphr) ⟨στίλβει⟩: πέμπει ἐκ τῶν ὀμμάτων  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.147,2–3


Or. 480.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨νοσώδεις ἀστραπὰς⟩: διὰ τὸ ἔχειν ὄμματα αἱματώδη  —V2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 480.14 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨νοσώδεις ἀστραπὰς⟩: τὰς νοσερὰς ἐκφλογώσεις  —V3Y2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  τουτέστι prep. V3   


Or. 480.15 (rec exeg) ⟨νοσώδεις⟩: παρυπόνοια ὅτι ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν πυρώδεις.  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   A secondary hint that he ought to have said ‘fiery’.

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   παρυπονοέω is very rare, and the noun παρυπόνοια is known in only one other place, in the 12th-cent. author Georgius Tornices, epist. 7, 213,2; LBG renders ‘Andeutung’.   

KEYWORDS:  rare word   


Or. 480.18 (rec paraphr) ⟨στύγημ’ ἐμόν⟩: τὸ ἐμὸν μίσημα  —Rf2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 480.19 (mosch paraphr) στύγημ’ ἐμόν: ἤγουν ὁ ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ μεμισημένος  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCr2B4

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν ὁ om. GZcB4, ὁ om. X   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.147,3


Or. 480.20 (thom paraphr) ⟨στύγημ’ ἐμόν⟩: ἤγουν ὃν αὐτὸς μισῶ  —ZZaZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 480.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨στύγημ’ ἐμόν⟩: τὸ μεμισημένον ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ  —Zb2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 481.01 (vet exeg) Μενέλαε, προσφθέγγῃ νιν: 1προσφθέγγῃ αὐτὸν, τὴν ἀνοσίαν κεφαλήν;  2ἔθος γὰρ ἦν μὴ διαλέγεσθαι τοῖς ἐναγέσιν.  —MBCPraPrb, partial VRbSSar

TRANSLATION:   Are you speaking to him, the unholy creature? For it used to be customary not to converse with those polluted with bloodshed.

LEMMA: MVC, μενέλαε RbSSa, προσφθέγγῃ νιν ἀνόσιον κάρα B, lemma προσφθέγγῃ νῦν Pra      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRbSar      POSITION: s.l. Prb, marg. Sar      

APP. CRIT.:   1 προσφθέγγῃ … κεφαλήν om. VRbSSar   |    προσφθέγγῃ om. Prb   |    2 γὰρ om. VRbSSar   |    διαλέγεσθαι] δε λέγεσθαι M, δὲ φθέγγεσθαι C   |    τοῖς ἐνδεέσιν S [Sar]   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 ἐναγέσι MBCPra[Sar]   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,7–8; Dind. II.147,4–5


Or. 481.02 (mosch paraphr) διαλέγῃ πρὸς αὐτὸν τὴν ἀνοσίαν κεφαλήν;  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCr2

TRANSLATION:   Are you conversing with him, the unholy creature?

POSITION: s.l. except X      

APP. CRIT.:  μενέλαε prep. X   |    τὴν ἀν. κεφ. om. Zc   

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits cross.   |   


Or. 481.03 (pllgn exeg) νόμος γὰρ ἦν μὴ προσφθέγγεσθαι τοῖς φονεῦσιν.  —Zm

POSITION: s.l. (above κάρα)      


Or. 481.04 (pllgn exeg) νόμος ἦν μὴ διαλέγεσθαι τοῖς φονεῦσιν.  —Gu

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 481.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: ἀποστροφὴ  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  apostrophe   


Or. 481.07 (tri metr) ⟨Μενέλαε⟩: long mark over alpha  —T


Or. 481.15 (vet exeg) ⟨ἀνόσιον κάρα⟩: 1γράφεται καὶ ἀκάθαρτον κάρα.  2εἶπε δὲ τοῦτο, ὅτι οὐκ ἦν καθαρός.   —MBCPr

TRANSLATION:   There is also the reading ‘uncleansed head’. And he said this because Orestes was not purified.

POSITION: cont. from 481.01 MBC (add. δὲ B; also add. δὲ Pr, where note punct. as sep.)      

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἶπεν MB   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,9–10; Dind. II.147,5–6

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 481.16 (vet paraphr) ⟨ἀνόσιον κάρα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν ἀνοσίαν κεφαλήν  —MV

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 481.20 (rec gram) ⟨ἀνόσιον⟩: ἐπὶ ἀρσενικοῦ, θηλυκοῦ, καὶ οὐδετέρου  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   (The same form is used) in the masculine, feminine, and neuter.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 481.22 (tri metr) ⟨κάρα⟩: long mark over second alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 55


Or. 482.01 (thom exeg) ⟨τί γάρ⟩: ναί  —ZZaZlZmZuTGuOx2

TRANSLATION:  (Supply) ‘yes’ (to precede the line).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 482.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨τί⟩: διὰ ποίαν αἰτίαν  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 482.05 (vet exeg) φίλου μοι πατρός ἐστιν ἔκγονος: 1δέον εἰπεῖν ὅτι τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου υἱός ἐστι, φησὶ τοῦ πατρός μου ἔκγονος.  2ἔκγονος γὰρ τοῦ Ἀτρέως Ὀρέστης.  —MBVCPrRbRwSSaZu

TRANSLATION:   When he should properly have said ‘he is the son of my brother’, he says (he is) the offspring (descendant) of my father. For Orestes is a descendant of Atreus.

LEMMA: MBC, τί γὰρ φίλου μοι πατρός ἐστιν ἔκγονος SSa, τί γὰρ φίλου μοι πατρὸς V, τί γὰρ φίλου Rb, φίλου μοι πατρὸς PrRw      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRbSaZu      

APP. CRIT.:   1 δέον] δεῖν M, ἔστι δέον V [from incorrect punct. of lemma], ἀντὶ τοῦ Zu   |    ὅτι om. VRbZu   |    first μου om., add. s.l. Pr   |    υἱός ἐστι] om. V, οὗτος ἔγγονος Rb, ἐστὶν οὗτος υἱὸς Zu   |    φησὶ] φησὶν ὄτι SSaZu, οὗτος δέ φησι V, φη(σὶ) δὲ Pr   |    second μου] μοι B   |    ἔκγονος] ἔκγονός ἐστιν ἔκγονος BPr, om. MRb   |    2 τοῦ om. RwSSaZu   |    ὁ ὀρέστης SSaZu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐστὶν M   |    1 ἔγγονος SZu   |    2 ἔγγονος SSaZu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,11–13; Dind. II.147,8–9


Or. 482.06 (vet exeg) ἄλλως· φίλου μοι πατρός: 1ὅ ἐστι συγγενοῦς μοι πατρὸς υἱός.  2πάλιν δὲ τὸ κακόηθες τοῦ ἀνδρὸς δείκνυται, ὅτι τὸν ἀδελφὸν φίλον εἶπεν.  —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   That means ‘son of a father who is akin to me’. Again the maliciousness of the man is shown, because he called his brother ‘dear’.

LEMMA: C, ἄλλως: πατρὸς φίλου μοι MB, ἄλλως πατρὸς φίλου μοι PrRw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 μου a.c. Rw   |    πατρὸς om. B   |    2 τοῦ] σοῦ app. Rw   |    φίλον om. Pr   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 εἶπε CRw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,14–16; Dind. II.147,10–12

KEYWORDS:  κακόηθες/κακοήθως   


Or. 482.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨φίλου μοι πατρός ἐστιν ἔκγονος⟩: ἤτοι τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου υἱός  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 482.09 (rec exeg) ⟨φίλου μοι πατρός⟩: ἀδελφοῦ μου, ἤτοι τοῦ Ἀτρέως  —MnR

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  μου om. Mn   |    ἤγουν Mn   


Or. 482.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔγγονος⟩: γρ(άφετ)αι ἔκγονος.  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 482.17 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔκγονος⟩: ἐκγόνους τοὺς υἱοὺς  —K

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:  perhaps add ⟨λέγομεν⟩ or ⟨φαμεν⟩ or ⟨καλοῦμεν⟩   


Or. 483.14 (tri metr) ⟨πέφυκε⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 55


Or. 484.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέφυκεν⟩: ναὶ  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 484.02 (rec exeg) ⟨πέφυκεν⟩: ἐξ ἐκείνου ὑπάρχει  —AbMnS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐξ om. or lost to damage Ab   


Or. 484.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέφυκεν⟩: ἐξ ἐκείνου δῆλον  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 484.06 (tri metr) ⟨πέφυκεν⟩: long mark over upsilon  —T


Or. 484.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δυστυχεῖ⟩: εἰς ἃ πάσχει  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 484.09 (rec exeg) ⟨τιμητέος⟩: διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 484.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τιμητέος⟩: καὶ ἄξιος ὑπάρχει τιμῆς  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὑπὲρ Ox   


Or. 484.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τιμητέος⟩: γρ. μισητέος.  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 484.16 (tri metr) ⟨τιμητέος⟩: long mark over iota  —T


Or. 485.01 (485–487) (mosch exeg) βεβαρβάρωσαι: 1ἤθη καὶ νόμους βαρβαρικοὺς μεμάθηκας πολὺν χρόνον ὢν ἐν βαρβάροις καὶ τῆς τάξεως ἐπελάθου τῶν Ἑλλήνων.  2πρὸς ὃ ἀπαντᾷ ‘Ἑλληνικόν τοι τὸν ὁμόθεν τιμᾶν ἀεί’.  3πρὸς ὃ πάλιν ὁ Τυνδάρεως Ἑλληνικόν τι δηλονότι καὶ τὸ μὴ θέλειν εἶναι ἰσχυρότερον τῶν νόμων,  4ὅπερ δηλονότι ποιεῖς σὺ τιμῶν τοῦτον ὃν οἱ νόμοι ἀπόβλητον ἔχουσιν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr, partial Cr2

TRANSLATION:   You have learned barbarian customs and laws by being among barbarians for a long time, and you forgot the civilized arrangements of the Greeks. To which he (Menelaus) counters: ‘Indeed it is the Greek way always to honor someone of the same family as yourself’. To which again Tyndareus replies that it is surely a Greek custom also not to want to be stronger than the laws, the very thing that, obviously, you are doing when you honor this man whom the laws consider an outcast.

LEMMA: G      

APP. CRIT.:   1–4 καὶ τῆς τάξεως κτλ om. Cr2   |    2 τοι] τι XoTGGr, a.c. Yf   |    3 τι] τοι XbYf, om. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   4 δῆλον ὅτι G   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.147,21–148,2

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits everything after 2 ἀπαντᾷ, having there reached bottom of a page, then forgetting to finish the note at top of next.   |   


Or. 485.02 (vet exeg) εἰς παροιμίαν ὁ στίχος οὗτος ἐχώρησεν.  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   This verse became a proverb.

POSITION: s.l. C (at 485); marg. at 485 M, cont. from 485.15, add. δὲ after παροιμίαν (but also dicolon punct.); marg. at 486 B, cont. from 486.04, add. δὲ after παροιμίαν      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,19; Dind. II.147,18

COMMENT:   On the basis of M, this was assigned to 485 in Dindorf (the first to edit this note); Schwartz reassigned it to 486 on the basis of B. It appears that Dindorf’s choice is the more probable. Neither line appears in the paroemiographic corpora, but whereas 486 is attested elsewhere only once (Sch. Ap. Rhod. 2.238), line 485 is imitated in an epistle of the Roman period or later (Apollonii epist. 36,4), and then quoted or alluded to in middle Byzantine authors: Tzetzes explains it in Chil. 6.92 περὶ τοῦ ‘βεβαρβάρωσαι χρόνιος ὢν ἐν βαρβάροις’ and quotes it as the basis of a conceit in his epist. 13, p. 21,3; Michael Choniates uses it on three separate occasions, Demetrius Chomatenus once, and Andreas Lopadiotes has it as an example in Lex. Vindob. χ 12 (Guida = 8 Nauck) s.v. χρόνιος.   |   The final words are not legible in B on the Gallica image, but can be read on Turyn’s photograph.   


Or. 485.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨βεβαρβάρωσαι⟩: καὶ βάρβαρα τὰ ἤθη σοῦ ἐγένοντο.  —CrMnOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  βάρβαρος Mn   |    ἐγέν. transp. before τὰ ἤθη σου CrOx   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐγένοντα Ox   |   


Or. 485.04 (thom paraphr) ⟨βεβαρβάρωσαι⟩: τὰ βαρβάρων ἔθη μεμάθηκας.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ prep. Zm   


Or. 485.05 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βεβαρβάρωσαι⟩: ἤθη βαρβαρικὰ μεμάθηκας.  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 485.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βεβαρβάρωσαι⟩: τὰ τῶν βαρβάρων φρονεῖς.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 485.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨βεβαρβάρωσαι⟩: †βάρβαρον γλῶσσαν ἐγένου†  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  e.g., βάρβαρος ⟨τὴν⟩ γλ. ἐγένου, or βάρβαρον γλῶσσαν ⟨ἔμαθες καὶ βάρβαρος⟩ ἐγένου   


Or. 485.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βεβαρβάρωσαι⟩: ὡμοιώθης τοῖς ⟨βαρ⟩βάροις.  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 485.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨χρόνιος ὢν⟩: πολὺν χρόνον ὢν  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   πολλὺν Zc   |   


Or. 485.10 (rec paraphr) ⟨χρόνιος⟩: πολὺν χρόνον  —Aa2AbZm

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   ἤγουν prep. Zm   |   χρόνον πολύν transp. Aa2Zm   


Or. 485.11 (thom exeg) ⟨χρόνιος⟩: οὐ μόνον χρόνιος ἦλθον φαμὲν ἀντὶ τοῦ μετὰ χρόνον πολύν, ἀλλὰ καὶ χρόνιος ἦν ἐν τῷδε τῷ τόπῳ ἀντὶ τοῦ χρόνον πολύν.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   We not only say I came ‘chronios’ meaning ‘after much time’, but also I was in this place ‘chronios’ meaning ‘for a long time’.

POSITION: marg. Z, s.l. Gu      

APP. CRIT.:  φαμὲν ἦλθεν transp. Gu   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.148,3–5


Or. 485.15 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐν βαρβάροις⟩: γράφεται ἀφ’ Ἑλλάδος.  —MV3C

TRANSLATION:   There is (also) the reading ‘away from Greece’.

POSITION: marg. M, s.l. V3C      

APP. CRIT.:  ἀφελλάδα M   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,17; Dind. II.147,17–18

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 485.17 (rec gram) ⟨βαρβάροις⟩: βάρβαρος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαρέως αἴρειν τὴν βοήν  —MnPr

TRANSLATION:   The word barbarian derives from ‘raising heavily’ (‘bareōs airein’) the war-cry (or shout).

POSITION: in top margin 20v (containing 496–540) Pr; marg. beside 481 on 23r (containing 470–484) Mn      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.147,18–19

COMMENT:   This etymology is otherwise unattested, but a related play on βαρύς is seen in Athanasius, Exposit. in Psalmos, PG 27:224,14–17 γηγενεῖς μὲν τοὺς βαρυτέρους τῶν ἀνθρώπων καλεῖ, τοὺς βαρβάρους, καὶ ἐν ἐρημίαις οἰκοῦντας, καὶ μὴ νομίμως πολιτευομένους.   

KEYWORDS:  etymology   


Or. 486.04 (vet exeg) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθεν⟩: τὸν πρὸς γένους συγγενῆ  —MBC

TRANSLATION:   The one kindred by family blood.

POSITION: s.l. MC, marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  τὸν] τοῦ MC   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,18


Or. 486.06 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθεν⟩: τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς γενεᾶς  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 486.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθεν⟩: τὸν ἀπὸ μιᾶς ῥίζης ἤγουν τὸν κατὰ γένος προήκοντα  —XaXbXoT+YGr, partial ZcB4

TRANSLATION:   The one from the same root, that is, the one who is related by family blood.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  first τὸν om. B4   |    ἤγουν κτλ om. ZcB4   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.148,6–7


Or. 486.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθεν⟩: τὸν ἀπ’ αὐτῆς τῆς γενεᾶς καὶ ῥίζης, τὸν κατὰ γένος προήκοντα  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 486.10 (thom exeg) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθεν⟩: τὸν ἐκ ταυτοῦ γένους  —ZZaZbZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:  (‘The one from the same place’ here means) ‘the one from the same family’.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἤγουν prep. Gu   |    ἤτοι τὸν συγγενῆ add. ZmGu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   τοῦ αὐτοῦ Zl   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.148,7–8


Or. 486.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθεν⟩: ἤγουν τὸν ὄντα ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς φυλῆς ἤγουν συγγενείας  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 486.13 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸν ὁμόθετον⟩: γρ(άφεται) τὸν ὁμόθεν.  —MnS

LEMMA: ὁμόθετον in text MnS      POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 487.01 (487–488) (vet exeg) καὶ τῶν νόμων γε μὴ πρότερον εἶναι θέλειν: 1σὺ τοίνυν ἀδικεῖς τοὺς νόμους ἀγαπῶν τὸν μιαιφόνον.  2ὁ δέ φησιν ὅτι ἀναγκάζει με τὸ συγγενές.  —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   You, then, do wrong to the laws in showing affection for the polluted murderer. But he (Menelaus) says ‘kinship compels me’.

LEMMA: MC, καὶ τῶν νόμων γε μὴ πρότερον BPr, καὶ τὸ τῶν νόμων Rw, ἄλλως V      REF. SYMBOL: MB      POSITION: follows sch. 488.01 V      

APP. CRIT.:   2 ὅτι om. Rw   |    με] μὲν V   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀγαπὼν B, ἀπατῶν Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,20–22; Dind. II.148,9–11


Or. 487.02 (rec exeg) σὺ τοίνυν ἀδικεῖς τοὺς νόμους ἀγαπῶν τὸν μιαιφόνον, τὸν παρὰ νόμους καὶ παρὰ φύσιν τὴν μητέρα ἀνελόντα.  —O

TRANSLATION:   You, then, do wrong to the laws in showing affection for the polluted murderer, the one who destroyed his mother contrary to the laws and to nature.


Or. 487.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἐπεὶ Ὀρέστης καὶ παρὰ νόμους καὶ παρὰ φύσιν τὴν μητέρα ἀνεῖλε,  2καίτοι, φησὶν, Ἑλληνικὸν τὸ μὴ κρείττονα τῶν νόμων ἐθέλειν εἶναι τῇ τούτων βούλησει ⟨ … ⟩   —MBCPrRw, partial RbSSa

TRANSLATION:   Since Orestes killed his mother both contrary to laws and contrary to nature, he (Tyndareus) says ‘Yet it is a Greek practice not to want to be stronger than the laws, ⟨lacuna: e.g., opposing⟩ their will’.

LEMMA: MCPr, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως BRw, καὶ τῶν νόμων γε Rb(γε om.)SSa      REF. SYMBOL: RbSa      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἐπεὶ om. Rb   |    ὁ ὀρέστης Sa   |    παρὰ τὸν νόμον καὶ παρὰ τὴν φύσιν Sa   |    παρὰ νόμους καὶ om. S   |    2 καίτοι κτλ om. RbSSa   |    κρεῖττον Rw   |    e.g. ⟨ἐναντιούμενον⟩, ⟨ἐναντίον ὄντα⟩ or the like Mastr., καὶ φθάνειν τὴν τούτων βούλησιν Schw. (from next sch.)   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἀνεῖλεν MRb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,23–25; Dind. II.148,11–13


Or. 487.04 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: 1καὶ τοῦτο, φησὶν, Ἑλληνικὸν τὸ μὴ κρείττονα τῶν νόμων ἐθέλειν εἶναι καὶ φθάνειν τὴν τούτων βούλησιν.  2οὗτος δὲ καὶ παρὰ νόμους τὴν μητέρα ἀνεῖλεν.  —V

TRANSLATION:   This too, he says, is a Greek practice, not to want to be stronger than the laws and frustrate(?) their will. This man killed his mother even contrary to the laws.

LEMMA: corrupted to ἀλλὰ in V      POSITION: cont. from prev.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.152,25 app.

COMMENT:   The usage of φθάνειν here is odd. The two other instances of φθάνω governing τὴν βούλησιν/τὰς βουλήσεις in TLG have the usual sense, ‘anticipate’: Joannes Chrysost. Homiliae, PG 59:117,48–49 οὐ φθάνει τὰς βουλήσεις ἡμῶν ὁ Θεὸς ταῖς δωρεαῖς; Manuel II Palaeologus, Epitaphium in fratrem Theodorum, CFHB Thess. 26:275,31–33 οὐ γὰρ δυσμενῶν εἷλε πόλεις, τὰς μὲν πολιορκήσας τε καὶ παραστησάμενος, τὰς δ’ αὐθωρὸν τῷ πολέμῳ, τὰς πλείους δ’, οἶμαι, φθάσας αὐτοῦ τὴν βούλησιν καὶ πρὶν ἢ πορθηθῆναι παραδοθείσας; The unusual usage here probably results from a rewriting of the lacunose version 487.03.   


Or. 487.05 (rec paraphr) Ἑλληνικόν ἐστι καὶ τὸ μὴ θέλειν εἶναι κρείττονα τινὰ τῶν νόμων.  —K

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 487.06 (rec paraphr) καὶ τοῦτο Ἑλληνικόν ἐστι, τὸ μὴ κρείττονα τινὰ καὶ ἔμπροσθεν εἶναι.  —MnS

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The annotation expects τῶν νόμων to be supplied from the line.   


Or. 487.07 (rec paraphr) καὶ πάλιν Ἑλληνικὸν καὶ τὸ μὴ προτιμότερον εἶναι τινὰ.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   The annotation expects τῶν νόμων to be supplied from the line.   


Or. 487.08 (pllgn paraphr) Ἑλληνικὸν καὶ τὸ μὴ θέλειν εἶναι τινὰ προτιμότερον τῶν νόμων.  —G

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 487.09 (rec paraphr) ἀξιώτερον τιμάσαι τὸν νόμον ἢ τὸν ὁμόθεν.  —Ab2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ὁμοθέτον Ab2(as in line 486 Ab)   

COMMENT:   Byzantine and early Modern Greek texts in TLG currently attest three instances of forms from the present stem τιμάζω, so this is the first attestation of an aorist form.   

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 487.10 (pllgn paraphr) ἀλλ’ ἔστι καὶ τοῦτο Ἑλληνικόν, τὸ μὴ εἶναι τινὰ ὑπέρτερον τῶν νόμων.  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.148,15–16


Or. 487.11 (rec exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: πάλιν Ἑλληνικὸν τὸ  —O

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 487.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: τοῦτο Ἑλληνικόν ἐστι  —R

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 487.13 (thom exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: Ἑλληνικὸν  —ZZbZmT

TRANSLATION:  (Supply ‘is) Greek’ (to complete the syntax of the line).

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  ναὶ prep. Zm   |    ἑλληνικῶν Zb   


Or. 487.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: ναὶ Ἑλληνικὸν ἐστὶν ὅ λέγεις.  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 487.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: ναί, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ μὴ θέλειν εἶναι προτιμότερον τῶν νόμων Ἑλληνικόν ἐστι.  —Zc

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐλλην‑ Zc   |   


Or. 487.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: ναὶ Ἑλληνικὸν ὑπάρχει  —B3a

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 487.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: ναὶ ἀλλὰ  —F

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 487.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: ναὶ  —V3

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 487.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καὶ τῶν νόμων⟩: καί τι ἄλλο ὑπάρχει  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   καὶ τί CrOx   |   


Or. 488.01 (vet exeg) πᾶν τοὐξ ἀνάγκης δοῦλόν ἐστ’ ἐν τοῖς σοφοῖς: 1ἡ τῆς φύσεως ἀνάγκη, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ συγγένεια, πάντα δουλοῖ κατά τε τὴν κρίσιν τῶν νόμων καὶ τῶν σοφῶν.  2δοῦλον οὖν ἀντὶ τοῦ δουλοποιόν·  3οὐχ οἷόν τε γὰρ παραιτήσασθαι τὴν συγγένειαν.  —MBVCPrRbSa, partial Rw

TRANSLATION:   The compulsion of nature, which means kinship, enslaves everything according to the judgment both of the laws and of the wise. Therefore ‘doulon’ (‘slave/slavish’) is used for ‘making a slave’. For it is not possible to avoid the claims of kinship.

LEMMA: M(πάν τ’οὐξανάγκης)C, πᾶν τοὐξ ἀνάγκης B(τ’οὐξ)VPrRw, lemma πᾶν τ’ ἐξ ἀνάγκης RbSa(as in text Sa)      REF. SYMBOL: MBVRb      POSITION: follows 482.05 V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὅ om. C   |    πάντας VSa, καὶ πάντας Rw   |    δουλοῖ] δοῦλοι C, δηλοῖ Pr   |    κατά τε τὴν κρίσιν τῶν νόμων] κατὰ νόμων τῶν νόμων Sa   |    τὴν om. Rb   |    2 δοῦλον] δῆλον Rb   |    οὖν] ἂν Sa   |    τοῦ om. C   |    δηλοποιὸν Rb   |    3 οὐχ οἷόν κτλ om. Rw   |    γὰρ om. C   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 π(αρα)τήσασθαι Sa   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.153,1–4; Dind. II.149,10–13

COMMENT:   The exegeses of this line in the scholia are quite different from the meaning of the line according to modern understanding (well explained by Willink).   


Or. 488.02 (rec exeg) 1ἐστὶν ἡ ἀνάγκη τῆς φύσεως.  2οὐχ οἷον γάρ ἐστιν παραιτήσασθαι τὴν συγγενείαν κατὰ τὴν κρίσιν τῶν νόμων καὶ τῶν σοφῶν.   —O

APP. CRIT. 2:  γὰρ ἐστὶν a.c. O   


Or. 488.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως· δοῦλον: 1δουλοποιόν.  2τουτέστι παρὰ τοῖς φρονίμοις ἡ ἀνάγκη νικᾷ.  3τιμῶμεν οὖν τὸν Ὀρέστην διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν καὶ δουλεύομεν τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταύτῃ.  —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Making a slave (enslaving). That is, in the eyes of the prudent, compulsion triumphs. Thus we honor Orestes because of our kinship and we are slaves to this compulsion.

LEMMA: V, ἀλλὰ δοῦλον MBCPr      POSITION: cont. from prev. Rw; sep. from 488.01 by 487.01 and 487.02 V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. V   |    δουλοποιὸν om. Rw   |    2 παρὰ φρονίμων V   |    νικᾷ om. Rw   |    3 καὶ add. before τιμῶμεν MBCRw   |    δουλεύομεν] τιμῶμεν Pr   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 τουτέστιν M   |   νικὰ app. M   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.153,5–7; Dind. II.149,13–15


Or. 488.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1πᾶν τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης δοῦλόν ἐστι καὶ ὑπήκοον, οἷον πάντα κατὰ ἀνάγκην ποιοῦμεν.  2καὶ κατὰ τὴν τῶν σοφῶν κρίσιν πάντα τὰ ἀπ’ ἀνάγκης δουλοῖ καὶ ὑπηκόους ποιεῖ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.  3καθὸ προείρηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ Ὀρέστου [484] ‘εἰ δὲ δυστυχεῖ, τιμητέος’, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ νῦν εἶπε ⟨ … ⟩.  4ἔστι δὲ ὁ λόγος ὅτι τιμᾶν ἀναγκαῖον τὸν Ὀρέστην διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν.  5ταῦτα δὲ ἐν ὑποκρίσει λέγει, οὐ σπουδῇ.  6ὁ δὲ Ἀριστοφάνης [Arist. Byz. fr. 386 Slater] φησὶ ⟨ … ⟩.  7πᾶν τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης γινόμενον δουλοῖ, οἷον ταπεινοῖ, κατὰ τὴν τῶν σοφῶν κρίσιν.  8δύναται καὶ οὕτως· πᾶν τὸ ἀναγκαῖον δοῦλόν ἐστιν, οἷον ὑπήκοον, καὶ πάντα κατὰ ἀνάγκην ποιοῦμεν διότι δουλοῖ πᾶν.  —MBVCPr, partial Rw

TRANSLATION:   Everything deriving from necessity/compulsion is slave (enslaved) and subservient, as if to say we do everything according to necessity. And according to the judgment of the wise all things deriving from compulsion enslave humans and make them subservient. Because he said previously about Orestes ‘and if he suffers misfortune, he must be honored’, for this reason he nows also says ⟨ lacuna ⟩. The meaning is that it is necessary to honor Orestes because of their kinship. He says these things adopting a pose, not in earnest. But Aristophanes (the Alexandrian scholar) says ⟨ lacuna ⟩ All that comes about by necessity enslaves, or makes humble, according to the judgment of the wise. It can also be taken like this: Every compulsory thing is slavish, that is, subservient, and we do everything according to necessity because it enslaves everything.

LEMMA: MBCPr, καὶ ἄλλως Rw      POSITION: cont. from prev. V      

APP. CRIT.:   1 δύναται δὲ καὶ οὕτως prep. V   |    πάντα] πάντα τὰ B, πάντως τὰ Pr   |    ποιοῦμεν] γινόμενα δουλοῖ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους V   |    2 καὶ κατὰ] κατά τε VRw   |    τὰ om. PrRw(πάντ’)   |    ὑπ’ ἀνάγκης M(ὑπαν.)BCPr   |    δηλοῖ Pr   |    ποιεῖται M   |    3–4 καθὸ … τὴν συγγένειαν om. Rw   |    3 προείρηκεν Schw., εἶπεν all (but transp. after ὀρέστου MVC)   |    3–4 εἰ δὲ δυστυχεῖ … ὀρέστην om. M   |    3 εἶπε Schw., προείρηκεν BV(‑κε)CPr   |    lacuna Schw. (who inserts quotation of 488); alternatively, e.g. ⟨ταῦτα⟩   |    4 δὲ] γὰρ BPr   |    ὅτι Arsenius, ὅθεν BVCPr   |    ἀναγκαῖον] αὐτὸν C   |    5 ταῦτα … σπουδῇ] om. V, τῆ(?) ἐν(?) ὑποκρίσει καὶ οὐ σπουδῆ [φη(σιν)(?)] Rw (damage, not enough space for ταῦτά φη(σιν))   |    λέγων MC   |    6–8 ὁ δὲ ἀρ. κτλ om. Rw   |    6 ἀριστοφάνης] ἀρίσταρχος V   |    φησὶ] λέγει Pr   |    lacuna Schw.   |    7 γινόμενον] τιμώμενον C   |    δηλοῖ Pr, δουλοῖ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους V   |    8 ὑπήκοον] ἀπήκει Pr   |    καὶ πάντα κατὰ κτλ] καὶ πᾶν τὸ κατὰ ἀνάγκην ποιοῦμεν BPr, om. διότι δουλοῖ πᾶν   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 τοὐξ V   |    ἐξανάγκης M   |    ἐστὶν M   |    2 ἀπὸ ἀν. V   |    7 τοὐξ Pr   |    ἐξανάγκης M   |    ταπεινοὶ Pr   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.153,8–17; Dind. II.149,15–150,6

COMMENT:   I agree with Schwartz that we have lost Aristophanes’ opinion here. See Prelim. Stud. 17 n. 68.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Check original Rw 20r top line.   |   

KEYWORDS:  citation of historian or scholar   |   Aristophanes of Byzantium   


Or. 488.05 (rec exeg) 1τουτέστιν παρὰ φρονίμοις ἡ ἀνάγκη κρατεῖ καὶ νικᾷ.  2οἷον τιμῶμεν τὸν Ὀρέστην καὶ τὴν συγγένειαν ⟨καὶ⟩ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταῦτα ⟨ποιοῦμεν⟩.  3δύναται δὲ καὶ ὅτι πᾶν τοὐξανάγκης δοῦλον ἐστὶ καὶ ὑπήκοον, οἷον πάντα κατὰ ἀνάγκην ποιοῦμεν.   —V

TRANSLATION:   That is, among the prudent necessity holds sway and triumphs. As if to say, we honor Orestes and kinship and we do this by necessity. The sense can also be that everything derived from necessity is slavish and subservient, that is, we do all things in accordance with necessity.

POSITION: cont. from prev. V      

APP. CRIT.:  2 suppl. Mastr. (punct. after ταῦτα in V)   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.153,17 app.


Or. 488.06 (mosch exeg) 1οἷον ἡ συγγενικὴ φιλία καὶ στοργὴ ἢ ἕτερόν τι τοιοῦτον, ἐπεὶ ἐξ ἀνάγκης φυσικῆς ἐστι, δούλη ἐστὶ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἀμβλύνεται,  2οὐδὲ ἄλλως γενέσθαι δύναται, ὃ τὰ ἐλευθέρως καὶ χωρὶς ἀνάγκης γινόμενα δύναται.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr

TRANSLATION:   As if to say, the affection and love of kinsmen, or some other such thing, since it arises from natural compulsion, is ‘slave’ (enslaved), and because of this it does not become blunted, nor is it able to be otherwise, which those things coming about freely and without compulsion can do.

REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: cont. from 485.01 G      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οἷον] ἤγουν Xo   |    2 τὰ] τοὺς Y   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 ἐξανάγκης Yf   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.149,6–9


Or. 488.07 (thom exeg) 1εἰπόντος τοῦ Μενελάου πρὸς τὸν τοῦ Τυνδάρεω λόγον, τὸ [485] ‘βεβαρβάρωσαι χρόνιος ὢν ἐν βαρβάροις’, ὡς ἄρα Ἑλληνικὸν τὸ τιμᾶν τοὺς συγγενεῖς,  2φησὶν ὁ Τυνδάρεως· ναί, ὃ λέγεις Ἑλληνικόν ἐστιν, ἀλλ’ ἔστι καὶ τοῦτο Ἑλληνικόν, τὸ μὴ εἶναι τινὰ ὑπέρτερον τῶν νόμων.  3σὺ οὖν, ὦ Μενέλαε, παρανομεῖς φονέα προσφθεγγόμενος.  4ἀπαγορεύουσι γὰρ οἱ νόμοι τὴν μετ’ αὐτῶν συνουσίαν.  5πρὸς ὃ ἀπαντᾷ Μενέλαος ὅτι πᾶν τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης γινόμενον δοῦλον ἐν τοῖς σοφοῖς ἐστι.  6τουτέστι πάντες καὶ παλαιοὶ καὶ νέοι ποιηταὶ φιλόσοφοι συγγραφεῖς ῥήτορες τρανῶς ἄνω καὶ κάτω τοῖς λόγοις διακηρύττονται  7ὡς ἄρα πάντες ἀνάγκης εἰσὶ δοῦλοι καὶ πάντων αὕτη κρατεῖ, καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώπων μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ μέχρι θεῶν ἐξάγει τὸ κράτος.  8[Simonides 37,29–30 = 542 PMG] ‘ἀνάγκᾳ’ γὰρ ‘οὐδὲ θεοὶ’ φασὶ ‘μάχονται’.  9ἐγὼ γοῦν εἰ καὶ παρανομεῖν σοι δοκῶ μητροκτόνῳ συνὼν καὶ φθεγγόμενος, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῆς φύσεως ἀναγκαζόμενος τοῦτο ποιῶ.  10ὥστε τὴν τοιαύτην ἀνάγκην ᾧ προεβάλου νόμῳ παρεξετάσας μείζω ταύτην εὑρήσεις δυναμένην τοῦ νόμου.  11οἱ δὲ λέγοντες τὸ δοῦλον ἀντὶ τοῦ δουλοποιὸν ληροῦσι τὰ μάλιστα.  12ἢ πρὸς τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης ὑποστικτέον, οὕτω· πᾶν τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης ὑπάρχον, ἐν τοῖς σοφοῖς ἐστι δοῦλον.  13τουτέστι πάντα τὰ ἐξ ἀνάγκης δουλείαν οἱ σοφοὶ κρίνουσιν.  —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   After Menelaus said, in response to Tyndareus’ line ‘You’ve been made a barbarian by being so long among barbarians’, that it is a Greek practice to honor one’s kinsmen, Tyndareus says: ‘Yes, what you mention is a Greek practice, but this too is a Greek practice, that no one be above the laws. You, therefore, Menelaus, break the law in addressing a murderer. For the laws forbid associating with them’. To which Menelaus replies that everything that comes about by compulsion is slave (enslaved) in the judgment of the wise. That is, everyone—both ancient and modern, poets, philosophers, historians, orators—clearly all the way throughout in their writings proclaim that all people are slaves of necessity and this (necessity) conquers all, and not just human beings, but it even extends its sway far enough to be over gods. For they say that ‘Not even the gods do battle with necessity’. At any rate, even if I seem to you to break the law by associating with and speaking to a mother-killer, nevertheless it is under the compulsion of nature that I do this. So, if you examine such compulsion side by side with the law you put forward in argument, you will find this to be more powerful than the law. Those who say that ‘doulos’ (slave/enslaved) is used to mean ‘making one a slave’ are speaking complete drivel. Or, one can put a comma after ‘that by necessity’, (and understand) as follows: everything that exists by necessity, in the eyes of the wise is slavish. That is, all things caused by compulsion wise men judge to be slavery.

REF. SYMBOL: at 488 πᾶν ZbZlZmGu, at 487 νόμων ZZa, at 485 βεβαρβάρωσαι T      

APP. CRIT.:   1 first τὸ] τὸν TGu   |    ἐν] τοῖς Z   |    3 ὦ μενέλαε] μενέλαε Zb, ὁ μενέλαος ZZa   |    6 καὶ οἱ παλαιοὶ Gu   |    συγγ. καὶ ῥήτ. Zb   |    7 αὕτη om. Zl   |    8 ἀνάγκη Zl   |    οὐδὲ οἱ θεοὶ Ta (not T)   |    9 μητροφόντῃ ZZa   |    10 ᾧ om. Zb   |    δυν]αμένου τοῦ νόμου (or ]άμενον τὸν νόμου?) app. Zl   |    11 ληροῦσι] ἀμαθεῖς T, οὐ καλῶς λέγουσιν Gu   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   3 ὧν changed to οὖν Zl   |    8 φασὶν Zb   |    12 ἐστὶ ZbZl, ἔστι Z   |    13 κρίνουσι Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.148,17–149,5

COMMENT:   It is not clear how the punctuation recommended in the alternative interpretation (12) makes a difference. But it does seem that the last paraphrase by Thomas (13) comes close to the way the line is understood by moderns.   

KEYWORDS:  Thomas critical of another view   |   citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Simonides   


Or. 488.08 (pllgn exeg) ἤτοι τὸ συγγενὲς δουλοποιεῖ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ παρασκευάζει ὑποκεῖσθαι ἀλλήλοις, ἤτοι περὶ τῆς ἐκδικήσεως.  —Y2

TRANSLATION:   Either kinship enslaves human beings and makes them be subservient to each other; or (he is saying this?) about the vengeance (enacted by Orestes)/punishment (threatening Orestes).

REF. SYMBOL: at ἀνάγκης Y2      

APP. CRIT.:  δηλοποιεῖ Y2   |    ἀλλήλ() Y2   


Or. 488.09 (pllgn exeg) τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης γινόμενον συγχωρεῖται ἐν τοῖς σοφοῖς.  —Zu

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 488.10 (pllgn exeg) ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἔστι τὸ νὰ ἀγαπῶ τὸν υἱόν μου.  —V2

KEYWORDS:  Byzantine vernacular word/form/usage   


Or. 488.11 (rec exeg) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: τὸ συγγενὲς  —OF2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 488.12 (rec exeg) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: ἡ τῆς φύσεως ἀνάγκη, ἡ συγγένεια  —MnRS

POSITION: s.l. RS; all cont. from 488.29.      


Or. 488.13 (rec exeg) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: ἤγουν τὸ τῆς συγγενείας ἤγουν τὸ τῆς φύσεως καὶ δουλοποιὸν  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 488.14 (rec exeg) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: τὸ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 488.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: τὸ ἐξ ἀνάγκης γεγονὸς  —MnRS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   γεγονὼς Mn   |   


Or. 488.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: τὸ ὑπ’ ἀνάγκης  —F2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 488.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: καὶ τὸ ἐκ φύσεως  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 488.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοὐξ ἀνάγκης⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἡ συγγένεια ἡ φυσική  —Aa2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 488.23 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀνάγκης⟩: ἤγουν τῆς φύσεως καὶ τῆς συγγενείας  —V1Y2Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ om. Gu   


Or. 488.24 (rec exeg) ⟨δοῦλον⟩: τινὲς δουλοποιοῦν  —O

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  app. ‑ποιόν a.c. O   


Or. 488.27 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐν τοῖς σοφοῖς⟩: ἐν τοῖς φρονίμοις· ὅπου βία πρόκειται οἱ νόμοι ἀσθενοῦσιν.  —Pr

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   For the maxim, cf. Aesop. Proverb. 136 Perry ὅ⟨που ἡ⟩ βία πάρεστιν οἱ νόμοι ἀσθενοῦσιν; Documenta concilii Constantinopoleos 2.13,4–6 ἔτι δὲ καὶ ὁ πάπας Γελάσιος περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγει, ὅτι ὅπου βία οὐ πρόκειται, ἀμετάτρεπτοι διαμενέτωσαν οἱ τῶν πατέρων θεσμοί.   


Or. 488.28 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἐν τοῖς σοφοῖς⟩: ὡς ἔλεγον οἱ σοφοὶ  —CrOx

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 488.29 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἐν τοῖς σοφοῖς⟩: ἐν τοῖς νόμοις  —MnRS

POSITION: s.l. RS      

COMMENT:   Perhaps νόμοις was at some time a false variant; or this might result from a corruption of ἐν τοῖς φρονίμοις (cf. 488.30).   


Or. 489.05 (pllgn exeg) τοῦτο: τὸ ὑπείκειν τῇ ἀνάγκῃ  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc

LEMMA:  νῦν σὺ τοῦτο X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.150,8

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta omits cross.   |   


Or. 489.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τοῦτο⟩: ὃ λέγεις  —Zl

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 489.07 (vet exeg) ⟨οὐ κτήσομαι⟩: τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν φρόνημα  —MBCY2

TRANSLATION:   (I will not take as my own) the Greek frame of mind (you just mentioned).

POSITION: s.l. except marg. B      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦτέστι prep. B   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.153,18; Dind. II.150,7–8


Or. 489.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨κεκτήσομαι⟩: θελήσω ποτὲ ἔχειν  —Zl

LEMMA: thus in text Zl      POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 490.01 (vet exeg) ὀργὴ γὰρ ἅμα σου καὶ τὸ γῆρας: 1πρὸς τῷ εἶναί σε γέροντα καὶ ὀργίλος εἶ.  2διὰ τοῦτο, φησὶ, παραιτῇ τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς σοφοῖς φρονεῖν, ἐπεὶ συνελθοῦσα τῷ γήρᾳ σου ἡ ὀργὴ ἀπαίδευτόν σε ποιεῖ·  3ὡς καὶ Σοφοκλῆς [Soph. fr. 894 Radt]· ‘ὀργὴ γέροντος ὥστε μαλθακὴ κοπὶς / †ἐν χειρὶ θήγει†, ἐν τάχει δ’ ἀμβλύνεται’.  —MBVCPr, partial Rw

TRANSLATION:   In addition to your being an old man you are irascible. Because of this, he means, you decline to share the opinion of the wise, since, joining with your old age, your wrath makes you unrefined. As also Sophocles: ‘The wrath of an old man, like a blunt cleaver, †sharpens in the hand† but soon grows dull’.

LEMMA: MBPr, ὀργὴ γὰρ ἅμα σου V, ὀργὴ γὰρ ἅμα σου καὶ τὸ γῆρας οὐ σοφόν· οὐ σοφόν· (sic) C, καὶ ἄλλως Rw      REF. SYMBOL: MV      POSITION: follows 490.03 Rw      

APP. CRIT.:   1 πρὸς … εἶ om. Rw   |    τῷ] Matt., τὸ all   |    καὶ om. MC   |    2 παραιτῇ τὰ] παραιτεῖται MVC   |    τοῖς σοφοῖς τὰ αὐτὰ transp. Rw   |    τὸ γῆρας σου MC   |    ἡ om. CRw   |    3 ὡς κτλ om. Rw   |    ὡς om. BVCPr   |    3 κώπης MC [Pr]   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   2 perhaps ὀργῆ a.c. Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.153,19–23; Dind. II.150,10–15

COMMENT:   Arsenius had printed μαλθακὴ νοτὶς, which Valckenaer (on Hipp. 240) emended to κοπίς before it was collated from BV. Radt’s apparatus gives many attempts to emend the quotation, to which may be added Lloyd-Jones’ βραδεῖα θήγειν in the Loeb ed. (which hardly fits the notion that old men are irascible).   

KEYWORDS:  citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation)   |   Sophocles   


Or. 490.02 (vet paraphr) ἄλλως: ἡ ὀργή σου καὶ τὸ γῆράς σου ἅμα γεγονότα οὐ σοφόν σε ποιεῖ.  —MBVCPr

TRANSLATION:   Your anger and your old age, occurring together, make you not wise.

LEMMA: BVCPr, in marg. M      

APP. CRIT.:  καὶ] ὅτι V   |    second σου om. BVPr   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,1; Dind. II.150,16–17


Or. 490.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1αὐτὸ καθ’ ἑαυτὸ τὸ γῆρας μελαγχολικώτερόν ἐστι τῆς νεότητος·  2εἰ δὲ συμβῇ τοὺς γέροντας ὀργισθῆναι, διπλάσιον γίνεται τὸ κακόν.  3τὸ γῆράς σου οὖν, φησὶν, ἅμα ὀργῇ γεγονὸς οὐ σκοπεῖ τὸ δέον.  —MBVCPrRw, partial Y2

TRANSLATION:   In and of itself old age is more irritable than youth. And if it comes about that old men get angry, the evil becomes twice as great. Your old age, then, he says, occurring together with anger, does not regard what is appropriate.

LEMMA: in marg. M, καὶ τὸ γῆρας οὐ σοφόν V, καὶ τὸ γῆρας Rw       REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: cont. from prev. B, add. γὰρ [Pr damaged, room for ἄλλ(ως) or γὰρ]      

APP. CRIT.:   1 αὐτὸ] οὐ τὸ V   |    μελαγχονικώτερον M   |    2 διπλὸν V   |    3 τὸ γῆράς σου κτλ om. Y2   |    σου om. V   |    οὐ σκοπεῖ] ἀσκοπεῖ Pr   |    δέον] σοφόν Rw   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   1 καθεαὐτὸ M καθ’αὑτὸ BVY2, app. Pr   |    2 συμβεῖ M   |    3 ὀργὴ C   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,3–5; Dind. II.150,17–20


Or. 490.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀργὴ γὰρ⟩: εἰκότως  —ZZaZlZmT

TRANSLATION:  (To make clear the causal connection here, supply to introduce this line) ‘as one might reasonably expect’.

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 490.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀργὴ γὰρ⟩: εἰκότως οὐ κτήσῃ  —GuOx2

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT. 2:  εἰκότος οὐ κτίσαν Ox2   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.151,1


Or. 490.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨ὀργὴ … σου⟩: ἥτις ἔστι σοι  —S

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 490.07 (vet exeg) ⟨ὀργὴ⟩: ὀργῇ διὰ τοῦ ι̅  —MC

TRANSLATION:   (Spell) ‘orgē’ with iota (adscript/subscript).

LEMMA: thus in text MC      REF. SYMBOL: M      POSITION: marg.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,6


Or. 490.18 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφόν⟩: σὲ ποιοῦσι  —CrGPrOxY2Zu

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 490.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφόν⟩: ποιοῦσιν οὐ σοφὸν σὲ δηλονότι.  —V2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 490.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφόν⟩: σὲ ποιεῖ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.151,2


Or. 490.21 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφόν⟩: πεποιήκασι σὲ δηλονότι  —Xo

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 490.24 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐ σοφόν⟩: 1ἀλλ’ ἀνόητον δηλονότι, καὶ τὸν τοῦ προσήκοντος λόγον οὐ ποιούμενον·  2σοφοῦ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς τὸ τιμᾶν τοὺς προσήκοντας.   —GuZl

TRANSLATION:   (Not wise,) but rather senseless, clearly, and taking no account of a relative. For it is a trait of a wise man to honor his relatives.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  1 δηλονότι om. Gu   |    οὐ ποιούμ. λόγον transp. Zl   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.151,2–4


Or. 491.01 (vet exeg) πρὸς τόνδ’ ἀγὼν τίς σοφίας ἥκει πέρι: 1οἷον· ἡ περὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην μητροκτονία οὐ δεῖται ἀγῶνος σοφίας.  2προῦπτος γὰρ ἡ κρίσις, ὥστε μάτην ἡμᾶς οὐ σοφοὺς ἀπεκάλεσας.  3οὐ σοφισμάτων γὰρ προσδεῖται ἡ κρίσις, τουτέστιν οὐ καιρὸς ἡμᾶς περὶ σοφίας ἀγωνίζεσθαι·  4περὶ γὰρ μητροκτονίας ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος.  —MBC, partial PrRwZu

TRANSLATION:   That is, the matricide involving Orestes does not require a contest of wisdom. For the verdict is foreseen, so to no purpose did you call us not wise. For the judgment does not require clever arguments, that is, it is no proper time for us to compete in wisdom, because the discussion concerns matricide.

LEMMA: MC(om. πέρι), πρὸς τόνδ’ ἀγὼν τίς BPrRw(ἀγών τις PrPw)      REF. SYMBOL: MZu      POSITION: follows 495.01 in C      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ἡ om. Pr   |    μητροφονία Zu   |    ἀγὼν Pr   |    2 γὰρ om. Zu   |    οὐ om. Rw   |    ἀπεκάλεσεν Zu   |    3–4 οὐ σοφισμάτων κτλ om. Zu   |    3 οὐ σοφισμ. … κρίσις om. Pr   |    ἡ om. Rw app.   |    3–4 τουτέστιν κτλ om. Rw   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,7–11; Dind. II.151,5–9


Or. 491.02 (rec exeg) οἷον· ἡ περὶ τὸν Ὀρέστην μητροκτονία οὐ δεῖται ἀγῶνος σοφίας. προῦπτος καὶ προφανὴς ἡ κρίσις τοῦ Ὀρέστου.  —O

TRANSLATION:   That is, the matricide involving Orestes does not require a contest of wisdom. The judgment about Orestes is foreseen and utterly clear.


Or. 491.03 (rec exeg) ⟨πρὸς τόνδ’ ἀγών⟩: εἰς τὸν περὶ τῆς μητροκτονίας λόγον οὐκ ἔστιν ἀγὼν τῆς σοφίας, τουτέστιν οὐ καιρὸς νῦν ἡμᾶς περὶ σοφίας ἀγωνίζεσθαι· περὶ γὰρ μητροκτονίας ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος, ὥστε μάτην ἡμᾶς ⟨οὐ⟩ σοφοὺς ἀπεκάλεσας.  —V

TRANSLATION:   Regarding the discussion of the matricide there is not a contest of wisdom. That is, it is not now a proper moment for us to compete in wisdom, because the discussion concerns matricide, so to no purpose did you call us not wise.

LEMMA: V      REF. SYMBOL: V      POSITION: follows next V      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,7–10 app.; cf. Dind. II.151,9


Or. 491.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἐπεὶ εἶπεν ὁ Μενέλαος [490] ‘καὶ τὸ γῆρας οὐ σοφόν’, φησὶν ὁ Τυνδάρεως  2ὅτι τίς χρεία ὅλως σοφίας, ὅπου γε προφανὲς τοῦ Ὀρέστου τὸ πλημμέλημα.  —MBVCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Since Menelaus said ‘and old age not wise’, Tyndareus says: ‘What need is there at all for wisdom, in a case where the error of Orestes is utterly clear?’

LEMMA: BPr, in marg. M, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως Rw      POSITION: cont. from sch. 490.03 V, add. δὲ; cont. from 491.01 C      

APP. CRIT.:   1 οὐ] σου M   |    φησὶν om. V   |    second ὁ om. Pr   |    2 ὅτι om. V   |    σοφίας om. M   |    προφανῶς PrRw   |    τὸ τοῦ ὀρ. transp. V   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,12–14; Dind. II.151,10–12


Or. 491.05 (thom exeg) ἤγουν τί δεῖ πρὸς τοῦτον φονέα ὄντα ἀγωνίζεσθαι καὶ σπουδάζειν σοφοὺς δοκεῖν. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu

TRANSLATION:   That is, what need is there to contest with this man, who is a murderer, and to strive to seem clever/wise.

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:   σοφὸς δοκεῖν· prep. Zb (om. at end)   |    ἤγουν οὐ δεῖ T   |    σοφοὺς δοκεῖν om. GuZbZl, σοφὸν δοκεῖν T   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ὄντα] ὄνντρα app. a.c. Zb   |   ἀναγκάζεσθαι Zl, ἀνανίζεσθαι Zb   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.151,13–14


Or. 491.06 (pllgn exeg) ὡς φαίνεται, πρὸς τοῦτον ἀγών ἐστι(?) περὶ τῆς σοφίας διαλεχθῆναι.  —M3

REF. SYMBOL: M3      POSITION: in right marg. at 90 degrees to text      

COMMENT:   The word following ἀγών is much damaged, but the space and traces seem to fit ἐστι better than τις.   

COLLATION NOTES:   Recheck M original 52v.   |   


Or. 491.07 (vet exeg) ἐρωτηματικῶς  —MC

TRANSLATION:   (Understand the line) interrogatively (i.e., ‘tis’ is accented and interrogative, not enclitic and indefinite).

POSITION: s.l. M, intermarg. C (beside 490)      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,15


Or. 491.08 (tri rhet) προκατάστασις  —T

TRANSLATION:   Preamble.

POSITION: marg.      

COLLATION NOTES:   Ta places this under first words of 490, last line of its page.   |   


Or. 491.09 (pllgn exeg) φανερὰ ὄντα τὰ καλὰ καὶ τὰ κακὰ αὐτοῦ  —V3

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 491.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨σοφίας⟩: γρ. οὐ σο(φίας).  —Zm

POSITION: s.l.      

COMMENT:   τίς οὐ σοφίας is in the text in ZZaZbZlTz (but οὐ has been erased in ZZl); compare P τις σοφίας with a blank space left between the words, enough for two letters.   

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 491.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἥκει⟩: γρ. κεῖται.  —Sar

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 491.19 (rec exeg) ⟨κεῖται⟩: γρ. ἥκει.  —MnS

LEMMA: κεῖται in text MnS      POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε   


Or. 491.23 (rec exeg) ⟨πέρι⟩: κατὰ ἐπαναστροφὴν  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Using reversal (of word order).

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  ἐπαναστροφή   |   anastrophe (inversion of word order)   


Or. 492.01 (492–493) (rec paraphr) εἰ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις δῆλα καὶ τὰ καλὰ καὶ τὰ μὴ καλὰ, ἀσύνετος ὁ Ὀρέστης μὴ πράξας καλῶς.  —Pr

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 492.02 (pllgn paraphr) εἰ ἔστι πᾶσι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὰ καλὰ πράγματα καὶ τὰ μὴ καλὰ {εἰσὶ} φανερά  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 493.01 (493–496) (pllgn rhet) προβολὴ τὸ σχῆμα. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τὸ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι/μέχρι τέλους.  —F

TRANSLATION:   The schema is that of putting forward the case. And after this (the schema is) that of point-by-point examination.

REF. SYMBOL: at 493 τούτου; a second symbol above τὸ ἀπαρχῆς within note corresponds to one at 496 ἐπεὶ.      

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπαρχῆς F   |   ἄρχρι a.c. F   |   

COMMENT:   The term (τὸ/τὰ) ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι/μέχρι τέλους (‘sequence of events from beginning to end’) refers to a comprehensive point-by-point treatment of the events that are the basis of the accusation: see Hermogenes, περὶ στάσεων 3,79–96 (see Heath 37–38 for translation and 84–85 for commentary); ps.-Hermogenes, περὶ εὑρέσεως 3.10; Lausberg §387. Cf. 494.01 (V3Y2), 496.02 (GPr).   

KEYWORDS:  (τὸ/τὰ) ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι/μέχρι τέλους   


Or. 493.02 (rec rhet) προβολὴ τὸ σχῆμα.  —V3FPrY2

TRANSLATION:   The schema is that of putting forward the case.

POSITION: marg. (but V3 crosses out marg. version and writes it s.l.)      

APP. CRIT.:   περιβολὴ Pr   


Or. 493.03 (pllgn rhet) καταδρομὴ καὶ καταφορὰ  —B3d

TRANSLATION:   Invective-attack and tirade-attack.

POSITION: marg.      


Or. 493.04 (mosch paraphr) τούτου τοῦ Ὀρέστου τίς ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐγένετο ἀνοητότερος;  —X


Or. 493.05 (pllgn paraphr) πάντως ἀσύνετος ἐστὶν ὁ Ὀρέστης μὴ καλῶς πράξας.  —V3Y2

POSITION: s.l. Y2, intermarg. V3 (beside 492)      


Or. 494.01 (pllgn rhet) τὰ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι τέλους  —V3Y2

POSITION: s.l. V3, marg. Y2      

APP. CRIT.:  τὰ om. V3   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἀπαρχῆς Y2   |   

KEYWORDS:  (τὸ/τὰ) ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι/μέχρι τέλους   


Or. 495.01 (vet exeg) οὐδ’ ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν κοινόν: 1ὡς ἐπὶ ὁδοῦ· οὐκ ἐβάδισε κατὰ τὸν Ἑλληνικὸν νόμον.  2ὁ γὰρ νόμος οὐκ ἐπιτρέπει αὐτόχειρά τινα γίνεσθαι.  —MBVCPraPrbRfRw

TRANSLATION:   As if upon a road. He did not make his way in accordance with Greek law. For the law does not permit one to become a murderer.

LEMMA: MVCRw, οὐδ’ ἦλθεν BPr      REF. SYMBOL: BVRf      POSITION: s.l. Prb; between 490.03 and 491.01 C      

APP. CRIT.:   1 ὡς ἐπὶ ὁδοῦ· οὐκ ἐβάδισε] οὐδὲ ἐβάδισεν ἐπὶ ὁδοῦ Rf, οὐκ ἐβάδισεν ὡς ἐπὶ ὀδὸν Pr   |    ὡς ἐπὶ … οὐκ] ὡς ἐπρο and blank space (ca. 5 letters) V   |    ὡς ἐπὶ ὁδοῦ transp. after νόμον Rw   |    κατὰ] ἐπὶ Rw   |    ἑλλήνων V   |    2 τινα om. Rf   |    γενέσθαι C, a.c. M, perhaps correctly   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐβάδισεν Rw   |   2 αὐτόχειρα τινὰ Rw (αὐτόχειρα, om. τινα, Rf)   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,17–19; Dind. II.151,19–21


Or. 495.02 (rec rhet) καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν (?)ἐξετάζων(?)  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   Examining by using an assumption.

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐξετάζων partly washed out, uncertain, end of word looks more like δόξων   

APP. CRIT. 2:   καθυπόθεσιν Pr   |   

COMMENT:   See on 141.01 and on 288.07.   

KEYWORDS:  ὑποθετικόν/καθ’ ὑπόθεσιν   


Or. 495.03 (mosch exeg) οὐδ’ ἦλθεν: ἐπὶ τὸν νόμον τῶν Ἑλλήνων τὸν κοινόν, ἤγουν ἐφ’ ᾧ πάντες Ἕλληνες ὁμογνωμονοῦσιν.  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr, partial G

TRANSLATION:   To the common law of the Greeks, that is, the one on which all Greeks think alike.

LEMMA: X      REF. SYMBOL: Xo      POSITION: s.l. except XXoYf      

APP. CRIT.:  ἐπὶ … ἤγουν om. G   |    ἅπαντες Ta (not T)   |    ἕλληνες om. G   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐφ’] φ’ Y   |   -μονοῦσι YfG   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.151,21–22


Or. 495.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐπὶ τὸν κοινὸν⟩: ἐπὶ τὸν νόμον τὸν καθολικὸν τῶν Ἑλλήνων  —Aa

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 495.07 (thom exeg) ⟨κοινὸν⟩: κοινὸς γὰρ νόμος Ἑλληνικὸς τὸ τὸν φονέα τῆς χώρας ἐκβάλλειν πρὸς ἑτέραν ἄχρις ἂν ἐκεῖ κάθαρσιν ἔλαβε καὶ ἀπεπλύνθη τοῦ φόνου.  —ZlZmGu

TRANSLATION:   For it was a common law of the Greeks that they exile the murderer from their country to another until he got purification there and was cleansed of the murder.

REF. SYMBOL: Zl      POSITION: s.l. Zm, marg. Gu      

APP. CRIT.:  τοῦ φόνου] τὸν φόνον ZlGu   

APP. CRIT. 2:   ἐκβαλεῖν a.c. Gu   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.151,23–24


Or. 495.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κοινὸν⟩: νόμος Ἑλληνικὸς τὸ τὸν φονέα ἐκβαλεῖν τῆς χώρας πρὸς ἑτέραν μέχρις ἂν κάθαρσιν ἔλαβε καὶ ἀπεπλύθη.  —Zu

REF. SYMBOL: Zu      

COMMENT:   The stems ‑πλύθη‑ and ‑πλύνθη‑ are both legitimate aorist forms, but the former outnumbers the latter by more than 4 to 1 in TLG texts; in the tradition of some authors (e.g. Galen, Joannes Chrysostom.) both forms are attested.   


Or. 496.01 (496–506) (tri rhet) τετράκωλος περίοδος  —TZcr

TRANSLATION:   Four-part phrase.

POSITION: intermarg. T, marg. Zcr, both written vertically      

COMMENT:   On the rhetorical term τετράκωλος περίοδος as specifically Triclinian, see Turyn 245; Schartau 1973, 58–59; Smith 1975, 200 n. 74. The four parts are apparently 496–498 ἐπεὶ γάρ … ποτέ, 500–502 χρῆν … μητέρα, 502–503 τὸ σῶφρόν … ἦν, 504–506 νῦν δ’ … κτανών (alternatively, 496–498, 500–503, 504, 505–506). The same label is applied to Hec. 16–27 (meaning 16–18, 19–20, 21–24, 25–27: temporal protasis, apodosis, temporal protasis, apodosis) in T, and Zc lacks the label but these same subunits are annotated s.l. with πρῶτον κῶλον through τέταρτον κῶλον. Triclinius wrote horizontally in the margin of L (106r) the same phrase applying to Hel. 60-63 ἕως μὲν … γαμεῖν με (same pattern of clauses as in Hec. 16–27).    |   In T, lines 496–500 are the last of 63r and 501–507 the first of 63v, with the two words thus on different pages; there is a dicolon after the second word. This caused the scribe of Ta to place the two words as separate annotations (each with punctuation), for he has on 75r τετράκωλος in the right margin by 496–500, περίοδο (sic) in the left margin at 501–505, with the final sigma in the left margin of 506, the first verse of the 75v. Zc too has (on the same page) a dicolon after each word and a gap between them, as if they were two annotations. At Hec. 16–27 T has dicolon after περίοδος, while Ta has no punctuation.   


Or. 496.02 (rec rhet) τὰ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς μέχρι τέλους  —GPr

TRANSLATION:   Point-by-point examination.

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:  ἄχρι G   

KEYWORDS:  (τὸ/τὰ) ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι/μέχρι τέλους    


Or. 496.03 (tri rhet) διήγησις περιληπτική  —T

TRANSLATION:   Comprehensive narrative.

POSITION: marg.      

COMMENT:   These two terms are conjoined elsewhere only in a distinction between διήγημα and διήγησις found in Nicolaus, Progymnasmata 12,2–4 οἱ δὲ πλείονες διήγημα μὲν τὸ περὶ ἓν πρᾶγμα, διήγησιν δὲ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν περιληπτικὴν πραγμάτων, ὡς ποίησιν καὶ ποίημα and in similar terms in Joannes Sardianus, Comm. in Aphthon. Progymnasmata 16,14–16 διαφέρει δὲ διηγήσεως, φησί, διήγημα· διήγησις μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ἡ πολλῶν πραγμάτων περιληπτικὴ ἔκθεσις, διήγημα δὲ ἡ περὶ ἑνὸς πράγματος ἔκθεσις. With this term Triclinius is noting the same phenomenon that attracted the use ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι/μέχρι τέλους in 493.01, 494.01, and 496.02.   


Or. 496.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βίον⟩: λιπὼν τὴν ζωὴν  —Xo2

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 497.01 (rec rhet) πῶς· ἐφερμηνευτικὸν  —Pr

TRANSLATION:   (Telling) how: explanatory (of how Agamemnon died).

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 497.02 (rec paraphr) ὑπὸ τῆς ἐμῆς θυγατρὸς τὴν κάρα  —Ra


Or. 497.03 (tri paraphr) πληγεὶς τὸ κάρα ὑπὸ τῆς ἐμῆς θυγατρός  —T

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 497.04 (vet exeg) πληγεὶς τῆς ἐμῆς: οὐκ εἶπεν ὑπὸ Αἰγίσθου, ἀλλὰ τὴν δοῦσαν τὴν ἀρχὴν αἰτίαν ἡγήσατο. —MBVCMnPraPrbRbSSa

TRANSLATION:   He did not say (Agamemnon was killed) by Aegisthus, but he considered the woman who provided the starting-point to be to blame.

LEMMA: MC, πληγεὶς θυγατρός VPra, πληγεὶς MnPrbRbSSa      POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B; second version Prb follows 498.01      

APP. CRIT.:   οὐκ εἶπεν] οὐκ ἐπειδὴ MBC, ἐπειδὴ οὐχ’ Pra   |    ὑπὸ] τοῦ Mn   |    τὴν δοῦσαν om. Pra   |    ἀσίαν ᾐτήσατο Sa   |   

APP. CRIT. 2:   αἰγίστου a.c. Mn   |   ἀργὴν Rb   |   αἴτ() Rb   |   ἠγήσατο S   |   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,20–21; Dind. II.152,1–2


Or. 497.21 (tri metr) ⟨κάρα⟩: long mark over second alpha  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 55


Or. 498.01 (vet exeg) αἴσχιστον ἔργον: ὅπερ ἔχθιστον ἔργον, πληγῆναι τὸν Ἀγαμέμνονα ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας γαμετῆς. —MBCPrRw

TRANSLATION:   Which very thing (was) a most hateful deed, that Agamemnon was stricken by his own wedded wife.

LEMMA: Rw      POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B; cont. from 497.04 MCPr      

APP. CRIT.:   ὅπερ … ἔργον] τὸ Rw   |    γαμετῆς] γυναικός CPr, γυναικός γρ() γαμετῆς Rw   

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Schw. I.154,22–23; Dind. II.152,2–3

COMMENT:   αἰσχιστ-/ἐχθιστ‑ are often variants in manuscipts. This note may imply a text containing ἔχθιστον, or may itself originally have contained αἴσχιστον.    


Or. 498.12 (pllgn rhet) ⟨οὐ γὰρ αἰνέσω ποτέ⟩: μεσεμβόλημα  —Zm

TRANSLATION:   Parenthetic statement.

POSITION: s.l.      

KEYWORDS:  μεσεμβόλημα   


Or. 500.01 (tri rhet) γνώμη συμβουλευτική  —T

TRANSLATION:   A judgment giving advice.

POSITION: marg      


Or. 500.02 (pllgn rhet) μετάληψις  —V3Y2GGu

POSITION: marg. except s.l. V3      

COMMENT:   Metalepsis (translatio) as a στάσις (status) in forensic rhetoric applies to an argument used to defend against a charge; it is a tactic of arguing that the legal action should not have been brought in the way it was. Here we seem to have a fairly loose use of the term, since the argument is applied by a prosecuting speaker, and the argument is that a legal action should have been brought instead of direct personal action.   


Or. 500.14 (tri metr) ⟨ἐπιθεῖναι⟩: long mark over iota  —T

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  de Fav. 55

COMMENT:   This certainly looks like a macron (and in copying, Ta took the mark to be a macron), not just a carelessly written diaeresis. Triclinius would be scanning ‑ον ἐπι as a split anapaests in the second foot.   


Or. 500.15 (rec exeg) ⟨μὲν⟩: περιττὸς(?) † —Mn

POSITION: marg.      

APP. CRIT.:  πετικὸς or π(ερι)τικός app. Mn   

COMMENT:   The scholion is written in the left margin of the verse, with π and above it ε (which could stand for ερι), followed at the same higher level by τ and an iota (with diaeresis) that continues downward into a squiggle so that the whole may be taken as compendious for ικ, and suspended above this character is ὸ (for ὸς). If περιττὸς is what lies behind this, it would be ‘the particle (σύνδεσμος) is superfluous’, someone’s reaction to the lack of a δέ to answer μέν.   

KEYWORDS:  περισσός/περιττός   


Or. 500.16 (rec exeg) ⟨αἵματος⟩: ἔκεκα τοῦ  —Mn

POSITION: s.l.      


Or. 500.17 (mosch exeg) αἵματος: ἕνεκα τοῦ φόνου  —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc, app. Zl

TRANSLATION:  (Interpret ‘of the bloodshed’ as) ‘on account of the bloodshed’.

LEMMA: X      POSITION: s.l. except X      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.152,5


Or. 500.19 (rec exeg) ⟨αἵματος⟩: τοῦ φόνου τοῦ πατρὸς  —AbMnPrS

POSITION: s.l.      

APP. CRIT.:  first τοῦ om. MnPr   


Or. 500.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἵματος⟩: τοῦ φόνου τοῦ πατρικοῦ  —Gu

POSITION: s.l.      

PREVIOUS EDITIONS:  Dind. II.152,6


Or. 1693.01 (vet exeg) ⟨subscription⟩: πρὸς διάφορα ἀντίγραφα παραγέγραπται ἐκ τοῦ Διονυσίου ὑπομνήματος ὁλοσχερῶς καὶ τῶν μικτῶν.  —MBCCrNeRRwXaGuZcZl, also LbPaPkXfXmZx2

TRANSLATION:   By reference to various copies, (these annotations) have been written in the margin (or cited or extracted?) from the commentary of Dionysius entirely (or in general?) and from the mixed commentaries.

POSITION: follows arg. 3 ἡ κατάληξις τῆς τραγῴδίας κτλ in all; marked as separate by punct. or extra space in MBCRRwZcXaXf(missing initial)GuCrNe, run together with arg. 3 in LbPkXmZl      

APP. CRIT.:   M mostly washed out, but traces and spacing fit the given text.   |    ἀντίγραφα] δὲ Pa   |    ἐκ] ἐκ δὲ C, ἐν τῆ Rw   |    διονυσίου p.c. C, perhaps ‑σσί‑ or ‑σϊει‑ a.c.?; διονύσου CrGuZlLbPkZx2 (in margin γρ. διονυσίου Gu)   |    ὑπομνήματα Cr   |    ὁλοσχερῶς καὶ τῶν μικτῶν] καὶ μικτῶς XaXfZc (only καὶ μ[ visible on image of Xf)   |    μικτῶν] κωμικῶν R, μικρῶν Rw   

APP. CRIT. 2:  μίκτων LbPk   

COMMENT:   This note became attached to the note presented in this edition as Or. arg. 3 (which appears at the end of the play in many manuscripts and among the prefatory matter in others), and thus the subscription survived in many manuscripts that do not carry old scholia. For discussion see Prelim. Stud. 13–14.   |   Schartau 1973: 81–82 n. 24 reports that this notice is also in in EsLvXu (in the prefatory matter). I have not seen Es or Lv, but Xu has only arg. 3 and not the subscription.    

COLLATION NOTES:   M partly washed out    |   




Creative Commons License icon  CC License details.

Feedback and corrigenda are welcome. Please use the Contact link in the footer.